





© 














Ἶ OF THE ᾿ 


ἔ UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA. } 


Σ 


: GIFT OF 
GEORGE MOREY RICHARDSON. . 


8 Received, August, 1898. » 
x Accession No. νυ. (δ. ὁ, Χδ νῷ. Ls Ὁ. Ἢ q 
iy el ely ᾿ Nar ᾿ ἐκ. aii, 




























vo 


Ree 


oat 


a oe 
ioe 


he } iw io 
i ἍΝ ΚΝ ᾿" | 





ΑΝ 


ILLUSTRATED DICTIONARY 


XENOPHON’S ANABASIS, 


WITH 


GROUPS OF WORDS ETYMOLOGICALLY RELATED. 


BY 


JOHN WILLIAMS WHITE, Px.D. (Harv.), 


PROFESSOR OF GREEK, 
AND 


MORRIS H. MORGAN, Pu.D. (Harv.), 


ASSISTANT PROFESSOR OF GREEK AND LATIN, 
fo fUNIVERSICY. 
f TI NTN Ὁ aT hx, 
\ ¢ up 
Η \ ἋΣ \ ARY re ’ 
καὶ δὴ καὶ Τὸ περὶ τῶν ὀνομάτων ov 


σμικρὸν τυγχάνει ὃν μάθημα. ῬιΑτ. Crat. 884 ὃ. 
ρὸν τυγχ μ 


BOSTON, U.S.A.: 
PUBLISHED BY GINN & COMPANY. 
1892. 


υϑέ 


ΟΟΡΥΒΙΘΗΤ, 1891, 


By JOHN WILLIAMS WHITE anp MORRIS H. MORGAN. 


ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 


Se See 


TYPOGRAPHY ΒΥ J. S. CusHine & Co., Boston, U.S.A. 





PRESSWORK BY GINN & Co., BosTON, U.S.A. 


PREFACE. 


Turis Dictionary has not been compiled from other vocabularies 
and lexicons, but has been made from the Anabasis itself, on the 
basis of an independent collection and examination of all the 
places where each word occurs. The editors have aimed to give 
all words found in the principal editions of the Anabasis now in 
use, including Dindorf’s fourth edition and Hug’s recension of 
the Teubner text, as well as the editions of Kriger, Vollbrecht, 
Rehdantz and Cobet, and Goodwin and White’s edition of the first 
four books. 

In the definitions, they have intended to give all the meanings 
that each word has in the Anabasis, beginning, when possible, with 
the etymological meaning, and passing through the simpler varia- 
tions to the more remote. Each meaning or group of meanings is 
supported by at least one citation. The number of citations given, 
except in the case of conjunctions, particles, pronouns, and prepo- 
sitions, is determined by the importance of the word as shown by 
the frequency of its occurrence in the Anabasis. When a word 
is of common occurrence in all the books (as Ἕλλην and ἔρχο- 
μαι), this is indicated by a row of one or more citations from 
each book. But a few words, like κατακαίνω, though not common, 
are cited at length because their treatment in lexicons has been 
defective. Under each word the first passage in which it occurs is 
always cited. When but one citation is made for a word, that 
word is found only once in the Anabasis. 

In treating of the derivation of words, special attention has been 
given to their connexion with one another and with related words 
in Latin and English. Because of the importance of this subject, 
etymological explanations have for the most part been removed 
from the body of the Dictionary, and added at the end in the form 


ill 


iv 


of one hundred and twenty-four groups of related Greek, Latin, 
and English words. ‘These groups include the greater number 
of the words in the Anabasis, presented in the natural order of 
their development from a common element. The groups are not 
complete for the entire language, since they contain in the main 
only words found in the Anabasis and selected Latin and English 
words. For a fuller treatment, Vanicek’s Griechisch-Lateinisches 
Etymologisches Worterbuch may be consulted, as well as the books 
named on page 247. These groups should be specially and sepa- 
rately studied. Too little attention is given to the manner in 
which pupils acquire their Greek vocabulary. The result is often 
a confused half-knowledge of the meaning of words. The acquisi- 
tion of a vocabulary becomes both easy and interesting, if the 
method is used which recognizes the great advantage of grouping 
words that are related. 

At the end of many articles are placed phrases or idioms of 
special difficulty or interest in which the given word appears. In 
selecting English equivalents for these phrases, as for the words 
themselves, the editors have been governed by a desire to keep 
the Greek ideas alive, and to avoid that strange dialect which 
seems to have been devised by the Adversary for the express 
use of schools, and which has done much to make Greek (and 
Latin also) a dead language indeed. Further, at the suggestion of 
a well-known teacher, Latin equivalents have been given for many 
Greek words and phrases, in the hope of encouraging the compara- 
tive ‘study of the two languages in schools. Latin words, unlesy 
included within square brackets, are of course not necessarily ety- 
mological equivalents. 

Simple constructions that follow a given verb, such as the 
‘direct’ or ‘indirect object,’ are not indicated unless some other 
construction also is found in the Anabasis with this verb. When 
more than one construction is found, at least one citation is given 
for each. It may be thought that some articles are swelled beyond 
their due limits by the statement of constructions at length, but 
the editors have preferred to risk this criticism rather than to be 
too brief. They believe, too, that the fulness with which such 
words are treated will be found of real assistance by many teach- 
ers, especially by those who teach Greek composition by means of 
exercises based on the Anabasis. 


Vv 


Among the ‘principal parts’ of verbs, only those tenses have 
been admitted of which forms are actually found in Attic prose or 
poetry before Aristotle. To ascertain the facts has been a task of 
no little difficulty, since, except for the ‘ irregular verbs,’ the present 
attempt has not before been made in a Greek dictionary. Veitch’s 
well-known work has been of great assistance, and so have various 
indexes to the most important authors. But there must still be 
many Attic forms not yet catalogued. No tense, however, is here 
given which is not represented by a form in some Attic author. 

Under geographical words, the modern name, when it differs 
from the ancient, is generally added in pareuthesis (see e.g. AAvs). 
As many of these names are Turkish, the following vocabulary 
may be of service. It is taken from Dr. Sterrett’s preface to his 
Epigraphical Journey in Asia Minor, in Vol. II. of the Papers of 
the American School of Classical Studies at Athens. 


Ak, white. Kieui, village. 

Boyiik, large. Kilisse, church. 
Dagh, mountain. Kizil, red. 

Hissar, castle. Su, water, large river. 
Irmak, large river. Tchai, small river. 


Kara, black. 


The Greek vowels a, t, and v, when long, and all long vowels in 
Latin words, are marked with the usual sign wherever they occur 
in the Dictionary. The same mark is placed on the penult of 
English transliterations of Greek and Latin proper substantives 
and adjectives in all cases where the pupil is in danger of giving 
the English word the wrong accent. 

The editors hope that the illustrations and the articles on man- 
ners and customs, on military organization and equipment, and on 
other topics relating to the objective side of old Greek life, may 
help to arouse the pupil’s interest as he reads Xenophon’s graphic 
account of the achievements of the Ten Thousand. As works of 
art, some of the illustrations leave much to be desired, but they 
may nevertheless serve to make Xenophon’s narrative seem more 
real to the youthful reader. The sources of the illustrations are 
stated on page 243 ff. 

The publication of this book discharges an obligation which 
Mr. White rashly assumed many years ago. He would not be able 


vi 


to meet it now if his colleague, Mr. Morgan, had not come to his 
aid. Mr. White begs to acknowledge his obligations for assist- 
ance when the book was in the early stages of making, to Gardiner 
M. Lane, Esq., of Cambridge, to Dr. F. B. Goddard, of Columbia 
College, and to Professor F. L. Van Cleef, of the University of 
Wisconsin. Both editors would acknowledge their more recent 
indebtedness for valuable help to Mr. Charles B. Gulick and to 
Miss Lucy A. Paton. 


CAMBRIDGE, Dec. 1, 1891. 


DIRECTIONS AND EXPLANATIONS. 


WHEN a verb is ‘regular’ and all the six ‘principal parts’ are 
found in Attic Greek, only the present and future tenses are given, 
followed by etc. The parts of ‘irregular verbs’ are given in full, so 
far as they occur in the authors, as well as all the existing parts of 
those ‘regular’ verbs of which some parts are not found in Attic. 
The theme is inserted among the ‘ principal parts,’ just after the 
present tense, unless the verb is of the First or Variable-vowel 
class. A hyphen prefixed to a tense signifies that the tense occurs 
only in compounds. The parts of a compound verb are not given 
if the simple verb occurs in its proper place in this Dictionary. 

The form of the genitive is given for substantives of the A- 
declension, the gender is indicated in the O-declension, and both 
genitive and gender are given in the Consonant-declension. 

The derivation of the word is indicated in square brackets just 
before the definition. When the root or word given in these 
brackets is in heavy-face letter, refer to the Groups of Related 
Words alphabetically arranged (p. 247 ff.). If a word is given in 
light-face type in these brackets, without further statement, refer 
to that word in its proper alphabetical place in the body of the 
Dictionary. If no square brackets occur, the derivation of the 
word is unknown or its etymological connexion is doubtful. Eng- 
lish cognate words are printed in small capitals, English borrowed 
words in heavy-face letter. (See p. 247.) 

For information in regard to the illustrations, see p. 243 ff. 

The following Abbreviations are used : — 


abs. = absolute, absolutely. adv.=adverb, adverbial, adverbi- 
acc. = accusative. ally. 

ace. to = according to. antec. = antecedent. 

act. = active, actively. aor. = aorist. 

adj. = adjective, adjectively. apod. = apodosis. 


vii 


Vili 


appos. = apposition, appositive. 

art.= article. 

attrib. = attributive. 

cf. = confer, compare. 

comp. = comparative. 

cond. = condition, conditional. 

conj. = conjunction. 

contr. = contraction, contracted. 

dat. = dative. 

def. = definite. 

dem. = demonstrative. 

dep. = deponent. 

dim. = diminutive. 

dir. = direct. 

disc. = discourse. 

Dor. = Doric. 

edit. = edition, editor. 

editt. = editions, editors. 

e.g. = for example. 

encl. = enclitic. 

Eng. = English. 

esp. = especial, especially. 

etc. = and so forth. 

f., ff. = following (after numerical 
statements). 

fem. = feminine. 

Jin. = sub fine. 

freq. = frequently. 

fut. = future. 

gen. = genitive. 

ibid. = in the same place. 

i.e. = that is. 

impers. = impersonal, imperson- 
ally. 

impf. = imperfect. 

imv. = imperative. 

indef. = indefinite. 

ind., indic. = indicative. 

indir. = indirect. 

inf. = infinitive. 

interr. = interrogative, interroga- 
tively. 


intr. = intransitive, intransitively. 

Lat. = Latin. 

masc. = masculine. 

mid. = middle. 

Ms., Mss. = manuscript, 
scripts. 

neg. = negative. 

neut. = neuter. 

nom. = nominative. 

obj. = object. 

opp. to = opposed to. 

opt. = optative. 

p., pp. = page, pages. 

part. gen. = partitive genitive. 

partic. = participle. 

pass. = passive, passively. 

pers. = person, personal. 

Pers. = Persian. 

ptf. = perfect. 

pl. = plural. 

plpf. = pluperfect. 

poet. = poetic. 

pred. = predicate. 

prep. = preposition. 

pres. = present. 

pron. = pronoun. 

prop. = proper, properly. 

prot. = protasis. 

q.v.= Which see. 

refl. = reflexive, reflexively. 

rel.= relative, relatively. 

R.= root. 

sc. = scilicet. 

sing. = singular. 

subj. = subject. 

subjv. = subjunctive. 

subst. = substantive, substantively. 

sup. = superlative. 

8.v.= sub voce. 

trans. = transitive, transitively. 

voc. = vocative. 


manu- 


Ν 
ΣΝ ΣῈ 
YF oy, 
——— 


DICTIONARY TO 


a-, an inseparable particle, (1) 
negative, orig. ava-, afterwards ἀν- 
(which is its usual form before 
vowels, whereas ἀ- is used before 
consonants), gives the word to 
which it is prefixed a negative 
meaning, Lat. in-, Eng. un-; (2) 
copulative (older form a-, in a-Apéos, 
ἅ-παξ, d-1as, ἀ-πλόος, g.v.) signifies 
union, Eng. together; (8) euphonic 
or prothetic, a phonetic element 
occurring especially before two 
consonants, but also before simple 
liquids, nasals, and -, merely facili- 
tates pronunciation. 

a, see ὅς. 

ἄβατος, ov [R. Ba], not to be 
trodden. Of mountains or a coun- 
try, impassable, for men or horses, 
iii. 4. 49, iv. 1.20, 6. 17; of a river, 
not to be crossed, except by boats, 
not fordable, v. 6. 9. 

᾿Αβροζέλμης, ov, Abrozelmes, a 
Thracian, interpreter to Seuthes, 
vii. 6. 48. 

᾿Αβροκόμας, ἃ (Dor. gen.), Abro- 
comas, satrap of Phoenicia and 
Syria, and commander of one- 
fourth of the king’s army, 300,000 
men, i. 7. 12. From cowardice or 
treachery he abandoned the Cili- 
cian Pass at the approach of Cy- 
Tus, i. 4. 5, though he afterwards 
burned the boats used for crossing 
the Euphrates in order to impede 
his advance, i. 4. 18, cf. i. 3. 20. 
At Issi his Greek mercenaries, 400 
in number, deserted to Cyrus, i. 4. 
3. He did not reach Cunaxa until 
five days after the battle, i. 7. 12. 





THE ANABASIS. 


"ABvSos, ἡ, Abydus, a city of 
Troas, mentioned by Homer, but 
later colonized by the Milesians, 
on the Asiatic side of the Helles- 
pont at the point where the strait is 
narrowest, i.1.9. It was here that 
Xerxes built his famous bridge, 
and from here Leander swam the 
Hellespont to Hero in Sestus. 

ἀγαγεῖν, ἀγάγῃ, ἀγαγών, 
ἄγω. 

ἀγαθός, 7, dv, good, in the broad- 
est sense, as opposed to κακός. 
Hence, of persons, good (in war), 
brave, valiant, i. 9. 14, 111. 2. 3, v. 
8. 25, upright, virtuous, i. 9. 80; of 
things, serviceable, useful, profita- 
DleWMeErcellent,. τ τ 12 τ Ὁ; 
favourable, advantageous, iii. 1. 
08, v. 7. 10, fertile (of land), il. 4. 
22, auspicious (of a dream), iil. 1. 
12. As subst., ἀγαθόν, τὸ ἀγαθόν, 
good, good thing, benefit, service, 
resource, advantage, blessing, ii. 5. 
8, iii. 1. 45, vi. 1. 20, vil. 7. 52; in 
the plur., good things, blessings, 
means of living, advantages, wealth, 
PRODUCES, τὸ τ΄ 20: Ὁ. 2. 11 ἴν: 
Ὁ: Allg WE Wh 2 Valo 6 10 Ὑἱἱ Ὁ: 99: 
Phrases: ἀγαθόν τι ποιεῖν τινα, do 
one some service, i. Ὁ. 11, v. 7. 10; 
ἀγαθόν τι βουλεύεσθαι, take good 
counsel, ili. 1. 34; ἀγαθόν τι ἐξηγεῖ- 
σθαι, give good guidance, iv. 5. 28; 
ἀγαθὰ πάσχειν, receive benefits, Vii. 
3. 20; καλὸς καὶ ἀγαθός, καλὸς Kaya- 
θός, noble and good, possessing the 
virtues of a noble man, ‘gentle- 
man,’ ii. 6. 19, 20; ἐπ᾽ ἀγαθῷ, for 
one’s good, Vv. 8.18. Comp. ἀμείνων, 


1 


see 


ἀγάλλω-ἀγνωμοσύνη 


βελτίων, κρείττων, Sup. ἄριστος, βέλ-! 
τιστος, κράτιστος, ἢ.Ὁ. 

ἀγάλλω (ἀγαλ-), ἀγαλῶ, ἤγηλα, 
glorify ; mid., glory in, take delight 
in, either with ἐπέ and the dat., or 
with the simple dat. of the cause, 
ii. 6. 26. 

ἄγαμαι, ἠγασάμην, ἠγάσθην, ad- 
mire, 1. 1. 9. 

ἄγαν, ady. [R. ay], very, exceed- 
ingly, Vil. 6. 39. 

ἀγαπάω, ἀγαπήσω, etc., treat with 
affection, love, with acc., i. 9. 29; 
be well content, be thankful, with 
a clause with ὅτι, v. 5. 19. 

᾿Αγασίας, ov, Agasias, a Stym- 
phalian Arcadian, iv. 1. 27, one of 
the captains in the Greek army, iy. 
7. 9, and the fast friend of Xeno- 
phon, vi. 6.11. He was one of the 
volunteers through whose brave 
efforts a mountain fastness of the 
Taochi was stormed, and a sup- 
ply of provisions obtained for the 
army, iv. 7. 11; was foremost in 
storming the stronghold of the 
Drilae, v. 2. 15; advocated Xeno- 
phon’s election as commander-in- 
chief, vi. 1.30; was one of three 
enyoys to demand money from 
Heracléa, vi. 2. 7; and was deliv- 
ered to Cleander, governor of By- 
zantium, for punishment for res- 
cuing one of his own company 
whom Dexippus was carrying off, 
but was set free at the request of 
an embassy from the army, Vi. 6. 
7 sqq. 

ἀγαστός, 7, dv [verbal of ἄγαμαι], 
admirable, praiseworthy, i. 9. 24. 

ἀγγεῖον, τό [dim. of ἄγγος, τό, 
vessel], vessel, wine-jar, Vi. 4. 23, 
vii. 4. 3. 

ἀγγελία, as [ἀγγέλλω], message, 
announcement, li. 3. 19. 

ἀγγέλλω (ἀγγελ-), ἀγγελῶ, ἤγ- 
γειλα, ἤγγελκα, ἤγγελμαι, ἠγγέλθην, 
bring news, announce, report, with 
mpés and the acc. of the person and 
the simple acc. of the thing, i. 7. 
13, or with the dat. of the person 
and a partic. clause, ii. 3. 19. 








2 


ἄγγελος, ὁ [ἀγγέλλω, cf. Eng. an- 
gel, ev-angelist |, messenger, scout, 
envoy, herald, i. 2. 21, 3. 8, il. 1. 5, 
2.8. abe Ὁ: 1; 

ἀγείρω (ἀγερ-), ἤγειρα [ἀγείρω], 
collect, iii. 2. 18. 

ἀγένειος, ov [yévus], beardless, 
ii. 6. 28, 

᾿Αγησίλαος, ὁ, Agesilaus, king 
of Sparta from B.c. 398 to 361-360. 
He obtained the throne on the 
death of his brother Agis, whose 
son Leotychides was declared ille- 
gitimate. Although unattractive 
in person, and lame, he was always 
famous as patriot, warrior, and 
general. In command of the ex- 
pedition against Persia in 396, he 
was victorious in Asia Minor until 
394, when he was recalled on the 
news of the alliance of Athens, 
Thebes, and other states against 
Sparta. Xenophon accompanied 
him on his return, v. 3. 6, and is 
said to have been with him at his 
victory at Coronéa. He twice saved 


| the city of Sparta from the attacks 


of Epaminondas, and died during 
a campaign in Egypt at the age of 
80. An encomium on Agesilaus is 
attributed to Xenophon. 

᾿Αγίας, ov, Agias, an Arcadian 
in the Greek army, one of the five 
generals entrapped and put to 
death by Tissaphernes after the 
battle of Cunaxa, ii. 5. 81 sq. At 
this time he was about 35 years of 
age. He was a man free from the 
charge of cowardice or unfaithful- 
ness, li. 6.30. Cleanor was chosen 
general in his place, iii. 1. 47. 

a@ykos, ous, τό [R. ayk], bend. 
Hence mountain-glen, valley, iv. 
it fle 

ἄγκυρα, as [R. ayk], anchor, iii. 
5. 10. 

ἀγνοέω, ἀγνοήσω, etc. [R. yvo], 
not know or recognize, iv. 5. 7, Vil. 
3. 38; be in doubt, vi. 5. 12. 

ἀγνωμοσύνη, ys [R. γνω], want 
of knowledge, ignorance. Hence 
in plur., misunderstandings, ii. 5. 6. 


ἀγνώμων, ov, gen. ονος [R. γνω], 
without knowledge, senseless, in- 
considerate, devoid of judgment, 
Vii. 6. 25, 38. 

ἀγορά, ds [ἀγείρω], assembly, 
meeting, V. 7. 8, place of assembly, 
Lat. forum, esp. market-place, mar- 
Gero las Va Te νἱρ ας L Onin 
Greek cities commonly situated in 
the middle of the city. So on the 
march the market was set up near 
the general’s tent in the middle of 
the camp. Hence, market in the 
sense of provisions for sale, Vv. 5. 
19, vi. 2.8. Phrases: ἀμφὶ ἀγορὰν 
πλήθουσαν, περὶ πλήθουσαν ἀγοράν, 
about the time of full market, fore- 
noon, when the market was full of 
people and ordinary business was 
going on, i. 8. 1, ii. 1. 7; ἀγορὰν 
παρέχειν τινί, ἀγορὰν ἄγειν, furnish 
a market, offer provisions for sale, 
ll. 4. 5, iv. 8. 28, v. 7. 89; ἀπὸ τῆς 
ἀγορᾶς ζῆν, subsist by purchasing 
provisions (as distinguished from 
living by plunder), vi. 1.1; ἀγορᾷ 
χρῆσθαι, purchase provisions, Vii. 
6. 24. 


ἀγοράζω (dyopad-), ἀγοράσω, ete. 
[ἀγείρω], frequent the market. 
Hence, buy, purchase, i. 5. 10, v. 7. 
13, vii. 3.5; mid., buy for oneself, 
1 Spied be 

ἀγορανόμος, ὁ [ἀγείρω + R. ven], 
market-master,: market-inspector, 
commissary, V. 7. 2, 28 sq., 29. 

ἀγορεύω, ἀγορεύσω. etc. [ayelpa |, 
speak in the assembly, harangue, 
speak, say, V. 6. 27. 

ἀγρεύω, ἀγρεύσω, etc. [R. ay], take 
in the chase, catch; pass. ἀγρευό- 
μενα θηρία, beasts of the chase, Vv. 
Bo Bhs 
ἄγριος, a, ov [R. ay], living in 
the fields, wild, i. 2. 7, 5. 2, v. 7. 24. 

ἀγρός, ὁ [R. ay], field, land, τὰ 
ἐκ τοῦ ἀγροῦ ὡραῖα, the products of 
the land, v. 3. 9; the country, as 
opposed to the town, Vi. 2. 8. 

ἀγρυπνέω, ἀγρυπνήσω [R. ay+ 
ὕπνος], lie awake, be watchful, vii. 
6. 36. 





ἀγνώμων-ἀγωνίζομαι 


ἄγω, ἄξω, ἤγαγον, ἦχα, ἤγμαι, 
ἤχθην [R. ay], set going, drive, 
lead. Hence, lead, bring, as per- 
sons, horses, or beasts of burden, 
li; 4. 18) iv. 3: 13, 5. 86, 7. 19, 8.28, 
vi. 6.6; lead, as a general does, i. 
3p Oy to db Wo Yio ly 2 ooh ΒΕ 
freight, arms, mill-stones, or men, 
1b BB) 7/5 ZA Oh aly Nip Linley 8. Ὁ: 
direct, guide in a given way, Vi. 3. 
18; apprehend, carry off, vi. 6. 21, 
24, 28; sometimes apparently in- 
trans., with the object to be sup- 
plied from the context, lead the 
way, lead on, march, 1. 3. 21, το. 6, 
ii. 2. 16, vii. 2. 2, and then actually 
so (of troops), march, go, iv. 8.9; 
so of a road, lead, go, ili. 5. 15, iv. 
3. 5. Phrases: ἄγε δή, ἄγετε δή, 
come now! well then! ii. 2. 10, v. 
4. 9, Vil. 6.53; ἄγειν ἐπὶ γάμῳ, take 
home as one’s wife, ii. 4. 8; φέρειν 
καὶ ἄγειν, Lat. ferre et agere, plun- 
der, despoil, where φέρειν strictly 
refers to the plunder that is car- 
ried off, ἄγειν to men and cattle, 
ii. 6. 5, v. 5. 13; ἡσυχίαν ἄγειν, 
keep quiet, be at peace, iil. 1. 14; 
ἄγων, ἄγοντες, the partic. often 
where we should use with, ii. 4. 25, 
iv. 4. 16, v. 4. 11; ἐπὶ θάνατον ἄγε- 
σθαι, ἄγεσθαι ἐπὶ θανάτῳ, See under 
θάνατος, i. 6. 10, ν. 7. 34; ἀγορὰν 
ἄγειν, bring, furnish provisions for 
sale, V. 7. 33. 

ἀγώγιμος, ov [R. ay], capable of 
being carried; ra aywy ua, things 
portable, freight, cargo, Vv. τ. 16. 

ἀγών, Svos,o[R. ay], gathering, 
assembly, assembly at the great 
national games. Hence, contest, 
struggle, games, i. 7. 4, ili. 2. 15, as 
in the phrase ἀγῶνα τιθέναι or ποι- 
εἴν, hold games, i. 2. 10, iv. 8. 25, v. 
5 Oh 

ἀγωνίζομαι (ἀγωνιδ-), ἀγωνιοῦμαι, 
etc. [R. ay], contend, fight, engage, 
of an army, iii. 1. 16, iv. 8. 9, v. 
2. 11, with πρός and the acc., ii. 
5. 10; contend in games, with 
cognate acc. of the contest, iv. 
8. 21. 


ἀγωνοθέτης-᾿Αθηναία 


ἀγωνοθέτης, ov [R. αγ- ΚΕ. Ge], 
judge of a contest, president in the 
games, ili. 1. 21. 

ἄδειπνος, ov [R. δα], without 
supper, supperless (see 8.0. δεῖπνον), 
τ ΤΟΣ I ἦν. 5: Maule 

ἀδελφός, ὁ, VOC. ἄδελφε [ἀ- copula- 
tive and δελῴύς, uterus], brother, 1. 
I. 8, li. 3. 28, vi. 3. 24, vii. 2. 25. 

ἀδεῶς, αν. [δείδω], without fear, 
fearlessly, confidently, i. 9. 15, vi. 6.1. 

ἄδηλος, ov [δῆλος], doubtful, un- 
certain, V. 1. 10, vi. 1. 21; οὐκ ἄδη- 
Nov (litotes), indisputable, abso- 
lutely certain, Vii. 7. 92. 

ἀδιάβατος, ov [R. Ba], not to be 
crossed except by boats, not forda- 
Ble, αἰ α er te oe 

ἀδικέω, ἀδικήσω, etc. [R. 1 Sax], 
be unjust, be in the wrong. Hence, 
do wrong, abs., ii. 6. 20, vi. 1. 2, 
14, wrong, injure, harm, with the 
acc. of the pers., il. 5. 3, vil. 6. 41, 
and the cognate acc. of the thing, 
i. 9. 15, vii. 6. 14, sometimes with 
both aces. in the same sentence, i. 
6. 7, v. 4. 6, the cognate acc. re- 
maining unchanged in the pass., v. 
7.34. The pres. is often used in 
the sense of the perf., have done 


wrong, be in the wrong, i. 5. 11, ii. | 
6. 21, v. 7. 26, and so in the pass., | 


be wronged, have suffered wrong, i. 
ὁ: 1. VALE 7 oils 

ἀδικία, as [R. 1 Sax], injustice, 
wrongdoing, i. 6. 18. 

ἄδικος, ov [R. 1 Sax], unjust, 
unprincipled, i. 6. 8, ii. 6. 25. As 
subst., ὁ ἄδικος, the wrong-doer, τὸ 
ἄδικον, injustice, i. 9. 13, 16. Sup. 
ἀδικώτατος, AS ἀδικώτατα πάσχειν, 
be treated most unjustly, vii. 1. 16. 

ἀδίκως, adv. [R. 1 Sak], unjustly, 
γ 2: δ. 

ἀδόλως, adv. [δόλος], without de- 
ceit or treachery, faithful, ii. 2. 8, 
ill. 2. 24. 

᾿Αδραμύττιον, see ᾿Ατραμύτειον. 

ἀδύνατος, ον [δύναμαι7, wnabdle, 
powerless, impossible, impractica- 
bie, ii. 4. 6, iil. 5. 12, iv. 1. 25,.v. 
6. 10, vii. 7. 24. 


ἄδω, ἄσομαι, ἧσα, ἤσθην, Att. for 
ἀείδω, sing, iv. 7. 16, ν. 4. 14, 17. 
Sometimes with cognate acc., iv. 
3: 21) ΜΙ: 110: 

ἀεί, ady. [ older form αἰεί, cf. αἰών, 
an age, Lat. aewum, Eng. BvER, 
AYE], always, ever, in each case, 
regularly, constantly, successively, 
at the time, from time to time, i. 9. 
19) Π|. 2. 5199: lve Tends 7 ΘΙ Ver ἢ. 
16. 

aetés, ὁ [R. 2 aF], eagle. The 
bird consecrated by the Greeks to 
Zeus, which, as his messenger, 
foretold men their affairs. On this 
account the seers carefully gave 
heed to its flight and cry, vi. 1. 23, 
5. 2. The standard of the Per- 
sian king was a golden eagle, i. 
Io. 12. 

ἄθεος, ov [θεός], godless, impi- 
ous, il. 5. 39. 

᾿Αθῆναι, ὧν [Epic ᾿Αθήνη, ᾿Αθη- 
ναίη, Att. ᾿Αθηνᾶ, ᾿Αθηναίᾷ, Athé- 
na], Athens, the chief city of At- 
tica, famous for its splendid build- 
ings and its political history. It 
was situated somewhat south of 
the centre of the plain of the Ce- 
phisus, four miles distant from the 
sea. Its harbour, called Piraeus, 
was distant from Athens towards 
the south-west about five miles, 
| ana was connected with it by ‘the 
long walls... The most extensive 
and noblest buildings of the city 
were on the Acropolis, the chief 
ornament of which was the Par- 
thenon, the temple of Athéna. At 
the time of its greatest prosperity 
Athens had between 180,000 and 
200,000 inhabitants. iii. 1.5, 2. 11. 

᾿Αθηναία, as [ς΄ ᾿Αθῆναι], Athé- 
na, the watchword agreed upon by 
Seuthes and the Greeks because 
of their relationship, vii. 3. 39, cf. 
vii. 2. 31. In Greek mythology 
Athéna is the goddess of warlike 
prowess and wisdom, and the pro- 
tectress of Athens. According to 
the myth she sprang into being 
| full-armed from the head of Zeus. 





᾿Αθηναῖος, a, ον [᾿Αθῆναι], Athe- 
nian. Used in the Anab. as ἃ 
subst., A@nvatos, 6, an Athenian, i. 
Solo Wes als O25 1. 1: Ὁ. ΝΜ: 0: 
16, vi. 2. 10. 

᾿Αθήνησι, locative adv. [᾿Αθῆ- 
ναι], at Athens, iv. 8. 4, vii. 7. 57. 

ἄθλον, τό [cf. ἀθλος, ὁ, contest, 
Eng. athlete], prize of contest, 
prize, 1. 2. 10, iii. 1. 21. 

ἀθροίζω (ἀθροιδ-), ἀθροίσω, etc. 
[ἀθρόος], press close together, col- 
lect, as troops, Lat. cdg6, 1. I. 6, 
10.5; mid., muster, intrans., 1. 1.2, 
OL Lo Wiis 2.5. 

ἀθρόος, a, ov [ἀ- copulative and 
θρόος, noise, Older form aépéos], in 
a noisy crowd, close together, in a 
body, all together, of living men, 
dead bodies, and villages, i. το. 18, 
ivet02-13, 7.8, V1.5. 6, vil, 3.9, 41 ; 
strengthened by πολύς, in a@ mass, 
used of men and missiles, iv. 8. 11. 

ἀθυμέω, ἀθυμήσω [R. 1 Ov], be 
ἄθυμος, be despondent, lose cour- 
age, be disheartened, ili. 2. 18, 4. 
ΠΟ ΘΟ Ve ἡ: 19. νἱ. 2. 14°76) 730, 
Ville Ἢ: 9. 

ἀθυμητέος, a, ov, verbal [R. 1 
θυ], must lose courage, iil. 2. 25. 

ἀθυμία, as [R. 1 θυ], faintheart- 
edness, discouragement, dejection, 
despondency, ili. 2. 8, 3. 11, iv. 3. 
ΠΤ δ. AO), Pale 

ἄθυμος, ov [R. 1 θυ], without 
heart or courage, dispirited, de- 
pressed, fainthearted, i. 4. 9, ili. 1. 
36, vii. 8. 16. 

ἀθύμως, adv. [R. 1 θυ], faint- 
heartedly, dejectedly, iii. 1. 40; ἀθύ- 
pws ἔχειν, be disheartened or de- 
spondent, iii. 1. 3, vi. 4. 26. 

ai, αἵ, see ὁ, ds. 

αἰγιαλός, ὁ, seashore, beach, Vi. 
Ae dhe ahs 

Αἰγύπτιος, a, ov [Atyurros], 
Egyptian, ii. 1. 6. As subst., Ad- 
γύπτιος, ὁ, an Egyptian, i. 4. 2, 8. 
valley ἘΝ 19. 

Aiyurros, 7, Πσηρί, the land of 
the Nile. For over a century before 
the time of the Anabasis Egypt had 


᾿Αθηναῖος- Αἰνιάν 


been under Persian rule, but had 
been liberated by Amyrtaeus in the 
time of Darius II., 414 p.c. The 
Persians attempted to subjugate 
the land again, and the Ten Thou- 
sand Greeks after the death of Cy- 
rus offered their assistance, but 
Egypt remained independent until 
350 B.c. In 332 B.c. it was sub- 


dued by Alexander the Great. ii. 
1. 14. 
αἰδέομαι, αἰδέσομαι, ἠδεσάμην, 


ἤδεσμαι, ἠδέσθην [αἰδέομαι], respect 
with fear, reverence, respect the 
memory of, revere, ili. 2. 4, ὃ. 

αἰδήμων, ov, gen. ovos, Sup. aldy- 
μονέστατος [ αἰδέομαι}, respectful, 
modest, 1. 9. 5. 

αἰδοῖον, τό, comm. pl. [αἰδέομαι], 
the private parts, Lat. pudenda, iv. 
3. 1 

αἰδώς, οὖς, ἡ [αἰδέομαι], respect, 
ii. 6. 19. 

αἰεί, see ἀεί. 

Αἰήτης, ov, Aeétes, king of Pha- 
sis in Colchis, v. 6.37, and not to be 
confused with the mythical owner 
of the golden fleece. But the king 
of Phasis doubtless claimed de- 
scent from the other. 

al@pia, as [αἴθω], clear sky, iv. 
4. 14. 

αἴθω [αἴθω], set on fire, kindle, 
burn, iv. 7.20; mid. intrans., be on 
Jire, burn, vi. 3. 19. 

αἰκίζω (αἰκιδ-), comm. dep., αἰκί- 
fouar, αἰκιοῦμαι, etc. [ἔοικα], out- 
rage, torture, maltreat, mutilate, 
li, 6.29. Phrase: ra ἔσχατα aike- 
σάμενος, torturing most cruelly, Lat. 
ultimis cruciatibus adficere, ili. τ. 
18. 

αἷμα, aros, τό, blood, v. 8. 15. 

Alvéas or Αἰνείας, ov, Aenéas, a 
Stymphalian captain in the Greek 
army, iv. 7. 15. 

Aivav, dvos, ὁ, an Aenianian. 
The Aenianians were an ancient 
Hellenic race and settled finally in 
the upper valley of the Sperchéus 
in southwestern Thessaly. 1. 2. 6, 
ὙΠ dis Ue 





αἴξ-αἴτιος 


αἴξ, αἰγός, ὁ, 7, goat, ili. 5. 9, iv 
Gp woes wale 

AloXls, (dos, 7, Aeolis, v. 6. 24, a 
district on the coast of northern 
Lydia, between the rivers Hermus 
and Caicus, colonized by Aeolians. 
‘The chief city was Cyme. In a 
wider sense the name included all 
the Aeolic colonies as far north as 
the Troad. 

aiperéos, a, ov, verbal [aipéw], 
must be taken, iv. 7. ὃ 

αἱρετός, 7, dv [atpéw], that may 
be taken or chosen, chosen ; οἱ aipe- 
tol, the men chosen, the deputies, i. 
3: ΣΙ 

αἱρέω (ἐλ-), αἱρήσω, εἷλον, ἥρηκα, 
ἥρημαι, ἡρέθην [αἱρέω], take, seize, 
capture, of persons or things, i. 4. 
8, 6. 2, v. 2. 9, 4. 26, Vii. 3. 26; mid., 
take for oneself, choose, prefer 
elect, side with, i. 3.5, 7. 8, 4, 9.9 
6. 6, iii. 4. 42, iy. 8.25, v. 6.3, 7.38, 
V1. 1. 25, Vil. 3. 5, 6. 15; correspond- 
ingly, in the pass., be elected, chosen, 
iii. 1. 46, 47, 2. 1, v.8. 1, vi 1. 82, 
6.22. Phrase: ὅτι ἄρχων ἥρητο, ex 
officio, vi. 2. 6. 

αἴρω (ap-), ἀρῶ, ἦρα, ἦρκα, ἦρμαι, 
ἤρθην, Att. for ἀείρω (dep-), ete. 
[deipw], raise, 1. 5. 3, V. 6. 88, Vil. 
3. 6: 

ais, see és. 

αἰσθάνομαι (αἰσθ-), αἰσθήσομαι., 
ἠσθόμην, ἤσθημαι [R. 1 aF], per- 
ceive, learn, see, observe, become 
aware of, with the simple acc., i. 1. 
8, iv. 1. 7, which is often to be 
supplied from the context, i. 8. 22, 
iv. 3. 33, with a partic. clause, i. 9. 
21, iv. 6. 22, or with a clause with 
ὅτι, ὡς, Or ὅποι; i. 2. 21, 10. 5, iii. 1. 
40, v. 7. 19; with gen., hear, hear 
Of. Wig 10 vil. 2, 08. 

αἴσθησις, ews, ἡ [R. 1 aF], per- 
ception ; αἴσθησιν παρέχειν, afford 
perception, t.e. be perceived, iv. 6. 13. 

αἴσιος, ov [aica, fate, fortune], 
boding well, auspicious, Vi. 5.2, 21. 

Αἰσχίνης, ov, Aeschines, an Acar- 
nanian, in command of peltasts, iv. 
3. 22, 8. 18. 





αἰσχρός, a, dv [αἰδέομαι], shame- 
Sul, base, infamous, disgraceful, i. 
g. 3, ii. 5. 20, iv. 6. 14, vi. 2. 10, vii. 
7. 22; comp. αἰσχίων, sup. αἴσχι- 
oTos, V. 7. 12, Vii. 6. 21. 

αἰσχρῶς, adv. [αἰδέομαι], shame- 
Sully, disgracefully, ignominiously, 
11. 1. 43, vii. 1. 29. 

αἰσχύνη, ns [αἰδέομαι], shame, 
dishonour, disgrace, rit. 6. 6, vii. 7. 
11. Phrases: 6¢ αἰσχύνην ἀλλή- 
λων, from a sense of shame before 
one another, iii. 1.10; wore πᾶσιν 
αἰσχύνην εἶναι, 80 that all were 
ashamed, ii. 3. 11. 

aloxwva (αἰσχυν-), αἰσχυνῶ, 
ἤσχυνα, ἠσχύνθην [αἰδέομαι], dis- 
honour, shame ; mid. as pass. dep., 
be or feel ashamed, feel shame be- 
fore, stand in awe of, i. 3. 10, 7. 4, 
a 22, 5. 39, vi. 5. 4, Vil. 6. 21, 


ΤΠ) airée, αἰτήσω, etc. [alréw], ask 
for, beg, demand, with the simple 
acc. of the thing, iii. 1.28, two accs., 
one of person, the other of thing, 
1 τ 10.559. Ve Pn 7 A ie eh Ὁ ak 
2. 4, or with acc. of thing and 
παρά with gen. of pers., i. 3. 16. 
Mid., entreat, beseech, beg for, ob- 
tain by entreaty, with acc. of pers., 
ii. 3. 19, the acc. of thing and παρά 
with gen. of pers., v. 1. 11, with 
acc. of pers. and inf., vi. 6.31, or the 
infin. and παρά with gen. of pers., 
ii. 3. 18. 

αἰτία, as [alréw], @ charge, im- 
putation, blame, censure, vi. 6. 18, 
16 ; αἰτίαν (αἰτίας) ἔχειν, be blamed, 
censured, held responsible, vii. 1. 
8, 7. 56, with ὑπό and gen. of pers., 
and either ἐν with dat. or περί with 
gen. of thing, vii. 6. 11, 15. 

αἰτιάομαι, αἰτιάσομαι, etc. [alréw |, 
blame, find fault with, reproach, 
iii. 3. 12, vi. 6. 16, 20, 26; accuse, 
charge, with inf., i. 2. 20, v. 5. 19, 
vi. 2. 9, or with acc. of pers. and 
ὅτε with a clause, iii. 1. 7, iv. 1. 19, 
vii. 1. 8. 

αἴτιος, a, ov [alréw], causing, to 
blame, culpable, responsible, i. 4. 


15, v. 5. 19; of persons or things, 
cause of, reason for, to blame for, 
with gen. of thing, ii. 5. 22, v. 5. 19, 
vi. 1. 20, 6. 15; with acc. and inf., 
vi. 6. 8. As subst., τὸ αἴτιον, the 
cause, iv. 1. 173; τούτου ὁ αἴτιος, the 
author of this, vil. 7.48; αἴτιος ov- 
δέν, guiltless, vii. 1. 25, 

αἰχμάλωτος, ov [R. ax + aipéw], 
captured by the spear, captured, of 
persons or things, iii. 3. 19, iv. 1. 
12, 7.26. As subst., of αἰχμάλωτοι, 
prisoners of war, captives, iv. 8. 
27, vil. 4. ὃ ; τὰ αἰχμάλωτα, booty, 
both persons and things, iv. 1. 15, 
Wageas 

᾿Ακαρνάν, dvos, 6, an Acarnanian. 
The Acarnanians inhabited the 
province of Acarnania in the west 
of Greece, bounded on the south 
and west by the Ionian Sea, on the 
north by the Ambracian Gulf, and 
on the east by the river Achelous 
and Aetolia. iv. 8. 18. 

ἄκαυστος, ov [καίω], wnburnt, 
iii. 5. 15. 

ἀκέραιος, ον [R. 2 κρα], wndi- 
luted, undiminished, 1.6. complete, 
perfect; of troops, ὧν fine condi- 
tion, fresh, Vi. 5. 9. 

ἀκήρυκτος, ov [R. kad], wnpro- 
claimed; of a war in which no 
overtures from the enemy are re- 
ceived, truceless, ili. 3. 5. 

ἀκινάκης, ov [Persian word], a 
short, straight sword or poniard, i. 
8.29, the general form 
of which was identi- 
cal with that of the 
scabbard represented 
in the accompanying 
cut. The acinaces 
was worn on the right 
side, and hung from 
a leathern belt over 
the hip. In the illus- 
tration, from a bas- 
relief found at Per- 
sepolis, the single lines at the right 
and left represent the outline of 
the front and back of the dress 
of the wearer. This weapon was 





T 


αἰχμάλωτος-ἀκόντιον 


peculiar to the Persians, Medes, 
and Scythians. A golden acinaces 
was often given by the kings of 
Persia as a mark of honor, i. 2. 27. 
An acinaces taken from Mardo- 
nius was preserved in the Acropo- 
lis at Athens, and was worth, De- 
mosthenes says, not less than 300 
darics. 

ἀκίνδῦνος, ον [κίνδυνος], without 
danger ; sup. ἀκινδυνότατος, safest, 
vi. 5. 29 

ἀκινδύνως, adv. [κίνδυνος], with- 
out danger, in security, ii. 6. 6. 

ἄκληρος, ov [κλῆρος, ὁ, lot, por- 
tion, cf. Eng. clergy, clerk], with- 
out portion, in poverty, lii. 2. 26. 

ἀκμάζω (ἀκμαδ-), ἀκμάσω [R. ak], 
be at highest point, in full bloom, 
at the height of one’s ability, with 
1100 eps bo Ee τὸ 2 8ς 

ἀκμή, ἧς [R. ak], point; acc. as 
adv., at the point, just, iv. 3. 26. 

ἀκόλαστος, ον [κολάζω], wnpun- 
ished; of soldiers, wndisciplined, 
1 ὁ:. 10: 

ἀκολουθέω, ἀκολουθήσω, etc. [R. 
κελ], accompany, follow, with σύν 
and dat., vil. 5. 3. 

ἀκόλουθος, ov [R. κελ], going 
the same way, consistent, of things, 
πὸ 4. 19: 

ἀκοντίζω (ἀκοντιδ-), ἀκοντιῶ [R. 
ak], hurl the javelin, ill. 3. 1, v. 2. 
12; throw a javelin at, hit with a 
javelin, hit, with acc. of pers., i. 
10.7; with acc. of pers. and dat. of 
the weapon, i. 8. 27. 

ἀκόντιον, τό [R. ax], javelin, 
dart, the weapon of the ἀκοντιστής 
(q.v.), Shorter and lighter than the 
δόρυ, g.v. The javelin had a leather 
thong permanently attached to it 
at its centre of gravity (iv. 2. 28, ef. 
iv. 3. 28), through the end of which 
the finger was put when it was 
hurled (see s.v. duayxvAdouar). This 
thong was wrapped round the shaft 
and gave the javelin when hurled a 
rotary motion, similar to that of 
the ball shot from a rifled gun. In 
the heroic age this weapon was 








ὃ 


ἀκόντισις-ἀκτή 


used chiefly in hunting, but later | 
throwing the javelin was one of 
the regular exercises in the Greek 
eymnasium, and became one of 
the five events in the pentathlon. 
Here the object was either to. hit 
a mark or throw a long distance, 
and the javelin was light and short 
with a long, thin point. 

ἀκόντισις, ews, ἡ [R. ax], javelin- 
throwing, i. 9. 5. 

ἀκοντιστής; οὔ [R. ak], javelin- 
thrower, iii. 3. 7, Iv. 3. 28. The 
javelin-throwers, doubtless, carried 
each several javelins (see s.v. ἀκόν- 
tiv). They had no defensive ar- 
mour (helmet, breast-plate, etc.), 
since they were to fight at a dis- 
tance, and with the bowmen and 
slingers constituted the light-armed 
troops. See 8.0. γυμνής and πελτα- 
στής. 

ἀκούω, ἀκούσομαι, ἤκουσα, ἀκήκοα, 
ἠκούσϑθην [R. KoF], hear, learn, 
listen to. Used either abs., iil. 
1. 27, v. 5. 8, or as follows: with 
the simple g gen. or acc. of the thing, 
εν 2S, ΝΣ v. 7. 21; 
with the gen. of source, Vil. 3. 8; 
with the gen. of the pers. and ace, 
of the thing, i. 2. 5, ii. 5. 16; with 
the acc. and partic., i. 2. 21, v. 5. 
7, or a clause introduced by ὅτι or 
ws, i. 3. 21, vi. 6. 3, 28, either con- 
struction being sometimes accom- 
panied by the gen. of the person, i. 
8. 13, το. 5, vi. 2.18; with the acc. 
and inf., i. 3. 20, iii. 1. 45, iv. 6. 14, 
16; with περί and gen., ii. 5. 26, 
accompanied by the acc. of the 
thing and a os clause, vi. 6. 34, or 
by the acc. of the thing and gen. 
of the source, vii. 7. 30; followed 
by a rel. clause, v. 7. 12, vii. 3. 5, 
4. 21. Also, hear of, with acc., i. 
4. 9, 9. 4; hearken to, give heed 
to, obey, with gen., ii. 6. 11, iii. 5. 
16. The pres. is sometimes used 
in a sense that strictly requires the 
perf., have heard, am told, wnder- 
stand, i. 9. 28, v. 1. 18, 5. 28, 8. 28. 
Phrases: εὖ ἀκούειν, hear good of 





oneself, hence with ὑπό and gen. of 
pers., be in good repute among men, 
Lat. bene audire, vii. 7. 23; ἀκουόν- 
των τῶν πολεμίων, within hearing 
of the enemy, iii. 4. 363; ὅτι πλεί- 
στων ἀκουόντων, within the hearing 
of every possible man, Vii. 3. 7. 

ἄκρα, as [R. ak], summit, height ; 
then the fortified stronghold there- 
on, citadel, v. 2. 17, vil. 1. 20. 

ἄκρᾶτος, ov [R.2 kpa], unmixed, 
of wine, v. 4. 29, hence strong, iv. 
5. 27. It was the custom among 
the Greeks to mix water with their 
wine. The usual proportion was 
three to one or two to one, some- 
times three to two, the amount of 
water always exceeding that of 
wine. The mixture was made in 
large bowls (see s.v. κρᾶτήρ), and 
was dipped from these by means 
of a ladle or wine-pitcher (see s.v. 
οἰνοχόος). 

ἄκριτος, ον [κρίνω], unjudged, 
without a trial, Vv. 7. 28, 

ἀκροβολίζομαι (ἀκροβολιδ-), ἦκρο- 
βολισάμην [R. ακ- βάλλω], throw 
from α distance or height, as op- 
posed to fighting a pitched battle, 
skirmish, abs., ili. 4. 18, v. 2. 10, or 
with dat., ii. 4. 33. 

ἀκροβόλισις, ews, ἡ [R. ak+ 
βάλλωΊ. throwing from a distance, 
skirmishing, skirmish, iii. 4. 16, 18. 

ἀκρόπολις, ews, ἡ [R. ακ τ R. 
mda], upper city, acropolis, citadel, 
1: 2. ἵν 610; νι το aus 

ἄκρος, a, ον [R. ax], pointed, at 
the point, highest, topmost. As 
subst., τὸ ἄκρον, height, summit, 
eminence, of a hill or mountain, 
ili. 4. 27, 44, iv. 7.25, v. 4. 265 7a 
ἄκρα, the heights, i. 2. 21, v. 2. 16, 
vil. 3. 44; τὸ ἀκρότατον, the highest 
peak, the chief stronghold, v. 4. 15; 
κατὰ τὰ ἄκρα, along the heights, 
iv. 6. 23, 24, vi. 3. 19. 

ἀκρωνυχία, ἂς [R. ak + ὄνυξ, 
nail|, tip of the nail, spur, crest, 
of a mountain, ili. 4. 37, 38. 

ἀκτή, 7s, foreland, promontory, 
coast, beach, Vi. 2. 1. 


ἄκυρος, ov [κῦρος, τό, power, 
authority |, of no force, null and 
void, Vi. τ. 28. 

ἄκων, ovoa, ov [for ἀέκων by 
contr., see ἑκών], unwilling, reluc- 
tant, used as partic. without ov, 
iii. 1. 10, vil. 3. 30; as adv. with a 
partic., unintentionally y, accident- 
ally, iv. 8.25; ἄκοντός τινος, sc. ὄν- 
Tos, against ὦ man’s will, without 
his consent, 1. 3. 17, ii. 1. 
6. 40. 

ἀλαλάζω (ἀλαλαγ-), ἀλαλάξομαι, 
ἠλάλαξα [ἀλαλαγή, shouting, ἀλα- 
7, battle-cry], raise the battle-cry 
of ἀλαλή, shout the war-cry, iv. 2. 
7, Vi. 5. 26, 27. Poetic, except in 
Xen. and late prose, 

ἀλεεινός, 7, dv [ἀλέα, εἵλη, prop. 
warmth of the sun, σέλας, bright- 
ness, cf. Lat. sol, sun, Eng, suL- 
TRY], warm; as subst., τὸ ἀλεεινόν, 
source of warmth, iv. 4. 11. 

ἀλέξω (ἀλεκ-), ἀλέξομαι, ἠλεξάμην 
[R. apk], ward off, only in mid., 
ward off from oneself, defend one- 
self from, repulse, obj. in acc. or 
implied, i. 3. 6, ili. 4. 33, v. 5. 21, 
vii. 7. 3; return like for like, re- 
quite, i. 9. 11. 

ἀλέτης, ov [ἀλέω, grind], lit. 
grinder. Used only as an adj. in 
the phrase ὄνος adérns, i. 5. 5, the 
upper mill-stone, marked dd in the 
annexed cut, which represents a 
mill found at 
Pompei. At 
the right, not 
quite  one- 
half of the 
outside οἵ 
the mill is 
shown; at 
the . left, a 
vertical sec- 
tion. The 
stone base is 
marked a, and terminates above in 
the cone-shaped lower mill-stone 
(μύλος) c, in the top of which is 
set solidly a heavy iron peg (ὦ in 
No. 3). The upper stone (ὄνος) 








No. 2. 


19, vii. 





9 ἄκυρος- ἁλιευτικός 


dd is in the form of an hour-glass, 
the lower half revolving closely 
upon c. The ὄνος is closed at its 
narrowest part by b 
a thick iron plate 
(6 in. No. 3) in 
which there are 
five holes. The 
peg in the upper 
part of ὁ (@ in 
No, 3) passes through the hole at 
the centre of this plate; through 
the others, arranged round it, the 
grain, which was put into the up- 
per half of dd, or the hopper, passed 
downward. When the upper stone 
was turned by means of the bar 
jf the grain gradually worked its 
way downward, and was ground 
into flour in the groove e by the 
friction of the two rough sur- 
faces, and fell into the rill ὃ be- 
low. 

ἄλευρον, τό [ἀλέω, grind], flour, 
wheaten flour, always in the plur., 
i. το. 18, iii. 4. 81; as distinguished 
from parley meal, i. 5. 6. 

ἀλήθεια, as [ R. had], truth, truth- 
telling, candour, sincerity, ii. 6. 25, 
26, vil. 7.24. Phrase: τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, 
Lat. re uera, in fact, in reality, 
vi. 2. 10. 

ἀληθεύω, ἀληθεύσω, ἠλήθευσα [R. 
Aa], speak the truth, i. 7. 18, vii. 
7. 25; report correctly, iv. 4. 15; 
with acc., tell the truth about, v. 6. 
18. 

ἀληθής, és [R. AaB], wrconcealed, 
and so true, of things, v. 5. 24, vii. 
2.25; as subst., τὸ ἀληθές, the truth, 
truth, Lat. uarum, ji. 6. 22: ἀληθῆ 
λέγειν, speak the truth, ii. 5. 24, ili. 
9: 8:.10; 

ἀληθινός, 7, dv [R. λαθ], agree- 
able to truth, real and true, genu- 
ine; στράτευμα ἀληθινόν, an army 
worthy of the name, i. 9. 17. 

ἁλιευτικός, 7, dv [ἀλιεύω, fish, 
ἅλς, 6, salt, dds, 4, sea, cf. Lat. 
sal, sea, salt, Eng. saur], of or 
belonging to a fisherman; with 
πλοῖον, fishing boat, vii. 1. 20. 





ἁλίζω- ἄλλος 


ἁλίζω (ἀλιδ-), ἥλισα, ἡλίσθην 
[ἅλις], gather, collect, assemble, 
ii. 4.3; in mid. intrans., assemble, 
meet, Vi. 3. ὃ 

ἄλιθος, ov [λίθος], without stones, 
free from stones, of land, vi. 4. 5. 

ἅλις, adv., in heaps or crowds, in 
plenty, enough, with gen., v. 7. 12. 

᾿Αλισάρνη, ns, 7, Halisarne, a 
city in Mysia, south of Pergamus, 
vii. 8. 17. 

ἁλίσκομαι (ἀλ-, ddo-), ἁλώσομαι, 
ἑάλων Or ἥλων, ἑάλωκα OF HAWKE 
[αἱρέω]. pass. to αἱρέω, be captured, 
taken, caught, of persons, animals, 
places, and things, i. 4. 7, ili. 4. 8, 
17. 5: 140 ν. 3-0; vig 105) ithe 
pres. sometimes approaches the 
signification of the perf., as oi 
ἁλισκόμενοι, the captives, iv. τ. 3, ef. 
1,5; 2. 

ἄλκιμος, ον [Ἐ. apr], stout, brave, 
warlike, iv. 3. 4, 

Oey! adv 8: ἐπεὶ ἘΝ [ἄλλος]. 
otherwise, in another way, on the 
other hand, still, but. It intro- 
duces something different from 
what has been said before, or op- 
posed to it, and occurs frequently 
after negatives, i. 1. 4, 4. 18, ii. 4. 
2, 6. 10, vi. 4. 2, vii. 1.31. It often 
introduces an antithesis, which em- 
phasises the thought, i. 8. 11, iii. 2. 
3, 13, v. 7. 32. At the beginning 
of a speech, by way of an abrupt 
transition, or to break off discus- 
sion, well, well but, however, for 
my part, i. 7.6, 8. 17, ii. 1. 10, 5. 16. 
In conditional sentences, the apod- 
osis may be opposed to the prot- 
asis by ἀλλά, yet, still, at least, ii. 
5. 19, vii. 7. 43. An objection in 
the form of a question is intro- 
duced by ἀλλά, v. 8.4. At the be- 
ginning of a second question ἀλλά 
is best translated or, ii. 5.18. After 
questions containing a negative 
idea, or one to be refuted, rather, 
on the contrary, iv. 6. 19, v. 1. 7, 
7.30. ἀλλά is joined with various 
particles, as follows: ἀλλὰ γάρ, 
but really, iii. 2. 25, 26, v. 7. 11, 








10 


Vii. 7.45; ἀλλά γε, but at any rate, 
ili. 2.3; ἀλλά γέ τοι, yet at least, ii. 
5.19; ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον, but rather, iii. 
1.953; ἀλλὰ μέντοι, yet truly, iv. 6. 
16; ἀλλὰ μήν, but, but then, used 
when the speaker resumes an in- 
terrupted thought, ii. 5. 12, 14; 
ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως, but nevertheless, i. 8. 13, 
γε 8.0: 

ἀλλ᾽ ἤ, i.e. ἀλλὰ 7, Other than, 
with the accent of the first word 
lost; after a negative, except, iv. 6. 
11, vii. 7. 53. 

ἄλλῃ; as adv. [ἄλλος]. in another 
way, iv. 2. 4, 10; elsewhere, some- 
where else, ii. 6. 4, v. 6. 7, vi. 3. 73 
elsewhere, in another direction, only 
in phrases, as ἄλλος ἄλλῃ ἐτράπετο, 
one one way, another another, dif- 
ferent ways, iv. 8. 19; ἄλλος ἄλλῃ 
διώκων, Vil. 3. 47. 

ἀλλήλων, reciprocal pron. [@A- 
Aos], of one another, each other, 1. 
10. 4, iii. 1. 10; ἀλχήχοιθ. i. 2. 27, 
iii. 3. 1, v. 2.11; .ιἀλλχήλους, iii. 2. 5, 
iv. 3. 29, vii. 1. 39. 

ἄλλοθεν, adv. [ἄλλος], from an- 
other place; ἄλλοι ἄλλοθεν, some 
from one point, others from an- 
other, i. 10. 13 

GAAopat (ad-), ἁλοῦμαι, ἡλάμην 
or ἡλόμην [ef. Lat. salio, leap], 
leap, jump, hop, iv. 2. 17, vi. 1. 4. 

ἄλλος, ᾿ ο [ἄλλος], other, an- 
other, i. 1. 7,.9,°3- 16, ii. 1. 20, iv. 5. 
28. When ‘preceded by the art., 
the other, the remaining, the rest, 
the rest of, i. 2. 18, iv. 3.6; of ἄλλοι 
“Ἕλληνες, the rest of the Greeks, ii. 
1.4; τὸ ἄλλο στράτευμα, the rest of 
the army, i. 2. 25, 4. 17; of ἄλλοι 
πάντες, all the rest, ii. 1. 16. τὰ 
ἄλλα is used adverbially, as for the 
rest, i. 3. 3, 7. 4, iv. 8. 20. When 
joined with one of its own cases or 
an adv. derived from the same 
stem, it is used distributively, like 
Lat. alius, aS ἄλλος καὶ ἄλλος, One 
and another, another and another, 
i, 5. 12, vii. 3. 27, 6. 10; ἄλλον: 
ἄλλοι, some . . . others, i. 8. 9, vii. 
1. 17; ἄλλος ἄλλα λέγει, ONE says 


11 


this, another that, ii. 1. 15 ; ἄλλος 
ἄλλῃ, One in one place, another in 
another, Vi. 3. 7, or one ὧν one di- 
rection, others in another, iv. 8. 19, 
vii. 3. 47; ἄλλοι ἄλλοθεν, Lat. αὐτὰ 
aliunde, some from one quarter, 
others from another, i. 10.13; ἄλλοι 
ἄλλως, Lat. alia aliter, some one 
way, others another, i. 6. 11. τῇ 
ἄλλῃ, With ἡμέρᾳ understood, means 
next day, ii. 1. 8, iii. 4. 1, vi. 1. 16; 
ἄλλος ἄλλον εἷλκε, One pulled up the 
other, v.2.15. Used with numerals 
ἄλλος may be best translated be- 
sides, further, ἄλλοι δὲ ἦσαν ἑξακισ- 
χίλιοι ἱππεῖς, and there were fur- 
ther six thousand horsemen, i. 7. 
11, ef. vii. 3. 48, 8.15; so also in 
enumerating several objects, as οὐ 
yap ἢν χόρτος οὐδὲ ἄλλο δένδρον, for 
there was no grass, and besides not 
a single tree, i. 5. 5, cf. ili. 3. 18, v. 4. 
25. Resembling this is the phrase 
οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι Κρῆτες, V. 2. 31, where 
ἄλλοι distinguishes the Cretans 
from their leader and does not 
mark a class of Cretans; English 
has not this idiom, but cf. French 
nous autres Francais. Phrases: 
ἄλλος Tus, any other, some other, ii. τ. 
14; οὐδεὶς ἄλλος, nobody else, i. 10. 
16, iv. 4. 4, vii. 6. 39; εἴ τις ἄλλος 
or εἴ τις καὶ ἄλλος, if any other, if 
anybody, whatever other, τ 4. 15, 5. 
1, 6.1, iv. 1.23; ws ris καὶ &dXos, 
as (well as) any other man whoso- 
ever, i. 3. 15, ii. 6.8; οὐδὲν ἄλλο thy 
nothing else than, only, ii. 2. 13, 11]. 
2. 18, ἵν, 2: 215 vii. 4. 8; οὐδὲν ἄλλο 
εἰ μή, nothing g else except, ἘΠ Ως 
ἄλλο τι ἤ; is anything else wr we 
than? equivalent to od or ap ov, 
Lat. nonne, ii. 5. 10, iv. 7. 5. 

ἄλλοσε, adv. [ἄλλος], to another 
place, in the phrase τινὲς οἰχόμενοι 
ἄλλοσε, some having gone one way, 
others another, vi. 6.5 (where some 
read ἄλλοι ἄλλῃ). 

ἄλλοτε, adv. [ἄλλος], αὐ another 
time, at other times, iv. 1. 17 ; ἄλ- 
Nore καὶ ἄλλοτε, every now and 
then, ii. 4. 26, v. 2. 29 ; εἴ more καὶ 








ἄλλοσε-ἅμα 


ἄλλοτε, if ever in the world, Vi. 4. 
12. 

ἀλλότριος, a, ov [ἄλλος], anoth- 
er’s, strange, foreign, Lat. alienus, 
iii. 5. 5, vii. 2.33; hence, lost, for- 
feit, iil. 2. 28. 

ἄλλως, adv. [ἄλλος], otherwise, 
in another way, iii. 2. 39, v. 2. 20, 
vii. 5. 5; in a different way than is 
fitting, at random, rashly, Lat. 
temere, v. 1. 7. Phrases: ἄλλοι 
ἄλλως, some in one way, others in 
another (see under ἄλλος), i. 6. 11; 
ἄλλως ἔχειν or γίγνεσθαι, be differ- 
ent, be otherwise, ili. 2. 37, vi. 6. 10; 
ἄλλως πως, in any other way, iva ts 
20, 26, vi. 4. 2; ἄλλως τε καί, on 
other "grounds ‘and particularly, 
hence especially, v. 6.9, vil. 7. 40. 

ἀλόγιστος, ov [R. Aey], wrreas- 
oning, foolish, ii. 5. 21. 

ἄλσος, ous, τό, grove, esp. about 
a temple or shrine, ὦ sacred grove, 
Vinge tae 

ἍΑλυς, vos, ὁ, the Halys (Kizil- 
Irmak), the principal river in Asia 
Minor, rising in Pontus, and flow- 
ing southwesterly into Cappadocia, 
then northwesterly through Gala- 
tia, and, finally, between | Paphla- 
gonia and Pontus into the Euxine. 
It was two stadia wide near its 
mouth and impassable except by 
boats, v. 6. 9, cf. Hdt. i. 75. The 
Greeks sailed by its mouth, Vals 2s le 

ἄλφιτον, τό, in Attic ehveye pl., 

barley meal, i. 5. 6, iv. 8. 2 

ἀλωπεκῆ, 775 [ἀλῴπηξ,; oe “of Lat. 
uolpes, fox), fox-skin cap, worn 
over the head and ears by the 
Thracians, vii. 4. 4. Observe the 
form of the cap worn by Paris, s.v 
τέθριππον, and by the Amazon, s.v. 
φαρέτρα. 

ἁλώσιμος, ον ἱ αἱρέω |, easy to cap- 
ture, of places, v. 2. ὃ. 

ἁλώσοιντο, see ἑλίσκομαι. 

ἅμα, adv. [ἅμα], at the saine time 
or moment, oe the same time with, 
together, i. 2.9, 8. 18, iii. 4. 31, ν. 
quel: ΠῚ with, with dat. of 
pers, ii, 4. 9. Phrases: ἅμα τῇ 


᾿Αμαζών- Αμβρακιώτης 


ἡμέρᾳ, at daybreak, ii. τ. 2, iii. 1. 
13, vi. 5.1; dua τῇ ἐπιούσῃ ἡμέρᾳ, 
as the next day was breaking, 1. 7. 
2; dua ἡλίῳ ἀνατέλλοντι, ἀνίσχοντι 
(or ἀνέχοντι), δύνοντι, at sunrise, 
at sunset, ii. 1. 38, 2.13, 3.1. dua 
μὲν... ἅμα δέ, emphatic expression 
of the idea, where in Eng. we should 
naturally translate the adverb with 
the second clause only, iii. 4. 19, 
iv. 1.4, vi. 2.14. ἅμα is sometimes 
joined to the first of two verbs 
where we should expect it with the 
second, v. 5. 19, vii.6,20. It often 
appears to be closely connected in 
sense with the partic., but gram- 
matically modifies the verb, as ἅμα 
ταῦτ᾽ εἰπὼν ἀνέστη, as soon as he 
had said this, he rose, iii. 1. 47, ef. 
1145.0, ἵν. ΠΟ ν Ὁ ὃ; 

᾿Αμαζών, dvos,7,an Amazon. The 
Amazons were a mythical, warlike 
race of women, the ideal of female 
bravery and strength. They have 
a prominent place in Greek mythol- 
ogy, and are frequently represented 
in Greek works of art. They lived 
about the river Thermddon, and 
their chief city was Themiscyra. 
From here they invaded at ditfer- 
ent times the greater part of the 
known world. There was a cele- 
brated representation of the battle 
of the Amazons with the Athenians 
in the Stoa Poecile at Athens. The 
cut given 8.0. φαρέτρα represents an 





Amazon, as pictured on a Greek 
vase, attendant on Hippolyte in 


| her struggle with Theseus. 








12 


She is 
armed simply with bow and quiver, 
and wears upon her head the so- 
called μίτρα, a cap of wool or leather 
not unlike a helmet. In the accom- 
panying cut, from a sarcophagus 
in the Museum of the Capitol at 
Rome, the Amazon is armed with 
quiver (see s.v. φαρέτρα), shield 
(see 8.0. πέλτη), helmet (see 5.0. 
κράνος), and battle-axe (see 8.0. 
cdyapis). iv. 4. 16. 

ἅμαξα, ns [ἅμα -- R. ay], a heavy 
wagon, originally and generally 
with four wheels (and therefore 
with two united axles, as the name 
signifies}, designed especially for 
baggage, used also for carrying 
arms, provisions, and wounded 
men, <4; 55-7527. 320; 80.185 ΜΠ 
14. See 8.0. ἅρμα and «ρμάμαξα. 
Phrases: ἅμαξα πετρῶν, wagon-load 
of stones, iv. 7.10; Bods ὑφ᾽ ἁμάξης, 
draught-ox, Vi. 4. 22, 25. 

ἁμαξιαῖος, a, ov [apa+R. ay], 
Jit for a wagon, large enough to 
load a wagon, iv. 2. 3. 

apatites, dv [ἅμα - R. ay], pas- 
sable by wagons; ὁδὸς apaéirés, 
wagon-road, i. 2. 21. 
: ἁμαρτάνω (ἀμαρτ-). ἁμαρτήσομαι, 
ἥμαρτον, ἡμάρτηκα, ἡμάρτημαι, ἡμαρ- 
τήθην, fail of one’s aim, miss the 
mark, miss, with the gen. of the 
person, i. 5. 12, iii. 4. 15, or of the 
thing, vii. 4. 17; hence fail (in 
conduct), do wrong, sin against, 
with cognate acc. and περί with 
ace. of the pers. wronged, iii. 2. 20; 
μικρὰ ἁμαρτηθέντα, small blunders, 
v. 8. 20. 

ἀμαχεί, adv. [R. pax], without 
Jighting or resistance, without a 
struggle, i. 7. 9, iii. 4. 46, iv. 6. 12. 

ἀμαχητί, adv. [R. pax], with- 
out fighting, iv. 2. 15, 

᾿Αμβρακιώτης or ᾿Αμπρακιώτης, 
ov, an Ambraciot, a citizen of Am- 
bracia (Arta), which was a colony 
of the Corinthians in Epirus, 80 
stadia north of the Ambracian 
Gulf, i. 7. 18, v. 6. 16, vi. 4. 13. 


13 


ἀμείνων, ov, gen. ovos, comp. of 
ἀγαθός, q.v., better, braver, stouter, 
Fle ΤΡ 21 29. 2: 10. Ve ὃ. 28,) Vil. 0, 
44, 7. 54; joined with κρείττων, 
braver and mightier, i. 7. 3; neut. 
as adv., better, li. 1. 20, vii. 3. 17. 

ἀμέλεια, as [R. ped], careless- 
ness, neglect in guarding, iv. 6. 3. 

ἀμελέω, ἀμελήσω, etc. [R. ped], 
be careless, be heedless, neglect, 
slight, with gen. of the person or 
thing, i. 3. Il, v. I. 15, 4. 20, vii. 
Dale 

ἀμελῶς, adv. [R. ped], heedlessly, 
negligently, Vv. 1. 6. 

Gpetpos, ov [μέτρον], without 
measure, countless, lil. 2. 16. 

ἀμήχανος, ov [R. pak], without 
means, destitute of means (of per- 
sons), li. 5. 21; impossible (of 
things), impracticable, i. 2. 21; 
πολλὰ Kaunxava, many difficulties, 
Wk palsy 

ἁμιλλάομαι, ὡμιλλήσομαι, etc., dep. 
pass. [ἅμιλλα, contest}, contend, 
struggle ; with ἐπί or πρός and 800.; 
race for, struggle Sor, iii. 4. 44, 46. 

ἄμπελος, ἡ; vine, 1. 2. 22, vi. 4. 6. 

᾿Αμπρακιώτης, 568 or aeere 

ἀμυγδάλινος, ἡ; ον [ἀμυγδάλη, 
almond, cf. Eng. almond], of al- 
monds, iv. 4. 18. 

ἀμύνω (ἀμυν-), ἀμυνῶ, ἤμῦνα [root 
pu, shut, fasten, a- prothetic, q.v., 
cf. Lat. moenia, ramparts, manio, 
fortify], ward off. Mid., ward off 
from oneself, defend oneself, avenge 
oneself upon, ii. 3. 28, ili. 1. 14, 29, 
y. 4. 25, vii. 3. 35. 

ἀμφί, prep. [akin to ἄμφω, cf. 
Lat. ambi-, amb- in composition, 
round about], orig. on both sides 
of, hence about, followed by the 
ace. and very rarely by the gen. 
Used of persons, places, and things, 
sometimes of time and number. 
With gen., about, concerning, of 
things; dud ὧν εἶχον διαφέρεσθαι, 
quarrel over what they had, iv. 5. 
17. With acc., of place, round, 
about, of persons, countries, or 
things, 1, 225 Gh Nie By Iams toy PIG 











‘attendants, 1. 


ἀμείνων-ἀμφορεύς 


of the object affected, ἀμφὶ στρά- 
τευμα δαπανᾶν, spend money on an 
army, i. 1. 8; of time, about, at, 
ἀμφὶ ηρτηστα about supper-time, 
ΤΠ ΤΟΣ ae Challe 2: 8; 1V.1 5.09, Vi. 
4. 26; with numerals preceded by 
the art., about, Lat. circiter, i. 2. 
957. 10; i. x. 33. Phrases: οἱ 
ἀμφί with an acc. of a pers. may 
denote either the followers of that 
pers., or that pers. and his follow- 
ers, aS of ἀμφὶ βασιλέα, the king’s 
LON 9. Cha le δὴ ᾿ς ale 
but of ἀμφὶ Χειρίσοφον, Chirisophus 
and his men, iv. 3. 21, cf. iii. 2. 2, 
5. 1; τὰ ἀμφὶ τάξεις, tactics, 11. 1.7; 
ἀμφὶ ταῦτα ἔχειν, be busy about 
this, occupied, Vv. 2. 26, vii. 2. 16; 
ἀμφὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια εἶναι, be busied 
about the provisions, iii. 5.14. In 
composition ἀμφί signifies on both 
sides, about. 

ἀμφιγνοέω, imp. ἠμφεγνόουν, ἠμ- 
φεγνόησα, ἠμφεγνοήθην [R. γνω], 
think on both sides, be in doubt or 
puz zéled, li. 5. 33. 

᾿Αμφίδημος, 6, Amphidemus, fa- 
ther of Amphicrates (see the next 
word), iv, 2. 13. 

᾿Αμφικράτης, ous, ὁ, Amphicrates, 
an Athenian, son of the preceding, 
one of the captains of the Greek 
army, and killed by the Cardiichi 
in the retreat, iv. 2. 13, 17. 

ἀμφιλέγω [R. Aey], speak on 
both sides, have a dispute, quarrel, 
Ns 35 dil 

᾿Αμφιπολίτης, ov, an Amphipoli- 
tan, a native of Amphipolis, i. ro. 
7, iv. 6. 1, a colony of Athens 
founded in 497 B.c. in eastern 
Macedonia, on the left bank of 
the river Strymon, just below its 
egress from lake Cercinitis and 25 
stadia from the sea. The Stry- 
mon flowed almost round the 
town. The ruins of Amphipolis 
can be seen near Neochorio at 
the present day. 

ἀμφορεύς, éws, ὁ [in Epic dude 
φορεύς, R. dep], Lat. amphora, a 
jar primarily intended for liquids, 


ἀμφότερος-ἄν 


as wine or oil, but used variously, 
as for pickled dolphin, v. 4. 28. 
As the name implies, the ἀμφορεύς 
had two handles, and was so large 
as to need two persons to carry it. 
As a liquid measure it contained 
39.39 liters, 41.6+ quarts U. 5. 
liquid measure, having one and 
one-half times the capacity of the 
Roman amphora. In form it was 
more or less bulky, had a neck 
and mouth which were generally 
of moderate size in comparison 
with the body of the vessel, and 





either rested on a foot, as in the 
illustration, or was pointed at the 
lowerend. The ἀμφορεύς was some- 
times highly ornamented. 

ἀμφότερος, a, ov [ἄμφω], both, 
from its signification generally 
plural (in Anab. only dual or pl.) ; 
when used with the art., put in the 
pred. position, i. 1. 1, 4. 4, iii. 1. 31, 
vii. 6.17. Sometimes used subst., 
both parties, i. 5. 17, ii. 5. 41, v. 
By ish 











14 


ἀμφοτέρωθεν, adv. [duddrepos], 
on both sides, from both sides, i. 10. 
9, ili. 5. 10; with the gen., iii. 4. 
9 


ἄμφω [akin to ἀμφί, cf. Lat. 
ambo, both, Eng. Boru], gen. and 
dat. ἀμφοῖν, both, ii. 6. 30, vi. 2. 6. 

av, a post-positive particle with- 
out an exact equivalent in Eng- 
lish, but having force according 
to the construction in which it is 
employed. Three uses of ἄν are 
to be distinguished: 1. In condi- 
tional, relative, and temporal prot- 
ases and in final clauses; 11. In 
apodosis; III. In iterative sen- 
tences. I. With subjv. in protases 
with el, when εἰ and ἄν combine to 
form ἐάν, ἄν, or ἤν, or with rel. 
advs. like ἐπεί, ἐπειδή, ὅτε, etc., com- 
bining to form ἐπάν, Excite, ὅταν, 
etc. (for this use see under the dif- 
ferent words); with a rel., as és, 
ὅστις, ὁπόσος, etc., i. 3.5, 4. 15, ii. 
5. 18, or a temporal conj., as éws, 
πρίν, μέχρι, ἔστε, i. 1. 10, 4. 8, 18, 
ii. 3. 9, 24; in a final clause with 
ws and subjv., ii. 5. 16, vi. 3. 18. 
II. In apodosis, where ἄν belongs 
to the verb and is used with sec- 
ondary tenses of the ind. in condi- 
tions contrary to fact, li. 1. 4, iil. 
2. 24, vii. 5. 5, 6. 9; with the opt. 
in less vivid fut. conditions, i. 3. 
19) il. 3. 23, Vil 1.28; vill £21 in 
Mss. it is sometimes found with 
the fut. ind., which in editt. is cor- 
rected to the opt., ii. 5. 13, v. 6. 32; 
with the inf. or partic. in indir. 
disc. representing the ind. or opt., 
1b Vion SR Ὁ. ἢ. Gh Gp thats i 
19. 5. 1G A See Vie δε ΝΑ. 
7, vii. 7. 80, 40; the protasis may 
be implied in the context, iii. 5. 12, 
iv. 2. 10, vii. 6. 28, or be altogether 
lacking with an independent po- 
tential ind. or opt. with ἄν, i. 5. 8, 
οὐ θὲς 115720; ΠΡ ΟὟ Saas eNO: 
12. 9 Vv. 6: 15; 7. 10. vies. Devils 
7. 27; ἄν is sometimes repeated 
for emphasis or in a long sentence, 
is ge 606.72; ik -. 20, iv. 6. 18, 


15 


vii. 7. 38; the verb to which ἄν be- 
longs may be omitted when it can 
easily be supplied from the con- 
text, i. 3. 6, iii. 2. 24, v. 4. 34, or ἄν 
itself may be omitted for the same 
reason, i. 6.2, iv.6.15. III. In the 
iterative construction, with impf. 
AanUeaorsyinds 94 LO; ai. 2.11 ii: 
4. 22, iv. 7. 16. 

av, conditional conj., contracted 
form of ἐάν, q.v. 

av-, See a-. 

ava, prep. [cf. Eng. on], wp (op- 
posed to κατά), followed by the 
acc. It is used of place (in the 
Anab. not of time), up, up along, 
upon, over, throughout, iil. 5. 16, 
vii. 4.2; with numerals to signify 
distribution, ava πέντε παρασάγγας 
τῆς ἡμέρας, at the rate of jive para- 
sangs α day, iv. 6. 4; ἀνὰ ἑκατόν, 
by hundreds, a hundred each, ii 
4. 21, v. 4. 12, vi. 5. 11; and to ex- 
press mode and manner, ἀνὰ κρά- 
tos, from weakness wp to the full 
measure of strength, at full speed, 
1:8: Wap COs 15. τν- 3: 20. Va 2230s kan 
composition ἀνά signifies wp, back, 
again, and is sometimes simply 
intensive. 

ἀναβαίνω [R. Ba], go up, as- 
cend, clinb up, a mountain or 
stronghold, either with the obj. 
omitted, iv. 2. 8, 12, 8. 19, v. 2. 15, 
or with ἐπί and acc., i. 2. 22, iii. 4. 
25, iv. 8. 138, v. 2..22; march up 
(from the coast ie the erage 
Lat. éscendo), i. 1. 2, 4. 12, i 
22, lil, 1. 25 er (a horse}, with 
ἐπί and ace., i. 8. 3, iii. 4. 35, vii. 6. 
42 ; embark. (se. ἐπὶ τὰ πλοῖα), Υἱ. 
Ι. 14, 

ἀναβάλλω [βάλλω], throw up, 
v. 2. 5; help to mount, with ἐπί 
and acc., iv. 4. 4. 

ἀνάβασις, ews, ἡ [R. Ba], going 
up, ascent, march upward, of a 
hill, iv. 1.10. Esp. applied to the 
expedition from the coast to Baby- 
lon, made by Cyrus the Younger 
against his brother, King Arta- 
xerxes, and used as the title of | 








- ΓΕ 
ἀν-ανάγω 


Xenophon’s history, i. 4. 9, iii. 1. 1, 
vii. 8. 26. 

ἀναβιβάζω (βιβάζω, βιβαδ-, -βι- 
βάσω or βιβῶ, -εβίβασα [R. Ba], 
make go, causative to βαίνων), make 
go up, lead up, i. 10. 14. 

ἀναβοάω [R. BoF], 
shout, cry out, v. 4. 31. 

ἀναβολή, ἢς [βάλλω], that which 
is thrown up, mound, earth-work, 
Lat. uallum, v. 2. 5. 

ἀναγγέλλω [ἀγγέλλω]Ί, bring 
back word, report, Lat. renuntio, i. 
3. 19, 21 (some read ἀπαγγέλλω), 

ἀναγιγνώσκω [R. yve|, know 
again what has been seen before, 
recognize, ν. 8.6; hence of written 
characters, read, 1. 6. 4, 111. 1. 5. 

ἀναγκάζω (avayKad-), ἀναγκάσω, 
etc. [ἀνάγκη |, force, compel, oblige, 
generally with ace. and inf., ii. 1. 6, 
iii. 4. 49, v. 8. 8, vil. 2.6; in pass. 
with inf., iii. 3. 12, iv. 1. 16, 19, vii. 
6. 28; abs., iii. 4. 19. 

ἀναγκαῖος, ¢, ov [ἀνάγκη]. forced, 
necessary, indispensable, inevita- 
bles ἀμ 43), τὸ I ivent. 125 15% 
ἀναγκαιόν τι, some necessity, 1. 5. 9. 
As subst., of ἀναγκαῖοι, one’s rela- 
tives, Lat. necessariz, i. 4. 1. 

ἀνάγκη, ns, force, necessity, stress, 
ili. 4. 82; ; pl. -» pressure, distress, iv. 
5. 15; ἀνάγκη ἐστί (more often 
without ἐστί), it is necessary, one 
must, i. 6. 8, iv. 1.9; with inf., i 
6510; v.05: 1, vii. 6. 24, or with 5: 
and inf., Wes ἸΕΪΣΖ “φῦ, iii. 2. 8, 4. 
19, vii. 2. 15, or eb dat. and inf., i. 
hep Oh We δ᾽ 12. Phrases: ἀνάγκῃ, by 
or of necessity, necessarily, V. 5. 16, 

7. 29; ἐν ἀνάγκῃ ἔχεσθαι, be 

Eonaaie! by necessity, be com- 
pelled, ii. 5.21; ἀνάγκῃ κατέχεσθαι, 
be mastered. by necessity, 1h Onli ¢ 
ἐν ἀνάγκῃ εἶναι, be in straits, in a 
tight place, vii. 6. 27. 

ἀναγνούς, see ἀναγιγνώσκω. 

ἀνάγω [R. ay], lead up, take up, 
from the coast to the interior, or 
from a lower to a higher place, ii. 

3. 21 (some read the simple verb), 
-s 1, iii. 4.28; with ἐκ and the gen., 


let up ἃ 


ἀναζεύγνυμι-᾿ Αναξίβιος 


lead up out of, extricate, vii. 6. 24. 
withdraw, v. 2. 8 (some read ἀπα- 
yayetv); mid., put to sea, set sail, 
Wilds Vis Tatoo reel 

ἀναζεύγνυμι [R. fvy], yoke up 
beasts of burden, hence transferred 
to an army, break camp, iil. 4. 37, 
iv. 6. 1. 

ἀναθαρρέω [θρασύς]. regain cour- 
age, pluck up courage again, Vi. 4. 
12. 

ἀναθεῖναι, ἀναθείς, See ἀνατέθημι. 

ἀνάθημα, ατος, τό [R. Oe], a 
thing set up, esp. in a temple, hence 
votive offering, V. 3. 5. 

ἀναθορυβέω (θορυβέω, θορυβήσω, 
etc. [θόρυβος]. make an uproar), 
send up a shout, cry out, applaud, 
y. 1. 8, vi. 1. 30. 

ἀναθρέψαντι, See ἀνατρέφω. 

ἀναιρέω [αἱρέω], take up, pick 
up, of things, mid., v. 7. 21, vil. 3. 
22; also mid., take wp one’s dead 
for burial, carry off the dead, iv. 1. 
19, v. 7. 30; in this sense rare in 
act., vi. 4. 9. Of an oracle or deity, 
take wp the subject, answer, direct, 
act., τὰ. 8. 0, Ve 2. ἢ νὰ 6.48 
Phrase: ἀνελέσθαι πόλεμον, begin a | 
war, Opp. to καταλῦσαι, V. 7. 27. 

ἀνακαίω [καίω], light wp, kin- ! 
dle, iii. 1. 3. 

ἀνακαλέω [R. kad], call again | 
and again, vi. 6.7; mid., summon ; 
σάλπιγγι ἀνακαλεῖσθαι, Lat. receptut 
canere, sound the retreat, iv. 4. 22. 

Gvaketov, τό, equal to ἀνώγεων, 
η.υ. | 

ἀνακοινόω [κοινόω], communt-,. 
cate, consult a god, ili. 1. 5, vi. 1. 
22, mid., confer with a friend, com- 
municate, ili. 1. 5, v. 6. 86, in both 
voices with dat. of the person. 

ἀνακομίζω [κομίζω], carry up; 
mid., lay wp for oneself, store away, 
iy Fe Wh TE 

ἀνακράζω [R. kad], lift up the 
voice, raise a shout, shout, iv. 4. 20, 
5. 18, v. 1. 14, vi. 1. 6, 4. 22; with 
an obj. by prolepsis, v. 8. 12. 
Phrase: ἀνέκραγε πολεμικόν, gave a 
war-shout, Vii. 3. 33. 





‘unsuccessfully, vii. 2. 


16 


ἀναλαλάζω [ἀλαλάζω], raise the 
war-cry, cry ἀλαλή, iv. 3. 19. 

ἀναλαμβάνω [λαμβάνω], take or 
pick up, of persons or things, v. 2. 
32, Vi. 5. 1, vii. 1. 41; take along 
with, of soldiers, i. 10. 6, iv. 7. 24, 
vii. 3. 36. 

ἀναλάμπω [Adurw], burst into 
flames, flame out, Vv. 2. 24. 

ἀναλίσκω (ἀνᾶλ-, dvado-), ἀνα- 
λώσω, ἀνήλωσα, ἀνήλωκα, ἀνήλωμαι, 
ἀνηλώθην, use up, expend, exhaust, 
iv. 7. 5, 7, 10, vii. 7. 34. 

ἀνάλωτος, ov [aipéw], not to be 
taken, invincible, impregnable, v. 
2. 20. 

ἀναμένω [R. pa], wait for, await, 
Lat. exspectd, with acc. and inf., 
iii, 1. 14, 24, or the simple acc., v. 
8. 14; abs., stay where one is, re- 
main, wait, v. 1. 5, vi. 4. 19, vii. 3. 
36. 

ἀναμίγνυμι (μέγνυμι, μιγ-, μέξω, 
ἔμιξα, μέμτγμαι, ἐμίχθην and ἐμίγην 
[R. pry], mix), mix wp, pass., min- 
gle, with ἐν and dat. of the person, 
iv. 8. 8. 

ἀναμιμνήσκω [R. μα], remind 
of, with two accs., iii. 2.115; recall, 
make mention of, v. 8. 26; pass., 
recall to mind, remember, Lat. re- 
miniscor, with the acc., vii. 1. 26, 
the acc. and a partic., vi. 1. 23, or 
with a rel. clause, vi. 5. 25, vii. 6. 


24, 7, 25, 21. 


ἄνανδρος, ov [ἀνήρ], unmanly, 
cowardly, ii. 6. 25. 

᾿Αναξίβιος, ὁ, Anaxibius, a Spar- 
tan admiral in command at Byzan- 
tium, and a friend of Chirisophus, 


live 1.4, vi. 6. 13), vile Atter 


promising to take the Greeks into 
his service and enticing them to 
Byzantium, he treated them with 
cruelty and faithlessness in order 
to curry favor with Pharnabazus, 
who had promised to reward him, 
vii. 1. 83-389, 2.4. Succeeded in office 
by Polus, he found himself snubbed 
by Pharnabazus, and laid schemes 
for revenge with Xenophon, but 
5-15. In 


LT 


389-8 B.c. he was defeated and 
slain by the Athenian Iphicrates 
at Abydus. 

ἀναξυρίδες, ίδων, ai [Persian 
word], ¢rousers, worn by the Per- 
sians in Cyrus’s suite, i. 5. 8. 
These trousers were close-fitting, 
and were in vogue ainong nations 
of the East. They are often worn 
also by the Amazons, as depicted 
on the monuments. See s.v. φα- 
ρέτρα. 

ἀναπαύω [παύω]. make to cease, 
mid., rest oneself, go to rest, pass 
the night, i. 10. 16, ii. 4. 23, iii. 


3h tine Be ey 20, vi. 5. 80, Vii. 3. 39, 
41; repose, refresh oneself, Vi. 5. 


30. 

ἀναπείθω [R. m8], bring over to 
another opinion, persuade, i. 4. 11, 
v. 7.1; with a clause with ws, ii. 
6. 2. 

ἀναπετάννυμι (πετάννυμι, TeTa-, 
πετῶ. ἐπέτασα. πέπταμαι. ἐπετάσθην 
[cf. Lat. pateo, lie open, pando, 
spread out, Eng. FATHOM], spread 
out), unfold, throw wide, of gates, 
γα 17: 

ἀναπηδάω (πηδάω, πηδήσω, ἐπή- 
δησα, -πεπήδηκα [R. aed |, leap), leap 
τ, spring to one’s horse, vii. 2. 20. 

ἀναπνέω [πνέω], breathe again, 
catch one’s breath, iv. 1. 22, 3. 1. 

ἀναπράττω [πράττω], exact, col- 
lect, of dues, with acc. of the thing 
and παρά with gen. of the pers., 
vii. 6. 40, 7.3 

ἀναπτύσσω (πτύσσω, TTVY-, 
πτύξω, ἔπτυξα, ETTVY MAL, -επτύχθην, 
fold), unfold, fold back, as a mili- 
tary phrase, ἀναπτύσσειν τὸ κέρας, 
‘fold back’ the wing, 1.6. wheel 
round, a moyement by which the 
Greek force in i. το. 9 was brought 
to face to the right, but still in 
line, with their rear resting on the 
river Euphrates. 

ἀναπυνθάνομαι [πυνθάνομαι], in- 
quire again and again, ask care- 
Sully, Vv. 5. 25; learn by question- 
ing, inform oneself, with acc. and 
a partic., v. 7. 1. 





ἀναξυρίδες-ἀνατίθημι 


ἀναρίθμητος, ον [R. ap], not to 
be counted, innumerable, iii. 2. 13. 

ἀνάριστος, ov [ἄριστον], without 
breakfast, not having had breakfast, 
Lat. impransus, i. 10. 19, iv. 2. 4, 
Vi. 5. 21. 

ἀναρπάζω [R. dpm], snatch wp, 
carry off as booty, i. 3. 14, vii. 1. 15. 

ἀναρχία, as [apxw], lack of 
leaders, anarchy, ili. 2. 29. 

ἀνασκευάζω [R. σκυ], pack up, 
get ready; hence, remove, Vi. 2. 8. 

ἀναστάς, See ἀνίστημι. 

ἀνασταυρόω (σταυρόω, ἐσταύρωσα, 
-εσταύρωμαι, ἐσταυρώθην [R. στα], 
fence with pales), set up on a stake, 
impale, ili. 1. 17. 

ἀναστέλλω [στέλλω], send back, 
keep back, repulse, v. 4. 25. 

ἀναστῆναι, ἀναστήσας, 
ἰστημι. 

ἀναστρέφω [στρέφω], intrans., 
turn back, retreat, wheel round, 
76. αὐ, ἵ. 4. ὃ; Τοὶ δ᾽ τ 7. 
29; turn about, of horses, into the 
home stretch, iv. 8. 28; mid., con- 
duct oneself, proceed, Lat. uersor, 
AS ὡς δεσπότης ἀναστρέφεσθαι, be- 
have like a Czar, ii. 5.14; pass., be 
turned back, face about, rally, 1. 
10. 12. 

ἀνασχέσθαι, ἀνάσχωμαι, 566 ἀν- 
έχω. 

ἀναταράττω [ταράττω], stir up; 
perf. pass., be in confusion or dis- 
order, i. 7. 20. 

ἀνατείνω [τείνω]]. stretch up, hold 
up; of a show of hands in voting, 
χειροτονία. ill. 2. 9, 33, v. 6. 33; 
perf. partic. Ape ee of the 
royal standard, an eagle with ex- 
tended wings, with wings displayed, 
iy, 19: 

ἀνατέλλω (τέλλω, τελ-, ἔτειλα, 
-τέταλμαι [R. tad], make to arise), 
intr., rise ; ἅμα ἡλίῳ ἀνατέλλοντι, at 
sunrise, ii. 3. 1. 

ἀνατίθημι [R. Oe], put or [7 
upon, of things, esp. baggage, ii 
ity 9 The 7: 26 ; inid., with ἐπί aad 
acc., ii. 2. 4; set wp as a votive of- 
fering, dedicate, v. 3. ὃ, 6. 


see ἀν- 


ἀνατρέφω-ἀνήρ 


ἀνατρέφω [τρέφω], bring up, 
fatten, of a horse for sacrifice, iv. 

. 3d. 

ἀναφεύγω [R. duy], flee wp, with 
ἐπί and ace. of the place, vi. 4. 24. 

ἀναφρονέω [φρήν], come back to 
one’s senses, recover one’s senses, 
iv. 8. 21. 

avaxatw (the simple χάζω, make 
retire, is Epic only), cause to re- 
tire ; hence mid., retreat, draw back, 
iv. 7. 10, and so once the act. used 
intrans. in the same sense, iv. 1. 16. 

avaxwpéw [xwpéw], move back, 
retire, of troops, iii. 3. 18, iv. 3. 6, 
vi. 4.10; ἐπὶ πόδα ἀναχωρεῖν, Lat. 
pedem referre, retreat with one’s 
Jace to the foe, ν. 2. 32. 

ἀναχωρίζω [χωρίζω], make re- 
tire, draw off, of troops, v. 2. 10. 

ἄνδρα, see ἀνήρ. 

ἀνδραγαθία, as [ἀνήρ + ἀγαθός], 
manly virtue, bravery, valour, Vv. 2. 
itil 

ἀνδράποδον, τό, attendant on a 
Sreeman, slave, esp. a captive taken 
in war, who became the slave of 
his conqueror, i. 2. 27, ii. 4. 27, iv. 
1. 12, v. 6. 13, vi. 6. 38, vii. 8. 12. 

ἀνδρεῖος, a, ov [ἀνήρ], manly, 
valorous, Vi. 5. 24. 

ἀνδρειότης, yTos, ἡ [ἀνήρ], man- 
liness, valour, Lat. wirtus, vi. 5. 14. 

ἀνδρίζω, ἀνδρίσω [ἀνήρ]. make a 
man of; wmid., play a man’s part, 
act bravely, iv. 3. 34, v. 8. 15. 

ἀνέβην, 566 ἀναβαίνω. 

ἀνεγείρω [éyelpw], wake up, 
arouse ; pass., be aroused, awake, 
is aie Iles 

ἀνεῖλον, see ἀναιρέω. 

ἀνεῖναι, see ἀνίημι. 

ἀνεῖπον [εἶπον], proclaim, of a 
herald, with inf., or with ὅτι and a 
clause, ii. 2. 20, v. 2. 18. 

ἀνεκπίμπλημι [R. πλα], fill out 
or up again, ili. 4. 22. 

ἀνελέσθαι, see ἀναιρέω. 

ἄνεμος, ὁ [cf. Lat. anima, breath, 
wind, animus, soul], wind, iv. 5.4; 
ἄνεμος βορρᾶς ἐναντίος, a north wind 
full in the face, iv. 5. ὃ. 


18 


ἀνεπιλήπτως, adv. [ληπτός, verbal 
of λαμβάνω], not to be attacked, 
without blame, in security, vii. 6. 
37. 

ἀνερεθίζω (ἐρεθίζω, ἐρεθιδ-, épe- 
θίσω or ἐρεθιῶ, etc., excite), pro- 
voke; pass., be instigated, egged 
on, Vi. 6. 9. 

ἀνερωτάω [epwraw], ask with 
authority, demand, ii. 3. 4, iv. 5. 34. 

ἀνέστην, See ἀνίστημι. 

ἀνεστράφην, see ἀναστρέφω. 

ἄνευ, improper prep. [akin to 
negative prefix d-], without, fol- 
lowed by the gen., i. 3. 11, 13, ii. 2. 
Be sy 105. 6..0}}8: 

ἀνευρίσκω [εὑρίσκω), find out, 
discover, Vii. 4. 14. 

ἀνέχω, impf. and aor. mid. with 
double aug., v. 6. 34, i. 8. 26 [R. 
oex |, hold up; mid., control one- 
self, i. 8. 26; stand firm against, 
tolerate, endure, abs., v. 6. 34, with 
the simple acc., i. 7. 4, 8. 11, with 
ace. and a partic., vii. 7.47, or with 
the gen. and a partic., li. 2. 1. 

ἀνεψιός, ὁ [ cf. Lat. nepos, grand- 
son], first cousin, Lat. consobrinus, 
vii. 8. 9. 

ἀνήγαγον, See avayw. 

ἀνηγέρθη,; see ἀνεγείρω. 

ἀνηγμένος, See ἀνάγω. 

ἀνήκεστος, ον [ ἀκέομαι, heal, ἄκος, 
76, remedy, cf. Eng. pan-acea |, not 
to be healed, irreparable, ii. 5. 5, 
vii. 1. 18. 

ἀνήκω [ἥκω], have come up toa 
point, extend, reach, of land, with 
eis and acc. of limit, vi. 4. 3, 5. 

ἀνήρ, ἀνδρός, 6 [ἀνήρ]. man, Lat. 
uir, aS Opposed to woman, youth, 
or child, in contrast with the gene- 
ric ἄνθρωπος, human being, iv. ἢ. 
2, v. 3. 10, 4.34, 7.19; hence, hus- 
band, iv. 5. 24; soldier, i. 1. 11, iii. 
4. 21, v. 6.12; the enemy, iii. 1. 28, 
vi. 5.16. As a title of honour, a 
true man, a man indeed, i. 7. 3, 9. 
23, vii. 1.21. Often used with an 
adj. of nationality and not to be 
translated, i. 2. 20, iii. 4. 35, v. 4. 
15, Vi. 1. 26, vii. 6. 40, cf. vil. 7. 23. 








19 


Sometimes used in respectful allu- 
sion, or as a special designation 
when the person is not named, 6 
ἀνήρ, i. 3. 12, meaning Cyrus; τὸν 
ἄνδρα ὁρῶ, i. 8. 26, of the Persian 
king. Without much force, person, 
individual, i. 3. 18, iii. 2. 20, iv. 8. 
4, vii. 6.39. Asa form of address 
(but not always to be translated), 
often in connexion with other 
nouns, with or without w, as ἄν- 
δρες, gentlemen, soldiers, my men, 
i. 4. 16, ili. 1.43, 4. 46; ἄνδρες φίλοι; 
comrades, Friends, i ΟΣ 6; ἄνδρες 
στρατιῶται, arparnyol, Nox aol, "E)- 
Anves, are oes etc., i. 3. 8, 7. 
Sy Wh tigate Ge NOY Gee, We 3y 12. 
See Comes 

ἀνηρώτα, see dvepwr dw. 

ἀνήχθησαν, see ἀνάγω. 

ἀνθ᾽, by elision and euphony for 
ἀντί before an aspirate. 

ἀνθέμιον, τό [ἄνθος, τό, flower], 
flower ; pl., flower patterns, V. 4. 32. 

ἀνθίστημι [R. στα], match 
against; mid., stand against, re- 
SiSi ΜΠ]. 9. 1: 

ἀνθρώπινος, 7, ον [ἀνήρ + R. or], 
human ; neut. pl. as subst., hwman 
things, things fallible, ii. 5. 8. 

ἄνθρωπος, ὁ, ἡ [ἀνήρ τ R. or], 
man, human being, Lat. homo, one 
of the human race as opposed to a 
higher or lower order of beings, ii. 
Le spony 6, WSy γι 8: θυ ἢν δ. 11: 
sometimes used instead of ἀνήρ as 
a general term for soldier, i. 8.9, ii. 
I. 11, iv. 7. 4, vi. 4. 23. With an 
adj. of nationality and not to be 
translated (see ἀνήρ), vi. 4.23. As 
a contemptuous expression, fellow, 
person, i. 7. 3, iii. 1. 27, v. 8.8. In 
the pl., men, human beings, per- 
sons, people, inhabitants, i. 5. 9, 6. 
Got Be PI INA GE eh Was 2 96 92; 
with implied meaning, the enemy, 
iv. 2. 7, vii. 3. 43. See ἀνήρ. 

ἀντάω, dvidow, ἠνίᾶσα, ἠνϊτάθην 
[ἀνία, grief], grieve, harass, trou- 
ble, iii. 3. 19; mid., hurt oneself, 
be distressed, iv. 8. 26. 

ἀνίημι [Tu], send up or back, 


ἀνηρώτα-"Αντανδρος 


let go, let go free, Lat. remitto, 
vii. 6. 30; intrans., of the wind, 
slacken, go down, abate, iv. 5. 4. 

ἀνιμάω, impf. ἀνίμων [μᾶς], 
draw up with a strap, draw wp, iv. 
2. 8. 

ἀνίστημι [R. στα], make stand 
up, rouse wo, of persons or ani- 
mals, i. 5.3, iv. 5.19, 21; mid., with 
pf. ae 2 ἡδοι: act., stand wp, rise, i. 
6, 105) ili; 3. 1, esp. 1π order to 
speak 6 τὴ 15 by ORS Va δ: 97. Ae 

Ὁ 25, vile 3. ὦ; OF, tO) act, iv. 1. Ὁ; 
a 1. 5, Vii. 3. 32 ; get up (from the 
ground, or after sleep or an ill- 
ness), τι τ 15. 4. 15 1: 5.9: coy 24! le 

προ. ΜΠ: ἄς Ὁ: 

ee [R. σεχ], hold wp ; 
trans., rise, of the sun, 11. 1. 3. 

ἄνοδος, ἡ [ὁδός], way up, the 
march up from the coast to the 
interior, ii. 1.1. See ἀνάβασις. 

ἄνοδος, ov [ὁδός], having no 
way, impassable, of a mountain, 
opposed to evodos, iv. 8. 10. 
Ι ἀνόητος, ov [R. yw], not wnder- 
standing, foolish, il. τ. 15. 

ἀνοίγω, ἀνοίξω, dvéwia, avéwya ΟΥ̓ 
᾿ἀνέῳχα, ἀνέῳγμαι, ἀνεῴχθην [οἴὔγω, 
οἴγνυμι, open], open up, open, of 
gates, v. 5. 20, vii. 1. 16. 

ἀνομία, as [R. ven], lack of law, 
lawlessness, V. 7. 33, 34. 

ἀνομοίως, adv. [apa], differ- 
ently ; ἀνομοίως ἔχειν, be held in a 
different light, vii. 7. 49. 

ἄνομος, ov [R. ven], without law, 
lawless, vi. 6. 13. 

ἀντ᾽, by elision for ἀντί. 

ἀνταγοράζω [ayelpw], buy in ex- 
change, i. 5. ὃ. 

ἀνταγωνίζομαι [R. ay], struggle 
against, rival, with πρός and the 
ace., iv. 7: 12. 

ἀντακούω [R. KoF], listen in 
one’s turn, ii. 5. 16. 

"Avravipos, ἡ, Antandrus (An- 
tandro), an ancient city on the 
southern slope of Mt. Ida, vii. 8. 7, 
in the Troad, and near the head of 
the gulf of Adramyttium. It was 
founded by the Pelasgians, and 





in- 





ἀντεμπίμπλημι-ἀντιτιμάω 


later colonized by the Aeolians, but 
the Persians took it, and during 
the Peloponnesian war engaged in 
various struggles with the Athe- 
nians for its possession. Accord- 
ing to Vergil, Aenéas built his 
fleet there. 


ἀντεμπίμπλημι [R. πλα], fill in) 


recompense, With acc. and gen., iy. 
5. 28. 

ἀντεπιμελέομαι | R. ped], take care 
in return, take measures against, 
lide α 10 

ἀντί, prep. with the gen. [ἀντί], 
orig. over against, against, hence, 
instead of, for, in place of, i. τ. 4, 
7. 16, iii, 1.17, 47; ἀνθ᾽ wy, ie. ἀντὶ 
τούτων &, in return for, i. 3. 4, V. 
5. 14, vil. 7. 8; αἱρεῖσθαί τι ἀντί 
Tivos, prefer one thing to another, 
i. 7. 3, 9. 9; ἀνθ᾽ ὧν ἑστηκότες, 
standing with which in front (ot 
pine trees), behind which, iv. 7. 
6. As adv., in recompense, in re- 
turn, Υ. 5.21. In composition ἀντί 
signifies against, in opposition, in 
return, tn turn, instead. 

ἀντιδίδωμι [R. 80], give in re- 
turn, put in place of, iii. 3. 19. 

ἀντικαθίστημι [R. ora], estab- 
lish, appoint instead, iii. 1. 38. 

ἀντιλέγω [R. Aey], say or speak 
against, oppose, object, iii. 2. 38, vi. 
5, 22, vil. 3. 14; say in opposition, 
with the dat. and inf,, ii. 5.29; with 
ὡς and a clause, ii. 3. 25. 

᾿Αντιλέων, ovtos, ὁ, Antileon, a 
Greek soldier from Thurii (see 
Θούριος). V. I. 2. 

ἀντίος, a, ov [ἀντί], set against, 
opposite, face to face. In the pred. 
where we should use an ady., 
against, with the dat. of the pers. 
expressed or understood, i. το. 10, 
iv. 3. 26; so ἀντίοι ἰέναι, go to meet, 
1 5: Adis Sef... 24, Vie 5220.8 
subst., of ἀντίοι, the enemy, lii. 1. 42 ; 
ἐκ τοῦ ἀντίου, from the opposite 
side, i. 8. 28. Phrase: (rare, only 
in Xen. in Att. prose, cf. ἐναντίος) 
λόγοι ἀντίοι ἢ οὺς ἤκουον, words just 
the reverse of what I heard, Vi. 6. 34. 








20 


ἀντιπαραθέω [θέω], run along 
one’s own line to meet, iv. 8. 17. 

ἀντιπαρασκευάζομαι [R. σκυ], 
prepare oneself in turn, 1. 2. ἃ. 

ἀντιπαρατάττομαι [R. tak], αἹ- 
ray oneself against, with κατὰ φά- 
hayya, iv. 8. 9 (where some read 
simply φάλαγγα). 

ἀντιπάρειμι [εἶμι], march along 
over against, on the opposite side 
of a stream, iv. 3. 17. 

ἀντιπάσχω [R. oma], suffer in 
return, ii. 5. 17. 

ἀντιπέραν OY ἀντιπέρας, ady. [R. 
περ]; preceded by κατά (κατ᾽); over 
against, on the opposite side of, 
with the gen., i. 1. 9, iv. 8. 3. See 
KaTavTimépav, καταντιπέρᾶς. 

ἀντιποιέω [ποιέω], do in return, 
retaliate, iii. 3.7, 12; mid., lay claim 
to, contend for, dispute about, with 
the gen. of the cause and dat. of 
the pers., ii. 1. 11, 3. 23; vie with, 
be rivals in, with the gen. of the 
thing, iv. 7. 12, or with the dat. of 
the pers. and περί with gen. of the 
thing, v. 2. 11. 

ἀντίπορος, ov [R. περ]. on the 
opposite coast, over against, oppo- 
site, with the dat., iv. 2.18. Poetic 
word, except here. 

ἀντιστασιάζω [R. ora], form a 
party against, contend with, with 
the dat., iv. 1. 27. 

ἀντιστασιώτης, ov [R. ora], one 
of the opposite faction, party foe 
or opponent, i. 1. 10. 

ἀντιστοιχέω (στοιχέω, στοιχήσω 
[στοῖχος, 6, row], be in a row), 
stand in rows opposite, with the 
dat., v. 4. 12. 

ἀντιστρατοπεδεύομαι | R. στρα + 
R. wed], encamp against, vii. 7. 33. 

ἀντιτάττω [R. tak], set against, 
set in battle against, with the acc. 
and the dat., ii. 5. 19; mid., set 
oneself in array, marshal oneself 
against, set the battle in array, with 
the dat., iii. 2. 14, iv. 8. 5, v. 4. 23, 
vi. 1.9; so the pass., i. 10. 3. 

ἀντιτιμάω [R. τι]. honour in re- 
turn, V. 5. 14. 


21 


ἀντιτοξεύω [R. tax], shoot in re- 
turn, shoot back, iii. 3. 15. 

ἀντιφυλάττω [φυλάττω], guard 
in turn; mid., guard oneself in 
turn, il. 5. 3. 

avtpov, 76 [Lat. antrum is a 
borrowed word ], cave, i, 2. 8. 

ἀντρώδης, es [ἄντρον + R. Fd], 
cave-like, cavernous, iv. 3. 11. 

ἀνυστός, dv [ verbal of aviw], to be 
accomplished, possible ; σιγῇ ὡς ἀνυ- 
στόν, as silently as possible, i. 8. 11, 

ἀνύω, Att. regularly ἀνύτω, ἀνύσω, 
ἤνυσα, ἤνυκα, ἤνυσμαι, achieve, ac- 
complish, bring to pass ; mid., for 
oneself, vii. 7. 24. 

ἄνω, adv, [ava], above, up, on 
higher ground, upwards, iv. 1. 6, 
2, 8, 3. 5, 8. 28, v. 4. 24, 25; up, 
into the air, iii. 4.173; up country 
(from the coast to the interior), i. 
2. 1, vil. 3. 16, 5. 9. Comp. davw- 
τέρω, higher, with the gen., i. 4. 17, 
iv. 2. 25. Sup. ἡ ἀνωτάτω κώμη, 
the village highest wp, vii. 4. 11. 
With the art., τὸ ἄνω (sc. μέρος); 
the part above, iv. 6. 26; Ta ἄνω, 
the heights, iv. 3. 25; of ἄνω πολέ- 
μιοι, the foe above, iv. 3.23; ἡ ἄνω 
ὁδός, the journey inland, iil. 1. 8; 
ἡ ἄνω χώρα, the up-country, Vv. 2.3; 
ὁ ἄνω βασιλεύς, the up-country king, 
vil. 1. 28, 7.3. As adv. of place, 
with gen., iv. 3.3; cf. 3. 21. 

ἀνώγεων, τό [ἄνω - γῆ], what is 
raised above the ground, upper 
Jloor, loft, v. 4. 29. 

ἄνωθεν, adv. [ἄνω], from above, 
iv. 7. 12, v. 2.25; from up-country, 
Vil. 73 2. 

ἀξία, as [R. ay], worth, value; 
τὴν ἀξίαν τινὶ νεῖμαι, give one his 
deserts, Vi. 6. 33. 

ἀξίνη, ns [ cf. Lat. ascia, axe, Eng. 
AXE, ADZE], axe, Lat. bipennis, 


ἡξ------ 


No. 6. 


with double head. The ἀξίνη was 
. used for chopping and digging, and 





ἀντιτοξεύω- ἀπαγγέλλω 


in Homer as ἃ battle-axe. i. 5. 12, 
ὙΠ: 1 

ἄξιος, ἃ, ov [R. ay], weighing as 
much as, worthy of, deserving, of 
persons, with or without the gen., 
Ὁ. δ] On 15, Vile 2. 10 Ὁ 9ὴ; 
with the inf., i. 9. 1, ii, 5. 24; of 
things, valuable, befitting, worth, 
sometimes with the gen. of value, 
i. 9. 29, vii. 3. 27, 7. 25; neut. ἄξιον 
(se. ἐστί), be worth while, befitting, 
becoming, due, Lat. operae pretium 
est, decet, aequum est, V. 7. 5, 8. 7, 
with dat. and inf., ii. 3. 25, vii. 3. 
19, with the simple inf., vi. 5. 18, 
or with the gen., vi.5. 19, Phrases : 
πολλοῦ ἄξιος, worth much, valuable, 
of great service, i. 3, 12, ii. 1. 14, 
iv. 1. 28 ; πλείονος ἄξιος, more valu- 
able, ii. 1.20; πλείστου ἄξιος, most 
valuable, ii. 4.63; παντὸς ἄξιος, very 
valuable, vii. 3. 18, 

ἀξιοστράτηγος, ov [R. ay+R. 
στρα], worthy of being general, iii. 
1, 24, 

ἀξιόω, ἀξιώσω, etc. [R. ay], think 
Jit, worthy or proper, expect, with 
the inf., ii. 6. 27, ill. 1. 37, v. 5.9, 
vii. 3. 19, or with the gen., iii. 2. 7; 
so mid. (acc. to some), i. 9. 15, and 
pass., iv. 6.16. Hence, claim, ask, 
demand, with the inf., i. 1. 8, 3. 19, 
v. 5. 20, vi. 6. 25, 

ἀξίωμα, aros, τό [R. ay], worth, 
authority, dignity, vi. 1. 28. 

ἄξω, see ἄγω. 

ἄξων, ονος, ὁ [R. ay], ale, i. 8. 
10. 

ἄοπλος, ον [R. oer], without 
arms, unarmed, ii. 3. ὃ. 

ἀπ᾽, by elision for ἀπό. 

ἀπαγγέλλω [ἀγγέλλω], bring or 
carry back word, bring tidings (from 
a person or place, of envoys, mes- 
sengers, scouts, etc.), announce, 
report, with the simple dat. or 
πρός with the acc. of the person to 
whom the message is sent, and the 
gen. with παρά of the person from 
whom it comes, i. 4. 13, 7. 2, ii. I. 
20, 3. 24, 5. 36, vi. 3. 22; the pur- 
port of the message is expressed 


ἀπαγορεύω-ἄπειμι 


by {THEN AGCGs a Ae Ie as Ζ2:. Φ: 2, 
vi. 4. 25, or a clause with ὅτι or ws, 
i. 10. 15, ti. 1. 4, 22, 4. 4, 1v. 5.20, 
vi. 1. 16, Or an indir. quest., 1. 10. 
14, ii. 5. 27, or with ws and the 
gen. abs., ii: 1. 21. 

ἀπαγορεύω, pf. ἀπείρηκα, cf. ἀπεῖ- 
πον [ἀγείρω and R. 1 Fep], forbid; 
intr., renownce, give wp or out, be- 
come exhausted, of men or ani- 
mals, i. 5. 3, ii. 2. 16, v. 1. 2, vi. 5. 
30, 8.3. 

ἀπάγω [R. ay], lead off or back, 
march back, esp. of troops, i. 3. 14, 
my ty ZA 29, Vile Ose 9. 7... ἘΠ ὁ ἡ: 
carry away, remove, Vv. 8. 7, Vi. τὶ 
8, 5. 20, 6. 1. 

ἀπαγωγή, ἢς [R. ay], leading 
off, removal, vii. 6. 5. 

ἀπαθής, és [R. ora], without 
experience of, free from, with the 
gen., Vil. 7. 33. 

ἀπαίδευτος, ov [παῖς], wnedu- 
cated, ignorant, ii. 6. 26. 

ἀπαίρω [deipw], lift off; hence, 


of a ship, set sail, depart, vii. 6. | 


33. 

ἀπαιτέω [aitéw], demand or ask 
from, demand (as a right or debt), 
Lat. posco, i. 2. 11, iv. 2. 18, vil. 
5. 7, 7. 20; sometimes with two 
accs., li. 5.38, v. 8. 4, vil. 6. 2; one 
of the acces. may be represented by 
a rel. clause, vii. 7. 21, 39. 

ἀπαλλάττω (ἀχχάττω; ἀλλαγ-, 
ἀλλάξω, ἤλλαξα, -ἤλλαχα, ἤλλαγ- 
μαι, -ηλλάχθην or ἠλλάγην [ἄλλος], 
change), change off, abandon, de- 
part, iii. 2. 28, v. 6. 32; so mid., 
but with ἀπό or ἐκ and the gen., 
vii. 1.4, 6. 2; pass., be freed from, 
be rid of, with the gen., iv. 3. 2, 
v. 1.15, vi. 2.15. Phrase: ὡς μεῖον 
ἔχων ἀπηλλάγη, when he had come 
off with the worst of it, i. 10. 8. 

ἁπαλός, ἡ, dv, tender, delicate, 
Soft, 1. 5. 2, Vv. 4. 32. 

ἀπαμείβομαι (ἀμείβω, ἀμείψω, 
ἤμειψα, -ημείφθην, change), dep. 
mid. and pass., make return, an- 
swer, reply, li. 5. 15. Poetic verb, 
perhaps only here in Attic prose. 





bo 
bo 


ἀπαντάω, ἀπαντήσομαι, ἀπήν.- 
τησα, ἀπήντηκα [ἀντί], meet, go to 
meet, Lat. obuiam ed, with the dat., 
ii. 3. 17, 4. 25, vii. 8.1; in a hostile 
sense, encounter, iv. 6. 5, 24, vi. 
atop 

ἅπαξ, numeral adv. [R. may], 
once; used in Anab. after ἐπεί, 
ἐάν, ἐάνπερ, ΟΥ ws, without the ex- 
act idea of number, Lat. wt semel, 
st semel, etc., 1. 9. 10, ii. 2. 12, iii. 2. 
25; ὅν Ὁ: ΤΠ 2: 

ἀπαράσκευος, ov [R. σκυ], wn- 
prepared, i. 1. 6, 5. 9, ii. 3. 21. 

ἅπας, doa, av [was], all together, 
all, whole, of persons or of things, 
when with the art., it has pred. posi- 
tion, i. 4. 4, 5. 1, 5, 6. 10, 7. 8, i 
30; 52 283° 29) ὙΠῸ 2: OF ἄν. 52. 19; 
TANS techy Wishes vigerlis Valloun ΣΥ͂Σ 
Phrases: dav τὸ μέσον, the entire 
space between, 1. 4.43; ἅπαν ὁμαλές, 
entirely level, i. 5.1; πεδίον ἅπᾶν, 
all a plain, iv. 4. 1. 

ἀπαυθημερίζω (αὐθημερίζω, αὐθη- 
μεριδ- [αὐτός - ἡμέρα 1, return on 
the same day), return on the same 
day, 2, 1. 

ἀπεγνωκέναι, see ἀπογιγνώσκω. 

ἀπεδόμην, 566 ἀποδίδωμι. 

ἀπέδρα, ἀποδράς, etc., See ἀπο- 
διδράσκω. 

ἀπέδωκα, 566 ἀποδίδωμι. 

ἀπέθανον, 566 ἀποθνήσκω. 

ἀπειθέω, ἀπειθήσω [R. m0], dis- 
obey, be disobedient, ii. 6. 4, ili. 2. 
81. 

ἀπειλέω, ἀπειλήσω. etc. [ἀπειλή], 
threaten, with a cognate acc. and a 
clause with ws, or with the dat. of 
the pers. and a clause with ὅτι, v 
5. 22, 6. 34. 

ἀπειλή, fs, boastful promise, 
threat, generally pl. (always pl. in 
Anab.), vil. 7. 24, 54. 

ἄπειμι [R. ex], be away, stay 
away, ii. 5. 37, vi. 6. 20. 

ἄπειμι [εἶμι], go of or away, 
depart, retreat, desert, return, go 
along, disappear (often with fut. 
meaning in the pres., like εἶμι), 1. 3. 
11 ere 21, 250s 2. Ὁ i 5. 0, 


23 


ΩΝ 


4. 34, iv. 5. 24, 6. 1, ν. 2. 3, Vi. 3. 25, 
vii. 2.16. The person to whom is 
expressed by πρός, παρά or ws, with 
the acc:, i. i9. 29, i. 3..29). vii. 2. 
37; from whom by ἀπό with the 
gen., vi. 5. 17; the place or thing 
to which by εἰς or ἐπί with the acc., 
1 vig Ua ΤΟΥ alll, Ὁ 20. tsk aye, 1. 
14, vi. 3. 4; towards which, by ἐπί 
with the gen. or by an adv., i. 7. 4, 
ii. 1. 3, vii. 8.2; for which by ἐπί 
with dat., 11. 4.5; within which by 
εἴσω With gen., vii. 1. 40; from 
which by ἀπό or ἐκ with gen., iii. 5. 
4, iv. 3. 9, vii. 6. 42. A cognate 
acc. follows the verb in v. 3. 6. 
Phrase: κατὰ xwpav ἀπιέναι, move 
back to its former position, of an 
army, vi. 4. 11. 

ἀπεῖπον [εἶπον], renounce, vil. 
1. 41; forbid, with the dat. and 
the inf. with μή, vii. 2. 12. 

ἀπειρηκότας, 566 ἀπαγορεύω. 

ἄπειρος, ον [R. περ], without ex- 
perience, unskilled, unacquainted 
with, Lat. imperitus, abs. or with 
the gen., ii. 2. 5, iii. 2. 16, v. 1. 8, 
6. 29. 

ἀπεῖχον, see ἀπέχω. 

ἀπέκτονε, 566 ἀποκτείνω. 

ἀπελαύνω [ἐλαύνω], drive away, 
expel, iii. 1. 92, vi. 6. 6; with ἀπό 
and gen. of the place, iii. 4. 40; 
intr., march, ride, or go away, ii. 3. 
6, 4. 24, vii. 3.1, 7.12; with παρά 
and ace. of the person, or εἰς and 
acc. of the place, i. 4. 5, 8. 17, vii. 
6. 42. 

ἀπελθόντας, See ἀπέρχομαι. 

ἅπερ, 566 ὅσπερ. 

ἀπερύκω [R. 2 Fep], ward off, v. 
8. 25. 

ἀπέρχομαι [ἔρχομαι], the verb 
ἄπειμι serving as fut., come or go 
away, go forward, depart, retreat, 
desert, return, abs., 1. I. 4, 3. 17, 11. 
ZO mOn Ome 15. ἢν, ἦγ ν: 2ouis 
vi. 3. 25, vii. 2.15. The person to 
whom is expressed by πρός or παρά 
with acc.,i. 4. 7, iv. 2. 21, vii. 6. 34; 
from whom by παρά and gen., i. 9. 
29; place or thing to which by ἐπί 


ἀπεῖπον- ἁπλόος 


|or eds with acc., iii. 5. 7, iv. 8. 6, 
vii. 5. 8, or by the advs. οἴκαδε and 
χωρίς, Vv. 6. 20, vi. 6.2; So ἔξω with 
gen., Vil. 1.85; from which by ἀπό 
with gen., v. 2. 27, or by the adv. 
ἐνθένδε, V. 7. ὃ. 

ἀπεχθάνομαι, ἀπεχθήσομαι, ἀπη- 
χθόμην, ἀπήχθημαι [ἔχθος, τό, ha- 
tred|, be hateful to, incur one’s 
hatred, with the dat., ii. 6. 19, v. 
8. 25, vii. 6. 34, 35, 7. 10. 

ἀπέχω [R. oex], keep off or 
away (not so in Anab.); intr., be 
away from or distant, Lat. disto, 
with the acc, of extent, i. 3. 20, 11]. 
2. 34, vi. 3. 20, vil. 3.2; the person 
or place from which is expressed 
by the gen., 11... 10. 12, vi. 5. 8, 
vii. 3. 9; also the place from which 
by ἀπό with gen., iv. 3. 5, v. 4. 31; 
mid., hold oneself off from, abstain 
from injuring, keep away from, 
with the gen., ii. 6. 10, iii. 1. 22, v. 
Gs 14, vi. 1. 31, 6. 14. 

ἀπήγαγεν, See ἀπάγω. 

ἀπῇει; See ἄπειμι (εἶμι). 

ἀπήλασα, ἀπήλαυνον, see ἀπ- 
ελαύνω. 

ἀπῆλθον, 566 ἀπέρχομαι. 

ἀπηλλάγη; See ἀπαλλάττω. 

ἀπῆρα, 566 ἀπαίρω. 

ἀπιστέω, ἀπιστήσω, etc. [R. πιθ], 
distrust, suspect, disobey, with the 
dat., ii. 5. 6, 16, 6. 19, vi. 6. 13, vii. 
2: 91: 

ἀπιστία, as [R. πιθ], distrust, 
suspicion, treachery, li. 5. 4, iii. 2. 
4, 8; with πρός and the acc. of the 
person, ii. 5. 21. 
ἄπιστος, ov [R. m0], not to be 
trusted, untrustworthy, faithless, 
vil. 7. 23, 24; with the dat., ii. 4. 7. 

ἀπιτέον [iréov, verbal of εἶμι], 
with ἐστί, one must go, must de- 
part, Vv. 3. 1. 

ἄπλετος, ov [R. mia], not to be 
jilled or measured, great, tremen- 
dous, iv. 4. 11. 

ἁπλόος, 67, dov, contr. οὖς, ἢ, ody 
[R. mda], simple, frank, straight- 
forward, Lat. simplex, v. 8. 18; τὸ 
ἁπλοῦν, sincerity, li. 6. 22. 








ἀπό-ἀποθνήσκω 


24 


ἀπό, by elision and euphony, az’ | with longing eye, of a dependant, 


or ἀφ᾽, prep, with gen, [Lat. ab, 
Eng. orr, OF], from, off, away 
trom. Used of place, including 
persons and things; of time; and 
of source in its broadest sense, 
including cause and means. Of 
place, including separation and 
distance, from, away from, i. τ. 2, 
8. 15, 28, 9. 6, iii. 4. 24, iv. 3. 5, v. 
4. 31, vi. 3. 8, vii. 3. 12. Of time, 
from, after, starting from, i. 7. 18, 
ii. 6. 30, v. 6. 28, vii. 5. 6, 8; dad 
τούτου, from this time on, li. 6. 5; 
ἀφ᾽ ov, since, iii. 2.14. Of source, 
including origin, i. 5. 10, ii. 3. 14, 
A, 19. dls τὶ LD avis τῶν Vil: aus 
descent, ii. 1. 3, vii. 8. 17; cause, 
on, upon, li. 5. 82, iv. 1.5; means, 
by, out of, by the aid of, i. 1.9, i. 
6210, Ve 95.5.5. ΠῚ χα ἀπ ἢ inthe 
constructio praegnans, οἱ ἀπὸ τῶν 
οἰκιῶν, the people in the houses, ν. 
2: 24. 74, OR lily 2 Mos ami; 49. 
Phrases: ἀπὸ ἵππου, on horseback, 
i. 2.7; ef. lil. 3.10; awd Trav Oedy 
ἄρχεσθαι, start out from the gods, 
supplicate them before beginning 
an undertaking, Vi. 3.18, cf. ii. 5. 7 ; 
εὐθὺς ad ἑσπέρας, just after night- 
fall, vi. 3. 28. In composition ἀπό 
signifies from, away, off, in return, 
back, but is sometimes simply in- 
tensive, and sometimes almost neg. 
(arising from the sense of off). 
ἀποβαίνω [R. Ba], step off, esp. 
from a ship, disembark, Lat. égre- 
dior, with eis or ἐπί and the acc. of 
place, τ᾿ 7: ὃ: Vi. 20 ΕΓ, ΘΠ sean 
issue, result, come true, vii. 8. 22. 
ἀποβάλλω [βαλλω], cast off or 
away, lose, iv. 6.10, vi. 1. 21, vil. 
6. 31. 
ἀποβιβάζω (βιβάζω, βιβαδ-, -βι- 
βάσω or βιβῶ, -εβίβασα [R. Ba], 
make go, causative to βαίνων). cause 
to go off, disembark, i. 4. 5. 
ἀποβλέπω [βλέπω], look away 
from all other objects at one, 
look steadily, with εἰς and the acc. 
of the thing, i. 8. 14; as a dog 


towards his master’s table, look | 





Vii. 2. 33. 
ἀπογιγνώσκω [R. γνω]. give up 
the intention of, with the gen., i. 7. 
10: 
ἀποδεδράκαᾶσιν, 566 ἀποδιδράσκω. 
ἀποδείκνυμι [R. 1 Sak], point out, 
make known, v. 8. 7, 11; show to, 
direct, with the inf., ii. 3. 14; ap- 
point, 1. τ. 2, 9.73; mid., set forth 
one’s views, declare, with or with- 
out γνώμην, and with a clause with 
ére or with inf., v. 2. 9, 5. 3, 6. 37; 
pass., be declared, Vii. 1. 26. 
ἀποδέρω (dépw, δερῶ, ἔδειρα, δέ- 
δαρμαι, ἐδάρην [R. dap], flay), take 
the hide off, flay, skin, ili. 5. 9. 
ἀποδέχομαι [R. 2 Sax], receive 
at the hands of, accept, vi. 1. 24. 
ἀποδημέω, ἀποδημήσω [R. δα]. 
be from home, go abroad, vii. 8. 4. 
ἀποδιδράσκω (-διδράσκω, δρα-. 
-δράσομαι, -édpav, -δέδρακα [root 
Spa, run, cf. Eng. TREAD], run), 
run away, desert, escape by stealth, 
i, 4. 8, ii. 2. 13, iv. 6. 3, v. 6. 34, Vii. 
6. 86; abandon, with acc., vi. 4. 8; 
withdraw, hide oneself, with εἰς and 
the acc. of the place, ii. 5. 7. 
ἀποδίδωμι [R. $0], give back or 
up, restore, deliver, iv. 2. 19, 23, 
v. 3. 6, 7, Vil. 5. 5, 6. 2,.3, 8. 65 re- 
turn what is due, pay, with or 
without μισθόν, i. 2. 11, 12, 4. 15, 
vii. 5.4, 7. 34; fulfil a promise, i, 
7. 5, Vii. 6.22; mid., sell, vil. 2. 3, 
6, 8. 2, 6. 
ἀποδοκεῖ [R. δοκ]. τὲ displeases, 
with dat. and inf., i. 3. 9. 
ἀποδοῦναι, See ἀποδίδωμι. , 
ἀποδραίη, ἀποδρᾶναι, see ἀπο- 
διδράσκω. 
ἀποδραμοῦμαι, 566 ἀποτρέχω. 
ἀποδύω [δύω]. strip off, spoil the 
slain, v. 8. 23; mid. with 2 aor. 
act., strip oneself, undress, iv. 3. 
17. 


ἀποδώσει, See ἀποδίδωμι. 

ἀποθανεῖν, see ἀποθνήσκω. 

ἀποθνήσκω [θνήσκωῳ, die off, die, 
be killed, fall in battle, i. 6. 11, 
ο. Θ᾽ 6: 0. ivesne Save keer 


25 


be put to death, ii. 1. 10, iii. 1. 18, 
v. 3.5, vii. 4.7; with ὑπό and gen., 
by, at the hands of, ii. 6. 29, v. 1. 
15, vii. 5. 13; the manner of death 
is expressed by the dat. or by a 
partic, ili. τ 13; 2. 18) v.7. 19; vil. 
2.32. οἱ ἀποθανόντες, the dead, the 
fallen, iii. 4. 5, iv. 2. 23. 

ἀποθύω [R. 2 θυ], sacrifice as 
due, offer up, pay a vow, Lat. wotum 
soluo, with cognate acc., iii. 2. 12, 
iv. 8. 25. 

ἀποικία, ἃς [R. Fue], colony, 
settlement, Lat. colonia, iv. 8. 22. 

ἄποικος, ov [R. Fuk], away from 
home ; πόλις ἄποικος, a colony, V. 3. 
2, vi. 2.1; as subst., ἄποικοι, colo- 
nists, Lat. coloni, v. 5.10, vi. 1. 15. 

ἀποκαίω, Att. ἀποκάω [καίω], 
burn off; of a blizzard, freeze off, 
Lat. aduro, iv. 5. 3, vil. 4. 3. 

ἀποκαλέω [R. kad], call off, call 
aside, Lat. seuoco, vii. 3. 35. 

ἀποκάμνω [κάμνω], grow weary, 
fail, flag, iv. 7. 2. 

ἀπόκειμαι [κεῖμαι], be laid away, 
be laid up in store, ii. 3. 15, vii. 7. 
46. 

ἀποκλείω [κλείω], shut off, cut 
off, exclude, iv. 3. 20; with the gen., 
vi. 6.13; shut, vii. 6. 24. 

ἀποκλίνω (κλίνω, κλιν-, κλινῶ, 
ἔκλινα, κέκλιμαι, ἐκλίθην or -εκλίνην | 
[root κλι, lean, ef. κλῖμαξ, Lat. in- ! 
clino, bend, cliuus, declivity, libra, | 
balance, Eng. LEAN, LID], bend), | 
intr., turn aside, turn off the road, 
ii. 2. 16. 

ἀποκόπτω [κόπτω], cut off, strike 
off, vii. 4.15; beat off from, of an | 
enemy, lii. 4.39, iv. 2.10; with ἀπό 
and gen. of the place, iv. 2. 17. 

ἀποκρίνομαι [κρίνω], give a de- 
cision, answer, Lat. responded, abs., 
i. 4. 16, ii. 3. 20, vii. 2. 26, or with 
cognate acc., ii. 5. 42, iii. 3. 3, or with 
a rel. clause, ii. 1.9; the person to 
whom is expressed by the dat., i. 4. 
14, vi. 6. 34, vii. 7. 4, the thing to 
which by πρός and acc., ii. 5. 39, 
v. 4. 8; the answer itself may be 
a direct quotation, with or without | 








ἀποθύω-᾿ Απόλλων 


ὅπι) 1.6: 8. δ. 10. 11. Ὁ 29. 4: ὃς ἵν. 
8. 6, vii. 1. 22, or indirect with ὅτι, 
TSAO 8.19. ἵν, δὺ ΤΌΣ νὸν ἃ. 8; Υἱῖ; 
2:10: 

ἀποκρύπτω [κρύπτω], hide from, 
conceal, i. 9, 19, iv. 4. 11. 

ἀποκτείνω [κτείνω], with ἀποθνή- 
σκω (q.v.) serving as passive, kill 
off, put to death, slay, i. 1. 3, 7, 2. 
20, ie τ΄ Gye gn 259. 1ν.. 7. 22, Ver 70/1, 
vi. 4. 24, vii. 1. 28. 

ἀποκτίννυμι [κτίννυμι, not Attic, 
collateral form of κτείνω], only 
pres. and impf., kill, vi. 3. 5, 5. 
28. 

ἀποκωλύω [κωλύω], hinder from, 
prevent, with the acc. and the gen., 
iii. 3. 3; with the acc. and μή with 
inf., vi. 4. 24. 

ἀπολαμβάνω [λαμβάνω], take 
Strom, take back, receive back, re- 
cover, regain, i. 2. 27, 4. 8, vii. 3. 
31, 7.25, 8.6; pass., be cut off, as a 
military phrase, ii. 4.17; ef. iv. 3. 
20 (where editions differ). 

ἀπολείπω [λείπω], leave behind, 
forsake, desert, abandon, i. 4. 8, 
li. 6. 12, iv. 2. 15, vi. 2. 12; leave 
open, leave a space, vi. 5. 11; mid. 
and pass., fall behind, be parted 
Srom, iv. 3. 22, v. 8. 16; with the 
gen., v. 4. 20, Vi. 3. 26. 

ἀπόλεκτος, ov [R. Aey], selected, 
picked, ii. 3. 15. 

ἀποληφθῆτε, ἀπολήψονται, see 
ἀπολαμβάνω. 

ἀπόλλυμι (ὄλλυμι, ὀλ-, ὀλῶ, 
ὦλεσα, ὠλόμην, -ολώλεκα, OF ὄλωλα 
[root oA, destroy, cf. Lat. αΡ-οἵοῦ, 
destroy |, destroy), destroy utterly, 
kill, lose, li. 4. 3, 5. 39, ili. 2. 4, 
vi. 6,23; with ὑπό and the gen. of 
agent, lii. 4. 11, vii. 2. 22; mid. 
with 2 pf. and plpf. act., perish, 
die, be lost, be ruined, i. 2. 25, ii. 
ὉΠ ||. Eee 98: Vile το 19. ἃ. 12: 
with ὑπό and the gen. of cause or 
the dat. of manner, i. 5. 5, v. 3. 3, 
8. 2, vii. 4. 5. 

᾿Απόλλων, wos, acc. wa and ὦ, 
voc. ΓΑπολλον, Apollo, one of the 
greatest of the divinities of the 


᾿Απολλωνία-ἀποσήπω 


Greeks, son of Zeus and Leto, twin , 


brother of Artemis. His birthplace 
was Delos. He was the god of 
prophecy, his most famous oracle 
being at Delphi, iii. 1. 6, of music 
(cf. i. 2. 8), and of poetry. As 
god of archery and preserver of 
health, the Greeks made thank- 
offerings to him for their safe re- 
turn, v. 3. 4, cf. vii. 8. 3. 

᾿Απολλωνία, as, Apollonia, a 
town in the district of Teuthrania 
in Mysia, east of Pergamus. The 
exact site of it is not known, Vii. 
8. 15. 

᾿Απολλωνίδης, ov, Apollonides, a 
pretended Boeotian among the 
captains of Proxenus. Having 
given cowardly advice, he was dis. 
covered to be a Lydian, and was 
driven off, iii. 1. 26-82. 

ἀπολογέομαι, ἀπολογήσομαι. etc. 


[R. λεγ], say in defence, offer a: 


defence, With περί and the gen., v 
6. 3. 
ἀπολύω [λύω], loose from, ac- 
quit, with gen. of the charge, Lat. 
absoluo culpae, vi. 6. 15, 16. 
ἀπολωλέκατε, see ἀπόλλυῦμι. 
ἀπομάχομαι [R. pax], fight of, 
resist, Lat. repugno, Vi. 2. 


ἀπόμαχος, ov | R. pax], not Jight-: 
ing ; hence, disabled or non-com- | 


batant, iil. 4. 32, iv. 1. 18. 

ἀπονοστέω (νοστέω. νοστήσω [vd- 
στος. 0, a return home], go home), 
return home, iii. 5. 16. 

ἀποπέμπω [πέμπω], send off or 
hack, despatch, send what is due, 
remit, i. 1.8, 7. 8, iii. 1.9, vii. 7. 51 ; 
with πρός and the acc. of the per- 
son, or εἰς or ἐπί with the acc. of 
the place, i. 1. 3, 2. 1, 20, & with 
the acc. and τὸ inf., vii. 4. ; mid., 
ee from oneself, dismiss, τῆ go) 

2178, go: 

en ΕΒ. way], freeze ; 
mid., of blood, freeze, curdle, Lat. 
concrésco, V. ὃ. 15. 

ἀποπηδάω (πηδάω, πηδήσομαι. 
ἐπήδησα. -πεπήδηκα [ R. wed], leap), 
spring away, iil. 4. 27. 





ee EE eS Se -οθν ΕΞΕΞΑΞΘ 


ἀποπλέω [R. πλεξ]. sail off, 
away, or back, hence, sail home, 
i. 214 veces 2 vis 6. 0; vil. πὸ ἊΣ 
with ἐκ and the gen. of the place, 
Vil. 1 8.8. 2..9. 

ἀπόπλοος, Att. ἀπόπλους, ὁ [R. 
πλεεΕ]. α sailing back, homeward 
voyage, V. 6. 20. 

ἀποπορεύομαι [R. περ], journey 
away, depart, Vii. 6. 35, 7. 8 

ἀπορέω, ἀπορήσω, etc. [R. περ], 
be without ways and means, be in 
doubt, perplexed, at a loss, act. and 


| mid., ili. 5. 8, v. 6. 30, vi. 1. 21, vii. 


3. 20; with the dat. of cause, i. 3. 


ἃ ὃ. 5. 13; with an indir. question, 


vii. 3. 29; with the inf., vi. 1.22 ; 
he in want of, lack, with the gen., 
1, eiateye Vg ἘΗΜΗΣ 

ἀπορία, as [R. wep], lack of ways 
and means, difficulty, perplexity, 
embarrassment, eee lie? ty is GP 
vi. 6.11; lack, want, with the gen., 
it, 5.99); Spl. difficulties, straits, iii. 
τ. UP, FAG}. 

ἄπορος, ov [R. περ], without 
ways and means, without resources, 
of persons, Lat. tnops, ii. 5. 21; 
with the inf., v. 6. 20; of roads, 
mountains, or rivers, impassable, 
unfordable, Lat. inutus, ii. 4. 4, 5. 
18, iii. 2. 22; neut., ἄπορόν ἐστι, it 
is impracticable, iii. 3. 4, vi. 6. 23; 
subst., ἄπορον, obstacle, Lat. im- 
pedimentum, iii. 2. 22. Phrase, ἐν 
ἀπόροις εἶναι. be at a loss, in straits, 
vii. 6. 11, 38. 

ἀπόρρητος, ov [R. 1 Fep], not to 
be told, secret, Lat. sécretus (for 
infandus and nefandus mean un- 
utterable, abominable ; so ἀπόρρη- 
τος, but not in Anab.), i. 6. 5; ἐν 
ἀπορρήτῳ, Lat. secréto, under seal 
of secrecy, Vii. 6. 43. 

ἀπορρώξ, Gyos, ὁ, 7 [root Fpak, 
break, ε΄. ῥήγνυμι, break, Lat. fran- 
go, break, Eng. BREAK, BREACH], 
broken off; with πέτρα, sheer, Lat. 
abruptus, Vi. 4. ὃ. 

ἀποσήπω (σήπω, σαπ-, σήψω, 
σέσηπα. ἐσάπην. make rot), make 
rot off; pass., with perf. act., rot 


21 


of lose by rotting, iv. 5. 12, v. 8. 


ἀποσκάπτω (σκάπτω, σκαῴφ-, 
σκάψω, ἔσκαψα, ἔσκαφα, ἔσκαμμαι, 
ἐσκάφην, dig), dig off; with τὶ, cut 
off by α trench, Lat. transuersam 
fossam obduco, ii. 4. 4. 

ἀποσκεδάννυμι [σκεδάννυμι], scat- 
ter to the winds ; mid. and pass., be 
dispersed, straggle, iv. 4.9, 15,Vvi. 1. 1. 

ἀποσκηνόω [R. oka], encamp 
apart from, ili. 4. 35. 

ἀποσπάω [R. oma}. draw off, 
withdraw, trans., i. 8. 13; intr., 
separate from, withdraw, 1. 5. ὁ 
(some read mid.), vii. 2.115; pass., 
be separated from, with the’ gen. or 
with ἀπό and the gen., ἮΝ 9.12 
(some read act. ), vii. 3. 41. 

ἀποσταυρόω (σταυρόω,ἐσταύρωσα, 
-ἐσταύρωμαι, ἐσταυρώθην [| R. στα], 
fence with pales), stake off, i.e. by 
driving in stakes along the top of 
a rampart, Wily Ise Il 

ἀποστέλλω [στέλλω], send back, 
11 Wey 5: 

ἀποστερέω [στερέω], defraud, 
rob, despoil, with two accs. or abs., 
Vi. 6. 23, Vii. 6. 9, 7. 48. 

ἀποστῆναι, 566 ἀφίστημι. 

ἀποστρατοπεδεύομαι [R. στρα + 
R. πεδ], encamp away from, Vii. 7. 
1; with the gen., iii. 4. 54. 

ἀποστρέφω [στρέφω]. turn back, 
induce to return, ii. 6. 3 

ἀποστροφή, fs [ἀποστρέφω], 
turning back, retreat, place of ref- 
uge, Lat. perfugium, ii. 4. 22, vil. 
6. 34. 


ἀποσυλάω (σύλάω, cUARTW, ef. 
[R. σκυ], strip, spoil, Lat. spolio), 
str ip off, plunder, ils 2. 8; 

ἀποσχεῖν, ἀπόσχωμεν, 5886 ἀπέχω. 

ἀποσῳΐω [R. caF], lead back 
in safety, with εἰς and the acc. of 
the place, ii. 3. 18. 

ἀποταφρεύω (ταφρεύω, ταφρεύσω, 
ἐτάφρευσα, -τετάφρευμαι [τάφρος]; 
make a trench), trench off, draw a 
trench (the Lat. wallo fossaque mu- 
nio includes both this word and 
ἀποσταυρόω, g.v.), Vi. 5. 1. 





| punish, requite, iil. 


| eager, unwilling, Vi. 


ἀποσκάπτω- ἀπρόθυμος 


ἀποτείνω [τείνω], reach out, ex- 
tend; pass. with ἐκ and the gen. 
and εἰς and the acc., i. 8. 10. 

ἀποτειχίζω [τειχίζω], wall off, 
build an intercepting wall, ii. 4. 4. 

ἀποτέμνω [τέμνω]. cut off, sever, 
Ofehead sr ΗΠ} τς 17. lve. 10. in 
the pass. the part cut off may be 
retained in the acc., or changed to 
PHENOM ese. αἷς On 17. 55: ἃ 
military phrase, cut off, intercept, 
Lat. intercipio, intercludo, in the 
pass., ili. 4. 29. 

ἀποτίθημι [R. Be], put away, 
store away, ii. 3. 16. 

ἀποτίνω (Tivw, τίσω, erica, τέ- 
Tika, τέτισμαι; ἐτίσθην [R. τι], 
pay), pay back, pay what is due, 
vii. 6. 16; mid., exact payment, 
2: 0: 

ἀποτμηθέντες, 566 ἀποτέμνω. 

ἀπότομος, ον [τέμνω], cut off, 
steep, sheer, iv. τ. 2 


ae 


ἀποτρέπω [τρέπω], turn off; 
mid., turn aside or back, return, 
ἴεν ΤΡ "6: 1k 


ἀποτρέχω [τρέχω]; TUN Away ΟἹ 
back, escape, Vv. 2. 6, vii. 6. 5. 

ἀποφαίνω [R. a], show forth ; 
mid., show oneself or something of 
one’s own, appear, declare, i. 6. 9, 
We Go: ᾿ς 

ἀποφεύγω [R. vy], flee away, 
flee too far to be caught, escape, i 
4. 8, ii. 2. 13, ili. 4. Oi. vii. ΤΟΣ oi 


a| ἀποφυγόντες, the fugitives, v. 7. 19. 


ἀπόφραξις, ews, ἡ [φράττω, fence 
in, root φρακ, shut in, cf. Lat. 
farcio, cram, frequens, repeated, 


| full, Eng. BOROUGH, BORROW], @ 


fencing off, blockade, iv. 2. 25, 26. 

ἀποχωρέω [χωρέω], go away 
from, retreat, withdraw, i. 10. 13, 
iv. 2. 21, v. 2. 22, vii. 3. 26; with 
ἐκ or ἔξω and the gen., or with πρός 


or eis and the acc., i. 2. 9, iil. 4. 
15. 1.3. 24 ἷ; γ- 10: 
ἀποψηφίζομαι [ψηφίζω], vote 


away a vote aydinst, reject by 
vote, ἢ 15. 

arpabeuns; ov [R. 1 Ov], not 
Pe Te 


as 


ἀπροσδόκητος-᾿ Αργώ 


ἀπροσδόκητος, ον [προσδοκάω], 
unexpected ; ἐξ ἀπροσδοκήτου, UNnex- 
pectedly, Lat. ex improuiso, iv. 1. 10. 

ἀπροφασίστως, adv. [R. da], 
without offering excuses, without 
evasion, ii. 6. 10. 

ἅπτω (ἀφ-), ayo, Aya, ἧμμαι, 
ἤφθην [ cf. Lat. aptus, fit, Eng. apse], 
lay hold of; mid., touch, under- 
take, engage in, with the gen., i. 5. 
10, v. 6. 28. 

ἀπώλετο, see ἀπόλλῦμι. 

apa, post-positive particle of in- 
ference, therefore, accordingly, in- 
deed, then, it seems, certainly. dpa 
denotes a connexion of events, and 
adds something new to what has 
already been said, or is used by 
way of oblique reference; i. 7. 18, 
12: ὦ, LV. 2.8 ν- 6. 29. 7. Ὁ. Μὲ" 
4.13, 6. 11. Τὸ often follows εἰ or 
ἐάν, and in this connexion means 
perhaps, ii. 4. 6, iii. 2. 22, v. 1. 13. 

apa, interrogative particle de- 
noting anxiety on the part of the 
questioner, surely? indeed?, but 
often its meaning can be best ex- 
pressed in Eng. by the intonation. 
When it is followed by οὐ, an af- 
firmative answer is expected, Lat. 
ay by μή, a negative, Lat. nwm, 

18, vi. 5. 18, vii. 6. 5, 7. 54. 

“ApaBia, & as, Arabia, a large pen- 
insula in the southwestern ‘part of 
Asia, lying between the Red Sea 
and the Persian Gulf, bounded 
on the north by Syria, and sepa- 
rated from Mesopotamia by the 
Euphrates. It included Arabia 
Petraea, 7 Werpaia, Arabia Déserta, 
ἡ ἔρημος, and Arabia Félix, ἡ εὐδαί- 
μων. The ancients used the word 
in a wider sense than we do, in- 
cluding the neighbouring tracts in- 
habited by nomadic tribes; soi. 5 
1, of a district still called Irak-al- 
Arabi. The greater part of Arabia 
is a desert; on the western coast 
is a strip of fertile land. 

᾿Αράξης, ov, the Arazes, an afflu- 
ent of the Euphrates, above the 
Tigris, called by other authors 





28 


Χαβώρας and ’ ABéppas, now Chabir, 
i.4.19. The name Araxes is ap- 
plied by other writers to the Phasis 
of Xenophon. 

ἀράτω, 566 αἔρω. 

᾿Αρβάκαᾶας, ov, Arbacas, ruler of 
Media at the time of the retreat 
of the Ten Thousand, vii. 8. 25. 

᾿Αρβάκης, ov, Arbaces, one of 
the four generals of the king’s 
army, commanding 300,000 men, 
1. ἡ. 12. 

᾿Αργεῖος, a, ον ["Apyos, τό, Ar- 
4081, of Argos or Argolis, as subst. 
masc., an Argive, iv. 2. 13, 17. 
Argos, the capital of Argolis or 
Argeia, was situated in a level 
plain a little to the west of the Ina- 
chus, and was, according to Greek 
tradition, the oldest city in Pelo- 
ponnésus. Said to have been built 
by Inachus, it was in mythological 
times the capital city of Danaus, 
Acrisius, and Orestes. In Homer 
Argos is subordinate to Mycénae. 
On its first appearance in history, 
about 750 B.c., it was the most 
important city in the peninsula. 
Owing to destructive wars with 
Sparta, its power declined, and it 
took no part in the Persian wars, 
but, having partially recovered, 
sided with the Athenians in the 
Peloponnesian war. It was fa- 
mous for its worship of Hera. 

ἀργός, dv [R. Fepy], without la- 
bour, idle, lazy, iil. 2. 25. 

ἀργύρεος, a, ov, contr. ἀργυροῦς, 
a, οῦν [dpyupos, ὁ, silver, ἀργός. 
shining, bright, root apy, bright, 
cf. Lat. arguo, make clear, argen- 
tum, silver], of silver, silver, iv. 7. 
Dike) Wile Senet 

ἀργύριον, τό [cf. ἀργύρεος], sil- 
ver, esp. coined, money, i. 4. 19, 
ii. 6. 16; y. 3: 9) {ἢ be; 

ἀργυρόπους, odos, ὁ, ἡ [cf. ἀργύ- 
peos+ R. ed], with silver foot, sil- 
ver footed, iv. 4. 21. 

᾿Αργώ, οῦς, 7, the Argo, the ship 
in which Jason and the Argonauts 
sailed from Iolcos to Colchis to 


29 


fetch the golden fleece for King 
Pelias. She was built of pine from 
Mt. Pelion, and at her stern was a 
piece of the talking oak of Dodona. 
Vile sel. 

ἄρδην, ady. [delpw], raised up, 
i.e. from the ground up, wholly, 
quite; apdnv πάντες, all together, 
Willey Ho 1: 

ἄρδω, impf. ἦρδον, water, of land, 
irrigate, Lat. inrigod, ii. 3. 15. 

ἀρέσκω (dpe-), dpéow, pera, ἠρέ- 
σθην [R. ap], please, suit, ii. 4. 2. 

ἀρετή, 7s [R. ap], fitness, esp. in 
war, bravery, valour, magnanim- 
ity, Lat. wrtus, 1. 4. 9, ii. 1. 12, 
iv. 7. 12, vi. 4. 8; good service 
towards one, with περί and the 
acc., i. 4. 8. 

ἀρήγω, ἀρήξω, ἤρηξα [R. apx], 
help, esp. in war, succour, save, 1 
Io. ὃ. 

᾿Αρηξίων, wos, ὁ, Arexion, of 
Parrhasia in Arcadia, soothsayer 
to the Greek army after the deser- 
tion of Silanus, vi. 4. 13, 5. 2, 8. 

*Aptatos, ὁ, Ariaeus, the lieuten- 
ant-general of Cyrus, and com- 
mander of his barbarian force. 
He held the left wing at Cunaxa, 
and was the only one of the friends 
of Cyrus who escaped alive, i. 8. 
5,9. 31. After exchanging oaths 
of fidelity and alliance with the 
Greeks, he deserted them, and 
joined Tissaphernes, ii. 1. 4, 2. 1, 
8542-955. 39) 6.28, 11]: 5. 1. 

ἀριθμός, 6[R. ap], nwmber, Lat. 
numerus, numbering, enumeration, 
i. 7. 10, v. 3. 3, vii. 7. 90; ἀριθμῷ, 
in number, Lat. numero, v. 6. 12. 
Phrases: ἀριθμὸν ποιεῖν, hold a 
count, census, i. 2.9, vil. 1. 7; ἀρι- 
θμὸς τῆς ὁδοῦ, extent of the march, 
11: 2; On sVile 8: 20. 

᾿Αρίσταρχος, ὁ, Aristarchus, the 
successor Οἱ Cleander as Spartan 
harmost at Byzantium, vii. 2. 5. 
He was corrupted by Pharnabazus, 
and acted in hostility to the Greeks 
nee Xenophon, vii. 2. 7, 12; 3. 
2 if. 





ἄρδην-᾿Αριστώνυμος 


ἀριστάω, ἀριστήσω, ete. [ἄριστονΊ, 
take breakfast, breakfast, Lat. pran- 
eG.) ti 3. 6..1¥.,. 3. 10, Vie 2. 24, 5; 
21 ὙΠ 2: 9: 

᾿Αριστέᾶς, ov, Aristeas, a Chian, 
a brave commander of a company 
of light-armed troops, and espe- 
cially useful in volunteer service, 
ἵν 1 28, Ὁ: PAVE 

ἀριστερός, a, dv, left, Lat. sinister, 
le By 11 thy 2s 28:: 690: anal ρτ, 
without yelp, as ἐν ἀριστερᾷ, ἐξ 
ἀριστερᾶς, on the left, il. 4. 28, iv. 
ro PA ΨΙ igual ba be 

᾿Αρίστιππος, 6, Aristippus, of 
the noble family of the Aleuadae 
in Larissa, Thessaly. Hé received 
money from Cyrus with which he 
raised an army against a hostile 
faction in Thessaly, and afterwards 
sent the army under Menon to 
join Cyrusyin talO 2s Gee: 

ἄριστον, τό [cf. ἦρι, early, an 
early meal, Lat. prandium, gener- 
ally translated breakfast, although 
corresponding more nearly in time 
and nature to the English Juwnch- 
eon, French déjeuner ἃ la four- 
chette, 1 iy, WG), ahi Sh By Wl τ; 
ἐκ τοῦ ἀρίστου, after breakfast, iv. 
6. 21. 

ἀριστοποιέομαι, , ἀριστοποιήσομαι, 
ἠριστοποιησάμην [ἄριστον ΞΕ, toad 
get one’s breakfast ready, iil. 3. 
ἵν. Op teh 

ἄριστος, 7, ov [R. ap], Jittest in 
any sense, serving as sup. of dya- 
06s ; hence, bravest, noblest, most 
eminent in rank, i. 5. 7, 6. 1, 8. 27, 
9. 8, ii. 2. 20, iii. τ. 24, iv. 2. 28; οἱ 
things, best, most advantageous, i 
3. 12, v. 6.28. Neut. pl. ἄριστα as 
adv., in the best way, most success- 
Sully, i. 9. 5, 111, 1. 6. 

᾿Αρίστων, wvros, ὁ, Ariston, an 
Athenian, chosen as one of the en- 
voys to the Sinopeans, v. 6.14. 

᾿Αριστώνυμος, 6, Aristonymus, a 
captain of heavy- armed troops, 
conspicuous for his bravery. He 
came from Methydrium in Arca- 
dia. /ivet. 27. 6: 205%. 9; 115 12: 


᾿Αρκαδικός- ἅρμα 


᾿Αρκαδικός, 7, dv [᾿Αρκάς], be- 
longing to Arcadia, Arcadian ; τὸ 
᾿Αρκαδικόν, the Arcadian force, iv. 8. 
18. 

᾿Αρκάς, ddos, 6, an Arcadian, i. 
2. Me thle 1 JO) γα DIS yay 5.29: 
Arcadia was the country in the 
centre of Peloponnésus, mountain- 
ous and surrounded by mountains, 
and watered by many streams, esp. 
the Alphéus. The Arcadians were 
a strong, brave, and active race, 
of a simplicity of life which has 
been exaggerated by poets into an 
ideal excellence. They were de- 
voted to hunting and pastoral pur- 
suits. They worshipped especially 
Pan and Artemis. They were fine 
soldiers, and, with the Achaeans, 
formed more than half of the 
Greek force of Cyrus, vi. 2. 10. 

ἀρκέω, ἀρκέσω, ἤρκεσα [R. apx], 
suffice, be sufficient or enough, with 
or without the dat. of the person, 
also with inf., v. 1. 18, 7. 11, 8. 13, 
vii. 5.3; with πρός and the acc, of 
the thing, ii. 6. 20; partic. ἀρκῶν 
as adj., enough, v. 6. 1, vi. 4. 6. 

ἄρκτος, ἡ [cf. Lat. ursus, bear], 
bear, she-bear, i. 9.6; the constel- 
lation Ursa Maior, the North; so 
in the phrase πρὸς ἄρκτον, towards 
the North, i. 7. 6, 11. 5. 15. 

appa, aros, τό [R. ap], chariot, 
Lat. currus, either the war-chariot 
(the only sort mentioned in the 
Anab., i. 2. 17, 8. 20, and only of 
the Persians), or for racing. The 
two sorts were essen- 
tially the same, but 
among the Greeks 
the war-chariot be- 
longs to the Heroic 
Age. The Persian £] 
war-chariots | were 
sometimes fitted with 
scythes, ἅρματα dpe- 
mavnpopa, i. 7. 10 ff., 
8.10. See s.v. δρεπανηφόρος. 


The 
ἅρμα was low and broad, to pre- 
vent its upsetting, and was open 


behind. It consisted of the δίφρος 





30 


or body (see s.v. δίφρος), axle 
(ἄξων), wheels, and pole. In the 
war-chariot the δίφρος was large 





enough, as the name implies, to 
accommodate both the warrior and 
his driver (see s.v. ἡνίοχος). It 
consisted of the floor, and of en- 
closing sides that protected the oc- 
cupants. At the top of this bar- 
rier in front was a curved rim (ἄν- 
tvé), Which could be grasped by 
the hand or serve as a place to 
which to attach the reins. There 
were generally curved rims also at 
each side of the chariot behind, to 
assist in mounting. The chariot 











had a single axle and two wheels. 
The latter were of small diameter, 
and in the vase paintings have 


91 


generally four spokes. For an ad- 
ditional representation of the ἅρμα, 
see 8.0. τέθριππον. Phrases: ἐφ᾽ 
ἅρματος or ἐπὶ τοῦ ἅρματος, in a 
chariot, i. 2. 16, 7.20; ἀπὸ τοῦ ἅρ- 
ματος, With a verb of motion, owt 
of the chariot, i. 8. 3. 

ἁρμάμαξα, ys [R. ap+dpa+ R. 
ay], closed carriage, luxurious, 
and used in travelling, esp. by 
women and children, i. 2. 16, 18. 

*Appevia, as, Armenia, a lofty 
table-land of Western Asia, part 
of the plateau of Iran. Of vol- 
canic nature, it had many moun- 
tains, including Ararat, and nu- 
merous rivers, with the sources of 
the Tigris and the Euphrates, iii. 
Ἐς 17. 0.3: Ὁ Δ. ly 454515, 04. NO 
exact boundaries can be given, as 
the country has greatly varied in 
extent at different periods. The 
climate was severe in winter, but 
the valleys were fertile and pro- 
duced a famous breed of horses. 
The people were hospitable, al- 
though rude, and still live in. the 
manner described by Xen., iv. 5. 
25 ff. The Armenians were per- 
haps the first nation to adopt 
Christianity. 

᾿Αρμένιος, a, ov [’ Apuevia ], of or 
belonging to Armenia, Armenian, 
iv. 3. 4, 5. 33. 

‘“Appyyn, ns, Harméne (Ak 
Liman), a port town of the Sino- 
peans, about 50 stadia west of 
Sinope, vi. 1. 15, 17. 

ἁρμοστής, οὔ [R. ap], one who 
sets in order, organizer, adminis- 
trator, harmost, a Spartan officer 
in charge of a district of the Peri- 
oeci, but also and generally one 
sent out by Sparta to govern a 
subject state, vi. 2. 13, vii. 2. 5. 
Xen. applies the title to the Sino- 
pean governor of Cotyora, v. 5. 
19, 20. 

ἄρνειος, a, ov [ἀρνός, of a lamb, 
gen. without nom. in use], of lamb, 
ba κρέα, lamb’s meat, lamb, iv. 
5. 91: 








appapata— Αρτάοΐζος 


ἁρπαγή, 7s [R. dpw], a seizing, 
plundering, pillage, v. 4. 16, vii. 1. 
18; καθ᾿ ἁρπαγήν, after plunder, 
iii. 5. 2. 

ἁρπάζω (aprad-), ἁρπάσω, np- 
πασα, ἥρπακα, ἥρπασμαι, ἡρπάσθην 
[R. dpm], snatch, snatch up, seize, 
capture, iv. 6. 11, v. 2. 15, vi. 1. 8, 
5. 18; sweep away, of a river, iv. 3. 
6; plunder, pillage, rob, i. 2. 25, iv. 
5. 12, vii. 5. 133; of ἁρπάζοντες, the 
pillagers, 1. 10. 3; perf. pass. par- 
tic., carried off, stolen, i. 2. 27. 

"Aptacos, ὁ, the Harpasus, a 
river separating the Chalybes from 
the Scythini, probably emptying 
into the Pontus and identical with 
the Acampsis (Charuk), iv. 7. 18. 

᾿Αρταγέρσης, ov, Artagerses, in 
command of the king’s body-guard 
of cavalry at Cunaxa, and said to 
have been slain by Cyrus there, i. 
7 ll 8. 24: 

᾿Αρτακάμας, a (Dor. gen.), Arta- 
camas, satrap of Phrygia, vil. 8. 25. 

᾿Αρταξέρξης, ov [Pers. Arta- 
Khshatra, Lord of the Times], in 
the Anab. Artaxerxes IT. (called 
Mnemon from his good memory), 
eldest son of Darius II. and Pary- 
satis, and king of Persia from 405 
ἴσ sGllor 359) Bic, ΤῈ. 133, 4: 
Against him Cyrus, his younger 
brother, made the expedition re- 
corded inthe Anab. His reign was 
a succession of wars, carried on 
with rebellious satraps and tribu- 
tary princes. Of a weak and mild 
character, he left too much to the 
government of his slaves. Towards 
the end of his reign his eldest son, 
Darius, formed an unsuccessful 
conspiracy to assassinate him. He 
was succeeded by his son Ochus 
(under the style of Artaxerxes 
111.), who gained the throne by 
causing the death of his two 
brothers. 

᾿Αρτάοζος, ὁ, Artaozus, a trusted 
friend of Cyrus, but after the,bat- 
tle of Cunaxa one of the king’s 
party, ii. 4. 16, 5. 35. 


᾿Αρταπάτη--ἀσέβεια 


᾿Αρταπάτης, ov, Artapates, the 
confidential attendant of Cyrus, 
slain upon his master’s body at 
Cunaxa, i, 6. 11, 8. 28. 

ἀρτάω, ἀρτήσω, etc. [deipw], hang 
on to, fasten one thing to another, 
Ul. Wee 10. 

"Ἄρτεμις, dos, ἧ, Artemis, daugh- 
ter of Zeus and Leto, and twin- 
sister of Apollo. Like her brother, 
she spread pestilence and sudden 
death with her arrows, but pro- 
tected those who loved her. She 
was the especial patroness of hunt- 
ing, and as such was worshipped 
at Agrae in Attica, where also there 
was a yearly sacrifice in her hon- 
our to commemorate the victory 
over the Persians, iii. 2. 12. The 
Artemis of the renowned temple at 
Ephesus was an Asiatic divinity, 
the Anaitis-Aphrodite of the Per- 
sians, having originally nothing in 
common with the Greek goddess. 
γ: 5.4. 6 Ὁ 

ἄρτι, adv. [R.ap], just, just now, 
lve δ ΥΙ 2.1: 

᾿Αρτίμας, a (Dor. gen.), Artimas, 
satrap of Lydia, vii. 8. 25. 

ἀρτοκόπος, ὁ [ἄρτος + root Kor, 
cook, ef. Lat. coquo, cook], baker, 
iv. 4. 21. 

ἄρτος, ὁ, loaf of bread, gener- 
ally of wheat, but sometimes of 
barley, i. 9. 26, ii. 4. 28, iv. 5. 31, 
V. 3. 9; ἄρτοι ζυμῖται, leavened or 
raised bread, Vii. 3. 21; τριχοίνικος 
ἄρτος, three-quart loaf, Vii. 3. 28. 

᾿Αρτούχας, a (Dor. gen.), Artu- 
chas, a general in the king’s army, 
iv. 3. 4. 

᾿Αρύσταᾶς, ἃ or ov, Arystas, an 
Arcadian, described as a great 
eater, Vii. 3. 23 f. 

᾿Αρχαγόρας, ἃ or ov, Archago- 
ras, captain in the Greek army, 
exiled from Argos, iv. 2. 19, 17. 

ἀρχαῖος, ἃ, ov [ἄρχω], from of 
old, old, ancient, ili. 1. 4, iv. 5. 14, 
Vii. 1. 28, 3. 28; Κῦρος ὁ ἀρχαῖος, 
Cyrus the Elder, i. 9.1; 
adv., formerly, i. 1. 6. 
¢ 


τὸ ἀρχαῖον, 





32 


ἀρχή, Fs [ἄρχω], beginning, ori- 
gin; so adv. ἀρχήν, from the first, 
at first, often followed by a neg. in 
the sense of not at all, Vii. 7. 28; 
the first place, sovereignty, rule, 
power, command, ii. 1. 11, 3. 29, 
iii. 4. 8, vi. 1. 19, 2. 12; govern- 
ment, province, empire, realm, i. 1. 
2, 5. 9, li. 3. 29, Vil. 2. 32, 5. 1. 

ἀρχικός, 7, dv [apxw], " to com- 
mand, 1ϊ. 6. 8, 20. 

ἄρχω, ἄρξω, ἦρξα, ἤργμαι, ἤρχθην 
[apxw], begin, be first, with the 
inf, or with the gen., i. 3. 1, 4. 15, 
iii. 1. 24, v. 7. 84, vii. 7.175; be the 
foremost, hence rule, command, 
lead, reign over, abs., or with the 
gen. of persons, countries, or cities, 
iy ἰ. 8.7. 11 on ἘΠ 10. 20:07, 11.5.2: 
5, 6, 21, v. 7. 10, νἱ. 6. 9; as subst., 
ἄρχων, leader, chief, gee gov- 
ernor, 1. 1. 2, 8. 22, 12.111. 1: 
38, iv. 5. 28, v. 6. 8; ahi title 
than erate vi. 1 18:2. Ὁ; 
ὁ ἄρξας, the former ruler, i. 4. 10, 
v. 7. 34; τὸ ἄρχειν, the government, 
iil. 1. 4; mid., begin, abs., with the 
gen., or with the inf., i. 8. 18, ii. 
6; IA 27- 75 Oy vi’ 7. HS, “vale. Ὁ 
24; of the extent of a country, 
begin with, with ἀπό and the gen., 
vi. 4. 1; of a place, begin from, 
start from, with ἐκ and the gen., 
vi. 2. 18; pass., be begun, be ruled, 
with or without ὑπό and the gen., 
obeyy i: 3. 15, 9. 4, ii. 6.°15,-¥. 7. 
12; of ἀρχόμενοι, subjects, soldiers, 
ii. 6. 19, iii. 2. 30. Phrases: πρὸς 
ἄλλον ἀρχομένουξ ἀπιέναι (others 
read ἄλλους ἄρχοντας, or ἀρξομένους, 
fut. pass.), go into another's ser- 
vice, transfer one’s allegiance, ii. 
6.12; ἄρχεσθαι ἀπὸ τῶν θεῶν, begin 
with the gods, consult the gods first, 
vi. 3 18. 

ἄρχων, see dpxw. 

ἄρωμα, ατος, τό [cf. Eng. aroma}, 
spice, fr agrant herbs, i. 5. 1. 

ἀσάφεια, ἂς [σαφής], obscurity, 
uncertainty, iii. 1. 21. 

ἀσέβεια, as [ἀσεβής], irrever- 
ence, impiety, iii. 2. 4. 


33 


ἀσεβής, és [σέβομαι, worship, cf. 
Lat. sewerus, severe], irreverent, 
impious, sacrilegious, Lat. impius, 
v. 7. 82; with πρός and gen., ii. 5. 
20. 

ἀσθενέω, ἀσθενήσω ἴ ἀσθενής], be 
weak, feeble, ill, i. 1. 1, v. 8. 25, 
vi. 2. 18; οἱ ἀσθενοῦντες, the sick, 
the men on the sick-list, iv. 5. 19, 
Worep ale 

ἀσθενής, és [σθένος, τό, strength], 
without strength, weak, i. 5. 9. 

᾿Ασία, as, Asia, the continent 
separated from Europe, acc. to 
some of the ancient geographers, 
by the Tanais and the Cimmerian 
Bosphorus, ace. to others by the 
Phasis, or even the Araxes and 
the Caspian sea, and from Libya 
at the Isthmus of Suez. It was 
sometimes divided into Lower and 
Upper Asia, τὰ κάτω ᾿Ασίᾶς or 7 
κάτω ᾿Ασία, and τὰ ἄνω ᾿Ασίᾶς, or 
ἡ ἄνω ᾿Ασία, being the parts to the 
west and east of the Halys respec- 
tively. In the Anab. no such 
division is mentioned. ν. 3. 6, vi. 
4. 1, vil. 1. 2, 6. 32. 

᾿Ασιδάτης, ov, Asidates, a noble 
and wealthy Persian, captured by 
Xen., vii. 8. 9 ff. 

᾿Ασιναῖος, a, ov [’ Acivn, Asine], 
of or belonging to Asine; subst., 
an Asinaean, V. 3. 4, 6.36. Asine 
was a seaboard town of Laconia, 
between Gythium and Taenarum. 
Hence Neon the Asinaean is called 
Laconian, vii. 2. 29. 

Gods, ady. [otvoua], harm- 
lessly, without doing harm, ii. 3. 
27; ὡς ἂν δυνώμεθα ἀσινέστατα., do- 
ing as little damage as possible, iii. 
3:3. 

actros, ov [σῖτος]. without food, 
in want of food, ii. 2. 16, iv. 5. 
11 

ἀσκέω, ἀσκήσω (cf. Eng. ascetic], 
practise, cultivate, Lat. exerced, of 
a virtue, li. 6. 25, vii. 7. 24. 

ἀσκός, 6, skin forming a bag, 
leathern bag, but esp. goat-skin bag, 
used particularly for storing and 


~ 





aceBns-aomls 
. 


in transporting wine, wine-skin. 
‘The raw side of the skin was kept 
inward, the 
seams were 
tightly sewed 
and pitched, 
and the neck 


closed by ee τὸς 






binding with 


acord. ἀσκοί ae 
were used (te Λ [ 
for carry- mM 
ing other χί Θ |I'\\\ 
commodities a 

than wine, No. 9 


vi. 4. 23, and 
when inflated with air might be 
used as a float for a temporary 
pontoon bridge, iii. 5. 9 ff. 

ἄσμενος, 7, ov [R. ad], well 
pleased ; always with a verb, where 
in Eng. an ady. is used, with joy, 
with pleasure, gladly, ii. 1. 16, v. 6. 
22, vii. 2. 9, 6. 6, 

ἀσπάζομαι (ἀσπαδ-), ἀσπάσομαι 
[R. oma], draw to oneself, em- 
brace, either at meeting or parting, 
greet or take leave, vi. 3. 24, vii. τ. 
8, 40, 2. 23; ἀσπάζεσθαι τὸν θεόν, 
bring one’s parting greeting to the 
god (i.e. by an offering), vii. 8. 23. 

᾿Ασπένδιος, ὁ [” Aorevdos, Aspen- 
dus], native of Aspendus, an <As- 
pendian, i. 2. 12. Aspendus was 
an Argive colony in Pamphylia, 
about sixty stadia from the mouth 
of the Eurymedon. It early fell 
into the hands of the barbarians. 
Thrasybilus was surprised and 
slain here, B.c. 389. 

ἀσπίς, fdos, 7, shield, in shape 
either oval or round. The large 
oval shield was an important part 
of the defensive armour of the hop- 
lite; 4; 2: 10: τ- 13, iil, 4:47: Vile 4. 
16, and covered him from the neck 
to the knees. It was convex on 
the outer side, so that it could on 
occasion be used in sacrifices to 
catch the blood of the victims, ii. 
2:9. About the outer edge ran a 
continuous rim of metal, fastened 


᾿Ασσυρία-ἀσφαλήῆς 


with nails (irus, g.v.). See 8.0. 
ὁπλίτης. The oval shield was often 





emblazoned with a device, either 
that of an individual or the com- 
mon symbol of an entire state, as 
/\ on the shields of the Lacaedae- 
monians. A peculiar form of the 
oval shield, called Boeotian, had 
apertures at the sides. See s.v. 
kynuts, where the illustration also 
shows the manner in which the 
shield was held. See further s.v. 
ὅπλον, Where Hephaestus is fitting 
the metal ‘handle’ to the inside 
of the shield. The round or Ar- 
golic shield was similar to the oval 
shield in most respects except its 








shape, but was held differently. 
A bar ran across the centre, under 
which the left arm was slipped, 








34 


succession of leathern loops that 
ran about the outer circle. Since 
the round shield was too small to 
cover in action the lower part of 
the body, a flap, generally of 
leather, was often attached to it. 
This might be ornamented. See 
s.v. ξίφος and σάλπιγξ. In histori- 
cal times shields were made chiefly 
of bronze. Shields made of other 
materials, however, are mentioned; 
those carried by the Egyptians 
in the army of Cyrus were of 
wood, i. 8. 9, ii. 1. 6. When not 
in use the shield was protected by 
a leathern case, hence the expres- 
sion ἀσπίδες ἐκκεκαλυμμέναι, i, 2. 
16. Phrases: rap ἀσπίδα, to the 
left, since the shield was carried 
on the left arm, iv. 3. 26; ἀσπὶς 
uvpla καὶ τετρακοσία, 10,400 shield 
(i.e. men), i. 7. 10. 

᾿Ασσυρία, as, Assyria, properly 
the long narrow territory on the 
Tigris, chiefly to the east, and ex- 
tending as far as Media; in a later 
and wider sense, the great Assy- 
rian empire, which extended to the 
Mediterranean and to Pontus, and 
which was destroyed towards the 
end of the seventh century B.c. by 
the Medes and Babylonians. To 
the Greeks with Cyrus Assyria 


'meant the former district, as a 


province of the king, vii. 8. 25. In 
it were Arbéla and Gaugaméla. 
᾿Ασσύριος, a, ov [’Agoupla], As- 


_syrian, vii. 8. 15. 


ἀσταφίς, (dos, 7, collective subst., 


dried grapes, raisins, iv. 4. 9. 


ἀστράπτω (ἀστραπ-), noTpaya, 
flash, glitter, i. 8. 8. 

ἀσφάλεια, as [R. rad], secur- 
ity, personal safety, Lat. incolumi- 
tas, v. 7. 10, vii. 6. 30. 

ἀσφαλέστατα, see ἀσφαλῶς. 

ἀσφαλέστερος, See ἀσφαλής. 

ἀσφαλής, ἐς [R. σφαλΊ, not lia- 
ble to be tripped up, hence 5176, 
safe, secure, Lat. incolumis or tu- 
tus, Iv. 3. 12; vs 2, 20, vie4. δ΄. vi. 


the hand grasping any one of a! 3. 3; comp. ἀσφαλέστερος. safer, 


35 


surer, ii. 2. 19, 36; vi. 2. 13. 
Phrases: ἐν ἀσφαλεῖ, ἐν τῷ ἀσφαλεῖ, 
in security, in a safe place, iv. 7. 
8, Vv. 6. 35; ἐν ἀσφαλεστέρῳ, in 
greater security, ill. 2, 86; ἐν ἀσφα- 
λεστάτῳ, in the safest place, i. 8. 22. 

ἄσφαλτος, ἡ [cf. Eng. asphalt}, 
asphalt, a mineral pitch, soft and 
combustible, used as a cement or 
as mortar, ii. 4. 12. 

ἀσφαλῶς, adv. [R. edad], 
Jirmly, safely, without danger, 1. 
3. 19, iii. 4. 6, vi. 3.7; sup. ἀσφα- 
Χέσπαται 3. 3. 11. 11]. 2. 27. 

ἀσχολία, as [R. σεχ], lack of’ 
leisure, business, Lat. negotium ; 
pl., engagements, vii. 5. 16. 

ἀτακτέω [R. trax], be disorderly, 
be undisciplined, v. 8. 21. 

ἄτακτος, ov [R. tak], in disor- 
der, not in battle array, undisci- 
plined, i. 8. 2, ili. 4. 19, v. 4, 21. 

ἀταξία, as [R. tax], disorder, 
insubordination, lack of discipline, 
opp. to εὐταξία, 111. 1. 38, 2. 29, v. 
8. 13. 

ἀτάρ, adversative conj., but, but 
yet, Lat, at, always standing first 
in its sentence, and introducing an 
objection or a self-correction in the 
form of a question, iv. 6. 14, vii. 
Ge 10 

᾿Αταρνεύς, éws, ὁ, Atarneus (near | 
Dikeli Koi), acorn-producing coun- | 
try with a city of the same name 
in the southwestern part of Mysia 
(or ace. to others in Aeolis), oppo- 
site to Lesbos, vii. 8. 8. 

ἀτασθαλία, as [ἀτάσθαλος, pre- 
sumptuous], mostly poetic, blind 
folly, presumption, wantonness, iv. 
4. 14. 

ἄταφος, ον [θάπτω], wnburied, 
vi. 5. 6. 

are, adv, of manner [acc. pl. neut. 
of ὅς + τέ], as, just as ; often empha- 
sising a causal partic., inasmuch as, 
because, iv. 2. 18, 8. 27, vi. 3. 3, 5. 28. 

ἀτέλεια, as [R. tad], freedom 
trom a public tax, hence exemption 
from any service, Lat. immiunitas, 





iii. 3. 18. | 


ἄσφαλτος-αὖθις 


ἀτιμάζω (ἀτιμαδ-), ἀτιμάσω, ete. 
[R. τι], dishonour, affront, dis- 
grace, 1. 1. 4, 9. 4. 

ἄτιμος, ov [R. te], without hon- 
our, in dishonour, disregarded, vii. 
7. 24, 46; comp. ariudrepos, Vii. 7. 
50. 

ἀτμίζω (ἀτμιδ-), ἀτμίσω [R. 2 
aF |, steam, iv. 5. 18. 

᾿Ατραμύτειον ΟΥ᾿Αδραμύττιον, τό, 
Adramyttium (Edremit), a city in 
the western part of Mysia, on a 
bay of the same name, founded by 
the Lydians and afterwards colon- 
ized by the Athenians, vii. 8. 8. 

ἀτριβής, és [τριβή], wntrodden, 
unused, of roads, iv. 2. 8, vii. 3. 
42, 

᾿Αττικός, ἡ, 6, of or belonging 
to Attica, Attic, i. 5.6. Attica was 
a country in the southeastern part 
of Northern Greece, forming a tri- 
angular peninsula, of which two 
sides were washed by the sea and 
the third was separated from Boe- 
otia and Megaris by mountains. 
Its area, Salamis included, was 
748 sq. miles, and its population in 
the fifth century B.c., excluding its 
capital, Athens, was about 350,000 
(5686 ᾿Αθῆναι). A poor country for 
agricultural and pastoral pursuits, 
it was rich in marble quarries and 
silver mines. 

av, adv., post-positive, of rela- 
tions of time, often adversative 
and preceded by δέ, again, back 
again, in turn, on the other hand, 
MOPEOVETs 1s Tey 9, ἴθ. 0, il. 6, ὃ; 
18, 11]. 1. 32. 

αὐαίνω (αὐαν-), avavd, inva, 
αὐάνθην [avw, dry], dry; mid., dry 
up, wither, impf. without aug., ii. 
3. 16. 

αὐθαίρετος, ον [αὐτός + aipéw |, 
self-appointed, v. 7. 29. 

αὐθημερόν, adv. [αὐτός + ἡμέρα], 
on the same day, iv. 4. 22, 5. 1. 

αὖθις, adv. [ai], again, once 
more, a second time, i. 10. 10, iv. 7. 
2, v.8.9; in turn, afterwards, next, 
iv. 2. 12) vil. 2: 25; 5. 3. 


αὐλέω--ὐτός 


αὐλέω, αὐλήσω [Ἢ. 2 «ΕἼ, play the 
Jlute, play on any wind instrument, 
κέρᾶσι καὶ σάλπιγξιν, vii. 3. 32; 
mid., have the flute played for one, 
be accompanied on the flute, vi. 1. 
itil. 

αὐλίζομαι (αὐλιδ-), ηὐλισάμην 
and ηὐλίσθην [R.2 aF], lie in the 
open air, pass the night, bivouac, 
Encamp, Π 2 Π  ν. τ ΤΠ eavia: 
4 1} 11. 4.ΠῈ 

αὐλός, ὁ [R. 2 aF], ἃ wind- 
instrument, usually rendered flute, 





although more like our clarinet. 
The αὐλός had a mouth-piece, and 
consisted of two connected tubes. 
The manner of playing it is illus- 
trated in the accompanying school- 
room scene. See also s.v. κλένη. 
Phrases: πρὸς τὸν αὐλόν, to the 
sound of the flute, vi. 1.8,10; πρὸς 
αὐλὸν ὀρχεῖσθαι, dance to the flute, 
vi. 1. 5. 

αὐλών, vos, ὁ, hollow between 
hills or banks ; canal, drain, Lat. 
candlis, ii. 3. 10. 

αὔριον, adv., to-morrow, Lat. 
eras, i. 2. 1, iv. 6. 8) Ὑ τὶ 21; 
ἡ αὔριον (sc. ἡμέραν, the morrow, 
vi. 4. 15; αὔριον πρῴ, Lat. cras 
mane, early to-morrow morning, 
vii. 6. 6. 

αὐστηρότης, ἡτος, ἡ [αὐστηρός, 
dry, rough, αὔω, dry, cf. αὐαίνωΊ, 
harshness, bitterness, acidity, Lat. 
austéritds, of wine, v. 4. 29. 

αὐτίκα, adv., at this very moment, 
immediately, on the spot, i. 8. 2, ii. 








36 


1.9, 5. 34; strengthened by a fol- 
lowing μάλα, instantly, in a twink- 
ling, 111. 5. 11, vii. 6. 17. 
αὐτόθεν, adv. [αὐτός], from this 
or that very spot, hence, thence, iv. 
2.0. 7 11 χτπτ LOS 
αὐτόθι, adv. [αὐτός], in this or 
that very place, Lat. ibi, ibidem, i. 
4. 6, 1γ. 0: 10. vile 15 
αὐτοκέλευστος, ον [αὐτός + R. 
Ked], self-directed, of one’s own 
accord, Lat. sud sponte, iii. 4. 5. 
αὐτοκράτωρ, opos, ὁ, ἡ [αὐτός + 
R. 1 κρα]. being one’s own master, 
as adj. with ἄρχων, absolute, Lat. 
cum potestate imperioque wersari, 
ΠῚ ὩἹ: 
αὐτόματος, 7, ον [αὐτός - R. μα], 
self-impelled, of one’s own accord, 
spontaneously, of persons or of 
things, iv. 3. 8, v. 7. 8; ἀπὸ or ἐκ 
Tov αὐτομάτου, unbidden, by chance, 
voluntarily, i. 3. 18, 2. 17, vi. 4. 18. 
αὐτομολέω, αὐτομολήσω, ηὐτομό- 
λησα [αὐτόμολος], desert, abs., with 
πρός and acc., or with παρά and 
gen., li. 1. 6, 2. 7; of αὐτομολήσαν- 
tes, the deserters, 1. 7. 13, 10. 6. 
αὐτόμολος, ὁ [αὐτός + root por, 
move, cf. Brwoxw], deserter, Lat. - 
transfuga, with παρά and gen., i. 
2 Ὡς 
͵ αὐτόνομος, ον [αὐτός - R. νεμ!]. 
under one’s own laws, independent, 
Lat. sw itris esse, vii. 8. 25. 
αὐτός, ἡ, ὁ (neut. with the art. 
often ταὐτόν, 111. 1. 80, vi. 3. 17) 
[αὐτός], intensive pron., self, when 
preceded by the art., same. Not 
preceded by the art.:—in the 
oblique cases it may serve as the 
common pron. of the third pers., 
him, her, it, etc., Lat. is, i. 1. 2, 8, 
11. 1. ὅ; 3; 8, {1 τ AI Tis 3.0. 2. 
26; in all its cases it may be used 
as an intensive adj. pron., Lat. 
ipse, self, myself, himself, etc., or 
very, exactly, either with or without 
a personal or a dem. pron. in agree- 


‘ments 1-9. 1, ὃ. 21, 10; 7 ἽΠΠΟΥ. 


AAS ON DAV eA. Ὁ... LO ν: Ὁ: 
24, vii. 3. 3, 7. 138; with a subst. 


37 


always in the pred. position, the 
art. never being omitted unless the 
subst. is a prop. name or sone 
an individual, i. 7. 11, 8. 14, 
5; as a refl., either alone or ‘ined 
with an oblique case of a pers. 
prony, & 1:5, i. 2. 2. 5- 28) ii 
I. BT, 2. 14; with possessives, as 
Tots ἡμετέροις αὐτῶν φίλοις, OWN OWN 
friends; often more than sim- 
ply emphatic, admitting of such 
translations as by oneself, im one’s 
own person, of one’s own accord, 
Monee 5. iis 2. WY, avery. 11 vie 
6. 9; sometimes when followed by | 
the art. and a subst. it may be 
rendered by just, right, as ὑπὲρ 
αὐτοῦ τοῦ στρατεύματος, just over 
the army, iii. 4. 41, of ie Bp ile 
vi. 4. 4; the gen. αὐτοῦ or αὐτῶν 
serves as a possessive pron., Lat. | 
éius, eorwm, i. 1. 7, 9. 28, 11]. 4. 
44, Preceded by the art., the 
same, Lat. idem, i. 1. 7, iv. 5. 931, 
vy. 8. 22; neut. often denoting 
place, as ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ, from the 
same place, ii. 4. 11; so also with 
εἰς or ἐν, with or without a follow- 
ing dat. of resemblance, i. 8. 14, 
ii. 6. 22, iii. 1. 27, 30, vi. 3. 17, 24. 

αὐτόσε, adv. [αὐτός], to the place 
itself, thither, iv. 7. 2. 

αὐτοῦ, adv. [αὐτός], in the very 
rae here, there, Lat. ico, i. 3. 

. 18, ii. 1. 21, iv. 3. 28; often 

a place is still further noted, av- 
τοῦ παρὰ Apialw, there with Ari- 
aeus, ii. 2.1; αὐτοῦ που, hereabouts, 
iii. 2. 24. 

αὑτοῦ, See ἑαυτοῦ. 

αὔτως, ady. [αὐτός], in the very 
manner; only in the phrase ὡς δ᾽ 
αὔτως, just so, even so, Vv. 6. 9; see 
ωσαύτως. 

αὐχήν, évos, ὁ; the neck, Lat. cer- 
uix; hence, of a neck of land, 
isthmus, Vi. 4. 5 bis. 

ἀφ᾽, by elision and euphony for 
ἀπό. 

ἀφαιρέω [aipéw], take away, de- 
tach, vi. 5.11; mid., take away for 
oneself, deprive, rob, either with 








αὐτόσε-ἀφίημι 


acc. οὗ the thing, or the acc. or 
gen. of the person, with two accs., 
or with the object omitted, i. 3. 4, 
9) 10. i... 30; iv. 1. 14, 4: 12. vi. 
6. 7, and in the pass. either with 
the thing ΡΣ or in the acc., 
vi. 6. 5, vii. 2. 22; take away to 
oneself, ae ῷ with acc. or with 
acc. and gen., vi. 6. 10, 21, 23; in 
the pass., vi. 6. 19, 27. 

ἀφανής, és [R. da], invisible, 
out of sight, unobserved, and so 
hidden, doubtful, i. 4. 7, ii. 6. 28, 
iv. 2. 4. 

ἀφανίζω (ἀφανιδ-), ἀφανιῶ, ἠφά- 
νισα, ἠφάνικα [R. ha], make hid- 
den, hide, blot out, annihilate, iii. 
25. 1Π|Π ΠΗ os 

ἀφαρπάζω [R. dp], snatch away, 
| plunder, pillage, 1. 2. 27. 

ἀφειδῶς, adv. [ἀφειδής, wnspar- 
| ing, cf. tropetSopar|, without spar- 
ing, mercilessly, Vil. 4. 6; sup. 
ἀφειδέστατα, i. 9. 1d. 

ἀφειστήκεσαν, 566 ἀφίστημι. 

ἀφέξεσθαι, 566 ἀπέχω. 

ἀφεστήξει, see ἀφίστημι. 

ἀφηγέομαι, [R. ay], explain, tell, 
vii. 2. 26. 

ἀφήσετε, See ἀφίημι. 

ἀφθονία, as [ἄφθονος], freedom 
from envy, liberality ; hence 
plenty, abundance, of men or 
things, i. 9. 15, vi. 6. 33 els ἀφθο- 
νίαν, in plenty, Vil. τ. 33. 

ἄφθονος, ον [ cf. φθονέω], ungrudg- 
ing, plenteous, abundant, of sup- 
plies, iii. 1. 19, vii. 6. 26, 28; of a 
country, fertile, v. 6. 25; of water, 
copious, vi. 4. 4. Phrases: ἐν 
ἀφθόνοις βιοτεύειν, live in clover, iii. 
2. 25; ἐν πᾶσιν ἀφθόνοις, in all 
sorts of comforts, iv. 5.29; ἐν ἀφθο- 
νωτέροις, in greater supply, V. 1. 
10. 

ἀφίημι [ἴημι], send away, let go, 
let depart, iv. 5. 24, 30; let escape, 
set free, give up, ii. 3. 25, iv. τ. 12, 
14, vi. 6. 30; of water, let flow, of 
animals, Jet loose, ii. 2. 20, 3. 13, 
v. 8. 24; send back, cast off, reject, 
dismiss, sometimes with acc. and 


ἀφικνέομαι- ἀχρεῖος 


inf., ν. 4. 7. vii. 3.44; of an anchor, 
let go, ili. 5. 10. Phrase: πρὸς 
φιλίαν ἀφτέναι, let depart in peace, 
He: 35, Leo 

, ἀφικνέομαι (ἱκνέομαι, ix-, ἵξομαι, 
τκόμην, ἵγμαι [R. Fux], come), ar- 
rive, abs., ll. 3. 19, v. 4. 4; arrive 
at, come to, reach, with παρά or 
πρός and acc. of pers., or with εἰς, 
ἐπί, πρός, OY κατά and acc. of place, 
i. 1. ἢ, ἃ, 4, 12, 25, 4 19, 5. 4, 1]. 
25. 8. Mite eUet αν, ἫΝ ῬΑ 6 Boks 
SUS aL, Vil 2. 28, 7. 49; with ἐκ 
or ἔξω and gen., vi. 1. 16, 6.3; re- 
turn, With πρός and acc. of pers., 


eis or ἐπί and acc. of place, or an, 


Adve, στο ol (wisp 2 Ὁ. νας Wie 
6. 38, vii. 8. 23. Phrase: eis Τὸ 
γῆρας ἀφικνεῖσθαι, live to be old, iii. 
1. 43. 

ἀφιππεύω (ἱππεύω, ἱππεύσω [R. 
ax], ride), ride back or off, i. 5 
12 


ἀφίστημι [R. στα]. set off from, 
separate, trans., lead to revolt, with 
ἀπό and gen., vi. 6. 34; intr. in 
pass. and in 2 aor., pf., and fut. pf. 
act., stand away from, revolt, go 
over to, withdraw, Lat. deéficio, 1. 
4. 3, li. 4. 5, ili. 2.17; with εἰς and 
acc. of place, and εἰς or πρός and 
ACC NOLMPELS.5) ὙΠ ΟΣ Οἱ, τ: πὴ ς 
with gen. of person from whom, | 
li. 6. 27. 

ἄφοδος, ἡ [ὁδός]. a going away, 
retreat, place for retreat, Lat. re- 
Ceptus; ἴν. 2..}1 0.2. οἷν Wie Ae) Ly 
vii. 8. 16. 

ἀφροσύνη, 7s [φρήν], thought- 
lessness, folly, Vv. τ. 

ἄφρων, ov, gen. ovos [φρήν]. 
without sense, fool ish, light-headed, 
out of one’s head, iv. 8. 20, vii. 1. 
28. 

ἀφυλακτέω [φυλάττω]. be with- 
out a watch, off one’s guard, Vii. 
8. 20. 


ἀφύλακτος, ov [φυλάττω], wn- | 


watched, unguarded, ii. 6. 24, v. 7. 
14. 

ἀφυλάκτως, adv. [φυλάττω], wi- 
guardedly, rashly, v. τ. 6. 


38 


᾿Αχαιός, οὔ, ὁ, an Achaean, i. τ. 
11, ii. 6. 80, vi. 2. 7. Achaia was 
the country lying along the north- 
ern coast of Peloponnésus, and 
contained a confederacy of twelve 
“cities. The Achaeans enjoyed in- 
ternal prosperity, but had but little 
influence outside and held aloof 
from Hellenic affairs until after 
the death of Alexander, when they 
formed the Achaean League. In 
the Heroic Age they were the 
ruling nation in Peloponnésus, 
and accordingly Homer calls the 
Greeks collectively Achaeans. They 
formed with the Arcadians over 
one-half of the Ten Thousand, vi. 
29510: 

ἀχάριστος, ον [R. xap], ungra- 
cious, unpleasant; οὐκ ἀχάριστα 
λέγειν, ironical, speak prettily 
enough, ii. 1. 13 (some read ἀχά- 
pira); of persons, act., ungrateful, 
pass., wnrewarded, i. 9. 18, vii. 6. 23. 

ἀχαρίστως, adv. [R. xap], wngra- 
ciously, without gratitude, thank- 
lessly, 11 38, evils 7. 23. 

ἀχάριτα, 568 ἀχάριστος. 

᾿Αχερουσιάς, άδος, ἡ [' Axdpwr, 
Acheron], Acherusian; with Xep- 
ρόνησος, the promontory or penin- 
sula of Acheron (Baba-Burun), 
near Heracléa in Bithynia, where 
| Heracles, according to the myth, 
descended to fetch up Cerberus, 
Villy? 

ἄχθομαι, ἀχθέσομαι, ἠχθέσθην 
[ef. ἄχος, τό, pain, distress, Lat. 
| anger, anguish, Eng. Awr, UGLY], 
be weighed down, distressed, trou- 
bled, displeased, vexed, angry at, 
abs., vil. 5. 5, 6; with ὅτι and a 
clause, sometimes accompanied by 
τοῦτο, ili. 2. 20, v. 4. 18, vi. 6.9; 
with the gen. abs.,i. 1.8; with the 
dat. of the person, vi. 1. 29, Vii. 5. 
7; with the dat. of the cause, 
sometimes governed by ἐπί, v. 7. 
20, vii. 6. 10. 

ἀχρεῖος, ov [χράομαι], wseless, 
unfit for service, of persons or 
| things, iv. 6. 26, v. 2. 21. 





39 


ἄχρηστος, ov [χράομαι], useless, 
unserviceable, ili. 4. 26. 

ἄχρι, adv., witerly, Lat. usque ; 
with eis, up to, v. 5.4; as temporal 
conj., with ἄν and the subjyv., wntil, 
11. 2.2. 

ἀψίνθιον, τό, wormwood, i. 5. 1. 


Β. 


Βαβυλών, ὥνος, ἡ [ Babel, the 
gate of God], Babylon, i. 4. 11, 
5. 5, ii. 2. 6, 4. 12, ili. 5. 15, one of 
the oldest and most famous cities 
of antiquity. Its origin is un- 
known. It was the capital of the 
province of the same name as early 
as the Elamite conquest, B.c. 2800. 
After the 15th century, when As- 
syria became the controlling power 
in the Tigris-Euphrates region, the 
city was conquered at various 
times by Assyrian kings and fin- 
ally by Sennacherib (first part of 
the 7th century), who dealt its 
prosperity a heavy blow. With 
the fall of Nineveh and the rise 
of the new Babylonian empire 
(z.c. 606), it entered on a career 
of unprecedented splendour. It 
was rebuilt and beautified by Nabo- 
polassar, his son Nebuchadnezzar, 
and their successors down to the 
last native king, Nabonidas. It 
survived the conquests of Cyrus 
the Great (539 8.6.) and of Alex- 
ander (331 B.c.) ; its last king was 
the Seleucid Antiochus the Great 
(224-187 B.c.). In Pliny’s time 
it was a ruin, and has so contin- 
ued until to-day. Herodotus (who 
probably and rightly included Ba- 
sippa in his measurement) de- 
scribes it as a square, each side of 
which was 120 stadia long. Its 
hanging-garden, built by Nebu- 
chadnezzar for his Median queen, 
was reckoned one of the wonders 
of the world. The ruins of Baby- 
lon (which represent the city of 





ax pyotos-Baktypla 


the Nabopolassar dynasty) have 
been in part excavated, and nu- 
merous inscriptions have been 
found, from which and from As- 
syrian inscriptions its history has 
been to some extent recovered. 

Βαβυλωνία, as [Βαβυλώνιος], Ba- 
bylonia, the district in which Baby- 
lon was situated, i.7.1. It wasa 
plain, watered by the Tigris and 
Euphrates and bounded on the 
north by Mesopotamia, and ex- 
tending to the Persian gulf on the 
south. The famous Median wall 
was intended as a barrier against 
foes from the north. The natural 
fertility of the plain was increased 
by means of canals from the 
rivers. 

Βαβυλώνιος, a, ov [Βαβυλών], of 
Babylon, with χώρα, ii. 2. 15. 

βάδην, adv. [R. Ba], at a walk, 
with slow pace, of men or horses, 
iv. 8. 28, v. 4. 23, vi. 5. 25. Phrase: 
βάδην ταχύ, of soldiers, at a quick- 
step, of an advance in which the 
ranks were still preserved, as op- 
posed to δρόμῳ, iv. 6. 25. 

βαδίζω (βαδιδ-), βαδιοῦμαι, ἐβά- 
δισα, βεβάδικα [R. Ba], go on foot, 
walk, march, Lat. incédd, of sol- 
Che Wo 1.2. Wile o> alee 

βάθος, ous, τό [βαθύς, cf. Eng. 
bathos], depth or height, acc. to 
the point of view of the speaker, 
Lat. altitudo, i. 7. 14, iii. 5. 7, iv. 
. 4, 
; βαθύς, εἴα, ¥, deep or high, Lat. 
altus, i. 7. 14, v. 2. 3. 

βαίνω (Ba-, Bav-), βήσομαι, βέ- 
βηκα, -ἔβην [R. Ba], go, walk ; perf., 
have stepped out, stand, stand fast, 
siti 2: 19. 

βακτηρία, as [R. Ba], staff, walk- 
ing-stick, Lat. baculum. Staves 
and walking-sticks were very gen- 
erally carried by the Greeks, not 
only by the old for support (see 
the representation of Pelias, s.v. 
dupopevs), but also by young men, 
and even in the army, ii. 3. 11, iv. 
7. 26. 


βάλανος-βελτίων 


βάλανος, ἡ (cf. Lat. glans, acorn, 
nut}, acorn, hence any acorn- 
shaped fruit, as a date, i. 5. 10, 1]. 
lb: 
: βάλλω (βαλ-, Bra-), βαλῶ, ἔβα- 
λον, βέβληκα, βέβλημαι, ἐβλήθην 
[βάλλω], throw, throw at, hit, abs. 
or with the acc. of the person, the 
word for the missile being omitted 
or in the dat., i. 3. 1, ili. 4. 2, iv. 2. 
12, v. 4. 23, 7. 21, vii. 4.15; pass., 
exposed to missiles, under fire, iv. 
7.6, v. 2.32. Phrase: οἱ ἐκ χειρὸς 
βάλλοντες = ἀκοντισταί, ili. 3. 15. 
Barro (βαφ.), βάψω, ἔβαψα, βέ- 
βαμμαι, ἐβάφην [cf. Eng. baptize), 
dip, dip in, ii. 2. 9. 
βαρβαρικός, 7, dv [βάρβαρος], not 
Greek, foreign, barbaric, i. 3. 14, 
8. 14, iv. 5.33, v. 7. 13; τὸ βαρβαρι- 
κόν (sc. στράτευμα), the Persian 
force of Cyrus, i. 2. 1, 8. 5. 
βαρβαρικῶς, adv. [βαρβαρικός ], in 
a foreign tongue, e.g. in Persian, 
He fae Ib 
βάρβαρος, ov [cf. Eng. barbarous |, 
not Greek, foreign, barbarian, un- 
civilized, a word applied by the 
Greeks to all other races, their 
possessions, and defects; as adj., 
i. 7. 3, 11.5. 32, V. 5. 16, Vii. 1.29, 
3. 18; sup. BapBapwratos, most un- 
civilized, v. 4. 34; as subst., for- 
eigner, barbarian, in the Anab. 
applied esp. to Persians, i. 1. 5, 9. 
19. 1 τ: 6. 285 thy τ 98: ἐν oe ἐν 
Ve 4. 10. Vale τ: 28. 


βαρέως, adv. [βαρύς, heavy, cf. | 


Lat. grauis, heavy, Eng. bary-tone ], 
heavily, grievously ; in the phrases 
βαρέως φέρειν, take to heart, Lat. 
grauiter ferre, ii. 1. 4, and Bapéws 
ἀκούειν, hear with anger, ii. τ. 9. 

Bacias, ov, Basias, an Arcadian, 
killed by the Cardtichi, iv. 1. 18. 

Bacias, ov, Basias, of Elis, a 
soothsayer, vii. 8. 10. 

βασιλεία, as [βασιλεύς], king- 
dom, royalty, royal dignity, i. τ. 3, 
iii. 2. 15, vii. 7. 26. 

βασίλειος, ov [βασιλεύς], belong- 
ing to a king, royal, i. 2.20, το. 12, 








40 


ii. 1.4; neut. as subst. and gener- 
ally pl., palace, ef. Lat. regia (fem. ), 
i, 259; 4. LO mG 2 9 vera. 2: 

βασιλεύς, éws, ὁ [ cf. Eng. basilica, 
basilisk], king, Lat. rex, esp. the 
King of Persia, when the art. is 
regularly omitted as the word is 
used as a proper name, i. 1. 5, ii. 
τ..4. Ue 2. Ὑ- 8. 17... SON μέγας 
βασιλεύς Or βασιλεὺς μέγας, i. 2. ὃ, 
4.11; of other kings with the art., 
i, 2. 12, v. 4. 26, vii. 1.28; of Zeus, 
iii. 1. 12, vi. 1.22. Phrases: ὃ ἄνω 
βασιλεύς. the king of the up-country, 
applied even to the king of Persia, 
vii. τ. 28, γ. ὃ; παρὰ βασιλεῖ, at 
court, i. 2. 27. 

βασιλεύω, βασιλεύσω [βασιλεύς], 
be king, be sovereign, i. τ. 4, ii. 2. 
1; with gen., v. 6. 37. 

βασιλικός, 7, dv [βασιλεύς], fit to 
be king, i. 9. 1; belonging to a 
king, royal, li. 2. 12, iii. 5. 16. 

βάσιμος, ov [R. Ba], passable, for 
animals; ἕως βάσιμα ἢν (sc. τῷ 
ἵππῳ). as long as he could ride, 
iii. 4. 49. 

Bards, 7, 6v[R. Ba], passable, for 
animals, with dat., iv. 6. 17. 

βέβαιος, a, ov [R. Ba], abiding 
Fast, trusty, constant, i. 9. 30. 

βεβαιόω, βεβαιώσω [R. Ba], make 
sure, confirm, fulfil, with acc. of 
the thing and dat. of the person, 
γῆς 6: 1]: 

βεβηκότες, See βαίνω. 

Βέλεσις, 566 Βέλεσυς. 

Βέλεσυς, vos, or Βέλεσις, vos, ὁ, 
Belesys, satrap of Syria and As- 
syria, i. 4. 10, vii. 8. 25. 

βέλος, ovs, τό [βάλλω], thing 
thrown of any sort, missile, iii. 3. 
16, iv. 3.6, v. 2. 14; ἔξω τῶν βελῶν, 
out of range, iii. 4. 15, v. 2. 26. 

βέλτιστος, 7, ov [R. Bod], used 
as sup. of ἀγαθός, best in any re- 
spect, noblest, bravest, of meas- 
ures, most advantageous, i. 1, 6, 
ii. 5. 41, v.1..8,'6. 2, Vil. 6, T2.. 7 

βελτίων, ov [R. Bod], used as 
comp. of ἀγαθός, better in any re- 


| spect, braver, nobler, of measures, 


41 


more advantageous, ii. 2. 1, ili. 2. 
23582, 3.0, Vi. I. ol, Vil. 6. 38. 

βῆμα, ατος, τό [R. Ba], step, stride, 
iv. 7. 10. 

Bla, as, physical strength, force, 
violence, Lat. wis, vi. 6. 25, vii. 7. 
24; freq. as adv., Bia, by force, by 
storm, i. AnwA Palla Ai 12. ὅγ11...2: 95 
Bia τῆς μητρός. Lat. inurta matre, 
against his mother’s will, vii. 8. 17. 

βιάζομαι (βιαδ-), βιάσομαι, etc. 
[Bia], employ force, compel, with 
ACCHaMC mimi 1.9. 1. Ve ἢ: 8, 8. 14; 
overpower, with ace. ap iil le 15) R abs., 
force oneself upon, obtrude oneself, 
vii. 8. 11. 

βίαιος, a, ον [Bla], forcible, vio- 
lent, Vv. 5. 20; neut. as subst., vio- 
lence, act of violence, vi. 6. 15. 

βιαίως, adv. [Blas], with vio- 
lence, hard, i. 8. 27. 

βίβλος, ἡ [cf Eng. Bible, b/b/i0- 
graphy], properly the cellular sub- 
stance of the stem (not the inner 
layers of bark, as it is often erro- 
neously stated) of the Egyptian 
βύβλος, Or papyrus (an endogenous 
plant), from which the papyrus- 
paper was made on which Greek 
and Latin ‘books’ were written. 
Hence βίβλοι γεγραμμέναι, manr- 
scripts, books, vii. 5.14. The pith 
of the papyrus was cut into thin 
strips, which were placed one by 
the side of the other on a wetted 
board. A second layer was placed 


on these crosswise, and the whole | 


was submitted to pressure, and 
afterwards smoothed. The gluti- 
nous nature of the pith was gener- 
ally sufficient to make the two 
layers adhere. The pages: thus 
manufactured were pasted together 
at the longer edges, so as to form 
a continuous strip. The writing 
was in columns, one column to 
each page, with a space between 
the pages. Only one side of the 
strip was written on, and the strip 
was formed into a roll with the 
written side inward. These rolls 





βῆμα-Βισάνθη 


As the ‘ book’ was read it was un- 
rolled at one side, which was, in 





No. 13. 


its turn, rolled up as the reader 
proceeded. <A tag with a title was 
attached to the roll, and several 
rolls might be kept together in a 
single case. Books in the modern 
form belong toa later age. Foran 
additional illustration of the βίβλος 
(Lat. liber), see 8.0. ἱμάτιον (No. 27), 
where is a case containing seven 
rolls, representing the seven extant 
plays of the ‘Poet Sophocles. 

Βιθυνός, ἡ, dv, Bithynian, Vi. 5. 
30; as subst., of Βιθυνοί, the Bithy- 
nians, Vi. 2. 17, 4. 24, 6. 37. Bi- 
thynia was a province in the north- 
western part of Asia Minor, on the 
Pontus. It was separated by the 
Bosphorus from Thrace from which 
the Bithynians had migrated, hence 
they are called Thracian, and the 
province Thrace in Asia, vi. 4. 1, 
2. The principal cities were Hera- 
cléa and Chalcédon. Pliny the 
Younger was governor of Bithynia 
under Trajan. 

Bikos, 6, a large jar or vessel of 
earthenware, used for storing oil, 
figs, salt meat, and esp. wine, 1. 9.25. 

βίος, ὁ [ cf. Lat. wiuus, alive, Eng. 
quick, b/o-logy, bio-graphy |, life, 
Lat. wita, i. 1. 1, 9. 30; living, sub- 
sistence, support, vi. 4.8; with ἀπό 
and gen. of the trade or pursuit, 
γ1: i Als, Ya Ὁ. 

βιοτεύω, βιοτεύσω [βίος], live, iil. 
2. 25. 

Βισάνθη, ns, Bisanthe (Rodosto), 
a Thracian city on the Propontis, 
with a fortress and harbour, be- 


were sometimes of great length. ' longing to Seuthes, vii. 2. 38, 5. 8. 


Βίτων- βουλεύω 


Βίτων, 566 Βίων, 

Βίων or Βίτων, wvos, 6, Bion, a 
messenger from Thibron, bringing 
money to the Greeks, vii. 8. 6. 

βλάβη, ns, hurt, damage, injury, 
ii. 6. 6. 

βλάβος, ovs, τό [βλάβη], hurt, 
damage, injury, Vii. 7. 28. 

βλακεύω [βλάξ, slack], be slack 
or idle, shirk, ii. 3. 11, v. 8. 15. 

βλάπτω (βλαβ-). βλάψω, ἔβλαψα, 
βέβλαφα, βέβλαμμαι, ἐβλάφθην ΟΥ 
ἐβλάβην [βλάβη], hurt, damage, 
harm, ii. 5.17, iii. 3. 11, 14, iv. 8:9: 

βλέπω, βλέψω, ἔβλεψα, look, turn 
one’s eyes, look to one for aid, 
Lat. spect, with πρός and the ace., 
iii, 1. 36, iv. 1. 20; of things, face, 
point, with εἰς and acc., i. 8. 10. 

βλώσκω (μολ-, μλο-, BAo-), μολοῦ- 
μαι, ἔμολον, μέμβλωκα [root pod, cf. 
αὐτόμολος and Lat. remulcum, tow- 
rope], go, arrive, vii. 1. 83; per- 
haps only here in Att. prose, and 
here in the mouth of a Theban. 

Boda, βοήσομαι, ἐβόησα [R. βοΕΊ. 
shout, call out, cry aloud, abs., with 
dat. and a clause with ὅτι, or with 
dat. and inf., i. 8. 1, 12, iv. 3. 22, 
7. 24, v. 6. 34. 

βοεικός or βοϊκός, 7, dv [R. BoF], 
belonging to an ox; ζεύγη Boeke, 
ox-teams, Vii. 5. 2, 4 

βοϊκός, 566 βοεικός. 

βοή; fs [R. BoF], shout, call, cry, 
iv. 7. 283 bis. 

βοήθεια, as [R. BoF + θέω], suc- 
cour, help, esp. in the form of troops, 
Lat. auxilia, rescuing party, li. 3. 
19, iii. 5. 4. 

βοηθέω, βοηθήσω, ἐβοήθησα, βε- 
βοήθηκα, βεβοήθημαι [ R. BoF + θέω], 
run to rescue at a cry for help, come 
to the rescue, help, abs., i. 9. 6, iv. 
8. 13, v. 1. 8, vii. 7. 19, with dat., 
Tia 50; 2b, {Π|...4: 18. Vile {7 OG 
with ἐπί and acc. of the enemy and 
ὑπέρ with gen. of the side helped, 
rity 5 (oh 

βόθρος, ὁ [cf Lat. fodio, dig], 
pit, hole, hollow, iv. 5.6, of a grave, 
γ..8.9. 





42 


Βοΐσκος, 6, Boiscus, ἃ Thessa- 
lian pugilist, a shirk and a plun- 
derer, v. 8. 23. 

Βοιωτία, as [Βοιώτιος]. Boeotia, 
iii. 1. 31, a country in northern 
Greece, bounded on the north by 
the territory of the Opuntian Lo- 
crians, east by the Euboean sea, 
south by Attica, Megaris, and the 
Corinthian gulf, and west by Pho- 
cis. Its position, between seas and 
mountains, and its numerous lakes 
and marshes, rendered the cli- 
mate damp and subject to frequent 
changes, and its cloudy skies made 
the air thick and heavy. To this 
and to the fact that the Boeotians 
were great eaters may be ascribed 
the natural dullness attributed to 
them, especially by the lively Athe- 
nians, which passed into a prov- 
erb. Yet Boeotia furnished not 
only good soldiers, athletes, and 
flute-players, but also several great 
generals, poets, and historians. 
Under Epaminondas it became for 
a short time the mistress of Hellas. 
Boeotia was settled by Aeolians 
from Thessaly after the Trojan 
war. 

βοιωτιάζω [Bowrios], act the 
Boeotian; βοιωτιάζειν τῇ φωνῇ. 
speak with a Boeotian accent, that 
is, broadly, coarsely, as if from a 
full mouth, iii. 1. 26. 

Βοιώτιος, a, ov [Βοιωτός], Boeo- 
tian; only as subst., ii. 5.31, 6. 16, 
Val. 19; 

Βοιωτός, 6, a Boeotian, ν. 3. 6. 

Bopéas, ov, or contr., Boppas, 4, 
Boreas, the North wind, Lat. 
aquil6, with or without ἄνεμος, iv. 
5. 8, v. 7. 7. Strictly speaking, 
this was to the Greek a north-east 
wind, blowing over the Thracian 
mountains, and bringing purer and 
cooler air. 

βόσκημα, aros, τό [βόσκω, feed}, 
fed or fatted beast; pl., cattle in 
pasture, ili. 5. 2. 

βουλεύω, βουλεύσω. etc. [R. Bod], 
plan, think up, rare in act., with 


48 


acc. and dat., ii. 5. 6; usually in 
mid., advise with oneself, plan, 
ponder, consider, deliberate, medi- 
tate, abs., ii. 3. 8, ili. 2. 36, vi. 2. 8; 
the subject under consideration 
may be expressed by the acc., i. 1. 
7, 10. 10, vi. 1. 33, 2. 4, or by a 
relative clause, i. 3. 11, 6. 6, iii. 2. 
38, or by a clause introduced by 
ὅπως with the fut. ind. or the opt. 
with dy, i. 1. 4, iv. 6. 7, v. 7. 20, or 
by an indirect question, single or 
double, i. 10. 5, iv. 6. 8, vi. 2. 4, vii. 
5. 9, or by περί with gen. of the 
person or the thing, or mpés with 
acc. of the thing, i. 3. 19, ii. 3. 20, 
21, v. 1. 2, vi. 6. 28; the person on 
whose behalf the plan is made is 
expressed by ὑπέρ or πρό with gen., 
v. 7. 12, vii. 6. 27; resolve on, set- 
tle on, Lat. consilium capio, with 
acc. of the thing, or with the inf., 
1π| 1 94 2.8; 3.2: 

βουλή, Fs [R. BoA], consultation, 
reflexion, deliberation, Vi. 5. 19. 

βουλιμιάω, ἐβουλιμίασα, [R. BoF 
+Niuss], have bulimy, iv. 5. 7, 8. 
Bulimy, or ‘ox-famine’ (1.6. great 
hunger), was a disease brought on 
by exposure to intense cold and 
hunger. It developed suddenly, 
the symptoms being a burning and 
enawing in the pit of the stomach, 
until faintness and collapse en- 
sued. The patient quickly recoy- 
ered on receiving nourishment. 

βούλομαι, βουλήσομαι, βεβούλη- 
μαι, ἐβουλήθην [R. Bor], will, wish, 
desire, be inclined, Lat. wold, used 
abs. or with acc., ii. 1. 5, 3. 4, ill. 4. 
41, iv. 1. 3, v. 4. 6, 8, vi. 1. 20, vii. 
2. 3, with the simple inf. or acc. 
Ove! Π te Tes Te Abby aw, tt TOK τ᾿ 12: 
1 1 20. 4ς ἣν: 2) 11 ὺν 6. 17. νἱ; 
2. 18, 5. 18, vii. 1.4; prefer, choose, 
ii. 6.6; ὁ βουλόμενος, he that wishes, 
whoever likes, 1. 3. 9, v. 3. 10, 7. 27, 
vi. 4. 15. 

βουπόρος, ov [R. BoF+ R. περ]; 
ox-piercing ; only in phrase βου- 
πόρος ὀβελίσκος, «& spit big enough 
for a whole ox, ox-spit, vii. 8. 14. 





βουλή-Βυϊζάντιον 


βοῦς, βοός, ὁ, ἡ [R. BoF], οἱ, 
steer, bullock, cow, Lat. bos; pl., 
cattle, oxen, li. 1. 6, ili. 5. 9, iv. 5. 
25, vi. 1. 4, vii. 7. 533; Bods, 7, ox- 
RiGe ΤῈΣ 11 70 29. Υ. 4. 12. 
Phrase: βοῦς ὑφ᾽ ἁμάξης, draught- 
0x, Vi. 4. 22, 25. 

βραδέως, adv. [βραδύς], slowly, 
leisurely, i. 8. 11. 

βραδύς, εἴα, ¥, slow; only in the 
phrase τὸ βραδύτατον (sc. τοῦ στρα- 
τεύματος), the slowest division of 
the army, Vii. 3. 37. 

βραχύς, εἴα, ὑ [cf. Lat. brevis, 
short], short, of space and time ; 
only in phrases: πέτεσθαι βραχύ, 
have a short flight, i. 5. 33; Bpaxv- 
τερα τοξεύειν, shoot less far, iil. 3. 
7; ἐπὶ βραχὺ ἐξικνεῖσθαι, have a 
short range, iii. 3. 17. 

βρέχω, ἔβρεξα, βέβρεγμαι, ἐβρέχθην 
[ς΄ Lat. rigo, wet], wet, pass., get 
Metal Ay Lia ΤΥ 25225) ἣν. 5: 12) δ: Ζ: 

βροντή, As [root βρεμ, roar, cf. 
Lat. fremo, roar, Eng. Brim], thun- 
der, clap of thunder, iii. 1. 11. 

βρωτός, 7, dv [ς΄ βιβρώσκω, edt, 
Lat. word, devour, uorax, vora- 
cious], that is to be eaten, eatable, 
Ἵν 59. 8 

Βυΐάντιον, τό [Βυζάντιος], By- 
zantium (Constantinople), a city in 
Thrace on the Bosporus, founded 
by the Megarians (led, acc. to the 
story, by Byzas) in 667 B.c, Its 
favourable situation rapidly gave 
it importance, and it became the 
key to the Pontus. Abandoned by 
its inhabitants in the Persian wars, 
it afterwards fell into the hands of 
the Athenians, vii. 1. 27, and after 
Aegos Potami passed to the Spar- 
tans, in whose control it was at 
the time of the retreat of the Ten 
Thousand, vi. 2. 18, 4. 2, vil. 1. 2, 
2.5. Later it became an ally of 
Athens and enjoyed independence 
until it fell into the power of the 
Romans. The Emperor Constan- 
tine founded the modern city in 
330 a.p. (Turkish Istamboul or 
Stamboul). 


Βυΐάντιος- γελάω 


Βυζάντιος, a, ov, belonging to 
Byzantium, Byzantine; only as 
subst. in pl., the Byzantines, Vii. 1. 
19, 39. 

βωμός, ὁ [R. Ba], any raised 
place, but. esp. altar, Lat. ara, 
i. 6. 7, v. 3. 9; in the stadium (see 
8.0. στάδιον) it was usual to have 
the start made from near an altar, 
iv.8.28. Foran illustration of one 
form of the altar used in bloody 
sacrifice, vii. 1. 40, see 8.v. σφάττω. 


ih 


γαλήνη, 7s, stillness, calm, of 
wind or sea, V. 7. 8. 

γαμέω (γαμ-), γαμῶ, ἔγημα, γε- 
yaunka, γεγάμημαι [γάμος], marry, 
wed, act. of the man, Lat. duco ; 
mid. and pass. of the woman, Lat. 
NUDO, ἐνάτην ἡμέραν γεγαμημένη, an 
eight days’ bride, iv. 5. 24. 

γάμος, ὁ [ cf. Eng. bi-gamy, crypto- 
gam], wedding, marriage; ἄγειν 
ἐπὶ γάμῳ, take home as one’s wife, 
li. 4. 8. 

Tavos or Tavos, 7, Ganus (Ga- 
nos), a Thracian city on the Pro- 
pontis, southwest of Bisanthe, vii. 
Ἐ- Ὁ: 

γάρ, post-positive causal con}. [γέ 
+ dpa], for, commonly giving the 
cause, reason, explanation, or con- 
firmation of some fact, which may 
either follow or precede the clause 
with yap, or be supplied from the 
context; 1.2, 253.17, 6:8: 3415, 
5.40, v.6.4; γάρ cannot always be 
translated for, but because, indeed, 
certainly, then, now, for example, 
namely, may be used when it ex- 
presses specification, confirmation, 
or explanation, i. 7. 4, 9. 25, ii. 5. 
GOTT ΟΣ oven Lk Ss vil eee one 
in questions γάρ refers to a cir- 
cumstance not expressed, though 
giving rise to the question, and 
may be translated then, or left un- 
translated, i. 7. 9, v. 7. 10, vii. 2. 28. 





44 


| In elliptical phrases: καὶ yap, Lat. 


etenim, and to be sure, and really, 
where there is an ellipsis between 
καί and γάρ, and (this was so) be- 
COUSE ἃ. 1.65. Oslin es 4yOn 11:.8 
11; καὶ yap οὖν, and therefore, and 
consequently, in full, and (this is) 
then (so), for, i. 9. 8, 12, 17, il. 6. 
13, vii. 6. 3837; ἀλλὰ γάρ, Lat. at 
enim, but, but to be sure, in full, 
but (enough of this), for, iil. 1. 24, 
2. 25, 32. 

γαστήρ, Teds, ἡ [cf. Lat. uenter, 
belly, Eng. gastric}, belly, of men 
or animals, ii. 5. 83, iv. 5. 36. 

γαυλικός Or γαυλιτικός, 7), dv [γαυ- 
hos, 6, merchant-vessel], belonging 
to a merchant-vessel ; γαυλικὰ χρή- 
pata, merchantmen’s cargoes, V. 
Sagi 
Ταυλίτης, ov, Gaulites, a Samian 
exile, in the confidence of Cyrus, 
7h OE 

γαυλιτικός, See γαυλικός. 

γέ, intensive particle, enclitic 
and post-positive, serving to em- 
phasise a preceding word, or the 
clause which the word introduces ; 
often it can be translated only by 
emphasis, at other times yet, at 
least, nevertheless, indeed, cer- 
tainly, even, can be used, i. 3. 9, 
625 fo ΒΗ ὲ 2 sah me eee 
iv. 8. 6, vii. 2.58, 7.47, 51; in addi- 
tion to its emphasising force it often 
has a limiting or restricting sense, 
like Lat. quidem, i. 3. 21, 10. 8; it 
is also used to introduce and con- 
trast something new with the fore- 
going, i. 9. 14, 24, ii. 5. 19, iii. 3. 5; 
with other particles, ye 67, indeed, 
iv. 6.3; ye μήν, ye μέντοι, at least, 
at any rate, certainly, 1. 9. 14, 16, 
20, iis 2: 9) 11: ας 274 wile else: 

γεγενῆσθαι, γέγονα, see γίγνομαι. 

γείτων, ovos, ὁ [γῆ]. neighbour, 
Lat. wicinus, with gen. or dat., ii. 
ZB ills 2.3. νῖῖ- 2.11 

γελάω, γελάσομαι, ἐγέλασα, ἐγε- 
λάσθην, laugh, Lat. rideo, abs. or 
with ἐπί and dat., ii. 1. 13, v. 4. 34, 
vii. 4. 11, 7. 54. 


45 


γελοῖος, ἃ, ov [γελάω], laughable, 
farcical, ridiculous, with inf. or 
with εἰ and a clause, v. 6. 25, vi. 1. 
30. 

γέλως, wros, 6 [γελάω], laughter, 
roar of laughter, i. 2. 18, iv. 8. 28, 
Vil. 3. 25. 

γελωτοποιός, ὁ [γέλως + trovéw |, 
one who makes laughter, jester, a 
professional who was employed 
chiefly at dinner-parties, vii. 3. 33. 

yépo, Only in pres. and impf., be 
be of, stuffed with, with gen., iv 

(He 

γενεά, as [R. γεν], time of birth, 
birth ; ἀπὸ γενεᾶς, From one’s birth- 
day, of age, ii. 6. 30. 

γενειάω [γένυς ], grow a beard, be 
bearded, ii. 6. 28. 

γενναιότης, nTos, ἡ [R. γεν]. emi- 
nence of race or character (cf. Lat. 
generosus), hence, nobility, mag- 
nanimity, generosity, vil. 7. 41. 

γένος, ous, τό [R. γεν], family, 
race, Lat. genus, 1. 6. 1. 

γεραιός, a, dv [γέρων], old, with 
the additional idea of reverence or 
dignity ; comp. of γεραίτεροι, digni- 
taries, elders, Vv. 7. 17. 

γερόντιον, τό [γέρων], poor or 
weak old man, Vi. 3. 22. 


γέρρον, τό, shield of wicker-work | 


covered with ox-hide, iv. 7. 22, v 


4. 12, wicker-shield, carried by the | 


Persians and by other Eastern 
tribes, il. 1. 6, iv. 3. 4, 6. 26, 7. 26, 
8. 3, v. 2.22. Of. i. 8.9, where the 
γέρρα are contrasted with the long 
wooden shields of the Egyptian 
heavy-armed troops in the king’s 
army. The yéppa of the Mossy- 
noeci are said to have resembled 
an ivy-leaf in shape, v. 4. 12. 


yeppoddpos, ὁ [γέρρον - R. ep], | 


one who carries a wicker-shield ; 
pl., light-armed troops with wicker- 
shields, i. 8. 9. 

γέρων, ovros, ὁ [root yep, old, cf. 
Eng. Gray], old man, Lat. senex, 
iv. 3. 11, vil. 4. 24. 

yevw, γεύσω, ἔγευσα, γέγευμαι 
(ef. Lat. σιιδίο, taste, Eng. cnoose }, 








γελοῖος--γίγνομαι 


give a taste of; mid., taste, Lat. 
gusto, abs. or with gen., i. 9. 26, 
lil. ¥. 3, Vil. 3. 22. 

γέφυρα, as, bridge, i. 7. 15, ii. 3. 
10, 4.17, ili. 4.19; γέφυρα ἐζευγμένη 
πλοίοις, bridge of boats, pontoon 
bridge, i. 2. 5, li. 4. 24; also raised 
way, dam, embankment, Vi. 5. 22. 

γεώδης, es [γῆ ἘΠ. Fi], of earth, 
earthy, deep- -sotled, vi. 4. ὃ 

yi, vas [ya], earth, ‘ground, 
country, Lat. terra, i. 3. 4, 5. 1, 8. 
LOS Ti, 2 ΤΟΣ τ LOS ve. π΄ 108 vil, 4. 
6, vii. 7.11; land, as opp. to sea, 
v. 4. 1, 6. 5, vi. 4.3, 6.13. Phrases: 
καὶ κατὰ γῆν Kal κατὰ θάλατταν, by 
land and sea, Lat. terra marique, i. 
I. 7, 111. 2. 18, vii. 6.37; παρὰ γῆν; 
along the coast, vi. 2. 1. 

γήινος, 7, ov [γῆ]; of earth; 
πλίνθοι γήιναι, Sun-burnt earthen 
bricks, vii. 8. 14. See ὀπτός. 

γήλοφος, ὁ [γῆ - λόφος], mound 
of earth, hill, hillock, i. 5. 8, 10. 
12, iif. 4. 24, iv. 4. 1. 

γῆρας, γήρως, τό [γέρων], old age, 
iil. 1. 49. 

γίγνομαι (γεν-); γενήσομαι, éye- 
νόμην, γέγονα or γεγένημαι [R. γεν]; 
become, be, used of men and things. 
Of men, be born, be descended from, 
with gen. or with ἀπό and gen., i. 
ty dy Tits Ii 9. abl, 25 19... Wane 6: BEE 
Phrases: οἱ τριάκοντα ἔτη γεγονότες, 
men thirty years old ; τῶν μετὰ Κῦ- 
pov γενομένων, nen born after Cy- 
rus, i.9.1. Of things, be, become, 
happen,-take place, occur, but the 
translation of the verb varies 
greatly according to its subject. 
Used with words signifying the 
time of day (ἡμέρα. σκότος, ἕως, δεί- 
dn), dawn, break, come, draw on,i. 8. 
8, li. 2. 18, 4. 24, iv. 2.4; with words 
signifying time of year or weather 
(χειμών, χιών, ὁμίχλη), arrive, fall, 
iv. 1. 15, 2. 7, 4. 8; with πόλεμος, 
τάραχος, θόρυβος, and μάχη, arise, 
take place, break out, i. 8. 2, il. 1 
6, iii. 4. 835; with words meaning 
pledge, oath, or treaty (ὅρκοι, σπον- 
dal), be taken or given, concluded, 


γιγνώσκω- Γοργίων 


ii. 2. 10, 3.6, 5.3; used of money 
or taxes, be paid, accrue, come in, 
etn Ss Veagats Vil. 0. 4107 27 Or 
sacrifices or victims, be favourable, 
sometimes with the inf., ii. 2.8, vi. 
4. 9, 6. 36; of numbers, amount 
to, i. 2.9, 7.10, v. 2. 4; of shout- 
ing and other noises (κραυγή; βοή, 
βροντή), arise, resound, iil. 1. 11, 
iv. 7. 23, 8.28. When followed by 
the simple inf., be possible, i. 9. 18; 
when by an adj. or adv., be, prove 
oneself to be, i. 6. 8, το. 7, ii. 2. 18, 
1113/4. OO; lV. 1. 26, 2: 15. 5 24 ivi 
8. 11. Often with dat., as δρόμος 
ἐγένετο τοῖς στρατιώταις, the sol- 
diers started to run, i. 2. 17. 
Phrases: ἐν ἑαυτῷ γίγνεσθαι, come 
to himself, recover himself, 1.5. 17; 
for many others, see the various 
prepositions ; τὸ γενόμενον or τὸ 
γεγενημένον, the occurrence, the 
fact, i. 9. 30, vi. 3.23; τὰ γεγενη- 
μένα, the circumstances, ii. 5. 33, Vv. 
4. 19. 

γιγνώσκω (γνο-), γνώσομαι; ἔγνων, 
ἔγνωκα, ἔγνωσμαι, ἔγνώσθην [Κι γνω], 
know, perceive, feel, experience, un- 
derstand, recognise, learn, think, be 
convinced, with the simple acc., 1. 
3: 19. 7. 195 ΟῚ we ity 2455 ἵν: 
8. 4, v. 1. 14, vii. 5. 11; with ὅτι 
and a clause, i. 3. 2, ii. 2. 15, iii. 
3. 4, v. 6. 18, vi. 1. 31; with the 
ace. and a partic., i. 7. 4, ii. 5. 13, 
iii. 4. 36, vii. 7. 24; with the acc. 
and inf., i. 3. 12, 9.18; with περί 
and gen., ii. 5. 8; abs., iii. 1. 27; 
the source is expressed by ἐκ and 
gen., Vii. 7. 43. 

Τλοῦς, ὁ, Glus, a noble Egyp- 
tian, son of Tamos, on the staff of 
Cyrus. After the death of Cyrus, 
he joined the king’s party, 1. 4. 16, 
5. 7, li. τ. 8, 4. 24. He was hon- 
oured by Artaxerxes and placed 
in command of a fleet, but on en- 
gaging in another revolt he was 
put to death. 

Τνήσιππος, ὁ, Gnesippus, a cap- 
tain from Athens, vii. 3. 28. 

γνοίη; see γιγνώσκω. 





40 


γνώμη, ns [R. γνω], opinion, in- 
tention, purpose, plan, judgment, 
advice, Lat. sententia, i. 6. 9, 10, 
8. LOM its 2 5 10. 12. 1 τὸ levers 
31, 2. 17, vii. 6. 20. Joined with 
certain verbs, it forms a phrase 
which is treated like a single verb 
and which may be followed by the 
inf. or by ὅτι and a clause, v. 5. 3, 
6. 37, or by ws with the gen. or acc. 
abs., i. 3. 6, 8. 10. Phrases: ἄνευ 
γνώμης τινός, against one’s will, i. 
3.18; ἐμπιμπλὰς τὴν γνώμην, satisfy 
one’s heart’s desire, i. 7. ὃ; πρός 
τινα τὴν γνώμην ἔχειν, be on one’s 
side, be devoted to one, ii. 5. 29; 
γνώμῃ κολάζειν, punish on princi- 
ple, li. 6. 9. 

γνῶναι, γνώσεσθε, See γιγνώσκω. 

Τογγύλος, ὁ, Gongylus, 1) a Greek 
living at Pergamus, vii. 8. 8; 2) his 
son, vii. 8. 8, 11. Their common 
ancestor, Gongylus of Eretria in 
Euboea, had been the go-between 
of Pausanias and Xerxes, and was 
rewarded by the king with four 
cities in the Troad. 

γοητεύω, γεγοήτευμαι, ἐγοητεύθην, 
[γόης, τος, sorcerer], ensorcel, be- 
witch, Υ. 7. 9. 

γονεύς, éws, ὁ [R. γεν], begetter, 
father ; pl., parents, iii. 1. 8, v. 8. 
18. 


γόνυ, γόνατος, τό [cf. Lat. genu, 
knee, Eng. KNEE], knee, of men, 
i. 5. 13, iii, 2. 22, vii. 3. 28; joint, 
knot, of reeds or canes, iv. 5. 26. 

Γοργίας, ov, Gorgias, of Leon- 
tini in Sicily, a famous rhetorician, 
who lived about 485-380 B.c. He 
first came to Athens in 427 B.c. on 
an embassy from his native city, 
and won literally golden opinions 
by the brilliancy of his oratory. 
Later he revisited Athens, and 
travelled through Greece, getting 
pupils everywhere. Among these 
was Proxenus, ii. 6. 16, but his 
most celebrated pupil was Isocra- 
tes. 

Topylwv, wvos, ὁ, Gorgion, son 
of Gongylus the elder, q.v., vii. 8. 8. 


47 


γοῦν, postpositive intensive par- 
ticle [yé + οὖν], stronger than γέ; 
used to bring forward the proof 
of a foregoing assertion, or a rea- 
son for it, at least, at any rate, 
anyhow, at all events, iii. 2. 17, v. 
8. 23, vi. 5. 17, vii. 1. 30. 

γρᾷδιον, τό [γέρων, cf. γραῦς, 
γρᾶός, old woman], poor or feeble 
old woman, Vi. 3. 22. 

γράμμα, aros, τό [γράφω], letter 
of the alphabet, Lat. littera; pl., 
inscription, V. 3. 18. 

γράφω, γράψω, ἔγραψα, γέγραφα, 
γέγραμμαι, ἐγράφην (cf. Lat. scribo, 
write, Eng. SHARP, GRAVE, graphic, 
bio-graphy, dia-gram, grammar, 
etc.], make a mark, draw, paint, 
write, ii. 3. 1, 6. 4, vil. 5. 14, 8.1; 
the person to whom is expressed 
by παρά and acc., i. 6. 9. 

γυμνάζω (γυμναδ-), γυμνάσω, etc. 
[γυμνός], train naked, exercise, i. 
Fo U 

γυμνής, τος, OF γυμνήτης, ov, ὁ 
[γυμνός ], a generic term signifying 
light-armed foot-soldier, in contra- 
distinction to the heavy-armed 
hoplite, i. 2. ὃ, iv. 6. 20, and appli- 
cable properly to javelin-men, bow- 
men, and slingers, who wore no 
defensive armour, iii. 4. 26 (σφεν- 
δονῆται and τοξόται are immedi- 
ately mentioned), v. 2. 12 (proba- 
bly slingers). The word ψιλός, 
q.v., has, as a military term, the 
same application. But γυμνής is 
sometimes used so broadly as to 
include peltasts, who were light- 
armed troops, although they car- 
ried a shield for defence, iv. 1. 6, 
28 (equal to πελτασταί in 26), vi. 
3. 15 (equal to πελτασταί in 19). 
Conversely πελταστής, g.v., is Some- 
times used to designate all the 
light-armed troops. The Greek 
light-armed troops in the army of 
Cyrus amounted, just before the 
battle of Cunaxa, to 2500, i. 7. 10. 
These were principally peltasts. 
The javelin-men, bowmen, and 
slingers were relatively of much 





γοῦν-δάκτυλος 


less importance. See 8.0. ἀκοντι- 
στής; τοξότης, σφενδονήτης. 
γυμνήτης, See γυμνής. 

Τυμνιάς, δος, or Γυμνίας, αδος, 77, 
Gymnias, a flourishing city of the 
Scythini, in Armenia, but its exact 
site is now unknown. 

γυμνικός, 7, dv [γυμνός], belong- 
ing to physical exercise (practised 
naked), gymnastic, athletic, iv. ὃ. 
20, Υ. 5. 5. 

γυμνός, 7, dv [cf. Eng. gymnast], 
naked, stripped, Lat. nudus, iv. 3. 
12; lightly clad, i.e. without the 
ἱμάτιον, in one’s shirt or shift (see 
$.0. xi7Hv), 1. 10. 3, iv. 4. 125 of 
soldiers without armour, exposed, 
defenceless, with πρός and acc., iy. 
3. 6. 

γυνή, γυναικός, ἡ [R. γεν], woman, 
Wiese 1. ἡ: 8.11: ΣΟ. Ἰν ke 
14, 3.11, 5. 9; chief wife, consort 
of a Persian king as distinguished 
from the rest of his Harem, ii. 3. 
ie The, Aig WL 

Γωβρύας, ov or a, Gobryas, one 
of the four field marshals of Arta- 
xerxes, in command of 300,000 
ΠῚ: 1 ἢ: 1. 


Δ. 


δ᾽, by elision for δέ. 

δάκνω (δακ-), δήξομαι, ἔδακον, 
δέδηγμαι, ἐδήχθην, bite, Lat. mor- 
deo, iii. 2. 18, 35. 

δακρύω, δακρύσω, ἐδάκρυσα, δεδά- 
κρῦμαι [ δάκρυ, tear, cf. Lat. lacrima, 
tear, Eng. TEAR], shed tears, weep, 
Lat. lacrimo, i. 3. 2, iv. 7. 25. 

δακτύλιος, ὁ [R. 2 Sax], Jinger- 
ring, ring, Lat. anulus. Rings 
were much affected by the Greeks 
of the historical period, esp. by 
men, and were used either as an 
ornament or as a seal. Cf. iv. 7. 
27, where they are worn by sol- 
diers in the rank and file. 

δάκτυλος, ὁ [R. 2 Bak], singer, 
Lat. digitus ; with τῶν ποδῶν, toe, 
iv. 5. 12, v. 8. 15. 


Aapaparos—Aadvayopas 


Δαμάρατος or Δημάρᾶτος, ὁ. De- 
maratus, son of Ariston and king 
of Sparta, deposed by his colleague 
and rival, Cleomenes I., p.c. 491. 
He fled to Darius, and was by him 
presented with the cities and dis- 
tricts of Halisarne and Teuthrania. 
He accompanied Xerxes in the in- 
vasion of Greece, but his advice 
and counsel were neglected. ii. 1. 
Se ὙΠ 5.1: 

Δάνα, τά, Dana, called also Ty- 
ana (MWilisse-Hissar), a city of 
Cappadocia north of Tarsus and 
at the foot of Mt. Taurus. Its 
position on the highway to Cilicia 
and Syria rendered it important, 
i, 2. 20. 

δαπανάω, δαπανήσω, etc. [R. Sa], 
spend, expend, of money, with εἰς 
or ἀμφί and the ace. of person or 
thing, i. 1. 8, 3. 3, ii. 6.6; τὰ éav- 
τῶν δαπανᾶν, live at their own ex- 
pense, Vv. 5. 20; of property or 
provisions, wse up, consume, Vii. 6. 
Sl; ἡ 2: 

δάπεδον, τό [ R. wed], solid earth, 
ground, iv. 5. 6. 

Aapaddé, see Δάρδας. 

Δαρδανεύς, éws, ὁ [Adpdavos, 7, 
Dardanus|, a Dardanian, an in- 
habitant of Dardanus, which was 
an Aeolic city in the Troad on the 
Hellespont. Near by was Cape 
Dardanis, noted for a naval battle 
in the ah ees ae war. iii. I. 
47 δ vis os 

Adpdas, aros, or  Aapadaé, ἄκος. 
ὁ, Dardas, a little river in Syria 
whose exact position is unknown. 


It was probably west of Thapsa- | 


cus, i. 4. 10. 

δαρεικός, ὁ, daric, the name of 
a gold coin of great purity, said to 
have been coined first by Darius 
Hystaspes and to have derived its 
name from him (compare Napo- 
léon, Louis d’or, as names of coins), 
but both statements are in doubt. 
The device on the obverse of the 
daric is a crowned archer kneeling, 
as shown in the cut, which is of the 





| size of the criginal. 





48 


The daric con- 
tained about 125.5 grains of gold, 
and would therefore 
now be worth about 
$5.40 in American 
gold ($1.00 contain- 
ing 28.22 grains). 
The daric was worth 
20 Attic drachmas, 
i. 7. 18, where Cyrus 
pays a bet of 10 talents, or 60,000 
drachmas with 8,000 daries. The 
silver drachma was of greater 
value, relatively to gold, then than 
now. See s.v. μνᾶ. The weight of 
the daric was about equal to that 
Ὁ two Attic drachmas. i. 1. 9, 
3.31, ii. 6. 4, iv. 7. 27, vii. 6. 1, 8 6. 
Δαρεῖος, ὁ [Persian dard, king], 
Darius, a name of many of the 
Persian kings. In the Anab., Da- 
rius II., called 6 Νόθος as being the 
natural son of Artaxerxes I.; his 
real name was Ὦχος. He over- 
threw and murdered his brother 
Sogdianus, and reigned from 425 
to 405 B.c. His sons were Arta- 
xerxes II., who succeeded him, and 
Cyrus the Younger, i. 1. 1, 7. 9. 
δάσμευσις, ews, ἡ [R. δα], distri- 
bution, vii. 1. 37. 
δασμός, ὁ [R. δα]. division, par- 
tition; hence tribute, tax, as laid 
in equal parts on all subjects. A 
yearly tribute was imposed on all 





No. 14. 


| the provinces of the Persian em- 


pire ; this was paid either in money 
or in kind, as horses, cattle, slaves, 
and fruits of the field, 15 Det O, AV. 
5. 24. 

δασύς, εἴα, v [cf. Lat. dénsus, 
thick], thick, thickly grown, esp. 
with trees and shrubs, which may 


_ be expressed in the gen. or dat., ii. 


4. 14 Fiv. 76s S125 20> Μ| 2 sam 0 
δασύ, thicket, coppice, copse, iv. 7. 
7; also of ox-hide with the hair 
on, used for shields, shaggy, rough, 
iv. 7. 22, v. 4. 12. 

Aadvaysépas, ov, Daphnagoras, 
a favourite of Hellas, the wife of 
Gongylus, vii. 8. 9. 


49 


δαψιλής, ἐς [R. δα], liberal, am- 
ple, of provisions, plentiful, abun- 
dant, iv. 2.22, 4. 2. 

δέ, post-positive conjunction, but, 
strictly, but often weakly, adversa- 
tive, standing midway in force be- 
tween ἀλλά and καί, and introducing 
something new, which the lively 
Greek felt to be of the nature of 
opposition. In English this oppo- 
sition 1s not so apparent, and there- 
fore δέ is often to be rendered by 
and, however, yet, to be sure, further, 
by the way, while, now, or even 
omitted in the translation, i. 3. 5, 
ΠΤ: 96. τότ. 19. bve tio 2, 6. 
ΤΠ ν 2: 2. πο 15..6: 10. τἱῦ 5:1. 4. 
12, vii. 5. 1, 6. 1. In the preceding 
clause μέν is often found, to call 
attention to the fact that δέ is to 
follow in the second, μὲν... δέ 
being equivalent to while... yet, 
on the one hand... on the ae 
or weaker, both... and, 5 in lle 
iy tS, 3 MWOs Se A τὸ. 1: Pe 10, 
TU Tey AO “We 16.) 125 var 6. 18. The 
μέν is often omitted in the first 
clause, i.) 7.5, ὃ; iil. 1. 23, 4: 7, 
especially in questions, v. 7. 33. 
An apodosis is sometimes intro- 


duced by δέ, which marks a sur- | 


vival of the paratactic construction, 
v. 6.20, 8.25. Phrases: kal... δέ; 
and also, but further, i. τ. 5, 8. 2, 
Wilke Tic, PAD, Unies Tos Milly Vig TES! οὐδὲ - ers 
δέ, and not indeed, and not even, i. 
8. 20. 

-δε, a suffix joined to names of 
places, generally in the acc., to de- 
note motion towards; to demon- 
strative pronouns to give them 
greater force. 

δεδιώς, See δείδω. 

δεδογμένα, 566 δοκέω. 

δέδοικα, 566 δείδω. 

δεδομέναι, 566 δίδωμι. 

δέῃ, δεηθῆναι, δεῖ, see δέω, lack. 

δείδω (δι-, δει-), δείσομαι, ἔδεισα, 
δέδοικα and δέδια (the present is 
found only in Homer, in Attic the 
perf. has a present force) [δείδω], be 
ufraid, fear, dread, with ace., with 


dinner, 





δαψιλής-δειπνοποιέω 


μή and ἃ clause, or with a combi- 
nation of the two, or abs., i. 3. 10, 
Fo Un. etsy le ie Welk ahve 2. 1. Ge 18; 
V. 7. 22, Vil. 3. 26. 

δείκνυμι (δεικ-), δείξω, ἔδειξα, δέ- 
δειχα, δέδειγμαι, ἐδείχθην [R.1 δακΊ, 
point out, indicate, show, make 
signs to, Lat. ostendo, the thing 
shown being expressed by an acc. 
or a rel. clause with or without the 
dat. of the person, iv. 5. 33, 7. 4, 
Pella Wo (Oe Ce Sit, Be a5 als vy VE 

δείλη, ns, afternoon, whether 
eanly, 1s (8: 85) vil. 2: 10; (or vate: 
sometimes evening, lii. 3. 11, 4. 34, 
5, 25. ἵν. 2:1, Ψ|1.. 2: 16 aug δείξ 
λην, towards evening, ii. 2. 14 (ef. 
ii. 2. 16, ὀψὲ Hv). 

δειλός, 7, dv [δείδω], fearful, cow- 
ardly, skulking, vile, i. 4. 7, iil. 2. 
35, vi. 6. 24. 

δεινός, 7, dv [δείδω], frightful, 


terrible, awful, yer outra- 
geous, severe, ili. τ. 13, iv. 6. ἢ 
190 Win δὲ ὃ; Ὅτ» Wille Tn 245) 


subst., τὸ δεινόν, ee, tanger, 
misfortune, 15 3 diss PA CE Ἦν, 1 
with the added idea ‘of power, 
marvellous, skilful, clever, i.9. 19 ; 
sometimes with an inf., ii. 5. 15, 
iv. 6. 16, v. 5. 7, vii. 3.23. Phrases: 
δεινὰ ὑβρίζειν, treat with outrageous 
insolence, Vi. 4.2; δεινότατα ποιεῖν, 
foully maltreat, Vv. 7. 23; δεινὰ 
ποιεῖσθαι. think prodigious, vi. 1. 
11, 

δεινῶς, adv. [δείδω], terribly ; 
ἔχειν δεινῶς, be in a dreadful situa- 
tion, Vi. 4. 25. 

δειπνέω, δειπνήσω, ἐδείπνησα, δε- 
δείπνηκα [R. δα], take the chief 
meal, dine, li. 2. 4, ili. 5. 18, iv. 3. 
LOS valerie Ἀν ΝΜ 152: 23, 

δεῖπνον, τό [R. Sa], the chief 
meal of the day, generally eaten 
towards evening, evening meal, 
ae Lat. cena, ii. 4. 15, iv. 2. 4, 
ΜΠ 5. IS ΠΣ: : 9: 

δευπνοπτοιξω [R. δα + ποιέω], get 
entertain at dinner; mid., 
get dinner for oneself, dine, Vi. 3. 
14, 4. 26. 


δείσας- Δέξιππος 


δείσας, See δείδω. 

δείσει, 566 δείδω. 

δεῖσθαι, see δέω, lack. 

δέκα, indecl. [δέκα], ten, Lat. 


decem, i. 2. 10, iv. 4. 3, ν. 2. 29, Vili. | 


3: ὥς: 
δεκαπέντε, indecl. [δέκα + πέντε], 
Jifteen, Lat. quindecim, vii. 8. 26. 
δεκατεύω [δέκα]. exact the tenth 
part or tithe, take the tithe of, v 


δέκατος, 7, ov [δέκα], tenth, Lat. 
decimus, Vii. 7. 85; as subst., ἡ 
δεκάτη (sc. μοῖρα), the tithe. The 
tenth part of the spoil taken in 
war was dedicated to the gods, v. 
3. 4, either in the form of offerings 
in the temples, as to Apollo at 


Delphi, v. 3. 5, or in lands, which | 


were bought and dedicated to the 
god, as in the celebrated instance 
when Xenophon bought an estate 
at Scyllus near Olympia and dedi- 
cated it in perpetuity to Ephesian 
Artemis, v. 3. 7-15. 

Δέλτα, τό, indecl. [ς΄ Eng. de/ta, 
de/t-oid |, the Delta, a peninsula of 
Thrace, lying between the Pontus, 
Bosporus, and Propontis, named 
from its triangular shape, resemb- 
ling the letter A, vii. 1. 33, 5. 1. 

δελφίς, vos, ὁ, dolphin, the small- 
est species of the whale family, 
still killed for its fat, v. 4. 28. 

Δελφοί, οἱ, Delphi (Castri), a 
city in Phocis, on the southern 
slope of Parnassus and renowned 
for its oracle of Apollo, for the 
Pythian games, and for its temple 
filled with the richest treasures of 
art and wealth, iii. 1. 5, v. 3. 5, vi. 1. 
22. It was regarded by the Greeks 
as the centre of Hellenic civiliza- 
tion, and even called the navel of 
the whole earth. The city itself 
lay in a deep valley between Mt. 


Parnassus and Mt. Cirphis, and ex- | 


tended like an amphitheatre to the 
river Pleistus. 
was situated on the rock above; 


The great temple | 





50 


vapour which was thought to in- 
spire the oracles; over the chasm 
was placed the colossal tripod on 
which sat the priestess, called the 
Pythia. On the road to the tem- 
ple was the Castalian spring. The 
existence of a modern town on the 
site has hitherto prevented exca- 
vations to any extent. The ora- 
cle was abolished by Theodosius, 
A.D. 390. 

δένδρον, τό [cf. Eng. rhodo- 
dendron |, tree, Lat. arbor, i. 2. 22, 
We ERNE τὲ teh Wes, 1 Geni lok 
δένδροις and δένδρεσι, iv. 7. 9, 8. 2 

δέξασθαι, see δέχομαι. 

δεξιόομαι, δεξιώσομαι, ἐδεξιωσάμην 
[R. 2 Sax], take or give the right 
hand, welcome, vii. 4. 19. 

δεξιός, ad, ov [R. 2 Sak], right, 
right-hand side, Lat. dexter, i. 7.1, 
δ. 19. τὸ 1 ii ἢ 285 ab eo 15y 
Phrases: the word χείρ is often 
omitted, and we have ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ, 
in the right hand, ii. 3.11, v. 4. 12; 
ἐν δεξιᾷ, on the right, i 5 ss IIS ae 2: 
13, iv..3. 17, v. 2. 24, vil. 5. 12; ὑπὲρ 
δεξιῶν, above on the right, iv. 8. 2: 
δεξιὰν δοῦναι, give the right hand 
in confirmation, promise, ii. 3. 28, 
4.7, 5. 3; δεξιὰς δοῦναι καὶ Raper 
exchange hand- -grasps, shake hands, 
in token of ee in conclud- 
ing a treaty, efc., i. 6. 6, vii. 3.1; 
δεξιὰς φέρειν, Ἄδα assurances, 

pledged by the person who brought 
then with his right hand, ii. 4. 1. 
In military language κέρας may be 
omitted, as τὸ δεξιόν, the right wing, 
the right, i. 2. 15, 8. 5, iv. 8. 14, vi. 
5. 28; but τὰ δεξιὰ (se. μέρη) τοῦ 
πβροπορ, the right of the wing, i. 8. 
4, cf. ἐπὶ δεξιά, to the right, vi. 4. 1. 
In Greek divination the right was 
the propitious side, because the 
Greek soothsayer faced the North, 
and therefore the lucky omens from 
the East, the side of light, were on 
his right ; SO ἄετὸς δεξιός, Vi. 1. 23. 

Agumros, 6, Dexippus, a Laco- 


in its sanctuary was the chasm in| nian Perioecus (see s.v. περίοικοϑ). 


the earth from which issued the 


He deserted the Greeks while in 


51 


command of a ship, v. 1. 15, slan- | 
dered Xenophon before Anaxibius, 
vi. 1. 32, and tried to prejudice 
Cleander against the army, but in 
vain, vi. 6. 5 ff. He was finally 
killed in Thrace for meddling in 
the affairs of that country, v. 1. 15. 
δέοι, δέομαι, δέον, see δέω, lack. 

Δερκυλίδας, ov, Dercylidas, a fa- 
mous Spartan general, harmost of 
Abydus in 411 B.c., v. 6. 24. 

δέρμα, aros, τό [R. Sap], hide of 
animals, rarely of the skin of a 
man flayed off, i. 2. 8, iv. 7. 26, 8. 
26. 

Aépvys, ov or ous, ὁ, Dernes, sa- 
trap of Phoenicia and Arabia, vii. 
8. 25. 

δεσμός, ὁ [R. δε], band, halter, 
strap, yoke-strap, ili. 5. 10. 

δεσπότης, ov [cf. Eng. despot], 
master, lord, owner, Lat. dominus, 
1.2. τ. 12.111: 2.19. vil 4.14 

δεῦρο, adv., hither, here, i. 3. 19, 
lice ΠΤ Oy Υἱ5. 3. 265 Vile 6: 9. 

δεύτερος, a, ον [δύο], second in 
time or order, iii. 4. 28, iv. 2. 18, v. 
6. 9; adv. δεύτερον or τὸ δεύτερον, 
for the second time, over again, 
Lat. iterum, i. 8. 16, ii. 2. 4. 

δέχομαι, δέξομαι, ἐδεξάμην, δέδεγ- 
μαι, ἐδέχθην [R. 2 Bax], receive, 
used of persons or things. Of 
things, receive, accept, allow, take, 
ΘΙ lll 4. O25 ἀν τς θῶ Ve 4. Cy 
vi. 6. 37, vii. 3.29. Of persons the 
word may have either of two mean- 
ings:—1) receive as guests, hos- 
pitably, or in a friendly manner, 
abs. or with acc., iv. 8. 23, v. 5. 6, 
24, vi. 6. 9; with εἰς and acc. or 
with οἰκίᾳ, vil. 2. 6, 387; ἐπὶ ξένια 
δέχεσθαι, see ξένιος ; 2) receive as 
an enemy, await the charge of, 
meet the attack, abs. or with acc., 
LOM Os εἰ τ 42 wo Os ἶνγ...2:. 1. Ve 
4. 24, vi. 5. 27; els χεῖρας δέχεσθαί 
τινα, come to close quarters, Lat. in 
manus uenire, iv. 3. 31. 

δέω, δήσω, €dnoa, δέδεκα, δέδεμαι, 
ἐδέθην [R. Se], bind, tie, fetter, 





shackles 111 ἦν 90; 5.105 iv. 2: 1: 


δέοι- δή 


with ἐν and dat., iv. 3.8; τω χεῖρε 
δεδέσθαι, have both hands tied, vi. 
1 8: 

δέω, δεήσω, ἐδέησα, δεδέηκα, δε- 
δέημαι, ἐδεήθην [R. δε], lack, used 
personally and impersonally. As 
a personal verb it is rare in the 
active, being confined to phrases 
like ὀλίγου δεῖν, want little, 1.6. al- 
most, and πολλοῦ δεῖν, be far from, 
both followed by inf., i. 5. 14, v. 
4. 32, vii. 6. 18; commonly in 
mid., want, need, lack, abs. or with 
gen., i. 9. 21, ii. 6. 13, iii, 1. 46, 5. 
OMivar4e Gy mvin Le lites, τὰ} 15. valle de 
9; wish, desire, seek for, with gen., 
He aly WS) Ol, BG No 7, Ally) ΜΠ (oe Ir 
with acc. of a pron., i. 3. 4, li. 3. 
29, vii. 2. 34, 7.24, or with acc. and 
inf., 1.4.14; ask, request, beg, with 
gen. of the person expressed or 
understood and inf. of the thing, 
1 10 9: 2 aw lives ol Onmivet ete Ose. 
6. 10, vii. 1. 2, 7. 14, 19. Imper- 
sonally it occurs in the forms 6e?, 
δέῃ, δέοι, δεῖν, δέον, etc., there is 
need of or that, it ts necessary or 
proper, or when translated person- 
ally must, ought, etc. As an im- 
personal it is followed by the simple 
inf., which may also be understood, 
17 5:8; Oe Ὁ. so ig PAL 111: aie Coy 917. hye 
15 IBS WS Tig Gh ee ΠΥ Tig 15 
14, by the acc. and inf., i. 7. 7, ii. 
τ ΠΟ ΠΡ A, 1 sty, 6. 10. We ai Ml vat 
1. 30, vii. 1. 30, and very rarely by 
dat. and inf., ili. 4. 35; the gen. of 
the thing needed is also rare, ii. 3. 
5, iii. 2. 38, 3. 16, v. 1. 10, vii. 3. 46. 
Phrases: τὰ δέοντα, the needful 
business, 111. 1.47; αὐτὸ τὸ δέον, the 
very thing wanted, iv. 7.7; εἰς τὸ 
δέον καθίστασθαι, be settled in the 
right way, i. 3. 8. 

δή, post-positive intensive parti- 
cle, serving chiefly to emphasise the 
idea or word to which it belongs, 
and which it generally immediately 
follows. Among its various ren- 
derings are now, just now, in par- 
ticular, indeed, surely, truly, ex- 
actly, quite, accordingly, but often 


δῆλος-διαβαίνω 


its force can be given only by 
emphasis of tone; such phrases as 
you see, you know, I assure you, 
that’s clear, may sometimes be use- 
UL, Th 5 Ὁ. 2.9... KOS Toe Π ahs vie 
ΟΝ Se VAS a, TG Gh WN Le Mosh dig 
10, v. 4. 25, 8. 13, 26, vi. 1. 22, vii. 
I. 26, 3. 47, 4. 24. With imper- 
atives it adds urgency, ἄγε δή, 
come now, Lat. age uéro, ii. 2. 10, 
Vv. 4. 9; ὁρᾶτε δή, pray consider, Vi. 
5. 16; Ὁ ΜΠ]. 6. 23, .7..27. It adds 
force to superlatives, as κράτιστοι 
δή, the very best, i. 9. 183 cf. i. 9. 
12. It is common in the apodosis 
of temporal clauses, i. το, 19, iii. 1. 
2, iv. 2. 20, 7.23. Phrases: τί δή; 
what now? Lat. quid tandem? ii. 
5. 22, vii. 6. 20; ὥσπερ δή, just 
as, exactly as, iii, 1. 29; ἔνθα δή, 
then, I assure you, i. 5. 8, iv. 5. 
4; viv δή, now at once, Lat. nunc 
tam, li. 3.29; οὕτω δή, just so, Vi. 
1, 24, 

δῆλος, 7, ov, plain, clear, evident, 
certain, manifest, ii. 2. 18, 3. 1, vii. 
2. 16, 6. 16; δῆλον εἶναι, be clear, 
be manifest, with a clause with ὅτι; 
13 5G, τ. 2 Θ 4 αν: πα. 175. Ψ1ΠῚΣ 
25, vii. 6. 17, or with τί, ὅ τι, or οὗ 
ἕνεκα, i. 4. 13, 14, vii. 4. 4; δῆλον 
ὅτι is often used parenthetically, 
evidently, i. 3. 9, ill. 1. 16, 35, vi. 4. 
12. The personal construction with 
a participle is often used instead 
of the impersonal, as δῆλος ἣν avid- 
μενος, it was evident that he was 
troubled, i. 2. 11, cf. ii. 5. 27, 6. 21, 
v. 5. 24; rarely ws with the parti- 
ciple or ὅτι and a clause, i. 5. 9, 
V. 2. 26. 

δηλόω, δηλώσω, etc. [δῆλος], make 
clear, make known, explain, show, 
with acc., i. 9. 28, 11. 1. 1, 2. 18, iil. 
3. 14; the person to whom is ex- 
pressed by dat. or πρός and acc., 
the thing shown by ὅτι or ὅθεν and 
a clause, li. 5. 26, v. 4.21, Vii. 1.31, 
7. 00. 

δημαγωγέω, δημαγωγήσω [R. δα 
+ R. ay], be a leader of the people, 
generally with the idea of unwor- 





52 


thy means, play the demagogue, 
win by currying favour, vii. 6. 4. 

Anpapatos, see Aaudparos. 

Δημοκράτης, ous or ov, Democra- 
tes, of Temnus or Temenium (see 
Τημνίτης), a scout, iv. 4. 15. 

δημόσιος, a, ov [R. δα], belong- 
ing to the community, public, Lat. 
publicus, vi. Ὅ. 2, 6, 387; τὰ δημό- 
cia, the public money, the treasury, 
iv. 6. 16: 

δῃόω, Sydow, ἐδήωσα [Epic δήιος, 
hostile, destructive], destroy, lay 
waste, ravage, V. 5. 7. 

δήπου, intensive particle [δή + 
mov], surely, I s’pose, of course, 
111: 2 5:5. Wa. 7. 8: ν1 16: 158 

δῆσαι, see δέω, bind. 

δϑηχθείς, see δάκνω. 

διά, by elision 6’, prep. with 
gen. or acc. [δύο], through. With 
gen., used of place, time, or means, 
through, during, throughout, by 
means of, Lat. per, i. 4. 6, 5. 12, ii. 
3. 17, 6. 22, ili. 5. 15, iv. 2.4, 6. 22, 
v. 4. 14, vii. 7. 49. Phrases: διὰ 
ταχέων, rapidly, i.5.9; διὰ σκότους, 
in darkness, li. 5. 9; διὰ πίστεως, 
trustingly, ili. 2. 8; διὰ φιλίας ἰέναι 
τινί, enter into friendship with one, 
ili. 2. 8; διὰ παντὸς πολέμου ἰέναι 
τινί, wage every kind of war with 
one, ili. 2. 8; dua τέλους, from be- 
ginning to end, vi. 6. 11, ef. vii. 8. 
11. With acc., through, by means 
or aid of, on account of, for the 
sake of, Lat. ob or propter, i. 7. 6, 
iii, 5. 16) Vi 8,125 νι 6: 99. τὴν US 
because of, with τό and inf. where 
we use a causal clause, i. 7. 5, iv. 
5. 15, v. 5.17. Phrases: διὰ τοῦτο, 
for this reason, i. 7.5; διὰ πολλά, 
for many reasons, i. 9. 22; διὰ 
φιλίαν, out of friendship, v. 5. 18. 
In composition διά signifies through 
or over ; sometimes it adds an idea 
of continuance or of fulfilment, or 
it may signify apart, Lat. di-, dis-. 

Ala, A, Διός, etc., see Ζεύς. 

διαβαίνω [R. Ba], go with long 
strides, stride, walk freely, iv. 3. 8; 
but mostly trans., go over, cross, 


53 


Lat. trdnsed, abs. or with acc., i. 2. 
Gergely wile 2.9. 2: 10. 11:2: 07 2: 9; 


διαβάλλω- διαιθριάζει 


διαγκυλόομαι, pf. διηγκύλωμαι 


| [R. ayk], hold by the thong, insert 


iv. 1.3, 3. 7, Vv. 2. 4, vi. 5. 3, vil. 1. | the finger through the javelin-thong, 


3; the means may be expressed 
by dat. or by ἐπί and gen., i. 5. 10. 

διαβάλλω [βάλλω], throw over 
or across; in Anab. always throw 
at with words, slander, traduce, 
accuse falsely, Lat. maledico, abs. 
or with acc., ii. 5. 27, 6. 26, v. 7. 5, 
vi. 6. 11; the person to whom is 
expressed by πρός and acc., i. 1. 3, 
v. 6. 29, vii. 5.6, the slander by the 
acc. or by ws and a clause, V. 7. 5, 
vii. 5. 8. 

διαβάς, see διαβαίνω. 

διάβασις, ews, ἡ [R. Ba], a going 
over, a crossing, hence place or 
means of crossing, ford, bridge, 
1 19. τς: 20 ih. Oy Ve 8. 5.0]: 

5 


διαβατέος, a, ov, verbal [R. Ba], 
that must be crossed or passed over, 
Lat. transeundus, ii. 4. 6, vi. 5. 12. 

διαβατός, 7, dv, verbal [R. Ba], 
that can be crossed, fordable, pas- 
sable, i. 4. 18, ii. 5. 9, iii. 2. 22. 

διαβεβηκότας, see διαβαίνω. 

διαβιβάζω (βιβάζω, βιβαδ-, -βι- 
βάσω or βιβῶ, -εβίβασα [R. Ba], 
make go), make go across, lead 
across, drive across, transport, Lat. 
traduco, ili. 5. 2, iv. 8. 8, v. 2. 10, 
Wills. 

διαβολή, ἢς [βάλλω], slander, 
false charges, ii. 5. 5. 

διαγγέλλω [ἀγγέλλω], carry word 
through, where διά suggests inter- 
vening space, cf. Lat. tnternun- 
tius, bring word, report, with dat. 
or εἰς and acc. of the person to 
whom, and παρά with gen. of the 
person from whon, i. 6. 2, ii. 3. 7, 
vii. 1. 14; mid., carry word along, 
pass the word, iii. 4. 36. 

διαγελάω [γελάω], 
scorn, ridicule, li. 6. 26. 

διαγίγνομαι [R. γεν, of time, get 
through, pass through, continue, 
exist, remain, i. 10. 19, vii. 3. 15, 
often with partic., i. 5. 6, ii. 6. 5, 
ἷν. 5. ὅ. 


to 


laugh 














No. 15. 


only in pf. partic., iv. 3.28, v. 2. 12. 
See the account of the manner in 
which a rotary motion was given 
to the javelin, 8.0. ἀκόντιον. 

διάγω [R. ay], carry through or 
across, used esp. of ships, trans- 
port, 11. 4. 28, 111. 5. 10, vile: 12: 
of time, pass, spend, live, tarry, 
Lat. dego, with or without acc., 
1111. 49. 9. Ὁ» ἵν, 2. ἢν ΝΠ 5.1; ΜΊῊ 
partic., continue, i. 2. 11. 

διαγωνίζομαι, [R. ay], strive con- 
tinually or earnestly, with πρός and 
ACC Ἵν: 7: 125 

διαδέχομαι [R. 2 Sax], receive at 
intervals or along a line; θηρῷεν 
διαδεχόμενοι, relieved one another 
in the chase, 1. 5. 2. 

διαδίδωμι [R. 80], give from 
hand to hand, distribute, Lat. dis- 
tribuod, abs., or with acc. of thing 
and dat. of pers., or with dat. alone, 
or with inf. of the thing, i. 9. 22, 
10. 18, iv. 5. 8, v. 8. 7, vii. 7. 56. 

διάδοχος, ὁ [R. 2 Sax], reliever, 
successor, Lat. successor, with dat., 
vii. 2. 5. 

διαζεύγνυμι [ R. ζυγ], disjoin, Lat. 
diiungo, separate, with ἀπό and 
gen., iv. 2. 10. 

διαθεάομαι [θέα], look through 
and through, observe closely, iii. 1. 
19. 

διαιθριάζει [aidw], be clearing 
away, said of breaking weather, 
Lat. disserénascit, iv. 4. 10. 


διαιρέω-διαπράττω 


διαιρέω [αἱρέω], sunder, tear 
apart or away, destroy, ii. 4. 22, v. 
2. 21. 

διάκειμαι [κεῖμαι], be set in or- 
der, be disposed, generally of a 
state of mind, feel, with dat. or 
πρός and acc., ii. 5. 27, 6. 12, iii. 1. 
3, Vil. 7.38; ἄμεινον ὑμῖν διακείσεται, 
it will be better for you, Vii. 3. 17. 

διακελεύομαι | R. ced], give direc- 
tions to, urge, encourage, with dat. 
of pers., iii. 4. 45, iv. 7. 26. 

διακινδυνεύω [κίνδυνος], run all 
risks, risk a battle, iii. 4. 14, vi. 3.17. 

διακλάω (kAdw, ἔκλασα, κέκλα- 
σμαι, ἐκλάσθην [cf. Eng. tcono- 
clast], break), break in two; κατὰ 
μικρὸν διακλᾶν, break into bits, vii. 
3. 22. 

διακονέω, διὰ κονήσω, δεδιᾶ κόνημαι, 
ἐδιακονήθην [διᾶἄκονος, servant, cf. 
Eng. deacon], serve, esp. wait at 
table, Lat. ministrod, iv. 5. 39. 

διακόπτω [κόπτω], cut in pieces, 
cut through, i. 8. 10, iv. 8. 11, 13, 
Vile τ 1: 

διακόσιοι, αι, a [δύο + ἑκατόν]. 
two hundred, Lat. ducenti, i. 2. 9, 
Ula iso BAUS VAG Ὁ: 11: 

διακρίνω [κρίνω], separate from 
one another, decide, settle, Lat. 
decido, abs., vi. 1. 22. 

διαλαγχάνω [λαγχάνω], part or 
assign by lot, iv. 5. 23. 

διαλαμβάνω [λαμβάνω], take sep- 
arately or apart, iv. 1.23; divide, 
Wins ee 

διαλέγομαι, διαλέξομαι, διείλεγμαι, 
διελέχθην [R. dey], talk or con- 
verse with, abs. or with acc., or with 
περί and gen. of the thing spoken 
of, i. 7. 9, 11. 6. 23, iv. 2. 19, vi. 3. 9, 
vii. 1.15; the pers. spoken to is ex- 
pressed by dat. or by πρός and acc., 
its. 4251.2. 18, γι 5- 20. 

διαλείπω [λείπω]. leave a space 
or gap between, stand apart or at 
intervals, be distant, Lat. disto, 
abs. or with acc., i. 7. 15, 8. 10, iv. 
7.6, 8. 12 ; τὸ διαλεῖπον (sc. χωρίον), 
Lat. interuallum, gap, space be- 
tween, iv. 8. 19. 








54 


διαμάχομαι [R. pax], fight to a 
Jinish, fight it out, struggle ear- 
nestly, With περί and gen. or with 
μή and inf., v. 8. 23, vii. 4. 10. 

διαμένω [R. μα], stay through, 
stay, Vil. 1. 6. 

διαμετρέω [μετρέω], divide by 
measure, measure out, of food, vii. 
re ae mid., serve out rations, vii. 
1. 41. 

διαμπερές, adv. [R. mep], through 
and through, right through, with 
acc., iv. 1. 18, vii. 8. 14. 

διανέμω [R. ven], divide up 
among, with acc. of thing and dat. 
of pers., vii. 5. 2. 

διανοέομαι [R. γνω], think out, 
purpose, plan, intend, mean, with 
acc, or with inf., ii. 4. 17, iii. 2. 8, 
ν. 7. 15, Vie 0. 19. vile ἡ. 48. 

διάνοια, as [R. γνω], way of 
thinking, purpose, intention, v. 6. 
31. 


διαπαντός, properly διὰ παντός, 
see πᾶς. 

διαπέμπω [πέμπω], send in dif- 
ferent directions, send round, abs, 
or with acc., i. 9. 27, iv. 5. 8. 

διαπεράω [R. περ], cross through 
or over, iv. 3. 21. 

διαπλέω [R. wdeF], sail over or 


| across, abs. or with εἰς and acc., 


Vil Ζὲ 9. 6..19: 8: Le 

διαπολεμέω [πολεμέω], carry a 
war through, fight it out, Lat. de- 
bello, with dat., iii. 3. 3. 

διαπορεύω [R. περ], carry across, 
set over, ii. 5. 18; pass. and fut. 
mid., pass over, march through, 
abs. or with acc., ii. 2, 11, iii. 3. 3, 
Th τὶ 10. 

διαπορέω [R. περ], be utterly at 
a@ loss, Vi. 1. 22. 

διαπράττω [πράττω], work out, 
bring about, accomplish, Lat. effi- 
cid, with acc. or with ὅπως and a 
clause, v. 7. 29, vil. 1. 38, 2, 37; 
generally in mid., which has much 
the same meaning as the act., carry 
one’s point, bring to pass, effect, 
secure one’s object, arrange, obtain 
one’s wish or request, make an 


55 


agreement, stipulate, used abs. or 
with acc. of the object, for which 
the inf. or acc. with inf. or a clause 
with wore or a relative clause may 
stand ; the person benefited is ex- 
pressed by dat., and the person 
from whom by παρά and gen., il. 
3. 20, 25, 29, 5. 30, 6. 2, iii, 5. 5, 
ἵν 2s 2oec¥e Jo 90. Viel 6. 12. Vile I. 
39, 7. 24. Phrases: πρὸς τὸν Zev- 
θην περὶ σπονδῶν διεπρᾶἄττοντο; they 
tried to arrange a truce with Seu- 
thes, vii. 4. 12, cf. vil. 2.7; φιλίαν 
διαπραξάμενοι πρὸς Μήδοκον, having 
concluded an alliance with Medo- 
cus, vii. 3. 16. 

διαρπάζω [R. dp], tear in pieces, 
lay waste, plunder, sack, spoil, Lat. 
divipio, i. 2. 19, 10. 2, 18, ii. 2. 16, 
v. 2. 19, vii. 1. 25. 

διαρρέω [pew], flow through, run 
through, with διά and gen., v. 3. 8. 

διαρρίπτω and διαρριπτέω [ῥέ- 
πτω], throw round, scatter, Lat. 
disicio, divide among, V. 8. 6, Vii. 
3. 28. 

διάρριψις, ews, ἡ [Siappirrw], a 
tossing about, scattering round, V. 
8. 7. 

διασημαίνω [σημαίνω], point out 
clearly, announce publicly, i. τ. 23. 

διασκηνέω, διεσκήνησα [R. oka], 
in aor., take up one’s quarters 
apart, go into quarters separately, 
sometimes with εἰς and acc. of 
place, iv. 4. 8, 5. 29. 

διασκηνητέον, verbal [R. σκα], 
must encamp apart, iv. 4. 14. 

διασκηνόω [R. oka], encamp 
apart; be quartered apart, iv. 4. 10. 

διασπάω [R. ora], draw apart ; 
in Anab. always pass. and gener- 
ally of soldiers, be separated, scat- 
tered, dispersed, i. 5. 9, ill. 4. 20, iv. 
8. 10, 17, v. 6. 32, vii. 3. 38. 

διασπείρω [ crelpw |, scatter about, 
prop. of seed; in Anab. used only 
in the pass. of soldiers, be scat- 
tered, be routed, disperse, Lat. dis- 
pergor, i. 8. 25, ii. 4. 3, vi. 5. 28, vii. 
2.8 


διασφενδονάω [σφενδονάω]. sling 


διαρπάζω-διαφαίνω 


in all directions ; pass., fly in pieces 
as if from α sling, iv. 2. ὃ. 

διασῳΐζω [R.caF ], bring through, 
save, save up, keep, v. 6. 18, vi. 6. 
5, 28; pass., be brought through 
safe, come out safe and sound, with 
πρὸς and acc., v. 4. 5, vil. 8. 19; 
mid,, save for oneself, preserve, V. 
5. 13. 

διατάττω [R. tax], draw up in 
array , Lat. dispond, of soldiers, 1. 
7. 1; pass. of skirmishers, posted 
at intervals, iii. 4. 15. 

διατείνω [τείνω], stretch out; 
mid., let oneself out, in the phrase 
πᾶν πρὸς vedas διατεινάμενον, doing 
my very utmost against you, Vii. 6. 
36. 

διατελέω [τέλος], bring quite to 
an end, complete, finish, as a jour- 
ney or road, iv. 5. 11; sometimes 
ὁδόν is understood, complete the 
march, finish the distance, with 
πρός and acc. of the end in view, i. 
5.7; with partic., continue to do or 
do constantly, the partic. containing 
the leading idea, 11]. 4. 17, iv. 3. 2. 

διατήκω [τήκω], melt up; pass., 
melt away, iv. 5. 6. 

διατίθημι [R. Oe], set out in 
place, arrange, order, dispose of, 


| treat, Lat. dispono, i, 1. 5, iv. 7. 4; 





mid., set out for oneself, esp. in the 
market, sell, Lat. wenale propono, 
vi. 6, 37, Vil. 3. 10. 

διατρέφω [τρέφω], feed thor- 
oughly, sustain, support, iv. 7. 17. 

διατριβή, Fs [διατρίβω], a wast- 
ing away, esp. of time, waste of 
time, delay, vi. 1. 1. 

διατρίβω (τρίβω, τριβ-, τρίψω, 
ἔτριψα, τέτριφα, τέτριμμαι, ἐτρίβην 
[ef. τριβή],. rub), rub through, 
waste away, consume, spend, of 
time, Lat. tempus terd, with the 
acc., iv. 6. 9, or in pass., vii. 2. 3, 
4. 12; abs., waste time, delay, 
Willi, Us Bo Dh 15 5:9. valli ste 

διαφαίνω [R. ha], make show 
through ; pass., be visible through, 
shine through, v. 2. 29, impers., 
light shows through, vil. 8. 14, 


διαφανῶς -δίδωμι 


διαφανῶς, adv. [1ἰ{ ha], distinctly, | 


clearly, Lat. perspicue, vi. 1. 24. 

διαφερόντως, adv. [R. dep], dif- 
Serently from others, 7.e. peculiarly, 
surpassingly, 1. 9. 14. 

διαφέρω [R. hep], carry different 
ways, bear apart, hence be different 
Strom, Lat. differo, with gen., ii. 3. 
15; be better than, surpass, with 
gen., lil. 1. 387; mid., differ from, 
quarrel, with ἀμφί and gen. of the 
thing, or with πρός and acc. of the 
person and περί with gen. of the 
thing, iv. 5. 17, vii. 6.15. Phrase: 
πολὺ διέφερον, they found tt very 
different, 1.6. they found itt easier, 
lil. 4. 53 (where most editt. have 
the impers. πολὺ διέφερεν, tt was a 
very different thing). 

διαφεύγω [R. φυγ], flee away, 
escape, Lat. effugio, abs. or with 
acc., V. 2. 8, Vi. 3. 4, Vil. 3. 43. 

διαφθείρω [φθείρω], destroy alto- 
gether, spoil, ruin, corrupt, bribe, 
Lat. corrumpo, 111. 3. 5, vi. 2. 9; 
pass., be destroyed, break up, or in 
a moral sense, lose credit, iv. 1.11, 
vil. 2.4, 7. 57. Phrase: διεῴφθαρ- 
μένοι τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς, 
eyes blinded, iv. 5. 12. 

διάφορος, ov [R. dep], different, 
unlike, at variance, sup., Vii. 6. 15 ; 
subst., τὸ διάφορον, difference of 
opinion, disagreement, Lat. dissén- 
si0, iv. 6. 3. 

διαφυή, ἧς [dow], a natural 
growth between, division, in some 
nuts, v. 4. 29. 

διαφυλάττω [φυλάττω], watch 
closely ; mid., be on one’s guard, 
Vii. 6. 22. 


χάζω, make retire, is Epic only), 
intr., give ground, fall back, iv. 8. 
18 


διαχειμάζω (χειμάζω, χειμαδ-, χει- 
μάσω, ἐχειμάσθην [χεῖμα, winter, cf. 
χιών], pass the winter, Lat. hiemd), 
winter, spend the winter, vii. 6. 31. 

διαχειρίζω (-χειρίζω, χειριδ-, -χει- 
ριοῦμαι, etc. [R. xep], handle), have 
in hand, manage, i. 9. 17. 


with their | 
[Ὁ 0, M2132, Lvs. 10s) Vile 7. Εἴ; 





56 


διαχωρέω [xwpéw], go through, 
pass through; impers., κάτω διε- 
χώρει αὐτοῖς, they had diarrhoea, 
iv. 8. 20. 

διδάσκαλος, ὁ [R.1 Sax], teacher, 
Lat. magister. ‘The Athenian boy 
was under the instruction of teach- 
ers continuously for twelve years, 
from the beginning of his seventh 
year, and the discipline was severe, 
li. 6. 12, v. 8. 18, where note that 
the speaker is Xenophon, an 
Athenian. The boy received in- 
struction in reading, writing, and 
arithmetic, in music (singing and 
the use of the αὐλός and dupa), 


/and in gymnastics. See the school- 


scene, 8.0. αὐλός, Where instruction 
in the αὐλός is represented at the 
left (a lyre is suspended at the 
centre above) and in writing at 
the right (on the wax-tablet with 
the stylus). 

διδάσκο (didax-), διδάξω, ἐδίδαξα, 
δεδίδαχα, δεδίδαγμαι, ἐδιδάχθην 
[R. 1 Sak], teach, inform, prove, 
show, Lat. doced, abs. or with acc. 
of the pers., with inf. of the thing, 
or with a clause with ws, i. 7. 4, ii. 


pass., be taught, learn, with ἀπό 


|and gen. and a clause with ὅτι, vi. 


ire 18. 

SiSynpr LR. δε], bind, tie up, v. 
ὃ. 24. (Epic, except here, see δέω, 
Lind.) 

δίδωμι (δο-), δώσω, ἔδωκα, δέ- 
δωκα, δέδομαι, ἐδόθην [R. 0], give, 
present, give over, allow, permit, 
pay, give to wife, Lat. do, with the 


|ace. or the dat. alone, or with dat. 
διαχάζω, diexacduny (the simple | 


of the pers. and acc. of the thing, 
i, 1.976.385 dl 93: 28, 6.4, iil. 2: 4; 
ἃ. 18: iv. 4- LE es Sevres, avio ol. 
12, vii. 1. 7, 2. 88, 3.24; with the 
inf., or with dat. of pers. and inf., 
1.6: OH th 2. 181 ἴν- Ge 92. ally eh 19; 
with εἰς and acc. of the thing for 
which, i. 2. 27, 4. 9; the agent is 
expressed by ὑπό and gen., Vii. 7. 
1; by ἐκ and gen., i. 1. 6; often 
in pres. and impf., offer, ili. 2. 24, 


δῖ 


vi. 3.9; used of gods, bestow, or- 


dain, grant, with acc., or with dat. | 
| have or get one’s rights, vii. 7: 14, 
/ 17, and in such phrases as ἐκ τοῦ 


and acc., or with inf., iii. 1. 23, 2. 
7, vi. 1. 26; δέδοται, it is ordained, 
vi. 6. 36. 

διείργω [elpyw], keep asunder, cut 
off, with acc. understood, iii. 1. 2. 

διελαύνω [ἐλαύνω], drive through, 
ride through, charge through, abs., 
ἀπ ΤΠ ΤΟΣ ἢ 11. 2.19. 

διελόντες, 566 διαιρέω. 

διεξέρχομαι [ἔρχομαι], pass out 
through, vi. 6. 38. 

διέρχομαι [ἔρχομαι], go through, 
march through, pass through, com- 
plete, travel, of distance, countries, 
or peoples, abs., with acc., or with 
διά and gen., ii. 4. 12, iii. 5. 17, iv. 
BROW He ἴθ ν- Aka 0- τς Vie 5205, 
19; with εἰς and ace. of place, vi. 


3.16; of a rumour, spread abroad, | 


with ὅτι and a clause, i. 4. 7. 

διερωτάω [ἐρωτάω], ask in turn, 
ask publicly, iv. 1. 26. 

διεσπάρθαι, see διασπείρω. 

διέχω [R. vex], hold apart, sep- 
arate, Lat. séparo ; subst., τὸ διέ- 
xov, the separating space, interval, 
Lat. interuallum, iii. 4. 22; intr., 


be separated, be apart, abs., with | 


gen., or with a7é and gen., i. 8. 17, 
10. 4, ili. 4.20, 22. 

διηγέομαι [R. ay], lead out in 
detail, set forth, tell, Lat. narro, 
iv. 3. 8, 13, vii. 4. 8. 

διήλασε, see διελαύνω. 

διίημι [ἴημι], let go through, let 
passthrough, allow a passage, abs., 
or with | acc., and with διά and gen., 
Mien Zon lVveN. Gs Velde 2. 

διίστημι [R. στα], set apart; 
mid. and 2 aor. act., intr., separate, 
open ranks, stand at intervals, i. 5. 
2, 8. 20, 10. 7. 

δίκαιος, a, ov [R. 1 Sax], right, 
lawful, just, fit, proper, Lat. ius- 
HOSS Is Tone (OY Aili 6922: 
δίκαιόν ἐστι, ‘with acc. and inf., 
io Selly ili, ain Bile We GE Oe pers., δί. 


καιός εἰμι with inf., J deserve to, it | 


is right that I, so δικαιοτάτους (sc. 
παρακαλεῖσθαι). Vi. 1. 5; Subst., τὸ 


ne "ἢ 





| τὸ δίκαιον, unjustly, ν. 8. 17; 





διείργω -δίκη 


δίκαιον, the right, justice, pl., one’s 
rights, so with ἔχειν and λαμβάνειν, 


Seine and σὺν τῷ δικαίῳ, right- 
eously, justly, i. 9. 19, ii. 6. 18, παρὰ 
δίκαια 
ἔπαθε, he met his deserts, v. 1. 15. 
δικαιοσύνη, 7s [R. 1 Sax], jus- 
tice, Lat. tustitia, 1. 9. 16, vil. 7. 41. 
δικαιότης, ητος, ἡ [R. 1 Sax], 
justice, equal to ΠΈΛΕ ταῦ ii. 6. 26. 
δικαίως, adv. [R. 1 Sax], with 
justice, rightly, properly, fitly, Lat. 
dure and récté, i. 9. 17, ii. 3. 19, ν΄. 
1 θΎ τ 99: 
δικαστής, οὔ [R. 1 Sax], one who 
awards or decides what is just, a 
dicast, resembling a juryman rather 
than a judge, Lat. iudex, v. 7. 34. 
δίκη, ns [R. 1 δακΊ, custom, 
usage, right, judgment, justice. The 
meaning of a phrase in which this 
word appears can often be deter- 
mined only from the context, as 
δίκη may signify satis/action re- 
ceived or punishment inflicted by 
the sufferer of a wrong, as well as 
the atonement made by the crimi- 
nal or the penalty which he pays; 
thus ἱκανὴν δίκην ἔχω, Tam abun- 
dantly satisfied, vii. 4. 24, but τὴν 


δίκην ἔχει, he has his deserts, 1.0. 
his punishment, li. 5. 388; cf. also 


δίκη ἐσχάτη. Lat. ultimwn suppli- 
cium, extreme penalty, t.e. death, 
vi. 6. 15; δίκην ἐπιτιθέναι or λαμ- 
βάνειν, inflict punishment, Lat. sup- 
plicitum sumere, i. 3. 10, ili. 2. 8, 
ν 0. 94 8.7: δι» διδότευ, pay 
the penalty, be punished, Lat. poe- 
nas dare, soluere, li. 6. 21, iv. 4. 14, 
v. 4. 20, vii. 6. 10; δίκην ὑπέχειν, 
suffer or undergo the penalty, vi. 6. 
15; τῆς δίκης τυχεῖν, meet the pen- 
alty, vi. 6. 25. The word some- 
times means a reckoning, account, 
trial, investigation, v. 7.54; ef. the 
phrases δίκην ὑπέχειν and διδόναι, 
render account, ν. 8.1. 18 ; εἰς δίκας 
πάντας καταστῆσαι, bring all to 


trial, v. 7. 34. 


διμοιρία-δοκέω 


διμοιρία, as [δύο - μοῖρα, por- 
tion, cf. μέρος}. double portion or 
share, Vii. 2. 36, 6. 1. 

Sivéw, ἐδίνησα, ἐδινήθην [δίνη, 
whirlpool], whirl round ; mid. in- 
trans., of a dance, vi. I. 9. 

διό, for d¢ 6, on account of which, 
wherefore, therefore, 1. 2. 21, ν. 5. 
10, vii. 6. 39. 

δίοδος, ἡ [ὁδός], pussage, V. 
4. 9. 
διοράω [R. 2 Fep], see through, 
discover, Vv. 2. 30. 

διορύττω [dpitTw], dig through, 
make a breach in, of a wall, vii. 8. 
13, 14. 

διότι, for δ ὅτι, on account of 
which, because, since, ii. 2. 14. 

Simnxus, v [δύο -- πῆχυς], of two 
cubits, two cubits long, iv. 2. 28. 

διπλάσιος, ἃ, ov [δύο + R. waa], 
twofold, double, of numbers or of 
bulk, Lat. duplus, iv. 1. 13, vi. 5. 
17; διπλάσιον, adv., twice as far, 
with gen., ili. 3. 16. 

δίπλεθρος, ov [800+ R. Aa], of 
two plethra, iv. 3. 1. 

διπλόος, ἡ, ov, contr. ods, 7, οὖν 
[δύο + R. mda], twofold, double, of 
amount, Lat. duplex, vii. 6. 7. 

Sis, numeral adv. [δύο], twice, 
Lat. bis; in Anab. only in compo- 
sition, δισ- or δι-. 

δισχίλιοι, ar, a [δύο + χίλιοι], 
two thousand, i. 1. 10, iv. 2. 2, vil. 
3. 48. 

διφθέρα, as [cf dépw, soften by 
working, Eng. diphtheria], softened 
or prepared hide of an animal, 
made ready for use, tanned skin, 
leathern bag, i. 5. 10, v. 2. 12. 

διφθέρινος, 7, ον [διφθέρα |, made 
of hide, leathern, ii. 4. 28. 

δίφρος, ὁ [δύο + R. dep], holding 
two, the body of the war-chariot 
(see s.v. ἅρμα), on the floor of 
which stood the driver and the war- 
rior, i. 8.10. Then, the word los- 
ing its etymological signification, a 
seat, large enough to accommodate 
only one person, stool. The δίφρος 
had neither back nor arms. ‘The 








08 


seat was square and rested on four 
legs, which were either perpendic- 
ular and solidly attached to it (see 
8.0. αὐλός). OY crossed one another 
and were bolted at the centre, so 
that the δέφρος could be closed like 
a camp-stool (see s.v. dudopeds). 
In this form the legs often curved 
inward below (cf. the Roman sella 
curulis). 

δίχα, adv. [δύο], in two parts ; 
δίχα ποιεῖν, divide, vi. 4. 11. 

διχάζω (διχάδ-) [δύο], divide in 
two; intrans., divide, separate, iv. 
8. 18. 

διψαω, διψήσω, ἐδίψησα [δίψα. 
thirst, cf. Eng. dipso-mania], be 
thirsty, Lat. sitio, iv. 5. 27. 

διωκτέον, verbal [διώκω], must 
pursue, iii. 3. 8. 

διώκω, διώξω, ἐδίωξα, δεδίωχα, 
ἐδιώχθην, pursue, chase, hunt, of 
an enemy or of game, Lat. perse- 
Quon, 1:4. ta) 8. 5. Ὁ; 10. Δ. 1.7: o> 
iii. 2. 85, iv. 1. 8; abs., give chase, 
follow up a victory, pursue, i. 5. 
3, 8.19, iii. 3. 8, iv. 6. 24, v. 4. 16, 
vii. 3. 26; intrans., run quickly, 
make haste, vi. 5. 25, vii. 2. 20. 
Phrase: τὸ διώκειν, the pursuit, i. 
8. 25. 

δίωξις, ews, ἡ [διώκω], a pursi- 
ing, pursuit, ili. 4. 5. 

διῶρυξ, vxos, ἡ [ο΄ διορύττω], 
ditch, trench, canal, Lat. fossa, 1. 
7-15, ii. 4. 18, 21, 22. 

δόγμα, ατος, τό [R. Box], that 
which seems to one, principle, 
maxim, Lat. placitum ; public de- 
cree, ordinance, standing order, 
Lat. décrétum, iii. 3. 5, vi. 4. 11, 6. 
8, 27. 

δοθῆναι, see δίδωμι. 

δοκέω (dox-), δόξω, ἔδοξα, δέδογμαι, 
ἐδόχθην (rare) [R. 80K], 1) con- 
sider, suppose, think, trans., with 
two accs., with inf. or with acc. 
ANGLING, π ἢ. 158: 2. 11 ore DL 
iii. 2. 17, v. 7. 26, vi. 1. 9, 17. 2) in- 
trans. and both pers. and impers., 
seem, appear, seem right, best, or 
good, be determined or resolved, 


og 


Lat. widetur, used with the dat., i. | 
Ay Megtare2, Mine. 6, ἐν. 4. ὃ: Υ- 5. 
22, vi. 3. 25, Vil. 3. 22; with inf., 1. 
B, Wily Aa 10. 15 Gs Wh 20: ib, τ 98; 
ἸῚ ΖΘ. 5:1, ΜΠΊῚ: 20; ὙΠ. 20); 
with dat. and inf., i. 2. 1, 3. 11, ii. 
Ft PAS ΠΡ. KOE IS his τα AG 2. 
ΜΔ 14 Ὑ] Ζ 1} ΡΒ 1: LO: 
6, iil. 5. 18, v. 2.15, vi. 1. 25, 2. 12, 
see ταῦτα ἔδοξε below; sometimes 
the inf. or the dat. is to be supplied 
from the context, i. 6. 8, vi. 5. 10, 
vii. 1. 6, 2. 16 ; when impers., with 
dat. and acc. and inf., i. 3. 18, iii. 
1, 80, iv. 3. 15, v. 8. 1, vi. 5. 4, vii. 
1.31; sometimes a combination of 
the pers. and impers. constructions 
is found, i, 3. 12, iv. 6. 13, v..6. 82, 
vii. 5. 5, and in this case the phrase 
δοκῶ μοι, like Lat. wideor mihi, 
moderates the statement which fol- 
lows, and gives an air of civility 
and courtesy, like the old English 
methinks, 1. 7. 4, vii. 6. 10, 11, 
18. Phrases: at the end of busi- 
ness meetings we find often ἔδοξε 
ταῦτα Or ταῦτα ἔδοξε, this was re- 
solved, decided, voted, Lat. placuit 
or uisum est, i. 3. 20, 11. 3. 28, iii. 3. 
Oop ΤΡ δ᾽ lA w Venter (anvley 211]: νἱ τ τὰ 
92 ; δόξαν ταῦτα, having resolved on 
this course, iv. 1.13; τὸ δόξαν, the 
resolution, Vi. 1.18; τὰ δόξαντα τῇ 
στρατιᾷ, the decision of the army, 
i. 3. 20; τὰ δεδογμένα, the conclu- 
sions, Lat. quod uisum est, iii. 2. 39, 
vi. 2. 7; ἐκπλεῖν δεδογμένον εἴη. it 
had been decided to sail out, v. 6. 
35; ὅτῳ δοκεῖ ταῦτα, ἀνατεινάτω τὴν 
χεῖρα, all in favour of this motion 
will raise their hands, iii. 2.9, cf. v. 
6.33 ; δοξάτω ὑμῖν, let it be approved, 
let it be sanctioned publicly, v. 7.31. 
In the phrase δοκοῦσί μοι ἀπῆλθον, V. 
7.13, δοκοῦσί μοι is used parentheti- 
cally without influencing the con- 
struction (but some read ἀπελθεῖν). 

δοκιμάζω (δοκιμαδ-), δοκιμάσω, 
δεδοκίμασμαι, ἐδοκιμάσθην [R. Sox], 
test, examine; pass., be accepted 
after examination, of cavalry, iii. 
3. 20. 





δοκιμάζω- δοράτιον 


δόλιος, a, ον [δόλος], treacherous, 
traitorous, i. 4. 7. 

δόλιχος, ὁ, long race, varying, 
acc. to circumstances, from six 
to twenty-four times the length of 


4y RG 


| - 





No. 16. 


the stadium, q.v., iv. 8.27. Com- 
pare the second set of runners 
in the accompanying illustration, 
where the pace shows that the race 
was a long one. 

δόλος, ὁ [ο΄ Lat. dolus, device, 
deceit], craft, fraud, stratagem, v. 


Δόλοψ, οπος, ὁ, @ Dolopian (only 
in plur.), i. 2.6. Dolopia, a coun- 
try between Mt. Pindus and Aeto- 
lia, was inhabited by a brave tribe 
which long kept its independence. 
They were perhaps not of Greek 
origin. 

δόξα, ns [R. 80K], opinion, esti- 
mation, in one’s own mind, παρὰ 
τὴν δόξαν, contrary to one’s expec- 
tation, Lat. contra exspectationem, 
ii. 1.18; of others about one, rep- 
utation, fame, glory, Lat. fama, vi. 
1.21; with eds and acc., vi. 5. 14. 

δοράτιον, τό [δόρυ], prop. small 
spear, but in the Anab., vi. 4. 23, 
rather the pole of the spear, used 
for carrying booty. See s.v. dopu- 
φόρος. 


δορκάς- δρεπανηφόρος 


δορκάς, άδος, ἡ [Γ. δέρκομαι, see 
clearly, see}, a sort of deer, gazelle, 
with large bright eyes, i. 5.2, v. 3. 10. 

δορπηστός, ὁ [δόρπον, in Hom., 
evening meal], time of the evening 
meal, tea-time, i. 10. 17. 

δόρυ, ατος, τό [cf. δρῦς, tree, 
the oak, Eng. TREE], prop. stem 
of a young tree, then pole or 
shaft of a spear, and hence, 
spear. The spear and the 
sword (ξίφος, g.v.) consti- 
tuted the weapons of attack 
carried by the Greek hop- 
lite, i. 8. 18, iv. 5. 18. The 
spear consisted of a smooth 
shaft, a double-edged iron 
head, technically called λόγ- 
xn, Vii. 4. 15, and, properly, 
a spike at the butt end. The 
δόρυ was of great length, iii. 
5. 1, lv. 2. 8. See also sv. 
ἅρμα (No. 8) and s.v. ὁπλίτης. 
Xenophon relates that the 
δόρατα of the Mossynoeci 


too heavy for aman to carry, 
v. 4. 25, and that those of 
the Chalybes measured fif- 
teen cubits, which seems to 
be almost incredible, iv. 7. 
16. The hoplite carried two 
spears (see s.v. κνημίς and s.v. 
χλαμύς), one to be hurled, 
the other to be used in the 
charge and in the hand to 
hand fight. The spear was 
carried in the right hand. 
See s.v. ἀσπίς (No. 10) and 
8.0. πελταστής. SO arose 
in military movements the 
phrase ἐπὶ δόρυ, to the right, 
iv. 3. 29. See ἀσπίς, where 
note the phrase rap ἀσπίδα, 
to the left, iv. 3.26. Other 
phrases: τὰ δόρατα ἐπὶ τὸν 
No. 17, δεξιὸν ὦ μον ἔχειν, to keep their 

spears at rest on the right 
shoulder, Vi. 5. 25; τὰ δόρατα els 
προβολὴν Kabévras, lowering or 
couching their spears for the charge, 
Vi. 5. 20; cf. 27. 








were long and thick, almost | 








60 


δορυφόρος, ὁ [δόρυ + R. hep], one 
who carries a spear, spearman, 
pikeman. But in the Anab. said 
of those who went out with dopd- 
Tia, g.v., to carry the captured 
booty to camp, v. 2. 4. 

δουλεία, as [δουλεύω], slavery, 
Lat. seruitus, vil. 7. 32. 

δουλεύω, ἐδούλευσα, δεδούλευκα 
[δοῦλος], be a slave, Lat. seruio, 
iv. 8. 4. 

δοῦλος, 6, slave, Lat. serwis, ii. 3. 
17, 5. 32, iii. 1. 17, vii. 4. 24; ap- 
plied to all subjects of the Persian 
king, i. 9. 29, ii. 5. 38. 

δοῦναι, see δίδωμι. 

δουπέω, ἐδούπησα [ δοῦπος. poetic 
verb, sound heavily, make a din, 
strike heavily, with πρός and acc., 
i. 8. 18. 

δοῦπος, ὁ, poetic word, any heavy 
sound, din, uproar, li. 2. 19. 

“Δρακόντιος, ὁ, Dracontius, an 
exile from Sparta in the Greek 
army, in charge of the games at 
Trapezus, iv. 8. 25; sent to Clean- 
der, vi. 6. 30. 

Spdpor, Spapodvrar, see τρέχω. 

δρεπανηφόρος, ov [ δρέπανον -ἰ R. 
dep |, scythe-bearing, of chariots, 
Lat. falcatae quadrigae, i. 7. 10, 11, 
12, 8.10. Such chariots were much 
in use among the Persians. Those 
described in the Anab. had, as rep- 
resented in the accompanying cut, 





a stationary scythe inserted in 
each end of the axle, the chariot be- 
ing two-wheeled, and other scythes 
fastened in the axle underneath, 
with the points downward and the 


61 


blades turned toward the horses. 
There are other representations of 
Persian scythe-bearing chariots in 
which blades are fastened to the 
outside of the felly of the wheel, 
with iron spikes on the inside of 
the felly and between the spokes. 
In these the pole also of the wagon 
ends in an iron spike, and spikes 
and scythes are attached to the 
yokes of the horses. For the gen- 
eral form of the chariot, see s.v. 
ἅρμα. 

δρέπανον, τό [δρέπω, pluck], 
reaping hook, scythe, Lat. fala, 
used on chariots, i. 8. 10. 

Δρίλαι, dy, the Drilae, a tribe of 
mountaineers living southwest of 
Trapezus, called the most warlike 
people of the Pontus, v. 2. 1, 2, 3. 

δρόμος, ὁ [root Spa, Spap, ef. ἀπο- 
διδρᾶσκω, Eng. dromedary |, a run- 
ning, TUN, Lat. CUNSUS» Ue 2. 1 Vs 
5: 35: νι 2) ol ithe dat. Vali 
when used of infantry, means on 
the run, double quick, of cavalry, at 
a gallop, and is frequently joined 
with θεῖν and found also with ὁρμᾶν, 
διώκειν, and φεύγειν, i. 8. 18, iv. 3. 
31, 6. 25, v. 7. 25, Vi. 5. 25, vii. I. 
15; running track, race-course, 
Lat. spatium, iv. 8. 26, see s.v. 
ἱππόδρομος. 

δύναμαι, δυνήσομαι, δεδύνημαι, 
ἐδυνήθην [δύναμαι], be able, capa- 
ble, strong enough, can, with inf. 
or abs. with inf. understood, i. 1. 
4 Ds PAD 2: Pay (OS Ug 11: 2. 9. 111 Taare, 
IWAN DLO Vale wLOsviAengerOy ψ{Ππ|: 28: 
often with relatives ws, 7, ὅπῃ, 
ὅσον, ὅποι, ὁποῖα and the sup. of an 
adv., aS μαχόμενοι ws ἂν δυνώμεθα 
κράτιστα, fighting with all our 
might and main, iii. 2. 6, cf. i. 1. 6, 
2. 4, iil. 4. 48, iv. 5. 1, 18, vi. 6. 1, 
vil. 7. 15; less often with ws or 
ὅσον and sup. of an adj., as ἔχων 
imméas ws ἂν δύνηται πλείστους, with 
the largest possible number of cav- 
ΙΓ ΔῈ @, Bh Gis 11:2: WS τς τ Sane 
ZOOL things, be worth, amount 
to, Lat. waled, with acc., i. 5. 6, ii. 





δρέπανον-δυσμή 


2. 19. Phrases: οἱ μέγιστον δυνά- 
μενοι, the most powerful, cf. Lat. 
plirimum posse, ii. 6. 21, vii. 6. 37 ; 
τὸ ἐξαπατᾶν δύνασθαι, the power of 
deception, ii. 6. 26. 

δύναμις, ews, ἡ [δύναμαι], ability, 
means, Lat. facultds, vil. 7. 36; 
generally in a military sense, force, 
troops, i. 1.6, 3. 12, ii. 1. 18, iii. 4. 
3, iv. 4. 7, vii. 4. 21, so also in pl., 
like Lat. copiae, ie 5. 9; power, re- 
sources, Lat. opés, i. 6. 7, 11. 5. 11; 
influence, position, Lat. auctoritas, 
il. 6.17, v. 6. 17. Phrases: εἰς or 
κατὰ δύναμιν, according to one’s 


| ability, Lat. pro uiribus, ii. 3. 23, 


iii. 2. 9. 

δυνάστης, ov [δύναμαι], a mighty 
Man, nobleman, 1, a PAD 

δυνατός, 7, dv [δύναμαι], able, in 
both active and passive sense; act., 
powerful, influential, capable, i. 
9. 24, iv. 1. 12, vii. 7.2; with inf., 
lien On 19. vila 539. 4: 25 pass:, 
possible, practicable, with inf. or 
ADSiy Leys, Lif 10 τὸ 24 Υ-: 
5. 13, or with a rel. and sup. of an 
adv., πείσομαι ἣ δυνατὸν μάλιστα, [1 
shall obey to the best of my ability, 
where ἐστί is understood with δυ- 
νατόν and 7 means as, i. 3. 15. 
Phrases: ws δυνατόν, (so far) as 
was possible, li. 6. 8; ἐκ τῶν duva- 
τῶν, as well as they could, iv. 
2. 23. 

δύνω, see δύω. 

δύο, οἷν, [δύο], two, Lat. duo, 
generally not declined, i. 1. 1, 2. 
ΘΠ 2. 12. ll 2. Ὁ: ἵν 10 ν. 2. 
11, vi. 1.9; but the gen. occurs in 
v. 6. 9, vi. 6. 14, vii. 5. 9 (with 
which cf. vil. 6. 1). Phrase: εἰς 
δύο, two abreast, ii. 4. 26. 

δυσ- [οὐ Eng. dys-peptic], insep- 
arable prefix signifying hard, iil, 
with difficulty. 

δύσβατος, ov [R. Ba], hard to 
travel, of country, v. 2. 2. 

δυσδιάβατος, ov [R. Ba], hard to 
march through, vi. 5. 19. 

δυσμή, fis [δύω], a going under, 
of the sun, in Anab. always pl., 


δυσπάριτος-ἑβδομήκοντα 


80118 
Vii. 3. 


ἡλίου δυσμαί, sunset, Lat. 
occasus, Vi. 4. 26, 5. 32, 
34. 

δυσπάριτος, ον [εἶμι], hard to 
get by, hard to pass, of a fortress, 
iv. 1. 25, 

δυσπόρευτος, ov [ R. περ], hard to 
get through, of heavy ground, with 
dat., 1. 5. 7. 

δυσπορία, as [R. περ], diffi- 
culty of passing, of a river, iv. 
3. ile 
δύσπορος, ον [R. περ], hard to 
travel, hard to cross, of rivers, ra- 
vines, and roads, ii. 5. 9, v. 1. 13, 
ὙἹ- Ὁ. 12. 

δύσχρηστος, ον [χρηστός, useful, 
verbal οὗ χράομαι], hard to use or 
manage, of little service, of troops 
in disorder, iii. 4. 19. 

δυσχωρία, as [χῶρος], roughness 
of country, hard or rough country, 
Ith, πὶ 10: 

δύω (δυ-), δύσω, ἔδυσα or ἔδῦυν, 
δέδυκα, δέδυμαι, ἐδύθην, enter; in 
Anab. always of the sun, enter the 
sea, set, Lat. occido, and in act. 
only in the collateral pres. δύνω, il. 
2. 3, 138; elsewhere in pres. and 
impf. mid., i. ro. 15, ii. 2. 16, v. 

“Ὁ. 

δῶ, see δίδωμι. 

δώδεκα, indecl. [δύο + δέκα], 
twelve, Lat. duodecim, i. 2. 10, ili. 
Ὁ: AG, oy. 6: 9.) Vilar ge 10: 

Swpéopar, δωρήσομαι, etc. [R. So], 
give a present, present, abs. or 
with acc., vil. 3. 18, 20, 26, 27, 
᾿ δωροδοκέω, δωροδοκήσω, etc. [R. 
δο ἘΝ. 2 Sax], accept a present, 
take a bribe, vii. 6. 17. 


δῶρον, τό [R. 0], present, gift, | 


Lat. donum. It was the universal 
custom among the Persians that 
those who approached the king or 
a satrap should bring him gifts, 
and in general among them gifts 
were freely bestowed. i. 2. 27, 
1 πὶ IO. ἵν Ἄν. OS 111 νῦν 
3. 16. 
δώσω, See δίδωμι. 





02 


E. 


ἐᾷ, See édw. 

ἑάλω, see ἑλίσκομαι. 

ἐάν, contr. ἄν or qv, in crasis κἂν 
for καὶ ἐάν, conditional conj., [εἰ + 
ἄν], if, if haply, used with subjy. 
in the prot. of cond. sentences of 
the vivid future and present gen- 
eral classes, i. 1. 4, 3. 14, iii. 1. 36, 
2.20, 2: 195/35, 1». 8: 11, ν Ὁ 9: κ. 
22; ἐὰν μή, unless, i. 4. 12; ἐάν τε 
...é€ay τε, With verb to be sup- 
plied, whether ... or, v. 5. 16, vii. 
Sh Bile 

ἐάνπερ, conj. [ἐάν], if at least, 
if only, iv. 6. 17. 

ἐαρίζω (ἐαριδ-) [ἔαρ, spring, ef. 
Lat. wer, spring], spend the spring, 
Hi τ ΤΣ 

ἑαυτοῦ, fs, 00, contr. αὑτοῦ, etc., 
refl. pron. [pronominal stem ἑ (see 
ov) αὐτός], of himself, herself, 
itself, used both directly and in- 
directly;eis 1 Oy 2 ΤῈ τ τ 
29, 38, IV. 5. 24, Vv. 3. 00. 10. 5. 
14, vi. 1. 89. vil. 1. 18. Ther gen: 
with the article takes the place of 
the possessive pron., Lat. swws, as 
ἀφιππεύει ἐπὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ σκηνήν, he 
rode off to his own tent, i. 5. 12, 
Gf: M4. 1, Vs 20.) Voronoi 
this case the substantive may be 
omitted, as τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ, his own 
men, 1. 2. 15, ef. iii. 1. 16, 4. 46, iv. 
5. 23, vii. 7. 44. 

ἐάω, ἐάσω, εἴασα, εἴα κα, εἴαμαι, 
εἰάθην, let, allow, permit, with inf., 
or with acc. and inf., i. 4. 7, 9. 13, 
113-926, ΠῚ esata, ν᾿ 8: ΧΟ Ὑ{| 7. 
20; οὐκ ἐᾶν, not allow, 1.6. refuse, 
forbid, prohibit, abs. or with inf., 
τ Oh 2. UU Gio 9. Nite, ΤῸ} Has 
go, neglect, give up, with acc., i. 
9. 18, vii. 3. 2. Phrases: ἐᾶν χαί- 
pe, Vii. 3. 238, see χαίρω; ταῦτα 
ela, he let the matter drop, Vii. 4. 
11 

ἑβδομήκοντα, indecl. [ἑπτά + 
εἴκοσι], seventy, Lat. septuaginta, 
ἵν. 7. ὃ: 


63 


ἕβδομος, 7, ov [ἑπτά], seventh, 
Lat. septimus, vi. 2. 12. 

éy-, by assimilation for év- before 
a palatal mute. 

éyylyvopar [ R. yev], be born in, be 
innate, be in, Lat. innascor, ν. 8. 3. 

ἐγγυάω, ἠγγύησα, nyyinka, éyye- 
γύημαι, ἠγγυήθην [ἐγγύη, pledge], 
pledge; mid., pledge oneself, en- 
gage, promise, Lat. sponded, with 
ace. and inf., vii. 4. 19. 

ἐγγύθεν, adv. [ἐγγύς], from close 
by, iv. 2. 27. 

ἐγγύς, adv., near, close by, nigh, 
nearly, comp. ἐγγύτερον, Sup. ἐγγυ- 
τάτω or ἐγγύτατα, of place, abs. or 
with gen., i. 8.8, 10. 10, ii. 2. 15, 
41. ΠΡ 2: 7. ἀν 2. 15. Δ: 1 ἡ: 29. 
v. 4. 16, vi. 1. 17; sup. with the 
art., nearest, Lat. proximus, ii. 2. 
16, v. 7. 13; of time, sup. with 
the art., last, li. 2. 11; of relation, 
nigh on to, very nearly, Lat. fere, 
iv. 2. 28, v. 4. 13; ; with gen., v. Fo hs 

ἐγείρω (éyep-),, ἐγερῶ, ἤγειρα or 
ἠγρόμην, ἔγρήγορα, ἔγήγερμαι, ἠγέρ- 
θην, rouse; pass. and 2 perf., be 
awakened, wake up, lie awake, keep 
vigil, Lat. wigild, iv. 6. 22, v. 7. 10. 


ἐγκαλέω [R. kad], call in, claim, | 
of a debt, vii. 7.33 ; bring a charge | 


against, reproach, blame, of per- 


sons, with dat. and sometimes ἃ 
| mando, ili. 2. 8. 


clause with ws or ὅτι, vii. 5. 7, 7. 
44, 47. 

ἐγκαλύπτω (καλύπτω, καλυβ-, Ka- 
λύψω, ἐκάλυψα, κεκάλυμμαι, ἐκαλύ- 
φθην, cover), cover closely; mid., 
wrap oneself wp, iv. 5. 19. 

ἔγκειμαι [κεῖμαι], lie in, be in, 
iv. 5. 26 

ἐγκέλευστος, ον [R. κελ], insti- 
gated, of persons, with ὑπό and 
pens, 1.3) Lo. 

ἐγκέφαλος, ov [κεφαλή], within 
the head ; as subst., ὁ ἐγκέφαλος (sc. 
μυελός, marrow), the brain; of the 
palm tree, the crown, a cabbage- 
like growth at the top, edible and 
of a peculiar flavour, but causing 
headache, ii. 3. 16. 

ἐγκρατής, és [R. 1 kpa], possessed 





ἕβδομος- ἐδηδοκότες 


of power, holding fast, master or 
lord of, with gen., i. 7. 7, v. 4. 15. 

ἐγρηγόρεσαν, see éyelpw. 

éyxadtvow [xadivow], put on a 
bridle ; esp. in perf. pass. éyxexa- 
λινωμένοι, ready bridled, vii. 2. 21, 
0: 

ἐγχειρέω, ἐγχειρήσω, ἐνεχείρησα 
[R. xep], lay one’s hand on, make 


᾿ an attempt, abs., 


Wo Ha tek 
ἐγχειρίδιος, ον 
Νο. 19. 


[R. χερ], in the 
hand ; subst., τὸ 
ἐγχειρίδιον, dag- 
ger, dirk, as eas- 
ily held in the 
hand, Lat. pu- 
gio, iv. 12% 
The ἐγχειρίδιον 
was two-edged, 
and often had 
an ornamented 
handle. In the 
second of the 
accompanying 
cuts the handle 
was faced with 
plates of wood, 
united by rivets. 

ἐγχειρίζω (-χειρίξζω, χειριδ-, -χει- 
ριοῦμαι, etc. [R. χερ], handle), com- 
mit to the hands of, entrust, Lat. 








ἐγχέω (xéw, χυ-, -χέω, Exea, -κέ- 
χυκα, κέχυμαι, ἐχύθην [root xv, cf. 
Lat. fundo, pf. fudi, pour, Eng. 
GUSH, GUT], powr), pour in (se. 
οἶνον), fill a cup, esp. for a liba- 
tion, ἵν. 53, 19: 

ἐγώ, ἐμοῦ or μοῦ, pers. pron. [¢f. 
Lat. ego, Eng. I, Lat. me, Eng. 
ΜΕ], J, in the nom. used only when 
emphatic, i By, By WO) Gh 8.5.7. 1:1]: 
2: ΘῈ tht, Ve 25, iv. 8. 12, Wa io Ug NAb 
Te O ville 25, 

ἔγωγε [ἐγώ + γέ], I for my part, 
Lat. equidem, i. 4. 8, vi. 1. 32. 

ἐδεδοίκεσαν, See δείδω, 

ἔδει, see δέω, lack. 

ἔδεισαν, 566 δείδω. 

ἐδηδοκότες, see ἐσθίω. 


ἐδραμον-εἰλήχειν 


ἔδραμον, see τρέχω. 

ἔδωκα, 566 δίδωμι. 

ἔζη, ἔζων, see Caw. 

ἐθελοντής, οὔ [ἐθέλω], volunteer, 
Lat. uoluntarius, in a military 
sense, iv. 1. 26, 2. 14; as adj., of 
ἐθελονταὶ φίλοι, friends of their 
own free will, i. 6. 9. 

ἐθελούσιος, a, ov [ἐθέλω], volun- 
tary, of one’s own accord, Lat. 
sua sponte, iv. 6. 19, vi. 5. 14. 

ἐθέλω or θέλω (See below), ἐθε- 
λήσω, ἠθέλησα, HOEAnKa, wish, be 
willing, be ready, be glad to do 
anything, desire, volunteer, with 
the inf., which may be understood, 
1/2; 30; 7.0. 0115] 1.1 3. 2. ΠῚ: 





1,25, 4. 41, iv. 1. 28, v. 4. 26, vi. 5. | 


21, 6. 20, vii. 4.9; with acc. τίς iv. 
4. 5; with acc. and inf., vi. 1. 32 
(some read συνεθελῆσαι); the par- 
tic. is used as adj., vi. 2.6. Forms 
from θέλω occur rarely and only 
in the third pers., ii. 1. 14, 6. 18, 
111 25416; ὙΠ 27, vil Ὁ. 18% ἣν 
Ged; θέλῃ, God willing, Vii. 3. 43; 
65.2.51. 

ἔθετο, ἔθηκε, See τίθημι. 

ἔθνος, ous, τό [ε΄ Eng. ethnic], 
company of men, people, nation, 
tribe, Lat. natio, i. 8. 9, iii. 1. 2, iv. 
"5.28; κατὰ ἔθνη or ἔθνος, according 
to nations, by tribes, i. 8. 9, v. 5. 5. 

el, conj., if, Lat. 51, used 1) with 
the indic. in simple conditions, 


whether present, past, or future, | 


and in conditions contrary to fact, 
Day 1Π 16:11 4, 5c) 117. 5:1 eo 
15. 25395, 42 589. Ve dell S.A vere 
10, 4. 6, 6. 34, vi. 1. 32, vii. 4. 20, 6. 
30; 2) with the opt. in less vivid 
fut. or in past general conditions, 
1791126, τἰς, 3. 11. 11}: 2) 35, lve ὃ. 1 
Vertaal, Ὁ: 4. ἐν] 7.590; invingir 
disespi-1225 4 Thelve 6.1: τὸ 8. 
9) used for ὅτι after an expression 
signifying discontent, iii, 2. 17; 
4) after words of questioning or 
doubting, whether, ii. 1. 15, iii. 2. 
22, iv. I. 8, 25, ἡ. 1. 12, vil. 2. 25, 
Ol ef = -.0 9. ΤΌΠΟΙ, a). « OT Mil. 
7, v. 6. 28; 5) joined with other 


29 Ὁ 


64 


words, εἰ καί, although, or καὶ ei, 
even if, 111. 2. 24, vi. 6. 27; ef μή, 
if not, iv. 2. 4, after a negative, 
except, unless, Lat. nisi, 1. 4. 18, 5. 
6, li. 1. 12, iv..7.5; ef δὲ μή, other- 
WUSE, 11..2. AGRIC See, AVAL τ 58.» EL 
τις and εἴ τι, if anybody, whoever, 
whatever, many, some, i. 5. 1, 6. 1, 
V. 3. 3, Vi. 2. 12, vii. 3. 21, 6. 32. 

ela, εἴασε, See ἐάω. 

εἰδέναι, εἰδῆτε, See οἶδα. 

εἶδον, 2 aor, (/6-), used as aor. 
of ὁράω [R. Fb], see, behold, look, 
observe, perceive, remark, abs. or 
with acc., i. 2. 18, 22, τὸ: 15, ii. 1. 9, 
11 1. e424 Ve alin saloons 
10, vii. 3. 7; with acc. (which may 
be omitted) and partic., i. 8. 28, το. 
10 MTS SG yell sepa ν᾿ yA ὃς 
15, vi. 6.17; rarely with ὅτε anda 
clause, iii. 2.23; witha rel. clause, 
iv. 1. 20. 

εἶδος, ous, τό [R. Ftd], look, 
shape, ii. 3. 16. 

εἰδότες, See οἶδα. 

εἰκάζω (eixad-), εἰκάσω, εἴκασα. 
εἵἴκασμαι, εἰκάσθην [ἔοικα], make 
like; perf. pass., resemble, with 
dat., v. 3. 12, 4. 12; compare and 
infer something, conjecture, fancy, 
suppose, like the Yankee guess, 
Lat. conicid, abs., with inf., or acc. 


, and inf., i, 6. 1, 11, ro. 16, iv. 5. 15, 








vii. 1. 26. 

εἰκός, dros, neut. partic. of ἔοικα, 
q.v., natural, reasonable, likely, 
probable, with or without ἐστί, fol- 
lowed by inf. or ace. and inf., ii. 2. 
19, i. 7. 135.2. 10) iviGs95 vo 1. 12% 
εἰκὸς καὶ δίκαιον, Lat. aequum et 
iustum, iii. 2. 26; εἰκότα λέγειν. say 
what is reasonable, ii. 3.6. Phrases: 
ws εἰκός and ws τὸ εἰκός, as is (Or 
was) likely, reasonable, natural, 
1. ne δ. ΘΑ cy wlio. 

εἴκοσι, indecl. [etkoor], twenty, 
Lat. Wgenti le 200 1. ἧς 5 ὟΣ 8. 
11: 

εἰκότως, ady. [ἔοικα 7. naturally, 


with good reason, ii. 2. 3, vi. 4. 18, 


εἴληφε, εἰλήφει, see λαμβάνω. 
εἰλήχειν, See λαγχάνω. 


65 


εἷλκον, 566 ἕλκω. 
εἱλόμην, εἷλον, see αἱρέω. 
εἰμί (ἐσ-), ἔσομαι [R. eo], be, in 
its widest sense, be in existence, 
exist, take place, happen, used both 
as the copula and as the substantive 
verb, i. 1. 4, 4.4, 10. 15, ii. 2. 3, 21, 
θ᾽ Wy, abby HN ς. τ iis, By Un sh ἢ We 
4. 25, 6. 9, Vi. 2. 2, Vil. 1. 25, 28, 3. 
45. The ‘predicate, when a sub- 
stantive, may be nom., gen., or 
dat. The gen. is either partitive 
or possessive, or of measure or 
material, while the dat. is posses- 
sive. With the possessive gen. or 
dat. the verb is translated belong, 
have, possess, aS τῶν νικώντων τὸ 
ἄρχειν ἐστί, to the victors belongs the 
right to command, ii. 1. 4, cf. 1. 1. 6, 
We tig 11 wins 2: 90. ἵν. 2. 4. ὙἹ1: 2. al) 2 
ὄνομα δὲ ἢν TH πόλει Μέσπιλα, the 
city had the name of Mespila, 
iii. 4. 10, cf. 1. 5. 4, ii. 4.15; λεγέτω 
τί ἔσται τοῖς στρατιώταις, let him 
state what the soldiers are to have, 
τ ΤΟΥ ole 7. ὃ. Willey 25-2 Ds πὸ 
δεῖπνον ἣν καθημένοις, they had their 
dinner sitting, vii. 3. 21. Exam- 
ples of other gens. and dats. will 
be found in i. 2. 3, 4.9, ii. 6. 20, 26, 
iil. 4. 7, 10, iv.6.14, vi 2.3. Joined 
with a partic. a periphrastic ex- 
pression is formed, as ἣν δυναμένη 
for ἐδύνατο; ii. 2. 13, ef. v. 2. 23, 3. 
8, vii. 6.36. Used impers., ἔστι, it is 
possible, one can, With inf., i. 4. 4, 
Tihs 35 AUS) Th a 1.3. ἦν. 7. 5 ye 6. 1ῦ; 
vi. 3.17. In conjunction with rel- 
ative words, as ἔστι δ᾽ ὅστις, some- 
body, i. 8. 20; ἔστιν 6 τι σε ἠδίκησα, 
ἐπ I done 1 you any wrong? i. 6. 
7, cf. V. 7: 6; ἢν δὲ τῶν σταθμῶν 
οὺς μακροὺς 7 Meier: some of the 
marches he made were long, i. δ: 
7, cf. ll. 5. 18; ἔστιν of and ἦσαν 
of, some, v. 2. 14, vi. 2. 6; ἔσθ᾽ 
ὅτε and ἢν ὁπότε, sometimes, ii. 6. 
9, iv. 2. 27; οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως οὐκ ἐπι- 
θήσεται ἡμῖν, it ts impossible that 
he will not attack us, ii. 4. 3, cf. v. 
7.7; οὐκ ἣν ὅπου ov, everywhere, iv. 
5. 51, cf. vi. 2. 4. Other phrases: 





εἷλκον-εἶπον 


| τὸ νῦν εἶναι, for the present, iii. 2. 


37; τὰ ὄντα, facts, possessions, iv. 
4. 15, vii. 8. 22; τῷ ὄντι; in fact, Vv. 
4. 20; τὸ κατὰ τοῦτον εἶναι, as fur 
as this fellow is concerned, i. 6. 9. 

εἶμι (é-), impf. yew or ga [τοοῦ ι, 
cf. Lat. e0, tre, go], go (but the 
pres. ind. always has a fut. sense, 
and so sometimes the inf. and par- 
tic. when in indir. disc., i. 3. 1, 6, 
4. 12, li. 2. 3, 6. 10), come, proceed, 
march, abs., or with the preps. 
els, ἐπί, ae ANG πρός: le oes 
fie (> Wi Tie Gs 21 i ig 22. ey 
2. 16, cae τ 8. 9p lh 
Vi 1..1} Ὑῦ τῶ Iie for. phrases 
with διά, 111. 2. 8, see διά ; imv. ἴθι, 
come now, Lat. age, vii. 2. 26, 7. 
27. Phrase: εἰς χεῖρας ἰέναι, come 
to close quarters, Lat. pugna in 
manus wuenit, iv. 7. 15. Verbal 
ἰτέον, q.v. 

εἶπας, εἴπατε, See εἶπον. 

εἴπερ [εἰ], tf in fact, if really, 
sometimes strengthened by γέ, i. 7. 
ΘΙ 2 ἢ. Ie ὁ: 0. Ville aol Os 10); 
with causal force, inasmuch as, Vi. 
4p 

εἵπετο, See ἕπομαι. 

εἶπον, 2 aor. (of the 1 aor. are 
ind. εἶπας; ii. 5. 23, v. 8. 10, and 
imy. εἴπατε, ii. 1. 21) [root Fer, cf. 
Lat. wocd, call, uodx, voice], say, 
speak, talk, tell, allege, relate, often 
of speeches in an assembly and of 
messages through an interpreter or 
other person, abs. or with acc., i. 3. 
7, 14, 8.15, 11. 1. 4, 5. 24, iii. 1.38, 45, 
iVeeg: LO; Vato 85 682% Vi. 2. 305 vil. 
3. 25, 59; with a clause in dir. disc. 
with or without ὅτι, i. 4. 8, 16, ii. 
Ι. 21, 111. 1. 45, ἵν. 6. 10, γ. 4. 10, 
vi. 1. 92, vii. 3. 89; with a clause 
in indir. disc. with ὅτι or ws, i. 6. 2, 
ὁ. 19. Mier. 2 pully τὶ ὍΣ 1γ: 4. δὴν. 
5. 24, vi. 1. 30, vii. 6. 16; with a 
rel. or interr. clause, ii. 1. 15, 21, 
2. 2, 10, v. 8.2; with dat. of pers., 
either alone or with acc. ora clause, 
i. 6, 2, 11. 1.15, 2. 2, iv. 5. 8, v. 6. 
16, 19, Fo Ua Sab, Teo ΘΙ ey CS yaaa 
ace. and εἰς with acc., v. 6. 37; 


εἴργω-εἰσβολή 


with περί and gen., li. 1.21; with 
advs., aS ὧδε, οὕτως, εὑ, 11. 3. 24, Vi. | 
1. 30, vii. 2. 82. Often the word 
may be rendered reply, retort, | 
when πρός with acc. of the thing, | 
with or without dat. of pers., is | 
used;! 7.6.09; ir. 11, vi: 6. 28. | 
With inf., or ace. and inf., the | 
word means command, order, move 
(in an assembly), propose, i. 3. 14, 
Linz. 2) V5. 4: 

εἴργω (elpy-), εἴρξω, εἶρξα, εἴργμαι, 
εἴρχθην, shut out, keep off, Lat. ex- | 
cludo, with ἐκ or ἀπό and gen. of | 
thing, vi. 3. 8, 6. 16 (fut. mid. as 
pass.) ; prevent, hinder, Lat. pro- 
hibed, with wore μή and inf., iii. 3. 
16; shut in, hem in, Lat. ineludo | 
(in this sense usually written with 
rough breathing, but not so in edd. 
of Anab.), iii. 1. 12. 

εἴρηκα, εἴρημαι, See εἔρω. 

εἰρήνη, ης [R. 1. Fep], agreement, 
result of an agreement, 1.6. peace, 
Lat. pax, ii. 6. 2, iii. 1. 37, v. 7. 27, 
vii. 7. 33. 

εἴρητο, see εἴἔρω. 

εἴρω (ἐρ-). pres. only in Epic, the 
Attic forms being fut. ἐρῶ, pf. εἴρη- 
ka, εἴρημαι, aor. ἐρρήθην [R. 1 Fep], 
say, mention, tell, with acc. or a 
clause in indir. disc. with ws or ὅτι, 
TER ΠΡ eral ae ΜΠ 2. ete ME 
I. 5, vi. 3. 1; tell, order, in pass. 
with dat. of pers. and inf., ili. 4. 3, 
4. Phrase: τὰ εἰρημένα, what has 
been said, the foregoing, Vv. 5. 24, 
τ: 11. 

els, prep. with acc. [év], in, into, 
to, used of place after verbs οἵ. 
motion, i. 2. 20, 22, 3. 14; often 
with a personal object, among, 
against, into the country of, 1. 1. 
1 ἀν πο 8. ὙΠ pveuo Om ΟΠ ὙΣ Ὁ. 
27, 28, 57; with verbs of rest, but 
implying previous motion, where 
Eng. uses in, i. 1. 3, 2. 2, 3, ii. 5. 
99, Vili. I. 11, 4.6; of time, up to, 
during, in, at, i. 7. 1, ii. 3. 25, iii. 1. | 
3, lv. 1. 15,-v. 3. 10, vii. 1. 35; εἰς 
τὴν νύκτα UroNver ba, take off one’s 
shoes for the night, iv. 5. 15; of 





| vil. I. 33. 


66 


measure and limit, with numerals, 
up to, at most, to the number of, 
1 29. 8: OUR Tey Nis δὲ LU ΝΖ: 
4; εἰς τρίς, even to three times, Vi. 
4. 16, 19; εἰς δύο, two abreast, ii. 4. 
26; εἰς ὀκτώ, eight deep, Vii. 1. 23; 
of the end, object, object of refer- 
ence, in regard to, for, in respect 


to, with verbs or adjectives, i. 1.9, 


10, 2. 27, 8. 1, 9. 14, 23, ii. 3. 23, 6. 
6, 30, iii. 3. 19, vi.5.14. Phrases: 
εἰς καλὸν ἥκειν, Come tn the nick of 
time, iv. 7.33; εἰς πλάγιον, obliquely, 
1.8.10; εἰς ἀφθονίαν, in abundance, 
In composition εἰς sig- 
nifies into, on, in. 

eis, μία, ἕν, gen. ἑνός, μιᾶς, ἑνός, 
numeral adj., one, Lat. unus, i. 2. 
CHE faba ΠΟ αν τ ΘΟ iG a 


13: Wis) 5. 10. vil. 2. 29) as" pron: 


stronger than tis, i. 3. 14, but 
sometimes modified by it, ii. 1. 19, 
vi. 6. 20; εἷς ἕκαστος, each tndi- 
vidual, Lat. unusquisque, vi. 6. 12; 
ἕνα μή, not a single man, stronger 
than μηδένα. v. 6.12. Phrase: δῶρα 
πλεῖστα εἷς ye ὧν ἀνὴρ ἐλάμβανε, he 
received, for one man, the very 
greatest number of presents, t.e. he 
received more than any other indi- 
vidual, Lat. unus omnium max- 
imé, i. 9. 22, cf. 12. 

εἰσάγω [R. ay], lead into or in, 
with εἰς and acc. of place or πρός 
and acc. of pers., 1. 6. 11, vil. 3. 27, 
5.9; in theatrical sense, bring on, 
Lat. induco, vi. 1. 12. 

εἰσακοντίζω [R. ak], throw in a 
javelin, vil. 4. 15. 

εἰσβαίνω [R. Ba], yo on board, 
embark, with els πλοῖον, v. 7. 16. 

εἰσβάλλω [βάλλω], throw into; 
intr., throw oneself into, invade, 
with εἰς and acc. of place, i. 2. 21, 
γ. 4.10; of rivers, empty, i. 7. 15. 

εἰσβιβάζω (βιβάζω, βιβαδ-,-βιβάσω 
or βιβῶ, -εβίβασα [R. Ba], make 
go), make go on, of persons, put on 
board, embark, Lat. impond, V. 3. 1. 

elo Born, 7s [βάλλω], trr0ad, in- 
vusion, V. 6.7; place of entrance, 
PASSO, ὩΣ 


0Τ 


εἰσδύομαι [δύω], yo down into, 
sink into, with εἰς and acc., iv. 5. 
14. 

εἴσειμι [εἶμι], go in, enter, of 
places, abs. or with εἰς and acc., 
vii. 1. 15, 39, 2. 80: of persons, 


into the presence of, with παρά and | 


ace., i. 7. 8; of thoughts, occur to, 
with acc. of pers. and ὅπως ἄν with 
subjv., vi. 1. 17. 

εἰσελαύνω [ἐλαύνω], drive into ; 
intr., march into, i. 2. 26. 

εἰσέρχομαι [ἔρχομαι), come in, 
enter, abs. or with εἰς, ἐπί, or πρός 
and acc., i. 2. 21, iv. 7. 4, v. 5. 20, 
vii. 1. 88, 3. 21; of an actor’s en- 
trance, Vi. I. 9. 

εἴσεται, See οἶδα. 

εἴσοδος, ἡ [ὁδός], way into, en- 
trance, of a house, ravine, or 
stronghold, sometimes with e/s and 
ACC ἵν: 2.9, 5: 2. 5: 1: 

εἰσπηδάω (πηδάω, πηδήσομαι, 
ἐπήδησα, -πεπήδηκα [R. aed |, leap), 
spring into, with εἰς and acc., 1. 
5. 8. 

εἰσπίπτω [R. mer], tumble in, 
rush in or tnto, abs. or Withgels 
ἘΠ Παρ: κα Τοῦ Ihe Val, ie 7/5 we), 

εἰσπλέω [R. meF], sail into ; eis 
τὸν Πόντον εἰσπλέοντι, aS One enters 
the Pontus, vi. 4. 1. 

εἱστήκει, See ἵστημι. 

εἰστρέχω [τρέχω]. run in, rush 
O10, BOSS ANS 7. 1. Ae 2. 10. 

εἰσφέρω [R. hep], carry into or 
in, Vii. 3. 21. 


εἰσφορέω [R. pep |, bring or carry | 


into, with εἰς and acc., iv. 6. 1. 
εἴσω, adv. [ἐν], inside, within, 
inside of, inwards, Lat. intus and 
intra, with verbs of rest or of mo- 
tion, sometimes with gen. or eis 
and acc., i. 2. 21, 6. 5, li. 4. 12, 111. 
3 one, 2: 18. 7. ie Wats 25 tely Walls 52 


ere [ὠθέω], thrust in ; 
Sorce one’s way in, V. 2. 18.” 
εἶτα, adv., of time, then, there- 
upon, afterwards, thereafter, i. 5. 
10, 12, vii. 8.7; πρῶτον μὲν... εἶτα 
δέ 1 2. 10. 7 2 ο΄. 6.10; 11:.4.- 22; 


mid., 


| parties, Lat. utrique, iii. 





εἰσδύομαι-ἑκατόν 


with a partic., which may be trans- 
lated as a finite verb, i. 2. 25, iv. 7. 


13. 
εἴτε, disjunctive conj. [εἰ + τέ], 
doubled, whether ...or, if... or, 


Lat. stwe... stue, ii. 1. 14, iii. 1, 40, 
2. 7, vi. 6. 20; in indir. questions, 
iv. 6. 8, vii. 7. 18. 

εἶχε, See ἔχω. 

εἴωθα, 2 pf. as pres., εἰώθειν, 2 
plpf. as impf., of Epic ἔθω, be ac- 
customed (cf. ἔθος, τό, custom, 70s, 
τό, custom, character, Eng. ethic}, 
be accustomed, be used, with int., 


| vii. 8. 4. 


εἴων, see édw. 

ἐκ, see ἐξ. 

ἑκασταχόσε, acy. 
every direction, all round, 
ie 

ἕκαστος, 7, ον [superlative form, 
cf. ἑκάτερος]. each, each one, every, 
every one, used of more than two, 
JONES CUES, te UG (G5 G5 TG thle 1 
Bh IN 2. 209) ΤΊΤΟΝ Ὑ2 2 NG, Sal 4: 
9, vii. 2: 17; when used with a 
subst. it is generally in the pred. 
position, i. 8. 9, iv. 8. 12, 15, vi. 3. 
2, vil. 4. 14; the sing. is often used 
in appos. to a pl., i. 7. 15, iv. 2. 12, 
vi. 6. 12. 

ἑκάστοτε, ady. [ἕκαστος], every 
time, always, li. 4. 10. 

ἑκάτερος, a, ov [comparative 
form, ¢f. ἕκαστος], each ot two, Lat. 
uterque, when used with a subst. 
it is in the pred. position, i. 8. 27, 
vi. 1. 9, vil. 1. 28; pl., both, both 
DOs Ve 
5.25. Phrase: τῆς ὁδοῦ καθ᾽ ἑκά- 
τερα, on both sides of the road, v. 
Os te 

ἑκατέρωθεν, adv. [ἑκάτερος ]. from 
both directions, on both sides, Lat. 
utrimque, i. 8. 18, 22, vi. 4. 3, 5. 
25. 

ἑκατέρωσε, adv. [éxdrepos], in 
both directions or ways, Lat. in 
utramque partem, i. 8. 14. 

ἑκατόν, indecl. [ἑκατόν], one 
hundred, Lat. centuwm, i. 2. 25, ii 
Ae WP Tis 1 SB, Wis 25 Ot 


[ἕκαστος], in 
lil. 5. 


᾿Ἑἰκατώνυμος-ἐκκλησιάζω 


“Exatavupos, ὁ, Hecatonymus, a 
Sinopean envoy, Vv. 5. 7, 24, 6. 3. 

ἐκβαίνω [R. Ba], step out, esp. 
from a boat, disembark, Lat. égre- 
dior, Vv. 4.11; go forth, march out, 
esp. from lower to higher ground, 
abs. or with πρός, ἐπί, or εἰς and 
ACCH NVA 2:1, 9.2. 9.29; ὙΠ 2: φῦ. 

ἐκβάλλω [βάλλω], throw away, 
Lat. éicid, ii. 1.6; cast out, expel, 


banish, drive out, sometimes with | 
ἐκ and gen., i. 1.7, 2. 1; pass., éx- | 
βαλλόμενοι εἰς τοὺς πολεμίους, thrust | 


out among or abandoned to the foe, 
vii. 1. 16; ἐκ τῆς φιλίας ἐκβάλλε- 
σθαι, be deprived of one’s favour, 
vii. 5. 6. 

ἔκβασις, ews, ἡ [R. Ba], a going 
out, esp. place of going out, out- 
let, pass, of mountains or ravines, 
sometimes with εἰς and acc., iv. 1. 
20, 2.1, 3. 20; ἡ τοῦ ποταμοῦ. ἄνω 


ἔκβασις. the up-country road Jrom | 


the river, iv. 3. 21. 

᾿Εἰκβάτανα, τά [old Pers. Hag- 
matana), Ecbatana, an ancient 
city and capital of Media, about 
12 stadia from Mt. Orontes. It 
was greatly improved by the. Per- 
sians and became the summer resi- 
dence of the king, ii. 4. 25, iii. 5. 
15. The city and palace were 
famous in antiquity for their mag- 
nificence. Only insignificant ruins 
remain, near the modern Hamad4n. 

ἐκβοηθέω [R. BoF + θέω], come 
out to the rescue, with ἐκ and gen., 
vii. 8. 15. 

ἔκγονος, ov [R. γεν], born of, de- 
scended from; subst., οἱ ἔκγονοι, 
descendants, ili. 2.14; of animals, 
τὰ ἔκγονα, the young, iv. 5. 25. 

ἐκδέρω (δέρω, Sepa, ἔδειρα, δέδαρ- 
μαι, ἐδάρην [R. Sap], flay), strip 
off the skin, flay, with ace. of pers., 
1: 2:8: 

ἐκδίδωμι [R. δο]. give away or 
up, deliver up, Lat. déedé, vi. 6. 10, 
18; give away from one’s house, 
of marrying off a daughter, Lat. 
nuptum dod, in pass. with παρά and 
dat., iv. 1. 24. 








68 


ἐκδύω [δύω], put off, strip off; 
mid. and 2 aor. act., strip oneself, 
ἵν... 2: 

ἐκεῖ, adv., there, in ἐππὲὶ place, 
with verbs of rest, i. 3. 20, 8. 12, 
vi. 3. 16, vii. 2. 15; with verbs of 
motion, thither, ili. 1. 46, v. 6. 26. 

ἐκεῖθεν, adv. [ἐκεῖ], thence, from 
there, Lat. illinc, v. 6. 24. 

ἐκεῖνος, 7, 0, dem. pron. [ἐκεῖ], 
that, that man there, Lat. ille, used 
prop. of a person or thing remote 
in thought or actual distance from 
the speaker or subject in hand, 
but sometimes refers to one near 
at hand or lately mentioned, and 
even to the subject itself; in agree- 
ment with a subst. it has the 


| pred. position ; it is often used as 


a strong form of the pers. pron., 
he, she, tt; i. 1. 4, 2. 7, 15, 3. 1, 18, 
ii. 5. 38, 6. 8, 14, 19, iii. 1. 29, 2. 5, 
iv. 3. 20, v. 6. 31, vii. 3.4. Phrase: 
ἐκ τοῦ ἐπ᾽ ἐκεῖνα, See ἐπέκεινα. 

ἐκεῖσε, Δαν. [ἐκεῖ], to that place, 
thither, Lat. illuc, vi. 1. 33, 6. 36. 

ἐκέκτησο, 566 κτάομαι. 

ἐκήρυξε, ἐκηρύχθη, 566 κηρύττω. 

ἐκθλίβω (θλέβω, θλιβ-, θλέψω, 
ἔθλιψα, ἐθλίφθην, press), squeeze 
out, crowd out, of soldiers crowded 
out of their ranks, iii. 4. 19, 20. 

ἐκκαθαίρω [καθαίρω]. cleanse 
thoroughly, of shields, burnish, i. 
2. 16, an inferior reading for the 
following word. 

ἐκκαλύπτω (καλύπτω, KaduB-, Ka- 
λύψω, ἐκάλυψα, κεκάλυμμαι, ἐκαλύ- 
φθην, cover), uncover, said of 
shields, when carried without the 
usual leathern case (cdyua), i. 2. 
16. 

ἐκκλησία, as [R. kad], assem- 
bly, the regular word for town 
meeting, the people being called 
out by proclamation of the herald ; 
in Anab. meeting or assembly of 
soldiers, with συνάγειν or ποιεῖν, i. 
3.2, 4. 12. 

ἐκκλησιάζω, ἐκκλησιάσω, ἐξεκλη- 
σίασα or ἠκκλησίασα [R. kad], hold 
an assembly, abs., Vv. 6. 37. 


09 


ἐκκλίνω (κλίνω, κλιν-, κλινῶ, ἔκλινα, | 


κέκλιμαι, ἐκλίθην or -εκλίνην [ cf. ἀπο- 
κλίνω], bend), of soldiers, bend out 
of line of battle, give grownd, Lat. 
inclino, abs., i. 8. 19. 

ἐκκομίζω [κομίζω], carry out, 
draw out, as wagons from the mud, 
1. 5. 8; bring off, lead off, of sol- 
diers, vi. 6. 86; mid., carry off for 
one’s own use, V. 2. 19. 

ἐκκόπτω [κόπτω], cut away from 
what surrounds, of trees from a 
wood, or of an entire wood, where 
we say cut down (cf. éxmlrtw), i. 4. 
10:11. 2: 10: 

ἐκκυβιστάω (κυβιστάω, -εκυβί- 
στησα [κὕὔπτω, stoop], tumble head 
foremost), turn heels over head, 
throw a somersault, of a dancer, 
ΜΙ. 9: 

ἐκκυμαίνω (κυμαίνω, κυμαν- [κῦμα, 
billow, cf. Lat. cumulus, heap, pile], 
surge), billow out, surge forward, 
of part of a line of battle, i. 8. 18. 

ἐκλέγω (-λέγω, -έλεξα, -είλοχα, 
-είλεγμαι, -ελέγην [Π. Aey], gather), 
pick out, Lat. déligo, iii. 3. 19; 
mid., select for oneself, choose, ii. 
2. ΜΠ ν 5 PAV: 


| of one’s senses, amaze ; 





ἐκλείπω [λείπω], leave out, aban-_ 


don, of cities, houses, etc., with 


ace., which may be understood, iii. | 


4. 8, iv. 1. 8, vil. 4. 2; τὴν πόλιν 
ἐκλιπεῖν εἰς χωρίον ὀχυρὸν ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη, 
leave the city and flee to a fortress 
in the mountains, i. 2. 24; intr., 
give out, of snow, melt away, ἵν. 5. 
15. 

ἐκμηρύομαι (μηρύομαι, 
μην, draw, intr., wind), intr., wind 
out, of an army, defile, Vi. 5. "92, 

ἐκπέμπω [πέμπω], send off or 
away, abs., ill. 2. 24; mid., send 
From oneself, let go, dismiss, Vv. 2.21. 

ἐκπεπληγμένος, ἐκπεπλῆχθαι, See 
ἐκπλήττω. 

ἐκπεραίνω [R. περ], bring to an 
end, fulfil, accomplish, with wore 
and inf., v. 1. 13. 

ἐκπηδάω (πηδάω, πηδήσομαι, ἐπή- 
δησα, -πεπήδηκα [R. med], leap), 
spring out, vii. 4. 16. 


ἐμηρυσά- 


| astounded, 





ἐκκλίνω- ἐκτάττω 


ἐκπίμπλημι [R. πλα], fill up, iii. 
4. 22. 

ἐκπίνω [R. πο], drink off or up, 
i. 9. 25. 

ἐκπίπτω [R. mer], fall out, of 
trees from their place in a wood, 
where we say fall down (cf. ék- 
komTw), il. 3. 10; from one’s house 
or country, be driven out, be exiled, 
with gen. or ἐκ and gen., v. 2. 1, 
Vii. 2. 32; of ἐκπεπτωκότες, the ex- 
tiles, Lat. exsulés, i. 1. 7; ἐκ τῆς 
ὁδοῦ ἐκπίπτειν, drop out of the road, 
vy. 2. 31; used also abs., esp. of 
voyagers, be shipwrecked, vi. 4. 2, 
vil. 5. 12, and of hasty movement, 
tumble out, hurry out, v. 2. 17, 18. 

ἐκπλαγείς, See ἐκπλήττω. 

ἐκπλέω [R. πλεξ], sail off or 
away, li. 6. 2, ili. 1. 8, v. 6.21, Vi. 4. 
8, vii. 6. 1. 

ἔκπλεως, wr, gen. w [R. πλαΊ, 
jilled up, complete, full, of a square 
of men, and also of pay, iii. 4. 22, 
Vil. 5. 9. 

ἐκπλήττω, aor. pass. ἐξεπλάγην 
[πλήττω],. strike out of, esp. out 
pass., be 
surprised, frightened 
out of one’s wits, sometimes with 
dat. of cause or ἐπί and dat., i εἶ 
13, 8, 20, ii. 2. 18, ν. 6. 36, vi. 1. 12 
Vii. 6. 42. 

ἐκποδών, adv. [R. med], owt of 
one’s way, of removing an obsta- 
cle, ii. 5.29; ἐκποδὼν ποιεῖσθαι with 
ace., put one out of the way, i. 6.9. 

ἐκπορεύομαι [R. περ]. go out, 
march forth, v. 1. 8, 6. 88; vi. 6. 
57. 

ἐκπορίζω [ R. περ]. bring to light, 
provide, supply, v. 6. 19, vi. 2. 4. 

ἔκπωμα, atos, τό [R. πο], drink- 
ing cup, goblet, iv. 3. 25, 4. 21, vil. 
3. 18. 

ἐκταθείς, See ἐκτείνω. 

ἑκταῖος, a, ον [ἕξ]. on the sixth 
day, Vi. 6. 88. 

ἐκτάττω [R. tak], draw out in 
line of battle; mid., form line of 
battle, Lat. explico aciem, Vv. 4. 12, 
vii. 1. 24. 


ἐκτείνω--ἑλεῖν 


ἐκτείνω [τείνω], stretch out, 
stretch, of legs, v. 8. 14; pass., of 
a man asleep, stretched at full 
length, Vv. 1. 2. 

ἐκτοξεύω [R. tak], shoot arrows 
from a place, vii. 8. 14. 

ἐκτός, adv. [ἐξ], owtside of, with 
Conmigo: 

ἕκτος, 7, ov [€], sixth, Lat. sex- 
tus, vi. 2. 12. 

ἐκτρέπω [τρέπω], turn out, di- 
vert; pass. and 2 aor. mid. intrans., 
turn aside or out of the way, iv. 5. 
15. 

ἐκτρέφω [τρέφω]. bring up, rear, 
of a child, Lat. enwério, vil. 2. 32. 

ἐκτρέχω [τρέχω], rush out, esp. 
to attack, make a sally, v. 2. 17, 4. 
16. 

ἐκτῶντο, 566 κτάομαι. 

ἐκφαίνω [R. ha], bring to light ; 
phrase: πόλεμον ἐκφαίνειν, open hos- 
tilities, with πρός and acc., 11]. 1. 16. 

ἐκφέρω [R. hep], carry out a per- 
son as dead, Lat. efferd, vi. 1. 6; 
bring to accomplishment, in the 
phrase ἐκφέρειν πόλεμον πρός τινα, 
open hostilities against one, Lat. 
bellum inferre alicut, iii. 2. 29; 
carry forth to people, announce, 
report, sometimes with εἰς and acc., 
1.0. 1 Wwe > 17. 29. 

ἐκφεύγω | R. φυγ]; flee out of, es- 
cape, abs., with πρός, or with μή 
and inf., i. 3. 2, 10. 8, vii. 4. 6. 

ἑκών, odca, dv, willing, of one’s 
own choice, in pred. position when 
with art., and then generally best 
translated as adv., willingly, vol- 
γα, 15. La Oy Ἢν 4: 4. 1112. 96. 
WA Tio le Po νηι 1.10: 

ἔλαβον, see λαμβάνω. 

ἐλάα or ἐλαία, as [cf. Eng. o/ive], 
olive tree, Lat. olvua, vi. 4. 6; the 
fruit of the tree, olive, vii. 1. 37. 

ἔλαιον, τό [cf. ἐλάα, Eng. o//], 
olive oil, oil, Lat. olewm, oliuom, 
used especially after the bath, iv. 
4. 13, v. 4. 28, vi. 6. 1. 

ἐλάττων, ov, gen. ovos [ἐλαχύς, 
small, little, root Aax, cf. Lat. lewis, 
light, Eng. LiGHT, LONG], used as | 





70 


comp. of μικρός, of size, number, 
or amount, smaller, less, fewer, li. 
4...15. 1γ. 2. 8. Wi > δηλ: Ὁ: 
Phrase: ἔλαττόν ἐστι with inf., it 
is easier, Vii. 7. 35. 
ἐλαύνω (éda-), ἐλῶ or ἐλάσω, 
ἤλασα, ἐλήλακα, ἐλήλαμαι, ἠλάθην 
[΄. Eng. elastic], drive, set in mo- 
tion, of animals and men, iv. 7. 24, 
Υ. 8. 5, 15, vi. 1. 8, vii. 7. 55; but 
the obj. is generally omitted and 
the word used intrans., ride a horse, 
drive in a chariot, abs., with εἰς or 
πρός and acc., or διά and gen., i. 5. 
15, 11. 5. 32, iii. 4. 4, iv. 8. 28, vi. 5. 
13, vii. 3. 42, 44; in the phrase 
ἐλαύνων ἱδροῦντι τῷ ἵππῳ, i. 8. 1, 
the original obj. becomes dat.; in 
(τὰ ἅρματα) ἐλῶντα eis Tas τάξεις, 
i. 8. 10, it becomes subj.; with 
στράτευμα Omitted, march, abs., 
with cognate acc., with acc. of 
space, or eds or ἐπί and acc., i. 2. 29, 
δ. “5 15.) 7. 1ῶς 8:24. 
ἐλάφειος, ον [ἔλαφος], of or be- 
longing to deer ; κρέα ἐλάφεια, vent- 
son, 1. 5. 2. 
ἔλαφος, ὁ, ἡ, deer, stag, hind, 
Lat. cerwus, v. 3. 10, 7. 24. 
ἐλαφρός, a, dv, light in weight or 
motion; esp. of light-armed sol- 
diers, who were active, nimble, 
Lat. expeditus, iii. 3. 6, iv. 2. 27. 
ἐλαφρῶς, adv. [ἐλαφρός], lightly, 
nimbly, swiftly, vi. 1. 12, vii. 3. 33. 
ἐλάχιστος, 7, ov [(΄. ἐλάττων], 
used as sup. οὗ μικρός, of number, 
distance, and space, fewest, least, 
shortest, lowest, iii. 2. 28, iv. 6. 10, 
vi. 3. 16, 4. 8; used adv., τοὐλάχι- 
στον, at the least, v. 7. ὃ. 
ἐλέγχω, ἐλέγξω, ἤλεγξα, ἐλήλεγ- 
μαι, ἠλέγχθην, investigate, examine, 
cross-question, With an_ interr. 
clause, iii. 5. 14, iv. 1.23; convict, 
confute, in pass. with a partic., ii. 
bile 
; ἐλεεινός, ἡ, dv [ἔλεος, ὁ, pity, cf. 
Eng. alms, eleemosynary |, finding 
or moving pity, piteous, Lat. miser, 
iv. 4. 11. 
ἑλεῖν, 566 aipéw. 


ae 


ἐλελίζω, ἠλέλιξα [ἐλελεῦ, a war 
ery], cry ἐλελεῦ, raise the war-cry, 
always with τῷ ᾿Ενυαλίῳ, i. 8. 18, 
v. 2. 14. This cry followed the 
singing of the paean and the sound 
of the trumpet, and was raised 
during the charge. 

ἑλέσθαι, see aipéw. 

ἐλευθερία, as [ἐλεύθερος]. liberty, 
freedom, Wat. libertas, i. 7.3, ili. 2. 
13, vii. 7. 82. 

ἐλεύθερος, a, ov, free, indepen- 
dent, of persons or nations, Lat. 
liber, il. 5. 32, iv. 3. 4, vil. 4. 24, 
7. 29. 

ἐλέχθησαν, see λέγω. 

ἐλήφθην, 566 λαμβάνω. 

ἐλθεῖν, 566 ἔρχομαι. 

ἕλκω, ἕλξω, εἵλκυσα, εἵλκυκα, εἵλ- 
κυσμαι, εἱλκύσθην, drag, draw, pull 
up, of persons and of the bow- 
string, iv. 2. 28, 5. Bs We 2 Illy, 

Ἕλλάς, άδος, ἡ [ef." “Ἑλλην], Hel- 
las, in Homer a city in Phthidtis 
in Thessaly, said to have been 
founded by Hellen, also the dis- 
trict in its neighbourhood, and 
even the whole tract between the 
Enipeus and the Asopus; later it 
denoted the mainland of Greece as 
distinguished from Peloponnésus ; 
in the historical period, it included 
the whole Greek world, Lat. Grae- 
ΟΣ Us Ὁ. 11 its ΤΠ Thi, τ Ὁ aye for, (OF 
Υ- 4: ὃ; Via τ. 117, Vale TOO: 

“Ἑλλάς, άδος, ἡ, Hellas, the wife 
of Gongylus, hostess of Xenophou 
in Mysia, vii. 8. 8. 

Ἕλλην, nvos, ὁ [cf Eng. Hel- 
lenic], an inhabitant of Greece, a 
Greek, Lat. Graecus. According 
to the myth Hellen was the son 
of Deucalion and chieftain of the 
tribe from which the Greeks were 
descended. In the Anab. the word 
generally is applied to the Greek 
soldiers in the army of Cyrus, be- 
ing sometimes used as an adj., i. 1. 
Pay i, Ty Wily dts Te MN, τον. γι: 2..28; 
We Gis MGS vals By ἡ atts (5 Bios 

ἑλληνίζω (ἑλληνιδ-), aor. pass. 
ἡλληνίσθην [ Ελλην], speak Greek, 





ἐλελίζω- ἐλπίς 


talk in Greek, Lat. Graecé loquor, 
vii. 3. 25. 

“ἰλληνικός, ἡ, dv [Ἕλλην], Hel- 
lenic, Greek, Lat. Graecus, i. 1. 6, 
1: 2. 4.5; Ven Oeil, We 4. 94. vide 2: 10; 
vii. 3. 41; τὸ Ἑλληνικόν, the Greek 
army, i. 2. 1, iii. 4. 84, iv. 1. 10. 

ἑλληνικῶς, adv. [᾿ λληνικός}, in 
the Hellenic language, in Greek, 
Lat. Graecé, i. 8. 1. 

‘EAAnvis, (dos, ἡ [Ἑλλην], Greek, 
Grecian, fem adj. used with γῆ 
and πόλις, iv. 8. 22, v. 5. 16, vi. 6. 
12, vil. 1. 29, 

ἑλληνιστί, adv. [éernvifw], in the 
ese: of Hellas, in Greek, vii. 
6. 8 


Ἑλλησποντιακός, ή, bv [᾿ Βλλή- 
arovros|, Hellespontine, of cities, 
lying on the Hellespont, i. 1.9 

Ἑλλήσποντος, ὁ [Ἑλλη + πόν- 
τος}, the Hellespont, i.e. Helle’s 
sea, named, according to the myth, 
from Helle, who was drowned in 
it while riding with her brother 
Phrixus on the ram with the golden 
fleece to escape their stepmother 
Ino. It is the strait (Dardanelles) 
separating Europe from Asia and 
connecting the Propontis with the 
Aegéan. The ancients called it 400 
stadia long and 7 stadia wide at 
its narrowest part. Here Leander 
swam across to visit Hero, and here 
Xerxes built his famous bridge. 
The possession of this strait was 
of the utmost importance to Ath- 
ens, as it was the key to the coun- 
tries on which she depended for 
grain; hence it was the scene of 
several important naval battles. 
The name is also extended to the 
neighbouring coast, which was full 
of Greek cities, i. 1. 9, ii. 6. 3, vil. 
2- δ. 

ἐλπίζω (ἐλπιδ-), ἤλπισα, ἠλπίσθην 
[ἐλπίς], hope, trust, expect, Lat. 
spero, with fut. inf., iv. 6. 18, vi. 5. 
17, vii. 6. 34. 

ἐλπίς, (50s, ἡ [root Εελπ, wish, cf. 
Lat. woluptas, satisfaction, pleas- 
ure], hope, Lat. spés, ii. 5.10; with 


ἐμ- -ἐμποδίζω t 


gen., or aor. or fut. inf. of the thing 
hoped! tor, 11|- 11 LO) as 2: 8: ἵν. 53. 
8. Phrases: ἐλπίδας λέγων διῆγε. 
he continually put them off with 
hope, i. 2. 11; ἐν ἐλπίσι μεγάλαις 
εἶναι, be full of confidence, i. 4. 17; 
ἐξ ὧν ἔχω ἐλπίδας, on what grounds 
I hope, ii. 5. 12. 

éu-, by assimilation for ἐν- in 
composition before a labial mute. 

ἔμαθεν, 566 μανθάνω. 

ἐμαυτοῦ, js, refl. pron. [ pronomi- 
nal stem pe (see ἐγώ) + αὐτός]. of 
muyseljat.3, LO. 2... 20: 1 τ΄ 14. 
v. 8. 18, vii. 6. 35. 

ἐμβαίνω [R. Ba], go into, enter, 
abs. or with εἰς and acc., ii. 3. 11, 
iv. 3. 28; esp. embark, Lat. con- 
scendo, abs. or with εἰς and acc., i. 
3 1%, V..7- dg Vil. 3.0. 

ἐμβάλλω [βάλλω]. cast in, put 
in, thrust in, of a bar into its place 
in the doorposts, vii. 1. 12, 15; in- 
trans., throw oneself into, of rivers, 
empty, and of soldiers and armies, 
make an invasion, attack, abs. or 
with εἰς and acc., i. 2. 8, 8. 24, 
Hi 4145S 10: iv 8.2. Ὑἱ £2. 18. 


Phrases: πληγὰς ἐμβάλλειν, inflict | 


blows, i. 5.11; τοῖς ἵπποις ἐμβάλλειν 
τὸν χιλόν, throw in, t.e., give fodder 
to the horses, i. 9. 27. 

ἐμβιβάζω (βιβάζω, βιβαδ-. -BiBdow 
or βιβῶ, -εβίβασα [R. Ba], make go, 
causative to Baivw), make go in, 
esp. make embark, put on board, 
Lat. in nauem impond, abs. or with 
εἰς and acc., v. 3. 1, 7. 8. 

én Born, ἢς [βάλλω]. invasion, in- 
road, with εἰς and acc., iv. 1. 4. 

ἐμβρόντητος, ov [βροντάω. thun- 
der, cf. βροντή], thunderstruck, 
stunned, terrified, Lat. attonitus, 
1... 19: 

ἔμεινε, See μένω. 

ἐμέω, ἐμοῦμαι, ἤμεσα [root Fep, 
cf. Lat. womd, vomit, Eng. emetic], 
vomit, be sick, iv. 8. 20. 

ἐμέμνητο, 566 μιμνήσκω. 

ἐμμένω [R. μα], stay in, live in, 
with ἐν and dat., iv. 7. 17. 

ἐμός, 7, 6v, possessive pron. [ pro- 





9 


- 


nominal stem pe (see ἐγώ), ef. Lat. 
meus, my, Eng. MINE, MY], my, 
mine, with or without the art., as 
ὁ ἐμὸς πατήρ, my father, i. 6. 6, cf. 
li. 5. 22, but ἐμὸς ἀδελφός, a brother 
of mine, i. 7.9; τὰ ἐμά, my situa- 
tion, Vil. 6. 33. 

ἔμπαλιν, adv., in Anab. always 
with the art. and by crasis τοὔμ- 
παλιν [πάλιν], back, back again, so 
also the phrase εἰς τοὔμπαλιν, i. 4. 
15, ili. 5. 18, iv. 3. 21, v. 7. 6, vi. 6. 38. 

ἐμπεδόω, impf. ἠμπέδουν, ἐμπε- 
δώσω [R. wed], make firm, hold ᾿ 
fast, hold sacred, of oaths, iii. 2. 10. 

ἔμπειρος, ov [R. περ], acquainted 
with, skilled in, experienced, of 
countries and diseases, abs. or with 
SEN, ἦν. Ὁ: 8: Vs ΟἿ 1 7.99: 

ἐμπείρως, adv. [R. περ], by expe- 
rience; ἐμπείρως αὐτοῦ ἔχειν, be 
personally acquainted with him, ii. 
6. 1. 

ἐμπίμπλημι [R. πλα], fill full, 
satisfy, pass. with gen., be full of, 
i. 7. 8, 10. 12; mid. with partic., 


| ὑπισχνούμενος οὐκ ἐνεπίμπλασο, YOU 
couldwt make promises enough to 


satisfy yourself, vii. 7.46. In the 
Anab. there is no instance of the 
loss of μὶ in the pres. stem of this 
word. 

ἐμπίμπρημι (πίμπρημι, Tpa-, πρή- 
ow, ἔπρησα, πέπρημαι, ἐπρήσθην, 
burn), set on fire, burn, the com- 
pound being used in prose for the 
poetic simple verb, iv. 4. 14, v. 2. 
3, vii. 4. 15. In the Anab. the μ is 
never lost in the pres. stem of this 
word. 

ἐμπίπτω [R. mer], full upon, 
seize, occur to, of panic, disease, 
or thought, abs. or with dat., ii. 2. 
19; 1 1 15: Sv) 757265 "0 omens 
tumble into, meet with, attack, abs. 
or with εἰς and acc., iv. 8. 11, v. 7. 
25, vi. 5. 9. 

ἔμπλεως, wr, gen. ὦ [Π΄. πλα],. full 
of, quite full of, with gen., i. 2. 22. 

ἐμποδίζω [R. med], put in bonds, 


| hinder, be in the way of, Lat. tm- 


pedio, iv. 3. 29. 


19 


ἐμπόδιος, ον [ R. med], tn the way, 
hindering, vu. 8. 4; τὸ ἐμπόδιον, 
the hindrance, vii. 8. 3. 

ἐμποδών, adv. [R. med], before 
the feet, in the way ; ἐμποδὼν εἶναι. 
be in the way, hinder, with dat. of 
pers., v. 7. 10; with τὸ μή and inf. 
or μὴ οὐ and ace. and inf., cf. Lat. 
quid impedit quominus, ili. τ. 13, 
iv. 8. 14. 

ἐμποιέω [trovéw |], make in, cause, 
impress upon, with acc. and dat., 


or with dat. and a clause with ws, | 


ii. 6. 8, 19} vi. 5. 17. 

ἐμπολάω, ἐμπολήσω, ἐνεπόλησα, 
ἠμπόληκα, -ημπόλημαι, ἠμπολήθην 
[ἐμπολή, traffic], get by traffic, earn, 
realize, Vil. 5. 4. 

ἐμπόριον, τό [R. περ], trading- 
place, mart, emporium, where mer- 
chants (ἔμποροι) brought goods by 
sea to sell to retail dealers (κάπη- 
λοι), 1. 4. 6 

ἔμπορος, ὁ [R. περ], passenger, 
generally by sea, hence, merchant, 
wholesale dealer, Lat. mercator and 
negotiator, engaged in export and 
import as well as in home trading, 
v. 6. 190. 21, 

ἔμπροσθεν, adv. [πρόσθεν], of 
place, before, in front of, iv. 2. 12, 
v. 4. 12, vil. 7.386; with gen., i. 8. 
23, iv. 5. 9. Phrases: of umpo- 
σθεν, those in front, the van, iii. 4. 
48, iv. 3. 14, 5. 19; τὰ ἔμπροσθεν, 
of men, foreparts, as opp. to the 
back, v. 4. 32; of country, what is 
ahead, Vi. 3. 14; ὁ ἔμπροσθεν λόγος, 
see λόγος. Of time, τὸν ἔμπροσθεν 
χρόνον, hitherto, vi. 1.18; ἐν τῳ ἔμ- 
προσθεν χρόνῳ, in past days, Vi. 6. 91, 

ἐμφάγοιεν, ἐμφαγόντας, 566 ἐν- 
ἔφαγον. 

ἐμφανής, és [R. ha] visible, mani- 
Jest. Phrase: ἐλθεῖν ἐν τῳ ἐμφανεῖ, 
come publicly, ii. 5. 25. 

ἐμφανῶς, adv. [R. ha], visibly, 
openly, V. 4. 88. 

év, prep. [év], with dat., in, like 
Lat. in with abl., used of place and 
time, and in other relations, Of 
place, in, among, in one’s presence, 





> ᾿ > , 
ἐμπόδιος- ἐνάπτω 


before, on, at, by, 1. 1.6, 5.1, 6.1, 
8. 22, ii. 2. 14, Naya os 8. 22, v. 6. 

21 η. AMD) Ὁ» ἐπιτηδείοις δαψιλέσι, 
“ἢ provisions tn abundance, iv. 2 
22; ἐν ὅπλοις, under arms, iii. 2. 
28. Of time, in, during, within, 
at, in the course of, often ἐν τούτῳ 
with χρόνῳ understood, meanwhile, 
Hy si) ΤΡ ay 1: GE he 2: 17: δ᾿ ΧΩ; 
so also ἐν ᾧ and ἐν αἷς (sc. nuépats), 
during this time, while, i. 2. 10, 20, 
TOs LO ie 2. 10 lve 2 1. Often 
used with the art. and neut. adj. 
instead of an ady., as ἐν a pa- 
vep@, openly, i. 3. 21, cf. 11. 5. 25. 
Phrases: ἐν Se Κύρου ΤΑΊ ΤῊ: 
be intimately acquainted with Cy- 
rus, 1. Ὁ. 11: év ὀφθαλμοῖς ἔχειν, keep 
in sight, iv. 5.29; adovres ἐν ῥυθμῷ, 
singing in time, v. 4. 143; εἴ τὶ ἐν 
τούτῳ etn, if haply there were any- 
thing important in this, vi. 4. 22. 
In composition ἐν- becomes éy- be- 
fore a palatal (x, y, x) and éu- be- 
fore a labial (7, B, ¢) or before 
μ, and signifies in, at, on, wpon, 
among. 

ἕν, see els. 

ἐναγκυλάω [R. ayk], jit javelins 
with a thong, for the purpose of 
hurling them, iv. 2. 28. 

ἐναντιόομαι, ἐναντιώσομαι, ἦναν- 
τίωμαι, ἠναντιώθην [ἀντί], set one- 
self against, withstand, oppose, 
with dat. and gen., vii. 6. 5 

ἐναντίος, a, ov [ἀντί], opposite, 
in the opposite direction, before, 
in one’ 8 Jace, Lat. aduersus, iv. 3. 
28, 5. 3, vii. 3. 42; ravavrla, the 
opposite, the reverse, v. 6. 4, ὃ. 24; 
opposed to, hostile, abs. or with 
dat., iii. 2. 10, vii. 6. 25; with ἤ, 
v. 8. 24; of évavrlot, the enemy, Vi. 
5. 10. - Phrases : τἀναντία στρέ- 
ψαντες, having faced about, iv. 3. 
325 ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίου, on the opposite 
side, iv. 7.5, Vi. 5. 7; τούτου ἐναν- 
tlov, in this man’s presence, Lat. 
coram hoc, Vii. 6. 28. 

ἐνάπτω [ἅπτω], fasten to, kindle, 
set on fire, Lat. incendo, abs. or 
with acc., v. 2. 24, 25, 26. 


» ” 
évaros—evba 


ἔνατος, 7, ov [ἐννέα]. ninth, Lat. 
NONUS, ἐνάτην ἡμέραν γεγαμημένην, 
married eight days before, iv. 5. 
24. 

ἐναυλίζομαι [R. 2 aF], pass the 
night in, bivouac, encamp, Vil. 7. 


2 


“ 


ἔνδεια, as [R. δε]. want, need, 
scarcity of provisions or money, 
poverty, i. 10. 18, vi. 4. 23, Vii. 
6 


ἐνδείκνυμι [ R. 1 Sax], show forth, 
Lat. indico; mid., show what is 
one’s own, express, declare, Vi. I. 
19. 

ἑνδέκατος, 7, ov [els + δέκα], elev- 
enth, Lat. undecimus, i. 7. 18. 

ἐνδέω [R. δε], lack; impers., 
there is need or want, with dat. 
of pers., gen. of thing, and wore 
with inf., vii. 1. 41; éwpa πλείονος 
ἐνδέον, he saw that more reasons 
were wanted, vi. 1. 31. 

ἔνδηλος, ov [δῆλος], evident, ob- 
vious, plain, manifest, generally 
with partic. like an adverb, ἔνδηλος 
ἐγίγνετο ἐπιβουλεύων, he was clearly 
plotting, ii. 6. 28, cf. 4.2. Phrase: 
ἔνδηλον αὖ καὶ τοῦτ᾽ εἶχεν ὅτι, he 
made this also obvious that, ii. 6. 
18. 

ἔνδημος, ov [R. Sa], dwelling in 
a place, native, athome ; τὰ ἔνδημα, 
home or internal revenues as con- 
trasted with foreign, vii. 1. 27. 

ἐνδίφριος, ov [800+ R dep], on a 
δίφρος with one, on the same seat, 
sharing one’s seat, Vii. 2. 33, 38. 

ἔνδοθεν, adv. [ἐν], from the in- 
side, from within, v. 2. 22, vii. 8. 
14. 

ἔνδον, adv. [ἐν], inside, within, 
of a house or other place, ii. 5. 32, 
VEN ead τν. 2.5.1: Vales 17: 

ἔνδοξος, ov [R. Sox], in renown, 
glorious, famous ; act. of a bird of 
omen, betokening or presaging 
glory or fame, Vi. 1. 29. 

ἐνδύω δύω], put on, clothe one- 
self in, Lat. induo, i. 8.3; pf. and 
plpt., have put on, wear, v. 4. 18. 

ἐνέδρα, as [R. oe5], @ sitting in, 


74 


| ambush, ambuscade, Lat. insidiae, 
iv. 7. 22, v. 2. 30. 

ἐνεδρεύω, ἐνεδρεύσομαι (aS pass.), 
ἐνήδρευσα, ἐνηδρεύθην [R. ved], lie 
in ambush, set an ambush, way- 
lay, Lat. tnsidior, abs., i. 6. 2, iv. 
Pe 22, 6: ἘΠ 

ἐνεῖδον [R. Ftd], see, remark, 
observe something in any one or 
anything, with acc. and dat., vii. 7. 
45. 


ἔνειμι [R. eo], be im or on, abs. 
or with ἐν and dat., i. 6. 3, ii. 4. 22, 
iv. 5. 26, v. 3. 8; be there, abs., i. 





τς Fea 14. 

ἕνεκα or ἕνεκεν (See below), ady. 
and improper prep. with gen., on 
account of, by reason of, generally 
post-positive like the Lat. causd, i. 
9. 21, ii. 3.18, 5. 14, v. 6. 11; stand- 
ing before a vowel, i. 5.9, iii. 4. 
35, iv. i. 22; preceding its subst., 
v. 4. 19; between the adj. and 
subst., i. 4. 5, 8; separated from 
the subst., i. 9. 21; ἕνεκεν, gener- 
ally used before a vowel, ii. 3. 20, 
iii. 2. 28, v. 4.16; before a conso- 
nant, v. 1. 12; preceding its sub- 
stantive, v. 8. 18. 

ἐνενήκοντα, indecl. [ἐννέα + elko- 
σι]. ninety, Lat. nonaginta, i. 5. 5, 
"1. 2.6. 

ἐνεός, a, dv, speechless, dumb, 
deaf and dumb, iv. 5. 33. 





éverds, 77, dv [érds, verbal of ζημι], 
sent in, suborned, instigated, with 
ὑπό and gen., vii. 6. 41. 

ἐνέφαγον [ἔφαγον], eat quickly or 
hastily, iv. 2. 1, 5.9 

ἐνεχείρισαν, see ἐγχειρίζω. 

ἐνέχυρον, τό [ἢ. σεχ], pledge, 
pawn, security, with ws and a 
clause, vii. 6. 23. 

ἐνέχω [R. vex], hold or catch 
Jast in, entangle, in pass. with 
dat., vii. 4. 17. 

ἔνθα, adv. of place or time [ἐν] ; 
of place, rel., where, wherein, iv. 
5. 6, v. 1. 1, attached to a subst., i. 
8.1, ili. 4. 41, iv. 2.20; with verbs 
of motion, whither, iv. 8. 14, vii. 6. 





14; rarely as dem., there, v. 7. 6, 


τ 


vil. 5. 12, Of time, then, thereupon, 
i, 5.8, iv.1.17,5.6. Phrase: ἔνθα 
δή, see δή. 

ἐνθάδε, adv. of place [ἐν], here, 
lite 3. 2) Ve to LO} vil. 3) 4.03 with 
verbs of motion, hither, here, ii. 1. 
ἍΠῚ5. 21. 111. 2205 νὰ ἡ. 18: 

ἔνθαπερ, adv. of place [ἐν], rel., 
there where, just where, iv. 8. 25, 
Waly 2.9. 

ἔνθεν, adv. of place [ἐν] ; dem., 
from there, thence, in the phrases 
ἔνθεν μὲν... ἔνθεν δέ, Lat. hinc.. 
illinc, on this side... and on that, 
ii. 4. 22, 11]. 5. 7; ἔνθεν καὶ ἔνθεν, on 
both sides, Lat. αὖ utraque parte, 
iv. 6. 12, 8. 18, with gen., iv. 3. 28; 
rel., whence, from which, i. το. 1, 
mest Ὁ. 

ἐνθένδε, adv. of place [ἐν], from 
hence, from this spot, v. 6. 10, 7. 4, 
ΜΙ 5: 10]; ΘΓ persons, in the phrase 
ἐνθένδε ἀρξόμεθα τὰ δίκαια Nau Ba- 
νειν, we shall begin by doing justice 
on you (for ἀφ᾽ ὑμῶν), vii. 7. 17. 

ἐνθυμέομαι, ἐνθυμήσομαι, ἐντεθύμη- 
μαι, ἐνεθυμήθην [R. 1 Ov], bear in 
mind, lay to heart, reflect, con- 
sider, with acc., to which may be 
added a clause with ὅτι, or with 
a rel. clause, or with ὅτι and a 
clause, ii. 4. 5, 5. 15, ili. 1. 20, 2. 
1185 v. 8.19) vi. 1.21, vil. 1.25; pf., 
1 have observed, iii. 1. 43. 

ἐνθύμημα, aros, τό [R. 1 θυ], 
thought, idea, fancy, iil. 5. 12, vi. 
1 21. 

ἐνθωρακίζω [θωρακίζω], put on 
the breastplate ; ἐντεθωρᾶκισμένος, 
equipped in mail, vii. 4. 16. 

ἔνι, for ἔνεστι, v. 3. 11. 

ἑνί, see εἷς, 

ἐνιαυτός, ὁ, year, Lat. annus, ii. 
6.29; κατ᾽ ἐνιαυτόν, annually, Lat. 
quotannis, ili. 2. 12, vii. 1. 27. 

ἔνιοι, ar, a, some, i. 7. 5, Vv. 5. 11, 
Vilee4a) ὁ. ΥἹῖ. ὁ: 19. 

ἐνίοτε, adv. [cf. ἔνιοι], sometimes, 
Lat. interdum, 1. 5. 2, li. 6. 9, iii. 1. 
20, vi. 1. 8. 

ἐννέα, indecl. [évvéa], nine, Lat. 
nouem, i. 4. 19. 








ἐνθάδε- ἐντέλλομαι 


ἐννοέω [R. γνω], have in one’s 
mind, think, reflect, consider, de- 
vise, ponder, abs., with acc., with 
ὅτι or εἰ and a clause, ii. 2. 10, 4. 
Dy Ove at. 9, 125 vi. τὶ 29); ἐννοῶ 
un, I fear that, iv. 2. 18, vi. 1. 28 ; 
mid., consider, iii. τ. 2, 41; with 
μὴ ov, fear that not, ili. 5. 5. 

ἔννοια, as [R. yvw], thought, in- 
spiration, ΠΡ: 15. 

᾿Ἑνοδίας, see Evodevs. 

ἐνοικέω [R. Fux], Jive in, inhabit, 
Lat. incolo, v. 6. 25; οἱ ἐνοικοῦντες, 
the inhabitants, i. 2.24, 5. 5, iii. 4.12. 

ἐνόπλιος, ον [R. oer], in or 
with arms ; ἐνόπλιος ῥυθμός, martial 
rhythm, vi. 1. 11. 

évopdw [R.2 Fep], see, remark, 
observe something in anybody or 
anything. Phrase: πολλὰ ἐνορῶ δι᾿ 
a, I see many reasons in (the un- 
dertaking) why, i. 3. 15. 

ἑνός, See eis. 

ἐνοχλέω, ἐνοχλήσω, ἠνώχλησα, 
ἠνώχληκα, ἠνώχλημαι, ἠνωχλήθην 
[R. Fex], trouble with numbers, 
crowd upon, harass, annoy, with 
dat., ii. 5. 18, iii. 4. 21. 

ἐνσκευάζω [R. ov], get ready, 
dress wp, Vi. 1. 12. 

ἐντάττω [R. tak], enroll, regis- 
ter; pass., ἐντεταγμένος σφενδονᾶν. 
enrolled or posted among the sling- 
ers, 11|.. 2: 18. 

ἐνταῦθα, adv. of place and time 
[ἐν] ; of place, therein, there, i. 4. 
19, 5. 4, iv. 1.18, 4.18; with verbs 
of motion, thither, i. 2. 1, 10. 13, 
17, ili. 4. 11; of time, thereupon, 
then wl το 1 Mia 0. 1ν 25} ils Vs 
1.30; μέχρι ἐνταῦθα, Lat. huc us- 
que, thus far, v. 5. 4. 

ἐντείνω [Teivw], stretch or strain 
tight. Phrase: πληγὰς ἐντείνειν, 
with dat., Lat. plagas intendere, 
inflict blows on, i. 4. 11. 

ἐντελής, és [τέλος], at the end, 
complete, of pay, in full, i. 4. 18. 

ἐντέλλομαι, ἐντελοῦμαι. ἐνετειλά- 
μην, ἐντέταλμαι [R. tad], enjoin 
upon, direct, command, with dat. 
and inf., v. 1. 18. 


ἔντερον-ἐξαγγέλλω 


ἔντερον, τό [ἐν]. intestine, gut, 
Lat. intestinum, il. 5, 33. 

ἐντεῦθεν, ady. of place, time, and 
cause [év]; of place, thence, from 
there, i. 2. 7, 10, v. 4. 26; of time, 
then, thereafter, afterwards, ii. 2. 
7 ΜΠ ΕΠ 91} ὃν: ἅ: 15: Ὑἱ- Os ΤΟΥ 
cause, therefore, in consequence, 
vi. 4. 15, vii. 1. 25. 

ἐντίθημι [R. θε], put or place in ; 
of fear, instil in, inspire in, with 
acc. and dat., vii. 4. 1; mid., put 
aboard ship, i. 4. 7, Vv. 7. 16. 

évtipos, ov [R. τι]. in honour, in 
credit, esteemed, of persons, v. 6. 
32, vi. 3. 18, vii. 7. 52. 

ἐντίμως, adv. [R. τι] ; ἐντίμως 
ἔχειν, be held in honour, ii. 1. 7. 

ἐντοίχιος, ov [τοῖχος], on the 
wall; τὰ ἐντοίχια, wall paintings, 
vii. 8. 1. 

ἐντόνως, ady. [évrovos, eager, Cf. 
évtelvw]|, urgently, earnestly, Vii. 


ἐντός, adv. of place or time, with 
gen. [év]; of place, within, inside 
Opel πὸ: ὃ. UW. Tell) Vis 2. 85), Se ἢ; 
of time, ἐντὸς ὀλίγων ἡμερῶν, within 
a few days, Vii. 5. 9. 

ἐντυγχάνω [R. tak], chance or 
light upon, fall in with, meet, find, 
abs: or with dat., 1:;°2..27,°8..1)5 11. 
3. 10, iii. 2. 31, iv. 5. 19, vi. 5. 5. 

᾿Εννάλιος, ὁ [’ Evid, Enyo, god- 
dess of war], Knyalius, a name 


applied to Ares as the furious god | 





of war and companion of ’Evvd. | 


After the singing of the paean the 
wart cry was raised to him, i. 8, 18, 
νὰ 9: 14. 

ἐνύπνιον, τό [ὕπνος], vision tn 
sleep, dream, whether prophetic or 
not, whereas ὄνειρον is always a 
prophetic dream; τὰ ἐνύπνια, dream- 
pictures, vil. 8. 1 (where some read 
évrolxia). 

ἐνωμοτάρχης, ov [cf. ἐνωμοτία + 
apx@], commander of an enomoty, 
iil, 4. 21, iv. 3. 26. 

ἐνωμοτία, as [évwuoros, bound by 
oath, cf. ὄμνυμι). any sworn band, 
esp. the enomoty, which formed a 


76 


quarter of the λόχος and one halt 
of the πεντηκοστύς, or division of 
fifty, and therefore consisted nor- 
mally of twenty-five men, iii. 4. 22, 
iv. 3. 26. 

ἐξ, or, before a consonant, ἐκ, by 
loss of s, prep. with gen. denoting 
separation or distance from a 
point [cf. Lat. ex, @]. Used of 
place, from, away from, out of, 
1.2. τ. γ. 19. ἢ 25. πη 29: 
iv. γ. 17, vi.1.4; often Greek used 
the terminus ex quo where the 
English has the terminus in quo, 
as εἶχον ἐξ ἀριστερᾶς ποταμόν, they 
kept the river on the left, iv. ὃ. 2; 
Cf1.2: Ὁ. 1v. 2; 19) ον ΟΝ ΠΡ. OF 
time, succeeding, after, as ἐκ τοῦ 
ἀρίστου. after breakfast, iv. 6. 21; 
ἐκ τούτου, after this, thereupon, i. 2. 
17, 6.8, il. 5. 545 ἐκ παίδων, from 
boyhood, Lat. ἃ pueris, iv. 6. 14. 
Of source or origin, from, as ἃ re- 
sult of, in consequence of, as ἐκ 
βασιλέως δεδομέναι, a present from 
the king, i. 1.6; ef. i. 9. 16, 19, 28, 
li. τὸ ὃ, ΠῚ τ. 12, vil. 7. doi τὸν ἐξ 
“Ἑλλήνων φόβον, the fear inspired 
by the Greeks, i. 2. 18; ἐκ τούτου, 
as a result of this, in consequence 
of this, therefore, li. 6. 4, iii. 3. 8; 
cf. i. 3.11; vi. 6.115 ἐκ τῶν παρόν- 
των or ὑπαρχόντων, in the present 
state of things, ili. 2. 3, vi. 4.9; ἐκ 
τῆς νικώσης (sc. γνώμης), in conform- 
ity to a majority vote, vi. 1.18; ἐκ 
τῆς ψυχῆς φίλος, a friend in heart, 
Lat. ex animd, vii. 7. 45, Adver- 


bial phrases: ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου, in 





every way, iii. τ. 48; ἐξ ἴσου εἶναι, 
be on an equality, iii. 4.47; ἐκ τῶν 
δυνατῶν, as well as possible, iv. 2. 
23; ἐξ ἐπιβουλῆς, by a stratagem, in- 
sidiously, Lat. ex insidiis, vi. 4. 7. 
In composition ἐξ signifies from, 
away, out, often implying resolu- 
tion, strong intention, fulfilment, 
or completion. 

ἕξ, indecl. [ἕξ], sia, Lat. sex, i. 1. 
10, ii. 4. 27, iii. 4. 21. 

ἐξαγγέλλω [ἀγγέλλω], tell out, 
report, make known, bring word, 


17 


with acc., dat., and ws with a 
clause, with dat. with or without 
ὅτι and a clause, or with ws and a 
clause, i. 6. ὃ; 7. 8, il. 4. 24, vil. 2. 
14. 

ἐξάγω [R. ay], lead out, bring 
out, march out, esp. of generals, 
Lat. éducd, abs. or with acc., and 
with εἰς, ἐπί, or πρός and acc,, i. 6. 
NOS Worle 1 2 1 wal 4. 9: 19; 6.34: 
Vii. 5.2; pass., οὐδ᾽ ἐξήχθη διώκειν, 
he was not induced to pursue, i. 8. 
mile 

ἐξαίρετος, ov [aipéw], selected, 
picked, choice, like Lat. eximius, 
cf. eximo, vii. 8. 23. 

ἐξαιρέω [ aipéw |, take out, remove, 
with ace. and gen., ii. 1. 9, 3. 16, 5. 
4; of a cargo, unload, discharge, v. 
1. 16; of tithes, take out, dedicate, 
with dat. of the god, v. 3.4; mid., 
pick out, choose for oneself, with 
acc, and ἐκ with gen., ii. 5. 20. 

ἐξαιτέω [aitéw], require of one, 
demand, esp. the surrender of a 
person, vi. 6. 11; mid., beg off, 
make intercession for another for 
one’s own sake, Lat. exdro, i. 1. 3. 

ἐξαίφνης, adv. [ἄφνω, adv., of a 
sudden}, suddenly, all of a sudden, 
unexpectedly, Lat. improuiso, v. 6. 
1), Gy Vall Sinks, 4, 17. 5: 9. 66, Gee 
πίνης. 

ἑξακισχίλιοι, αι, a [ἕξ + χίλιοι], 
six thousand, i. 7. 11, il. 2. 6, vii. 
7. 20. 

ἐξακοντίζω [R. ak], dart or hurl 
forth the javelin, hurl, with dat. 
Tots παλτοῖς, V. 4. 25. 

ἑξακόσιοι, a, a [ἕξ -᾿ ἑκατόν], six 
hundred, Lat. séscenti, i. 8. 6, iv. 8. 
10. We 7. 9. 

ἐξαλαπάζω (ἀλαπόζω, ἀλαπαγ-. 
ἀλαπάξω, ἀλάπαξα,. Epic verb, plun- 
der), sack, pillage, of a city, vii. 1. 
29, used only here in Attic. 

ἐξάλλομαι [dAAouar], jump out 
‘of the way, spring aside, Vii. 3. 53. 

ἐξαμαρτάνω [auaprary |, go astray, 
err, do wrong, With περί and acc. 
of the thing, v. 7. 33. 

ἐξανίστημι [R. στα]. make stand 


| thoroughly, 





ἐξάγω-ἐξελαύνω 


up from one’s place; mid. and 2 
aor. act., stand up, rise from one’s 
seat, start up, iv. 5. 18, v. 2. 30, vi. 
I. 10, 30. 

ἐξαπατάω (ἀπατάω, ἀπατήσω, etc. 
[ἀπάτη, deceit], deceive), deceive 
take in, cheat, Lat. 
décipio, abs., with ace., with ace. 
of the person and of the thing, or 
with acc. and ws with a clause, ii. 
6. 22, ili, 1.10, 2.4, v. 7. 1, 6, 11, 
vil. 1. 25; fut. mid. as pass., vii. 
2:9. 

ἐξαπάτη, ns [ἀπάτη, deceit], gross 
deceit, imposition, Lat. fallacia, 
Vii. 1, 25. 

ἑξάπηχυς or ἕξπηχυς, υ [ἕξ - πῆ- 
xus], of six cubits, v. 4. 12. 

ἐξαπίνης, ady., equal to ἐξαίφνης, 
q.v., rare in Attic, all of a sudden, 
unexpectedly, iii. 3.7, 5. 2, iv. 7. 25, 

2. 24, vi. 4. 26. 

ἐξάρχω [apxw], make a begin- 
ning of, begin, with gen., vi. 6. 15; 
lead off, in singing, v. 4. 14. 

ἐξαυλίζομαι [R.2 «ΕἼ. leave one’s 
quarters, break camp, to go else- 
where, with εἰς and acc., vii. 8. 21. 

ἔξειμι [R. eo], used only im- 
pers., it is allowed, it is possible 
or permitted, it is in one’s power, 
one may, Lat. licet, with inf, or 
ace, and inf., ii. 6. 12, 28, iii. 1. 18, 
iv. 3. 10, v. 7. 34, vi. 6.2; with the 
dat. of the pers. and inf., when a 
predicate subst. or partic. may be 
in the dat. or acc., ii. 3. 26, 5. 18, 
My 25) 265 ἵν 1: 2Z0 2 10ν Ὁ. 9. vil. 
1. 30; vil. 1. 21, 6. 16, 17; the par- 
tic. ἐξόν is often used abs., ii. 5. 22, 
ἘΠῚ 1 25 AG selva) ΟΣ 19. ν- Ones 

ἔξειμι [εἶμι], go out, make one’s 
exit, Lat. exed, esp. otf soldiers, 
march out, abs., with ἐκ and gen. 
or with ἔνθεν, the purpose of going 
being expressed by ἐπί and acc., 
bly By Wel, We ts ty 1 Avs fis (Gs 5, 19. 
Gory Wily Ha 1 2G) 

ἐξελαύνω [ἐλαύνω], drive out, ex- 
pel from a place, Lat. expelld, with 
acc. or with acc. and ἐκ with gen., 


iy Bin Shy ably Gis τ 11 vation, (Sst 


ἐξελέγχω-ἔοικα 78 


ἐλαύνων), march forth, out, or on,| ἔξοδος, ἡ [686s], way out, march 

proceed, with the acc. σταθμόν, out, departure, Lat. exitus, v. 2. 26, 

often followed by the preps. eis, | vii. 4.17; esp. of soldiers, expedi- 

ἐπί, and διά with their cases, i. 2. | tion, sally, march, Vv. 2.9, Vi. 4. 9, 

yO. mils 19. 5: 1. 4 τὴ 8: | Vii, 1. 9. 

ἐξελέγχω [ἐλέγχω], convict, li. 5. ἕξομεν, see ἔχω. 

21. | ἐξοπλίζω [R. cer], arm fully, 

ἐξενεγκεῖν, See ἐκφέρω. | accoutre ; mid., arm eects ites Or, 
ἐξέρπω (ἕρπω, -epyw, εἵρπυσα [cf. ii. 1. 2, ili, τ. 28, vi. 1. ; pass., 

Lat. serpo, creep], creep), creep ἐξωπλισμένοι, armed mes “γέ, iv. 

out; among the Dorians = ἐξέρχο- 3. 3. 

μαι, move out, of an army, Vii. 1.8.) ἐξοπλισία, as [R. ce], state of 
ἐξέρχομαι [ἔρχομαι], yo or come being fully armed. Phrase: ἐν τῇ 

out, get out, escape, esp. of sol- ἐξοπλισίᾳ, under arms, Lat. in pro- 

diers, march out, take the field, | cincti, i. 7. 10. 

aa or with ἐκ ἈΠῸ ΘΠ Ὁ 3, 11; 6: ἐξορμάω [ὁρμάω ], urge on, cheer 


5, li. .5. ah iii. 12, ἵν. 28: 25 2 4: on, incite, ii. 1. 24; used also intr. 
18, vi. 4. 23, Vii. Saati: of time, run | in act., like mid., set out, rush 
out, elapse, Vii. 5. 4. forth, abs. or with eal and acc,, iii. 


ἐξέτασις, ews, ἡ [R. eo], exami- | 1. 25, v. 2. 4, 7. 17. 
nation, inspection, esp. of an army, ἐξουσία, as [R. ex], possibility, 
review, V. 3. 3, Vil. 1. 11; ἐξέτασιν | power, nes Lat. potesias, with 
ποιεῖν OY ποιεῖσθαι, hold a review, i. | inf., v. 8. 22. 


25. .1.4.. 1. ἕξπηχυς, see ἑξάπηχυς. 
ἐξευπορίζω [R. περ], supply or| ἔξω, adv. [ἐξ, cf. Eng. exoteric, 
provide in plenty, v. 6. 19. exotic |, used with verbs of rest or 


ἐξηγέομαι [R. ay], lead out or of motion, Lat. forés or fords, out, 
forth, with εἰς and acc., vi. 6. 34; | outside, out of doors, out and away, 
be leader, in the phrase ἀγαθόν τι abroad, ii. 2. 4, 5. 32, 6. 3, v. 2. 16, 
τῷ στρατεύματι ἐξηγήσασθαι, give | 5. 19, vi. 6. 5, vil. τ. 12, 19, 4. 12; 
good guidance to the army, iv. 5.28. | τὸ ἔξω, the outer, i. 4.4. With the 
ἑξήκοντα, indecl. [ἕξ -Ἐ εἴκοσι]ὕ, gen., Lat. extra, without, outside 
sixty, Lat. sexaginta, li. 2. 6, iii. 4. | of, beyond, outflanking, i. 4. 5, 8. 
34) ν᾽. ΕἸ ὙΠ: 2: ΕΠ: | ὍΝ 23, iv. 7. 9, v. 1. 15, vi. 5. 7, Vil. 
ἐξήκω [ἥκω], have come out; of | 1.35; of a file of light- armed sol- 
time, have run out, expired, Lat. | diers ‘posted on the flank of heavy 
exed, Vi. 3. 26. infantry to support it, iv. 8.15; ἔξω 
ἐξήνεγκε, See ἐκφέρω. βελῶν, out of bowshot, out of range, 
ἐξικνέομαι (ἱκνέομαι, ἱκ-, ἵξομαι, | iii, 4. 15, ν. 2. 26; ἔξω τοῦ δεινοῦ, 
ἱκόμην, ἵγμαι [Ε΄ Fux], come), reach | out of danger, ii. 6.12; ἔξω τούτων, 
a place from somewhere, attain to, | besides this, Lat. praetered, vii. 3. 
esp. of missiles, reach the mark, | 10. 
hit, do execution, abs. or with gen., ἔξωθεν, adv. [ἐξ], from outside ; 
i. 8. 19, iil. 3. 7, 4. 4, iv. 3. 18; ἐπὶ] with gen., like ἔξω, outside of, iii. 
βραχὺ ἐξικνεῖσθαι, have short range, | 4. 21, v. 7. 21. 
iii. 3. 17; of the value of property, ἔοικα, pf. as pres., ἐῴκειν, plpf. as 
amount to, with εἰς and acc., vii. 7.| impf. (from supposed pres. εἴκω, 
54. yielding in Attic the rare fut. εἴξω) 
ἐξίστημι [R. στα], make stand [ἔοικα], be like, look like, resemble, 
out of; mid., stand aside, retire, in | with dat., to which may be added 
the phrase ἐκ τοῦ μέσου ἐξίστασθαι, the acc. τὶ, ii. 1. 13, iv. 8. 20, v. 3. 
get out of the way, i. 5. 14. | 12, vii. 3.35; neut. partic. εἰκός, g.v. 





79 ἑορακότες- ἐπειδή 


Phrases: οὐδενὶ καλῷ ἔοικε, it doesn’t 
look at all honourable, vi. 5.17; ὡς 
ἔοικε, used parenthetically, as it 
appears, naturally, likely enough, 
ii, 2. 18, vi. 1. 30, 4. 12, 6. 36. 

ἑορακότες, 566 ὁράω. 

ἑορτή, js, festival, celebration, Ν. 
5:9. 11- 

ἐπ᾽, by elision for ἐπί. 

ἐπαγγέλλω [ἀγγέλλωἼ, give no- 
tice, proclaim ; mid., declare one- 
self, propose or offer oneself, pron- 
ise, abs. or with inf., or with dat. 
of the pers. and inf,, ii. 1. 4, iv. 7. 
20, vii. τ. 33. 

ἐπάγω [R. ay], bring on, urge 
on, bring forward, of a vote or 
motion, in the phrase οὐ γάρ πω 
ψῆφος αὐτῷ ἐπῆκτο περὶ pvyjs, no 
decree of exile had yet been pro- 
posed against him, vii. 7. 57. 

ἔπαθον, see πάσχω. 

ἐπαινέω (αἰνέω, αἰνέσω, ἤνεσα, 
-ἥνεκα, -ἤνημαι, -ηνέθην [ αἶνος, tale, 
praise}, praise), praise, Ταῦ, laudo, 
commend, approve, compliment on, 
abs., with acc., with acc. and ἐπί 
with dat., or with ὅτι and a clause, 
i, 3. 7, 4. 16, il. 6. 20, iii. 1. 45, v. 
5. 8, 7. 33, Vi. 6. 35, vii. 3.41; as a 
polite formula in declining an of- 
fer, in the phrase τὴν μὲν σὴν πρό- 
γνοιαν ἐπαινῶ, thank you very much 
indeed for your thoughtfulness, Vil. 
7. 52. 

ἔπαινος, ὁ [aivos, tale, praise], 
praise, approval, commendation, 
Vv. 7. 33, Vi. 6. 16, vii. 6. 33. 

ἐπαίρω [delpw], raise up, rouse 
up, excite, induce, with acc. of 
pers. and a following inf., vi. 1. 21, 
vii. 7. 25. 

ἐπαίτιος, ov [altéw], blamed for, 
blameworthy ; subst., ἐπαίτιόν τι, 
a cause for blame, with dat. of 
pers. blamed, and πρός and gen. of 
blamer, iii. 1. 5. 

ἐπακολουθέω [R. Ked], follow 
closely upon or wp, pursue, abs. or 
with dat., iii. 2. 35, iv. 1. 1. 

ἐπακούω [R. KoF], give ear to, 
overhear, Vii. 1. 14. 





ἐπάν or ἐπήν, temporal con). [ἐπεί 
+ dv], when, whenever, with τάχι- 
oTa, as soon as, the moment that, 
Lat. cum primum, with the subjv., 
the aor. often being rendered by 
our tut. peri, 1. 4.13, 1. 4: 3; ἵν. 
6. 9. 

ἐπανατείνω [τείνω], stretch out 
and hold up, Vii. 4. 9. 

ἐπαναχωρέω [ xwpéw |, move back, 
retreat, retire, with πάλιν or εἰς 
τοὔμπαλιν, iii. 3. 10, 5. 19. 

ἐπανέρχομαι [ἔρχομαι), yo back 
to, return, with εἰς and acc., or 
ἔνθα and a clause, Vi. 5. 32, Vil. 3. 
4, 5. 

ἔπάνω, adv. [ἄνω], above. Phrase: 
ἐν Tots ἐπάνω εἴρηται, it has been 
stated above, Lat. supra dictum 
est, vi. 3. 1. 

ἐπαπειλέω [ἀπειλέω], threaten in 
addition, add threats, vi. 2. 7. 

ἐπεγγελάω [vetdw |, laugh at be- 
sides, insult besides, with dat., Lat. 
inrided, il. 4. 27. 


ἐπεγείρω [éyelpw], wake up, 


‘arouse, iv. 3. 10. 


ἐπεί, temporal and causal conj., 
Lat. cum; of time, when, after, 
with indic., i. 1. 1, iv. 7. 2, v. 8. 9, 
vi. 1. 80, vii. 3. 47; with opt. in 
indir. dise., vii. 2. 27, or in a sup- 
position, i. 3.1, 5. 2, 8. 20, v. 6. 380; 
with inf. by assimilation in indir. 
dise., v. 7. 18; ἐπεὶ τάχιστα; as 
soon as, Lat. cum primum, with 
indic., vi. 3.21; of cause, since, be- 
cause, as, With indic., i. 3. 5, 8. 25, 
ii. 1. 4, iii. 1. 81, vil. 3.45; after a 
full stop, for, Lat. nam, vi. 1. 30, 
vii. 6. 22; ἐπεί γε, since at any 
γα δ 15 35 ὃ; 

ἔπειδάν, temporal conj. [ἐπειδή + 
dv], when, after, as soon as, when- 
ever, in protases with subjv., esp. 
the aor., when it may often be ren- 
dered by the fut. perf., i. 4. 8, il. 2. 
ANN ν, 6. LO EVI 1105 2: 94 5. 
8; with τάχιστα, Lat. cwm primum, 
rit te, 9. : 

ἐπειδή, temporal and causal con). 
[ἐπεί- δή]. of time, when, after, 


ἐπεῖδον-ἐπί 


with indic., i. 2.17, 7. 16, 8. 28,9 
20. τ πο 9.0... 8.8: lish ig iss tke 
with opt. in indir. disc., ili. 5. 18; 
of cause, since, because, with indic., 
vii. 7.18; ἐπειδή γε, since at least, 
i. 9. 24. 

ἐπεῖδον | R. Fd], have one’s eyes 
on, behold, see, with acc. and par- | 
tic., vii. 6. 381; live to see, experi- | 
ence, With acc., or acc. and partic., 
1| Tells ὙΠ|: es "30. 

ἔπειμι [R. eo], be over or on top 
of, of a bridge or tower, abs. or 
with ἐπί and dat., i. 2. 5, ii. 4. 25, 
iv. 4. 2. 

ἔπειμι [εἶμι], yo on, come up, 
make progress, of persons or things, 
abs:, 1.5. 15, v. 72 125 
diers, advance, attack, abs. or with 
dat., i. 2. 17, 7. 4, 10. 10, iii, 4. 38, 


esp. of sol- | 





ἵν 5: ον τ᾿ ells View 2 ἢ Ὁ 10; OF 
orators or actors, come forward, 


enter, Lat. in scaenam prodeo, Vi. | 


1.11; of time, 7 ἐπιοῦσα ἡμέρα. the 
next day, the following day, so 
with νύξ and ἕως, i. 7. 1, iii. 4. 18, 
lv, 5. 00; V- 2.20, Vil. 4. 14. 
ἐπείπερ, causal conj. [ἐπεί], with 
indic., since in fact, seeing that, il. 
2. 10, 5. 38, iv. 1. 8, vii. 4. 19. 
ἔπεισα, ἐπείσθησαν, see πείθω. 
ἔπειτα, adv. [εἶτα]. thereupon, 
then, Lat. deinde, ii. 4. 5, 5. 20, ili. 


1: AGH ἵν. Te tis 3.81 vets Ose ΠΕ: 
4; esp. in enumerating, then, next, 


further, besides, i. 3. 10, 9. 5, iv 
8. 11, v. 5. 8; often in narrative, 
πρῶτον μὲν... ἔπειτα δέ. V. 4. 20, 
6. 8, cf. ii. 4. 18. Phrase: εἰς τὸν 
ἔπειτα χρόνον, in after times, il. 
Newly 

ἐπέκεινα, adv., for ἐπ᾽ ἐκεῖνα, on 
the further side, beyond, Lat. ultra. 
Phrase: οἱ ἐκ τοῦ ἐπέκεινα, those 
who dwelt beyond, v. 4.3 

ἔπεκθέω [θέω], run out against, 
make a sally, abs., Vv. 2. 22. 

ἐπεξέρχομαι [ἔρχομαι]. come out 
against, make.a sally, V. 2. 7. 

ἐπεξόδιος, ov [ὁδός]. belonging 
to a march out or expedition ; 
subst., τὰ ἐπεξόδια (sc. ἱεράν) θύειν. 


80 


offer the sacrifice before marching, 
vi. 5. 2. 
ἐπέπατο, 566 πάομαι. 
ἐπεπράκει, 566 πιπρᾶσκω. 
ἐπέπρακτο, 566 πράττω. 
ἐπέρομαι, Only in 2 aor. ἐπηρόμην 
[€pouar|, ask again or besides, 
question about, inquire, ask, with 
a clause in dir. disc. or with ace. of 


| the pers. and a clause with εἰ, ὅτι. 
| or an interr., iii. 1. 6, v. 8. 5, vil. 2. 


25, 31,3, 42. 

ἐπέρχομαι [ἔρχομαι]. come upon, 
visit, Lat. obed, of a country, with 
acc., Vil. 8. 25. 

ἔπεσον, see πίπτω. 

ἐπεύχομαι [εὔχομαι]. make a 
prayer to. Phrase: ἐπευξάμενος 
εἶπε, he spoke, calling the gods to 
witness, Vv. 6. 3. 

ἐπεφεύγεσαν, See φεύγω. 

ἐπέχω [| R. σεχ]. hold upon, hold 
in or back, Lat. inhibeo ; intr., hold 
in, hold back, delay, with gen., ili. 
4. 36. 

ἐπήκοος, ov [R. koF], giving ear 
to; of a place, where one can hear 
or be heard ; εἰς ἐπήκοον with verbs 
of rest or motion, or ἐν ἐπηκόῳ 
with verbs of rest, within hearing 
distance, within earshot, ii. 5. 38, 
ili. 3: 1) ἵν: 23: ὃ; γ11:-.6:.8. 
ἐπῆκτο, 566 ἐπάγω. 
ἐπήν, see ἐπάν. 

ἔπῇρεν, See ἐπαίρω. 

ἐπήρετο, See ἐπέρομαι. 

ἐπί, prep. with gen., dat., or acc., 
before a vowel ἐπ᾿ or ἐφ᾽. upon. 

With gen., of place, on, upon, i 


4.3, 5.10, 7. 20, iv. 3. 6, 5. 25, ν. 


2D ΨΠνς Ἀ:Ὲ{1: ἐφ᾽ ἵππων, on horse- 
back, 111. 2; 19, ἐπὶ τοῦ ποταμοῦ, on 
the river bank, iv. 3. 28, ef. ii. 5. 18, 
ἐπὶ Θράκης, on the coast of T hrace, 


| vii. 6. 25, ἐπὶ τοῦ εὐωνύμου, on the 


left, i. 8. 9, of. iii. 2. 36, with verbs 
of motion, towards, in the direction 
of” ii. 1. 3, vi. 3.24; of time, in the 
time of, at, 1-19, 12) iv. 7. LO; éme 
τοῦ πρώτου (ἱερείου), with the ‘first 
victim, iv. 3. 9, Vi. 5.2, 8; of man- 
ner, esp. denoting distribution, ἐπὶ 


81 


τεττάρων, four deep, i. 2. 15, ef. iv. 
8. 11, vii. 8. 14, ἐφ᾽ ἑνός, in single 
file, ν. 2. 6, ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν, by them- 
selves, ii. 4. 10, ἐπὶ φάλαγγος, in 
the form of a phalanx, in battle 
ARN), Win 35 705 Os Gs πὶ Be 
25 


With dat., of place, upon, on, at, 
by, near, 1. 2. 8, 4. 4, 8. 27, 9. 3, iv. 
4. 2,V. 2. 16, vii. 3. 44, ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ, 
on the sea, 1. 4. 1, cf. i. 3. 20, 7. 19, 
iv. 1. 20, v. 4. 2, ἐπὶ τῷ εὐωνύμῳ, on 
the left, i. 9.31; of time, ἥλιος ἣν ἐπὶ 
δυσμαῖς, the sun was just setting, 
Vii. 3. 94, ἐπὶ τῷ τρίτῳ, at the third 
(signal), ii. 2.4, ἐπὶ τούτῳ or τούτοις, 
at or upon this, thereupon, next, iii. 
2. 4, vi. 1. 11, vii. 3. 14; of cause, 
aim, or reason, for, i. 3. 1, 6. 10, ii. 
ly Dp thy bl, 2 τιν ἅ. 11 8. 18: Vag 7. 
15, vii. 7. 89; of possession, in the 
power of, i. 1. 4, iii. 1. 13, v. 5. 20, 
over, in command of, i. 4. 2, τὸ ἐπὶ 
τούτῳ, as far as in him lay, vi. 6. 
23; of condition, ἐφ᾽ or ᾧτε, on 
condition that, with inf., iv. 2. 19, 
4. 6, vi. 6. 22. 

With acc., of place, to, on, wpon, 
1. 19... 18. Ul. 4. 25, iv. 4.4, 15, v. 
2. 19, 22, vi. 2. 19, vii. 3. 28, ἐπὶ 
δόρυ (q.v.), to the right, iv. 3. 29, 
ἐπὶ δεξιά, to the right, vi. 4. 1, ἐπὶ 
moda, See dvaxwpéw, V. 2. 82, ἀνα- 
Bas ἐπὶ τὸν ἵππον, mounting one’s 
horse, i. 8. 3, 11. 4. 35, in a hos- 
tile sense, against, i. 3. 1, ii. 1. 4, 
Φ ΝΠ va 4.20). Ve 7. 24: Of ex- 
tent of space, extending over, over, 
along, i. 7. 15, iv. 6. 11, ἐπὶ πολύ, 
for a great distance, i. 8. 8, iv. 2. 
18, cf. vil. 5. 12, ἐπὶ βραχύ, see 
ἐξικνέομαι, lil. 3. 17, ἐπὶ πᾶν ἐλθεῖν, 
make every effort, iii. 1. 18; of 
extent of time, for, during, vi. 6. 
36, ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολύ, generally, for 
the most part, iii. 1. 42, 48; of the 
purpose or object of an act or mo- 
tion, to, for, 1. 2.2, 6. 10, iii. 1. 22, 
Ii 3 JIE Ave 8: Sabla 2: 9; ΤΡ ΠΕΙ͂Ν 
distributive, ἐπὶ πολλοὺς τεταγμέ- 
νοι, arranged many deep (but some 
read gen.), iv. 8. 11. 





ἐπιβάλλω-ἐπιθαλάττιος 


In composition ἐπί signifies over, 
in, upon, against, in addition, but 
often gives merely intensity and 
force to the simple word without 
otherwise affecting its meaning. 

ἐπιβάλλω [ βάλλω], throw on, iii. 
5. 10; pf. mid., ἐπιβεβλημένοι τοξό- 
ται, ‘archers with their arrows on 
the string, with or without ἐπὶ ταῖς 
veupats, iv. 3. 28, v. 2. 12. 

ἐπιβοηθέω [R. BoF + θέω], come 
to the rescue or aid of, with dat., 
vi. 5. 9. 

ἐπιβουλεύω [R. Bor], plan or 
plot against, conspire or intrigue 
against, lay snares against, with 
δῦ tls i By Ws (5 IS 11 its jd, Vic 
I. 9; with inf., purpose, design, 
scheme, v. 6. 29. 

ἐπιβουλή, 7s [R. Bod], a planning 
against, plot, scheme, design, in- 
trigue, li. 5. 1, 38, vil. 2. 16; with 
dat. or πρός and acc. of the pers., 
i, 1. 8, v. 6. 29; ἐξ ἐπιβονλῆς, by 
artifice, vi. 4. 7. 

émuylyvonar [R. γεν], be upon, 
come upon, esp. in a hostile sense, 
fall upon, attack, Lat. superuenio, 
abs. or with dat., iii. 4. 25, vi. 4. 
26. 

ἐπιγράφω [γράφω], write upon, 
inscribe, Lat. inseribo, V. 3. 4. 

ἐπιδείκνυμι [R. 1 Sax], show to, 
point out, display, abs., with acc. 


| and dat., or with dat. and a clause, 


1 2 14. bl, 2: 20: ae ἃ: 117: GOOD 
in words or deeds, make clear, dis- 
closégi. 3. 18, 16, 9. 7, Vv. 5. 24, vil. 
4. 25; mid., show oneself or for 
oneself, distinguish oneself, bring 
to light, show, abs., with acc., or 
with a clause, i. 9. 10, 16, ii. 6. 27, 
iv. 6. 15, v. 4. 34. 

ἐπιδιώκω [διώκω], pursue after, 
follow up, chase, of enemies, abs., 
1 ΤΟ 1 liven. 10. 2: 20. 

ἐπιδόντας, 566 ἐπεῖδον. 

ἐπιέζετο, 566 πιέζω. 

ἐπιθαλάττιος, ἃ, ov, OY os, ον [θά- 
λαττα], on the sea, lying on the 
seat maritimus, of places, vV.. 
5. 20. 


8 


ἐπίθεσις-ἐπιμελής 


ἐπίθεσις, ews, ἡ [R. θε]. a setting 
on, attack, Lat. impetus, vii. 4. 23; 
with dat., iv. 4. 22. 

ἐπιθυμέω, ἐπιθυμήσω, ἐπεθύμησα 
[R. 1 θυ], have one’s heart on, de- 
sire, wish for, long for, covet, Lat. 
cupio, with inf., acc. with inf., or 
with gen., i. 9. 12, 21, ii. 5. 11, 6. 


10. ae 2.759% ve τ Ὁ vil 12 7181} 


after, be in love with, iv. 1. 14. 
ἐπιθυμία, as [R. 1 Ov], desire, 
longing, Lat. cupiditas, ii. 6. 16. 
ἐπικαίριος, ov [καιρός], in season, 
suitable, appropriate, Lat. oppor- 
tunus ; of ἐπικαίριοι, the important 
or chief men, Vii. 1. 6. 
ἐπικάμπτω (κάμπτω, κααμπ-, κάμψω, 
ἔκαμψα. -κέκαμμαι, ἐκάμφθην, bend), 
bend towards, of an army, wheel, 
i, ὃ. 23. 
ἐπικαταρριπτέω [pirréw], throw 
‘down after, iv. 7. 18. 
ἐπίκειμαι [κεῖμαι]. 116 upon, press 
upon, of an enemy, attack, Lat. in- 
st0, abs. or with dat., iv. 1. 16, 3. 
Uy Vo 2. Ὁ, View. 29. vis. ΠῚ: 
ἐπικίνδυνος, ov [κίνδυνος], dan- 
gerous, Lat. periculésus, with dat. 
of pers., i. 3. 19, il. 5. 20, vii. 7. 54. 
ἐπικουρέω, ἐπικουρήσω, ἐπεκούρησα 
[ἐπίκουρος. 6, ally], be a helper, aid, 
assist, with dat., v. 8.21; also with 
dat. of pers. and ace. of thing, εἰ δέ 
τῷ χειμῶνα ἐπεκούρησα, if I pro- 


tected any one from the cold, v. 8. | 


25. 
ἐπικούρημα, ατος, τό | ἐπικουρέω], 
help, protection, defence, with gen. 
χιόνος and dat. ὀφθαλμοῖς, iv. 5. 13. 
ἐπικράτεια, as [R. 1 kpa], mas- 


tery, power, command, Lat. impe- | 


rium, Vi. 4.4; of a country, realm, 
dominion, Vii. 6. 42. 

ἔπικρύπτω [κρύπτω]. conceal 
thoroughly, hide; mid., conceal 
oneself or one’s acts, do secretly, i. 
1.6: 

ἐπικύπτω (κύπτω, KUd-, -κύψω. 


ἔκυψα, κέκυφα. stoop), stoop towards | 


or over, iv. 5. 32. 
ἐπικυρόω (KUpdw, κυρώσω, ἐκύρωσα, 


κεκύρωμαι, ἐκυρώθην [ κῦρος, τό, might, 


Ω 


“-ἰ 





power], make valid), confirm, rat- 
ify, vote, iil. 2. 32. 

ἐπικωλύω [κωλύω], prevent, hin- 
der, with acc. of pers. and gen. of 
thing, iii. 3. 3. 

ἐπιλαμβάνω [λαμβάνω], take to 
oneself, fasten to, take in, include, 
vi. 5. 5, 6; mid., take hold of, 
catch, abs. or with gen., iv. 7. 12, 
13. 

ἐπιλανθάνομαι [R. λαθ]. Jet es- 
cape one, forget, Lat. obliuiscor, 
with gen., iii. 2. 25. 

ἐπιλέγω [R. Aey], say besides, 
add, with dir. disc., i. 9. 26. 

ἐπιλείπω [λείπω], leave behind, 
Lat. relinguo ; in pass., τὸ ἐπιλειπό- 
μενον, the part (of the army) which 
was left behind, i. 8.18; of things, 
fail, give out, fall short, Lat. de- 
Jicio, abs. or with acc. of pers., i. 5. 


| 6, iv. 5. 14, v. 8. 8, vi. 4. 20. 


ἐπίλεκτος, ov [R. dey], selected, 
picked out, Lat. elécti; subst., οἱ 


| ἐπίλεκτοι, picked men, a band of 


soldiers reserved for difficult or 
dangerous service, the flower of the 
army, iii. 4. 48, vii. 4. 11. 

ἐπιμαρτύρομαι (μαρτύρομαι. ἐμαρ- 
τυράμην [μάρτυς]. call to witness), 
appeal to, invoke, Lat. obtestor, of 
gods, iv. 8. 7. 

ἐπίμαχος, ov [R. pax, ] that may 
be easily attacked, assailable, of a 
place, v. 4. 14. 

ἐπιμέλεια, as [R. ped], care fora 
person or thing, solicitude, pains, 
attention, 1. 9. 24, 27. 

ἐπιμελέομαι and ἐπιμέλομαι (iv. 2. 
26, v. 7. 10), ἐπιμελήσομαι, ἐπιμεμέ- 
Anuar, ἐπεμελήθην [R. per], take 
care of, look out for, watch out 
for, Lat. curd, with gen. or περί 
and gen., with ὅτι and a clause, or 
a clause with ws or ὅπως, i. 1. 5, 8. 
21, i. 1. 14, 38, iv. 2. 26, v. 1. 7, 7. 
10; take charge of, attend to, with 
gen. of pers. or thing, iii. 2. 37, iv. 
8.520; Va 3s AE 

ἐπιμελής, és [R. per], careful, 
anxious, watchful, Lat. diligéns, of 
persons, iii. 2. 50. 


85 


ἐπιμέλομαι, See ἐπιμελέομαι. 

ἐπιμένω [R. μα], stay by, stay on 
with, with ἐπί and dat., vii. 2. 1; 
stay on, wait for, wait, with ἔστε 
and a clause, v. 5. 2. 

ἐπιμίγνυμι (μΐγνῦμι, μιγ-; μίξω, 
ἔμιξα, μέμτγμαι, ἐμίχθην and ἐμίγην 
[R. μιγ]. mtx), mix with; mid. 
intr., mix with others, have inter- 
course or dealings with, Lat. im- 
misceo, of races, iii. 5. 16. 

ἐπινοέω [R. yvw], have on one’s 
mind, purpose, intend, Lat. in 
animo habeo, ii. 2. 11, iii. 1. 6, vi. 
Ano: 

ἐπιορκέω, ἐπιορκήσω, ἐπιώρκησα, 
ἐπιώρκηκα [ ἐπίορκος |, swear falsely, 
commit perjury, be a perjurer, Lat. 
peiero, abs., 11. 5. 38, iii. 2. 10, vii. 
6. 18; τὸ ἐπιορκεῖν, perjury, ii. 6. 
22; swear falsely by, with θεούς, ii. 
Ὥ. ἢ 1: τ 99. 

ἐπιορκία, as [ἐπίορκος), false 
swearing, perjury, Lat. periurium, 
abs. or with πρὸς θεούς, ii. 5. 21, iii. 
2. 4, 8. 

ἐπίορκος, ov [ὅρκος], forsworn, 
perjured, Lat. periurus, ii. 6. 25. 

ἐπιπάρειμι [R. eo], be there be- 
sides, iii. 4. 28. 

ἐπιπάρειμι [εἶμι], march on be- 
side or abreast of another body, 
with κατά and ace., iii. 4. 30, vi. 3. 
19; march along up to one’s place, 
abs., iii. 4. 23. 

ἐπιπίπτω [R. mer], fall upon, esp. 
in a hostile sense, attack, assail, 
abs. or with dat., i. 8. 2, iv. 1. 10, 
v. 6. 20, vi. 3. 3, Vii. 3. 48 ; of snow, 
fall, abs., iv. 4. 11. 

ἐπίπονος, ov [R. oma], painful, 
toilsome, laborious, Lat. laborio- 
sus, i. 3. 19; of a bird of omen, 
portending suffering, Vi. 1. 25. 

ἐπιρριπτέω [ῥιπτέω], throw at, 
cast at, Vv. 2. 23. 

érripputos, ov [pew], flowed upon, 
watered, well watered, of a plain, 
Lat. inriguus, i. 2. 22. 

ἐπισάττω (σάττω, σακ-, ἔσαξα, 
σέσαγμαι, load), put a load on; 
phrase, ἐπισάξαι τὸν ἵππον, put the 





ἐπιμέλομαι-ἐπιστέλλω 


housings on one’s horse, Lat. equum 
sternere (the ancients having no 
saddles), iii. 4. 55. 

᾿Εἰπισθένης, ous, ὁ, Hpisthenes, of 
Amphipolis, captain of peltasts at 
Cunaxa, where he fought skilfully, 
TPO ἢ ἵν ὁ 1 οὲ 

᾿Εἰπισθένης, ous, ὁ, Hpisthenes, of 
Olynthus, a lover of boys, vii. 4. 
7-10. 

ἐπισττίζομαι (σττίζομαι, σττιοῦ- 
μαι, -εσιτισάμην [σῖτος], eat), fur- 
nish oneself with provisions, i.e. 
food or provender, collect or pro- 
cure supplies, forage, abs., or with 
els τὴν πορείαν, i. 4. 19, ii. 5. 57, ill. 
418; iv. 7. LS svile 1: ἢ: 

ἐπισϊτισμός, ὁ [ἐπισιτίζομαι], 
supplying oneself with provisions, 
procuring supplies, foraging, Lat. 
Srumentatio, i. 5.9; food supplies, 
ὙΠ 19: 

ἐπισκέπτομαι [σκέπτομαι], look 
to, see to, examine, inquire, with 
indir. question, iil. 3. 18. 

ἐπισκευάζξω [R. oxv], jit out, 
make ready, of a temple, “restore, 
repair, Lat. reficio, v. 3. 18. 

ἐπισκοπέω [σκοπέω], look to, see 
to, of a general, inspect, review, 
Lat. recénsed, il. 3. 2. 

ἐπισπάω [R. oma], draw or drag 
to or after; mid., drag to oneself, 
pull along, iv..7. 14. 

ἐπίσποιτο, 566 ἐφέπομαι. 

ἐπίσταμαι, ἐπιστήσομαι, ἠπιστή- 
θην, understand, know, esp. of a 
knowledge got from practice or 
experience, know how, with inf., i. 
3. 15, iii. 3. 16, vil. 3. 25; wnder- 
stand, be sure of, be acquainted 
with, know, abs., with acc., with 
ὅτι and a clause, or with acc. and 
PALUICH MH. 7. 12. 4:8. Uses 9. 1{||1: 
35, 3. 2, v. I. 10, vi. 6. 17, vil. ὁ: .12. 

ἐπίστασις, ews, ἡ [R. ota], 
stopping, of troops, halt, ii. 4. 26. 

ἐπιστατέω [R. ora], be a com- 
mander, exercise command, ii. 3. 11. 

ἐπιστέλλω [στέλλω], send to, 
send word, give notice either by 
letter or message, with acc. of the 


ἐπιστήμων-ἐπιχωρέω 


thing, dat. of pers., and ws with a 
clause in indir. disc., vii. 6. 44 ; di- 
rect, command, enjoin, with dat. of 
pers. and inf., v. 3. 6, vii. 2. 6. 

ἐπιστήμων, ov, gen. ovos [ἐπίστα- 
μαι]. acquainted with, expert in, 
with gen., ii. 1. 7. 

ἐπιστολή, 7s [ἐπιστέλλω], letter, 
missive, either public or private, 
and therefore representing both 
litterae and epistula in Lat., i. 6. 3, 
HW, 1 Ὁ. Wally A, toh 

ἐπιστρατεία, as [Π. στρα]. march 
or campaign against, ii. 4. 1. 

ἐπιστρατεύω [R. στρα], march 
or take the field against, make war 
on, With dat., ii. 3. 19. 


ἐπισφάττω [σφάττω], slay upon, | 
properly of sacrifices at a grave; | 


of one man upon another’s body, 
i. 8. 29; mid., slay oneself upon, 
with ἑαυτόν or abs., i. 8. 29. 


ἐπιτάττω [R. tax], draw up be-. 


sides or behind, draw up as a re- 
serve force, with acc. and dat., vi. 


5.9; lay orders on, command, with | 


dat. of pers. and inf., ii. 3.6, vii. 6. 
14. 

ἐπιτελέω [τέλος], bring to an 
end, fulfil, perform, of oracles, 
dreams, etc., iv. 3. 13. 

ἐπιτήδειος, a, ov [ἐπιτηδές, ady., 
of set purpose], made on purpose 
for an end or object, suited to, 
apt, fitted, proper, adapted to, con- 
venient, Lat. iddneus, abs. or with 
inf., or as pass. with acc. and inf., 
i> US 11: τος Leave 2. 1; Υἱ 90: 
vil. 1. 39, 7. 13; τὸν ἐπιτήδειον 
ἔπαισεν, he struck the man who de- 


served it (7.e. to be struck), ii. 3. 11; | 


οἱ ἐπιτήδειοι, friends, Lat. necessa- 
rit, Vil. 7.57; very freq. is τὰ ém- 
τήδεια. provisions, Lat. commedtus, 
1h Sp Oly 1}. Ὅν beg, WER τ 8: 
Viole On Vi. Te 25, View. 13: 
ἐπιτίθημι [R. Oe], set up, lay 
upon, put on, Vi. 4. 93; δίκην ἐπι- 
τιθέναι, inflict punishment or pen- 
alty, make pay for, Lat. supplicium 
sumere, abs., or with dat. of pers. 
and gen. of cause or crime, i. 3. 10, 


84 


20, iii, 2: 8: v. 6. 34; mid., fail 
upon, attack, assault, abs. or with 
dat., ii. 4. 3, 19, ππ| 4. 29, iv. 1. 16, 
vii. 4. 14. 

ἔπιτρέπω [Tpérw], turn anybody 
towards, with ἐπὶ δεξιόν, vi. 5. 11; 
turn anything over to another, give 
over to, grant, entrust, Lat. con- 
cedo, with dat. of pers. and some- 
times with inf. added, i. 2. 19, ii. 
4. 27, vi. 1.51; allow, permit, leave 
Sree, with dat. of pers. and inf., 
1π|: 2: 91. 5.12. al, 2511 at τ Ὁ» 
leave a question to another, refer 
to, with dat. of pers. and an interr. 
clause, vii. 7. 18; mid., give one- 
self up for protection, of cities and 
persons, i. 9. 8. 

ἐπιτρέχω [τρέχω], run Upon or 
at, assault or attack rapidly, iv. 3. 
jal. 

ἐπιτυγχάνω [R. tak], chance 
upon, come upon, meet with, find, 
with dat., i. 9. 25, ili. 4. 18, vii. 2. 18. 

ἐπιφαίνομαι [R. da], show one- 
self, come tn sight, appear, ii. 4. 
| 24, ili. 3. 6, 4. 39. 
ἐπιφέρω [R. hep], bring upon, 
lay upon; mid., bring oneself upon, 
rush upon, attack, abs., i. 9. 6; of 
the sea, rage, run high, v. δ. 20. 

ἐπιφθέγγομαι [φθέγγομαι], sound 
| besides or against; of a trumpet, 
sound the charge, iv. 2. 7. 

ἐπιφορέω [R. hep], put upon, of 
earth, cast loads of upon, ili. 5. 10. 

ἐπίχαρις, 4, gen. τος [R. xap], 
| pleasing, gracious, suave; subst., 
᾿ τὸ ἐπίχαρι, pleasantness of manner, 
suavity, Lat. suduitas, ii. 6. 12. 

ἐπιχειρέω, ἐπιχειρήσω, ἐπεχείρησα, 
| ἐπικεχείρηκα, ἐπεχειρήθην [R. xep ], 
put one’s hand to, set to work at, 
attempt, try, Lat. conor, abs. or 
with inf., i. 9. 29, ii. 5. 10, iv. 3. 25, 
vi. 6. 6, vii. 7. 29. 

ἐπιχέω (χέω, XU-, -χέω, ἔχεα. -κέ- 
χυκα, κέχυμαι, ἐχύθην [cf. ἐγχέω], 
pour), pour on or in, Lat. infundo, 
iv. 5. 27. 

ἐπιχωρέω [χωρέω]. move against, 
advance as for attack, i. 2. 17. 


| 





85 


ἐπιψηφίζω [ψηφίζω], put to vote, 
put the question, Lat. in suffra- 
gium mitto, abs. or with acc., v. 1. 
14, 6. 85, vi. 1. 25, vii. 3. 14. 

ἔπλευσαν, See πλέω. 

ἐπλήγη; See πλήττω. 

ἐποικοδομέω [ R. Εἰκ + δέμω, build, 
cf. Lat. domus, house), build on or 
upon, With ἐπί and dat., iii. 4. 11. 

ἕπομαι (σεπ-), ἕψομαι, ἑσπόμην, 
impf. εἱπόμην [R. wer], follow, go 
with, attend, accompany, Lat. se- 
quor, abs., with dat., or with σύν 
ἀπο θα. Th, 3% (oh, 411: als ΖΝ ὙΠ]: 
Ti, PASS Ἰγ te (Gh Wo Ha AO, als ie 1. ὙΠ: 
1.37; follow as an enemy, pursue, 
abs., 1. 8.°19, ili. 4. 19, v. 4. 24. 

ἐπόμνυμι [Suse], swear to a 
thing; abs. in aor., εἶπεν ἐπομόσᾶας, 
he said with an oath, vii. 5. 5, 8. 2. 

ἑπτά, indecl. [ἑπτά], seven, Lat. 
septem, i. 2. 5, ii. 4. 13, vii. 4. 19. 

ἑπτακαίδεκα, indecl. [ἑπτά + δέ- 
κα], seventeen, Lat. septemdecim, 
ith, Bo WIN ν By 2: 

ἑπτακόσιοι, αι; a [ἑπτά + ἑκατόν], 
seven hundred, Lat. septingenti, i. 
5 9; γι 2. 10 

᾿Επύαξα, ns, Epyaxa, the wife 
. of king Syennesis of Cilicia; she 
visited Cyrus, i. 2. 12 sqq., 25. 

ἐπύθετο, See πυνθάνομαι. 

ἔραμαι, ἐρασθήσομαι, ἠράσθην, 
love, of sexual passion, fall in love 
with, with gen., Lat. amd, iv. 6. 3 
(Poetic,.except in aorist.) 

ἐράω, only pres. and impf. in 
Attic [ἔραμαι], love, desire ardently, 
long for, Lat. amo, as death, with 
gen., lii. 1. 29. 

ἐργάζομαι, ἐργάσομαι. εἰργασάμην, 
εἴργασμαι, -ειργάσθην [R. Fepy], do 
work, labour, esp. of farmers, with 
γῆν understood, Lat. cold, ii. 4. 
22; do, accomplish, with acc., Vi. 3. 
17, vii. 3. 47; do to any one, inflict 
on, with two aces., v. 6. 11. 

ἔργον, τό [R. Fepy], work, action, 
deed, result of an action, operation, 
execution, li. 6. 6, iil. 1, 24, 5. 124 
V. 7. 32, Vi. 3.17, vii.8.17. Phrases: 
Ta εἰς τὸν πόλεμον ἔργα, military 





ἐπιψηφίζω-ἔρομαι 


exercises, 1. 9. ὃ; ἔργῳ ἐπεδείκνυτο 
καὶ ἔλεγεν, he showed both in word 
and deed, i. 9. 10, ef. iii. 2.32; κρά- 
τιστοι ὑπηρέται παντὸς ἔργου, the 
best supporters of every undertak- 
ing, i. g. 18. 

ἐρεῖ, see εἴρω. 

ἐρέσθαι, 566 ἔρομαι. 

᾿Εἰρετριεύς, έως, ὁ [᾿Βρέτρια, Hre- 
tria], a native of Eretria, an Ere- 
trian, vii. 8. 8. Eretria was an 
ancient city on the western coast of 
Euboea. It joimed the Athenians 
against the Persians in 500 B.c., 
and was destroyed by the latter in 
490 B.c., but was afterwards rebuilt 
in ᾧ new position. 

ἐρημία, as [ἔρημος], loneliness, 
solitude, privacy, Lat. solitudo, ii. 
5. 9, Vv. 4. 34. 

ἔρημος, 7, ov, and os, ον [cf. Eng. 
hermit], lonely ; of places, things, 
and conditions, deserted, without 
inhabitants, empty, unprotected, 
abandoned by, without, abs. or with 
GEN 16 Gael we 1 Ὁ wll 10: dhe 
2. 13, vil. 1.24, 2.18; σταθμοὶ ἔρη- 


‘| wor, marches through desert, i. 5. 1, 


ive Sae 2s OL men, alone, without ; 
phrases : ὑμῶν ἔ ἔρημος, without you, 
i.°3. 65 ἱππεῖς ἔρημοι, cavalr y with- 
out infantry, Vii. 3.47; ἔρημα κατα- 
λιπεῖν τὰ ὄπισθεν, leave the rear 
exposed, iii. 4. 40. 
ἐρίζω (€p.d-), ἤρισα [epis, strife], 
strive, contend, rival, vie with, 
abs. or with dat. of pers. and περί 
with gen., i. 2. 8, iv. 7. 12. 
ἐρίφειος, ov [ἔριφος, 6, kid], of a 
kid, Lat. haedinus, iv. 5. 31. 
ἑρμηνεύς, ews, ὁ [' Ἑρμῆς, Hermes, 
the messenger of Zeus ], interpreter 
of foreign tongues, Lat. interpres, 
1 2: 7 νὰ ΤῸ 94. 1 2. 19. 
ἑρμηνεύω, ἡρμήνευσα [ἑρμηνεύς, cf. 
Eng. hermeneutic], be an inter- 


preter, interpret, Lat. interpretor, 
ν. 4. 4. 


ἔρομαι, Attic only in fut. ἐρήσομαι 
and 2 aor. ἠρόμην [ cf. épwrdw], ask 
a question, inquire, Lat. quaero, 
abs. or with acc., the question 


ἐροῦντα-ἐσταλμένος 


following in dir. dise., or in in- | 


dir. disc. introduced by an interr. 
word, i. 7. 9, 8. 15, 16, ii. 3. 20, iii. 
Lei, 8: One νῈ 18» Vile 2526. 
3. 45. 

ἐροῦντα, see εἴρω. 

ἐρρωμένος, 7, ov, properly pf. 
partic. of ῥώννυμι, g.v., strong, 
stout, vigorous, aS comp., ἐρρωμε- 
νέστεροι, lil. 1.42; as subst., éppw- 
μένον, τό, resolution, vigour, ii. 6. 
11. 

ἐρρωμένως, adv. [ἐρρωμένος], vig- 
orously, manfully, vi. 3. 6. 

ἐρύκω, ἤρυξα [R. 2 Fep], hold 
back, keep off, with acc. and ἀπό 
with gen. of pers., ill. 1. 25. (Po- 
etic, except in Xen.) 

ἔρυμα, ατος, τό [R. 2 Fep], safe- 
guard, protection, wall, i. 7. 16, 
iv. 5. 9. 

ἐρυμνός, 7, dv [R. 2 Fep], de- 
JSended, fortified, strong by nature, 
of fortresses, i. 2. 8, v. 5. 2, Vi. 4. 
21; τὰ ἐρυμνά, strong positions, 
strongholds, iii. 2. 23, 

ἔρχομαι (€px-, ἐλυθ-, €dO-), ἐλεύ- 
σομαι, ἦλθον, ἐλήλυθα, COME, JO, Ar- 
rive, Lat. wenio; of the present 
stem only the indic. is used, the 
other moods of the pres. and the 
impf. being represented by forms 
of εἴμ᾽ used abs., i. 1. 11, ii. 1. 3, 
Tite, Aoi 2: 1 Ὅν τ. Ὑἱ τῷ]: 
Ι. 389; with πρός, παρά, and ἐπί 
with ace. of the pers., i. 1. 10, 4. 5, 
li. 5. 09) iia. 24, ive 119, wil. 7: 


19; with πρός. eis, and ἐπί with ace. | 


of place, i. 2. 18, 7. 4, ii. 4. 23, iii. 1. 


3, iV, 6.1 27,°8) 6, vie 245 Vir 2 17 
vii. 2. 12; with an adv. of place, il. | 
(7.27; with χώρα understood, the 


ἘΠ TMS. 7; Ves: 1G vir 16 990 
with παρά and gen. of pers. or ἐκ 
and gen. of place, ii. 1. 8, iv. 8. 24, 
v. 5. 7, vii. 4.14; with the fut. par- 
tic. to denote purpose, with or 
without ws, iii. 2. 11, vii. 1. 28, 7. 
17; with cognate acc. ὁδόν, ii. 2. 6, 
iii. 1. 6, cf. waxporarny, Vil. 8. 20; 
with the dat. of pers. in the sense 
of for, to the aid of, ili. 1. 14. 
Phrases: εἰς χεῖρας ἐλθεῖν with dat. 





86 


of pers., come into close relations 
with, i. 2. 26; εἰς λόγους σοι ἐλθεῖν, 
have an interview with you, Lat. in 
conloquium uenire, ii. 5. 4, cf. iii. 1. 
29; ἐπὶ wav ἐλθεῖν, make every ef- 
Ort 1|. τὸ 18: 

ἐρῶ, see εἴρω. 

ἐρῶντες, See ἐράω. 

ἔρως, ὠτος, ὁ [ἔραμαι, cf. Eng. 
erotic], love, desire, wish, Lat. 
amor, with an inf. clause as obj. 
ace., ii. 5. 22. 

ἐρωτάω, ἐρωτήσω, etc. [ςΓ. ἔρομαι]. 
ask ἃ question, inquire, Lat. quaero, 
abs., with or without an interr. 
clause in dir. or indir. disc., i. 6. 7, 
ii. 1. 15, ili. 4. 39, iv. 8. 5, vi. 6. 4, 
vii. 6. 4; with ace. of pers and a 
clause in dir. or indir. disc., i. 3. 
18, 6. 8,-ii. 4. 15, v. 5. 15, vii. 3. 25; 
with two acces. of pers. and thing, 
sometimes with a clause in indir. 
dise;, 1,35 20) ἵν. 2. 11: 

ἐσέσω(σ)το, see σῴζω. 

ἔσθ᾽, by elision and euphony for 
ἐστί. 

ἐσθής, τος, ἡ [R. Feo], dress, 
clothes, raiment, collectively, Lat. 
uestis, iii. 1. 19, iv. 3. 25, vii. 4. 18. 

ἐσθίω (€6-, ἐδεσ-), ἔδομαι, ἐδήδοκα. 
-εδήδεσμαι, ἠδέσθην [root €8, cf. Lat. 


| cdo, eat, Eng. EAT], eat, have to 


cat, live on, abs. or with acc., 1. 5. 
6, ii. 1.6 (for 2 aor. ἔφαγον, see the 
word). 

ἐσκεδασμένων, See σκεδάννῦμι. 

ἐσκέψατο, 566 σκέπτομαι. 

ἔσοιτο, see εἰμί. 

ἐσπείσαντο, 566 σπένδω. 

ἑσπέρα, ἂς [Π΄. Feo], evening, Lat. 
uesper and wespera, iii. 1. 3, iv. 


west, Lat. occidéns, SO πρὸς ἑσπέρᾶν, 
westward, to the west, ili. 5. 15, v. 
7.6. Phrase: εὐθὺς ἀφ᾽ éorépas, 
directly after nightfall, Lat. primo 
uespere, Vi. 3. 28. 

‘Eotrepitrat, ov, the Hesperitae, 
vii. 8. 25, a people in northwestern 
Armenia, about the head of the 
Acampsis river (cf. iv. 4. 4). 

ἐσταλμένος, see στέλλω. 


87 


ἔστε, ady., even to, all the way 
to, Lat. wsque, aS in ἔστε ἐπὶ δάπε- 
δον, clear down to the ground, iv. 5. 
6; as temporal conj., up to, until, 
Lat. dum, with indic., ii. 5. 30, iii. 1. 
28, 4.49; with ἄν and subjv., ii. 3. 
95 iv. 5. 28, Vv. I. 4, 6. 26; vii. 1. 39 ; 
with opt., i. 9. 11, v. 5.2; while, as 
long as, with indic., ili. 1. 19; with 
opt., ili. 3. 5. 

ἑστηκώς, ἔστησαν, See ἵστημι. 

ἐστιγμένους, 566 στίζω. 

ἐστραμμένα, 566 στρέφω. 

ἑστώς, 566 ἵστημι. 

ἔσχατος, 7, ον [ἐξ], farthest, out- 
ermost, extreme, Lat. extremus ; of 
situation, πόλις ἐσχάτη, frontier or 
horder city, i. 2.10, 4. 1; metaphor- 
ically, extreme, uttermost, worst, of 
punishments, in phrases: ἐσχάτη 
δίκη, capital punishment, Lat. ulti- 
mum supplicitum, vi. 6. 15; τὰ 
ἔσχατα παθεῖν, suffer death, ii. 5. 
24; τὰ ἔσχατα αἰκισάμενος, tortur- 
ing most cruelly, Lat. ultimis cru- 
ciatibus adficere, iil. 1. 18. 

ἐσχάτως, adv. [ἔσχατος], in the 
highest degree, extremely, ii. 6. 1. 

ἔσχε; 566 ἔχω. 

ἔσωθεν, adv. [ἐν], from inside ; 
τὸ ἔσωθεν, the inner, i. 4. 4. 

ἑταίρα, as [cf. ἑταῖρος], female 
companion, courtesan, Lat. paelex, 
Weg 10 ν- 4: 90. 

ἑταῖρος, ὁ [cf. ἑταίρα], compan- 
ion, friend, comrade, chum, Lat. 
comes, iv. 3. 30, 7. 11, vii. 3. 30. 

ἐτάχθησαν, 566 τάττω. 

᾿Ετεόνϊκος, 6, Eteonicus, a Spar- 
tan officer under Anaxibius in By- 
zantium, vii. 1. 12, 15, 20. 

ἕτερος, a, ον [cf. Eng. hetero-dox, 
hetero-geneous |, the other, one of 
two, the one, Lat. alter, with art., 
lil. 4. 25, iv. ¥. 23, vi. 1. 5, 6, so 
without art., other ships, of a sec- 
ond fleet, i. 4. 2; without art. and 
loosely, like ἄλλος, Lat. alius, an- 
other, a second, others, i. 2. 20, ii. 
5. 29, iv. 8. 27, so τούτων ἕτεροι, 
others besides, others still, vi. 4. 
8. Phrase: ἐκ τοῦ ἐπὶ θάτερα (for 





ἔστε-εὐδαιμονίζω 


. 


Ta ἕτερα), over on the other side, v. 
4. 10. 

ἐτετίμητο, See Tiudw. 

ἐτέτρωτο, 566 τιτρώσκω. 

ἔτι, ady. of time and degree. Of 
time, present, past, or future, yet, 
as yet, still, longer, any more, after- 
wards, again, Lat. adhuc, i. 5. 12, 
6: 8. 1 τ΄ Ὁ 2: 14 Π|σ τ Gh Thy 2. 99, 
v. 2. 26, vi. 2. 15; with negs., no 
longer, no more, not in future, not 
hy CHS Wa Tis Ὁ Os 8. ἡ. 18: its τ. 2; 
ἔτι δέ, πρὸς δ᾽ ἔτι, and ἔτι τοίνυν, 
besides, Lat. praetered, iii. 1. 23, 2. 
2,v. 1.9. Of degree, with comps., 
still, even,.i. 9. 10, 111: 2. 17, iv. 3. 
02, VI. 6.353; 50 ἔτι ἄνω, yet higher, 
still further inland, Vii. 5. 9. 

ἕτοιμος, 7, ov, OF os, ον [R. ex], 
real, ready, prepared, Lat. pardtus, 
with dat. of pers. or with inf., i. 6. 
3, iv. 6. 17, vi. 1.2, vil. 1.83; of the 
future, sure to come or to be real- 
ised, certain, vii. 8. 11. 

ἑτοίμως, adv. [R. ex], readily, at 
once, willingly, Lat. prompte, il. 5. 
2, Vv. 7. 4. 

ἔτος, ous, τό [cf. Lat. wetus, old, 
Eng. WeTHER ], year, Lat. annus, ii. 
6. 15, ν. 3. 1, Vi. 4. 25; of τριἄκοντα 
ἔτη γεγονότες, men of thirty, ii. 3. 
12; ἢν ἐτῶν τριάκοντα, he was thirty 


years old, ii. 6. 20; ἑκάστου ἔτους, 


annually, Lat. quotannis, v. 3. 13. 
ἐτράπετο, See τρέπω. 
ἐτράφητε, 566 τρέφω. 
ἔτυχον, 566 τυγχάνω. 
εὖ, adv. [R. eo], well, in its wid- 
est sense, Lat. bene, fortunately, 


| prosperously, easily, luckily, i. 4. 8, 





ἢ: 5. 15.5.21. πἰ Te θθην δ: 4. υἱ] 
1,22; esp. with the verbs πράττειν. 
ποιεῖν, εἰδέναι, and πάσχειν, ἡ.Ὁ. 
with an δᾶν., εὖ μάλα, repeatedly, 
thoroughly, vi. 1.1. 

εὐδαιμονία, as [εὐδαίμων], fortu- 
nate circumstances, prosperity, ii. 
Ge 1: 

εὐδαιμονίζω, εὐδαιμονιῶ, ηὐδαιμό- 
νισα [εὐδαίμων], count happy, ii. 5. 
7; congratulate, with acc. of pers. 
and gen. of cause, i. 7. 3. 


εὐδαιμόνως- εὔκλεια 


εὐδαιμόνως, adv. [εὐδαίμων], hap- 
pily, prosperously, im comp., iil. I. 
43. 


εὐδαίμων, ov [δαίμων, divinity, cf. 
Eng. demon], with a good genius, 
hence, happy in its widest sense, 
fortunate, prosperous, wealthy, 
flourishing, of men and very freq. 
of cities and countries, i. 2. 6, 5. 
7, 9. 15, ii. 4. 28, iv. 7.19, v. 4. 82, 
6. 25. 

εὔδηλος, ov [dA dos], quite clear, 
in neut. with ὅτε and a clause, 11]. 
τ ν 0:1. 

εὐδία, as, fair weather, a calm, v. 
8: 19. 

εὐειδής, ἐς [R. Fd], good looking, 
well shaped, handsome, in sup., ii. 


εὔελπις, 1, gen. Loos [ἐλπίς], full 
of good hope, hopeful, li. 1. 18. 

εὐεπίθετος, ov [R. Oe], easily as- 
sailable ; phrase: εὐεπίθετον ἣν τοῖς 
πολεμίοις, it was easy for the enemy 
to attack, iii. 4. 20. 

εὐεργεσία, as [R. Fepy]|, well do- 
ing, good conduct, kindness, ii. 5. 
22, 6. 27, vii. 7. 47. 

εὐεργετέω, evepyeT now, εὐεργέτησα 
or εὐηργέτησα, εὐεργέτηκα OY evnpyé- 
THKa, εὐεργέτημαι OY εὐηργέτημαι. 
εὐεργετήθην [R. Fepy], do well, do 
good, do a kindness, Lat. bene fa- 
Οὐο. 11:0: 1: 

εὐεργέτης; ov [R. Fepy], well doer, 
benefactor, ii. 5. 10, vil. 7. 11. 

εὔζωνος, ov [ζώνη], well-girdled, 
an epithet of women, because the 
girdle just above the hips (not to 
be confused with the girdle worn 
just under the breast) made the 
garment set well. See 8.0. ζώνη. 
Sometimes the garment was drawn 
up over the girdle, so that the limbs 
might be free to move, as in pic- 
tures of Artemis. Men on journeys 
and in war followed this fashion, 
hence the word means with clothes 
tucked up, and therefore active, 
agile, of soldiers, applied to bar- 
parians, iis 7.0. ἵν. 25 7, ve 4. 29. 
to Greek light-armed troops, Vi. 3. 








88 


15, to Greek heavy-armed troops, 
iv. 3. 20, vil. 3.46. The word does 





not mean light-armed, but is ap- 
plied to any sort of troops capable 
of active movement. The hoplites 
mentioned in vii. 3. 46 as εὔζωνοι 
were under thirty years of age. 
εὐήθεια, as [εὐήθης]. guilelessness, 
simplicity, silliness, 1. 3. 16. 
εὐήθης, es [cf εἴωθα, simple- 
minded, silly, foolish, i. 3. 16. 
εὐθυμέομαι, εὐθυμήσομαι [R. 1 θυ], 
be cheerful, enjoy oneself, iv. 5. 80. 
εὔθυμος, ov [R. 1 θυ], of good 
heart, cheerful, in comp., iii. 1. 41. 
εὐθύς, adv. of time, straightway, 
immediately, at once, directly, Lat. 
EIS 1. 55. 8. δι ΠΡ Ζ NS, oh τ 


"9 πῖν: 9: Ὁ, We  : ΠΥ 1:25. 


vil. 3. 14. Phrases: εὐθὺς παῖδες 
ὄντες, even from childhood, Lat. ἃ 
pueris, 1. 9. 4, cf. li. 6. 11; εὐθὺς ἐκ 
παίδων, even from boyhood, Lat. ἃ 
pueris, iv. 6. 14; εὐθὺς ἐπειδάν, as 
soon as, iii. 1. 15, iv. 7. 7; πρῶτον 
μὲν olda εὐθύς, in the first place to 
state the facts at once, etc., v. 6. 
7; εὐθὺς ἀφ᾽ ἑσπέρας, directly after 
nightfall, vi. 3. 28, 

εὐθύωρος, ov [εὐθύς], in a straight 
direction ; only in neut. as ady., 
straight on, il. 2. 16. 

εὔκλεια, as [κλέος, τό, fame, cf. 
Lat. clued, be spoken of, and laus, 
praise, Eng. Loup], fair fame, 
glory, Vii. 6. 82, 33. 


89 


Εἰὐκλείδης, ov, Huclides, a Phiia- 
sian soothsayer, friend of Xeno- 
phon, vii. 8. 1 ff. 

εὐκλεῶς, adv. [εὐκλεής, famous, 
Gh εὔκλεια], gloriously, Vi. 3. 17. 

εὐμενής, és [R. pa], well disposed, 
of gods and men ; of places, actions, 
etc., favourable, kindly, comfort- 
able, iv. 6. 12. 

εὐμεταχείριστος, ον [R. xep ], easy 
to handle or deal with, of a person, 
ii. 6. 20. 

εὔνοια, as [R. yvw], good will, 
kindness, affection, 1. 8. 29, ii. 6. 13, 


ΓΙ 1S 


vii. 7.46; with objective gen., iv. | 


Fo 20. 

εὐνοϊκῶς, adv. [R. yvw], with 
good will or affection ; with ἔχειν, 
be well disposed, with dat. of pers., 
1: 

εὔνοος, ον, contr. εὔνους, ovy [R. 
yvo], well or kindly disposed, at- 
tached, of persons, abs. or with 
dat. of pers., i. 9. 20, ii. 6. 20, v. 6. 
2, vii. 7. 30 

εὔξασθαι, see εὔχομαι. 


εὔξεινος, ον [ξένος], kind to 
strangers, hospitable; ὁ Ἐὔξεινος 


Πόντος, the Black Sea, the Euxine, 


iv. 8. 22, which was at first called | 


by Ionic sailors in old times ” Age 
vos, inhospitable, because of its 
stormy character. The name was 
changed by euphemism (ef. Cape 
of Good Hope, originally Stormy 
Cape) after the colonization of its 
shores by the Milesians in the sey- 
enth century B.c. 

Eivobdets, dws, or Hvodias, ov, ὁ, 
either a proper name of a Greek 
captain, Huodeus, or a corrupted 
gentile adj., vii. 4. 18. 

εὔοδος, ov [ὁδός], easy to travel, 
practicable, passable for men or 
animals, abs. or with dat., iv. 2. 9, 
8. 10, 12. 

εὔοπλος, ον [R. we], well arined 
or equipped, in sup., ii. 3. 3. 

εὐπετῶς, adv. [R. mer], easily, 
with little difficulty, ii. 5. 23, iv. 3. 
21. 

εὐπορία, as [R. περ]. easy means 





Εἰὐκλείδης- εὐρύς 


or facility of obtaining what one 
can use, means in the sense of 
money, V. 1. 6; πολλὴ ὑμῖν εὐπορία 
φαίνεται, you appear to have excel- 
lent prospects, Vii. 6. 87. 


εὔπορος, ov [R. περ], easy to 
travel through or pass, iii. 5. 17, 


of a road, ii. Η 9, ἊΣ 
14. 

εὔπραᾶκτος, ον [πρᾶκτός, verbal of 
πρᾶττω], easy to be done, practica- 


| ble, in comp., ii. 3. 20. 


εὐπρεπής, és [πρέπω]. good look- 


[hae . 
| ing, handsome, of persons, iv. 1. 14, 


εὐπρόσοδος, ov [ὁδός], easy to 
approach, accessible, in sup., v. 


| 4. 30. 


εὕρημα, ατος, τό [εὑρίσκω]. what 
is found, esp. unexpectedly, a find, 
windfall, Vile seeons εὕρημα ἐποιη- 
σάμην, 1 thought it a piece of good 


| luck, 11. 5. 18. 


“εὑρίσκω (εὑρ-), εὑρήσω, ηὗρον, 
nupnka, ηὕρημαι, ig Jind, oe 
cover, Lat. reperio, i. . 25, ili. 
19. iv. 8: 10,..v. "4. ὟΝ Vil. 5. 14: 
find out, discover, devise, ill. 3. 18, 
with acc. of pers., and inf. or partic., 


i. 9. 29, vi. 1. 29; mid., find for 
oneself, procure, obtain, ii. τ. 8, 
with παρά and gen. of pers., vii. 1. 


31. (The late forms εὗρον, εὕρηκα, 
etc., are printed in some editt. of 
the Anab.) 

εὖρος, ous, τό [εὐρύς], breadth, 
width, Lat. latitudo, used with or 
without the art., and generally in 
ace. of specification, i. 2. 5, 28, 7. 
15, li, 4. 12, ili. 4. 7, iv. 3. 1, v. 6 
9, vi. 4. 8, vii. 8. 18; with gen. of 
measure, i. 2. 8, ii. 4. 25, 111: 4.9; 
with adj. πλεθριαῖος, i. 5. 4, iv. 6. 4. 

Εὐρύλοχος, ὁ, Lurylochus, a hop- 
lite from Lusi in Arcadia, well 
known for his bravery, iv. 2. 21, 
7. 11, 12, vii. 1. 32, 6. 40. 

Εὐρύμαχος, ὁ, Hurymachus, of 
Dardanus ; he aided in thwarting 
Xenophon’s plan to found a city 
on the Pontus, v. 6. 21. 

εὐρύς, εἶα, ¥, broad, wide, Lat. 
latus, iv. 5. 25, v. 2. 5. 


Εὐρώπη- Εἰφεσος 


Εὐρώπη, ns, Lurope, the north- 
west division of the Old World, 
vil. 1. 27,6. 32. 

εὔτακτος, ον [R. tak], well ar- 
ranged, of soldiers, orderly, well 
disciplined, ii. 6. 14, iii. 2. 80. 

εὐτάκτως, ady. [R. tak], in a 
disciplined manner, with good dis- 
cipline, Vi. 6. 35. 

εὐταξία, as [R. tak], good ar- 
rangement, esp. in a military sense, 
discipline, subordination, Lat. dis- 
ciplina, i. 5. 8, iii. 1. 38. 

εὔτολμος, ov [R. tad], of brave 
spirit, courageous, 1. 7. 4. 

εὐτυχέω, εὐτυχήσω., etc. [R. Tak], 
be well off, fortunate, or successful, 
abs. or with cognate acc., i. 4. 17, 
vi. 3. 6. 

εὐτύχημα, aTos, τό [R. tak], piece 
of good fortune, success τοῦτο τὸ 
εὐτύχημα εὐτυχεῖν, Gain this advan- 
tage, Vi. 3. 6. 

Eidparns, ov, the Euphrates, the 
great river of Western Asia, i. 3. 
20, 4. 11, ii. 4.6, iv. 1.3. It rises in 
Armenia, where it consists of two 
branches, the modern West Phrat 
or Turkish Kara Su (Black River), 
and the East Phrat or Murad Su. 
The latter was crossed by the 
Greeks, iv. 5. 2, and the main 
river at the usual ford at Thapsa- 
cus, i. 4. 17. It flowed through 
Mesopotamia and Babylon to its 
junction with the Tigris, thence to 
the Persian gulf. 

εὐχή, fis [εὔχομαι], prayer, i. 9. 

i. 


εὔχομαι, εὔξομαι. εὐξάμην or ηὐξά- 
μην. pray, offer prayers, wish for, 
abs. or with inf. or with acc. and 
inte edt pe ab OU da ἰν δὲ 16: 
vil. 1. 30, 7. 27; pray or pay one’s 
vows to the gods, offer vows, Lat. 
μία facio or suscipio, with acc. of 
the thing vowed, iv. 8. 25; abs. 
with dat. of the god, iii. 1. 6, to 
which may be added the inf. ex- 
pressing what one will do or what 
the god is asked to do, iii. 2. 9, iv. 
δ: 19: Wiese 2G 








90 


εὐώδης, es [dfw, smell, cf. Lat. 
odor, smell], sweet-smelling. fra- 
grant, Lat. odoératus, of plants and 
wine, i. 5. 1, iv. 4. 9, v. 4. 29. 

εὐώνυμος, ov [R. yvw], of good 
name or omen; euphemistic for 
ἀριστερός, left, in order to avoid 
the mention of this word, which 
was considered unlucky from its 
use in soothsaying; as a military 
phrase, τὸ εὐώνυμον, with or with- 
out κέρας, the left wing of an army, 
the left, i. 2. 15, 8.4, 10. 6, iv. 8. 
14. Va ao Vines 1: 

εὐωχέω, εὐωχήσομαι. εὐώχημαι, 
εὐωχήθην [R. σεχ], entertain ; mid. 
and pass., fare sumptuously, feast, 
have one’s jill, of men and ani- 
mals, iv. 5. 30, v. 3. 11. 

εὐωχία, as [R. vex], feast, ban- 
quet, Vi. τ. 4. 

ἐφ᾽, by elision and euphony for 
επι. 

ἔφαγον (φαγ-). 2 aor. with no 
pres. in use, inf. φαγεῖν [cf. Eng. 
oeso-phagus}, eat, taste of, abs., 
with acc., or gen., ii. 3. 16, iv. 8. 20, 
vil. 3. 23. (See ἐσθίω.) 

ἐφάνη, see daivw. 

ἔφασαν, ἔφατε, See φημί. 

ἔφεδρος, ον [R. σεδ]. seated by; 
subst., ὁ ἔφεδρος, a contestant in 
the games who has drawn a bye 
and therefore waits for the second 
round in the contest, Lat. supposi- 
ticius, hence, fresh opponent, re- 
serve force, il. 5. 10. 

ἐφέπομαι [R. cer], follow after, 
follow, pursue, esp. of an enemy, 
abs. or with dat., ii. 2. 12, iii. 4. 3, 
v. 8. 8, vi. 5. 17, vil. 6. 29; 2 aor. 
opt. ἐπίσποιτο, iv. 1. 6. 

Ἐφέσιος, a, ov ["Edecos], of 
Ephesus, Ephesian, v. 3. 4, 6. 

Ἔφεσος, 7, Ephesus, the oldest 
of the twelve ancient cities of Ionia, 
settled by colonists of the Attic 
deme Euonomeus, i. 4. 2, il. 2. 6. 
It lay on the Selinus, v. 3. 8, near 
the mouth of the Cayster, in the 
Asian Plain, from which the chief 
highways led into the interior. 


of 


This plain is believed by many to 
have given its name to the conti- 
nent. Ephesus was the most con- 
venient landing place for Greeks 
and Romans coming to Asia, and 
from here Xenophon started to 
join Cyrus, vi. 1.23. It was not, 
however, of great commercial im- 
portance before the time of Al- 
exander, nor did it take a promi- 
nent part in wars. It was re- 
nowned as a sacred city, contain- 
ing the famous temple of the 
Ephesian Artemis, the largest of 
Greek temples and one of the won- 
ders of the world, v. 3.12. This, 
however, was the second temple, 
the first having been burned on 
the very night, it was said, when 
Alexander was born. The present 
ruins at Ajasluk are those of the 
suburb of the city, for Ephesus it- 
self lay on the hill Prion or Pyon. 
The remains of the temple lie be- 
tween Ajasluk and this hill. 

ἔφη, ἔφησθα, see φημί. 

ci had n, dv [ef. vw], boiled, v. 


ΝΠ Δ [μι], send or let go to; 
mid., leave to or allow one to do a 
thing, with dat. of pers. and inf,, 
vi. 6. 31. 

ἐφίστημι [R. ora], set beside or 
on, make stop at, make halt, bring 
to @ stop, i. 8. 15 (sc. τὸν ἵππον), 
li. 4. 25; set over, set in command, 
Lat. praeficio, abs. or with dat., iii. 
3. 20, 4. 21, v. 1. 15; intr. in mid. 
and 2 aor., pf. and plpf. act., be set 
on, stop, halt, sometimes with ἐπί 
and dat., i. 4. 4, 5. 7, ii. 4. 26, v. 4. 
04; be set in command of, com- 
mand, with dat., vi. 5. 11. 

ἐφόδιον, τό [ὁδός], provision for 


a journey, travelling expenses, Lat. 


uiaticum, Vii. 3. 20, 8. 2. 

ἔφοδος, ἡ [ὁδός], way to, ap- 
proach, with ἐπί and acc., iii. 4. 41, 
iv. 2.6; of an army, advance, at- 
tac, WW. 2. 185, 21. 

ἐφοράω [R. 2 Fep], have one’s 
eyes on, keep in sight, vi. 3. 14. 





ἔφη-ἔχω 


ἐφορμέω [ὁρμέω], lie at anchor 
opposite or against, blockade, abs., 
vii. 6. 25. 

ἔφορος, ὁ [R. 2 Fep], overseer ; 
esp. a Spartan officer, ephor. The 
board of ephors at Sparta num- 
bered five, elected annually from 
all of the citizens. They possessed 
authority not only over the com- 
monwealth in general, but also 
over the kings. wo of them regu- 
larly accompanied the kings on 
their campaigns. But at the end 
of their year of office, they were 
liable to be called to account by 
their successors. ‘The year was 
dated by the name of the first 
ephor, as at BOS by that of the 
first archon. ii. 6. 2, 3. 

ἔφυγε, See φεύγω. 

ἔχθρα, as [ἔχθος, τό, hate], en- 
mity, wll will, Lat. tnimicitia, ii. 4. 
ne 

ἐχθρός, a, dv [ἔχθος, τό, hate], 
hated or hating, hostile, Lat. ini- 
micus, 1. 3.20; subst., enemy, Lat. 
ΠΟ 5.5. 1.7336, 11 5289, Vill Ones 
sup., οἱ ἐκείνου ἔχθιστοι, his bitterest 
7068: lin 2: ὃ: 

ἐχυρός, ad, dv [R. σεχΊ]: tenable, 
Jirm, strong, with χωρίον, ii. 5. 7, 
vii. 4. 12. 

ἔχω (cex-), ἕξω and σχήσω, ἔσχον, 
ἔσχηκα, -έσχημαι [R. σεχ], have, 
in its widest sense, Lat. habeo, 
hold, possess, occupy, keep with 
one, include, i. 1. 6, 2. 11, 8. 10, 
ZAG MAE Os So wenA 19. Viet. 
17, οἱ ἔχοντες, the rich, vii. 3. 28; 
have to wife, ili. 4. 138; obtain, re- 
Céive, le 3. 11. ai. 4. 22) il, Ζ 0; 
keep, hold fast, carry, wear, 1. 5. 8, 
On ΟΣ ΠΡ 9: 11 11}: 2a 28s 1ν: 4. 10. vas 
I. 9; pass., be held, captured, iv. 
6. 22, vil. 3. 47, ἐν ἀνάγκῃ ἔχεσθαι, 
see ἀνάγκη, li. 5.21; ἔχων, having, 
is generally best rendered by with, 
1 ας 25 Mls) 3. 6,105; 15. Vib. 3.40.5 
with inf., be able, can, ii. 2. 11, iii. 
2. 12, vii. 6. 39; hold off, keep off, 
with acc. or with acc. and gen., iii. 
5. 11, vii. 1. 20; used intr. and 


ἑψητόϑ-ζεῦγος 


generally with ady., when the 
phrase is best rendered like εἶναι 
with an adj., as εὐνοϊκῶς ἔχειν, be 
well disposed, i. 1. 5, εἶχεν οὕτως, 
it was so, ili. 1. 31, so with κακῶς, 
καλῶς, ἐντίμως. ἧπερ, ἄλλως, ὅπῃ, 
Bikers Ho Ss UG ὃ. 15: an a ἡ 2.91. 
ili. 2,37, vi.1.21; without an adv., 
κῶμαι ὑπὸ τὸ πόλισμα ἔχουσαι, Vil- 
lages extending along under the 
citadel, vii. 8. 21, with ἀμφί and 
acc., be busy at or about, v. 2. 26, 
vi. 6. 1, vii. 2. 16. Mid., hold on 
to, come next to, be next, abs. or 
with gen., i.8.4,9; cling to, strive 
for, vi. 3.17. Phrases: μεῖον ἔχειν, 
have the worst of it, i. το. 8, ili. 4. 
18; εἰρήνην ἔχειν, live in peace, ii. 
6.6; ἔνδηλον τοῦτο εἶχεν, he made 
this clear, li. 6. 18; ἡσυχίαν ἔχειν, 
keep still, iv. 5.13; with a partic. 
ἔχω retains its own force, as ἔχομεν 
ἀνηρπακότες. we have carried off 
and we keep, i. 3. 14, ef. iv. 7. 1, vii. 
7. 27. 

ἑψητός, ἡ, ov (verbal of ἕψω), 
boiled, made by boiling, with ἀπό 
and gen. of source, ii. 3. 14. 

ἕψομαι, see ἕπομαι. 

eho, ἑψήσω, ἥψησα. boil, ii. 1. 6, 
Vv. 4. 29. 

ἕωθεν, adv. [ἕως]. from dawn, at 
daybreak, Lat. prima luce, iv. 4.8, 
vi. 3. 23. 

ἐῴκεσαν, See ἔοικα. 

ἐῶντες, 566 ἐάω. 

ἑώρα, ἑώρακα, ἑώρων, SEC ὁράω. 

ἕως, ἕω, ἡ [cf. Lat. aurora, Eng. 
EAST |, the rosy light of dawn, Lat. 
aurora, dawn, daybreak, Lat. dilu- 
οὐ, 1. ἡ. 1 i Δ. 24. ἵν 5: 9; 
πρὸς ἕω. to the east, eastward, Lat. 
ad orientem or ad sdlis ortum, ili. 
5) ν- 7:0: 

ἕως, temporal conj., as long as, 
while, Lat. dum, with indic., i. 3. 
11, ii. 6. 2, iii. 4. 49; with ἄν and 
subjv., i. 4. 8, ili. 1. 43, vi. 3. 14; 
up to, until, Lat. dum or donec, 
with indic., iv. 8.8; with ἄν and 
SUDJVenve mills with vopt., ails meres 
Vi. 5. 25. 


92 


Le 


Ζάβατος, see Zaz iras. 

Ζαπάτας, ov, or Ζάβατος, ὁ. the 
Zapatas river, in Syrian called 
Zaba, Wolf, and hence by later 
Greeks Λύκος. It emptied into the 
Tigris just below Nineveh, ii. 5. 1, 
iii. 3.6. (Great Zab.) 

ζάω, ζήσω, live, be alive, abs. or 
with acc. of time, i. 6. 2, Ὁ. 11, ii. 
6. 29, ili. 1. 48, v. 8. 10; the means 
by which one lives may be ex- 
pressed by partic. or by ἀπό and 
Penh 10, Viel τ 25.0.91 

ἵειᾶ, as, used only in pl., spelt, 
Lat. far, a sort of wheat-like grain 
used for cattle and by the poor 
for food (triticum spelta), v. 4. 
27. 

ἵειρά, as, mantle or cloak reach- 
ing to the feet, worn by Thracian 
horsemen, Vii. 4. 4. 

{evynraréw [R. tvy + ἐλαύνω], 
drive a yoke of oxen, abs., Vi. 
15 9: 

ζευγηλάτης, ov [R. ἵυγ + ἐλαύνω], 
one who drives a yoke of oxen, 
teamster, vi. I. 8. 

ζεύγνυμι (ζυγ-). ζεύξω, ἔζευξα. 
ἔζευγμαι, ἐζεύχθην. or ἐζύγην [R. 
ἴυγ], yoke, attach, bind, join, 
fasten, Lat. tungd, with πρός or 
παρά and acc., iii. 5. 10, vi. 1. 8; 
esp. of bridges, γέφυρα ἐζευγμένη 
πλοίοις, bridge made of boats, i. 2. 
5, li. 4. 24 ; διῶρυξ ἐζευγμένη πλοίοις. 
canal with a pontoon bridge, ii. 4. 
13. 

ζεῦγος, ous, τό [R. tvy], a yoke 
or pair of oxen, horses, or mules, 
Lat. iugum, pl., cattle, ili. 2. 27, 
vi. 1. 8, vii. 5. 2, 8.23. The name 
arose from the use of the yoke, 
ζυγόν, in harnessing horses, mules, 
or cattle to the chariot, wagon, 
or plough, instead of the modern 
collar with its attached traces. The 
yoke was commonly curved where 
it rested on the neck of the animal. 
| Straps were fastened to it at the 








99 


middle and ends, and tied under 
the animal’s neck across the breast. 





By means of other straps the yoke 
was securely lashed to the pole. 

Ζεύς, Διός, 6, Zeus, son of Cronus 
and Rhea, king and father of gods 
and men, god of the heavens and 
director of the powers of nature, 
esp. thunder and lightning, iii. 1. 
12, 4.12. The destiny of all man- 
kind was believed to lie in his 
hands, and from him came both 
good and evil. Justice and the 
laws were under his protection. 
He was worshipped everywhere, 
but at Olympia stood his most 
splendid temple, with the famous 
statue by Phidias, v. 3. 11. Of 
the many titles applied to him, the 
Anab. contains the following: ἕέ- 
vos, aS defender of strangers and 
upholder of the laws of hospitality, 
111. 2.4; σωτήρ, aS preserver from 
troubles and dangers, i. 8. 16, iii. 
2. 9, vi. 5.25; βασιλεύς, as hing of 
gods and men, iii. 1. 12, vi. 1. 22, 
vii. 6. 44; μειλίχιος, the gracious, 
merciful, whose favour was to be 
won by propitiatory sacrifices, vii. 
8. 4. His name occurs freq. in 
oaths, i. 7. 9, v. 8. 6, vii. 6. 11. 

Civ, see (dw. 

ΖΦήλαρχος, ὁ, Zelarchus, market- 
master or commissary in the Greek 
army; attacked by the soldiers, 
but escapes, v. 7. 24, 29. 

ζηλωτός, 7, dv [verbal of (bw, 
emulate, envy, ζῆλος, ὁ, emulation, 








Zevs—lovn 


envy, cf. Eng. zeal, jealous], to be 
deemed happy, envied; rots οἴκοι 
ζηλωτόν, an object of envy to his 
neighbours, i. 7. 4. 

ἵζημιόω, ζημιώσω, etc. [ ζημία, loss], 
cause one loss, fine, punish, with 
dat. of the penalty, vi. 4. 11. 

ζητέω, (nT How, etc., seek for, ask 
for a person, ii. 3. 2, 4.16; seek to 
do a thing, desire, with inf., v. 4. 35. 

{uptrys, ou [ζύμη, leaven, cf. Eng. 
zymotic], in the phrase ἄρτοι ζυμῖ- 
ται, leavened bread, Lat. panis fer- 
mentatus, Vii. 3. 21, 

ζωγρέω, ἐζώγρησα, ἐζώγρημαι, ἐζω- 
γρήθην [ ζωός + R. ay], take or save 
alwwe, give quarter to, iv. 7. 22. 

ζῶν, see (aw. 

ζώνη, ns [cf. Eng. zone], belt, 
girdle, zone, Lat. zona, worn both 
by men and by women just above 
the hips, to be distinguished from 
the second girdle worn by women 
just under the breast (see the cut 
8.0. evgwvos). The 
ζώνη kept the χιτών 
(q.v.), Which was a 
loose garment, in 
place,and furnished 
the means for regu- 
lating its length, 
since it could be 
drawn up under the 
girdle so ἃ5 to 
leave the feet un- 
impeded. The gir- 
dles of women were 
often simple cords, 
but they might be 
elaborate and handsomely orna- 
mented. See s.v. φιάλη. The sol- 
dier’s girdle, iv. 7. 16 (in Homer 








commonly called ἕξωστήρ), was a 
substantial belt of metal, or of 


ζωός- ἥγέομαι 


leather plated with metal, worn 
about the loins to secure the lower 
part of the cuirass and fastened by 
hooks. Sees.v.xvnuts. Phrases: ἔλα- 
Bov THs ζώνης τὸν ᾿Ορόντᾶν, grasped 
Orontas by the girdle, the sign 
among the Persians that one had 
been condemned to death, i. 6. 10 ; 
eis ζώνην δεδομέναι, given for gir- 
dle money (as we should say, pin 
money), of Persian queens who 
had cities given them for their 
small expenses, i. 4. 9. 

{wds, 7, ov [fdw, cf. Eng. zodiac, 
zoo-logy|, living, alive, iii. 4. 5 


H. 


ἤ, disjunctive conj., or, used like 
both Lat. wel and aut, i. 4. 16, 8. 
12, iv. 7.5, 10, v.2.4,6.9; ἢ, . ἤ;) 
Cithere. -.Ots, 14 350s Vile 6; 40, 
14; in indir. double questions, the 
first member introduced by πότε- 
pov, πότερα, Or ei, whether... or, 
Lat. wuirum... an, 1. 4. 13, τὸ» ὃ; 
75 1 τ το Ὁ; ies el το τν (ΠΣ: 
question, having no first member 
expressed, ii. 4. 3. 

q, comp. conj., than, Lat. quam, 
used after a comp., i. 1. 4, 2. 4, 11, 
iby Ths 2. ἵν: ἢ. 9; 
inf., vi. 2.13; after words of comp. 
meaning, as ἀντίος, ἐναντίος, ἄλλως, 
οὐδὲν ἄλλο, διαφέρειν, il. 2. 15, ill. 
1. 20, v. 8. 24, vi. 6. 34; ἄλλο τι 7, 
see ἄλλος ; omitted after μεῖον with 
a numeral, vi. 4. 24.. 

ἢ, prepositive intensive particle, 
really, truly, certainly, Lat. uero, 
i. 6. 8; esp. in an oath, ἢ μήν, in 
very truth, upon my sacred honour, 
11: 5. 20, View ies 6. Ὑ11: 7 20. 
8. 2. 

ἢν interr. particle, implying noth- 
ing as to the answer expected, Lat. 
-ne, V. 8. 6, Vii. 4. 9, 6. 4, 27. 

ἢ» See ὁ. 

q, dat. sing. fem. of rel. ὅς, used 
ady. (sc. 66@), of place, in what 
place, where, by the way in which, 


with a following | 





94 


Lat. qua (86. uid), i. το. 6, iii. 4. 
Oy he Ly TY: Ἐν 94,8. 12, Pe 3: 
11, 6. 7, vi. 5. 22; of manner, in 
what way, how, as, Lat. qua (se. 
ratione), esp. with sup. of ady., 7 
ἐδύνατο τάχιστα, as quickly as pos- 
sible, i. 2. 4, vi. 3.21, so 7 τάχιστα, 
Vien: 13 ; ἡ δυνατὸν μάλιστα, with 
all one’ 8. power, 1. 3318; 

ἢ» 568 εἰμί. 

ἡβάσκω [7Bn, youth], begin to 
be in the flower of youth, Lat. 
pubesco, iv. 6. 1, vii. 4. 7. 

ἤγαγον, see ἄγω. 

ἠγάσθη, see ἄγαμαι. 

ἤγγειλα, 566 ἀγγέλλω. 

Ὠγγυᾶτο, See ἐγγυάω. 

ἡγεμονία, as [R. ay], leadership, 
chief command, precedence, iv. 7. 8. 

ἡγεμόσυνα, τά (sc. ἱερά) [R. ay], 
offerings for safe-conduct, esp. to 
Heracles ἡγεμών, iv. 8. 25. 

ἡγεμών, dvos, ὁ [R. ay], one who 
leads, a guide on a journey, Lat. 
Gide, ἃ: 3:4. ile 3» GS il 2 23 εν: 
τ 22. ieee Ὁ. dave ell Sava sre 
with τῆς ὁδοῦ, 111. 1.2; leader, com- 
mander, esp. of large bodies of 
troops, field marshal, i. 6. 2, 7. 12, 
vi. 6. 35; of the state standing at 
the head of Greece, said to hold 
the hegemony, vi. 1. 27; as a title 
applied to Heracles as protector of 
wanderers and warriors, vi. 2. 15, 
5. 24, 25 (ef. ἡγεμόσυναλ. 

ἡγέομαι, ἡγήσομαι, 
ἥγημαι, -ηγήθην [R. 


ἡγησάμην, 
αγ]. go be- 


fore, lead the way, guide, conduct, 
| Lat. 


duco, abs. or with dat. of 
pers., li. 3. 10, iii. 2. 20, iv. 6. 2, v. 
4. 20, vi. 3. 15, vii. 3. 8; with ἐπί, 
πρὸς; or eis and acc., ii. 3. 9, iv. 2. 
2, vi. 5.1, vii. 1. 55; with ἐκ and 
gen., 1. 4.2; with ὁδόν, iv. 1. 24, 
v. 4.10; καλῶς ἡγεῖσθαι, be a good 
guide, iv. 6.1; τὸ ἡγούμενον or οἱ 
ἡγούμενοι. the van, Lat. primum 
agmen, li. 2. 4, vi. 5. 12, vii. 3. 6; 
lead, take command of, command, 
be general, abs., or with gen. or 
dat., 1. 7. 1, 8. 22, ii. 2. 8, ill. 1. 25, 

ΞΘ, 1, ΘΠ: 20105 NMG 


95 


vil. 1.40; think, believe, consider, 
after a survey of the facts, like 
Lat. duco, with inf., acc. and inf., 
or with two accs., i. 2. 4, ii. r. 11, 
vi. 1. 18, Vii. 7. 27. 

Ἡνγήσανδρος, ὁ, Hegesander, a 
Greek captain, chosen as one of 
their generals by the Arcadians 
and Achaeans, Vi. 3. 5. 

ἥἤδει, ἤδεσαν, see οἶδα. 

ἡδέως, adv. [R. a8], with pleas- 
ure, gladly, contentedly, Lat. liben- 
ter, i, 2. 2, iv. 3. 2; comp. ἥδιον, 
i. 4. 9; sup. ἥδιστα, ii. 5. 16. 

ἤδη, adv., referring to time just 
past or just about to come, some- 
times of present time, Lat. iam, 
already, by this time, ere now, now, 
at once, straightway, i. 2.1, 3. 11, 
4:10. ila τῷ 8; O04 1| τ 40. ν: 2. 
Pils Wo το Vile 5. 20, Ψ|Π 1 aig ἢ: 
24, 

ἥδομαι, ἡσθήσομαι, ἥσθην [R. 8], 
be glad, take pleasure in, delight 
in, enjoy, abs., with partic., or with 
dat... 2: 18; 4. 16.9. 26, ii. 5. 165 
Vong 9. γ' 1.4} νι .8,. Ὁ: 

ἡδονή, ἧς [R. a8], pleasure, de- 
light, Lat. woluptas, li. 6. 6, iv. 4. 
14; of fruit, favour, taste, Lat. sa- 
por, ii. 3. 16. 

ἡδύοινος, ov [R. ab + οἶνος], pro- 
ducing sweet wine, of a vine, Vi. 
4. 6. 

ἡδύς, εἴα, V [R. a6], sweet to the 
taste or the feelings, Lat. swdavis, 
dulcis; of food and drink, sweet, 
delicious, li. 3. 15, v. 4. 29, vi. 4. 4; 
comp. ἡδίων, i. 9. 25; of a brave 
action, pleasant, fine, Vi. 5. 24; 
sup. ἥδιστος, i. 5. 3 

ἤθελε, See ἐθέλω. 

ἧκαν, see tu. 

ἥκιστα, see ἥττων. 

ἥκω, ἥξω, in pres. indic. with 
meaning of the pf., be come, have 
come, be present or there, have ar- 
rived, Lat. wenio or adsum (the 
other moods of the pres., and the 
impf., having generally an aor. 
force, but the impf. sometimes 
serves as plpf. and the fut. as fut. 





᾿Ἡγήσανδρος-λίθιος 


perf.); used abs., i. 2. 1) 5. 12, Fi 9, 
Fos Py lly ig, 10. 111. 1. 19. ἣν: 5. 5, ν. 
2}: 11, vi. 5. 1, 6. 90, with εἰς * "el 
and ace. of place, iy ἀν 13, il, 5. 34, 
iv. 2. 18, vi. 2. 13, with ἐπί, παρά, 
or πρός and ace. of pers., iv. 5. 19, 
Vil. 3. 24, 386, with παρά or διά and 
gen., li. 3. 17, iii. 5. 15; with πάλιν 
iv. 3. 12, vi. 4. 8; with pres. par- 
tic., as ἧκεν ἐλαύνων, he came rid- 
UO PIES LOE ΠῚ 2 αν 4. 16. Ὑ: 
Ι. 10, or with aor. partic., ii. 3. 29, 
vi. 5. 10, vii. 1. 39; of things, as 
presents, or a story, v. 5. 2, vi. 6. 
13. 

ἤλασε, 566 ἐλαύνω. 

ἤλεγχον, see ἐλέγχω. 

᾿λεῖϊος, ἃ, ον [λις, Elis], a 
dweller in Elis, an Elean, ii. 2. 20, 
Vis 45 LO}, vil 8.10. Elis was the 
name of a state in the western 
part of Peloponnésus, bounded 
by Achaea, Arcadia, Messenia, 
and the sea. Its western shore 
was low and sandy, through its 
middle ran the large river Al- 
phéus, and the mountains on the 
eastern border were comparatively 
low. Its independence was, there- 
fore, not due to natural causes, but 
to the fact that it contained Olym- 
pia (q.v.), and therefore generally 
enjoyed exemption from war. It 
produced flax and timber, and was 
noted for its horses. 

ἤλεκτρον, τό [cf. Eng. electric], 
lustre, radiance, ἃ name applied 
to amber and to a compound of 
4 gold and 1 silver, used in coin- 
age. In the Anab., ii. 3. 15, the 
color of certain dates is compared 
to that of ἤλεκτρον, which proba- 
bly means the compound electrum, 
as the same dates are called by 
Galen χρυσοβάλανοι, gold-dates. 

ἦλθον, See ἔρχομαι. 

ἠλίβατος, ov, Ionic and poetic 
adj., high, steep, precipitous, of 
rocks, i. 4. 4. 

ἠλίθιος, a, ae idle, foolish, silly, 
Lat. ineptus, Ro σε 79 Oe 
subst., τὸ Anibind: folly, ii. 6. 22. 


ἡλικία -ἥμισυς 


ἡλικία, as [ἡλίκος, as old as], 
age, time of life, Lat. aetas, esp. 
the prime of life, man’s estate, 
manhood, from 18 to 45 years, cf. 
Lat. zwuentis, i. 9. 6, 111. 1. 14, 26. 

ἡλικιώτης, ov [ἡλικία . an equal 
in age, comrade, contemporary, 
Lat. aequalis, i. 9. 5. 


ἥλιος, ὁ [ς΄ Eng. heliacal, helio- | 


trope, peri-helion], the sun, Lat. 
sol, generally without art.; of its 
rising the verbs ἀνίσχειν and ἀνα- 
τέλλειν are used, of its setting δύ- 
νειν OY δύεσθαι. i. το. 15, ii. 2. ὃ, 13, 
3. 1, iii. 4. 8, v. 7, 6, vil. 3 . o4. 
Ἥλιος, ὁ [ς΄ ἥλιος], Helios, the 
sun-god, son of Hyperion and Theia, 
rising out of the ocean in the 
morning in his chariot, and sink- 
ing into it again in the evening. 
Among the Greeks he was exten- 
sively worshipped, but more par- 
ticularly by eastern nations, esp. 
Persia. Horses were raised in 


Persia and in Armenia to be sacri- | 


ficed to him, iv. 5. 35. 

ἡλωκότα, see ἁλίσκομαι. 

ἡμεῖς, efc., see ἐγώ. 

ἠμελημένως, Δαν. from pf. pass. 
partic. of ἀμελέω [R. ped], cre- 
lessly, heedlessly, 1. 7. 19. 

ἦμεν, impf. from εἰμί. 

ἡμέρα, as [cf. Eng. ep-hemera!/], 
day, as opposed to night and also 
as including the whole 24 hours, 


Lat. dies, generally without the 
οι τ: 6,920.) 5. Gy 74, 1S eae 
1. 6, iii. 2.1, 4. 31, iv. 6. 9, 8. 22, 
Wat. vie We lp avin gs 125. 5. 0141 
Phrases: τῇ αὐτῇ ἡμέρᾳ, on the 
same day, i. 5. 12; τῇ ἐπιούσῃ 


ἡμέρᾳ, next day, Lat. postridié, i. 7. 
2, cf. iil. 4. 18; μέσον ἡμέρας, noon, 
Lat. meridiés, 1. 8. 8, cf. vi. 5. 7; 
δέκα ἡμερῶν, within ten days, i. 7. 
18, cf. iv. 7. 20; ἅμα τῇ ἡμέρᾳ or 
dua ἡμέρᾳ, at daybreak, Lat. prima 
(ce Mento salve 1-7, Vino 05 Τῇ 
πρόσθεν ἡμέρᾳ. on the day before, 
Lat. pridié, ii. 3.1; τὴν ἡμέραν and 
ἡμέραν, during the day, by day, as 
opp. to night, Lat. luce, v. 8. 24, 





96 


vii. 2. 21, 6. 9, SO ἡμέρας, gen., ii. 
6.7, vi. 1.18; THs nuépas, a day, 
as we say per diem (but it is not 
Latin), iv. 6. 4; τῆς ἡμέρας ὅλης. 
in a whole day, iil. 3. 113 ὅλην τὴν 
ἡμέραν, all day long, iv. 1.10; éxa- 
oTns ἡμέρας. every day, Vi. 6. 1; 
ἡμέρα γίγνεται, day breaks, it is 
day, Lat. lucéscit, iv. 6. 23, ef. vii. 
3. 41; πρὸς ἡμέραν, near or about 
daybreak, iv. 5. 21; μεθ᾽ ἡμέρᾶν, 
after daybreak, by day, iv. 6. 12; 
πρὸ nuépas, before daybreak, Lat. 
ante lucem, Vil. 3. 1. 

ἥμερος, ov, tame, tamed, Lat. 
mansuétus; of trees and plants, 
cultivated, as opp. to wild, Lat. 
satiuus, Vv. 3. 12. 

ἡμέτερος, a, ov [ἡμεῖς], our, be- 
longing to us, Lat. noster, 11. 5. 
4i, v. 5. 10, vii. 3. 35; subst., τὰ 
ἡμέτερα, our affairs, circumstances, 
relations, i. 3510; 

ἣμι-, found only in composition 
cept Lat. sémi-, half-, Eng. hemi-], 
half. 
ἡμίβρωτος, ov [Spwrds], 

eaten, Lat. semesus, 1. 9. 26. 

ἡμιδᾶρεικόν, τό [dapeckds |, half a 
daric, i. 3. 21, see δαρεικός. 

ἡμιδεής, és [R. δε], wanting a 
half, half full, i. 9. 25. 

ἡμιοβόλιον, 566 ἡμιωβόλιον. 

ἡμιόλιος, a, ον [ὅλος], containing 
the whole and half, half as much 
again, of pay, with gen. of com- 
parison, i. 3. 21. 

ἡμιονικός, 7, dv [ἡμίονος], belong- 
ing to mules, with ζεῦγος, mule 
team, pair of mules, Vii. 5. 2. 

ἡμίονος, ὁ [ὄνος], half-ass, 1.6. 
mule, Lat. mulus, v. 8. 5. 

ἡμίπλεθρον, τό [R. wha], half a 
plethron, i.e. 50 Greek feet, iv. 7. 


half- 


θ᾽; see πλέθρον. 


| 22; 


ἥμισυς, eva, v [ἡμι-], half, 1. 
subst., ἥμισυ or ἡμίσεα, εὐ 
or without art., the half, half, Lat. 
dimidium, with gen., 1. 9. 26, iv. 3. 
15, vi. 2.10; often assimilated to 
gender and number of the depend- 


‘ent subst., sometimes even when 


97 


the subst. is omitted, iv. 
17, Vale 3. 18. 

ἡμιωβόλιον or ἡμιοβόλιον, τό 
[ὀβολός], half an obol, i. 5. 6, see 
ὀβολός. 

ἤμουν, see ἐμέω. 

ἠμφεγνόουν, see ἀμφιγνοέω. 

Ὧν, contr. for ἐάν, q.v. 

ἣν, impf. of εἰμί. 

ἥνπερ, See ὅσπερ. 

ἠνέχθη, See φέρω. 

ἡνίκα, temporal conj., at which 
time, when, with indic., i. 8. 1, ili. 
4. 24, 5. 4, vii. 3. 403 with dy and 
subjv., and. with opt., 11]. 5. 18; 
ἡνίκα τῆς ὡρᾶς, at whatever time, 
ili. 5. 18. 

ἡνίοχος, ὁ [ἡνία, τά, reins+R. 
σεχ], one who holds the reins, 
driver, charioteer, Lat. auriga, 1. 
8. 20. 

ἥξειν, see ἥκω. 

ἧπερ, dat. fem. of ὅσπερ, as δᾶν., 
in the manner in which, Lat. qua 
(sc. ratione), ἥπερ εἶχον, just as 
they were, li. 2. 21; in the place in 
which, where, just where, Lat. qua 
(se. wid), iv. 2.9, 4. 18. 

ἠπιστάμεθα, see ἐπίσταμαι. 

Ἡράκλεια, as [Ἡρακλῆς], Hera- 
οἶδα, a Greek city in Bithynia on 
the Pontus, in the country of the 
Mariandyni, colonized by the Me- 
garians, v. 6. 10, vi. 2. 1, 4. 2. 

Ἡρακλείδης, ov [Ἡρακλῆς], He- 
raclides, of Maronéa in Thrace, in 
the service of Seuthes, vii. 3. 16, 
PADS 5. (Ohi 6: Oe 25 

Ἡρακλεώτης, ov [Ἡράκλεια], an 
inhabitant of Heraclea, a Hera- 
cléan, Vv. 6. 19, vi. 4. 23. 

Ἡρακλεῶτις, sos, ἣ (sc. γῆ) 
[Ἡράκλεια], the district of Hera- 
clea, Vi. 2. 19. 

Ἡρακλῆς, éous, ὁ, Heracles, called 
by the Romans Hercules, son of 
Zeus and Aleméne of Thebes, the 
greatest hero of antiquity and after 
his death received among the gods. 
In the service of Eurystheus, king 
of Argos, he performed his twelve 
celebrated labours, the last and 


2: ὃ 1 5: 





ἡμιωβόλιον- ἥττων 


greatest of which was the bringing 
of Cerberus from Hades. Accord- 
ing to one legend he descended 
through a chasm in the peninsula 
called Acherusia, near Heracléa in 
Bithynia, vi. 2. 2. In the Anab. 
he figures in his character of guide 
to travellers and warriors, vi. 2. 15, 
5. 24, 25, and as such offerings 
were made to him, iv. 8. 26. 

ἠράσθη, see ἔραμαι. 

τρέθησαν, ἥρηντο, 568 αἱρέω. 

ηρόμην, See ἔρομαι. 

ἥσθη, see ἥδομαι. 

ἡσυχάζω͵ (ἡσυχαδ-), ᾿ἡσυχάσω, 
ἡσύχασα [ἥσυχος], be at rest, keep 
quiet, Vv. 4. 16. 

ἡσυχῇ, adv. [ἥσυχος], 
quietly, in silence, i. 8. 11. 

ἡσυχία, as ἢ συ δ. stillness, 
quiet, rest, repose, Lat. quiés, in 
the phrases, καθ᾽ ἡσυχίαν, at one’s 
ease (1.6. without being attacked), 
Lat. sine molestia, ii. 3.8; ἡσυχίαν 
ἄγειν, take one’s ease, repose, Lat. 
otium agere or quietem capere, iil. 
I. 14; ἡσυχίαν ἔχειν, keep still, 
stand still, iv. 5. 13, v. 8. 15. 

ἥσυχος, ov, still, quiet, Lat. quie- 
tus; without speaking, in silence, 
Lat. stlentio, vi. 5. 11. 

ἡτησάμεθα, see αἰτέω. 

ἦτρον, τό, the part below the 
navel, belly, abdomen, ἵν: 7. 10: 

ἡττάομαι, ἡττήσομαι, etc. [ητ- 
των], be less or inferior, be sur- 
passed, with partic., as ἡττᾶσθαι 
εὐεργετῶν, be surpassed in well- 
doing, ii. 6. 17, cf. ii. 3. 23, where 
gen. of comparison τούτου occurs ; 
be worsted, beaten, in battle, abs. 
Os with dat., 1. 2. 9; ii. 5. 19, iii. 1- 
2, iv. 6. 26. 

ἥττων, ov, gen. ovos, inferior, 
meaner, weaker, used as comp. of 
κακός, abs. or with gen., v. 6. 13, 
32, vil. 3.5; neut. as adv., ἧττον, 
less, li. 4. 2, v. 4. 20, 5. 2, vi. 1. 18; 
οὐδὲν ἧττον, not a whit less, not less 
effectively, vii. 5. 9; sup. ἥκιστα, 
least of all, by no means, i. 9. 19, 
Vii. 3. 38. 


stilly, 


ηὔχοντο--θεά 


ηὔχοντο, 566 εὔχομαι. 
ηὗρε, see εὑρίσκω. 
ηὐτύχησαν, See εὐτυχέω. 
ἤχθησαν, see ἄγω. 


Θ. 


θ᾽, by elision and euphony for τέ. 
θάλαττα, ns, sea, Lat. mare, i. 2 


9 αν: 7s) 245, Vey Ls ὦ, ui. 2: 18. vais. | 


12; θάλαττα μεγάλη, a heavy sea, 
v. 8.20. Phrase: καὶ κατὰ γῆν καὶ 


κατὰ θάλατταν, by land and sea, 


Lat. terra marique, i. 1. 7, v. 6. 1. 

θάλπος, ous, τό [θάλπω, soften by 
heat], warmth, heat, esp. of sum- 
mer, in pl., Lat. calorés, iii. 1. 23. 

θαμινά, adv. [θαμά, often], fre- 
quently, often, Lat. saepe, iv. 1. 16. 

θάνατος, ὁ [θνήσκω], death, form 
or kind of death, Lat. mors, i. 6. 
10%, 305 6:6:29) tie ASS ovat cae 11: 
Phrases: ἐπὶ θάνατον ἄγεσθαι, be 
led to execution, 1.6.10; ἐπὶ θανάτῳ 
ἄγεσθαι. be prosecuted on a capital 
charge, ν. 7. 94. 

θανατόω, θανατώσω, ἐθανάτωσα, 
ἐθανατώθην [θάνατος]. condemn to 
death, Lat. damno capitis, ii. 6. 4. 

θάπτω (ταφ- for θαφ-), θάψω, 
ἔθαψα. τέθαμμαι, ἐτάφην, perform 
the funeral rites for a dead body, 
either by burning or burying, like 
Lat. sepelid ; but in Anab. burial is 
always meant, hence, bury, abs. or 
With: acc., iv. 1. 19, v. 7. 20, 30, vi. 
4. 9. 

θαρραλέος, ἃ. ov [θρασύς]. full of 
confidence, bold, Lat. fortis, in 
sup., abs. or w ith πρός and acc., 
111: se Godiva On 9: 

θαρραλέως, adv. [θρασύς]. with 
confidence, boldly, Lat. fortiter, 
abs. or with πρός and ace. of pers., 
i. 9g. 19, ii. 6. 14, vii. 3. 29. 

θαρρέω, θαρρήσω. ἐθάρρησα. τεθάρ- 
ρηκα (older Attic θαρσέω, etc., not 
in Anab.) [θρασύς]. be of conji- 
dence, be of good cheer or courage, 
be without fear, abs. or with acc., 

3. 8, itl. 2: 90. v. 8. 19, vir 3 12; 


98 


| 5. 80; partic. as. adv., confidently, 
with courage, iii. 4. 3, v. 7. 33. 

θάρρος, ous, τό [θρασύς]. consi- 
dence, courage, Vi. 5. 17. 

θαρρύνω [θρασύς]. make conjsi- 
dent, cheer, encourage, i. 7. 2. 

Θαρύπας, ov, Tharypas, Menon’s 
favourite, ii. 6. 28. 

θάτερον, 566 ἕτερος. 

θᾶττον, 566 ταχύς. 
᾿ς θαῦμα, ατος, τό [θέα]. a wonder, 
| marvel, cause of wonder, with an 
interr. clause, vi. 3. 23. 

θαυμάζω (θαυμαδ-), θαυμάσομαι, 
ἐθαύμασα. τεθαύμακα. ἐθαυμάσθην 
[θέα]. wonder at, admire, be sur- 
| prised or amazed, abs. or with acc., 
| Lat. miror, i. 2. 18, 3. 2, ii. 3. 16, 
| iii. 2, 35, iv. 8. 20, vil. 6.19; with 
a clause with ὅτι or εἰ, i. 3. 3, v. 8. 
25, vi. 5. 19; wonder, in the sense 
Οὐ desiring to know, with interr. 
clause, i. 8. 16, iii. 5. 13, v. 7. 18. 

θαυμάσιος, a, ov [θέα]. wondrous, 
marvellous, remarkable, Lat. mira- 
bilis or singularis, abs. or with 
gen. of cause, ii. 3. 15, ili. 1. 27. 

θαυμαστός, 7, dv [θέα]. wondrous, 
wonderful, remarkabl e, strange, 
Lat. mirabilis, i. 9. 24, ii. 5. 15, iv. 
8: 11, war 7210: 

Θαψακηνοί, οἱ [Θάψακος]. inhab- 
itants of Thapsacus, Thapsacenes, 
i. 4. 18. 

Θάψακος, 7, Thapsacus, a flour- 
ishing commercial city in Syria on 
the west bank of the Euphrates, i. 
4. 11, the usual place for fording 
f | the river, which is here only about 
a metre deep. The statement of 
the Thapsacenes to Cyrus, i. 4. 18, 
was therefore mere flattery. Here 
Darius crossed before and after 
Issus. Thapsacus was the Jewish 
Tiphsah, the eastern boundary of 
Solomon’s kingdom, 1 Kings 4, 24. 
Its ruins are near the modern 
Rakka. 

θέα, as [θέα]. sight, spectacle, 
show, Lat. spectaculum, iv. 8. 27. 

θεά, ds [θεός]. goddess, Lat. dea, 
in) Ὁ]. ὅνἷν6. 17. 








99 


θέαμα, ατος, τό [θέα], sight, iv. 
7. 18. 

θεάομαι, θεάσομαι. etc. [θέα], gaze 
at, look on, watch, see, behold, 
Lat. intueor, abs., with acc., or 


with a rel. clause, i. 5. 8, iii. 5. 13, | 


iv. 7. 11, v. 7. 26, vi. 5. 16. 

θεῖος, a, ov [θεός], divine, Lat. 
diuinus ; subst., θεῖον, τό, divine in- 
tervention, portent, Lat. prodigium, 
i. 4. 18. 

θέλω, see ἐθέλω. 

-θεν, suffix denoting the place 
whence. 

Θεογένης, ous, ὁ, Theogenes, a 
Greek captain from Locris, vii. 
2: 18: 

Θεόπομπος, ὁ, Theopompus, an 
Athenian, ii. 1. 12 (believed by 
some to be a pseudonym for 
Xenophon). 

θεός, ὁ, ἡ [θεός], divinity, god, 
goddess, Lat. deus, i. 4. 8, ii. 1. 17, 
Wits He Bile is So UG We 2. Fes whe 1 
22, 31, vii. 6. 18; with the sing. 
the art. is used only when a par- 
ticular divinity is meant, ili. 1. 
Dy 2: IPE Ne 23. U5 ΠῚ 29.) Valls 8, 29. 
Phrases: πρὸς θεῶν, in the presence 
of, before, or by the gods, ii. 5. 20, v. 

.53 σὺν τοῖς θεοῖς, OY σὺν θεοῖς, with 
the aid of the gods, under Provi- 
dence, ii. 3. 23, iii. 1. 42, vi. 5. 23; 
ἐν Tats πρὸς τοὺς θεοὺς προσόδοις, in 
processions to the temples, vi. 1. 11. 

θεοσέβεια, as [θεός + σέβομαι, wor- 
ship, cf. ἀσεβής ]. reverence for the 
gods, religion, piety, ii. 6. 26. 

θεραπεύω, θεραπεύσω, etc. [θερά- 
πων, cf. Eng. therapeutic], serve, 


attend to, wait upon, pay attention | 


to, Lat. seruio, i. 9. 20, ii. 6. 27, 
vii. 2. 6. 

θεράπων, ovTos, 6, servant, attend- 
ant, follower, of freeborn persons, 
1 8. 28. 11|. τ 10} Ὁ 2. 

θερίζω (θεριδ-), ἐθέρισα, τεθέρισμαι, 
ἐθερίσθην [θέρος, τό, summer, cf. 
θέρω, heat, Lat. furnus, oven], do 
summer work ; intr., pass the sum- 
mer, iil. 5, 15. 


θερμασία, as [θερμός, hot, cf. be- 


θέαμα- Θηβαῖος 


ρίζω, Eng. thermal, thermo-meter |, 
warmth, warming, v. 8. 15. 

| Θερμώδων, ovros, ὁ, the Thermo- 
don, @ river in Cappadocia empty- 
ing into the Pontus, v. 6. 9, vi. 2. 
1. About it lived the Amazons. 
(Termeh Tchai.) 

θέσθαι, see τίθημι. 

Θετταλία, as [Θετταλός], Thes- 
saly, the most northern state of 
Greece, i. 1. 10, consisting origi- 
nally of the valley of the Penéus, 
with the district of Thessaliotis on 
the west and that of Pelasgidtis on 
the east. In these were the most 
important cities comprising the 
Thessalian state. To these were 
added, by constant conquests, Hes- 
tiaedtis and Phthiodtis on the north 
and south. Magnesia and some 
other outlying districts were not 
part of Thessaly before the Mace- 
donian period. On the northern 
boundary of Thessaly was Mt. 
Olympus, the fabled home of the 
gods, with the vale of Tempe be- 
low it. The plain of Thessaly was 
very fertile, producing much grain 
and supporting cattle and horses, 
the Thessalian cavalry being noted 
for its efficiency. The government 
was oligarchical, and the country 
was divided into the four political 
divisions mentioned above, all be- 
ing nominally under a chief magis- 
| trate called rayes. 

Θετταλός, ὁ, a Thessalian, i. τ. 
| AO), ate so 91 Ave 8: 29. 

θέω (θυ-), θεύσομαι, run, race, 
charge, abs. or with δρόμῳ. i. 8. 18, 
Lite 4. ἅν: Ὁ: 20: 8: 26: Vile 1: 18]: 
with εἰς, ἐπί, or πρός and acc., li. 2. 
14, iv. 3. 20, vil. 1. 15. 

θεωρέω, θεωρήσω, ἐθεώρησα, τεθεώ- 
ρηκα [θέα], gaze, view, look on, be 
a spectator, Lat. specto, i. 2. 10, ii. 
2 ΣΝ 5. ΝΖ: 11: Of troops, 
review, i. 2. 16. 

Θηβαῖος, ὁ [Θῆβαι, Thebes], a 
Theban, inhabitant of Thebes, ii. 
1. 10, vii. 1. 33, the oldest and most 
powerful city of Boeotia, on the 








Θήβη-Θράκιος 


Isménus. Thebes was said to have 
been built by Cadmus and en- 
larged by Amphion. It was pre- 
eminent in the mythical age among 


all the cities of Greece, among its | 
most important legends being those | 


connected with Heracles, Dionysus, 
and the family of Oedipus. In the 
historical period, Thebes was al- 
ways the bitter enemy of Athens, 
supporting Xerxes and later the 


Spartans. After the Peloponnesian | 


war, she took sides against Sparta 





from jealousy, and under Epami- | 
nondas rose to be the head of) 


Greece. Having resisted the Mace- 
donians, the city was destroyed 
by Alexander in 335 B.c. 
years later it was rebuilt, but never 
regained its former standing. 
Θήβη, ns, Thebe, a city and dis- 
trict in either Mysia or the Troad, 


Twenty | 


vii. 8. 7, at the foot of Mt. Pla-| 
cus, and hence called Ὑποπλακίη.. 


Here Achilles took captive Chry- 
seis, having sacked the city. 

θήρα, as [Onp, wild beast, cf. Lat. 
Jerus, wild, Eng. DEER], a hunting, 
chase, hunt, Lat. wenatio, of wild 
animals, v. 3. 8, 10. 

Onpdw, θηράσω, ἐθήρασα, τεθή- 
ρᾶκα, ἐθηράθην [θήρα], hunt, chase, 
pursue, Lat. wenor, of animals or 
men, abs. or with acc., 1. 5. 2, iv. 5. 
24 va 1.9: 

Onpeva, θηρεύσω. etc. [θήρα]. hunt, 
chase, catch, Lat. wénor, i. 2. 7, 13, 
Wo sek 

θηρίον, τό [θήρα]. beast, animal, 
esp. of beasts of the chase, Lat. 
VELA, 1: 2.1. Ὁ. OF ν 5.8: 

θησαυρός, ὁ [R. Be], something 
put away, treasure, Vv. 4. 27; store- 
house, treasury, like those estab- 
lished by different states at Delphi 
and Olympia, to contain their pub- 
lic offerings to the gods, v. 3. 5. 

Θήχης; ov, Theches, the mountain 
in Pontus, south of Trapezus, from 
which the retreating Greeks first be- 
held the sea, iv.7.21. Its identity 
cannot be certainly established. 





100 


-6., a suffix denoting the place 
where. 

Θίβρων, wvos, ὁ, Thibron, a gen- 
eral sent out by the Spartans 
against Tissaphernes in 400 B.c. 
He took the Greeks into his pay, 
vii. 6. 1, 43, 7. 57, 8. 24, and met 
with some success, but was super- 
seded for allowing his troops to 
plunder allied nations. 

θνήσκω (θαν-, θνα-), θανοῦμαι, 
ἔθανον, τέθνηκα, die; in Anab. al- 
ways in composition, except in pf., 
be dead, be slain, have fallen in 
battle, the following forms occur- 
ring: τέθνηκε, li. 1. ὃ, τέθνατον, iv. 
1. 19, τεθνᾶσι, iv. 2. 17, τεθνάναι, iv. 
1. 20, τεθνηκότος, lll, 1. 17, τεθνη- 
κότα, i. 6. 11, τεθνεῶτας, vii. 4. 19. 

θνητός, 7, dv [verbal of θνήσκω], 
subject to death, mortal, Lat. mor- 
talis, iii. 1. 25. 

Θόανα, τά, Tyana, see Adva. 

θόρυβος, ὁ [θρόος, 6, noise, ¢f. 
ἀθρόος. turmoil, disturbance, noise, 
confusion, of the noise a crowd 
makes, Lat. turba, i. 8. 16, 11. 2. 19, 
iii. 4. 35, vii. 2. 18. 

Θούριος, 6, a Thurian, inhabitant 
of Thurii, v. 1. 2, a city in Luca- 
nia in Magna Graecia, on the gulf 
of Tarentum. It was colonized by 
Athenians sent out by Pericles, 
among them Herodotus and Lysias. 
Its ruins are near Terra Nuova. 

Opaxn, ns [Θρᾷξ]. Thrace, either 
1) in Europe, a country formed 
by the southeastern part of the 
Balkan peninsula, without definite 
borders on the west, but reaching 
as far north as the Danube, now 
Roumelia, v. 1. 15, vii. 1. 145 or 
2) in Asia, called also Bithynian 
Thrace, the coast extending from 
the mouth of the Pontus to Hera- 
cléa, vi. 2. 17,4. 1. 

Θρᾷκιον, τό [Θρᾷκιος]. the Thra- 
cium, a public square in Byzan- 
tium, vii. 1. 24. 

Θρᾷάκιος, a, ov [Θρᾷξ], Thracian, 
belonging to Thrace, vii. 1. 18, 2. 
28. 


101 


Θράξ, κός, 6, a Thracian, native 
of Thrace, whether in Europe or in 
Asia 1.0595 1]. 2) {7 0]. τ, 3: 4. vil. 
1. 5, 4. 4; the latter were called 
also Bithynian Thracians, vi. 4. 2. 

θρασέως, adv. [θρασύς], with 
considence, boldly, iv. 3. 80. 

θρασύς, εἴα, ὑ [θρασύς], consident, 
bold, daring, Lat. audax, in comp., 
v. 4. 18, 8. 19, vii. 8. 16. 

θρεψόμεθα, see τρέφω. 

θρόνος, ὁ [cf. Eng. throne], seat, 
chair, chair of state, throne. ‘The 
word would suggest to a Greek 
the large chair with straight back 








No. 24. 


No. 25. 


and legs and low arms (Lat. so- 
lium), which in a private house 
would be the seat of honour of the 
master and of his guests, and in 





in part of metal, the latter were. 


wrought in marble. The θρόνος 
might be provided with a cushion 


and coverings ; and, since the seat | 


was lofty, a footstool might be 
added. Of the throne of the king 
of Persia, θρόνος ὁ βασίλειος, ii. 1. 4. 

θυγάτηρ, Tpds, ἡ [cf Eng. pauen- 
TER], daughter, Lat. filia, ii. 4. 8, 
iv. 1. 24, vii. 2. 38. 

θύλακος, ὁ, bag, sack, generally 
of leather, vi. 4. 23. 

θῦμα, ατος, τό [R. 2 Ov], that 
which is offered, victim, sacrifice, 
animal for sacrifice, Lat. hostia, vi. 
4. 20, vii. 8. 19. 

Θύμβριον, τό, Thymbrium, a city 





Θρᾷξ- θύω 


in the southern part of Phrygia, i. 
2. 18, Its site cannot be exactly 
determined. 

θυμοειδής, és [R. 1 Ov+ R. Fis], 


high-spirited, Lat. animosus, of 
horses, in comp., iv. 5. 36. 
θυμόομαι, θυμώσομαι, etc. [R. 


1 θυ], be angry, incensed, with dat. 
ΘΕ ῬΌΤΗΣ, 11.5.19: 

θυμός, ὁ [R. 1 Ov], the animating 
principle in man, both of physical 
and mental feelings, Lat. anima 
and animus, used in a wide sense, 
like English heart; as the seat 


of passion, anger, wrath, vii. 1. 25. 


Ovvol, oi, the Thyni, a tribe of 
Thracian stock, which originally 
lived on the Black Sea in the neigh- 
bourhood of Salmydessus, but af- 
terwards crossed into Asia and 
lived in the Bithynian coast dis- 
trict,.vil. 2, 225 4.2, 14, 18: 

θύρα, as [cf Lat. foris, door, Eng. 
pooR |], door, of a room or build- 
ing, generally pl., as the doors were 
usually double, Lat. forés, ii. 5. 31, 
vii. 3. 16, 4.15. Phrases: ἐπὶ ταῖς 
Ἑλλάδος θύραις, at the door, or as 
we might say, on the very threshold 
of Greece, vi. 5. 23; so ἐπὶ ταῖς 


᾿ βασιλέως θύραις may denote neigh- 
_bourhood, at the very gates of the 
temples the throne of the god. The | 
former were commonly made οὐ 
heavy wood, although sometimes 


king, 11. 4. 4, tii. 1. 2, but it also 
denotes his residence, as we say, 
at the king’s court, Lat. in aula, 
i. 9. 3, ii τ. ὃ; SO θύραι denotes a 
general’s residence, headquarters. 
i Ae Me bl, Eo ΟἿΣ 

θύρετρα, τά [θύρα]. dour, gate, 
of a town, Lat. porta, v. 2. 17. 

θυσία, as [R. 2 θυ], offering to 
the gods, sacrifice, Lat. sacrificium, 
ἵν S205 205 Vo 25 Ὁ. Vs 4. 10. 

θύω, θύσω. ἔθυσα. τέθυκα, τέθυμαι. 
ἐτύθην [R. 2 θυ], sacrifice, offer 
sacrifice, Lat. sacrificd, abs. or with 
acc. of the victim offered, iii. 2. 12, 
Iv. 6. 27, vi. 1. 4, vii. 8. 4; with 
dat. of the god, iii. 1. 6, v: 5. 5; 
mid., have a sacrifice offered for 
oneself, esp. with the idea of learn- 
ing something about the future, 


θωρακίζω- Ἴδη 


have a victim offered, make an 
offering, offer sacrifice, abs., i. 7. 
18, ii. 1.9, iv. 3. 9, vi. 1. 24, vil. 
8. 10; with the dat. when a priest 
offers for a person, v. 6. 18, vii. 8. 
4; with dat. of the god, vi. 1. 22; 
with ἐπί and dat. of the end for 
which the sacrifice is offered, iii. 
5. 18, v. 6. 22, vi. 4. 9, 6. 35; with 
περί and gen., v. 6. 28, vi. 4. 17; 
with ὑπέρ and gen., in the sense of 
for, in the interest of, Vv. 6. 27, 28 ; 
with ἐπί and acc. of the pers. 
against whom the gods are con- 
sulted, vii. 8. 21; in inquiries by 
sacrifice, with an interr. clause 
with εἰ or πότερα, vi. 1. 31, Vii. 6. 
44, Phrases: τὰ Λύκαια ἔθυσε, he 
celebrated the Lycaea with sacri- 
Jices, i. 2.10; θύσειν σωτήρια, offer 
sacrifices for preservation, lll. 2. 9; 
τὰ θυόμενα, the victims, Vv. 3. 9. 
θωρακίζω (θωρᾶκιδ-), ἐθωράκισα, 
τεθωράκισμαι, ἐθωρακίσθην [θώραξ]. 
arm with a breastplate; mid., put 
on one’s breastplate or corselet, ii. 
2. 14; pass., τεθωρακισμένοι and 
θωρακισθείς, armed with the breast- 
plate, ii. 5. 35, iii. 4. 35, vii. 3. 40. 
θώραξ, ἄκος, ὁ, breastplate, corse- 
let, cuirass (cf. Eng. thorax], i. 8.3, 





26, iv. 2. 28, worn not only by the 
heavy-armed footsoldier (ὁπλίτης, 
q-¥.), but also by the cavalryman 





102 


(ἱππεύς, q.v.), 111. 4. 48, ef. 1. 8. 6, 
iii. 3. 20. The θώραξ consisted 
of two metal plates, made to fit 
the person (see cut s.v. ὅπλον), of 
which one protected the breast 
and abdomen, the other the back. 
These were hinged on one side 
and buckled on the other. They 
were further kept in place by 
leathern straps passing over the 
shoulders from behind and fas- 
tened in front, and by the belt (see 
8.0. ζώνη and s.v. ἀσπίς, No. 10). 
About the lower part of the cui- 
rass was a series of flaps {(πτέρυ- 
ves, q.v.) of leather or felt, covered 
with metal, which protected the 
hips and groin of the wearer, while 
not in the least interfering with his 
freedom of movement. A lighter 
and less expensive cuirass was in- 
troduced at an early period, and was 
called σπολάς, g.v. The Chalybes, 
further, wore corselets of linen, iv. 
7.15. See also s.v. λευκοθώραξ. For 
additional representations of the 
cuirass, see 8.0. ἅρμα (No. 8, the 
original of the accompanying cut), 
κνημίς, ξίφος, ὁπλίτης, and σάλπιγξ. 

Θώραξ, ἄκος, ὁ, Thorax, a Boeo- 
tian ; opposed Xenophon’s plan of 
founding a city in Pontus, v. 6. 19, 
21, 25, 35. 


I. 


ἰάομαι, ἰάσομαι, ἰάσάμην. ἰάθην. 
heal, cure, of a wound, i. 8. 26. 

*Tacovia ἀκτή, 7, Jason's Cape, 
a promontory in Pontus between 
Cotyora and Sinope where, acc. to 
the myth, the Argonauts landed, 
vi.2.1. (Yasfin Burun.) 

ἰᾶτρός, ὁ [tdouar], one who heals, 
surgeon, physician, i. 8. 26, ili. 4. 
30, v. 8. 18. 

ἰδέ, ἰδεῖν, see εἶδον. 

Ἴδη, ns, Jda, a high and precipi- 
tous range of mountains beginning 
in Phrygia and extending through 
the Troad and Mysia, the modern 
Kas Dagh, vii.8.7. Its highest peak 


109 


was Gargarus (Kara Dagh), over 
5000 feet above the sea. Its slopes 
formed the plain of Troy. Ida was 
the scene of the judgment of Paris. 

ἴδιος, a, ον [cf. Eng. idiom, idio- 
syncrasy |, one’s own, belonging to 
an individual, personal, private, 
Lat. proprius, peculiaris, subst. in 
the phrase εἰς τὸ ἔδιον, for one’s 
personal use, i. 3. 3, Vii. 7.39; adv., 
ἰδίᾳ, in a private capacity, pri- 
vately, Lat. proprié, v. 6. 27, 7. 51, 
vi. 2. 13, Phrase: ἐκεῖνον ἰδίᾳ πε- 
πλούτικεν, he has enriched him per- 
sonally, vil. 6. 9. 

ἰδιότης, ητος, ἡ [ἔδιος, peculiar 
nature, peculiarity, li. 3. 16. 

ἰδιώτης, ov [ἴδιος, cf. Eng. sdiot], 
one in a private station, as opp. 
to an officeholder, Lat. priwdtus ; 
hence, as opp. to a king, subject, 
private citizen, vii. 7.28; as opp. 
to a general, private soldier, pri- 
vate, 1. 3. 11, ili. 2. 382, v. 7. 28; as 
opp. to one of special knowledge 
in any subject or profession, lay- 
man, amateur, vi. 1. 31. 

ἰδιωτικός, 7, dv [idudrys], per- 
taining to one in private station, 
ordinary, common, Vi. τ. 23. 

ἴδοι, ἰδοῦσα, see εἶδον. 

ἱδρόω, ἵδρωσα [cf. ἱδρώς, sweat, 
Lat. sudor, sweat, Eng. swrar], 
sweat, reek with sweat, Lat. sudo, 
of a horse, i. 8. 1. 

ἰδών, see εἶδον. 

ἵεντο, see Tyr. 

ἱερεῖον, τό [ἱερός], animal for 
sacrifice, victim, Lat. hostia, vi. 5. 
2 (cf. iv. 3. 9); pl., cattle, as a part 
of every animal slain was offered to 
a god, iv. 4. 9, v. 7. 13, vi. 1.4, 4. 25. 

“ρὸν ὄρος, τό, the Sacred Mount, 
in Thrace, on the northern coast 
of the Propontis, near Ganus, vii. 
1. 14, 3.8. (Tekir Dagh.) 

ἱερός, a, dv [cf. Eng. hier-archy, 
hiero-glyphic], holy, consecrated to 
a god, sacred, Lat. sacer, v. 3. 9, 
vii. 1. 14, with gen. of the god, iv. 
5. 35, V. 3. 19; as subst., τὸ ἱερόν, 
temple, Lat. sacrum, v. 3. 11; pl., 





UStos— ᾿Ικόνιον 


Ta ἱερά, sacred rites, sacrifices, sa- 
cred things, esp. the vitals of the 
victim, or the omens from inspect- 
ing the vitals (see σφάγια), ii. τ. 
ΘΠ ν 2. ὃ ΝΣ 2. ὃ; Ὁ: 29. ΓΕ. ole 
vii. 8. 22, Phrases: τὰ ἱερὰ καλά 
ἐστι or γίγνεται, the omens are fa- 
vourable or result favourably, i. 
8. 15, ii. 2. 3, iv.3. 9, vi. 4.9; ἡ ἱερὰ 
συμβουλὴ λεγομένη εἶναι, the advice 
termed holy (with allusion to the 
proverb ἱερὸν 7 συμβουλή). ν. 6. 4. 

Ἱερώνυμος, ὁ, Hieronymus, a 
Greek captain, from Elis, iii. 1. 34, 
vi. 4. 10, vii. 1. 32, 4. 18. 

tnpe (€-), Now, Aka, -εἴκα, -εἶμαι, 
-elOnv, make go, send, throw, hurl, 
with ἄνω or with dat. of thing 
thrown, i. 5. 12, iii. 4. 17; ἥκαν 
ἑαυτοὺς eis τὴν νάπην, they threw 
themselves into the ravine, Lat. sé 
demiserunt in wallem, iv. 5. 18; 
mid., send oneself, rush, charge, 
abs., With ἄνω or κατά with gen., or 
ἐπί with acc, of place or pers., i. 5. 
8, 8. 26, iii. 4. 41, iv. 2. 8, 20, v. 7. 24. 

ἴθι, see εἶμι. 

ἱκανός, 7, dv [R. Fur], sufficient, 
whether in number, size, strength, 
or character, of persons and things, 
Lat. idoneus ; in number or size, 
enough, adequate, in plenty, abs. 
or with inf., i. 2.1, 7. 7, iii. 3. 18, 
iv. ἐν £5; ¥. 6. 1, vi. 4. 3, vile 4. 24; 
in strength or character, sufficient, 
able, fit, capable, competent, abs. or 
with inf., i. 1. 5, 3. 6, 9. 20, ii. 3. 4, 
111. 1220, 2: 10, v. τ. 6; 4. 10; vil. 2.11. 

ἱκανῶς, adv. [R. Fux], suficiently, 
well enough, Lat. satis bene, iv. 3. 31. 

ἱκετεύω, ἱκετεύσω, ἱκέτευσα [R. 
Fuck], implore, beg, beseech, Lat. 
supplico, with inf., vii. 4. 7, 10, 22. 

ἱκέτης, ov [R. Fux], petitioner, 
suppliant, Lat. supplex, with inf., 
vii. 2. 33. 

Ἰκόνιον, τό, Fconiuwm, an old, 
but in antiquity an unimportant 
city, placed by Xenophon on the 
southeastern border of Phrygia, i. 
2.19. It was afterwards in Lyca- 
onia. (Konia. ) 


ἵλεως-ἵνα 


ἵλεως, wv, gen. w, gracious, pro- 
pitious, Lat. gr HERE of gods, Vi. 
6. 32, Vii. 6. ¢ 

ἴλη, 75 (eth, press, hem in], 
crowd, band; of soldiers, esp. cay- 
alry, troop, Lat. turma, i. 2. 16. 

ipas, άντος, ὁ, thong, strap of 
leather, esp. in pl. of the shoe or 
sandal straps, Lat. a@mentum, iv. 
5.14. See 8.0. καρβάτιναι. 

ἱμάτιον, τό [R. Feo], outer gar- 
ment resembling the mantle, hima- 


Ι Gus 


HA 





tion, corresponding in use ee the 
Roman toga ; pl., clothes, iv. 


| 12. 





104 


The himation was worn both 
by men and by women, Vii. 3. 27, 
5. 5, and its shape was the same 
for both sexes. It was a rectan- 
gular piece of drapery, one end 
of which was gathered about the 
left arm and shoulder, and there 
held in place by the left hand. The 
other end was then carried across 
the back to the right, brought either 
under or over the right shoulder, 
and thrown across the front of the 
body over the left shoulder. But in 
the house it was 
either thrown off 
altogether, or 
else it dropped 
loosely about 
the person. See 
the illustrations 
8.0. κλίνη and 
τρίπους, Which 
also show that 
in the case of 
men the χιτών 
(q.v.), or un- 
dergarment, was 
sometimes en- ἡ 
tirely lacking. 
The  himation 
was a part of 
thedress even of 
boys at Athens. 





No. 28. 


| See the illustra- 


tion 8.0. αὐλός. The garment fre- 
quently had a border, and might be 
otherwise ornamented. See the two 
figures at the left s.v. φιάλη. The 
prevailing colour of the himation 
was white, but it is a mistake to 
suppose that other colours, brown, 
saffron, red, were not common. 
The ordinary material of the gar- 
ment was wool, the weight vary- 
ing according to the season of the 
year. 
ἵνα, final particle, that, in order 
that, with subjv. after a primary or 
mera tense, i. 3. 15, 4. 18, ii. 
9: δὲ 90; ili. 2: 2.11 νι]: 5: 28. 
Ἄν opt. after a secondary tense, 


3. 11,14. 354; ang, 15. Δ 1σενι. 6228. 


105 ἵππαρχος- ἱππόδρομος 


ἵππαρχος, ὁ [R. ακ - ἄρχω], | designated the place for races, both 
cavalry commander, hipparch, iii.| of chariots, i. 8. 20, and of single 


2. 20. horses, which formed a part of their 
ἱππασία, as [R. ak], a riding, | national games. The accompany- 
riding about, ii. 5. 35. ing cut represents the supposed 


ἱππεία, as [R. ak], cavalry, Lat. 
equitatus, v. 6. 8. 

ἱππεύς, έως, ὁ [R. ak], horseman, 
rider, cavalryman, Lat. eques, gen- 
erally in pl., cavalry. The Greek 
cavalryman was protected by a 
metal helmet, a metal cuirass, : 
which was heavy (iii. 4. 48), thigh 
pieces called παραμηρίδια, g.v., and 
greaves, but he carried no shield, 
since his left arm controlled his 
horse. His offensive armour was 
the spear and the straight two- = 



















No. 29. 


edged sword. The horse also was 
protected by frontlet and breast- 
plate, see 8.0. προμετωπίδιον and 
προστερνίδιον. For the bridle of the 
horse, see further s.v. χαλινόω. The 
rider τε: no saddle, but at most 
a blanket confined by a girth. i. 2. ——— 
Me Sia ln Hina Do 1... [a ee ΣΕ ἢ 
20, iv. 3. 3, V. 6.9, vi. 3.7, Vii. 3. 40. 

ἱππικός, 7, dv [R. ak], of or be- | No. 30. 
longing to ὦ horse or to cavalry, 
Lat. equester, i. 3. 12, iii. 4. 48; ground plan of the hippodrome at 
subst., τὸ ἱππικόν, cavalry, i. 9. 31, | Olympia. A is the natural slope 
Vie 25 101.5- 20: Vil. 2.91: | of the hill, bounding one side, on 

ἱππόδρομος, ὁ [R. ax δρόμος]. | which the spectators sat, B a cor- 
race-course, hippodrome, Lat. cir- | responding artificial elevation on 
cus. By this name the Greeks | the other side, provided with seats. 








ἵππος Ισσοί 


E is an entrance. F is the goal 
farthest from the starting-point, G 
the ‘finish.’ Over against G at H 
is the judges’ stand. D is a por- 
tico facing the course, C is a tri- 
angular space bounded on two 
sides by the stations, a, ὃ, c, etc., 
from which the chariots started, on 
the right, and to which they might 
return, on the left, in case they 
did not leave the hippodrome al- 
together. A is an altar, J the 
‘seratch.’ On the former was a 
bronze eagle with extended wings, 
at the latter a dolphin. The ele- 
vation of the eagle and the fall 
of the dolphin, managed by some 
sort of machinery, marked the be- 
ginning of the race. The chariot 
at α was the first to be sent off, 
the chariot at ὃ started when the 
first came in line, and so for the 
others. They were all in line at J, 
but those on the outside had the 
advantage of a ‘flying-start’ over 
those placed nearer the ‘ pole,’ 
and thus the conditions of the 
race were equalised. The distance 
between the goals was probably 
two stadia (1200 Greek feet). The 
race varied in length according to 
the number of times the com- 
plete circuit was covered. Sin- 
ele horses were also run at the 





106 


pl., of ἵπποι, cavalry, the horse, vii. 
3. 39, 41, 43. Phrases: ἐφ᾽ ἵππου 
ὀχεῖ, you ride on horseback, ili. 4. 
47, cf. 4. 49, vil. 4. 4; ἐθήρευεν ἀπὸ 
ἵππου, he used to hunt on horse- 
back, i. 2. 7. 

Ἶρις, ace. Ἴριν, ὁ, the Iris, a river 
in Pontus, between the Halys and 
Thermodon, now called in the in- 
terior Tosanlu, but at the mouth 
Jeschil Irmak, 1.6, Green River, v. 
ono! 

ἴσθι, see οἶδα, 

ἰσθμός, ὁ [ῳ΄. Eng. isthmus], nar- 
row passage, isthmus, esp. ᾿Ισθμός 
as a proper name, the Isthmus of 
Corinth by which Peloponnésus 
and the mainland were connected, 
ii. 6. 3. 

ἴσμεν, See οἶδα. 

ἰσόπλευρος, ον [ἴσος - πλευρά]. 
with equal sides, equilateral, of a 
square, iii. 4. 19. 

ἴσος, 7, ov [cf. Eng. /so-sceles, 
iso-thermal |, equal in number, size, 
quality, strength, rank, efc., Lat. 
aequus. Phrases: ἐν tow (sc. βή- 
ματι), in equal step, in step, i. 8. 
11; οὐκ ἐξ ἴσου ἐσμέν. we are not on 
an equality, Lat. non aequali con- 
dicione utimur, ili. 4. 47; ἡμῖν εἰς 
τὸ isov, to the same level with us, 
iv. 6. 18; tous τὸ μῆκος καὶ τὸ πλά- 
τος, as thick as long, ν. 4.82. Adv. 





national games, and precisely the 
same arrangements were made for 
the start. See the description of 
the race in the improvised δρόμος 
in iv. 8. 28. 

ἵππος, ὁ [R. ak], horse, steed, 
Lat. equus, 1. 2. 27, 5. 2, 8. 1, iii. 
2. 18..ἵν 4. ἄτα; 2. 11: vaio 8 τῶν 


ἴσον, equally, alike, Lat. aeque, 
pariter, il. 5. 7. 

ἰσοχειλής, és [ἴσος + χεῖλος, τό, 
lip], level with the lips, up to the 
brim, iv. 5. 26. 

*Iocol, oi, Issus, a large city 
near the southeastern border of 
Cilicia, on the Pinarus, and not 


107 


far from the head of the gulf of 
Issus, i. 2. 24, 4. 1. Near it oc- 
curred the famous battle between 
Alexander and Darius, 999 B.c. 

ἴστε, See οἶδα. 

ἵστημι (στα- =, στήσω, ἔστησα, 
ἔστην, ἕστηκα, -έσταμαι, ἐστάθην, 
2 pf. inf. ἑστάναι [R. ora], make 
stand, stop, make halt, station, 
place, Lat. sist0, i. 2. 17, το. 14, iv. 
67 2%, Vi. 5. 325 
cept 1 aor.), and in 2 aor., both 
pfs., and both plpfs. act., take 
one’s stand, stand, stop, halt, be 
stationed, Lat. st0, i. 3. 2, 5. 8, ὃ. 
By TOs ly the Bs Beh ales 2. 20. 7: 9. Υ- 
3. 13, vi. 5. 8, vii. τ. 12. 

ἱστίον, τό [R. στα! web, cloth, 
sail, Lat, wélum, 1. 5.3 For illus- 
trations, see 8.0. vats, πεντηκόντο- 
pos, and τριήρης. 

ἰσχυρός, a, dv [ἰσχύς], strong, 
powerful, mighty, Lat. walidus, of 
persons and places, i. 5. 9, ii. 5. 
αν Bo δ, Oy 1, Ves 2.1) NOS Gh 
cold, severe, v. 8. 14. 

ἰσχυρῶς, adv. [lax vpéds ], strongly, 
Jjirmly, strictly, harshly, violently, 
zealously, extremely, i. 2. 21, 5.11, 
Ihky 9» 0: Ὁ ibis Ὁ. 19. ν. 1. 10; 2: 
θην 2:1. 

ἰσχύς, vos, ἡ [root Εἰ, cf. Lat. wis, 
strength], strength, might, force, 
111. 1.42; esp. of an army, a force, 
1. 8. 22, v. 7. 30 

ἴσχω, collateral form of ἔχω, 
only in pres. and impf. [R. vex ], 
hold, hold fast, hinder. Phrases: 
ἐν τούτῳ ἴσχετο, in this particu- 
lar there was a hitch, vi. 3. 9; τὸ 
ἔσχον, the hindrance, with acc., vi. 
. 138 


ἴσως, adv. [ἴσος], equally, in like 
manner, perhaps, probably, often 
used where the speaker has no 
doubt, but desires to soften the 
cents possibly, I suppose, ii. 2. 

12, 4. 4, 5. 23, ili. 1. 37, v. 1. 11, vi. 
3: 19. 1} 7: 19. 

Ἰταμένης, ov, Itamenes, a Per- 
sian officer, vii. 8. 15. 

ἱτέον [verbal of εἶμι], one must 





intr. in mid. (ex- | 





ἴστε-καθέζομαι 


go, Lat. eundum est, ii. 1. 
30. 

Urus, vos, 7, outer edge, rim, of 
something round, esp. of a shield, 
iv. 7.12. See 5.0. ἀσπίς. 

ἰχθύς, vos, ὁ Ler. Eng. ichthyo- 
“ιν Jish, Lat. piscis, i. 4. 9, v. 


ΠῚ π᾿ 


ἘΠ ous, τό, trace, tr ack, foot- 
step, Lat. uestig gium, of men or 
animals ἡ 1 ἢ 17 avalon 5 
42. 

*Twvia, ds [Ἴων, Zon], Ionia, the 
coast district and islands of Asia 
Minor between Aeolis and Caria, 
or Phocaea ue Miletus, th 2s alle 
Am 15: 1|ὸὐ 109. ii, τ 1b), bere 
lived the ancestors of the Ionic, 
esp. of the Attic race, and on 
these shores Greek literature was 
born. 

᾿Ιωνικός, 7), dv (cf. Iwvia ], belong- 
ing to Ionia, Ionian, i. τ. 6. 


K, 


κἀγαθά, for καὶ ἀγαθά. 

καγώ, for καὶ ἐγώ. 

καθ᾽, by elision and euphony for 
κατά. 

καθά, adv. for καθ᾽ ἅ, according 
as, just as, exactly as, vil. 8, 4. 

καθαίρω (καθαρ-), καθαρῶ, ἐκά- 
θηρα, κεκάθαρμαι, ἐκαθάρθην [καθα- 
pos, pure, cf. Lat. castus, chaste, 
Eng. cathartic], make pure or clean, 
purify by a religious rite, Lat. /us- 
tro, V. 7. 85. 

καθάπερ, adv. for καθ᾽ ἅπερ, just 
as, exactly as, Υ. 4. 28, 6. 26. 

καθαρμός, ὁ [καθαίρω]. a cleans- 
ing from guilt, purification, purifi- 
catory rites, Lat. lustratio, ν. 7. 


35. 
καθέζομαι (€fouar, €5-, sit, rare), 
καθεδοῦμαι, impf. ἐκαθεζόμην [R. 


od |, sit down, take one’s seat, Lat. 
consido, iii. 1. 38, v. 8. 14, vii. 2. 
33; of a general, make a halt, en- 
camp, i. 5. 9. 


καθέλκω--καί 


καθέλκω [ἕλκω], draw down, esp. 
of ships, launch, Lat. deduco, vii. 
110} 

καθέντας, see καθίημι. 

καθεύδω (εὕδω, εὑδήσω, sleep), 
impf. ἐκάθευδον, lie down to sleep, 
sleep, lie or be asleep, lie idle or 
lazy, Lat. dormio, i. 3. 11, ili. 1. 3, 
iv. 3. 10, vi. 3: 21". 

καθηγέομαι [R. ay], lead or show 
the way, with ταῦτα, direct this 
enterprise, Vil. 8. 9. 

καθηδυπαθέω (ἡδυπαθέω, -ηδυπά- 
θησα [R. a8 + R. ora], be luxuri- 
ous), waste in luxury or in riotous 
living, i. 3. 3. 

καθήκω [ἥκω], come down, reach 
or extend down, esp. from higher 
ground to the sea, of walls ‘and 
hills, with εἰς or ἐπί with acc. or 
ἀπό with gen., i. 4. 4, iii. 4. 24, iv. 
3. 11, vi. 4.5; impers., it falls to, 
it belongs to, ots καθήκει ἀθροίζεσθαι, 
whose duty it is to muster, Lat. de- 
OFin ie Ὁ. To 

κάθημαι, impf. ἐκαθήμην [jua, 
sit, Epic and tragic], sit, be seated, 
Lat. seded, abs. or with ἐπί and 
gen., ἐν with dat., or ἀμφί and acc., 
1 7p 20s) 1ν.. 2: ΡΥ: Θ: 10. 1 20. 
vii. 3. 29; of public meetings or at 
table, abs., vi. 2. 5, vil. 3. 21; of 
soldiers, be encamped, i. 3. 12, iv 
9%, (of 

καθῆραι, see καθαίρω. 

καθίζω, καθιῶ, ἐκάθισα (ἵζω, seat, 
rare) [R. σεδ], make sit down, 
seat. Phrases: εἰς τὸν θρόνον καθι- 
εἶν, set on the throne, make king, 
Lat. régnum deéferre, ii. 1.43 ἐκά- 
θισαν χωρίς, they seated apart, ili. 


iso Uff, : 

καθίημι [tyu], send down. 
Phrase: τὰ δόρατα els προβολὴν 
καθέντας, lowering or couching 


their spears for attack, vi. 5. 26, 
27. 

καθίστημι [R. ora], set down or 
in order, settle, es 1. 10,510: 
Mee Ὁ, 111: 2: ΠΥ: 10 νὰ 5:-... 
vii. 3. 34; bring ee to a place, 
bring, with εἰς or ἐπί and acc., i. 4. 








108 


13, iv. 8. 8, v. 7. 34; set in office, 
establish, appoint, iii. 2. 5, 4. 30, 
vii. 7. 56 ; intr. in 2 aor. and plpf., 
be stationed, abs., iv. 5. 19, of a 
king, with εἰς and acc. βασιλείαν, 
succeed, begin his reign, i. 1. ὃ; 
mid. 1 aor., station, appoint, iii. 1. 
39, iv. 5. 21; intr. in pres. and 
impf., take one’s place, abs. or 
with efs and acc., i. 8. 3, 6, vi. I. 
22. Phrase: ws καταστησομένων 
τούτων eis TO δέον, since this matter 
will be settled in the right way, i 
3.8. 

καθοράω [R. 2 Fep], look down 
on from above, Lat. despicio, iv. 2. 
15, vi. 3. 15; observe, discern, i. 8. 
26. 

kal, copulative conj., used to 
connect words or sentences, and 
almost adverbially with influence 
on particular words or expressions. 
Copulatively, and, Lat. et, in al- 
most every section of the Anab., 
asi, 1.1, 10. 6, ii. 5. 22, iii. 2. 5, iv. 2. 
21. Δ. ΤΑ vers 22 ΤῈ ΝΣ Vile tendshens 
vii. 1. 27, 8. 21; where more than 
two words or ideas are joined the 
Greek uses καί before each, where 
we should use it only before the 
last; 1- 2. 21. 5: 12. ΠΡΟΣ ἢ venenes 
vi. 2. 8, vii. 8. 22. Influencing par- 
ticular words or expressions, also, 
too, even, further, Lat. etiam, i. 3. 
13, ii. 2. 17, iii. 4. 44, iv. 7. 18, v. 2. 
25, vil. 4.4; esp. with a sup. or a 
rel, lil, 2. 22, 5. 18, v. 4. 29; super- 
fluous in English after πολύς, iv. 6. 
27, vii. 1. 38; with words of same- 
ness and likeness, as, Lat. αὐ, as 
ὁ αὐτὸς ὑμῖν στόλος ἐστὶ καὶ ἡμῖν, 
your march is the same as ours, 
li. 2. 10, cf. ii. 1. 22, but after a 
rel. it is not translated, i. 3. 6, iii. 
1.94; ἐπίσταται εἴ τις καὶ ἄλλος, he 
knows as well as any other man, 
i. 4. 15, ef. 3. 15, 11. 6. 8; strength- 
ane concessive partics., i. g. 31, 

S29 evils ἘΠῚ re... καὶ or 
.. kal, both. and, not only 
εν but also, Lat. et vie COM CUNURL 
Gumi, 1/2: 18,58) 1 jail 12 a2, 


re : 


109 


iv. 6. 2, v. 6. 32, vi. 3. 20; for καὶ 
γάρ and ἄλλως τε καί, see γάρ and 
ἄλλως. 

Κάϊκος, 6, the Caicus, a river in 
Mysia near the Lydian _ border, 
emptying into the sea opposite 
Lesbos (Bakir Tchai). Its plain 
was the most fertile in Mysia. vil. 
8. 8. 

Kawai, av, Caenae, a large city 
in Mesopotamia on the ‘Tigris, 
south of the mouth of the Zapatas, 
ii. 4. 28. This was probably the 
Canneh of the Old Testament 
(Ezek. 27, 23). (Kala Scherkat, 
where there are ruins of a brick 
acropolis. ) 

καίπερ, concessive conj. [καί], 
although, with partic., i. 6. 10, 11. 
3. 25. 

καιρός, ὁ, the fitting time, the 
right time or moment, occasion, 
opportunity, Lat. occasio, abs. or 
With πα ἢ Osun 2.91 el VenOs 
15, v. 1. 5, vii. 3. 86. Phrases: ἐν 
καιρῷ, in season, opportunely, Lat. 
in tempore, iii. 1. 39; ἐν τοιούτῳ 
see, in such a condition or er ists, 
111, 1. 44, v. 8. 3; μέγιστον ἔχετε 
it you have your grandest op- 
portunity, Lat. maximum momen- 
tum habéetis, ili. 1. 36; προσωτέρω 
τοῦ καιροῦ προϊόντες, Yoing forward 
Surther than they should have gone, 
iv. 3. 34. 

καίτοι, con}. [καί + τοί], and yet, 
Stipe lee ἃ. 8. νὸ ἢ. 10. Vile 72109, 
41. 

καίω Or Kaw (καυ-), καύσω, ἔκαυσα, 
-κέκαυκα. κέκαυμαι, ἐκαύθην [καίω], 
burn, burn up, set fire to, consume, 
Lat. incendd, comburd, abs. or with 
ACC ἸῸΝ 1.2. 111: Ὁ 9. Κ΄ 25255) VA. 
3. 15; πῦρ ἔκαον, they kept a fire 
σου ἐν τ 115. 1. (6422: v1.) 2: 
20, vil. 2.18; of surgeons, cauter- 
ize, Lat. aduro, v. 8.18; pass., be on 
Je, be burning, Lat. arded, iv. 5. 

6, 7, 22, vil. 4. 18. 

κἀκεῖνος, for καὶ ἐκεῖνος. 

κακόνοια, as [κακός - R. γνω], 
ill will, aversion, Vil. 7. 45. 


] 





Κάϊκος-κάλαμος 


κακόνους, ουν [κακός + R. Uh 
ill- -disposed, hostile, ii. 5. 16, 27. 

κακοποιέω [κακός + ποιέω], do 11] 
to, injure, ii. 5. 4. 

κακός, 7, ov, bad in its widest 
sense, signifying what a person, 
thing, or act ought noé to be, Lat. 
malus; hence of persons, bad, 
wicked, insolent, base, abs. or with 
περί and ace. of pers., i. 4. 8, ii. 5. 
39, v. 8. 22, vii. 6. 4; esp. of sol- 
pea cowardly, timorous, i. 3. 18, 

36; Vv. 7. 12, vi: 5. 17, with 

ἐν a Ν li, 6.50; of things and 
acts, bad, weak, hurtful, injurious, 
abs. or with dat. of thing, iv. 8. 
11, v. 4. 19; comp. kaktwy, i. 3. 
18, sup. κάκιστος, ii. 5. 39; subst., 
τὸ κακόν, hurtful thing, harm, in- 
jury, loss, misfortune, ii. 5. 16, iii. 
1, 25, iv. 3. 14, v. 8. 26. Phrases: 
κακὸν OY κακὰ ποιεῖν Or ἐργάζεσθαι, 
abs. or with acc., do harm to, in- 
jure, Wuri, 1.9. 11: i. 5. δον. ὁ: 11, 
Vila 47, 4. 24. 

κακουργέω [xaxds+R. Fepy], do 
harm to, injure, maltreat, vi. 1. 1. 

κακοῦργος, ὁ [κακός + R. Fepy |, 
wrongdoer, criminal, Lat. malefi- 
CUS 1: Ὁ. 19: 

κακόω, κακώσω, ἐκάκωσα, κεκάκω- 
μαι, ἐκακώθην [κακός], hurt, injure, 
iv. 5. 98. 

κακῶς, adv. [κακός], badly, in a 
wide sense (see κακός), Lat. male, 
ill, erroneously, wrongly, wretch- 
edly, miserably, ili. 1. 48, iv. 4. 14, 
v. 6. 4, vii. 6.27. Phrases: κακῶς 
ποιεῖν, injure, harm, maltreat, abs. 
or with acc., i. 4. 8, 9. 11, ii. 3. 23, 
iii. 2. 5, v. 5. 21; κακῶς ἔχειν, be 
badly off, be in a bad way, 1. 5. 16, 
vil. 7.40; κάκιον πρᾶττειν, be still 
worse off, i. 9.10; κακῶς πάσχειν, 
be ill treated, be damaged, ili. 3. 7, 
v. 2. 2, vil. 7. 16. 

κάκωσις, ews, ἡ [κακόω], ill 
usage, bad treatment, iv. 6. ὃ. 

καλάμη, ys, straw, Lat. stipula, 
Vv. 4. 27, 

κάλαμος, ὁ, reed, Lat. harundd, i. 
5.1; stalk of grain, straw, iv. 5. 26. 


καλέω--κάνδυς 110 


καλέω (καλε-, κλη-), καλῶ, ἐκά- 
λεσα, κέκληκα, κέκλημαι, ἐκλήθην 
[R. kad], call, summon, Lat. uoco, 
abs. or with δὸς. 1. 2. 2, 3. 4, ii. 1. 
8. ἨἨΠιοΠ 4 98. LV es Wie 5 Vi. (On Os 1.2. 
2; invite, with ἐπί and acc., Vii. 3. 
15, 6. 3; call to see whether, de- 
mand, with εἰ and interr. clause, 
v. 4. 3; call, name, Lat. appello, 
with two accs., Vil. 6. 38; pass., be 
called, be named, i. 2. 8, iv. 4. 4, 
vi. 4.1; ἡ καλουμένη, the so-called, 
1G 2. 18. 8: 10. τὺ ἀν Tey ee τα} Ὁ 
call to Oneself, ||: 2. 1 νι 2: 
90. 

καλινδέομαι [«Γ΄. κυλινδέω], roll, 
v. 2.31. 

καλλιερέω, καλλιερήσω, ἐκαλλιέ- 
ρησα, κεκαλλιέρηκα, κεκαλλιέρημαι 
[καλός + ἱερός], have favourable 
signs in a@ sacrifice, obtain good 
omens, Lat. lito, Vv. 4. 22, vil. 1. 40, 
8. 5. 

Καλλίμαχος, ὁ, Callimachus, a 
brave captain of hoplites, from 
Parrhasia in Arcadia, often dis- 
tinguishing himself, iv. 1. 27, 7. 8, 
Πρ νον 14, val2s7, 9. 

κάλλτον, κάλλιστος, See καλός. 

κάλλος, ous, τό panel, beauty, 
Lat. pulchritudo, 1: 9: 1 

καλλωπισμός, ὁ ἘΣ) He R. or], 
adornment, embellishment, i. 9. 
23. 

καλός, 7, ὀν [cf. Eng. HALE, 
WHOLE, cal/i-graphy|, comp. καὰ- 
Niwy, sup. κάλλιστος, beautiful, 
handsome, of outward beauty in 
persons and things, Lat. pulcher, i. 
2522, τὸ. ὦ, iA LAS all. 2a 5, δ. ἢ: 
8. 26, vi. 1. 9, vii. 1. 24; of ideas, 
acts and things in reference to use, 


fair, good, favourable, ii. τ. 17, 11]. 


2. 8, vi. 1. 14; of sacrifices and 
omens, good, propitious, favour- 
Glee. 15: ve 2109. vile. 19} τη 
a moral sense, fair, noble, honour- 
able, iii. 1. 24, iv. 6. 14, v. 6. 15, 
vii. 7.41; subst., TO καλόν; honour, 
11: Ὁ: 18. Phrases: καλοὶ κἀγαθοί, 
or καὶ ἀγαθοί. noble and good men, 
i.e. gentlemen, Lat. optimates, ii. 0. 





19, iv. 1. 19; εἰς καλὸν ἥκετε, you 
are come at the right moment, iv. 
7.933 κάλλιστον γεγένηται, it is the 
luckiest incident, Lat. rés optimé 
éuenit, Vii. 6. 2. 

Κάλπη, ns, only in the phrase 
Κάλπης λιμήν, Calpe Harbour, vi. 
2. 18, 3.16, 4. 1. This place was 
on the coast of Asiatic Thrace, 
midway between Heracléa and the 
Bosporus (Kerpeh). 

Καλχηδονία, as [Καλχηδών]Ἴ. 
Chalcedonia, the country about 
Chalcédon, vi. 6. 38. 

Καλχηδών, dvos, ἡ, Chalcédon, a 
city in Bithynia, founded by Me- 
garians, 682 B.c., at the southern 
entrance of the Bosporus and op- 
posite Byzantium, vii. 1. 20, 2. 
24, 26. Here was held the Coun- 
cil of the Church, 451 a.p. (Kadi- 
k6i). 

καλῶς, adv. [καλός], beautifully, 
well, fairly, finely, favourably, suc- 
cessfully, honourably, nobly, of out- 
ward beauty, in a moral sense, or 
of good fortune, i. 9. 17, 23, iii. 1. 
16, 43, iv. 3. 8, Vv. 6. 2, vil. 3. 43; 
comp. κάλλϊον, li. 2. 18, Vil. 3. 37; 
sup. κάλλιστα; 11]. 1. 6, iv. 3. 14, 
vi. 1. 11. Phrases: καλῶς xara- 
πρᾶττειν or γίγνεσθαι, result in suc- 
cess, turn out well, 1. 2. 2, iv. 3. 
24; καλῶς ἔχειν, be well, be all 
right, 1. 8. 18, vii. 7. 44; τὰ τῶν 
θεῶν καλῶς εἶχεν, the rites of the 
gods were duly performed, ili. 2. 9 ; 
καλῶς ἔχειν ὁρᾶσθαι, be finely dis- 
posed to view, li. 3.3; καλῶς ποιεῖν. 
do well, benefit, abs. or with acc., 
ii. 6. 20, v. 8. 25. 

κάμνω (Kau-), καμοῦμαι, ἔκαμον, 
κέκμηκα, work, labour, hence, be 
weary, tired, Vv. 8. 23; with partic., 
lil. 4. 47; of κάμνοντες, the ex- 
hausted, the sick, invalids, iv. 5. 
E7,3N- 5. 20, vii. 2. 6. 

kapol, for καὶ ἐμοί. 

kav, for καὶ ἐν. 

Kav, for καὶ ἐᾶν. 

κάνδυς, vos, 6, a Median and 
Persian long outer garment, caftan. 


111 


It had wide sleeves, and was made 
of woollen cloth, which was either 








of purple or of some other splendid 
colour, i. 5. 8. 

καντεῦθεν, for καὶ ἐντεῦθεν. 

κᾶπειτα, for καὶ ἔπειτα. 

καπηλεῖον, τό [κάπηλος, ὁ, retail 
dealer, cf. Lat. cawpo, tradesman), 
retail shop or general store for the 
sale of all kinds of provisions, but 
esp. tavern, restaurant, bar-room, 
Lat. caupona, i. 2. 24. 

καπίθη, ns, capithe, a Persian 
dry measure, equal to two choi- 
nixes, 1.5.6. See 8.0. χοῖνιξ. 

καπνός, ὁ [ cf. Lat. wapor, steam], 
smoke, Lat. fumus, ii. 2. 15, 18. 

Καππαδοκία, as, Cappadocia, a 
country in central Asia Minor, 
bounded on the east by the Eu- 
phrates, on the south by Taurus, i. 
2. 20, 9.7. Under the Persians it 
was divided into two satrapies, the 








= ~ : 
καντεῦθεν-καρπόομαι 


| southern, or Cappadocia proper, 


and the northern, which included 
Paphlagonia and part \of Pontus. 
κάπρος, ὁ [cf. Lat. caper, goat], 
wild boar, Lat. aper, li\2. 9 
καρβάτιναι, av, 
dressed hide, brogues, 












ἘΞ 
Zs 


Bi 


cP 
No. 338. 


and upper leather were all in one, 
and tied on with thongs. These 
shoes were so simple that they could 
be made easily, and so we find the 
Greeks in the Anab. resorting to 
them in an emergency, iv. 5. 14. 

καρδία, as [cf. Lat. cor, heart, 
Eng. Heart], heart, as the seat of 
feelings, ii. 5. 23. 

ΚΚαρδούχειος or Καρδούχιος, ἃ, 
ον [Καρδοῦχοι], of the Cardichi, 
Carduchian, iv. 1. 2, 3. 

Kapdotxou, οἱ, the Cardiichi, Car- 
duchians, a wild and warlike race - 
living among mountains on the 
left bank of the Tigris, and sepa- 
rated from Armenia by the Cen- 
trites river. They owned no alle- 
giance to the king of Persia, v. 5. 
17. The Greeks passed through 
them under great hardship and 
difficulty, with constant fighting, 
Hie Se OVE 4 Oa 2.1. 241 4: Ἱ- 
The modern Kurds of Kurdistan 
now represent this people. 

Κάρκασος, ὁ, Carcasus, a river 
in Mysia, vii. 8. 18. 

καρπαία, as, the carpaed, a Thes- 
salian pantomimie dance or ballet, 
fully described vi. 1.7, sq. 

καρπόομαι, καρπώσομαι, ἐκαρπω- 
σάμην, Kexdpuvut [καρπός], reap 
crops from, enjoy the fruit of, hence 
ὁ καρπούμενος, tiie possessor of an 
estate, usufructuary, Vv. 3. 18 ; of 
an enemy, plunder, devastate, iii. 
2. 23. 


da 


καρπός- καταγγέλλω 


καρπός, ὁ [cf. Lat. carpo, pluck, 
Eng. Harvest], fruit, both of the 
earth and of trees ; hence of grain, 
crop, Lat. seges, li. 5. 19. 

Κάρσος or Κέρσος, ὁ, the Carsus 
or Cersus, a small river emptying 
into the gulf of Issus, between 
Cilicia and Syria, i. 4. 4 (Merkez). 

κάρυον, τό, nut, Lat. nux; κάρυα 
πλατέα οὐκ ἔχοντα διαφυήν, flat 
nuts without divisions such as the 
walnut has, v. 4. 29, 32, by which 
description Xen. probably means 
chestnuts, τὰ κασταναϊκὰ κάρυα or 
καστάνια, then unfamiliar to the 
Greeks ; but others think hazelnuts 
are intended. 

κάρφη, ys [ς΄ κάρφω, dry up], 
any dried stalks, hay, straw, i. 5. 
10. 

Καστωλός, ἡ, Castdlus, a place 
probably near Sardis, where there 
was a plain which served as a 
muster field for that part of the 
Persian army which was recruited 
from Lydia, Great Phrygia, and 
Cappadocia, i. 1. 2, 9. 7. 

κατά, by elision and euphony | 
κατ᾽ or καθ᾽, prep. with gen. and 
acc., down, downwards, Lat. sub. 

With gen., denoting motion from 
above, down, down along, rare in | 
Anab., i. 5. 8, iv. 2. 17, 5. 18, 7. 14, 
8. 28; down under, below, vii. 1. 
307: 

With acc., of place or position, 
said of motion, on, over, down 
along, by, throughout a space, iii. 
4. 30, iv. 6. 23, Vi. 5. 7, 22, so καὶ] 
κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν, by 
land and sea, Lat. terra marique, 
He Leslie: 19. 75 τς euler ndenot= 
ing the place of a blow, on, i. 8. 
26; of the object of motion, for, 
after, ili. 5. 2; with verbs of rest 
or of motion, over against, oppo- 
site, opposed to, against, i. 5. 10, 8. 
21, 10. 4, 7, ii. 3.19, iv. 3. 20, vi..5. 
28, vii. 3. 22; with verbs of rest, 
NEAT, (al, (04. We 2: 16, vile 2, 1.7. so 
κατὰ ταῦτα, on this side, vii. 
13; of fitness, in conformity to, 





9 


hod 


according to, in relation to, con- 
cerning, li. 2. 8, Vii. 2. 23, 3. 39. 
Phrases: τὸ κατὰ τοῦτον εἶναι, as 
Sar as he is concerned, i. 6.93; καθ᾽ 
ἡσυχίαν, see ἡσυχία; κατὰ σπου- 
δήν, in haste, Vii. 6. 28; κατὰ ταὐτά, 
in the same way, V. 4. 22. Vii. 3. 23; 
κατὰ κράτος, with all one’s might, 
i. 8.19, but in vii. 7. 7 it means 
by right of strength; distribu- 
tively, of a divided whole: κατὰ 
ἔθνη by races, i. 8. 9, cf. 1. 2. 16, 
lii, 4. 22, 5. 8, v. 6. 32, Vii. 3. 22; 
καθ᾽ ἕνα, one by one, iv. 7.8; ad- 
τὸν καθ᾽ αὑτόν, all by himself, vi. 2. 
13, cf. 11; of time, κατὰ μῆνα, by 
the month, i. 9. 17; κατ᾽ ἐνιαυτόν, 
annually, iii. 2. 12. 

In composition κατά gives the idea 
of motion from above down, along, 
or against, but freq. it strengthens 
the simple idea in the sense of 
utterly, completely, or it makes an 
intr. verb transitive; cf. the Lat. 
deé- in composition. 

καταβαίνω [R. Ba], step down, 
go or come down, descend, dis- 
mount, as from higher ground, 
from a chariot or a horse, Lat. 
déscendo, abs. or with ἀπό and gen., 
ii. 2. 14, ili. 4. 25, iv. 2. 20, 5. 25, 
v. 2. 80, vii. 3. 45; with εἰς and 
acc. of place or πρός and ace. of 
ῬΕΙ͂. τ νει LO ἢ 9; 
with ἐπί, for, vi. 2. 2; descend 
from the interior to the sea, ii. 5. 
22, vil. 4. 21, 7.2; go down into 
the arena, enter a contest, Lat. in 
harenam descendo, iv. 8. 27. 

κατάβασις, ews, ἡ [R. Ba], a go- 
ing down, descent, march down, 
abs. or with εἰς and acc., iv. I. 
10; esp. from the interior to the 
coast, Vv. 5.4, vii. 8. 26; concretely, 
place of descent, descent, abs. or 
with εἰς and acc., 111. 4. 37, 39, v 
2. 6. 


καταβλακεύω [Braxedw], treat 
neglectfully, mismanage, Vii. 6. 
22. 

καταγγέλλω [ςἀγγέλλω],  an- 


| nounce, denounce, ii. 5. 38. 


119 


κατάγειος, ov [γῆ], under the | 


earth, subterranean, of dwellings, 
iv. 5. 28. 
καταγελάω [γελάω], laugh at, 
ridicule, mock, deride, Lat. derided, 
abs. or with gen., i. 9. 18, ii. 4. 4, 
6, 23, 5 
κατάγνυμι (ἄγνυμι, ἀγ-, -άξω, 
-έαξα, -ἐαγα, -εάγην, break), shatter, 
break, of a leg, iv. 2. 20. 
καταγοητεύω [yontevw], bewitch 
utterly, Vv. 7.9. 
κατάγω [R. ay], lead down, Lat. 
déduco ; esp. in nautical language, 
bring down a ship to land from the 
high seas, bring to port, land, put 
in, Lat. applico nauem, abs., v. 1. 
LO 0 Ὁ Ol mexales sn 7:0700) 
down, restore, bring back, abs. or 
With οἴκαδε; i. 1. 7, 2. 2, Vii. 3. 18; 
mid., arrive at, with ἐπί and acc., 
iii. 4. 36. 
καταδαπανάω [R. 8a], spend 
completely, use up, Lat. consumo, 
i, 2. ΤΠ: 
καταδειλιάω, κατεδειλίασα [δεί- 
δω], flinch from for fear, avoid 
from cowardice, Vii. 6. 22. 
καταδικάζω (δικάζω, δικαδ-, δι- 
κάσω, ἐδίκασα, δεδίκασμαι, ἐδικάσθην 
[R. 1 δακ], give judgment), decide 
judicially against, condemn, with 
gen, of pers. and inf., vi. 6. 15; 
give a distinct opinion, with Bri 
and a clause, v. 8. 21. 
καταδιύκω [διώκω], pursue 
closely or hard, chase off, iv. 2. ὃ. 
καταδοξάζω (δοξάζω, δοξαδ-, δο- 
ξάσω, ἐδόξασα [R. δοκ], believe), 
hold an opinion to one’s discredit, 
with ace. and inf., vii. 7. 30. 
καταδύω [δύω], make go down, 
sink, of ships, Lat. mergo, i. 3. 17, 
vii. 2. 15; mid. intr., sink down, 
sink, of persons, abs. or with μέχρι 
or κατα and gen., ili. 5. 11, iv. 5. 
30, Vil. 7. 11. 
καταθεάομαι [θέα], look down 
on, i. 8. 14, vi. 5.3 
καταθέω [θέω |, run down, charge 
down, of soldiers, abs. or with εἰς 
or ἐπί and acc., vi. 3. 10, vii. 3. 44. 





κατάγειος-καταλαμβάνω 


καταθήσεσθαι, see κατατίθημι. 

καταθύω [R.2 θυ], sacrifice, of- 
fer, of victims, abs. or with acc., 
11 2: 2A τ. 95: ν. 5.9; dedicate, 

Ὁ: 19: 

SP aS othe [αἰδέομαι], cover 
with shame, put to shame, disgrace, 
lier SOs 2.14. 

κατακαίνω (kaivw, Kav-, κανῶ, ἔκα- 
νον, κέκονα | cf. κτείνω. kill, poetic), 
kill, slay, cut down, in prose only 
in Xen., in pres., 2 aor., and 2 pf., 


1.6: 2. 0. ἢ ΤΟΣ (lily 1: 2, 2, 12, 39, 
ig 23 Sh 8: Ph ν 7. χη, tsk, GUE 32, 


vi. 4. 26, 6. 31, vii. 4. 10, 6. 87, vii. 
6. 36. 

katakaiw or κατακάω [καίω], 
burn down or completely, burn up, 
COTTON, teres UO) an Be 19. 10 7 1 
We 2p Pally NAW le 85. ae 

κατάκειμαι [κεῖμαι], Jie down, 
lie sleeping, iil. 1. 15, iv. 4. 11; 
esp., recline at table, where the 
Greeks rested on the left arm and 
had the right free, Lat. accwmbd, 
with ἐν aug dat., vi. 1.4; lie idle, 
iii, r, 18, 1 

er ρὲ [R. kad], proclaim 
or command by herald or crier, ii. 
2. 20. 

κατακλείω [κλείω], shut down or 
in, enclose, hem in, with εἰς and 
ace. or εἴσω and gen., ili. 3. 7, 4. 
PAO We, Zits ὙΠ: 25 10: 

κατακοντίζω [R.ak], shoot down 
with the javelin, vii. 4. 6. 

κατακόπτω [Kdrtw], cut down, 


ως 


slay, 1. 2. 25, 5. 16, 10. 9, ii. 5. 32, 


Mle, Be, Ab 

κατακτάομαι [κτάομαι), gain 
completely, get full possession of, 
Vii. 3.31. 


κατακτείνω [κτείνω], slay, mur- 
ὉΠ; 11... 10: 

κατακωλύω [κωλύω], hinder from 
doing, hold back, keep back, abs. 
or with ἔξω, v. 2. 16, vi. 6. 8. 

καταλαμβάνω [λαμβάνω], seize 
upon, capture, take, catch, Lat. ca- 
pro, i. 8. 20, ili. 5. 2, vii. 6. .26, os ἂν 
καταληφθῇ. whoever gets caught, 7.e. 
hit, iv. 7. 4; esp. occupy, seize a 


καταλέγω- καταράομαι 


town or stronghold, Lat. occupd, i. 
3. 14, τὸν 16, iv. 1. 20, 21, v. 4. 15, 
vii. 3. 48; catch up to, overtake, 
Lat. adsequor, of persons, ii. 2. 12, 
iii. 3. 8, iv. 5.7; of a town, reach, 
arrive at, Lat. peruenio, vii. ὃ. 8; 
discover, find, meet, Lat. incido, 
ili, 1.8; ἵν. 2: 14, Vv. 7. 185 swith 
PALLICL a. 16 ὲ 85 ἵν- 2: Ὁ 

καταλέγω [R. λεγ]. recite, enu- 
merate, reckon ; phrase: εὐεργεσίαν 
κατέλεγεν ὅτι, he counted it as a 
kindness that, li. 6. 27. 

καταλείπω [λείπω], leave behind, 
leave, Lat. relinqwo, iii. 3. 19, 4. 
49, iv. 2. 18, vii. 2. 30, with acc. of 
thing and either dat. or παρά with 
dat. of pers., or inf. of purpose, iv. 
6.1, v. 2.1, 3.6; desert, abandon, 
forsake, leave in the lurch, i. 2. 18, 
παν τὰ: AO live 10. os) Viegas 
leave remaining, free, or over, with 
acc. of thing and dat. of pers., 11]. 
Gey ve 211 ΝΜ ἘΠῚ ΠΡ; 
pass., stay or remain behind, i. 8. 
25, v. 6. 12. 

καταλεύω (λεύω, -λεύσω, -έλευσα, 
ἐλεύσθην [λᾶας, stone, cf. Lat. lau- 
tumiae, quarry], stone, late Lat. 
lapido), stone to death, i. 5. 14, v. 
7. 19, 30, vil. 6. 10. 

καταλλάττω (ἀλλάττω, ἀλλαγ-, 
ἀλλάξω, ἤλλαξα, -ἤλλαχα, ἤλλαγμαι, 
-ηλλάχθην or ἠλλάγην [ἄλλος], 
change), change; mid. and pass., 
esp. of a change from enmity for 
friendship, become reconciled, i. 
6.1- 

καταλογίζομαι [Π. Χεγ]. put down 
to one’s account, reckon up, ν. 6. 10, 

καταλύω [vw], wnloose, dissolve, 
end, Lat. dissoluo, vi. 2. 12; with 
πόλεμον, make peace, Lat. bellum 
conficio, V. 7. 27, without πόλεμον 
and with πρός and acc. of the 
pers., i. 1.10; wnloose, unyoke (sc. 
ὑππουτ); i.e, make α halt, abs. or 
with πρὸς ἄριστον, halt for break- 
751. 1. 8: 1. τὸ: 19: 

καταμανθάνω [R. μα], 
thoroughly, understand, 
be aware, abs., 


learn 
observe, 
with acc., or with 





114 


ace. and a clause with ws or ὅτι, i. 
Od, 3.11 tn 44 ize Lavi 
2. 18, 4. 6; discover, with partic., 
v. 8. 14. 

καταμελέω [R. ped], be neglect- 
Sul, neglect one’s duty, v. 8.1. 

καταμένω [R. μα], stay or wait 
behind, Lat. remaneo, abs. or with 
ἐν or παρά and dat., v. 6. 17, vi. 6. 
2, vii. 3. 47, 6. 45. 

καταμερίζω [μερίζω], 
among, distribute, Vii. 5. 4. 

καταμίγνυμι (μίγνυμι, μιγ- μίξω, 
ἔμιξα, μέμιγμαι, ἐμέχθην and ἐμίγην 
[R. pry], mix), mix Up; Pass. 
mingle with, eis ras πόλεις κατεμίγ- 
νυντο, they mingled with the citi- 
zens, Vii. 2. 8. 

κατανοέω [R. γνω]. mark well, 
vii. 7.43; observe, perceive, i. 2. 4, 
vii. 7. 45. 

καταντιπέραν OF καταντιπέραᾶς 
ady. [R. περ], over against, on the 
opposite side of, with gen., i. 1. 9, 
iv. 8. 3. 

καταπέμπω [πέμπω], send down, 
esp. from the interior to the coast, 
1h, O)y Ue 

καταπετρόω (πετρόω, aor. pass. 


divide 


᾿ἐπετρώθην [πέτρος]. stone, late Lat. 
|lapidd), stone to death, in pass., 


iy 35 τῶν 

καταπηδάω (πηδάω, πηδήσω, ἐπή- 
δησα, -πεπήδηκα [R. med], leap), 
jump or spring down, with ἀπό 
and gen., i. 8. 3, iil. 4. 48. 

καταπίπτω [R. wer], fall down, 
esp. from a horse, fall off, get a 
Fall, iii. 2. 19, iv. 8. 26. 

καταπλήττω [πλήττω], strike 
down, esp. with terror or wonder, 
terrify abjectly, with βροντῇ, iii. 4. 
12. 


καταπολεμέω [πολεμέω], fight 
down, vanquish, reduce, Lat. de- 
bello, vii. 1. 27. 

καταπράττω [πράττω]. fuljil, 
bring to an end, accomplish, exe- 
cute, i. 2.2, vil. 7.17; mid., achieve, 
Vile 7a aie 

καταράομαι ᾿(ἀράομαι, -ἀρᾶσομαι., 
ἠρᾶσάμην, -ἠρᾶμαι [apa, prayer), 


115 


pray, poetic), pray against, impre- 
cate, curse, Lat. détestor, abs. or 
with dat., v. 6. 4, vii. 7. 48. 
κατασβέννυμι (σβέννυμι, σβε-, 
-σσβέσγω, and -σβήσομαι, ἔσβεσα, 
-έσβην, -έσβηκα, -εσβέσθην [cf. Eng. 
a-sbestos |, quench), put out, Lat. 
exstinguwo, ot fires, vi. 3. 21, 25. 
κατασκεδάννυμι δ δ με, 
sprinkle down on, empty on, pour 
out on. Phrase: κατεσκεδάσατο 
μετὰ τοῦτο (Or τῶν per’ αὐτοῦ) τὸ 
κέρας, next or on his comrades he 
poured out what remained in his 
drinking horn, Vii. 3. 82 (see ovy- 
κατασκεδάννυμι). According to the 
lexicographer Suidas, it was the 
custom among the Thracians for a 
feaster at a carouse, when he had 
drunk all that he could, to scatter 
the rest of the wine in the cup over 
his comrades. The object, prob- 
ably, was to show that practically 
nothing remained, since it was a 
point of honour to drain the cup. 
κατασκέπτομαι [σκέπτομαι], view 
closely, inspect, i. 5. 12. 
κατασκευάζω [R. okv], fit out 
thoroughly with gear of any kind, 
so of a horse, provide with proper 
trappings, accoutre, iii. 3.19; of a 
house, furnish, iv. 1.8; of a coun- 
try, improve, embellish, i. 9. 19; 
mid., prepare oneself, make one’s 
arrangements, iii, 2. 24, 
κατασκηνέω [R. oka], aor., pitch 
one’s tent, encamp, abs. or with ἐν 
and dat., iii. 4. 32, 33, vii. 4. 11. 
κατασκηνόω [R. oka], pitch 
one’s tent, encamp, with εἰς and 
acc. of place, ii. 2. 16. 
κατασκοπή, ἧς [cf κατασκέπτο- 
μαι]. watching, reconnoissance, Vii. 
515: 
κατασπάω [R. oma], draw or 
drag down, with ἀπό and gen., i. 
9. 6. 
κατάστασις, ews, ἡ [R. ora], 
state, condition, v. 7. 26. 
καταστρατοπεδεύω [R. στρα -Ἐ 
R. πεδ], put into camp; mid. intr., 
encamp, iii. 4. 18, iv. 5. 1, vi. 3. 20. 





κατασβέννυμι- καταφρονέω 


καταστρέφω [στρέφω], turn up- 
side down, overset; mid., subject 
to oneself, subdue, i. 9. 14, vii. 5. 14, 
ἡ. Palle 

κατασφάττω [σφάττω], 
down, slay, kill, iv. 1. 23. 

κατασχεῖν, See κατέχω. 

κατασχίζω [σχίζω], split down, 
cleave asunder, of gates, break 
through, Lat. perfringod, vii. 1. 16. 

κατατείνω [τείνω]. stretch hard, 
strain oneself, strive earnestly, in- 
sist, Lat. contendd, ii. 5. 30. 

κατατέμνω [τέμνω], cut all up or 
in pieces, iv. 7. 26. Phrase: ἐξ 
αὐτῶν κατετέτμηντο τάφροι ἐπὶ τὴν 
χώραν, from them ditches had been 
cut that ran into the country, ii. 4. 
15. 

κατατίθημι [R. θε7, put down ; 
mid., put or lay down or away for 
use, iv. 3. 11, v. 2.15, vii. 1. 37; de- 
posit, lay up, lay by, Lat. dépond, 
with special reference to the an- 
cient practice of depositing docu- 
ments or valuable articles with 
some friend or in the keeping of a 
god, hence in phrases: οὐκ εἰς τὸ 
ἴδιον κατεθέμην δαρεικούς, 7 did not 
lay up the darics for my own use, 
i. 3. 3; θεοί, map οὺς τὴν φιλίαν 
κατεθέμεθα, the gods, into whose 
keeping we have given the friend- 
ship, ii. 5. 8; ἀποστροφὴν καταθή- 
σεσθαι, to insure a refuge, Vii. 6. 84. 

κατατιτρώσκω [ TiTpwoKw ],wound 
severely, iv. 1. 10. 

κατατρέχω [τρέχω], run down, 
abs. or with ἐπί and acc., v. 4. 23, 
Vil. 1. 20. 

καταυλίζομαι [R. 2 aF], encamp, 
vii. 5. 15. 

καταφαγεῖν, see κατέφαγον. 

καταφανής, ἐς [R. ba], in sight, 
Lat. in oculis, i. 8. 8, ii. 3. 8, vii. 2. 
18. 

καταφεύγω [R. φυγ], flee down, 
take refuge, flee for help, Lat. cdn- 
Jugio, with ἐνταῦθα or with εἰς and 
acc., 1. 5. 13, iii. 4. 11, v. 7. 2. 

καταφρονέω [φρήν], look down 
on, despise, Lat. déspicio, iii. 4. 2. 


cut 


καταχωρίζω-Κελαιναί 


καταχωρίζω [χωρίζω], set apart | 
in one’s proper place, settle, sta- 
tion, arrange, Vi. 5. 10. 

κατέαξαν, 566 κατάγνῦμι. 

κατεθέμην, See κατατίθημι. 

κατεῖδον [R. Fis], look down on 
from above, Lat. despicio, i. το. 14, 
iv. 4. 9, 7. 21, vil. 3. 44; observe, 
discern, iv. 3. 11, vi. 5. 8. 

κατειλῆφθαι, κατειληφότες, see 
καταλαμβάνω. 

κάτειμι [εἶμι], go or come down, 
Lat. déscendo, Vv. 7. 18. 

κατεργάζομαι [R. Fepy], do thor- 
oughly by work, accomplish, bring | 
to pass, achieve, i. 9. 20, 11. 6. 22, 
vi. 2. 10, vil. 7. 25, 26. 

κατέρχομαι [ἔρχομαι]. go down, 
esp. to one’s home, return, with 
οἴκαδε, Vii. 2. 2. 

κατετέτμηντο, 566 κατατέμνω. 

κατέτρωσαν, SCE κατατιτρώσκω. 

κατέφαγον [ἔφαγον]. eat up, bolt, 
iv. 8. 14. 

κατέχω [R. vex], hold down or 
firmly, hold fast, Lat. retined, vii. 
7.28; restrain, check, prevent, with 
ace. of the pers. or with inf., iii. 
1. 20, vii. 7. 29; esp. hold in pos- 
session, occupy, Lat. obtineo, τν. 2. 
yy Pe alos ἢ ROS ane ate) 
nautical sense, come down to land, 
put in, Lat. portum capid, abs. 
or with ἐκεῖσε, v. 6. 20, vi. 1. 33. 
Phrases: ἀνάγκῃ κατεχόμενοι, COM- 
pelled by necessity, ii. 6.18; τοσοῦ- 
Tov χωρίον κατασχεῖν, cover so much 
ground, iv. 8. 12. 

κατηγορέω, κατηγορήσω, etc. 
[ἀγείρω], speak against, accuse, 
charge, with gen. of pers. and ὅτι 
or ws with a clause, v. 7. 4, 8.1, 
vii. 6. 8, 7. 44. 

κατηγορία, as [ayelpw], a speak- 
ing against, accusation, charge, V. 
8.1. | 

κατηρεμίζω (ἠρεμίζω, ἠρεμιδ-, | 
-ηρέμισα, -ηρεμίσθην [ἠρέμα, adv., 
quietly], make still), make thor- 
oughly quiet, calm down, appease, | 
vii. 1. 22, 24. 


low, Lat. infra, iv. 5. 26. 





κατιδόντας, See κατεῖδον. 


ἀπ. 15 thy eh 


116 


κατοικέω [ R. Fuk], Lave one’s res- 
idence, live, with ἐν and dat., v. 3. 7. 
κατοικίζω [R. Εἰκ]. make live 
in, settle as a colonist; of a city, 


colonize, settle, found, Lat. condo, 
yO 10. vieeAcarl. 


κατορύττω [dpitTw], sink in the 
ground, bury, hide underground, 


Lat. anfodio; iv. 5. 29, v. 8. 9, 11. 


7 


κάτω, ady. [κατά], with verbs of 


motion, down from above, down- 
| wards, Lat. deorsus, iv. 8. 20, 28; 


with verbs of rest, underneath, be- 
Phrase : 
τὸ κάτω τοῦ τόξου, the lower part of 


| the bow, iv. 2. 28. 


καῦμα, ατος, τό [καίω], heat, of 
the sun, i. 7. 6. 

καύσιμος, ov [καίω]. that can be 
burnt, combustible, vi. 3. 15, 19. 

Καύστρου πεδίον, τό, Cayster 
Plain or Caysterfield (ef. Spring- 


field, Dartmoor), a city in Phrygia, 


where the roads from Byzantium 
and Sardis united on their way to 
Syria, i. 2.11. (Near Bulwudun.) 

Kaw, see καίω. 

Kéyxpos, 0, millet, millet grass, a 
hardy grass used as fodder, with a 
erain sometimes ground into meal, 
i. 2. 22 ( panicum miliaceum). 

κεῖμαι, κείσομαι [ketpat], be laid 
(used as a pass. of τίθημι), hence 
of persons, lie, lie at one’s length, 
iv. 8. 21, esp. lie dead, i. 8. 27, vi. 
5. 6; of things, be laid, lie, be 
placed, be situated, with ἐν or πρός 
and dat. of place or κατά and acc. 


| of pers., iii. 1. 21, 4. 10, vi. 4. 3, vii. 


3. 23; esp. as pass. of the phrase 
θέσθαι τὰ ὅπλα, Cf. ἔνθα τὰ ὅπλα 
ἔκειτο, where the armed force was 
halted or stationed, iv. 2. 20, cf. vii. 


(on. 243 


κεκραγότων, see κράζω. 

κέκτησθε, 566 κτάομαι. 

Κελαιναί, ὧν, Celaenae, a flour- 
ishing commercial city of Phrygia, 
at the sources of the Marsyas and 
Maeander, with a citadel and royal 
palace. Here Cyrus had a park. 
(Ruins near Denair.) 


117 


κελεύω, κελεύσω, ἐκέλευσα, κεκέ- 
λευκα, κεκέλευσμαι, ἐκελεύσθην [R. 
KeA], order, command, bid, give 
orders, direct, Lat. ἐμοῦ, gener- 
ally with acc. of pers. and inf., i. 
Pall 2: 10. ἘΠῚ: 8; 1 2} 08. ν:. 2: 
ἤν 2: 8. Vie 6: ὃ. ΜΠ ΠΣ ΠΝ 
ὙΠῸ ΔΙ ΟΤΙΘΙ 1: 2: 10. 11: 5: 1 ΠῚ ie 
26, vi. 3. 15; with acc. of pers. 
alone, vi. 6.15; with acc. of thing, 
1| πῆς ΤΑΙ, ὍΣ 14 sabs:,) 1s 6.0105 ivi. 
5. 26, 6. 26; in a weaker sense, 
bid, urge, advise, suggest, abs., 
with inf., or 806. and inf., i. 9. 27, 
HB 3s ASK tye es IG, ὙΠ 1:4) 2: ὃ: 

κενός, 7, dv, empty, vacant, void, 
Lat. indnis, uacuus, abs. or with 
gen., i. 8. 20, iii. 4. 20; empty, 
idle, groundless, of fear, ii. 2. 21. 
Phrases: πολὺ τῆς φάλαγγος κενὸν 
ἐποίησαν, they made a great gap in 
the phalana, iv. 8. 17. 

κενοτάφιον, τό [κενός -ἰ τάφος, cf. 
Eng. cenotaph |, empty gravemound 
or tomb, cenotaph, in which there 
were no ashes of the dead, vi. 4. 9. 
These were erected chiefly in hon- 
our of persons lost at sea or of 
those whose bodies were missing 
after a battle. They were often 
handsome artistic structures with 
pillars and inscriptions. 

KevTéw, KevT now [ Cf. κέντρον, sharp 
point, goad, Eng. centre], prick, 
goad, stab, torment, lil. 1. 29. 

ἹΚεντρίτης, ὁ, the Centrites, an 
affluent of the Tigris, separating 
Armenia from the country of the 
Cardichi, iv. 3. 1 (Butan Tchai). 
The Greeks crossed at the modern 
city Sert, where there is now a 
good ford. 

κεράμιον, τό [R. 2 kpa], earthen 
jar, used for wine, vi. 1. 15, 2. 3. 

κεραμεοῦς, ἃ, οῦν [R. 2 κρα], of 
earth or clay, πλίνθοι κεραμεαῖ, clay 
brick, whether sunburnt or baked 
in a kiln, iii. 4. 7. 

ἹΚεράμων or Κεραμῶν ἀγορά, as, 
the name of a town in Phrygia, 
close to the Mysian boundary, i. 2. 
10. It means either Tilemarket 





κελεύω- κέρας 


or Market of the Ceramians, acc. 
to the accent. It was perhaps the 
later Trajanopolis, modern Uschak. 

κεραννῦμι (Kepa-, Kpa-), éxépaca, 
κέκραμαι, ἐκεράσθην or éxpadny [R. 
2 κρα], mix, mostly of the dilution 
of wine with water, Lat. diluo, v. 
4. 29 (see s.v. ἄκρατος); of mix- 
ing wine into water, with acc. and 
ΠΕ 25 ΤΩ: 

κέρας, κέρᾶτος or κέρως, dat. κέ- 
part, τό [cf. Lat. cornu, horn, Eng. 
HORN, HART, rhino-ceros|, horn, 
prop. of an animal, Lat. cornu ; 
hence, from the resemblance of 
shape or because horns of animals 
were originally used for these pur- 
poses, bugle horn, horn, used to 
sound ‘taps,’ ii. 2. 4, and among 
the barbarians for other purposes, 
Vii. 3. 82, 4.19. The σάλπιγξ, q.v., 
was the instrument employed by 
the Greeks in war for signals of 
every description, and the use of 
the ‘horn’ in ii. 2. 4 in giving a 
military signal cannot be paralleled 
in the writings of any other Greek 
historian than Xenophon. As used 
among the barbarians, the instru- 
ment was probably the actual horn 
of an animal. In vii. 4. 19, it is 
worthy of note that the person who 
blows on the κέρας is called by 
Xenophon a σαλπικτής, which in- 
dicates that the κέρας was used 
among the barbarians as was the 
σάλπιγξ among the Greeks. Among 
the Romans the cornu developed 
into a regular instrument, as shown 





No. 34. 


in the accompanying cut. κέρας 
also signifies drinking horn, but 


Κερασούντιοι-κεφαλαλγής 


in the Anab. is so used only of the 
Thracians, vii. 2. 23, 3. 24 (ef. vi. 1. 
4). Among the Greeks the drink- 
ing horn received elaborate devel- 
opment, and was technically des- 
ignated by the term ῥυτόν (cf. péw, 
flow), since it had a small opening 
at the bottom which the drinker 
put into his mouth and thus allowed 
the wine to run in. The rhyton, 
as an artistic development of the 
earlier horn, was made of pottery 
or metal and was modelled into the 
head of an animal, so that the 





No. 35. 


special cup might be called ἵππος, 
ἔλαφος, κάπρος, etc. κέρας is also 
used of a projection or peak of a 
mountain, v. 6. 7. In military 
language, the army in line of bat- 
tle is compared to an animal which 
shows its front to an enemy, but 
whose strength lies in its horns on 
either side; we, however, from the 
Roman comparison to a bird of 
prey, call these wings, Lat. ala, 
iv. 8. 12, vi. 5.5, vii. 1.23. Phrases: 
τὸ δεξιὸν κέρας. the right wing, i. 7. 
1, 8. 18; τὰ δεξιὰ τοῦ Képaros, the 
right of the wing, i. 8.4; τὸ εὐώνυ- 
μον κέρας, the left wing, i. 8. 4, το. 
ἢ; ἔξω ἐγένετο τοῦ κέρατος. he out- 
flanked the wing, i. 8. 28 ; τὰ κέ- 
pata τοῦ πλαισίου, the wings (at 








118 


πλευραί) of the square, ili. 4. 19, 
20, 21; κατὰ κέρας, in column, the 
common order of march, with the 
right wing leading, iv. 6. 6; τὴν 
οὐρὰν τοῦ κέρᾶτος, the rear of the 
column, Vi. 5.5. See also 8.0. ἀνα- 
πτυσσω. 

Κερασούντιοι, οἱ [Κερασοῦς], 
Cerasuntians, inhabitants of Cera- 
sus, Vi ἣν 1. 7. 19. 1 ol 

Κερασοῦς, οὖντος, ἡ [cf. Eng. 
cherry], Cerasus, a city in Pon- 
tus west of Trapezus, the mod- 
ern Kiresiin, v. 3. 2, 4. 1, 7. 16, 
30. It was a colony of the Sino- 
peans and was doubtless named 
from the cherry trees (Arme- 
nian keraz, Turkish kires) which 
grew there abundantly. Lucullus 
brought the cherry-from here to 
Rome in 78 B.c., hence the Lat. 
cerasus. 

Kepativos, 7, ov [κέρας], of horn, 
made of horn, Vi. 1. 4. 

KépBepos, ὁ, Cerberus, the hell- 
hound, the watch-dog of the lower 
world. His kennel was on the 
further bank of the Styx, where 
Charon put ashore the shades. 
He let all pass in, but none out. 
Hesiod describes him as having 
fifty heads, later writers and works 
of art generally represent him 
with only three, and with hair 
composed of serpents. Heracles 
brought him up to Eurystheus, vi. 
2. 2: 

κερδαίνω (κερδαν-), κερδανῶ, ἐκέρ- 
δᾶνα, -κεκέρδηκα [κέρδος], gain, ac- 
quire, ii. 6. 21. 

κερδαλέος, a, ov [κέρδος], of things, 
gainful, profitable, i. 9. 17. 

κέρδος, ous, τό, gain, profit, pay, 
Lat. lucrum, i. 9. 17, vi. 2. 10. 

Képoros, see Κάρσος. 

Keprwvov, τό, Certonus, a city 
in Mysia between Adramyttium 
and Atarneus, vii. 8. 8 (some read 
Κυτώνιον). 

κεφαλαλγής, ἐς [κεφαλή - ἄλγος, 
τό, ραϊη, causing headaches, ii. 3. 
15, 16 


119 


κεφαλή, ἢς [root Kem, cf. Lat. 
caput, head, Eng. παρ, a-cepha- 
lous], head, of men, i. 8. 6, li. 5. 
9. ΠΡ ΤΥ lve τ 185 ν. 2. 1.9; Vill 
4. 4. 

κηδεμών, dvos, ὁ [α΄. κήδομαι], one 
who cares for another, guardian, 
protector, 111. τ. 17. 

κήδομαι (Kad-), ἐκηδεσάμην, be 
troubled for, care for, with gen., 
Vil. 5. ὃ. 

κηρίον, τό [κηρός, ὁ, beeswax, cf. 
Lat. cera, wax], honeycomb, Lat. 
Sauus, iv. ὃ. 20. 

κηρύκειον, τό [R. kad], herald’s 
staff, Lat. caduceus, v. 7.80. See 
8.0. κῆρυξ. 

κῆρυξ, ὕκος, ὁ [R. kad], herald, 
crier, Who carried messages to the 
enemy, Lat. caduceator, fetialis, 
or made proclamations and gave 
all sorts of public notices to his 
fellow-soldiers, Lat. praeco, ii. 2. 
20, ili. 1. 46, v. 7. 8, 4. His dis- 
tinctive badge was his herald’s 
staff, κηρύκειον, g.v. When sent 
with a message to a hostile force 
or state, his person was held invio- 
lable, v. 7. 30. The accompany- 
ing illustration represents a herald 





No. 36. 


about to go on such a mission. He 
is armed with sword and spear, 
wears the πέτασος or travelling hat, 











κεφαλή-Κιλικία 


slung behind his back, and travel- 
ling boots, and has his χλαμύς, 
q.v., across his left arm, He stands 
before an altar on which still burns 
the fire of sacrifice. In his right 
hand he holds his staff, a straight 
shaft with two intertwined shoots 
above, which are sometimes repre- 
sented on the staff of Hermes, the 
patron of heralds, as snakes, 

κηρύττω (κηρῦκ-), κηρὕξω, Exnpréa, 
κεκήρυχα, κεκήρυγμαι, ἐκηρύχθην [R. 
Kad], be a herald, proclaim as her- 
ald, so impers., ἐκήρυξε, the herald 
proclaimed, with dat. of pers. and 
inf., ili. 4. 56; announce by a her- 
ald, make proclamation, proclaim, 
Lat. dénuntio, with inf., acc. and 
inf., or ὅτι and a clause, ii. 2. 21, 
Thy tis 10. Ak, 4, YE yaoi ti fo) Shane 
with acc., command, ii. 2. 20 (see 
KATAKNpUTTW). 

Kydicddwpos, ὁ, Cephisodorus, 
an Athenian captain, killed in 
battle by the Carditichi, iv. 2. 13, 
the 

Κηφισοφῶν, ὥντος, ὁ, Cephiso- 
phon, father οἱ Cephisodorus, iv. 
2. 18. 

κιβώτιον, τό [KiBwrbs, wooden 
box], wooden box, vil. 5. 14. 

Κιλικία, as [Κίλιξ], Cilicia, a 
country on the southeastern coast 
of Asia Minor, i. 2. 20, 21, 4. 4, iii. 
1. 10. It lay south of Lycaonia 
and Cappadocia, was separated 
from Pamphylia on the west by 
the Taurus Mts., and was bounded 
on the east by Syria (see πύλη). 
The western part was mountain- 
ous, but in the east lay the Cilician 
plain. Tarsus was the chief city. 
According to the myth the country 
was named from Cilix, son of Age- 
nor and brother of Phoenix. The 
mountaineers lived the free life of 
the bandit, the rest of the people 
were famous pirates. Pompey sub- 
dued the latter, 67 B.c., and the 
country was organized as a Roman 
province. Cicero was proconsul in 
51-60 B.c. 


Κίλιξ-κλέπτω 


Κίλιξ, cxos, ὁ, inhabitant of Cili- 
cia, ἃ Cilician, i. 2. 12, 22, 25, 4. 4. 

Κίλισσα, as [Κίλιξ], Cilician 
woman, i. 2. 12, 18, 20. 

κινδυνεύω, κινδυνεύσω, etc. [Kiv- 
Svvos), encounter danger, expose 
oneself, face danger, run a risk, 
Lat. periclitor, abs., i. 1.4, 9. 14, 
iit gid ΠΥ 3 ὃ; Mileage SS awit 
inf. the word often means that 
there is a danger, likelihood, or 
possibility of a thing happening, 
as ἐκινδύνευσεν ἂν διαφθαρῆναι πολὺ 
τοῦ στρατεύματος, great part of the 
host would probably have been 
killed, iv. 1. 11, of. v. 6. 19. 

κίνδυνος, ὁ [Kivduvos], danger, 
hazard, risk, Lat. periculum, 1. 7. 
Ge aie iy IS ιν 6:10 leave) 
κίνδυνός ἐστι (or simply κίνδυνος), 
there is danger, with inf., acc. and 
inf., or μή with subjv. or opt., 
Bs Ge LT Av Lt Opa SZ. 
51. 

Kivéw, κινήσω, etc. [root κι, cf. 
Lat. cied, cause to go, Eng. HIE], 
make go, move, iil. 4. 28; pass., be 
put in motion, move, stir, iv. 5. 15, 
vy. 8. 15. Phrase: κινεῖν τὸ στρα- 
τόπεδον, break camp, Lat. castra 
mouere, Vi. 4. 27. 

κιττός, ὁ, ivy, Lat. hedera, v. 4. 
12. 

Κλεαγόρας, ov, Cleagoras, either 
a painter or a writer, acc. to-the 
reading in vii. 8.1 (see ἐνύπνιον and 
évroix.os), otherwise unknown. 

Κλεαίνετος, ὁ, Cleaenetus, a 
Greek captain, killed with his com- 
pany while on a raid, v. 1. 17. 

Κλέανδρος, ὁ, Cleander, the 
Spartan governor of Byzantium, 
vi. 2. 18, 6. 5, at first set against 
Xenophon and the Greeks by Dex- 
ippus, vi. 6. 9-28, but afterwards 
reconciled to them and friendly to 
Xenophon, vi. 6. 34 ff., vii. 1. 8. 
He took care of the Greek sick at 
Byzantium, vii. 2. 6, until suc- 
ceeded by Anaxibius, vii. 2. 5. 

ΚΚἈλεάνωρ, opos, ὁ, Cleanor, a 
Greek general from Orchomenus 





120 


in Arcadia, ii. 1.10, 5. 37, elected 
to command the Arcadian hop- 
lites after the death of Agias, iii. 
1. 47, iv. 8. 18, often mentioned 
for valour and wisdom, iii. 2. 4, 
vi. 4. 22, vii. 1. 40, 3. 46, 5. 4, 
10. 

Κλεάρετος, ὁ, Clearetus, a Greek 
captain, slain while on a plunder- 
ing expedition, v. 7. 14-16. 

Κλέαρχος, ὁ, Clearchus, a Spar- 
tan general in the Peloponnesian 
war, was at the battle of Cyzicus, 
and was harmost of Byzantium, 
where his cruelty led to its capture 
by Alcibiades, ii. 6. 1, v. 6. 24; 
after the peace, he was guilty of 
disobedience to the ephors and by 
them condemned to death, ii. 6. 
2 ff., but escaping them became 
attached to Cyrus, i. 1. 9, il. 6. 4, 
was in his most secret counsels, 
iii. 1. 10, and was the most trusted 
of his generals. He commanded 
the right wing at Cunaxa, i. 8. 4, 
12, and after the death of Cyrus 
led the Greek army until he was 
treacherously captured and put to 
death by Tissaphernes, ii. 5. 31-42, 
6.29. An estimate of his charac- 
ter is given by Xen., ii. 6. 1-16; 
sée-also.d. 249) 3.71 th 5. Π| iE Ὁ: 
Oy Πρ 4. 15: 9:11... 10. is oe Ue 
Pl., Κλέαρχοι, men like Clearchus, 
11. 2; 91. 

κλεῖθρον, τό [κλείω], the fasten- 
ings of a city gate, generally pl. 
like Lat. claustra, vii. fr. 17. See 
8.0. μοχλός. 

κλείω, -κλείσω, ἔκλεισα, κέκλειμαι, 
ἐκλείσθην [root κλεξ, cf. Lat. clauis, 
key, claudo, close, Eng. stor |, shut, 
of doors and gates, v. 5. 19, vi. 2. 
8, vii. 1. 36. 

κλέπτω (κλεπ-), κλέψω, ἔκλεψα, 
κέκλοφα, κέκλεμμαι, ἐκλάπην and 
poet. ἐκλέφθην (cf. Lat. clepo, steal, 
clipeus, shield, Eng. shop-LiFTER ], 
steal, pilfer, Lat. furor, iv. 6. 14, vil. 
6.41; embezzle, of public money, 
iv. 6. 16; smuggle through, Lat. 
Sfurtim aufero, iv. 1.14; in military 


language, seize or occupy secretly, 
hve top Jule aus (4 (3s 

Κλεώνυμος, ὁ, Cleonymus, a brave 
Spartan soldier, iv. 1. 18. 

κλῖμαξ, axos, ἡ [cf. κλίνη, Eng. 
climax], ladder (because of its 
leaning aslant), Lat. scalae, iv. 5. 
25. 
der, as found on board ship, see 
$.v. ναῦς. 

κλίνη, ns [κλίνω, cause to lean, 
cf. Lat. inclino, incline, cliuus, 
slope, Eng. Lean, climate, clini- 
cal, en-clitic], that on which one 
reclines, bed, couch, Lat. lectus, 
used not only as a bed, but also 











as a couch on which to recline at 
table, iv. 4. 21. It had four legs 
(see cut No. 73), was narrow, and 
might have a headboard. It was 
made of wood or bronze, and was 
often richly adorned. The couches 
in the tent of Tiribazus, which 
the Greeks captured (iv. 4.21), had 
silver feet. It was furnished with 
a mattress, which rested on girths 
stretched across the wooden frame, 
and with pillows and _ bedding. 
Greek bedsteads were exported to 
foreign parts, vii. 5. 14. 

κλοπή; fs [κλέπτω], a stealing, 
theft, iv. 6. 14. 

κλωπεύω [Koy ], steal, rob ; with 
ace. of pers., intercept, waylay, Vi. 
Trails 

κλώψ, κλωπός, ὁ [κλέπτωΊ, thief ; 
in war, marauder, bummer, Lat. 
praedator, iv. 6. 17. 

κνέφας, ous, τό, darkness, dusk, 


For illustrations of the lad- | 








Κι λεώνυμος- κογχυλιάτης 


twilight, Lat. crepusculum, iv. 5. 
Ὁ 


κνημΐς, ἴδος, ἡ [κνήμη, leg, ef. 
Lat. nitor, bear upon], greave, Lat. 
ocrea, generally pl., that 
part of the defensive 
armour of the Greek 
hoplite which covered 
his leg from the knee 
to the instep, i. 2. 16, 


Ven 7 10. Ὁ 2s 2206 hie 
greaves, which were 
made of flexible metal 
and lined with felt, 


leather, or cloth, were 
‘sprung on’ the leg, and 
then fastened behind by 
straps or buckles. Like 





the cuirass, they were yo, 38. 
made to fit the indi- 
vidual person. See s.v. ὅπλον. 


For additional illustrations see s.v. 
ἀσπίς, ξίφος, ὁπλίτης. 




















No. 39. 


κόγχη; 7s (cf. Eng. conch}, mus- 
cle, cockle, a bivalve shellfish, Lat. 
concha, V. 3. 8. 

κογχυλιάτης, ov, adj. [κογχύλη = 
Koyxn], shelly, with λίθος, shelly 
limestone, ill. 4. 10. 


κοῖλος- κονιατός 


κοῖλος, 7, ον [root καξ, cf. Lat. | 
cauus, hollow, Eng. HOLE, HOL- 
Low], hollow, of a country, lying 
in a valley, v. 4. 91. 

κοιμάω, ἐκοίμησα, ἐκοιμήθην [κεῖ- 
μαι]. Jay to rest; mid. and pass., 
lie down to sleep, go to bed, iv. 3. 
2, 5. 14, vi. 4. 10. 

κοινῇ; dat. sing. fem. of κοινός, as 
ady., in common, together, jointly, 
abs. or with μετά and gen. or σύν 
and dat., iii. 3. 2, iv. 5. 34, v. 4. 26, 
Viz2a 9 

κοινός, 7, ov [cf. Eng. epi-cene], 
what is shared by all, common, 
general, public, Lat. communis, 
abs. or with dat., iil. 1. 43, 45, 2. 
32, v. 4. 15. Phrases: τὸ κοινόν, 
the common stock, the public treas- 
ury, the community, hence ἀπὸ κοι- 
vov, frum the common purse, at the 
public expense, Lat. publice, iv. 7. 
27, v. 1.12, but by public authority, 
Lat. publico consilio, v. 7. 18; εἰς 
τὸ κοινὸν ἀγορεύειν, say publicly, Vv. 
6. 27 ; πρὸς τὸ κοινὸν ἐλθεῖν, Come to 
the public council, i.e. board of offi- 
Cersyiye 72 te 

κοινόω, κοινώσω, Exolvywoa, κεκοί- 
νωμαι, ἐκοινώθην [ κοινός |, make com- 
mon, Lat. communico ; mid., im- 
part for purposes of consultation, 
communicate, consult, with dat. of 
pers. and an interr. clause, v. 6. 27, 
Vie 2. 10. 

κοινωνέω, κοινωνήσω, ἐκοινώνησα, 
κεκοινώνηκα, κεκοινώνημαι [ κοινωνός. 
have a share of, partake of, with 
gen., Vil. 6. 28. 

κοινωνός, ὁ [κοινός]. Sharer, part- 
ner, vii. 2. 38. 

Κοιρατάδας or Κοιρατάδης, ov, 
Coeratadas or Coeratades, a The- 
ban; commanded the Greeks for a 
day at his own proposal, vii. 1. 59- 
40. He had been under Clearchus 
at Byzantium. 

Κοῖτοι, oi, the Coeti, an inde- 
pendent race living between the 
Mossynoeci and the Tibaréni, vii. 
8. 25, otherwise unknown. 





κολάζω (Kko\ad-), κολάσω, ἐκόλασα. 


122 


κεκόλασμαι, ἐκολάσθην, cut short, 
check, punish, Lat. castigo, abs. or 
with acc., ii. 5. 13, 6. 9, iii. 2. 31, v. 
8. 18, vii. 7. 24. 

Κολοσσαί, dv, Colossae, a city 
in the southwestern part of Phry- 
gia, on the Lycus, i. 2. 6, of impor- 
tance in the time of Herodotus and 
Xenophon, but afterwards rarely 
heard of until in connexion with 
St. Paul’s epistle. Its ruins are 
near Khonos. 

Kodxis, (60s, 7, Colchis, a coun- 
try in Asia on the eastern coast 
of the Pontus, and west of Iberia, 
and watered by the Phasis, iv. 8. 
22, Vv. 3.2. It was a land of witch- 
craft and sorcery, the home of Me- 
déa, and the scene of the quest of 
the Golden Fleece. (Mingrelia.) 

Κόλχοι, of [ο΄ Kodxis], the Col- 
chians, tnhabitants of Colchis. 
They were divided into various 
tribes, including the Moschi, iden- 
tified with Meshech of the Bible 
(Ezek. 27, 13). Afterwards the 
Lazi possessed the country, from 
whom are the modern Lazians. In 
the Anab. a tribe of Colchians are 
mentioned in the neighbourhood 
of Trapezus, iv. 8. 8 ff., v. 2. 1, 7.2. 

κολωνός, ὁ [cf. Lat. celsus, high, 
collis, hill, Eng. niti], heap, hill, 
of stones, cairn, iv. 7. 28. 

Kopavia, as, Comania, a place 
in Mysia, near Pergamus, other- 
wise unknown, vii. 8. 15. 

κομιδή, 7s [κομίζω], means of 
conveyance by sea, transport, Vv. 1. 
11 

κομίζω (κομιδ-), κομιῶ, etc. [ κομέω, 
care for], take charge of, carry 
away so as to save, bring, convey, 
conduct, with ἐπί and acc. or with 
οἴκαδε, iv. 5. 22, 6.3; mid., convey, 
fetch one’s own, or for oneself, 
abs. or with ἐνθάδε, iii. 2. 26, ν. 5. 
20; pass., travel, v. 4. 1. 

κονιᾶτός, 7, ov [verbal of κονιάω, 
plaster, κονία, dust, ashes, plaster, 
cf. κόνις, dust, Lat. cints, ashes], 
covered with plaster, plastered, 


123 


cemented, of underground cisterns 
for wine, iv. 2. 22. 
κονιορτός, ὁ [Kdms, cf. κονιᾶτός 
and ὄρνυμι, stir up, Lat. orior, rise], 
dust raised, cloud of dust, i. 8. 8. 
κόπος, ὁ [κόπτω], a belabouring, 
hence fatigue, v. 8. 3. 
κόπρος, 7, dung of animals, i. 
1 


κόπτω (KoT-), κόψω, ἔκοψα, -Ké- 
kopa, κέκομμαι, ἐκόπην [cf. Eng. 
cHop, syn-copate], cut, hew, slash, 
ot trees, fell, iv. 6. 26, 8. 2; of ani- 
mals, slaughter, ii. 1.63; of a door, 
knock at, Lat. pulso, vii. 1. 16. 

κόρη; ys, girl, maiden, Lat. pu- 
ella, iv. 5. 9. 

Κορσωτή, fs, Corsdte, a large 
city in Mesopotamia, said to be 
surrounded by the Mascas river, i. 
5. 4, This was probably a canal 
forming with the Euphrates an 
island on which the city stood. 
Remains have been found on the 
island Werdi, similarly formed. 

ἹΚορύλας, a, Dor. gen., Corylas, 
chief of the Paphlagonians, inde- 
pendent of the king of Persia, v. 5. 
12, 22, 6. 11, vi. 1. 2. 

κορυφή, fs, highest point, top, 
peak, summit of a hill or moun- 
tain, iii. 4. 41, iv. 2. 20. 

κοσμέω, κοσμήσω, ἐκόσμησα, κεκό- 
σμημαι, ἐκοσμήθην [κόσμος, cf. Eng. 
cosmetic], arrange, array, mar- 
shal, of an army, ili. 2. 386; of 
persons, dress, adorn, i. 9. 28. 

κόσμιος, a, ov [κόσμος], well- 
ordered, under good discipline, Vi. 
6. 82. 

κόσμος, ὁ [ cf. Eng. cosmic, cosmo- 
logy], order, good order, orna- 
ments, attire, dress, Lat. mundus, 
1s ὍΣ θυ 11]. 2: ile 

ἹΚοτύωρα, τά, Cotyora, a com- 
mercial town, a colony of the Sino- 
peans, in the country of the Tiba- 
réni, on the Pontus, v. 5.3 (Ordu). 

Κοτυωρῖται, Sv [Κοτύωρα], the 
people of Cotyora, Cotyorites, v. 5. 
6, 7, 10, 19, 25. 

κοῦφος, 7, ov, light in weight, 








κονιορτός- κράνος 


atemicwisyavie ἃ. 12... Phrase): 
χόρτος κοῦφος, hay, i. 5. 10. 

κούφως, adv. [κοῦφος], lightly, 
WAG: ths Oh 

κράζω (κραγ-); fut. pf. κεκράξομαι, 
ἔκραγον, 2 pf. κέκρᾶ γα as pres., [R. 
Kad], cry out, call aloud, vii. 8. 15. 

κράνος, ous, τό [ cf. Eng. cranium ], 
headpiece, helmet, of metal, Lat. 
cassis, 1. 2. 16, 8. 6, iv. 7. 16, vii. 4. 
16, or of leather, Lat. galea, v. 2. 
22, 4.138. The helmet of metal, 
which was developed from the 
simple dogskin cap, consisted of 





No. 40. 


six pieces: the cap, conformed to 
the shape of the head; the φάλος, 
a metal ridge running from the 
front to the back of the cap at the 
centre and designed as a support 
for the crest; the λόφος or crest, 
commonly of horsehair and con- 
stantly ending in the horse’s tail ; 
the visor, the cheekpieces, and 
the neckpiece. The helmet was 
lined on the inside. It might be 
solid, when the visor had openings 
for the eyes and mouth and a pro- 
jecting nose guard, and the helmet 
was put on by pulling it down from 
above over the face (cf. No. 40, and 


1 


κρατέω-κράτιστος 


see also 8.0. κνημίς and ὅπλον) ; or 
the visor might be a simple mova- 
ble guard for the forehead (cf. 





No. 41. 


No. 41, and see also 8.0. ἀσπίς 
and πυρρίχη), and the cheekpieces 
hinged, so that they could be 
thrown up (see also s.v. ἅρμα, 
No. 8, where the helmet rests on 
the warrior’s hand on the points 
of the cheekpieces, ξίφος, and 
ὁπλίτης). The φάλος was some- 
times lacking and the crest sup- 
ported, high above the head, by a 
rod that fitted into the centre of 
the cap. See 8.0. kvnuts, where 
also the helmet is elaborately or- 
namented, the cap with the figure 
of a griffin and the cheekpieces 
with a ram’s head. 

κρατέω, κρατήσω, ἐκράτησα, κε- 
κράτηκα, ἐκρατήθην [R. 1 κρα]. he 


9 


a 








strong, have the power, be lord or | 


master, rule, get the upper hand, 
abs. or with the gen. of place, ii. 
5. 7, Vil. 2.25, 3.3; esp. be victori- 
ous, conquer, abs., i. 7. 8, ili. 2. 21, 
39, v. 6. 7, hence partic. as subst., 
victor, ii. 1. 10, iii. 2. 26, pass., 
vanquished, iii. 2. 28, vii. 7. 32; 
conquer, worst, subdue, vanquish, 
with ace. or gen. of pers., iii. 4: 26, 
iv. 7. 16, v. 6. 9, Vii. 6. 32. 





| lower part of the vessel. 


| 2. 8, iv. 6. 16, vii. 3. 21. 


4 


κρατήρ, jpos, ὁ [R. 2 κρα], mix- 
ing bowl, used like our punch 
bowls, iv. 5. 26, 52. The κρατήρ, 


as used at Greek symposia, was 
designed to hold a large quantity 
of wine and water mixed (for the 
universal Greek custom of drink- 
ing wine diluted, see s.v. &kpartos). 
It was therefore a bulky vessel. 
The liquor was drawn from it by 


attendants (see s.v. οἰνοχόος), who 
dipped into it their jugs or other 
vessels. The mixer was, therefore, 
broad at the top. Its form is 
shown in the accompanying illus- 
tration. The body of the vessel 
rested on a foot and base. It had 
two handles, which were generally, 
but not always, attached to the 
For an 
additional illustration, see 8.0. τρί- 


| aous, No. 74. 


κράτιστος, 7, ov [R. 1 kpa], used 
as sup. of ἀγαθός, best, most excel- 
lent, strongest, bravest, Lat. opti- 
mus, i. 9. 2, 18, 21, iv. 8. 12, vii. 6. 
37; most eminent or distinguished, 
noblest, Lat. optimatés, i. 5. 8, ii. 
Neut. pl. 


1 


κράτιστα, as adyv., in the best way, 
with ws, most excellently, bravely Ys 
cleverly, suitably, ili. 2. 6, 3. 3, 
ie: (5 AK), 105 Wel eho 11: aang’ 75 710. 
Phrase : Kpdrirrov (sc. ἐστί). it 18 
best or most advantageous, abs., 
with inf., or with dat. of pers. and 
Mics, Mill, 2: 28. 4 Galle ahs Ty INOS Ὁ: 
36, Vi. 3. 13, Vii. 3. 8 

κράτος, ovs, τό [R. 1 κρα], 
strength, force, might, Lat. uis, 
used in Anab. only with ἀνά and 
κατά ; see under those words. 

κραυγή, 7s [R. kad], outcry, cry, 
shout, Lat. clamor, i. 2. 17, ii. 2 
Apel 5.25; ΜῈ 2. vie al 2: 

κρέας, κρέως, τό [cf. Lat. caro, 
Jlesh, Eng. creo-sote|, jlesh, pl., 
pieces Of flesh, meat of animals, for 
ΤΌΘ ΤΥ 5. 2. 11 a) Gh ive sad Ὁ val. 
3 21. 

κρείττων, ov, gen. ovos [R. 1 
Kpa |, used as comp. of ἀγαθός, bet- 
ter, stronger, mightier, superior to, 
more useful, more valuable, Lat. 
melior, 1, 2. 26, li. 2. 10, 5. 19, iii. 
ΤΙ 25. 2 ΝΜ 61.8.11 5 One oiler 
bolder, braver, i. 7. 3, ν. 4. 21. 
Phrase: κρεῖττον (sc. ἐστί), tt is 
better or more advantageous, with 
gg Tbh, 2, Its thy (65 WL, Vals Bs Pale 

κρέμαμαι, κρεμήσομαι, intr., hang, 
be suspended, Lat. pendeo, with 
ἐπί and gen., ili. 2. 19; of moun- 
tains, with ὑπέρ and gen., overhang, 
Lat. impended, iv. τ. 2. 

κρεμάννυμι (Kpeua-), κρεμῶ, ἐκρέ- 
paca, ἐκρεμάσθην [κρέμαμαι]. trans., 
hang, hang up, suspend, Lat. sus- 
pendo, i. 2. 8, vii. 4. 17. 

κρήνη; 7s, spring, well, fountarn, 
Lat. fons, i. 2. 13, iv. 5. 9; 15, vi. 
4. 4. 

κρηπίς, ἴδος, 7, half boot or high 
shoe, Lat. crepida; of a building, 
foundation, iii. 4. 7, 10. 

Κρής, Kpnros, ὁ, a Cretan, a 
man from Crete, the largest of the 
Greek islands in the Mediterra- 
nean, now called Candia, famous 
in mythology as the birthplace of 
Zeus and as the kingdom of Minos. 


Ω 


25 


κράτος- κρύπτω 


The Cretans were swift runners 
and renowned as archers, serving 
in this capacity in the army of 
Cyrus τ 2 Ons inves 98.) 8. 
27, v. 2. 29, but they were prover- 
bial liars and cheats. 

κριθή, fs, always pl. in Anab., 
barleycorns, barley, Lat. hordeum, 
1 2 111: 1: 91. ἴν. 5: 20. Μἱ. 4. θ᾽ 
Orly Ὑὐἰ1 1 15: 

κρίθινος, 7, ov [κριθή], of barley, 
made of barley, as bread, iv. 5.31; 
with οἶνος, barley wine, 1.6. beer, 
a favourite beverage among the 
Egyptians, Armenians, Thracians, 
and Germans, iv. 5. 26. 

κρίνω (κριν-), κρινῶ, ἔκρινα, κέ- 
κρικα, κέκριμαι, ἐκρίθην [cf. Lat. 
cerno, separate, crimen, judgment, 
Eng. eritic, hypo-crisy |, part asun- 
der, divide, distinguish, pick out, 
Lat. cernd, i. 9. 830; decide, deter- 
mine, be of opinion, estimate, ad- 
judge, with two accs., with inf., or 
with acc. and inf., i. 5. 11, 9. 5, 20, 
iii. 1. 7, 12; esp. in judicial lan- 
guage, decide as judge, try, Lat. 
tudico, vi. 6. 16, 18, 20; pass., be 
brought to trial, be tried, v. 6. 38, 
vi. 6. 25. 

Kptos, ὁ, ram, Lat. ariés, ii. 2. 9. 

κρίσις, ews, ἡ [κρίνω, cf. Eng. 
crisis|, a separating, distinguish- 
ing, decision, esp. in court, trial, 
Lat. tudicium, i. 6. 5, vi. 6. 20, 26. 

κρόμμνυον, τό, onion, Lat. caepe, 
Vii. 1. 37. 

κρότος, ὁ [cf. κρούω], noise made 
by two bodies striking together, 
esp. of the hands, clapping, ap- 
plause, Lat. plausus, vi. 1. 13. 

κρούω, κρούσω, ἔκρουσα, -κέκρουκα, 
-κέκρου(σγμαι, -εκρούσθην [cf. κρό- 
τος}, strike one thing against an- 
other, clash, rattle, vi. 1. 10, with 
πρός and acc., iv. 5. 18. 

κρύπτω (Kpud-), κρύψω, ἔκρυψα, 
κέκρυμμαι, ἐκρύφθην and ἐκρύφην 
[ef. Eng. crypt, crypto-gam, grotto |, 
hide, conceal, keep secret, Lat. tego, 
i, 4. 12, vi. 1. 18, with acc. of pers. 
from whom, i. 9. 19. 





12 


κρωβύλος- Κύζικος 


κρωβύλος, 6, the krobulos, a way 
of arranging the hair, a sort of top- 
knot or crest formed by drawing 
all the hair to the crown and there 
confining it in a knot. This was 
old-fashioned for men in the time 
of Xenophon, but the hair was still 
worn so by children. In vy. 4. 19 
the name is applied to a horsehair 
crest or tuft of leather on the hel- 
mets of the Mossynoeci. 

κτάομαι, κτήσομαι, ἐκτησάμην, κέ- 
κτημαι, ἐκτήθην, procure Sor one- 
self, acquire, gain, wing abs. or 
with acc., i. 9. 19, ii. 6. 17, v. 6. 30, 
vi. 4. 8, Vil. 2. 38, 3:51) pert., pos- 
sess, enjoy, 1.7.93 of persons, in the 
phrase Kapdovxous πολεμίους ἐκτη- 
σάμεθα, we made enemies of the 
Carducht, v. 5. 17. 

κτείνω (KTev-), κτενῶ, ἔκτεινα and 
ἔκτανον, -έκτονα, kill, ii. 5. 32, rare 
as simple verb, see ἀποκτείνω. 

κτῆμα, ατος, τό [κτάομαι], οὶ 

session, Vil. 7. 41, pl., property, i 
6. 24, 

κτῆνος, ous, τό [κτάομαι], piece 
of property, chattel, then, as the 
ancient races were pastoral, any 
domestic animal, beast, v. 2. 3; 
generally pl., animals, cattle, used 
like our stock, iii. 1. 19, iv. 5. 25, 
7. 2. 

Κτησίας, ov, Ctesias, a famous 
physician of Cnidus, belonging to 
the Asclepiad guild there. He was 
taken prisoner by the Persians 
about 415, and on account of his 
skill was appointed body physician 
to Darius II. and afterwards to 
Artaxerxes. He attended the lat- 
ter at Cunaxa, i. 8.26, 27. He re- 
mained at the court 17 years, when 
in 398 he was sent home by the 
king on an embassy to Evagoras 
and Conon, and never returned to 
Persia. He wrote a history of 
Persia in 23 books and a descrip- 
tion of India in one book, of both 
of which we have only epitomes, 
made by Photius, and a few frag- 
ments. 





6 


κυβερνήτης, ov [κυβερνάω, steer, 
cf. Eng. govern}, one who steers, 
helmsman, VY. 8.20. The κυβερνή- 
τὴς was the most important officer 
in the Greek ship. He not only 
steered the vessel, a difficult and 
delicate operation in case of the 
man-of-war in action (see 8.0. τριή- 
pns), but he also gave the orders 
which were passed on to the rowers. 
He had an assistant, called πρῳρεύς 
(q.v.), Who stood at the bow of 
the boat as lookout, and was in 
constant communication with him. 
For the steering gear of the Greek 
ship, see 8.0. πηδάλιον. For illus- 
trations of the κυβερνήτης at the 
rudder, see s.v. ναῦς and πεντηκόν- 
τορος. 

Κύδνος, 6, the Cydnus, a river in 
Cilicia which rose in the Taurus 
range and flowed through the city 
of Tarsus, i. 2, 23 (Tersus Tchai). 

κυζικηνός, ὁ [Κύζικος], a Cyzt- 
céne, a gold coin of Cyzicus of 
about twice the weight of the da- 
ric (see s.v. dapeckés), but so alloyed 
that in the time of Demosthenes 
it had the value of only 28 Attic 
drachmas (see 8.0. μνᾶ), V. 6. 28, Vi. 
2. A, Wills 2h106; 5, 10: 

Κύζικος, 7, Cyzicus (Balkiz), vii. 
2. 5, a colony of the Milesians, on 
the southern shore of the island 
Arctonnésus, in the southern part 
of the Propontis, This island is 
now a peninsula, but in antiquity 
two bridges spanned the strait with 
a fine harbour on each side of 
them. The position of the city 
made it important, and its posses- 
sion was therefore often hotly con- 
tended for, especially in the battle 
won there by the Athenians in 
4105... Since it was a station on 
the way to the grain districts, its 
coinage was current among the 
Greeks (see Κυζικηνός). Under the 
Romans the city reached its height 
of prosperity, and the ruins on the 
hills above the peninsula are of 
that period. 


1 


κύκλος, ὁ [cf. Lat. curwus, bent, 
circus, circle, Eng. r1NG, cycle, bi- 
cycle, en-cyclo-paedia], circle, ring, 
esp. in the dat. as adv., κύκλῳ, in 
a circle, round, all round, i. 5. 4, 
Iie. Tis 5 Syst dig cllilas aly Bs Gly ΜΠ a 
21; of a city, ring-wall, encircling 
wall, ili. 4.7, 11; of persons, group, 
κύκλοι συνίσταντο, groups collected, 
v.7.2. Phrases: τὴν κύκλῳ πᾶσαν 
χώραν, the whole region on every 
side, iii, 5. 14, cf. v. 6.20; κύκλῳ 
διὰ μέσης THs Opdkns, round through 
the middle of Thrace, vii. τ. 143 
πορευόμενοι κύκλῳ, March in a curve, 
vii. 8. 18. 

κυκλόω, κυκλώσω, ἐκύκλωσα, κε- 
κύκλωμαι, ἐκυκλώθην [κύκλος], Encir- 
cle, surround, of troops, in pass., i. 
8.18, iv. 2.15; mid., form a circle, 
gather round, with περί and acc., 
vi. 4. 20. 

KUKA@ots, ews, ἡ [κυκλόω], an 
encircling ; ws εἰς κύκλωσιν, as if 
to encircle, i. 8. 23. 

κυλινδέω or κυλίνδω, -εκύλιῖσα, -κε- 
κύλισμαι, ἐκυλίσθην [ε΄. καλινδέομαι, 
Eng. cylinder], roll, roll along or 
down, of stones, iv. 2. ὃ, 20, 7.4; 
pass. intr., roll, with κάτω, roll 
down, of horses, iv. 8. 28. 

Kuvlokos, ὁ, Cyniscus, a Spar- 
tan, probably harmost in the 
Chersonese at the time of the 
Greeks’ approach thither, vii. 1. 
13. 

κυπαρίττινος, 7, ον [κυπάριττος, 
cypress-tree, cf. Eng. cypress], of 
cypress, made of cypress, V. 3. 12. 

Κύρειος or Kupetos, a, ov [Κῦρος], 
of or belonging to Cyrus, Cyréan, 
as τὸ Κύρειον στράτευμα, the Cyrean 
army, i.e. the Greek army which 
had accompanied Cyrus, vii. 2. 7, 
but οἱ Κύρειοι, 111. 2. 17, means Cy- 
rus’s barbarian troops, and τὸ Κύ- 
ρειον στρατόπεδον, means Cyrus’s 
camp or quarters, i. το, 1. 

κύριος, a, ov [κῦρος, τό, might, 
power), having power or author- 
ity, Lat. poténs, of persons, with 
inf., aS οὐκ ἔσεσθε κύριοι ἀνελέσθαι 





ii κύκλος- Καὶ ὕρος 


πόλεμον, you will not have it in 
your power to make war, Vv. 7. 27. 
Κῦρος, ὁ [ Pers. Hurash], Cyrus, 
called ὁ ἀρχαῖος, the Ancient or the 
kider, i. 9.1, Cyrus the Great, the 
founder of the Persian monarchy, 
According to Xen. and Hdt., he 
was the son of Cambyses, a Per- 
sian noble, and Mandane, daughter 
of Astyages, king of Media, whom 
he overthrew and succeeded, reign- 
ing from 560-529 5»... But mod- 
ern investigations have shown that 
Ctesias (see Κτησίας) was right in 
stating that Cyrus was not related 
to Astyages. He was in reality of 
pure Persian stock, the descend- 
ant of Achaemenes in the fifth 
eeneration — Hakhaminis, Ksha’- 
ispis, Kurash I, MKambudshia 
(Cambyses I.), Kurash II. (Cy- 
rus). His ancestors, of Iranian 
stock like the Medes, coming from 
Parsua in the north, had gradu- 
ally moved down towards the Me- 
dian empire, and Cyrus, becoming 
king of Anshan (Anzan) in 558 B.c., 
carried on an active war against 
Astyages, king of Media, until, in 
550 B.c. the latter’s army revolted, 
and Astyages and his capital, Ec- 
batana, fell into the enemy’s hands. 
Cyrus enlarged the Median em- 
pire by the conquest of the Lydian 
kingdom of Croesus. The capture 
of Babylon in 539, followed by the 
extension of his domains to the 
borders of India, made him the 
monarch of the entire East. He 
was succeeded in 529 by his son 


Cambyses II., the invader of 
Egypt. Xenophon’s work called 


the Cyropaedia is not a real his- 
tory, but an historical romance in 
which Cyrus is presented as the 
highest type of a ruler. 

Kipos, ὁ [ Persian Aurash |, Cyrus 
the Younger, whose ill-fated expe- 
dition is described in the Anabasis. 
He was the son of Darius Nothus 
and Parysatis, i. 1. 1, and was born 
after his father’s accession (425 5.0.) 


1 


Κυτώνιον-λαγώς 


to the throne of Persia. In 407 z.c. 
he was made by his father satrap 
of Lydia, Phrygia the Greater, and 
Cappadocia, and military comman- 
der of all Asia Minor west of the 
Halys, 1. τ. 2, 9.7. In this position 
he aided the Lacedaemonians in 
the Peloponnesian war, iii. 1. 5, 
having indeed received special or- 
ders from his father to this effect. 
He became the warm friend of 
Lysander, and on being summoned 
to the deathbed of Darius 
405 B.c., i. 1.2, he turned over to 
the Spartan admiral the money 
which he had in hand and his en- 
tire revenue from the satrapy. 
This timely aid to the Spartans 
did much to hasten the end of the 
war. There is little doubt that it 
was rendered by Cyrus with the 
hope of enlisting the sympathy of 
Sparta in his design to obtain the 
throne of Persia. As the son born 
in the purple (Artaxerxes Mnemon 
having been born before his fath- 
er’s accession), he hoped to be ap- 
pointed his father’s successor, but 
on the death of Darius he was 
disappointed, and his elder brother 
succeeded, i. 1. 38. Upon this, 
Tissaphernes, satrap of Caria, who 
had been obliged to follow Cyrus 
to Babylon, i. 1. 2, accused him of 
plotting the murder of Artaxerxes, 
i. 1.3, and it was only the inter- 
vention of Parysatis, i. 1.3, 4, that 
saved Cyrus’s life. He returned 
to his satrapy, vowing vengeance, 
i. 1. 4, and from that time made 
his preparations to dethrone his 
brother. These and the expedition 
which followed are described in 
the first book of the Anabasis. 
Cyrus set out from Sardis in the 
spring of 401 B.c., i. 2.5, and was 
slain in a hand to hand encounter 
with his brother at the battle of 
Cunaxa some six months later, i. 
8. 26 ff. A sketch of his character 
is given, i. 9. The royal line of 
which he came ran thus: Hakha- 


in | 





28 


minis (Achaemenes), Ksha’ispis, 
Ariaramna (brother of Kurash I., 
who was grandfather of Cyrus the 
Great), Arsama, Hystaspes, Da- 
rius I., Xerxes, Artaxerxes I., Da- 
rius 11. (Nothus), Cyrus. (Cf. with 
this the genealogy of Cyrus the 
Great, whose son Cambyses was 
succeeded by Darius I.) 

Kurdévov, τό, see Κερτωνόν. 

κύων, κυνός, ὁ, ἡ [cf. Lat. canis, 
dog, Eng. HOUND, cynic, cynos-ure }, 
dog, bitch, hound, cur, iii. 2. 35, v. 
ἡ. 26, 8. 24, vi. 2. 2, vii. 2. 33. 

κωλύω, κωλύσω, etc., hinder, keep 
from, prevent, oppose, check, Lat. 
impedio, abs. or with acc., i. 2. 21, 
11.5.4: ὃ; 1|: 8: 2 ive 20245 2 evens 
5; with inf., or acc. of pers. and 
Lines Sh WOM Sy ὧν 4. 9: aver ἢ 
10, vii. 3. 38; with rod and inf., i. 6. 
2. Phrases: τὸ κωλῦον, the obstacle, 
iv. 5. 20, 7. 4; Kwdtovres μηδαμῇ 


ἡμᾶς πορίζεσθαι, preventing us from 





getting supplies anywhere, Vii. 6. 
29: 

κωμάρχης, ov [Ketpar+ apxe |, 
village chief, head man of a@ vil- 
lage, chief, iv. 5. 10, 24, 29, 6. 1. 

κώμη; ns [κεῖμαι], village, ham- 
let, unfortified, opp. to a walled 
city, Lat. wicus, i. 4. 9, 10. 11, ii. 
2. 15, iii. 2. 34, iv. 4. 2, vi. 4. 6, vii. 
4. 11. 

κωμήτης, ov [κεῖμαι], villager, 
Lat. wedanus, ἵν. 5. 24. 

κώπη; 7s, handle, esp. of an 
oar, hence oar, Lat. remus; κώ- 
mais, by rowing, Vi. 4. 2, see 8.0. 
τριήρης. 


A. 


λαβεῖν, see λαμβάνω. 

λαγχάνω (Aax-), λήξομαι, ἔλα- 
xov, εἴληχα, εἴληγμαι, ἐλήχθην, get 
by lot, get, obtain, be possessed of, 
hold, with ace. or gen., iii. 1. 11, iv. 
5. 24. 

λαγώς, ὁ, hare, Lat. lepus, iv. 5. 
24, 


129 


λαθεῖν, 566 λανθάνω. 

λάθρᾳ, adv. [R. AaO], secretly, 
covertly, stealthily ; with gen., with- 
out the knowledge of, Lat. clam, 
1.3.8. 

“Λακεδαιμόνιος, ὁ [Λακεδαίμων], 
a Lacedaemonian, inhabitant of 
Lacedaemonia or Laconica, aname 
applicable in its stricter sense only 
to the περίοικοι (q.v.), but generally 
used, as in the Anab., in a wider 
sense to include both the Perioeci 
and the Spartans, i. 1.9, 2. 21, il. 
θυ οὐ TOMES ΘΝ. ΘΕ Ἄγ iver as 
ἤν 11. κι: 9. να 38.7.12. 

«Λακεδαίμων, ονος, ἡ, Lacedaemon, 
Lacedaemonia, v. 3. 11, called also 


Laconica and by late Roman and | 


by many modern writers Laconia, 
the country in the southeastern 
part of Peloponnésus, especially the 
district between Mt. Taygetus and 
Mt. Parnon with the fertile valley 
of the Eurotas to the south. The 
Lelegae were the earliest inhabi- 
tants, and to them came immi- 
grants from the north, Aeolians, 
Achaeans, and finally Dorians. 
The sovereignty remained in the 
ancient native families of the Agia- 
dae and Eurypontidae ; hence came 
the two kings ruling together, by a 
later invention called Dorians of 
the family of Aristodémus. These 
two were invested with the supreme 
military command and _ priestly 
dignity. Next to them were the 
five ephors who gradually became 
a committee of general control 
(see ἔφορος), next to these was 
the Gerousia or council of 28 citi- 
zens over 60 years of age. The 
final decision of all matters of im- 
portance lay with the people, that 
is, the sovereign Dorians, called 
Spartans or, loosely, Lacedaemo- 
nians. They dwelt in and about 
Sparta (q.v.), observing the great- 
est simplicity and severity of life 
in accordance with the institutions 
of Lycurgus. There were two 
other classes in the state, the 





λαθεῖν-λαμβάνω 


older Achaeans, called the Perioeci 
(q.v.), who had submitted volun- 
tarily or by treaty, and the Helots, 
or state slaves, destitute of all 
rights, who had been overcome by 
force. Until the Persian wars 
the Spartans were regarded as 
the champions of Greece; then 
followed the period of Athenian 
supremacy until the end of the 
Peloponnesian war. At the time 
of the Anabasis the Spartans were 
again in the ascendant. After 
the battle of Leuctra Sparta never 
regained her old supremacy, al- 
though the Roman conquerors 
were always partial towards her. 

λάκκος, ὁ [cf. Lat. lacus, hollow, 
lake, Eng. Locu], pit, cistern, vat, 
for wine, iv. 2. 22. 

λακτίζω (λακτιδ-), λακτιῶ, ἐλά- 
κτισα, λελάκτικα, ἐλακτίσθην [λάξ, 
adyv., with the foot, cf. Lat. calz, 
heel], kick at, kick, of horses, iii. 
28s 

Λάκων, wos, ὁ, a Laconian, a 
term properly applicable only to 
the Perioeci, the free inhabitants 
of the towns about Sparta, who 
owed war service to the Spartans, 
but were excluded from the offices. 
3ut the word is also loosely used 
to include Spartans, ii. 1. 3, 5. 31, 
Ve Ἱ:10; Visi (O2q Vil ὁ: ἡ. 1, 
8. 23. 

Λακωνικός, 7, dv [Λάκων], of 
Laconica, Lacedaemonian, of men 
and things, iv. 1. 18, 7. 16, vii. 2. 
20: 3.8. 

λαμβάνω (λαβ-), λήψομαι, ἔλαβον, 
εἴληφα, εἴλημμαι, ἐλήφθην [root AaB, 
cf. Lat. labor, toil, Eng. di-lemma, 
epi-lepsy, pro-lepsis], take, Lat. 
capio, also in less vigorous sense, 
take to oneself, receive, Lat. ac- 
cipio. In general, take, i. 5. 10, 
Ὧν αν LOS 3 15. ἘΠῚ ΗΘΟΣ 4. 49} ive 
τ Ὁ ΘΟ Verbal?) 5. 191. qa 24, 
vii. 3. 26; the partic. λαβών is 
often used like ἔχων in the sense 
ON Win ts it, PAs Ile 111..Χ. 98: whet 
6, vii. 7. 18; esp., take prisoner, 


λαμπρός-λέγω 


capture, take posession of, i. 4. 7, 
7.9, 10. 2, iii. 2. 29, 4. 41, iv. 1. 22, 
Υ. 2. 5, vii. 3. 85; with the added 
notion of sudden or unexpected 
action, catch, seize, Jind, often with 
Partie τα O, 2.10. 5.2. 119: 
91. ἄν 6. lb. Aven: 19. 1 02. 1: 
4. 2, Vil. 2.13; receive, get, obtain, 
require, i. 1. 9, 6. 6, Ὁ. 22, 11. 2. 20, 
Ὅς απ αν. 2020, Va be los vile 
6. 2, vil. 3. 1, 6. 19. To) the ace: 
with this verb may be added εἰς or 
πρός with acc., or ἀπό, ἐξ, or παρά 
Wwithyeen jae δ: 15..11.2: ΠΠ 5 28. 
iii. 4. 42, iv. 5. 32, v. 6. 18, Vii. 3. 
23. The part. gen. occurs, i. 5. 7, iv. 
5.00. Phrases: λαμβάνειν ἄνδρας, 
enlist men, i. 1.63; πίστεις OY πιστὰ 
λαβεῖν, receive pledges, abs., with 
παρά and gen., and with inf., i. 2. 
265 16: ὦν ἢ 3.2 Osan? Osa ver Π|- 
ἔλαβον τῆς ζώνης Tov’ Opdvray, they 
grasped Orontas by the girdle, i. 6. 
10; εἰ τὸ στράτευμα λάβοι ἔνδεια, if 
need should befall the troops, i. το. 
18; δίκην or τὰ δίκαια λαβεῖν, see 


δίκη and δίκαιος, γ. 8. 17, vii. 7.17; | 


πεῖραν λαβεῖν, See πεῖρα, V. 
vi. 6. 33. 

λαμπρός, a, dv [Adurw], bright, 
shining, brilliant, distinguished, 
noble, Lat. splendidus, in comp., 
vii. 7. 41. 

λαμπρότης, ἡτος, ἡ [λαμπρός], 
brightness, brilliancy, splendour, 
me, 2. 1.85 

λάμπω, λάμψω, ἔλαμψα, λέλαμπα 
[ef. Lat. limpidus, clear, Eng. 
lamp |, shine, be bright, glisten, of 
fire, blaze, iii. τ. 11, 12. 


8. 15, 


Aapaknvol, οἱ [Adupaxos], 
Lampsacenians, inhabitants of 


Lampsacus, vii. 8. 3. 

«Λάμψακος, 7, Lampsacus, a very 
early Greek settlement and city in 
the Troad, on the Hellespont, vii. 
8. 1, 6, renowned for its wine. 
(Lapsaki.) 

λανθάνω (λαθ-), λήσω, ἔλαθον, 
λέληθα, λέλησμαι [R. λαθ], lie hid 
or concealed, be unseen, escape the 


notice of, Lat. lated, abs. or with | 





130 


acc., iv. 1. 4, 2. 2, v. 2. 29, vi. 3. 14, 
vii. 2.18; partic., λαθών, secretly, iv. 
6.11. <A partic. used with λανθάνω 
conveys generally the leading idea 
and is best translated by a finite 
verb, aS τὸ στράτευμα τρεφόμενον 
ἐλάνθανε, the army was secretly 
supported, i. 1. 9, of. iv. 2. 7; in 
this construction the acc. of person 
occurs, as λαθεῖν αὐτὸν ἀπελθών, get 
away without his knowledge, i. 3. 
17, cf. vi. 3. 22, vii. 3. 38, 43. 
Λάρισσα, ns, Larissa, an As- 
syrian city, the southwest corner 
of Nineveh (see Μέσπιλα), on the 
left bank of the Tigris, north of 
the mouth of the Great Zab, iii. 4. 
7. By some it is identified with 
Kalach (Calah), by others with 
Resen (Genesis 10, 12). Its ruins 
are called Nimrud. It was first 
excavated by Layard in 1845, when 
remains of four palaces were un- 
covered. Recent excavations have 
shown that the pyramid mentioned 
by Xen., iii. 4.9, was originally a 
square tower, whose ruins had 


\already assumed the pyramidal 


shape in his time. 

λάσιος, a, ov, hairy, shaggy, of 
places, bushy, thickly grown, Lat. 
dénsus, V. 2. 29; subst., τὰ λάσια, 
thickets, vi. 4. 26. 

λαφυροπωλέω  [AaPvporwr7s |, 
sell booty or plunder, abs., vi. 6. 38. 

λαφυροπώλης, ov [λάφῦρον, booty 
+ rwhréw], seller of booty, booty 
dealer, Lat. sector. At Sparta the 
AaPvpor dar were officers attached 
to the kings’ staff who took charge 
of the booty captured in war. So 
the Greeks that had enlisted under 
Cyrus, on their return, appointed 
official vendors of the booty, vii. 
7. 56. 

λάχος, ous, τό [ε΄ ayxavw], 
allotted portion, Lat. sors, hence 
share, part, V. 3. 9. 

λαχών, see λαγχάνω. 

λέγω, λέξω, ἔλεξα, λέλεγμαι, ἐλέ- 
χθὴν (for εἴρηκα and εἶπον, used as 
pf. and 2 aor., see elpw and εἶπον) 


151 


(R. Aey], say, speak, talk, tell, state, 
mention, relate, Lat, dicd, abs. or 
with acc. of thing, i. 3. 2, 6. 9, ii. 
I, 13, 2. 2, iii. 2, 38, iv. 1. 23, v. 5. 
7, Vi. 2. 7, vii. 7.4; with acc. of pers., 
ii. 5. 25; with an interr. clause, 
dir, or indir., tell, relate, i. 3. 12, 6. 
1. 8:27, 11: ELOY v.83. 25) 12'° with 
the dat. or εἰς or πρός with ace. of 
pers. to whom, i. 4. 11, ii. 3. 5, iii. 
BP) Ve ὁ: 2 Θ᾽. ἢ: 186. as (oe oy ὙΠ. It 
ὃ; say in reply to a thing, with 
πρός and acc., i. 3. 19; with ὑπέρ 
and gen. of pers. or περί and gen. 
of thing, i. 9, 29, vi. 6.18; followed 
by dir. dise., ii, 1. 22, 5. 39, 11]. 1. 
15, v. 4. 4, Vii. 2.18; by ὅτι or ws 
and indir. disc., i. 2. 21, 7, 5, ii. 1. 
14, 111], 2. 4, ives, 84, ν. 1. 14, vi. 1. 
13, vii. 6.7; very rarely with inf. 
or partic., 1. 3. 15, v. 4. 34, vii. 5. 
15, but after λέγω meaning bid, 
charge, vote, the inf. is regular, i. 
3: 8: ally 1- 20; Κ΄. ἢ. 54, vi. Ee 25) 
vii. 1.40. In the pass. the personal 
constr. prevails where we use the 
impers., as λέγεται ᾿Απόλλων ἐκδεῖ- 
pat, *tis said Apollo flayed, i. 2. 8, 
Cie An Ἂς Τὶ. 2. Ὁ. 111: Το Θ᾽ ἦν: 5, 1, vie 
2.2, vii. 2.22, but the impers. constr. 


with ace. and inf., or even with ὅτι, 


or ws and a clause, is found, i. 2. 12, 
IV, £49; (V..7-)15 Vil. 2.5, Phrases : 
ἐλπίδας λέγων διῆγε, he kept put- 
ting them off with the hope, i. 2. 
11; ὡς ἐλέγετο or ἐλέγοντο, as ’t was 
said, i. 4. 5, το. 18; λεγόμενος ἐν 
τοῖς ἀρίστοις, reckoned as among 
the noblest, i. 6.1; mpdws λέγοι τὸ 
πάθος, he spoke tamely of his treat- 
ment, i. 5.14; ἡ ἱερὰ συμβουλὴ λε- 
γομένη εἶναι, the advice termed holy, 
v.6.4; εὖ or ὀρθῶς λέγετε, your ad- 
vice is good, Vii. 1. 22, 3. 39. 

λεία, as [cf. Lat. lucrum, gain, 
latro, freebooter], property taken 
in war, booty, plunder, including 
esp. men and cattle, Lat. praeda, 
Vv. 1. 8, 17, vi. 6. 2, vii. 4. 2, 5; 2. 

λειμών, ὥνος, ὁ [ε΄ λιμήν], any 
moist place, green, meadow, Lat. 
pratum, Υ. 3. 11. 





λεία-ληΐομαι 


λεῖος, a, ον [ο΄ Lat. léuis, 
smooth], smooth; of a hill, even, 
with gentle slope, iv. 4. 1. 

λείπω (λιπ-), λείψω, ἔλιπον, λέ- 
λοιπα, λέλειμμαι, ἐλείφθην [cf. Lat. 
licet, it is lawful, linqud, leave, 
Eng. LEND, LOAN, éc-/ipse, el-lipse |, 
leave a place or station, abandon, 
Jorsake, quit, Lat. relinqud, i. 2. 
21, 10, 13, iv. 2. 7, 6. 19, v. 2.15; 
leave behind or remaining, leave 
alive, spare, Vi. 3.5, vii. 4.1; pass., 
be left, abandoned, Vi. 3. 13; be 
left over, remain, be left alive, sur- 
vive, of persons and things, ii. 4. 
5, lil. 1. 2, iv. 1.53; be left behind, 
of persons, iv. 5.12. Phrase: πλή- 
θει ἡμῶν λειφθέντες, inferior to us 
in numbers, vii. 7. 31. 

λεκτέος, a, ov, verbal adj. [R. 
hey], to be said, that must be told, 
Lat. dicendus, v. 6. 6. 

λελείψεται, see λείπω. 

λεξάτω, 566 λέγω. 

Acovrtivos, 6, a Leontine, man of 
Leontint, ii. 6. 16, an ancient Greek 
city in the eastern part of Sicily. 
(Lentini.) 

λευκοθώραξ, ἄκος, ὁ, ἡ [λευκός + 
θώραξ], in white cuirass, of cay- 
alry, 1. 8.9. This white cuirass is 
probably identical with the θώραξ 
λινοῦς Mentioned in iv. 7.15, and 
was made of layers of linen placed 
one over the other and stiffened 
by some artificial process. 

λευκός, 7, dv [root Auk, cf. Lat. 
lux, light, luced, shine, Eng. tient, 
LEA |, white, Lat. albus, i. 8. 8, v. 
4. 12, 32, vii. 3. 26. 

“Λέων, οντος, ὁ, Leon, a Greek 
soldier from Thurii, v. 1. 2. 

Anye, λήξω, ἔληξα, intr., leave 
off, end, be over, ili. 1. 9, vii. 6. 6; 
of the wind, slacken, abate, iv. 

. 4, 

ληΐομαι (λῃδ-), ἐλῃσάμην [λεία], 
make booty, plunder, pillage, Lat. 
praedor, abs. or with ἐξ and gen., 
V. 1. 9; vi. 1. L, (6327; with ace: of 
place or person, spoil, plunder, 
rob. iv. 8. 22, vii. 2. 34, 3, 31. 


λῆρος- Λοκρός 13 


λῆρος, ὁ, silliness, nonsense, 
humbug, Lat. nuigae, vil. 7. 41.. 

λήσομεν, See λανθάνω. 

λῃστεία, as [λῃστής), getting 
booty, pillaging, plundering, Lat. 
praedatio, vii. 7. 9. 

λῃστής, οὔ [Av fouar], plunderer, 
pillager, bummer, Lat. praedator, 
vi. 1. 8, 6. 28. 

ληφθησόμεθα, λήψεσθε, see Aap- 
βάνω. 

λίαν, adv., very, Lat. παϊαδ, with 
adjs., vi. 1. 28, vii. 6. 23. 

λίθινος, 7, ov [λίθος]. of stone, 
made of stone, ili. 4. 7, 9. 

λίθος, ὁ [ο΄ Eng. /itho-graphy, 
οὔ-Π 61. stone, Lat. lapis, iii. 5. 10, 
iv. 7. 25, as a substance, iii. 4. 10, 
as used in attack or defence, i. 5. 
12, iv. 2.4. The use of stones as 
an instrument of warfare was com- 
mon in later times, and engines 
for hurling them (called λιθοβόλοι. 
Lat. ballistae) were invented and 
came into extensive use in siege 
operations. Such artillery was used | 
by Alexander the Great. Earlier, | 
in the time of Xenophon, stones 
were thrown either with slings, in 
which also lead bullets were used, 
iii. 3. 17, Ὁ iv. 1. 10, or by the 
hand, v. 2. 14, cf. v. 2.12. In his 
time stone-throwers, in the latter 
sense, had not been developed into 
a distinct branch of the service, 
but their usefulness was recog- 
nised. See further the illustration 


8.v. ξίφος. 
λιμήν, évos, ὁ [root Ar, pour, cf. 
Lat. litus, shore, limus, slime, 


Eng. time], harbour, port, Lat. 
portus, vi. 2. 18, 4. 1, 4, 6. 3. 

λιμός, 6, hunger, famine, dearth, 
Lat. fameés, i. 5. 5, li. 2. 11, 5. 19, 
vii. 4. 5. 

Alveos, a, ov, contr. ods, ἢ, ody 
[λίνον, linen, cf. Lat. inum, flax], 
of flax, flaxen, linen, Lat. lineus, 
v. 4.13; on the cuirasses of linen, 
iv. 7. 15, see λευκοθώραξ. 

λογίζομαι (λογιδ-), λογιοῦμαι, etc. 
[R. Aey], count on, reckon on, 





2 


ad 


take into account, consider, with 
ace. of thing or inf., ii. 2. 13, iii. 1. 
20. 

λόγος, ὁ [R. Aey], word, saying, 
statement, speech, discourse, pl. 
words, conversation, Lat. werbum, 
oratto, li. 5. 16, 27, 6. 4, v. 7. 27, 
vi. 1. 18, vil. 7. 24; debate, discus- 
sion, i. 6.5, iii. 2.7; rumour, story, 
1. 4. Wf, ν. δ. Uissnernative, Wa τ 1: 
iv. 1.1. Phrase: εἰς λόγους ἐλθεῖν 
with dat. of pers., have an inter- 
view with one, Lat. in conloquium 
wenire, li. 5. 4, 111. 1. 29. 

λόγχη, 7s, spearhead, metal point 
of the spear or lance (δόρυ), Lat. 
cuspis, i. 8. 8, vii. 4. 15; also the 
spear itself, lance, in Anab. used 
οὐ those employed by barbarians, 
1 2 Ὁ PIV NGO. 1: Om lO, θυ 
not exclusively, v. 2. 14. The 
term was sometimes applied also 
to the metal shoe at the butt end 
of the spear, iv. 7. 16. For the 
manner in which the spearhead 
was supported at the point where 
it joined the shaft, in the case of 
the lances of the Mossynoeci, see 
8.0, σφαιροειδής. 

λοιδορέω, λοιδορήσω, etc. [λοίδο- 
pos, abusive], revile, abuse, rebuke, 
iii. 4. 49, vii. 5. 11. 

λοιπός, 7, dv [λείπω], what is 
left, remaining, Lat. reliquus, with 
the art., the rest, of persons and 
things, iv. 2. 14, 3. 18, 30, v. 1. 2, 
vi. 4. 26; of time and space, ili. 4. 
6, iv. 7. 63 λοιπόν (sc. ἐστι), With 
dat. of pers. and inf., it remains 
that, iil. 2. 29. Phrases: τὸ λοιπόν, 
of time, from now on or from then 
on, henceforth, thenceforth, for the 
future, Lat. dehinc, posthac, ii. 2. 
5, lil. 2. 8, v. 1. 2, 3. 9; τοῦ λοιποῦ, 
in future, v. 7. 84; ὁ λοιπός, the 
survivor, iv. 1. 24, vi. 3. 12; τὴν 
λοιπὴν (sc. ὁδόν), the rest of the 
way, iil. 4. 46. 

Aoxpés, ὁ, @ native of Locris, a 
Locrian, vii. 4. 18. The Locrians 
were divided into three tribes, the 
Epicnemidian, who occupied a 


193 


promontory extending into the 
Malian gulf, the Opuntian, who 
lived east of them on the Euboean 
Sea, whose chief town was Opus, 
and the Ozolian, upon the gulf of 
Corinth, east of Aetolia, whose 
chief town was Amphissa. The 
third division was separated from 
the other two by Phocis. 

Λουσιάτης, ov, and Δουσιεύς, 
ἕως, ὁ [Λουσοί, Lusi], a Lusian, 
a native of Lusi, a small city in the 
northern part of Arcadia, iv. 2. 21, 
7.11, 12, vii. 6.40. (Sudhena.) 

λόφος, ὁ, ridge or crest of any- 
thing, esp. of rising ground, hill, 
ridge, height, Lat. dorsum, i. Io. 
12, iii. 4. 24, iv. 2. 10, 8. 26, vi. 
J Vv. 

Aoxayéwm [R. Aex +R. ay], be 
captain, vi. 1. 30. 

λόχαγία, as [R. Aex +R. ay], 
office of captain, captaincy, i. 4. 15, 
iii. 1. 30. 

λοχαγός, ὁ [R. Aex+R. ay], 
commander of α λόχος, captain, 
Lat. centurio, i. 7. 2, il. 5. 25, iii. 
Teno O24 eo lenivin 2. 1) 20. )5.8, 
Ve 2:19. viz 4. 10, vil. 4 18; he=re- 
ceived twice the wages of a pri- 
vate, vii. 2. 86. Above him were 
the στρατηγοί and ταξίαρχοι, below 
him the ὑπολόχᾶγοι, πεντηκοντῆρες; 
and ἐνωμοτάρχαι. 

λοχίτης, ov [R. Aex], one of the 
same company, comrade, vi. 6. 7, 
Wf. 

λόχος, ὁ [R. Aex ], ambush, men 
in ambush, armed men, esp. as a 
certain part of the army, @ com- 
PUNY ἰν 2 10. eso nnvanterl (gn Vien τ: 
9, vil. 3. 46; it consisted generally 
of about 100 men, Lat. centuria, 
ili. 4.21, iv. 8. 15, but might be less, 
i, 2.25, and was divided into two 
πεντηκοστύες and four ἐνωμοτίαι. 
Two λόχοι formed a τάξις, vi. 5. 11. 
In vi. 3. 2, the word is used of a 
larger number of troops, division. 
Phrases: κατὰ λόχους, by compa- 
nies, t.e. With the four ἐνωμοτίαι 
in file one behind the other, iii. 4. 





Λουσιάτης- Λύκειον 


223; ὀρθίοις τοῖς λόχοις, See ὄρθιος, 
iv. 2. 11 ; παράγειν τοὺς λόχους, see 
παράγω, iv. 6. 6. 

Λυδία, as [Avéds], Lydia, i. 2. 5, 
iii. 5. 15, vil. 8. 20, a fertile country 
in the western part of Asia Minor, 
irrigated by the gold-bearing rivers 
Hermus and Pactolus. Its chief 
city was Sardis. Under Croesus 
it was a powerful and prosperous 
kingdom, but after his defeat by 
Cyrus the Great, in 546 B.c., it was 
made a Persian satrapy, i. 9. 7, 
with the following boundaries, 
which it retained also under the 
Romans: on the north Mysia, 
east Phrygia, south the Maeander, 
separating it from Caria, and west 
Ionia. Under the Persians the 
previous warlike nature of the 
people was softened into that 
effeminacy of life for which Lyd- 
ians were afterwards famous. 

Αύδιος, a, ov [ Avdds], belonging 
to Lydia, Lydian, i. 5. 6. 

Λυδός, ὁ, a native of Lydia, a 
Lydian, iii. 1. 51. 

Λύκαια, τά, the Lycaea, a festi- 
val in honour of Ζεῦς Λυκαῖος, or 
Λύκαιος, of Mt. Lycaeus, celebrated 
in the spring by the Arcadians, i. 
2. 10. 

Avkdoves, wy, οἱ, natives of Ly- 
caonia, Lycaonians, iii. 2. 25. 

Avkaovia, as [Λυκάονες], Lycao- 
nia, a country in the central part 
of Asia Minor, north of Cilicia, 
hostile to Persia, i. 2. 19, vii. 8. 25. 
The chief city was Iconium. 

Λύκειον, τό [cf. Eng. lyceum], 
the Lyceum, a gymnasium just 
outside the wall of Athens to the 
east, and near a temple of Apollo 
Lycaeus, vii. 8.1. Its foundation 
was ascribed by some to Pisistra- 
tus, by others to Pericles. Lycur- 
gus embellished it with gardens 
and a palaestra. Here the Athen- 
ians exercised under arms before 
a war, and here was the tribunal 
of the Polemarch. Aristotle used 
the gardens for his lectures. 


Αύκιος- μάγαδις 


Λύκιος, 6, Lycius, an Athenian, 
who was appointed to command 
the cavalry, and distinguished him- 
self against the Carditichi, iii. 3. 20, 
IV. 3. 22, 25, 7. 24. 

Λύκιος, ὁ, Lycius, a Syracusan, 
1: fo: 4b, 

Λύκος, ὁ [λύκος], the Lycus or 
Wolf River, a common name for a 
powerfully flowing stream, The 
Lycus of the Anab. emptied into 
the Pontus near Heracléa, vi. 2. 3. 
(Kelkit Tchai.) 

λύκος, ὁ, [cf Lat. lupus, wolf, 
Eng. wo.r], wolf, sacrificed by the 
Persians to Ahriman, the prince of 
darkness, ii. 2, 9. 

Δύκων, wos, ὁ, Lycon, an 
Achaean in the Greek army, v. 6. 
217 νἱ: 2. 4... 9: 

λυμαίνομαι (λῦμαν-), λυμανοῦμαι, 
ἐλυμηνάμην λελύμασμαι, ἐλυμάνθην 
[λύμη, insult], outrage, destroy, 
cause ruin, spoil, Lat. noced, with 
ace. of thing and dat. of pers., i. 
Bal: 

λυπέω, λυπήσω, etc. [λύπη], 
grieve, pain, vex, Lat. dolore adfi- 
cio, vii. 7.12; of an enemy, annoy, 
molest, trouble, Lat. laedo, ii. 3. 
23, 5. 14, v. 2. 26; pass., be pained 
or sad, be sorry, Lat. doled, i. 3, 
8: 11|.- ὦ. 1Π- 

λύπη, ns, pain of body or mind, 
grief, sorrow, Lat. dolor, iii. 1. 3. 

λυπηρός, a, dv [λύπη], painful, 
distressing, sad, of things, Vil. 7. 
28; of persons, troublesome, an- 
noying, Lat. molestus, with dat., 
ie Gals. 

eae ἐλυσιτέλησα [tw + R. 
Tad], pay expenses, be profitable, 
pay, Lat. prosum, with dat. of 
pers., ili. 4. 36. (See tw, fin.) 

λύττα, ys, madness, Lat. rabies, 
of dogs, v. 7. 26. 

Avo, λύδω, ἔλυσα,. λέλυκα, λέλυμαι, 


ἐλύθην [(Γ. Lat. lud, loose, solud, | 


loose, Eng. LosE, LOOSE, LOUSE, 
ana-lyse|, loose, set free, unbind, 
release, Lat. solud, ili. 4. 35, iv. 3. 
8, 6. 2; dissolve, separate, hence 





154 


of a bridge or obstruction, break 
down, remove, Lat. réscindo, ii. 4. 
17, iv. 2. 26; of a truce or oaths, 
break, Lat. foedera rumpo, ii. 5. 
38, ili. 2. 10; mid., redeem, ran- 
som, Vii. 8.6. Phrase: οὐκ ἐδόκει 
λύειν αὐτοὺς νυκτὸς πορεύεσθαι, they 
thought marching by night didn’t 
pay, iii. 4. 86, where λύειν is used 
as in poetry for λῦσιτελεῖν, which 
some read here. 
᾿λωτοφάγοι, of [λωτός, ὁ, lotus + 
ἔφαγον], lotus-eaters, iii. 2.25. The 
lotus-tree (rhamnus lotus of Lin- 
naeus), growing on the north coast 
of Africa, bears a fruit shaped like 
an olive, and sweet, like a date or 
fig. The lotus-eaters lived along 
the coast of Tunis and Tripoli, 
where the fruit is still used and 
is called jujube. According to the 
story, first appearing in Odyssey 9, 
82 ff., whoever ate the lotus lost 
all recollection of his home. 
λωφάω, λωφήσω, ἐλώφησα, λελώ- 
φηκα, slacken, rest, cease, of the 


| throwing of stones, abs., iv. 7. 6. 


Awwv, λῷον, gen. ovos, preferable, 


᾿ used as comp. of ἀγαθός, better, in 


the sense of pleasanter, more 
agreeable, in Att. prose generally 
in neut. with ἐστί, followed by inf. 
or dat. and inf., iii. 1. 7, vi. 2. 15, 
vii. 6. 44. 


M. 


pa, intensive particle, surely, 
used in oaths, and foll. by acc., 
always neg. unless preceded by 
val, AS ἀλλὰ μὰ τοὺς θεούς. nO, by 
the gods! i. 4. 8, cf. v. 8. 21, vii. 6. 
11; ναὶ μὰ Ala, yea, by Zeus! v. 
8. 6, evil: 6. 21. 

μάγαδις, ιδος, 7, dat. μαγάδι, ma- 
gadis, a musical instrument, prob. 
of Lydian origin, said to have been 
one of the most perfect stringed 
instruments in use among the 
Greeks. It comprised two full oc- 
taves, the left hand playing the 


186 


lower notes, the right the upper. 
Hence, οἷον μαγάδι, as on the maga- 
dis, 1.6. in the octave, Vii. 3. 32. 
Μάγνητες, ων, of [cf Eng. mag- 
net, magnesia], Magnesians, na- 
tives of Magnesia, vi. 1. 7, a penin- 
sula in Thessaly between the Pe- 
gasaean Gulf and the Aegéan. 
μάθε, μάθῃς, μάθοι, See μανθάνω. 
Μαίανδρος, 6 [cf Eng. meander}, 
the Maeander, a large river rising 
near Celaenae, i. 2. 7, and flowing 
thence through Phrygia and _ be- 
tween Lydia and Caria into the 
Aegéan, i. 2. 5, 8. Its winding 
course was proverbial among the 
Greeks and Romans, hence Eng. 
meander. (Boytik or Mendere 
Tchai.) 
μαίνομαι (uav-), μανοῦμαι, μέμηνα, 
ἐμάνην [R. μα]. rage, be raving or 
mad, Lat. furo, ii. 5. 12, iv. 8. 20, 
vii. 1.29; aor., go mad, ii. 5. 10. 
Μαισάδης, ov, Jaesades, father 
of Seuthes, vii. 2. 32, 5. 1. 
μακαρίζω (μακαριδ-), ἐμακάρισα, 
ἐμακαρίσθην [R. pax], regard as 
happy, think fortunate, ii. 1. 19. 
μακαριστός, 7, dv [R. pak], to be 
thought happy, hence enviable, Lat. 
inuidiosus. Phrase: πολλοῖς μακα- 
ριστὸν ἐποίησεν, he made him an 
object of envy to many, i. 9. 6. 
Μακίστιος, ὁ [Μάκιστος, Macis- 
tus], a Macistian, a native of Ma- 
cistus, a city in southern Elis, vii. 
4. 16 (Samikon). 
μακρός, a, dv [R. pax], long, of 
space and time, Lat. longus, i. 5. 
ΣΝ ἀνε} 3. <4. wi. 4...2: 
Phrases: μακρᾶν (sc. ὁδόν), a long 
way or distance, 111. 4. 17, ef. μακρο- 
Tépav, ii. 2. 11, μακροτάτην, vii. 8. 
20; μακρὰ πλοῖα, men-of-war, Lat. 
naues longae, Vv. 1. 113 μακρὸν ἣν 
with inf., 7¢ was too far to, Lat. 
longum erat, ili. 4.42; μακρότερον, 
pe further, at longer range, iii. 
4. . 
Μάκρωνες, ων, οἱ, the Macrones, 
Macronians, a free and warlike 
people on the coast of the Pon- 








Μάγνητες- Μαντινεῖς 


tus, south of Trapezus, iv. 7. 27, 
δ. Wie Bip, TSF 

μάλα, by elision pad’, adv. [ef. 
Lat. melior, better], very, exceed- 
ingly, much, Lat. walde, i. 5. 8, iil. 
3. 6, 4. 15, iv. 1. 28, v. 4. 18, vi. 4. 
26, vii. 1. 89; οὐ μάχα, not very 
much, litotes for not at all, ii. 6. 
15; αὐτίκα μάλα, on the spot, in- 
stantly, at once, iii. 5. 11, vi. 2. 5; 
εὖ μάλα, very easily, Vi. 1. 13 μάλα 
καιρός ἐστιν, it’s just the chance, iv. 
6.15; comp. μᾶλλον, more, rather, 
better, more surely, more highly, 
hy Hig HE Yh IDS asi 618. Gy, ΠΡ. bus 
I, 35, v. 7. 9, Vi. 1.17; maddov ἢ: 
rather than, Lat. potius quam, i. 1. 
8, iv. 6. 11, v. 8. 26; οὐδὲν μᾶλλον, 
not a bit more (than before), iii. 
3. 11; μᾶλλόν τι, rather more, iv. 
ὃ, 26; sup. μάλιστα, most, espe- 
cially, generally, most highly, i. 6. 
He ΟΣ ΖΩΝ 11 24.25 Ill. 2: ὁ. τἶν- 0.10; 
vii. 2.4; with numerals, about, v. 
4. 12, vi. 4.3; ὡς μάλιστα with or 
without ἐδύνατο, or 7 ἐδύνατο μά- 
λιστα, as much as possible, Lat. 
quam maxime potuit, i. 1. 6, 3. 15, 
iv. 2. 2; ws τις καὶ ἄλλος μάλιστα 
ἀνθρώπων, as well as any other man 
alive, i. 3. 15. 

μαλακίζομαν (μαλακιδ-), ἐμαλα- 
κισάμην and ἐμαλακίσθην [μαλακός, 
soft, cf. Eng. amalgam], be soft- 
ened or effeminate, be weakly or 
indolent, v. 8. 14. 

μανέντες, See μαίνομαι. 

μανθάνω (μαθ-), μαθήσομαι, ἔμα- 
θον, μεμάθηκα [R. μα], learn, esp. 
by inquiry, find out, hear of, under- 
stand, with acc. or inf., 1. 9. 4, ii. 
5. ov, iii. 2. 25, v. 2. 25; with ὅτι 
or an interr. clause, ii. 5. 16, iv. 
8. 5. 

μαντεία, as [R. pa], prophetic 
announcement, prediction, oracle, 
Lat. 6raculum, 111. 1. 7. 

μαντευτός, 7, dv [R. pa], directed 
or advised by an oracle, Vi. 1. 22. 

Mavrtivets, Sv, of, Mantinéans, 
natives of Mantinéa, vi. 1. 11, one 
of the oldest cities of Arcadia, in 


fi 


a 


μάντις- μάχαιρα 


the eastern part, on the streamlet 
Ophis. Its situation on a low pass 
between Arcadia and Argos made 
it a centre of traffic, and it was an 
important military position. Here 
were fought two great battles, in 
418 and in 362 8.c. In the latter 
Epaminondas of Thebes conquered 
the Spartans and Athenians with 
whom the Martinéans were allied. 
Here fell Gryllus, the son of Xeno- 
phon. (Palaeopolis.) 

μάντις, ews, ὁ [Β΄. pa 1, one in a 
frenzy or possessed, one inspired, 
who thus declares the will of the 
gods, seer, prophet, diviner, sooth- 
sayer, exercising his art by in- 
specting the vitals of victims, like 
the haruspex, i. 7. 18, v. 2. 9, 6. 29, 
vi. 4. 13, vii. 8. 10, or by observing 
the flight of birds, like the augur, 
vi. 1. 23, 5.2. Sometimes he slew 
the victims, iv. 3. 18, v. 6. 16, Vi. s. 
8. In v. 7. 35 the μάντεις took 
charge of purifying the army. 

Μάρδοι or Μαρδόνιοι, οἱ, the 
Mardi or Mardonii, a warlike, 
marauding race who probably lived 
in the Masius Mts. in southern 
Armenia, iv. 3. 4. It is thought 
that both words are adjectives 
meaning manly. 

Μαριανδυνοί, oi, the Mariandyni, 
a race inhabiting the eastern part 
of what the Romans called Bithy- 
nia, vi. 2. 1. They were reduced 
by the Heracléans to the condition 
of Helots. 

μάρσιπος Or μάρσιππος, ὁ [cf 
Eng. marsupial], pouch, bag, Lat. 
marsuppium, with gen. of con- 
tents, iv. 3. 11. 

Μαρσύας, ov, Marsyas, 
a satyr of Phrygia, killed 





190 


able for the mouthpiece of the 
flute, it emptied into the Maean- 
der 1. 2. 8. 

μαρτυρέω, μαρτυρήσω, etc. [ μάρ- 
tus], be a witness, testify, bear wit- 
ness, Lat. testor, with dat., iii. 3. 
12, vii. 6. 39. 

μαρτύριον, τό [μάρτυς]. evidence, 
proof, Lat. argumentum, iil. 2. 19. 

μάρτυς, upos, ὁ [cf. Eng. martyr], 
witness, Lat. testis, Vil. 7. 39. 

Mapwveirns, ov [Μαρώνεια, Maro- 
néa], a Maronite, native of Maro- 
néa, Vii. 3. 16, a city in the land of 
the Cicones, east of Abdéra, re- 
nowned even in Homer’s time for 
its wine. (Marogna.) 

Μάσκας, a (Dor. gen.),6, Mascas, 
called a river by Xen., i. 5.4, but 
really a canal about Kopowry, q.v. 

μαστεύω [R. μα], seek after, 
search for, abs. or with acc., v. 6. 
25, vii. 3. 11; strive, with inf., iii. 
1.43. Poet. verb, except in Xen. 

μαστιγόω, μαστιγώσω, ἐμαστίγω- 
σα, ἐμαστιγώθην [μάστιξ], whip, 
chastise, Lat. uerberd, iv. 6. 15. 

μάστιξ, tyos, 7, whip, lash, Lat. 
flagellum ; ὑπὸ μαστίγων, under the 
lash, Lat. flagellis coacti, iii. 4. 25. 
For an illustration of the μάστιξ 
used as riding whip, see s.v. ἱππό- 
dpouos (No. 31). 

μαστός, ὁ, nipple, breast, of men, 
Lat. papilla, in pl., i. 4. 17, iv. 3. 
6; hill, hillock, iv. 2. 6, 18. 

μάταιος, a, ov [μάτη, folly], 
foolish, vain, idle, Lat. uanus, of 
words and deeds, vii. 6. 17, 7. 24. 

μάχαιρα, as [R. pax], sword, 
sabre, cutlass, with straight back 


/ 











and flayed by Apollo 
after being beaten in a 
musical contest, the flute against 
the lyre, i. 2. 8. From him, acc. 
to the myth, the river Marsyas 
was named; rising in a small lake 
near Celaenae, called Aulocréne, 
because about it grew reeds suit- 


No. 48. 


and curved edge, a Greek weapon, 
vii. 2. 80, although worn also by 
the Thracians, vi. 1.5; adapted to 
ripping, iv. 6. 26; and carried by 


. 137 


cavalrymen, cavalry sabre, i. 8.7; 
in vil. 4. 16, identified with the 
ξίφος, .0. 

μαχαίριον, τό [R. pax], dagger, 
dirk, iv. 7. 16. 

μάχη, ns [R. pax], battle, en- 
gagement, fight, Lat. pugna, proe- 
hunny, 152. 955. 10. 8..Ὁ..-1}.. 2,21, 
vi. 3. 21; place of battle, battle- 
jield, ii. 2. 6, Vv. 5. 4. Phrase: 
μάχῃ OY μάχην νικᾶν, See vikdw, il. 
1 468 ὃ. 

μάχιμος, ον [R. pax ], fit to fight ; 
ἄνδρας μαχίμους, fighting men, Vii. 
8. 15. 

μάχομαι, μαχοῦμαι, ἐμαχεσάμην, 


μεμάχημαι [R. pax], sight, give | 


battle, fight with or against, Lat. 
pugno, or proelium committo, abs. 
or with dat. of pers., i. 5.9, 7. 1, 


17, 8.28, ii. 1.4, 4. 6, ili. 4. 33, iv. | 


1.19, v. 4. 21, 5. 13, vi. 3. 5; very 


rarely with πρός and acc., vii. 8. | 


19, while σύν with dat. means on 
the side of, with the aid of, Vi. 3. 
15; in defence of, for or about, is 
expressed by ὑπέρ and gen. of pers., 
or περί or πρό and gen. of thing, i. 
g. 31, ii. 1. 12, vi. 1. 8; wrangle, 
quarrel, iv. 5. 12. 

μέ, μοί, pod, see ἐγώ. 

Μεγάβυζος, ὁ, Megabyzus, the 
official name of the keeper or sex- 
ton of the temple of Ephesian Ar- 
temis, always a eunuch, v. 3. 6, 7. 

μεγάλην, see μέγας. 

μεγαληγορέω, ἐμεγαληγόρησα [R. 
pak + ἀγείρω], talk big, boast, 
brag, Lat. glorior, vi. 3. 18. 

μεγαλοπρεπῶς, adv. [R. pak + 
πρέπω]. in magnificent style, mu- 
nificently, splendidly, in a princely 
manner, Lat. magnifice, i. 4. 17, 
vil. 6. 3; sup. μεγαλοπρεπέστατα, 
Vii. 3; 19: 

μεγάλως, adv. [R. pak], greatly, 
exceedingly, grossly, Lat. magno- 
pere, iii. 2. 22. 

Μεγαρεύς, éws, ὁ [Méyapa, Me- 
gara], a Megarian, native of Me- 
garda, 1. 2. 3, 4. 7, the capital of 
Megaris. This state lay between 


μαχαίριον-μέδιμνος 


| Attica and Corinth, and was long 
the commercial rival of the latter, 
founding many colonies, such as 
Chalcédon, Byzantium, and Hera- 
cléa, vi. 2. 1. Its prosperity was 
destroyed when at its greatest 
height with the loss of Salamis, 
598 B.c. It was always the enemy 
of Athens, but was esp. hostile in 
| the Peloponnesian war. 

μέγας, μεγάλη, μέγα [R. pak], 
great in its widest sense, Lat. 
magnus, comp. μείζων, sup. μέγι- 
στος; of size or extent, great, 
large, spacious, tall, i, 2. 6, 22, 4. 
Oop gellS 4a.olS) tik 4a. Lie vile 1: 
537; important, weighty, powerful, 
high, mighty, striking, i. 2. 4, 9. 
Goals τς 8. 1598: ἵν 7. 29; ν᾽ τὸ 
20; of ἃ name, renowned, famous, 
ii, 6. 17, vi. 1. 20; of dress, jine; 
i. 9. 23; of sound, loud, iv. 5. 18, 
7. 23; of a hole, deep, iv. 5.6; of 
the sea, heavy, high, v. 8. 20; used 
also as a title of the king of 
Persia, like ‘Great Mogul,’ i. 2. 
8, ii. 3. 17; neut. as adv., μέγα; 
greatly, iii. 1. 38. Phrases: 76 
μέγιστον, what is or was the chief 
point, most of all, chiefly, i. 3. 10, 
v. 6. 29, vil. 7. 28; τὰ μεγάλα 
εὖ ποιοῦντα, conferring great bene- 
Jits, 1. 9.24; πρῶτον καὶ μέγιστον, 
Jirst and foremost, li. 5.7; μεγάλα 
hv τὰ χρησίμους ποιοῦντα, there were 
wetghty reasons which made them 
good soldiers, li. 6.14; οἱ μέγιστον 
δυνάμενοι, cf. Lat. plurimum posse, 
the most powerful, il. 6. 21, vii. 6. 
37; βλάπτειν μεγάλα, do much 
harm, iii. 3. 14, cf. v. 8. 17; μέγα 
φρονεῖν, See φρονέω, ill. 1. 27, V. 


Meyadépvys, ov, Megaphernes, 
a Persian nobleman, put to death 
by Cyrus, i. 2. 20. 

μέγεθος, ous, τό [R. pax], bigness, 
size, Lat. magnitudd, ii. 3. 15; of 
a river, width, iv. 1. 2. 

μέγιστος, 566 μέγας. 

μέδιμνος, ὁ [ cf. Lat. modius, corn 
measure], medimnus, the largest 





μεθ᾽ -Μελινοφάγοι 


Attic dry measure, containing 52.53 
liters, 47.7+ quarts, U.S. dry meas- 
ure, or about a bushel and a half, 
vi. 1.15, 2.3. See 8:0. χοῖνιξ. 

μεθ᾽, by elision and euphony for 
μετά. 

μεθέημι [ἴημι], let go, give up, 
Lat. dimitto, vii. 4. 10. 

μεθίστημι [R. στα], set in a dif- 
ferent place, remove; aor. mid., 
make go aside, set apart, ii. 3.8; 
2 aor. act., go aside, stand apart, 
Beh ole 

Μεθυδριεύς, ews, ὁ [Μεθύδριον, 
Methydrium], a Methydrian, native 
of Methydrium, iv. 1. 27, 6. 20, 7. 
9, a little town in central Arcadia, 
between the rivers Maloetas and 
Mylaon, whence its name, On the 
founding of Megalopolis the inhab- 
itants of Methydrium were trans- 
ferred thither, and it lost all im- 
portance. (Near Nemnitza.) 

μεθύω [μέθυ, wine, cf. Eng. 
MEAD], be in wine, be drunk, Lat. 
ébrius sum, iv. 8. 20, v. 8. 4, Vii. 3. 
35. 

μείζων, comp. of μέγας, g.v. 

μειλίχιος, a, ov [cf. μείλιχος, 
soft, gentle], mild, gracious, mer- 
ciful, an epithet of Ζεύς (q.v.), 
whose favour was to be won with 
propitiatory sacrifices. The great- 
est of the festivals in honour of 
Ζεὺς Μειλίχιος was the Diasia, cele- 
brated at Athens by all the people 
in the month of February with 
bloodless offerings. But bloody 
sacrifices, such as swine, might 
also be offered to Zeus under this 
title. These were then burnt whole, 
vii. 8. 4, 5. 

μεῖναι, μείναντες, pelverav, μείνῃ; 
see μένω. 

μεῖον, as adv., see μείων. 

μειράκιον, τό [μεῖραξ, lass], lad, 
boy, youth, from 14 to 20 years, i. 
6. 16, 28, 

μείωμα, atos, τό [μειόω, make 
smaller, μείων], curtailment, defi- 
ciency, shortage, of money, V. 8. 1. 

μείων, ov, used as comp. of μικρός, 








138 . 


small, little [ef. Lat. minud, dimin- 
ish, minor, less, Eng. mio-cene], 
smaller, lesser, weaker, fewer, i. 9. 
10, iv. 5. 36; μεῖον, adv. less, of 
force, distance and number, ii. 4. 
10, v. 4. 31; so μεῖον 7, less than, 
or without 7 and followed by gen., 
iii, 1. 2; ν΄. 4: 19, Wi. 4.3, Ὑ 7. 24. 
Phrase: μεῖον ἔχειν, be worse off, 
iii. 2. 17, get the worst of it, in a 
battle, i. το. 8, ili. 4. 18. 
Μελανδῖται, ὧν, Melanditae, a 
tribe in European Thrace, men- 
tioned only in Anab., Vil. 2. 82. 
μελανία, as [uéhas], blackness, 1. 
8 


μέλας, μέλαινα, μέλαν, gen. μέλα- 
vos, etc. [ef. Lat. malus, evil, Eng. 
calo-mel,melan-choly |, black, dark, 
Lat. niger, iv. 5. 18, 15. 

μέλει, μελήσει, ἐμέλησε, μεμέληκε 
[R. peA], impers., it is a care, it 
concerns, with dat. of pers. and 
ὅπως with fut. indic. or with opt., 
often best translated personally as 
ἐμοὶ μελήσει, I will take care or 
see to it, i. 4. 16, ef. 8. 18, vil. 7. 44. 
Phrases: τῇ θεῷ μελήσει, euphem- 
istically, the goddess will punish, 
v. 3.18; διὰ τὸ μέλειν ἅπασιν, as it 
was a matter of general interest, Vi. 
4.20. (In poetry the above tenses 
are used personally, as well as 
-μεμέλημαι, ἐμελήθην.) 

μελετάω, μελετήσω, ἐμελέτησα, με- 
μελέτηκα [R. ped], attend to, prac- 
tise, Lat. mé exerced in, with inf., 
iii, 4. 17, iv. 6. 14. 

μελετηρός, a, dv [R. ped], prrac- 
tising diligently, well exercised or 
trained, Lat. exercitatus, with gen., 
Ἵ Ὁ. ὃ: 

μελίνη, ns [ef. Lat. milium, mil- 
let], millet, a kind of grain (see 
κέγχρος); Sing. or pl., i. 2. 22, 5. 10, 
vi. 4. 6, 6. 1; also in pl., millet 
“Ποῖα. ii. 4. 18. 

Μελινοφάγοι, of [μελίνη + ἔφα- 
γον], Melinophagi, ἃ Thracian 
tribe, living between Byzantium 
and Salmydessus, where the peo- 
ple still eat millet, vii. 5. 12. 


139 


μέλλω, μελλήσω, ἐμέλλησα [R. 
ped], be about to, be on the point of 
an action, be going to do anything, 
be likely, with pres. or fut. inf., 
serving like the Lat. periphrastic 
conjugation to denote simple fu- 
turity (when the word means shall, 
will, should, would, etc.) or pur- 
pose or wish, i. 8. 1, 9. 28, 11. 1. 3, 
4. 24, iii. 1. 8, iv. 7. 16, v. 4. 20, vi. 
4. 18, vii. 7. 40; delay, abs., iii. 1. 
46, 47; intend, purpose, with acc., 
ii, 5. 5. Phrase: τὸ μέλλον, the 
Suture, vi. 1. 21. 

μεμνῇο, μέμνησαι, μεμνήσεσϑαι, 
etc., 5886 μιμνήσκω. 

μέμφομαι, μέμψομαι, ἐμεμψάμην 
and ἐμέμφθην, find fault with, blame, 
Lat. reprehendo, of persons and 
things, ii. 6. 50, vil. 6. 59. 

μέν, post-positive particle (never 
used as a conj. to connect words 
or sentences), used to distinguish 
the word or clause with which it 
stands from something that is to 
follow, and commonly answered 
by δέ, when it may be rendered by 
on the one hand, indeed, truly, or 
left untranslated, but its presence 
shown by stress of the voice, i. 1. 
ΤΣ Oy (Gy role ti, I, 2: 107: ane τς 9; 
HOAs 2. 2. νν 4.1.7 eve δι π 1: Υἱς 4: 
20, vii. 1.29; but sometimes other 
words take the place of δέ, as 
ἔπειτα, μέντοι, καί, ἀλλά, i, 2. 1, 3. 
10, ii. τ. 15, ili. 2. 8; frequently 
combined with the art. or other 
words, aS ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ, the one 
... the other, pl., some... others, i. 1. 
7, 2. 25, 8. 20, il. 2. 5; ἀλλὰ μέν, 
but certainly, for a fact, 1. 7. 6, vii. 
1.9; οὐ μὲν δή, nor yet in truth, i. 
Ὁ. 13, 11, 2. 8, iii. 2.145; μὲν 6%, in 
fact, certainly, ii. 1. 20, iii. 1. 35; 
with a pers. pron., esp. ἐγὼ μέν, I 
for my part, or I at least, i. 9. 28, 
li. 5. 25, iii. 1. 19, vii. 6. 10. 

μέντοι, adv. and conj. [μέν -ἰ τοί], 
used to strengthen the meaning 
of an assertion or protestation 
or to show opposition, really, cer- 
tainly, in truth, moreover, i. 9. 6, 





μέλλω-- μέρος 


29, ill. 2. 17, vil. 6. 21; yet, still, 
however, nevertheless, i. 3. 10, 4. 8, 
Qn 1 tsa 22; 1} ας δ. ἵν. 6. 10. 

μένω, μενῶ, ἔμεινα, μεμένηκα [R. 
μα], wait, stay, tarry, abide, Lat. 
maneo, 1. 2.6, 21, 3. 11, 5. 13) i. 1. 
2A, ἢν τ 3. 12. IVA 2505) ΝΣ 2. 
10, vi. 5. 20, vii. 7. 54; be lasting, 
last, hold good, of a truce, ii. 3. 24; 
wait for, with acc., Lat. exspecto, 
iv. 4. 20. 

Μένων, wvos, ὁ, Menon, a Thes- 
salian adventurer, one of the com- 
manders of Cyrus’s Greek force. 
In his youth he was a favourite 
of Aristippus of Larissa, who gave 
him the command of the merce- 
naries whom Menon brought to 
help Cyrus, ii. 6. 28, i. 2.6; he was 
employed by Cyrus to escort home 
the Cilician queen, i. 2. 20 ff., and 
won favour by being the first to 
cross the Euphrates, i. 4. 18 ff.; 
he commanded the left wing at 
Cunaxa, i. 8. 4. With the other 
generals he was seized, ii. 5. 31 ff., 
but not beheaded as they were, 
but tortured to death, ii. 6.29. He 
was probably guilty of treachery 
towards the Greeks with his friend 
Ariaeus, ii, 4. 15, 5. 28. An un- 
favourable account of his charac- 
ter is given in ii. 6. 21 ff. 

_pepiLa (μεριδ-), μεριῶ, ἐμέρισα, 
μεμέρισμαι, ἐμερίσθην [ μέρος]. divide, 
divide up, Vv. τ. 9. 

μέρος, ous, τό [cf. Lat. mered, be 
entitled to], division, part, share, 
portion, Lat. pars, i. 6. 2, iv. 6. 24, 
V. 3.4, vi. 6. 28, vii. 7.35. Phrases: 
μέρος τι THs εὐταξίας, a bit or°an 
instance of their discipline, Lat. 
disciplinae specimen, i. 5.8; ἐν τῷ 
μέρει, each in turn, 1.6. according 
to his place in the ranks, Lat. suo 
quisque loco et ordine, iii. 4. 23; 
κατὰ μέρος, alternately, in reliefs, 
Lat. per uicés, v. 1.9; κατὰ τὸ Χει- 
ρισόφου μέρος. in the place of Chiri- 
sophus, Vi. 4. 23; ἐν τῷ μέρει καὶ 
παρὰ τὸ μέρος, according to and be- 
yond one’s share, Vii. 6. 36. 


μεσημβρία-μεταδίδωμι 


μεσημβρία, as [μέσος + ἡμέρα. 
midday, noon, Lat. meridiés; hence, 
from the place of the sun at that 
hour, the South, i. 7. 6, iii. 5. 15. 

μεσόγαια Or μεσόγεια, as [ μέσος 
Ἢ γῆ], the midland or heart of a 
country, the interior, Lat. mediter- 
rdneae regionés, Vi. 2. 19, 4. 5 

μέσος, 7, ov [cf. Lat. medius, 
middle, Eng. mip], what is in the 
middle, middle, mid, central, in 
the middle, generally in the predi- 
cate position before the art. or 
after the subst., i. 2. 7, 17, ii. 1. 11, 
iv. 8. 8, vii. 1. 14; but in attrib. 
position, i. 8. 15, and without art., 
vii. 6. 24; subst., μέσον, with or 
without τό, the middle, the centre, 
1:. 2.1.5. 2s Obl Alls W404) 4-03 save 
4. 13, the space between, the interval 
between, with gen., as διὰ μέσου Tov- 
των, between these, 1. 4. 4, τὰ ἐν μέσῳ 
τούτων, the parts between these, i. 7. 
Grofi 5.04, Ue 2. 3, πὸ 20. ἣν. 2: 
26, vi. 4.2. Phrases: μέσαι νύκτες, 
midnight, i. 7. 1, ili. 1. 33, vii. 3 
40; μέσον ἡμέρας, midday, i. 8. 8, 
iv. 4.1; ἐν μέσῳ κεῖται adda, lie 
open to competition as prizes, iil. 
el 

μεσόω [μέσος], be in the middle ; 
πέρα μεσούσης τῆς ἡμέρας, when it 
was past noon, Vi. 5. 7. 

Μέσπιλα, as [acc. to some from 
mashpil, desolated, others, compat- 
ing Hebrew hishpil in Isaiah xxv. 
12, take the meaning to be brought 
low; others again compare μεσοπύ- 
hav], Mespila, a name applied in 
iii. 4. 10 to the extensive ruins of 
thét part of the ancient Assyrian 
capital, Nineveh, which lie over 
against the commercial city of 
Mosul. It was the northwest cor- 
ner of Nineveh, about 18 miles 
above Larissa, Nineveh having 





been a collection of towers and | 


palaces not surrounded by a single 
wall but covering a district 90 
stadia broad and 480 stadia in cir- 
cuit. Nineveh was destroyed in 
608 or 606 B.c. by a coalition of 





140 


Medes and Babylonians under 
Cyaxares and Nabopolassar. Xen- 
ophon’s statement, iii. 4. 12, that 
the Persians took it from the 
Medes, is explained by the fact 
that it was not utterly destroyed, 
but remained part of the Median 
empire till this was overthrown by 
Cyrus the Great in 550 B.c., when 
the city disappeared from history. 
It is at present represented by the 
ruins of Koyunjik and Nebi-Yunus. 
Excavations on these sites have 
disclosed fine palaces, libraries, 
sculptures, and monuments. 
μεστός, 7, dv, filled, full of, 
abounding in, Lat. plénus, with 
gen.., 1. 4} 10. 1τ 9 115 δὲ ἢν. 7. 
a Ne 3. 11; abs., full, vii. 3. 26. 
μετά, by elision and euphony 
μετ᾽ and ped’, prep. with gen. and 
ace. With gen., with, in company 
with, among (for which Xen. usu 
ally has σύν), Lat. cum, 1. 2. 20, 3. 
5, ν. 4. 94; in conjunction with, to- 
gether with, vii. 3. 18, 6.34; under 
command of, in the army of, 1. 7. 
10, 10. 1, ii. 2.7; with the aid or 
by means of, li. 6.18. With acc., 
of place or order, behind, after, 
next, i. 8. 4, vii. 7. 22; of time, 
after, next, Lat. post, i. 3. 16, ii. 1. 
12, iii. 1. 45, iv. 8.85; μετὰ τοῦτο or 
ταῦτα, after this, thereupon, next, 
iy 32 05 (Gr 1 Te 423s dive'G: πεν 
17; μεθ᾽ ἡμέραν, by day (i.e. after 
daybreak), iv. 6. 12, vii. 3.37. In 
composition μετά may signify par- 
ticipation, with, among, or succes- 
sion in time or place, after, but 
generally it signifies change. 
μεταβάλλω [βάλλω]. throw into 
a different place, change quickly; 
mid., τὰ ὅπλα μεταβαλλομένους, 
shifting our arms, so that the 
shield should cover and protect 
the back during a retreat, vi. 5. 16. 
μεταγιγνώσκω [R. yo], change 
one’s mind, Lat. sententiam muto, 
ii. 6. 3. 
μεταδίδωμι [R. $0], give among, 
share, distribute, give a share or 


141 


part, Lat. impertio, with dat. of 
pers. and either gen. of the whole 
of which a part is given, or acc. of 
the part given, iii. 3. 1, iv. 5. 5, 6, 
vil. 8. 11. 

μεταμέλει [R. wed], ἐξ is a care 
afterwards, it makes one sorry, 
with dat. of pers., best translated 
personally, Z am sorry, I repent, 
Lat. paenitet mé, i. 6. 7, ii. 6.9, V 
6. 36; with dat. and partic., as 
πειθομένοις αὐτοῖς ov μεταμελήσει, 
they will not be sorry for obeying, 
vii. 1. 34, cf. vii. 1. 5. 

μεταξύ, adv. [μετά + ξύν = σύν), 
in the midst, in between, in the 
phrases: μεταξὺ ὑπολαβών, inter- 
rupting him in the midst of his 
talk, iii. τ. 27; οὐ πολλοῦ χρόνου |i 
μεταξὺ γενομένου, after a short in- 
terval, Vv. 2.17; as prep., between, 
of place, with gen., Lat. inter, i. 7. 
15, ili. 4. 37, v. 4. 22. 

μετάπεμπτος, ov [verbal of μετα- 
πέμπω]; sent for, summoned, i. 4.3. 

μεταπέμπω [πέμπω], send for or 
after ; mid., send for a person or 
thing to come to oneself, summon, 
Lat. arcessd, i. 3. 8, 4. 5, iii. 1. 4, 
vii. 1.38; with ἀπό or ἐκ and gen. 
of place, and πρός or eds with acc. 
of pers. or place, i. 1. 2, 2. 26, vii. 
1. 3, 20. 

μεταστρέφω [στρέφω], turn a 
thing round; mid., turn oneself 
round, turn round, Lat. sé con- 
werto, Vi. 1. 8. 

μετάσχοι, See μετέχω. 

μεταχωρέω [χωρέω], go to an- 
other place, change one’s position, 
vii. 2. 18. 

μέτειμι [R. eo], be among; in 
prose only impers., μέτεστι, there 
is a share, 80 οὐδενὸς ἡμῖν μετείη, 
we had no share, iii. 1, 20. 

μετέχω [R. vex], have a share of, 
share, take part in, abs. or with 
Pens, Ve 2: 9. vis 2. 14; vil. 6:28; 8: 11. 

μετέωρος, ov [delpw], raised up 
Strom the ground. Phrase: μετεώρους 
ἐξεκόμισαν τὰς dudtas, they lifted 
and carried out the wagons, i. 5. 8. 








μεταμέλει-μή 


μετρέω, ἐμέτρησα, ἐμετρήθην [μέ:- 
Tpov], measure, Lat. métior, ἵν. 5. 6. 

μετρίως, adv. [ μέτριος, moderate, 
μέτρον), in due measure, moder- 
ately, Lat. moderate, 11. 3. 20. 

μέτρον, τό [cf. Lat. metior, meas- 
ure, Eng. metre, dia-meter, thermo- 
meter, syim-metry|, measure, dry 
and liquid, iii. 2. 21. 

μέχρι; adv., wp to a place or time, 
before εἰς and ἐπί, as far as, even 
to, up to, Lat. usque ad, v. 1. 1, vi. 
4. 26; μέχρι ἐνταῦθα, up to that 
point, V.5.4; as prep., with gen. 
of place or time, up to, as far as, 
OTH 5 Ge Alay, HOS ING aby Glo ἢ 
15, vi. 4. 1, 25; μέχρι οὗ, down or 
op to avhere, until the time when, 

7. 6, Ve 4, 16; as conj:, wnitl, 
Lat. dum, donec, with indic. or 
ἄν with subjyv., i. 4. 13, ii. 3. 7, 24, 
GEO All 1 ἼΘ᾽ Vin 2: ἜΣ 7:9: Υἱ τ᾿ 
29. 

μή, adv., not, used both in inde- 
pendent and dependent clauses. 
In independent clauses: in prohi- 
bitions with pres. imy. or aor. 
SUD Ives Wy δ va. 6s 18 ἔν. a. 8: 
with subjv. of exhortation, vii. 1. 
29; and in the phrase οὐ μή with 
subjv. for a strong future, ii. 2. 12, 
vi. 2. 4, vii. 3. 26. In dependent 
clauses: after a final conj., as iva, 
ws, dws, i. 4. 18, ii. 4.17, iii. 1. 18, 
47, 2.27; with verbs and partics. 
forming protases, li. 1. 4, 3. 5, iv. 2 
Mae VierSalomvicra. Ose OS vil 25 99} 8172 
with a partic. equivalent to a rel. 
clause, iv. 4.15; with inf., ii. 3. 10, 
nie, Ae Palle 5.11 ἵν. 51 28: Valo 2. 2545 
Vil. 6.22; μὴ οὐ and inf., ii. 3. 11, 
iii. 1. 18; after verbs and expres- 
sions of fear, caution, or danger, 
lest, that, Lat. né, with subjy. or 
Opts 1. 31:10. 10. τοῦ θὲ 11. 2. 9. 10 
[gO Στ Vea ..2:. 15. π|θ. ἐπὶ Ὁ: 
17, vi. 1. 28, vil. 7. 31, μὴ οὐ, that 
NOt) 1. 7-1, Wi. 1.12. Phrases: εὖ 
μή, except, li. 1.12; εἰ δὲ μή, other- 
QOSe ΤΡ en ἵν: 7. 20, vil. r. dt 
The compounds of μή follow the 
usage of the simple word. 


μηδαμῇ-μηρός 


μηδαμῇ, adv. [μηδαμός, none, 
pndé+auds, an obsolete word = 
ris], in no way, not at all, of place, 
nowhere, Lat. nusquam, Vii. 6. 29. 

μηδαμῶς, adv. [cf μηδαμῇ]. by 
no means, Lat. néguaquam, i. 9. 7, 
Vil. 7. 23. 

μηδέ, neg. conj. and emphatic 
adv. [μή- δέ]. and not, but not, 
nor, Lat. neque, nec, ii. 4. 1, ill. 2. 
17; not even, Lat. né ... quidem, i. 
3. 1 i. 2215 ἘΠ i, vo 6: 19: 7. Ἢ": 

Μήδεια, as, Medea, wife of the 
last king of the Medes, Astyages ; 
fled to Mespila when Cyrus the 
Elder conquered her husband, iii. 
ἌΡ 1: 

Μηδείας τεῖχος, see Μηδίας τεῖ- 
χος. 
μηδείς, μία, ἐν [undé+eis], not 
one, no one, nobody, no, Lat. némo, 
nullus, i. 3. 15, ii. 1. 19, v. 5. 9, Vi. 
2. 10, 6. 28, vii. 6. 36; μηδέν, neut. 
as adv., not by any means, V. 4. 19. 

μηδέποτε, adv. [μηδέ + ποτέ]. 
never, Lat. numquam, iil. 2. 3, iv. 
5. 1s. 

μηδέτερος, a, ov [undé+ ἕτερος. 
neither, when two are in question, 
Lat. neuter, vii. 4. 10. 

Μηδία, as [old Persian Mada, in 


the Bible Madai, cf. Μῆδοι], Me-| 
dia, prop. a district in Central Asia, | 


bounded on the north by the Cas- 
pian sea, on the east by the Parthi- 
ans and Hyrcanians, on the south 
by Susiana and Persis, and on the 
west by Armenia and Assyria. It 
included the modern Irak, Adser- 
beidschan, Ghilian, and a part of 
Manzandaran. Under Cyaxares 
and with the help of Nabopolassar, 
king of Babylon, the Medes over- 
threw the Assyrian empire, 608 or 
606 B.c., and extended their own 
to the Persian gulf and westward. 
They were conquered by Cyrus 
the Elder in 550 Β.ο. In the Anab. 
the name Media is applied to the 
district prop. called Assyria, ii. 4. 
7 111 ἫΣ tay 

Μηδίας or Μηδείας τεῖχος, ous, 








142 


76, the Median Wall, i. 7. 15, ii. 4. 
12, extending from the Tigris to the 
Euphrates and separating Mesopo- 
tamia from Babylonia. It was 
built by the Babylonians as a bul- 
wark against the Medes, perhaps 
at the beginning of the sixth cen- 
tury 8.6. 

Μῆδοι, oi, the Medes, natives of 
Media, iii. 2. 25, 4. 7, 10. 

Μήδοκος, ὁ, Medocus, king of 
the Odrysae in Thrace, Vii. 2. 32, 
3 ἸΘΥ ΞΟ ΜῊΝ 

Μηδοσάδης, ov, Medosades, min- 
ister and ambassador of Seuthes, 
Vil. 155, 2) 10523 ἡ: 1.115 

μήθ᾽, by elision and euphony for 
μήτε. 

μηκέτι, adv. [μή + ἔτι]. not again, 
no longer, i. 2. 27, 4. 16, 6. 9, ν. 7. 
15, 8. 8. 

μῆκος, ous, τό [R. pak], length, 
Lat. longitudd, i. 5. 9 (pl.), i. 4. 
12, v. 4. 32. 

μήν, intensive particle, post-posi- 
tive, in truth, surely, truly, Lat. 


| uérd, used after other particles, as 


οὐ μήν, to be sure not, yet certainly 
not, i. το. 8, Vil. 6. 38; οὐδὲ μήν, 
and certainly not, ii. 4. 20, vii. 6. 
22; καὶ μήν, and in fact, and yet, 
i. 7. 5, iii. 1. 173 GAA μὴν. but 
surely, but still, i. 9. 18, ii. 5. 12, 


| iii. 2.16; 7 ΜΉ») See ἢ: 


μήν, μηνός, ὁ [ef. Lat. ménsis, 
month, Eng. MOON, MONTH |, month, 
a τ 40, 55 91. Teor νι 
5. 4, 9. 

μηνοειδής, és [μήνη. moon, cf. μὴν 
+R. F8], half-moon shaped, cres- 
cent shaped, Lat. lindtus, v. 2. 13. 

μηνύω, μηνύσω, etc. [R. pal, 
show what is hidden, show up, re- 
veal, inform against, Lat. indico, 
ii. 2. 20: 

μήποτε, adv. [47+ ποτέ]. never, 
Lat. nunquam, i. 1. 4, 6. 2, iii. 1. 
35. 

μήπω, adv. [μή -Ἐ πώ], not yet, 
Lat. ποπάπηι, iii. 2. 34. 

μηρός, 6, thigh, Lat. femur, Vii. 
4. 4, 8. 14. 


145 


μήτε, neg. conj. [μή + τέ]; and 
not, distinguished from οὔτε as μή 
from ov, either doubled, neither... 
nor, i. 3. 14, iv. 4. 6, or followed 
by τέ, not only not... but also, 
IDEN GROWS ἐς το ills By Gh ΠΕ Τ᾿ 
30, 2. 29. 

μήτηρ, μητρός, ἡ [ef. Lat. mater, 
mother, Eng. MOTHER], mother, i. 
1. 4, 8, ii. 4. 27, vi. 4. 8. 

μητρόπολις, ews, ἡ [μήτηρ + R. 
mia], the mother-city as related to 
her colonies; hence, chief city, 
capitat, Lat. caput, νὰ 2: 9.) 4: 10.) 
25. 


μηχανάομαι, μηχανήσομαι, ἐμη- 
χανησάμην, μεμηχάνημαι [Ἐ. pak], 
contrive, devise, frame, scheme, 
esp. something crafty, Lat. md- 
chinor, with ace. or inf., ii. 6. 27, 
ἵν ἡ: 10: 

μηχανή, 7s [R. pax], machine, 
instrument, Lat. machina; hence 
contrivance, scheme, device, or, 
more generally, means, iv. 5. 16, v. 
2, 24, vii. 2. 9. 

pla, see εἷς. 

Μίδας, ov, Midas, a mythologi- 
cal king of Phrygia, son of Gordius 
and Cybele. He entrapped Silé- 
nus, the Satyr, i. 2.18, but treated 
him well and was rewarded by Dio- 
nysus with the granting of any wish 
he chose to ask. Having foolishly 
requested that all he touched should 
be turned to gold, he died of hun- 
ger. The same Midas, having 
awarded the prize to Pan over 
Apollo in a musical contest, was 
given ass’s ears by the angry god. 

Μιθριδάτης or Μιθραδάτης, ov, 
Mithridates, satrap of Lycaonia 
and Cappadocia, vii. 8. 25, a fol- 
lower of Cyrus, ii. 5. 35, put after- 
wards treacherous to the Greeks, 
11.2.1. 0: 2: 2: 

μῖκρός, ‘d, dv [ef. Eng. micro- 
scope], small, little, of size and 
quantity, Lat. parwus, 11. 4. 18, iii. 
2: PM We Se IE valig ἡ: 59); ort steal 
portance, of small account, trifling, 
trivial, iii. 2. 10, v. 8. 20; subst., 





μήτε-μισθοδοτέω 


μικρόν, τό, & short space or distance, 
a short time, a little, ii. 1. 6, ili. 1. 
11, iv. 7. 7, Vv. 4. 22; neut. as adv., 
pixpov, hardly, i. 3. 2. Phrase: 
κατὰ μῖκρά or μικρόν, in small 
parts, in bits, ν. 6. 32, vii. 3. 22. 

Μιλήσιος, a, ov [Μίλητος], Mile- 
stan, i. 1.11; subst., Μιλήσιοι, Mi- 
lesians, natives of Miletus, i. 9. 9, 
1 ἢ 16; ἡ MiAnola, the Milesian 
woman, i. το. 3. 

Μίλητος, ἡ, Miletus, ὃ an ancient 
and famous city in Ionia, south of 
the mouth of the Maeander, i. 1. 
6, 2.2, 4.2, noted for its colonies 
and commerce until its capture by 
the Persians in 494 B.c. It was 
also a centre of art and literature, 
and was the native place of several 
great philosophers and historians. 
(Palatia or Pellatia.) 

Μιλτοκύθης, ov,  Miltocythes, 
commander of Thracian troops ; 
deserted to the king, τ 2s Uo 

μιμέομαι, μιμήσομαι, ἐμιμησάμην, 
μεμίμημαι [μῖμος, ὁ, actor, cf. Eng. 
mimic, panto- mime |, imitate, copy, 
take as example, Lat. imitor, ii. 1. 
36; of actors, represent, play a 
Dart, Vi. τι 9: 

μιμνήσκω (uva-), -μνήσω, ἔμνησα, 
μέμνημαι, ἐμνήσθην | R. μα]. remind 
(mever act. in Anab.); mid. and 
pass., recall to oneself, remember, 
where the pf. has the pres. sense, 
Lat. memini, the fut. pf. μεμνήσομαι 
serves as fut., and the plpf. as 
impf., abs. or with gen., i. 7. 5, iil. 
τι 212. 99; γ 8: 743" 20. ally κ΄ 9; 
6. 58; make mention, talk of, sug- 
gest, With inf. or ws and a clause, 
Vira 11 Vilas 3S. 

pioéw, μισήσω, etc. [μῖσος, τό, 
hatred, cf. Lat. miser, wretched, 
maestus, sorrowful, Eng. mis-an- 
thrope], hate, Lat. odi, vi. 2. 14, 
vii. 6. 18. 

μισθοδοσία, as [μισθός +R. δο], 
giving of pay, il. 5. 22. 

μισθοδοτέω [μισθός + R. $0], pay 
wages, employ, with dat. of pers., 
VA τ. 18. 


μισθοδότης -μνημεῖον 


μισθοδότης, ov [μισθός - Τὶ. δο], 
one who pays wages, employer, 
with dat. of pers., i. 3. 9. 

μισθός, ὁ [οὐ Eng. MEED], wages, 
pay, esp. of soldiers, Lat. stipen- 
dium, i. 1. 10, 2. 11, v. 6.31, Vil. 5. 
5. Cyrus at first paid his Greek 
troops one daric monthly, but af- 
terwards increased it one-half, i. 3. 
21. The usual pay was a daric for 
a private, two for a captain, and 
four for a general, vil. 6. 1, 7 
From this sum the soldier provided 
not only his arms and clothes, but 
also his daily rations, since among 
the Greeks there was no commissa- 
riat in the modern sense, but each 
soldier bought his own provisions. 

μισθοφορᾶ, ds [μισθός -- R. dep], 
receipt of wages, wages received, 
pay, of soldiers, v. 6. 25, 35, vi. 1. 
1G Aviles. 

μισθοφόρος, ov [μισθός + R. hep], 
receiving pay; subst., of μισθοφό- 
po, mercenary troops, mercenaries, 
Lat. mercennarii, i. 4. 3, iv. 3. 4, 
vii. 8. 15. 

μισθόω, μισθώσω, etc. [μισθός], 
let out for hire; mid., cause to let | 
out for hire, hire, Lat. conduco, Vi. 
4. 13, Vii. 7. 384; pass., be hired, be 
PU 2: le 

μνᾶ, ds, mina, the next to the 
highest denomination in Attic sil-| 
ver money, although never actu- | 
ally minted as a coin, the one- 
sixtieth of the talent, i. 4. 13, v. 
Spl 

The Attic table of money is as 
follows : — 










dpax un 
100 


6000 | 60 τάλαντον 


μνᾶ 


36000 








That is, 6 obols equalled 1 drach- 





ma, 100 drachmas equalled’ 1 mina, 
60 minas equalled 1 talent. 


144 


The weight of the drachma was 
4.366 grams or 67.576 grains of 
pure silver. In one silver dollar 
of U.S. money there are 371.25 
grains of pure silver, so that the 
grain has the legal value of .269+ 
cents. The drachma, therefore, es- 
timated in U.S. silver money, taken 
at its legal value, would be worth 
18+ cents. Taking the value at 
18 cents, we have the following 
table : — 


τάλαντον = $1080.00 
μνᾶ = 18.00 
pax un = 18 
ὀβολός ΞΞ 03 


The ratio of value of silver to 
gold is established by law in the 
U.S. at about 1:16. In Xeno- 
phon’s time it was estimated at 
1:10. On this account the silver 
in an Attic drachma is worth less 


now than it would have been then. 


See dapeckés. 

Attic currency was silver. The 
highest denomination actually 
coined was the ten-drachma piece. 
The commonest coin was the four- 
drachma piece. The accompanying 





No. 44. 


illustration is a representation of 
the drachma, the obverse showing 
the helmeted head of Athena, the 
reverse the owl and olive branch 
and an inscription containing the 
first three letters of the name of 
the goddess. 

μνημεῖον, τό [R. μα], remem- 
brance, memorial, monument, Lat. 


| monumentum, ili. 2. 13. 


145 


μνήμη; ns [R. pa], remembrance, 
memory, Lat. memoria, Vi. 5. 24. 

μνημονεύω, μνημονεύσω, 
νευσα; -εμνημόνευκα, ἐμνημονεύθην [ R. 
μα], aol recollect, Lat. recor- 
dor, iv. 3. 2 


μνημονικός, ή, Ov [R. μα], having | 


a good memory, in sup., vii. 6. 38. 
μνησθῇ, see μιμνήσκω. 
μνησικακέω, μνησικακήσω, ἐμνησι- 

κάκησα [R. μα - κακός], remember 

wrongs received, bear a grudge, 
with dat. of pers. and gen. of cause, 

ii. 4. 1. 
μόλις, adv., with difficulty, hardly, 

only just, Lat. uix, iii. 4. 48, iv. 8. 

28, v. 2. 27, 4. 26, 8. 14, vii. 8. 18; 

μάλα μόλις, with extreme difficulty, 

vii. 1. 389. 
μολυβδίς, (dos, ἡ [μόλυβδος], 

leaden ball, bullet, Lat. glans plum- 

bea, used in slings, ili. 3. 17. 
μόλυβδος, ὁ [cf Lat. plumbum, 

lead], lead, iii. 4. 17. 
μόλωσιν, see βλώσκω. 
μοναρχία, as [μόνος + ἄρχω], rule 

of one; of a general, command in 

chief, Vi. τ΄ 31. 
povaxy, adv. [uovaxds, single, 

solitary, μόνος}, in a single way, 

alone, only ; ἥπερ μοναχῇ; where 

alone, iv. 4. 18. 
μονή, ἧς Ee μα], atarrying, stay, 

US ΝΑῚ ὃ. 6: 
ἘΣ ΠΡ ον [μόνος + ξύλον], 

made of one log, of canoes, ν. 4. 

Tale 
μόνος, 7, ov [cf. Eng. monk, min- 

ster, monastery, monad, and mono- 

in mono-logue, mono-gram, etc. ], 
alone, left alone, by oneself, Lat. 
solus, ili. 1.2, Vv. 2.26, 4.343; alone, 
only, sole, i. 4. 15, ii. 1. 12, iis) Ti. 

41, iv. 6. 3, vi. 3. 5, vii. 7.50; alone 

among or of, with gen., ii. 4. 19, v. 

7. 30; neut. as adv., μόνον, alone, 

only, solely, ii. 5. 14, iii. 2. 19, v. 2. 

NGS ἡ. 10. 
μόσσῦυν, ὕνος, dat. pl. 

6, wooden tower, V. 4. 20. 
Μοσσύνοικοι, of [μόσσὺυν + R. 


μοσσΐύνοις, 


Fux], the Mossynoecit (dwellers in, 


ἐμνημό-. 


μνήμη-Μυσός 


| wooden towers), ἃ rude and barbar- 





|ous but warlike race, living along 


the Euxine west of Trapezus, v. 
4. 2, 8, 15, 5. 1. Their manners 


/ and customs are described in Anab. 


V. 4. 

poo xetos, ον [μόσχος, ὁ, calf], of 
a calf, Lat. witulinus ; κρέα μόσχεια, 
veal, iv. 5. 31. 

pox Ew, μοχθήσω, ἐμόχθησα [ μόχ- 
Gos, ὁ, toil], be burdened, labour, 
toil, Lat. laboro, with περί and 
acc., vi. 6. 31. 

poxAds, 6, bar of a gate or door, 
Lat. sera. The gates of a Greek 
town were double and opened in- 
ward. When closed they were 
barred on the inside by a timber 
(uox és) which crossed them at 
the centre and fitted into the 
posts on each side. A hollow bolt, 
which could be removed only with 
a key, was then shot through a 
hole in the post and in the end of 
the bar. vii. 1. 12, 15. 

pote, suck, abs., iv. 5. 27. 

Mupiavios, ἡ, Myriandus, a city 
in Syria on the gulf of Issus, near 
the later Alexandria, i. 4.6. (Is- 

kanderun. ) 

pupids, ddos, ἡ [μὺρίος, cf. Eng. 
myriad], the number ten thousand, 
myriad, 1. 4. 5, 7. 12, v. 6. 9. 

μύριοι, see μὺῦρίος. 

μυρίος, τ: ov, countless, unnume- 
bered, vii. 1. 30; pl. μύριοι, αι, a, 
as a donnie number, ten thousand, 
being the largest Greek number 
expressed by one word, Lat. decem 
ida 1 tts BL, BD, Gable τ 10. al, 2. 
18) v2 7-9, Vil. 3.485 SO in ‘sing, 
with a collective subst., i. 7. 10. 

μύρον, τό, sweet-smelling oil, iv. 
4. 19: 

Μυσία, as [Μύσιος], Mysia, a 
country in the northwestern part 
of Asia Minor, including Greater 
and Lesser Mysia, vii. 8. 7, 8. 

Μύσιος, a, ov [Μῦσός], belong- 
ing to Mysia, Mysian, i. 2. 10. 

Μυσός, 6, a native of Mysia, a 
Mysian. The Mysians as a nation 


Μυσός-ναῦς 


were noted robbers, and were hos- 
tile to the king, i. 6. 7, 9. 14, ii. 5. 
18, iii. 2. 23. 

Miosds, ὁ, Mysus, a brave My- 
sian in the Greek army, v. 2. 
29 ff. 

μυχός, 0, trnermost part, recess, 
of a mountain, heart, cranny, iv. 
τ. Un 

μῶρος, a, ov [cf. Eng. sopho- 
more], dull, stupid, foolish, Lat. 
stultus, in sup., iil. 2. 22. 

μώρως, ady. [μῶρος], stupidly, 
ΥἹ]. 6. 21. 





ναί, intensive particle [ο΄ v7, 
Lat. né], strongly aftirmative, in 
answers or oaths, certainly, yes, 
with acc. with or without μά (q.v.), 
v. 8. 6, vi. 6. 84, vii. 6. 21. 

vads, 0, temple, Lat. aedes, v. 3. 
9, 12, 18; Attic acc. ϑεών from 
νεώς, 0, V. 3. 8. 

νάπη; 7s, OF νάπος, ous, τό, Woody 
dell, valley, ravine, glen, Lat. sal- 
tus, iv. 5. 15, v. 2. 31, vi. 5. 12, 18, 
20, 31. 

vavapxéw [ναῦς -- ἄρχω], com- 
mand a fleet, be admiral, v. 1. 4, 
Wag 2s Tle 

ναύαρχος, ὁ [vats + apxw], com- 
mander of a fleet, Lat. praefectus 
classis, esp. a Spartan officer, ad- 
mira 4.2, Vis tT. 16516; 13 evil. 
2a 

ναύκληρος, ὁ [ναῦς -- κλῆρος, ὁ, 
lot], shipowner, who generally was 
also master, captain, vii. 2.12, 5. 14. 








146 


ναῦλον or  ναῦσθλον, τό [vats], 
money for passage by ship, fare, 
γ 1: 12: 

ναυπηγήσιμος, 7, ον, OF os, ον [ναῦς 
+R. way], belonging to or jit for 
shipbuilding, vi. 4. 4. 

ναῦς, νεώς, ἡ [vats], ship, Lat. 
nauis, either the merchant vessel, 
vii. 5. 12 ff., or the man-of-war, i. 
4. 2, 5, 5, v. 1. 15 (where ναῦς is 
identified with πεντηκόντορος, g.v.), 
4.10. The former, as designed for 
transport, was broad and roomy, 
and went mainly under sail; the 














ee  , , παετε ν ετακσσσσσταταετεςςετεςς ποκα. 
ΠΕ ΞΞΞ at 1 ΠΣ WW? 
Le VASA SAAS AN 





. 45. 


latter was long and narrow, and 
was propelled in action by oars. 
As here illustrated, each is provided 
with rudders (see 8.0. πηδάλιον), 
a ship’s ladder (see 8.0. κλίμαξ), 
a foredeck, a balustrade running 
along the side of the ship and de- 
signed to serve as a bulwark, a 
single mast supported by two 
stays, and a sail attached to a 
yard which is secured by braces. 
The hull of the merchantman is 


| high above the water, and the bow 


curves upwards and outwards and 
terminates in a point, which is not 
fashioned into a figurehead, but 
has the ‘eye,’ which may have 
been either a hawse hole or of the 
nature of an amulet. The man-of- 
war has the ram, in which is the 
‘eye,’ and two banks of oars. In 
the historical development of ship- 
building among the Greeks the 
merchantman first appears, then 


147 


the pirate ship, which was swifter 
but still capable of stowing plun- 
der, and then the man-of-war. The 
latter reached its perfect form in 
the τριήρης, g.v. See also s.v. πεντη- 
κόντορος, τριᾶκόντορος, and πλοῖον. 
ναῦσθλον, 566 ναῦλον. 
Ναυσικλείδης, ov, Nausiclides, 
who brought pay to the Greek 
army from Thibron, vii. 8. 6. 
ναυσίπορος, ov [ναῦς - R. περ]. 
that can be traversed in ships, of a 
river, navigable, li. 2. ὃ. 
VQUTLKOS, 77, 
ὁν [vats], be- 


longing to 
ships, naval, 
with δύναμις, 
naval power, i. 3. 12. 
νεανίσκος, ὁ, [veavias, young 
man, νέος}, youth, young man, 


a term covering the period from 
boyhood up to forty years, Lat. 
iuuenis, ii. 4. 19, iv. 3. 10, vii. 2. 
33, 7.4; used sneeringly, ii. 1. 15. 

νεῖμαι, See νέμω. 

νεκρός, ὁ [cf. Lat. nex, death, 
neco, slay, Eng. necro-logy, necro- 
mancy|, dead body, corpse, Lat. 
cadauer, iv. 2.18, 23, v. 7. 18, vi. 
4.9. Phrases: ἄνευ πολλῶν νεκρῶν, 
without severe loss, V. 2. 9; οἱ νε- 
κροί, the dead, Lat. mortut, v. 4. 17. 

νέμω, VEU, ἔνειμα. -νενέμηκα, νενέ- 
nua, ἐνεμήθην [R. νεμ]. distribute, 
portion out, award, Lat. distribuo, 
vi. 6.33; of meat, divide up, carve, 
vii. 3. 21; of herdsmen, drive to 
pasture, Lat. pascd ; and so mid. 
of animals, graze, feed, ii, 2. 15, 
and in pass., ὄρος νέμεται αἰξί, the 
mountain is pastured with goats, 
ἵν 6.17. 

νενεμημένων, SEE νέμω. 

νενημένων, See νέω, heap. 

νεόδαρτος, ον [νέος - ἢ. Sap], 
Freshly flayed, iv. 5. 14. 

Νέον τεῖχος, ovs, τό, New Fort, 
a fortress in Thrace west of Perin- 
thus, vii. 5. 8. 

νέος, a, ov [cf. Lat. nouus, new, 
Eng. NEw, neo-phiyte|, young, 








ναῦσϑλον--νεῶν 


fresh, of men, comp. νεώτερος, sup. 
νεώτατος, Lat. dtuwenis, {πη ον, 
minimus nati, 1. 1. 1. 10. 3, iil. 2. 
Billy We te lg 2s ING, ὝΠῚ 4 Op Oh 
grain, new, fresh, this year’s, Lat. 
nowuus, V. 4. 21. 

νεῦμα, ατος, τό [νεύω, nod, cf. 
Lat. adnud, nod at, nuto, nod], 
nod, sign with the head; νεύματος 
μόνου ἕνεκα, for a mere nod, V. 8.20. 

νευρά, ds [cf. νεῦρον), sinew, 
string, esp. bowstring, Lat. neruus, 


No, 46. 


For additional 
s.v. τόξον and 


IVa uO) Vannes 
illustrations, see 
φαρέτρα. 

νεῦρον, τό «Γ΄ Lat. neruus, sinew, 
muscle, Eng. neur-algia|, sinew, 
cord, used in slings, iii. 4. 17. See 
8.0. σφενδόνη. 

νευσόμενοι OF νευσούμενοι, see 
νέω, swim. 

νεφέλη, ns [νέφος, τό, cloud, ef. 
Lat. nubés, cloud, nebula, mist], 
cloud, i. 8. 8, 111. 4. 8. 

véw, ἔνησα, νένημαι, heap, pile 
Up, V. 4. 27. 

νέω (νυ), vevoouar Or νευσοῦμαι. 
-évevoa, -νένευκα [vats], swim, Lat. 
MOCOy ἵν 5. Ὁ 7 cOn ne 

νεωκόρος, ὁ [vads+ R. κελ], keeper 
of atemple, sacristan, Lat. aedituus, 
a priestly officer of high rank, who 
had the superintendence of the 
temple and of its treasures, v. 3. 6. 

Νέων, wvos, 6, Neon, a Spartan 
from Asine, at first lieutenant of 
Chirisophus, v. 3. 4, 6. 86, but af- 
terwards his successor, vi. 4. 11, 
23, and unfriendly to Xenophon, 
Ver qo ΠΥ 2. 19: δ΄ 4, Vil. 2: 17, 29: 

νεώριον, τό [vats+R. 2 Fep], 
place where ships are cared for, 
navy yard, dockyard, Vii. τ. 27. 

νεών, See ναός. 

νεῶν, 566 ναῦς, 


νεωστί-νῦν 


νεωστί, adv. [νέος |, freshly, lately, 
iv. I. 12. 

vy, intensive particle [cf vat], 
used in affirmative oaths, with acc., 
as νὴ Ala, yes, by Zeus! i. 7. 9, v. 

22. 

νῆες, See ναῦς. 

νῆσος, 7 [vats], island, Lat. in- 
sula, ii. 4. 22, vii. 1. 27. 

Νίκανδρος, ὁ, Vicander, of La- 
conia, who killed Dexippus, v. 1. 
15. 

Νίκαρχος, ὁ, Nicarchus, of Ar- 
cadia, who brought the Greeks 
news of the seizure of their gener- 
als, ii. 5. 83; either he or a captain 
of the same name afterwards de- 
serted, iii. 3. 5. 

νϊκάω, νικήσω, etc. [νίκη], con- 
quer, get the upper hand, prevail 
vver, surpass, Lat. uincd, abs. or 
Wilthvacen ale 2: . 9. γε ἢ 0. lillian gre 
4, 8. 1: 2 115, vo 2.18, Win 5.0 18s 
with cognate acc., vi. 5. 23; with 
dat. μάχῃ, ii. τ 4, 6. 5; in the 
pres. often with a sense of pf., be 
victorious, be a victor, i. 8. 21, 10. 
4. δὲ {|| τᾷ 2... 2.90. ἅν. Ὁ: 24. 
Phrases: τὰ μεγάλα νικᾶν, outdo in 
great matters, i. 9. 24; τὰ πάντα 
νικᾶν, be completely victorious, ii. 
I. 1; ἐκ τῆς vikdons (86. γνώμηϑ): 
in conformity to a majority vote, 
Vila ας 18; 2..12. 

νίκη, ns, victory, Lat. wictoria, 
1: ἣν 8. 8. 10: 11 ὦ 99: 

Νικόμαχος, ὁ, Micomachus, of 
Oeta in Thessaly ; volunteered for 
service with his light-armed troops, 
iv. 6. 20. 

νοέω, νοήσω, etc. [R. yva], ob- 
serve, perceive, think out, plan, 
111. 4. 44, v. 6. 28. 

νόθος, 7, ον, OF os, ov, illegitimate, 
bastard, Lat. spurius, ii. 4. 25. 

voun, ἧς [R. ven], pasture, Vv. 3. 
9; herd out at pasture, herd, iii. 
Gere 

νομίζω (vou.d-), νομιῶ, etc. [R. 
ven], regard as a custom; pass., 
be the custom, be usual, Lat. soled, 
iv. 2. 23, vii. 3. 18; so δῶρα a νομί- 


20, 





148 


ζεται, the regular gifts, i. 2.27, and 
τὰ νομιζόμενα, the regular wages, Vii. 
3. 10; own, regard, acknowledge, 
consider, believe, think, fancy, Lat. 
puto, with acc. and inf., i. 1. 8, ii. 
Te US 2. 1, We 5. Si swith mnie. 
A Se 10. Tih ool ὙΠΠῚ 1 ον τι 1. 29. 
vii. 3. 8; with two accs., i. 4. 9, 16, 
ii. 5. 39, ili. 2. 28; with partic., vi. 
6. 24. 

νόμιμος, 7, ov [R. ven], custom- 
ary, usual, lawful, with inf., iv. 6. 
15. 

νόμος, ὁ [R. vep], custom, way, 
Jashion, practice, Lat. mos, i. 2. 15, 
Υ. 4. 33, Vil. 2. 38, 3. 37, 8.5; law, 
Lat. ἴδ, iv. 6. 14; as a musical 
term, mode, strain, Lat. modus, v. 
Be NP 

νοσέω, ἐνόσησα. νενόσηκα [ νόσος]. 
be diseased or tll; of a country, be 
disordered or in a bad condition, 
vii. 2. 32. 

νόσος, ἡ. disease, illness, Lat. 
morbus, V. 3. 3, Vil. 2. 32. 

νότος, ὁ, the south wind, Lat. 
auster, V. 7. 7. 

νουμηνία, as [véos+ μήν], new 
moon, hence first of the month, 
Lat. kalendae, v. 6. 23, 31. 

νοῦς, νοῦ, ὁ [R. yvw], power of 
thought, mind, sense, Lat. méns. 
Phrases: τὸν νοῦν προσέχειν. pay 
attention, abs. or with dat., ii. 4.2, 
iv. 2. 2, vi. 3.18, so τῷ προσέχοντι 
τὸν νοῦν, to the attentive observer, 
1.5.9; ἐν νῷ ἔχειν, purpose, plan, 
intend, iii. 3. 2, 5. 13. ΄ 

νυκτερεύω, ἐνυκτέρευσα [ νύκτερος, 
by night, νύξ]. spend the night, 
bivouac, Lat. pernocto, iv. 4. 11, 5. 
ΤΠ ἀπ τ: 

νύκτα, νυκτί, νυκτός, 566 νύξ. 

νυκτοφύλαξ, axos, ὁ [νύξ - φυ- 
λάττω], night-watch, picket, Lat. 
excubitor, Vii. 2. 18, 3. 34. 

νύκτωρ, adv. [νύξ]. by night, in 
the night, at night, Lat. noctu, iii. 
4. 35, 1V. 4. 9, Vil. 3. 37, 8. 20. 

νῦν, adv. [ο΄ Lat. nunc, now, 
Eng. now ], of time, now, just now, 
just, at present, i. 4. 14, ii. 1. 12, 


149 


{ΠῚ ΣΟΥ 2. 59. νοῦς Θ4.:..21: 
vii. 2. 834; strengthened by δή, vii. 
1. 28, 6.37. Phrases: ἔτι viv, even 
to this day, iii. 2.12; τὸ νῦν εἶναι, 
for the present, iii. 2. 37; τὸν νῦν 
χρόνον, at the present time, Vi. 6. 15. 

νύν, inferential particle, post- 
positive and enclitic, weaker than 
νῦν, g.v., With an imyv., ἔθι νυν, come 
now, vii. 2. 26. 

νυνί, ady., stronger than νῦν, ¢.v., 
even now, at this moment, V. 6. 82, 
Vii. 3. 3. 

νύξ, νυκτός, ἡ [ cf. Lat. nox, night, 
Eng. nicuT], night, i. το. 19, ii. 2. 
LOM nee MSemivaote samvien Εν 18, 
Phrases νυκτός, by night, ii. 6. 1, 

AON dive 10. 11: 2522.5 ays 

eee by night, in the night, where 
the context shows that a particular 
night is meant, ii. 2. 1, iii. 4. 34, 
WG Zh thay 76 1 vat eh 1: διὰ 
νυκτός, all night long, iv. 6. 22: 
μέσαι νύκτες, midnight, i. 7. 1, iii. 
1.333; ἡμέρᾶν καὶ νύκτα, a day and 
a night, vi. 1. 14, cf. vi. 6. 583; καὶ 
νύκτα Kal ἡμέραν, night and day, 
vii. 6. 9. 

νῷ, See νοῦς. 

νῶτον, τό, back, Lat. tergum, v. 


4. 92. 


ἘΞ. 

Ἐανθικλῆς, έους, ὁ, Nanthicles, 
of Achaea, elected general in the 
place of Socrates, iii. 1. 47; fined 
for neglect, v. 8. 1; see also Vii. 
2:1: 

tevia, as [ξένος], tie or bond of 
Triendship or hospitality, Lat. hos- 
pitium, vi. 6. 35. 

Elevias, ov, Nenias, of Parrha- 
sia in Arcadia, general in Cyrus’s 
ΑὙΤΉΝ 515. 1. 09. 21:1... 8. but, atter= 
wards a deserter, i. 3. 7, 4. 7, 8. 

ξενίζω (femd-), ἐξένισα, ἐξένισμαι, 
ἐξενίσθην | ξένος]. entertain a stran- 
ger or guest-friend, entertain, Lat. 
hospitio accipio, Vv. 5. 25, vil. 3. 8, 
6. 3. 








νύν- Ξενοφῶν 


ξενικός, ή. ὄν [ξένος], belonging 
to a foreigner; subst., τὸ ξενικόν 
(sc. στράτευμα), mercenary force, 
is Ba dhs wile 5 Ae 

ξένιος, a, ov [ξένος], belonging to 
a stranger or guest, hospitable, Lat. 
hospitdlis ; Leds ξένιος, see Ζεύς, iil. 
2.4; subst., τὰ ξένια, friendly gifts, 
pledges of ἢ ETSI Aen gifts 
cupayying fr tendship, iv. 8. 28, V. 5. 

, 14, . 15; ἐπὶ ξένια ἐδέχοντο 
se they entertained them at a 
banquet, vi. 1. 3, cf. vii. 6.3, where 
a formal state affair is meant like 
the Lat. lautia. 

Eevoopar, ξενώσομαι, ἐξένωμαι, ἐξε- 
νώθην [ξένος], form a tie of guest- 
friendship with one, become a 
guest-friend, be entertained, with 
dat. of pers., vii. 8. 6, 8. 

ξένος, ὁ [ξένος], stranger, for- 
eigner, Lat. hospes, esp. a foreigner 
with whom one has made a bond 
of friendship and mutual hospital- 
ity under the patronage of Ζεὺς 
ξένιος, a connexion usually ex- 
pressed in Eng. by the term guwest- 
friend, for want of a similar tie in 
modern times; hence ξένος means 
either party to the ᾿οιπρδοῦ; guest, 
host, 11. 10: 3: 3, ii. 1.5, 4. 15, iil. 
1. 4, v. 3. 6, vii. 3. 22; also of. one 
who enters a foreign service for 
pay, mercenary, i. 1. 10, 3. 18, il. 
6. 28. 

Ἐξενοφῶν, ὥντος, 6, Xenophon, an 
Athenian, the author of the Anaba- 
sis. He was the son of Gryllus and 
Diod6ra, was of equestrian rank 
and of the deme Erchia. His birth 
is usually set in 444 B.c., but it 
may have been as late as 454 B.c. 
He was a pupil of Socrates, iii. 1. 
5; in 401 he joined the army of 
Cyrus, not as a soldier, but as the 
companion of his old friend Proxe- 
nus, iii. 1. 4 ff., and took no active 
part until after Cunaxa. When 
the Greek generals were seized and 
put to death by Tissaphernes, Xen- 
ophon aroused the soldiers from 
their dejection and was elected 


"ΞΞέρξης- ξόανον 


Sama in the place of Proxenus, 

5. 34. tla. aod di, Ar Whe 
renmainder of the Anabasis is the 
story of how his courage and skill 
brought the army to Mysia and 
delivered it into the service of the 
Spartan Thibron in the spring of 
399 B.c., vil. 8.24. He was ban- 
ished from Athens on account of 
his serving against the Persians and 
with Spartans, and in 
394 B.c. left Asia Minor 
with Agesilaus and fol- 
lowed him against The- 
bes and Athens in the battle of 
Coronéa, Vv. 3.6. The Spartans pre- 
sented him with an estate at Scillus 
in Elis about 387, where he erected 
a little temple to Artemis, v. 3. 7 ff., 
and where he lived in retirement 
with his wife Philesia, and his sons 
Gryllus 4nd Diodorus. Here were 
written his well-known works. 
After the battle of Leuctra, 371 
B.c., the Eléans drove him out of 
Scillus and he went to Corinth. 
According to some the Athenians 
withdrew their sentence of banish- 
ment against him, and his last 
years were spent in his native city ; 
others state that he died in Cor- 
inth. It is certain that his sons 
were in the service of Athens, and 
that the elder fell at Mantinéa in 
362. Xenophon himself died not 
later than 355. His principal works 
were the Anabasis, Hellenica, 
Memorabilia of Socrates, Cyropae- 
dia, Symposium, and (if they be 
genuine works of Xen.) the Lace- 
daemonian State and Agesilaus. 

ἘΞέρξης, ov (Pers. Khshyarshan, 
of doubtful meaning, chief ? 
ruler ?], Xerxes, son of Darius 
Hystaspes and Atossa, king of 
Persia from 485 to 465 B.c., chiefly 
famous for his mighty but ill-fated 
expedition against Greece, i. 2. 9, 
iii. 2. 18. 

ξεστός, 7, ov [verbal of ξέω. 
scrape, polish], scraped, planed, 
polished, Lat. politus, iii. 4. 10. 








150 


_Enpaive (Enpav-), ξηρανῶ, ἐξή- 
pava, ἐξήρασμαι, ἐξηράνθην [ξηρός], 
parch, dry, Lat. sicco, of fruits, i. 
20 lbs 

ξηρός, a, ov, dry, Lat. siccus, iv. 


ξίφος, ous, τό, sword, Lat. gla- 
dius: Tis 29) ΝΣ δ 21) avila ἘΠ Θ 
The ξίφος had a straight blade and 





oe 


No. 47. 


was double edged, and was there- 
by distinguished from the μάχαιρα. 
q.v. Both were short, as compared 
with modern swords. The cross- 
bar, or guard, of the ξίφος was not 
large; the hilt was often orna- 
mented. The ξίφος was carried in 
a scabbard of metal, or of leather 





No. 48. 


with metal mountings, which rested 
on the left side of the body and was 
supported by a strap that passed 
over the right shoulder. See s.v. 
ὅπλον, ὁπλύτης, and πυρρίχη (where 
note the shape of the edge of the 
blade). 

ξόανον, τό [ξέω, cf. Eexrds], piece 
of carved work, esp. carved image 
of a god placed in a temple, v. 3. 
12. 


151 


ξυήλη, ns [ξύω, scrape, akin to 
ξέω, of. Eeatds], tool for scraping, 
hence, curved or sickle-shaped dag- 
ger, used by the Spartans, iv. 7. 
16, 8. 25. 

ξυλίζομαι (ξυλιδ-) [ξύλον], gather 
wood or faggots, Lat. lignor, with 
ex and gen., ii. 4. 11. 

ξύλινος, 7, ov [ξύλον], made of 
wood, wooden, Lat. ligneus, i. 8. 9, 
is ty Dy Wo 2S. Os 

ξύλον, τό [cf. Eng. zy/onite], 
wood, Lat. Agnum, as material, v. 
4. 12, or piece or bar of wood, i. το. 
12; esp. in pl., wood, beams, logs, 
CRECS UCL a ἃς δ: tone ll 1: Ὁ; 2. 10, 
iv. 4. 12, v. 2. 28, 26, vi. 4.4, 5. 


oO. 


ὁ, 7, τό, def. art., the, originally 
a dem. pron. but retaining this 
force in Attic chiefly in the ex- 
pressions ὁ μὲν... ὁ δέ in all cases, 
sing. and pl., this... that, the one 
... the other, he... the rest, i. 1. 
Ug HOS oy ΠΡ 25 Ὁ; Π| 2.1, wi 10. ἵν: 
3. 53, Vil. 2.2; sometimes ὁ δέ is 
found without a preceding ὁ μέν, 
and he, but he, i. τ, 8, 4, 9, 2. 2, 16, 
3. 21, ii. 3. 4, iv. 5. 10; pl., others, 
the nest, 1. 5. 18. 10: 3, iL, 3, 10, iv. 
1. 14, v. 4. 951 ; τὰ μέν or τὰ μέν τι 

.. 7a δεν partly... partly, iv. 1: 


Aly GF DA hey... réhos 86, at | 


Jirst ... finally, i. 9.6; τῇ μὲν... 


τῇ δέ, in this respect... in that, | 


111. 1.12, ef. iv.8.10. In its proper 
use as the article, ὁ, 7, τό, it corre- 
sponds in general to the Eng. art., 
although it is sometimes wanting 
in Greek where we should use it, i. 
1.1, 4.4, or is used where we omit 
it, as with proper names to mark 
them as well known or before men- 
WOMNECL, 1h Th Ὁ. 2: Bh 4 WA ak, 3: 8. able 
4. 39, vi. 1. 15, vii. 2. 8, or before 
numerals when they denote an ap- 
proximate number, i. 2. 10, 7. 10, 
il, 6. 15, iv. 8.15. It may be used 





ξυήλη--ὅδε 


restrictively, marking the thing to 
which it refers as well known, i. 2. 
9, as customary, usual, or proper, 
13220). 5.20, ll. 1. 25, v. ὁ: 20: 
Vii. 6. 23, or as belonging to a per- 
son, where we use a poss. pron., i. 
I. 1, 3, iv. 6. 26, v. 6.6; sometimes 
it has a distributive force, as in τοῦ 
μηνὸς τῷ στρατιώτῃ, per month to 
each soldier, i. 3.21. The neuter 
τό ΟΥ̓ τά is often used before a gen., 
as τὰ Κύρου, Cyrus’s relations, i. 3. 
9; τὰ τῶν στρατιωτῶν, the condition 
of the troops, iii. 1.20; τὰ ἐκείνων, 
their property, ν. 1.9, but οἱ ἐκείνου, 
his men, i. 2. 15. The art. is used 
before a partic., as οἱ φεύγοντες, 
the exiles, i. 1.7, ὁ βουλόμενος, who- 
ever wishes, 1. 3. 9, οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ τολ- 
μήσων, there is not a man that will 
venture, ii. 3. 5, cf. 4. 5; with inf. 
as subst., ii. 4. 3, 6.19; before ad- 
verbs, in phrases like οἱ οἴκοι. those 
at home, i. 2.1, οἱ ἔνδον, those within, 
il. 5. 92, of τότε, the men of that 
day, ii. 5. 11, εἰς τὸ πρόσθεν, for- 
ward, i. το. 5, but τὸ πρόσθεν, be- 
fore, i. 10.10; before prepositions, 
in phrases like οἱ παρὰ βασιλέως, 
men from the king, i. τ. 5, οἱ ἐκ τῆς 
ἀγορᾶς, market men, i. 2. 18, οἱ σὺν 
αὐτῷ, his men, i. 2. 15, τὰ παρὰ 
βασιλέως, news from the king, ii. 3. 
4, τὰ περὶ IIpotévov, the fate of 
Proxenus, li. 5. 37, τὸ πρὸς ἑσπέρᾶν, 
westward, vi. 4. 4, τὰ map ἡμῖν, 
our condition, Vi. 3. 26. 

6, see ds. 

ὀβελίσκος, ὁ [ὀβελός, ὁ, spit, ef. 
Eng. obelisk], little spit, Lat. weru, 
vii. 8. 14. 

ὀβολός, ὁ, obol, an Attic coin, 
worth about three cents, i. 5. 6. 
See s.v. μνᾶ. 

ὀγδοήκοντα, indecl. [ὀκτώ + εἴ- 
κοσι], eighty, Lat. octoginta, iv. 8. 
15, v. 4. 31. 

ὄγδοος, 7, ov [ὀκτώ], eighth, Lat. 
octauus, iv. 6. 1. 

ὅδε, ἥδε, τόδε, dem. pron. [6+ 
-de], this, referring to what is close 
at hand, but more emphatically 


ὁδεύω-οἰκέω 


than οὗτος, accompanied generally 
with a gesture, ii. 3. 19, vil. 3. 47; 
often referring to what is to fol- | 
low, while otros regularly refers to | 
what ed the following, i. τ. 
Θὲ τοι 20. Ἢ; 17; λέγει τάδε, he | 
spoke as foils, 1 52 1b; Tee 20S 
dat. as adv., τῷδε, in the ‘following 
manner, thus, ii. 3,1 5 τῆδει OL 
place, here, vii. 2. 15. 

ὁδεύω, ὠδευσα [ὁδός], go one’s 
way, march, with διά and gen., 
vii. 8. 8. 

ὁδοιπορέω, ὠδοιπόρησα, ὁδοιπεπό- 
ρήηκα [ὁδός Ἐ1Ν. περ], go by land, 
γ ee 

ὁδοποιέω, ὠδοποίησα, ὠδοποίημαι 
[ὁδός + ποιέω]. make a road, make 
passable, mend a road, abs., with 
ὁδόν, or with dat. of pers., li. 2. 
DAV Os δεν. ἘΞ 19. 164. maaile 

ὁδός, ἡ [ὁδός]. way road, path, 
Lat. ae 2 No 25,0: 15. 1 25 10 
ἈΞ Tito. 424 ν 10.2.8} 
ΠΤ, 2. ὟΣ ΣἹ ὙΠ 3 Ao 
march, journey, i. 4. 11, 5. 9, ii. 2. 
12S iit Os Onlys 2. |0 5 νὉ he anvils 
3. 16, vii. 3. 2, 16; way, means, ii. 
6. 22. 





᾿Οδρύσης, ov, an Odrysian, Vii. | 

1, 7. 11, pl. the Odrysae, a| 
Thracian tribe whose power once 
extended from Abdéra to the Ister 
and the Pontus, and from Byzan- | 
tium to the Strymon, but it de-!| 
clined at the end of the fifth cen- 
tury, B.C., Vii. 2. 32 (ef. 22), 3. 16, 

ee ge 15, ΠΕ 


ἸΟβυ ον éws, ὁ, Odysseus, of | 
_As subst., of οἰκεῖοι, one’s family, 


Ithaca, son of Laertes and Anti- 
cléa, husband of Penelope and 
father of Telemachus. He was 


one of the most famous chiefs | 


before Troy, and is the hero of 
the Odyssey ; the incident referred 
to in v. 1.2 is related in Od. xiii. 
79 ff. 

ὅθεν, ady. [és], from which place, 
whence, from which side or source, 


15 


| clause, 


ΚΠ scaler 
| surely, certainly, V. 7. 30. 


| 





Latewndent.. 2. 8; Vil: 32. 5; ὁ: 1297. 
1; in indir. questions, ii. 4. 5, v. 7. 


a 


6; of persons, from whom. ii. 5.26. 


9 


- 


ὅθενπερ, adv., stronger than ὅθεν, 


q.v., from which very place, ii. 


1.3 

ol, see ὁ. 

οἵ, see ὅς. 

ot, to him, see ov. 

οἶδα, 2 pf. with pres. sense, 
plpf. as impf. ἤδειν, fut. εἴσομαι 
[R. Fb], know, understand, feel 


| sure, have knowledge of, be ac- 


quainted with, abs. or ὙΠῸ acc., 
i. 4. 12, 7. 4, 8. 21, iv. 1. 22, 23, v. 
7. 23, Vi. 1. 31, Vil. 7.7; with acc. 
and ὅτι with a clause, ii. 4. 6, visit 
32; Bs ὅτι and a clause, 1. 3. 15, 
il, Te 86. γι τὸ 21; χν 8: 10. τ 
98; maid a partic. in nom. or acc., 
i. 10. 16, ii. 1. 18, v. 8. 15, vii. 6. 12, 
7. 22; with εἰ, whether, or a rel. 
1 1... 5. 2. ἢ. 45 11: τ 10: 
v. 7. 6. Phrases: χάριν εἰδέναι, 
abs. or with dat. of pers. and gen. 
of cause, be grateful, si thank- 
ful, Lat. gratias habere, wae Lo; 
vii. 4. 9, 6. 32 ; ἐπι Ὲ οὐ το. 
know the way in every direction, 
οἷδ᾽ ὅτι, parenthetically, 


οἴει, 566 οἴομαι. 

οἴκαδε, adv. [R. Εἰκ7. to one’s 
home, homeward, to one’s native 
country, Lat. domum, i. 2. 2, ii. 3. 
23, ili. 2. 24, iv. 6. 3, vii. 8. 2; τῆς 
οἴκαδε ὁδοῦ, the return march, iii. 
Ἐ- ὩΣ 

οἰκεῖος, a, ov [R. Fix], belonging 
to one’s house, home or family, 
hence familiar, intimate, Lat. fa- 
miliaris, with dat. of pers., ii. 6. 28. 


kinsmen, relatives, friends, iii. 2. 
26, 39, 3. 4, vii. 1. 29. 
οἰκείως, adv. [R. Fux], in a 


Friendly way, kindly, vii. 5. 16. 


οἰκέτης, ov [R. Fux], meniber of 
one’s household ; pl., household, in- 
cluding slaves, Lat. domestici, iv. 
5. 35, 6.1, but esp. slaves, servants, 
Lat. famuli, ii. 3. 15, vi. 6. 1. - 

olkéw, οἰκήσω. etc. [R. Fuk], have 
a home, dwell, live, Lat. habito, 
colo, abs., with ἀνά, κατά, or παρά 


159 


and acc., ἐν and dat., or ὑπέρ and 
ὍΠΟΥ τ Oe 2. 24. 7} 0] 11... 2. 18; 
ΤΠ 6, 24. π᾿ 10. ἵν. GS 1 als tis Sy 
vii. 5.13; dwell in, live in, inhabit, 
ΜΠ ΘΟ. 111. 2. 29. 4.0 ἵν 7 ale 
of ἃ city, have its place, be situated, 
lie, with παρά and ace., v. 1. 13; 
in pass., be inhabited or peopled, 
Der stiated. 1 2. On 14 2: 10 tee 
25, v. 4. 15, vi. 4. 6. 

οἴκημα, ατος, TO [R. Fuk], dwell- 
ing, house, Lat. domicilium, vii. 
4. 15. 

οἴκησις, ews, ἡ [R. Fux], act of 
dwelling, dwelling place, residence, 
Lat. habitatio, vil. 2. 38. 

οἰκία, as [R. Fuk], house, Lat. 
CONUS Me 2. 10: 11 Tele ivaniess; 
5. 25, v. 2. 1, vii. 2. 6. 

οἰκίζω (οἰκιδ- ), οὐ- 
κιῶ, ᾧκισα, ᾧκισμαι, 
φκίσθην [R. Fux], 
found, settle, colo- 
nize, of a city, Lat. 
condo, v. 6. 17, Vi. 
4.14, 6.3; pass., of 
a person, be settled, v. 3. 7. 

olkoSopéw, οἰκοδομήσω, etc. 


[R. 
Fuck + déuw, build, cf. Lat. domus, 
house], build a house, build, Lat. 


wedijico, 1.2. ᾽ν 4 20: of ἃ 
wall, construct, erect, ii. 4. 12, iii. 
4.1: 

οἴκοθεν, adv. [R. Fux], from one’s 
house, away from home, Lat. domo, 
iii. 1. 4, iv. 8. 25. 

οἴκοι, adv. [R. Fux], at home, in 
one’s own country, Lat. domi, vii. 
4. 24, 8.4. Phrases: οἱ οἴκοι, one’s 
countrymen or family, i. τ. 10, 2. 
1, 7. 4, iii. 2. 26, v. 6. 20; τὰ οἴκοι; 
home life, i. 7.4; τοῖς οἴκοι τέλεσι, 
the home government, vii. 1. 34. 

οἰκονόμος, ὁ [R. Fue+ R. vep], 
household superintendent, house- 
ae steward, Lat. dispensdator, 

i. g. 19. 

οἶκος, ὁ [R. Fux], house regarded 
as a home; so of an official resi- 
dence, ii. 4. 8. 

οἰκτείρω (oikrep-), οἰκτερῶ, ᾧκτειρα 
[οἶκτος, 6, pity], pity, Lat. misereor, 











οἴκημα-οἷος 


abs. or with acc., i. 4. 7, iii. 1. 19, 
vii. 2. 6. 

οἶμαι, 566 οἴομαι. 

οἶνος, ὁ [cf. Lat. uinwm, wine], 
ὙΠ). Ὁ 2.19. Ὁ: 20; 1 4.28. bt, 
4. dl, iv. 2. 22, v. 4. 29, vii. 2. 23; 
οἶνος φοινίκων, palm wine, ii. 3. 14, 
cf. i. 5. 10; οἶνος κρίθινος, barley 
wine, 1.6. beer, iv. 5. 26. 

οἰνοχόος, ὁ [οἶνος + xéw, pour, (7. 
ἐγχέω], one who pours wine, cup- 
bearer, iv. 4. 21, vii. 3. 24, 29. At 
a Greek symposium the οἰνοχόοι 
were usually young slaves. Their 


duty was to mix the wine, bring 
in the mixers (see 
8.0. κρᾶτήρ), and with 
long-handled 


ladles 





or with wine-jugs dip the wine from 
the mixers and fill the drinking 
cups for the guests, who received 
them as they reclined upon the 
couches. 

οἴομαι or οἶμαι, οἰήσομαι, φήθην, 
think, believe, suppose, expect, 


fancy, abs. or parenthetically, like 


Lat. opinor, i. 5. 8, 9. 22, ii. 1. 16, 
lil, 1. 15, v. 8. 22) vii. 6. 38; also 
with inf. or acc. and inf. (freq. 
with dv), i. 3.6, ii. 1. 1, iii. 1. 38, 
ἵν 2: ὉΠ Yo Cray) Wo, le bob ue Be 26, vii. 
6. 17; with fut. inf., ὙΠΟ. 7a ὃ, 
15. τ PA, wht τ΄ 17, Wo Be 6. 
οἷος, a, ov, rel. pron., as a rel., 
Lat. qualis, often with the correl- 
ative τοιοῦτος omitted, such as, of 
such a kind as, ii. 3 15, 6. 8, v. 8. 
3; so with inf. as οὐ yap ἣν wpa οἵα 
ἄρδειν, it was not the proper sea- 
son for watering, ii. 3. 13; hence, 
in the phrases οἷός τέ εἰμι with inf., 
1 am able, T can, v. 4. 9, and οἷόν 


οἱόσπερ-ὁλοίτροχος 


τέ ἐστι and inf., it ts possible, i. 3. 
17, iii. 3. 9, iv. 2. 3, also without 
ἐστί, ii. 2. 9; 4. 6, ili. 3. 15, so ws 
οἷόν Te μάλιστα πεφυλαγμένως, as 
guardedly as possible, ii. 4. 24; 
freq. in indir. questions, of what 
sort or nature, what kind of, i. 3. 
13,074, i. 2.0, 5. 10) 12 1.19. vate 
7: 4; SO ὁρῶν ἐν οἵοις ἐσμέν, seeing 
in what straits we are, iii. 1. 15. 
With sup. οἷον χαλεπώτατον, Lat. 
quam difficillimum, as strong as 
possible, iv. 8. 2, of. vii. 1. 24. 
Neut. as adv., οἷον, just as, for ex- 
ample, iv. 1. 14, vii. 3. 32. 

οἷόσπερ, ἅπερ, ὄνπερ, a Stronger 
form of οἷος, g.v., just exactly as, 
just such as, i. 3. 18, 8. 18, iv. 4. 
16, v. 4. 18, vii. 7. 47. 

οἷς, οἱός, acc. pl. ois, ἡ [ef. Lat. 
ouis, Eng. EWE], sheep, iv. 5. 25, 
vi. 2. 3. 

οἴσει, See φέρω. 

οἶσθα, 566 οἶδα. 

οἰστός, 6, arrow, Lat. sagitta, ii. 
1.6. See s.v. τόξευμα. 

Οἰταῖος, ὁ [Οἴτη. Oeta], an Οε- 
taean, one who lives near Mt. Oeta 
in Thessaly, iv. 6. 20. 

οἴου, see οἴομαι. 

οἴχομαι, οἰχήσομαι, pres. with 
force of pf., be gone, have gone, i. 
4. 8; Made Gs ἵν. 2: 980: Ἐ- 24: νεῦσις 
14; be missing, be dead, iii. 1. 32 ; 
esp. with partic. expressing the 
leading idea, i. ro. 5, 16, ii. 4. 24, 
lil: 5: 5, T¥.6.3,-¥e 4 11: 

οἰωνός, ὁ [R. 2 aF], large bird 
or bird of prey, hence, as auguries 
were taken from the flight of such 
birds, omen, sign, portent, like 
Lat. awis, iii. 2. 9, vi. 1. 28, 5. 21. 

ὀκέλλω, ὠκειλα [R. KeA], run 
ashore, strike, of ships, vii. 5. 12. 

ὀκλάζω (ὀκλαδ-), ὥκλασα, crouch 
down, squat, in a dance, sink 
down, Vi. 1. 10. 

ὀκνέω, ὀκνήσω, ὥκνησα [ὄκνος]; 
shrink from an act, hesitate, with 
inf., i. 3. 17; dread, fear, with μή 
and subjy. or opt., ii. 3.9, 4. 22, vi. 
6. 5. 








154 


ὀκνηρῶς, adv. [ὀκνηρός, shrink- 
ing, ὄκνος]. with hesitation, reluc- 
tantly, vii. 1. 7. 

ὄκνος, 6, hesitation, reluctance, 
with inf., iv. 4. 11. 

ὀκτακισχίλιοι, αι, a [ὀκτώ + χί- 
λιοι], eight thousand, V. 3. 3, 5. 4. 

ὀκτακόσιοι, aL, a [ὀκτώ ΒΕ" ἑκατόν], 
eight hundred, Lat. octingenti, i. 2. 
9, vii. 8. 15. 

ὀκτώ, indecl. [ὀκτώ], eight, Lat. 
octo, i. 2. 6, ii. 4. 13, iii. 4. 3, vi. 3. 5. 

ὀκτωκαίδεκα, indecl. [oxrad+ 
δέκα]. eighteen, Lat. octodecim, iii. 

8 


4. 5. 

ὄλεθρος, ὁ [ὄλλῦμι, destroy, cf. 
ἀπόλλυμι), destruction, killing, 
death, i. 2. 26. 

ὀλίγος, 7, ov [ef. Eng. olig- 
archy|, few, Lat. paucus, of num- 
DEL jive 9. θθ» 7. 7 γῆν. 7 aoe 
esp. as subst. masc. pl., a few men, 
a handful, i. 5.12, 7. 20, iii. 1. 3, 
iv. 2. 10,‘v. 0:16, vil) 0-12): sotisize: 
time, space, or amount, small, 
little, brief, short, trifling, Lat. 
paruus, iil. 3. 9, 15, v. 6. 15, vii. 1. 
23, 7.36; neut. as ady., ὀλίγον, a 
little, iii. 4. 46, iv. 8. 20, vii. 2. 20. 
Phrases: αὐτοῦ ὀλίγου δεήσαντος 
καταλευσθῆναι, though he had been 
almost stoned to death, i. 5. 14; 
ἐπ᾿ ὀλίγων, few in depth, iv. 8. 11; 
ὀλίγᾶς (sc. πληγᾶς) παίσειεν, had 
struck too few blows, v. 8.12; map 
ὀλίγον ἐποιοῦντο Κλέανδρον, they 
treated Cleander as a man of no 
account, Lat. paruit fecerunt, vi. 6. 
11; κατ᾽ ὀλίγους, in small parties, 
vii. 6. 29. 

ὀλισθάνω (ὀλισθ-), 2 aor. ὥλισθον, 
slip, iii. 5. 11. 

ὀλισθηρός, a, dv [ὀλισθάνω], slip- 
pery, Lat. lubricus, iv. 3. 6. 

ὁλκάς, ddos, ἡ [ἕλκω], ship of 
burden (named ὁλκάς because orig- 
inally it was towed), merchantman, 
Lat. nduis oneraria, i. 4. 6. See 
8.0. ναῦς. 

ὁλοίτροχος, 6 [root Εελ, roll, cf. 
Lat. wolud, roll, + τρέχω], rolling 
stone, round stone, iv. 2.3 


155 


ὁλοκαυτέω [ὅλος + καίω]. bring a | 


whole burnt offering, instead of the 
usual portions, offer a@ holocaust, 
abs. or with acc. of the victim, vii. 
8. 4, 5. 

ὅλος, 7, ον [cf. Lat. saluus, sound, 
safe, solidus, whole], whole, all, 
entire, complete, Lat. totus, i. 2.17, 
1 9. 10. 1|15. 2: 1 ν 2: ash τη 8105 
trib. position, iv. 8. 11. 

᾿Ολυμπία, as [᾿Ολύμπιος, Olym- 
pian,” Ὄλυμπος, ὁ, Olympus], Olym- 
pia, situated on the right bank of 
the Alphéus in the district of Pisa- 
tis in Elis. It was never a real 
city, but a sacred precinct with 
temples, public buildings, and 
few dwelling houses. It was fa- 
mous for its shrines, esp. the tem- 
ple of Zeus, v. 3. 11, containing his 
statue by Phidias, and for the cele- 
bration of the Olympian games, v. 
3. 7, which were held there period- 
ically for over a thousand years. 

᾽Ολύνθιος, ὁ [[Ὄλυνθος, ἡ, Olyn- 
thus], an A native of Olyn- 
thus, 1. 2.6, vil. 4. 7, the principal 
city in the Chaleidlian peninsula at 
the head of the Toronaic Gulf. In 
spite of the endeavours of Demos- 
thenes, it was destroyed by Philip 
of Macedon, s.c. 347. 

ὁμαλής, és [ἅμα], even, level, 
Lat. aequus, planus, of ground, i 
So Ὁ ὁμαλὲς ἰέναι, march over ἜΣ 
ground, iv. 6. 12. 

ὁμαλός, 7, dv [apa], even, level, 
Lat. aequus, planus, of ground, iv. 
6.12; ἐν τῷ ὁμαλῷ, in the plain, 
iv. 2. 16. 

ὁμαλῶς, adv. [apa], evenly, in 
even step or line, i. 8. 14. 

ὅμηρος, ὁ [ἅμα - R. ap], hostage, 
Lat. obses, vi. 3. 9, vii. 4. 12, 7. 53; 
with gen., iii. 2. 24. 

Spiréer, ὁμιλήσω, ὠμίλησα, ὠμί- 
Anka [ἅμα + ἴλη], associate with, 
consort with, ili. 2. 25. 

ὁμίχλη, ns [cf. Eng. mist], va- 
pour, mist, fog, iv. 2. 7. 

ὄμμα, aros, τό [R. om], eve, Lat. 
oculus ; hence, look, pl., vii. 7. 46. 





c , ε ᾿ 
ὁλοκαυτέω-ὁμόσε 


ὄμνυμι OF ὀμνύω (ὀμ-, 6uo-), ὁμοῦ- 
μαι, ὦμοσα, ὀμώμοκα, ὀμώμο(σ)μαι, 
᾽ 
ὠμό(σγθην, swear, swear to or by, 


take an oath, Lat. iuro, abs. or 
with acc. of thing sworn, ii. 2. 9, 


3. 28, 4. 7; with dat. of pers. to 
whom or ace. of gods by whom, ii. 
3 Ally ls By ΜΠ: ails 5 IS yale Ὁ: 
18; with inf., vi. 6° 17, vii. 7. 40; 
with fut. inf., ii. 2. 8, 3. 27, 5. 39; 
with ἐπὶ τούτοις. ili. 2. 4. 

ὅμοιος, a, ov [ἅμα], like, similar, 
resembling, of the same kind, Lat. 
similis, of persons and ara Υ. 4 
21, 84; with dat., iv. 1. 17, vi. 
16 ; with inf. (but some iad πο 
ὅμοιοι ἦσαν θαυμάζειν, they were like 
to wonder, they seemed amazed, iii. 
5.15. Phrases: ἐν τῷ ὁμοίῳ, on a 
level, iv. 6. 18 ; οἱ ὅμοιοι, equal citi- 
zens, peers in its literal sense, a 
name applied to Spartans pos- 
sessed of full civic rights, iv. 6. 
14. 

ὁμοίως, adv. [apa], in like man- 
ner, alike, Lat. similiter, i. 3. 12, vil. 
6.10; ὁμοίως ὥσπερ, like as though, 
just as if, Lat. aequé ac, Vi. 5. 31. 

ὁμολογέω, ὁμολογήσω, etc. [ἅμα + 
R. Aey], hold the same views about 
anything, agree, admit, confess, 
own, Lat. confiteor, concedo, abs. 
and generally parenthetically, also 
ὙΠ aceon imi, 1: 6. {7 8; 11. 6... 
v. 8.3, vi. 6.17, 26; concede, grant, 
admit, abs., with acc., or with inf., 
vi. 1.27, 28, 3.9, vil. 4. 13; in pass. 
used pers. where we use an im- 
pers. const., i. 9. 1, 14, 20. 

ὁμολογουμένως, adv. [ἅμα + R. 
dey], avowedly, by common con- 
86 nt ; 50 with ἐκ πάντων, ii. 6. 1. 

ὁμομήτριος, a, ον [ἅμα - μήτηρ], 
born of the same mother, iii. 1. 17. 

ὁμοπάτριος, a, ον [ἅμα - πατήρ], 
begot by the same father, iii. 1. 17. 

ὀμόσαι, See durum. 

ὁμόσε, adv. [ἅμα], fo the same 
spot; in military phrases, to close 
quarters, hand to hand, Lat. com- 
minus, With θεῖν, χωρεῖν, and ἰέναι, 
ili. 4. 4, V. 4, 26, vi. 5. 29 


ὁμοτράπεϊζος- ὀπισθοφύλαξ 


ὁμοτράπεζος, ον [ἅμα - τέτταρες 
+R. ed], αὐ the same table with 
one, a table companion, Lat. con- 
uictor, a title of honour among 
the Persians, applied to those who 
dined in the same apartment with 
the king, but not at his table, i. 8. 
25, iii. 2. 4. 

ὁμοῦ, adv. [ἅμα]. together, at 
once, at the same place or time, 
Lat. simul, und, of place, time, or 
association, i. 10. 8, iv. 2. 22, 5. 
29, v. 4.25; with gen. (some read 
dat.), ὁμοῦ εἶναι, join, meet, iv. 6. 
24, 

ὀμφαλός, 6 [cf Lat. wmbilicus, 
navel, Eng. NAVE, NAVEL], navel, 
Mie Ss Ze 

ὅμως, adv. [ἅμα]. all the same, 
for all that, nevertheless, Lat. ta- 
men, generally followed by δέ or 
preceded by ἀλλά, i. 3. 21, 11. 1. 9, 
We 2: 9. Wer Sle oh 19. ὙἿΣ τ᾿ oil) 
vii. 1. 10; after a concessive par- 
tic., yet, still, however, i. 8. 23, iil. 
1. 10, 2. 16, v. 5. 17; so when the 
idea of concession precedes, with- 
out a partic., ii. 2. 17, 4. 23. 

ὄν, see εἰμί. 

ὅν, see ὅς. 

ὄναρ, τό, only in nom. and acc., 





dream, vision, Lat. somnium, i. | 


I. 12, 13. Phrase: εἶδεν ὄναρ, he 


had a dream, iii. 1. 11, cf. iv. 3. 8, | 


vi. 1. 22. 


ὀνείρατα, 3d decl., τά [ef. dvap], | 
metaplastic form of ὄνειρος or dvec- | 


pov, dream, vision of the night, Lat. 
somnium, iv. 3. 15. 

ὀνῆσαι, See ὀνίνημι. 

ὀνίνημι (ὀνα-), ὀνήσω, ὥὦνησα, 
2 aor. mid. ὠνήμην, ὠνήθην, help, 
benefit, aid, assist, iii. 1. 38, v. 6. 
20, vi. 1. 32, vii. 1. 21; pass., de- 
rive benefit, gain advantage, v. 
5 ee 

ὄνομα, atos, τό [R. yw], name, 
Lat. nomen, i. 5. 4, ii. 5. 15, iv. 7. 
21, v. 2.29; in acc., by name, i. 2. 
23, ii. 4. 28, vi. 2. 3, but in i. 4. 
11 some read dat.; name, fame, 
renown, ii. 6. 17, v. 6. 17. 


| 6. 





156 


ὀνομαστί, adv. [R. γνω], by 
name, Lat. nominatim, with καλεῖν, 
vi. 5. 24, vii. 4. 15. 

ὄνος, ὁ [cf. Lat. asiius, ass, Eng. 
Ass], @38,/i1. 1. 6, 1. 5. Ὁ. Vv. δι; 
ὄνοι ἄγριοι, wild asses, 1. 5. 2; ὄνους 
adéras, see ἀλέτης, i. 5. ὃ. 

ὄντα, see εἰμί. 

ὄξος, ous, τό [R. ak], sour wine, 
1 2. 18 

ὀξύς, εἴα, ὑ [R. ak], sharp, esp. 
to the taste, sowr, bitter, of wine, 
Lat. acerbus, v. 4. 29. 

ὅπερ, See ὅσπερ. 

ὅπῃ, relative adv., of place, 
where, Lat. qud, iv. 2. 12, vi. 4. 3; 
of manner, in what way, how, ii. 1. 
19, iv. 5. 1; of direction, whither, 
y. 6. 20, vii. 6. 37. In indir. ques- 
tions, i. 4. 8, vi. 1. 21. 

ὁπηνίκα, relative adv., at what 
hour, Lat. quando, iii. 5. 18. 

ὄπισθεν, adv. [ὀπίσω]. from be- 
hind, from the rear, behind, at the 
rear, Lat. ἃ tergd, i. 10. 6, ili. 4. 14, 
iv. 2. 25, 3: ἡ, vil. 4. 1%; αὐ 8 
bottom, v. 4.12. Phrases: ὄπισθεν 
γενόμενος, getting behind, i. 8. 24; 
ποιήσασθαι ὄπισθεν τὸν ποταμόν, put 
the river at one’s back, i. το. 9, cf. 
vi. 5. 18; of ὄπισθεν, the hindermost, 
the rear of an army, Lat. nouissimi, 
iv. 2. 26, v. 8.16; τὰ ὄπισθεν; the 
rear guard, iii. 4.40; εἰς τοὔπισθεν 
τοξεύοντες. letting fly behind them, 
iii. 3. 10; ἐκ τοῦ ὄπισθεν ἐπίσποιτο, 
should follow in their rear, iv. 1. 
With gen., i. 7. 9, iv. 2. 9, vi. 
5. 16. 

ὀπισθοφυλακέω, ὠπισθοφυλάκησα 
[ὄπισθεν- φυλάττω], guard the rear, 
command or bring up the rear, form 
the rear guard, of generals or sol- 
diers, ii. 3. 10, iii. 2. 36, 3. 8, iv. 2. 
4, vii. 3. 40. 

ὀπισθοφυλακία, as [ὄπισθεν + 
φυλάττω]. office of guarding the 
rear, command of the rear, iv. 6. 
19. 

ὀπισθοφύλαξ, axos, ὁ [ὄπισθεν + 
φυλάττω], one guarding the rear ; 
pl., the rear guard, Lat. nouissi- 


157 


mum agmen, iii. 3. 7, iv. ἃ- 6, 3. 
207 On Oy) Ve 8: ὃ. 

ὀπίσω, adv., back, backwards, 
behind one’s back, Vi. 1. 8. 

ὁπλίζω (ὁπλιδ-), ὥπλισα, ὧπλι- 
σμαι, ὠπλίσθην [R. cer], make 
ready, esp. in arms, arm, equip, 
Lat. armo ; mid., arm oneself, put 
on one’s armour, ii. 2. 15; pass., 
be armed, i. 8. 6, ii. 6. 25, iv. 3. 
51. 

ὅπλισις, ews, ἡ [R. oem], equip- 
ment, esp. military accoutrements, 
1 τ 17: 

ὁπλιτεύω [R. oer], be or serve 
as a hoplite, or heavy-armed sol- 
dier, v. 8. 5. 

ὁπλίτης, ov [R. oer], heavy- 
armed soldier, hoplite, 1. 1. 2, 5. 


No. 50. 


19 8 We ath, 3 fey 7. PAS ἵν: 2. PAI 
Ven ὃ: Υἱῖ δ᾿ δ), Νιϊ- 9. 454 ὙΠῸ 











ὀπίσω-ὅπλον 


infantry of a Greek army was 
divided into two classes, the heavy 
infantry and the light infantry. 
For the latter see s.v. γυμνής, med- 
ταστής. The heavy infantry, or 
hoplites, constituted the troops 
of the line, who fought at short 
range and were armed accord- 
ingly. Their defensive armour 
consisted of four pieces: helmet 
(see 8.0. κράνος), cutrass (see s.v. 
θώραξ), shield (see s.v. ἀσπίς), 
and greaves (see 8.0. κνημίς). 
Their offensive armour consisted 
of two spears (see s.v. δόρυ) and 
a sword (see s.v. ξίφος). 
|/ These six pieces of armour 
| are estimated to have 
1 weighed about 35 kilograms 
/// (some 75 pounds). The 
1] hoplite carried them all, 
however, only in action. 
On the march they were 
either conveyed on wagons 
or beasts of burden, or 
were borne by an attend- 
ant. For the hoplite’s or- 
dinary dress, see 5.0. χλα- 

| μύς. 
ὁπλῖτικός, 7, dv [R. wer], 
belonging to or composed 
of  heavy-armed troops; 
subst., τὸ ὁπλιτικόν, heavy- 
armed corps, heavy infan- 
try, iv. 8. 18, Vii. 3. 37, 6. 

26. 
ὁπλομαχία, as [R. σεπ΄- 
R. pax], fighting in heavy 
arms, hence the art of war, 
heavy infantry tactics, ii. 

lis Ge 
ὅπλον, τό [R. oer], im- 
plement or tool of any 
sort; pl., gear, esp. arms, 
armour, Lat. arma, ap- 
plied to all sorts of arms, 
both offensive and defen- 
sive, but esp. to the heavy 
armour of the hoplite, i. 
ΣΝ Gi FAV, i, 1.85: ae 20. 
Go Psy Wi 4. ν.2. 15. ISS 
8.0. ὁπλίτης and the accompanying 






ὁπόθεν-ὅπου 


illustration. By metonymy ὅπλα 


158 


ὁπόσος, 7, ov, relative pron., as 


may be used in place of ὁπλῖται, many as, whatever, as great as, i. 
heavy infantry, hoplites, ii. 2. 4, iii. | 1. 6, 2. 1, v. 2. 16, vi. 5.5; with ἄν 
2. 36, 3. 7, 4. 26, v. 4. 14, vii. 3. 40; |and subjv. or with opt. in prot. or 





No. 51. 


or to designate the place where the 
arms are piled, place of arms, in 
front of the hoplites’ quarters, ii. 4. 
15, ili. 1. 3, 33, v. 7. 21. Phrases: 
eis Or ἐπὶ τὰ ὅπλα, to arms, i. 5. 15, 
ii. 5. 34, iii 1. 40; ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις, 
under arms, Lat. in armis, iv. 3. 
7, Vi. 4.273 τίθεσθαι and προβάλλε- 
σθαι τὰ ὅπλα, See the verbs. 

ὁπόθεν, relative adv., from 
whence, whence, from whatever 
place, Lat. unde, iii. 1. 82, v. 2. 
2, vi. 2.4; in indir. questions, iii. 

9 

ΠΣ 

ὅποι, relative adv., whither, to 
what place, where, Lat. quo, i. 9. 
15, v. 5. 16, vii. 7.55; in indir. ques- 
tions, ii. 4. 19, lii. 5. 13, vi. 2. 23. 

ὁποῖος, a, ov, relative pron., either 
with dem. preceding or with dem. 
omitted, what kind of, such kind 
σ᾽. . 5, SUCIL GS, δ: ὩΣ ὁ. Ὁ. 28; 
with ἄν and subjyv., of whatsoever 
sort, whatsoever, Lat. qudaliscum- 
que, li. 2.2, vil. 7.15; of what sort, 
how constituted, what kind of, Lat. 
qualis, in indir. questions, ii. 6. 4, 
v. 5. 15. Phrases: ὁποῖόν τί ἐστι, 
what it amounts to, ili. 1.135; ἡγεῖ- 
Tat τοῦ στρατεύματος ὁποῖον, that 
part of the army which, Vii. 3. 37. 





in indir. disc., of whatever amount 
or size, as many soever as, Lat. 
quantuscumque, ili. 2. 21, y. 1. 16, 
Vii. 2.33, 36; how much, how large, 
pl., how many, Lat. quantus, in 
indir. questions, i. 8. 27, iv. 4. 17; 
neut. as rel. adv., as far as, iii. 3. 
10. 

ὁπόταν [ὁπότε + ἄν], relative 
adv., whenever, when, Lat. quando- 
que, with subjv., after a primary 
or secondary tense, ii. 3. 27, v. 2. 
1277. 1; νι 5: 0. ΜΠ}: 2:.90. 

ὁπότε, relative adv., of time, when, 


| at the time when, Lat. cum, quando, 


with indic., i. 6. 7, iv. 7. 16; with 
subjv., see ὁπόταν; with opt. in 
indir. dise., by attraction, or in a 
general cond., whenever, i. 2. 7, 5. 
ΤΣ 6, 27, ii; 2: 36, ν 6s 20.) vile 
7.17; of cause, since, because, iii. 2. 
2, 15; ὁπότε γε, since at least, see- 
ing that, Lat. quanddquidem, Vii. 
6. 11 ἢ 

ὁπότερος, a, ov, relative pron., 
which of two parties, whichever, 
Lat. wier, 111. 1. 21, 42, 4. 42, vil. 
72 18: 

ὅπου, relative adv., where, in the 
place where, Lat. ubi, with indic., 
i. 5. 8, iii, 1. 2, 2. 34; with dy and 


159 


subjv., wherever, Lat. ubicumque, 
i. 3. 6, iii. 2. 9, iv. 8. 26; with opt. 
in general conditions or in indir. 
discs 1005 Lb) 277. {|| 1. 324 lve 8. 
30, 8. 26, vil. 2. 18. 

ὀπτάω, ὀπτήσω, ὠπτησα, 
μαι, ὠπτήθην [ὀπτός], roast, 
bread, bake, Lat. coquo, Vv. 4. 29. 

ὄπτός, ἡ, dv, roasted, of bricks, 
baked, burnt, Lat. coctus, ii. 4. 12. 

ὅπως, relative adv., used also as 
final particle. Adv., in what way, 
how, as, ii. 1. 6, vi. 5. 50; so in 
the phrase οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως οὐκ ἐπιθή- 
σεται, tt is not possible that that he 
will not attack, ii. 4. 3; in indir. 
questions})1..6, 1 1|. τ. ἡ, vs 7: 1, 
Vly Tis WS thal ΟΡ]. ae how, that, 
ΜΠ fut. dics Ls 4. 5: 11 11}: 

10 shiva OF ἢ, 8. 0.v. 4.21, with 
sen itt, Te 38, 2, 3, with opt., i. 
8. 18, ii. 6. 8, vii. 1: 38, 2. 12, with 
opt. and ἄν, iv. 3. 14, v. 7. 20, so in 
an elliptical clause with fut. indic., 
ὅπως ἔσεσθε ἄνδρες, see that you be 
men, i. 7. 3; under the adv. use 
may be classed ὅπως introducing 
indir. disc. for ὅτι or ws, that, Vii. 3. 
34; cf. the elliptical phrase οὐχ 
ὅπως, not only not, vil. 7. 8. As 
final particle (in Anab. used much 
more frequently than ἕνα or ws), 
that, in order that, with subjv. after 
primary tenses, i. 7.4, iv. 6. 15, v. 1. 
12, 5. 20, vi. 3. 13, vii. 3.43; rarely 
after secondary, 1. 6. 6, il. 5. 28, v. 
6. 21, which are generally followed 
Ὧν σῦν 1: 1. Ὁ. 4: ὃ: 11.1.9. ill. τ. 
DA, lvoe . Lo, V2 1- 16, vil. 2. 18: 
with ἄν and opt., vil. 4. 2. 

ὁράω (ὁρα-, ὁπ-), ὄψομαι, ἑόρακα 
or ἐώρακα, ἑώραμαι ΟΥ ὦμμαι, ὠφθην 
(for 2 aor. εἶδον, see the word) [R. 
2 Fep and R. om], see in its widest 
sense, behold, look, observe, per- 
ceive, Lat. uwided, abs. (esp. in par- 
enthetical clauses), or with acc., 
le 3825 AE Op ὃς oll io 10: 1 9 
τῆττε Ὁ. 27. ἣν. 3 ιόννο Σ. LO 722° 
vi. 5. 10, vii. 2. 18; with acc. and 
partic., i. 5. 12, 8. 21, ii. 3. 12, iii. 
Deda ἶν. ceo Ve eel, νἱ] Ὁ. “181 


ww 
ὠπτη- 


of 











> ΄ ” 
ὁπτάω-ὄρθιος 


but either of these may be omitted, 
iii, 1. 36, 5. 5, iv. 3. 22, 30, ν. 6. 15, 
Vile Us 31; ry with ire or ws and 
a clause, ily, 2g Ὁ, ib, 2. 20. ἡ. 8: 20. 
vi. 1.27, 4. 23; with a rel. or interr. 
clause or vee πότερον, whether, 
ΠΡ 155. ἀπ τὸ 10. WL. 5.0 10,» swith 
ace. and inf. Gace also a partic. 
has preceded), vii. 7.80 ; dependent 
on an adj., as ὁρᾶν Ens ἣν, his 
look was stern, 1 Os 9. Game, ZI δὲ 

ὀργή; 7S; temperament, temper, 
esp. anger, Lat. ra; as adv., ὀργῇ; 
in @ passion, i. 5. 8, li. 6. 9. 

ὀργίζομαι (ὀργιδ:), ὀργιοῦμαι, ete. 
[ὀργή]. be angry, be in a passion, 
be enraged, Lat. wascor, abs. or 
with dat. of pers., i. 2. 26, 5. 11, 
vii. 1. 25; with ἐάν and subjv., vi. 
1. 30. 

ὀργυιά, as [dpéyw], the reach of 
the two arms, as originally a nat- 
ural measure of length, fathom. As 
an exact linear measure the dpyua 
equalled 6 Greek feet, or 1.774 
metres, or about 5 ft., 10 inches. 
See 80. πούς. i. 7. 14, iv. 5. 4, vil. 
1, 30. 

ὀρέγω, ὀρέξω, wpeta, ὠρέχθην [ef. 
Lat. rego, direct, lead, regio, direc- 
tion, tract, Eng. REACH, RIGHT, 
RICH], reach, stretch, reach out, 
ΝΠ: 2: 20. 

ὀρεινός, 7, dv [ὄρος], consisting 
of mountains, mountainous, hilly, 
Lat. montuosus, v. 2. 2. 

ὄρειος, a, ov [ὄρος], belonging to 
mountains, mountainous, Lat. mon- 
tanus, of persons, mountain-dwell- 
ing, Vii. 4. 11; subst., τῶν ὀρείων, 
mountaineers, Vii. 4. 21. 

ὄρθιος, a, ov [ὀρθός], straight up, 
steep, Lat. praeceps, of a hill or 
road, 1. 2. 21 iv. 1.20, 2.14; subst., 
τὸ ὄρθιον, steep place, ascent, iv. 2 
5. Phrases: ὄρθιον ἰέναι, march up 
hill, iv. 6.12 ; ὄρθιοι λόχοι, compa- 
nies in column, a military forma- 
tion that was esp. serviceable in 
attacking a height, iv. 2.11, 3. 17, 
fale OY, TE 19. 15. 16 ig 98: be 
an infantry force were drawn up 


ὀρθός- ὀρυκτός 


in line (see 8.0. φάλαγξ) with the 
λόχοι (having each a front of 24 
and a depth of 4 men) ranged side 
by side, each company could be 
brought into ‘column’ by advan- 
cing the first enomoty at the right 
(see 8.0. ἐνωμοτία.) a sufficient dis- 
tance before the line and deploy- 
ing the second, third, and fourth 
enomoties to the right to a position 
behind it. The ὄρθιος λόχος thus 
formed would have a front of 6 and 
a depth of 16 men, and spaces 
would be left between the columns. 
But the front and depth of the 
column varied according to circum- 
stances. The essential feature of 
the formation was that the depth 
of the column should be greater 
than the front, and that spaces 
should be left between columns. 

ὀρθός, 4, dv [cf. Eng. ortho-dox, 
ortho-graphy |, straight, Lat. réctus, 
of a road, direct, vi. 6. 38; straight 
up and down, upright, erect, il. 5. 
23, iv. 8. 20. 

ὄρθρος, ὁ, daybreak, dawn, strictly 
the twilight just before sunrise, 
Lat. diluculum, ii. 2. 21, iv. 3. 8. 

ὀρθῶς, adv. [ὀρθόςἼ, in the straight 
or right way, rightly, with reason, 


justly, Lat. récté, i. 9. 30, ii. 5. 6, 
iii. 3. 12, vii. 3. 39. Phrase: ὀρθῶς 


ἔχειν, be proper, iii. 2. 7. 

ὅρια, τά [ε΄. ὁρίζω], limits, of a 
country, poe Frontier, Lat. 
fines, iv. 8. 8, vi. . 19. 

ὁρίζω, -οριῶ, ὥρισα, ὥρικα, ὥρισμαι, 
ὡρίσθην [dpos, 6, boundary, cf. Eng. 
ap-horism, horizon |, be aboundary 
between, as a river, bound, iv. 3. 1, 
8.1, 2, define, determine, Vil. 7. 36 ; 
mid., set up as one’s boundary, Vii. 
ἘΣ ls}. 

ὅρκος, 6, oath, Lat. iusivrandum, 
ΠΡ 041, Ail. F220; evil 7. 1; οἱ 
τῶν θεῶν ὅρκοι, oaths in the name 
of the gods, ii. 5. 7, ili. 1. 22. 

Oppaw, ὁρμήσω, etc. [dpuy, |, start 
quickly, hasten on, rush, start, 
with ἐκ and gen., or ἐπί OY κατά 
and acc., iii. 4. ἵν 1 91. Va ἡ: 


33, 








160 


25; with inf., iii. 4. 44; mid. and 
pass., set out, start, Lat. proficis- 
cor, abs. or with ἐκ or ἀπό and gen., 
ist. 95°25 OS lite oslo νι ore 
23. Phrases: ὁρμᾶν τὴν ὁδόν, start 
on one’s march, iil. 1. 8; εἰς τὸ 
διώκειν ὁρμήσαντες, starting in pur- 
suit, i. 8. 25. 

ὁρμέω [ὅρμος, 6, anchorage], be 
moored, lie at anchor, Lat. in an- 
coris consisto, 1. 4. 6; with παρά, 
off, i. 4. 3. 

ὁρμή, fis, motion, start, ἐν ὁρμῇ 
ὄντων, being on the point of start- 
WG) la Leo elle Rigi a sense, 
movement, attack, 10; mo- 
tion, impulse, Lat. impetus, iit 250) 

, ὁρμίζω (ὁρμιδ- -), ὁρμιοῦμαι, ὥρμισα, 
ὥρμισμαι, ὡρμίσθην (cf. ὁρμέω], bring 
to anchor, anchor, Lat. déligo ad 
ancoras, ili. 5. 10; mid., come to 
anchor, cast anchor, Lat. in ancoris 
cénsisto, abs. or with εἰς and acc. 
or παρά and dat., vi. 1. 15, 2. 1, 2. 

ὄρνεον, τό [cf. ὄρνις], bird, Vi. τ. 
23. 

ὀρνίθειος, a, ον [ὄρνις], belonging 
to a bird, of bird or fowl; κρέα 
ὁρνίθεια, chicken, iv. 5. 51. 

Opvis, ὄρνιθος, ὁ, ἡ [cf. Eng. or- 
nitho-logy], bird, esp. fowl, hen, 
Lat. gallina, iv. 5. 25. 

’"Opdvras, a or ov, Orontas, a 
Persian officer of royal blood, con- 
demned and executed by Cyrus 
for treason, i. 6. 1, 5, 6 ff., 9. 29. 

᾽Ορόντᾶς, a (Dor. gen.), Orontas, 
a Persian nobleman, son-in-law of 
the king, ii. 4. 8, in command of 
part of the Persian army, ii. 4. 9, 
iii. 4. 18, and satrap of Armenia, 
IG ay ν. 5. Ὁ 

ὄρος, ous, τό, mountain, Lat. 
mons, 1: 2. 21, 11. 5. 18, iii. 4. 30, iv. 
ΠῚ Vangel Va On Ds ὙΠ. ae. 

ὄροφος, ὁ [cf. ἐρέφω, cover with a 
roof |, roof of a house, Lat. tectum, 
vii. 4. 16. 

ὀρυκτός, ἡ, dv [ὀρύττωἼ, made by 
digging, dug, of a ditch, i. 7. 14; 
of an entrance to a cave, sunken, 
iv. 5. 25. 


161 


op: rT (ὀρυχ- Ne -ορύξω, ὠρυξα, 
Θϑώρυχα, ὀρώρυγμαι, ὠρύχθην, dig, 
Lat. fodio, v. 8.9; of stone, quarry, 
i. 5. 5. 

ὀρφανός, 7, dv [ cf. Lat. orbus, be- 
reft, Eng. orphan |, orphan, father- 
less, vii. 2. 82. 

ὀρχέομαι, ὀρχήσομαι, ὠρχησάμην | Vv 
[φ΄.- Eng. orchestra], dance, Lat. 
salto, abs. or with acc. of the name 
of the dance, v. 4. 34, vi. 1. 5, 7, 
10, 12. 

ὄρχησις, ews, 7 [ὀρχέομαι], dance, 
Lat. saltatio, Vly Tis 8. 110 

ὀρχηστρίς, δὼ Ε [ὀρχέομαιἼ, 
dancing girl, Lat. saltatria, vi. 1. 12. 

"Opxopévios, ὁ [Opxauends: ἡ; 
Orchomenus], an Orchomenian. 
native of Orchomenus, ii. 5. 37, iv. 
8. 18, a city in Arcadia (Kalpaki). 

ds, 7, 8, relative pron., who, 
which, what, Lat. qui, often at- 
tracted to case of antec., which is 
often omitted or rarely attracted 
to the case of rel., i. 1. 2, 2. 2, 5. 
ΠΡ Gis Gig te 5: 14. amie igs Ὁ; [ἢ 22 20; 
21 PB Wo τὸ teh Be PADS ἡ: Ὁ, Val, 2. 
12, vii. 6. 15; the rel. clause some- 
times precedes the dem., i. 8. 11, 
li, 6. 26, vi. 4. 9; rarely in indir. 
questions, ii. 4. 18; as dem., καὶ 
ὅς, καὶ ot, and he, and they, i. 8. 16, 
lil. 4. 48, v. 2. 30, vi. 5. 22, vii. 6. 
4; ov, 7, as _advs., see the words. 
Phrases: ἐν ᾧ, during which time, 
meantime, i, 2. 20;/ ἀφ᾽ οὗ, since, 
iii. 2. 14; ZE οὗ, since when, Vi. 6. 
ΤῈ: μλϑ τοι οὗ, to the point where, 
i. 7. 6, v. 4.16; dc 8, see διό. 

ὅσιος, a, ov, sanctioned by the 
gods’ laws, holy; of persons and 
acts, pious, Lat. religidsus, il. 6. 
20, V. 8. 26. 

ὅσος, 7, ov, relative pron., as 
correlative to τοσοῦτος or πᾶς (but 
these may be omitted), as great as, 
as much as, as many as, Lat. guan- 
FIG US Hy 2, De Le Moly 7011. 10:2. 20; 
111. 1. 36, 45, v. 8. 18, vii. 3. 20, 4. 
6; foll. by inf., the antec. τοσοῦτος 
being expressed or omitted, szffi- 
cient, enough, iv. 1. 5, 8. 12, Vii. ὭΣ 











tee 2 ε a 
ορυττω-οστισουν 


22; how great, how much or many, 
in indir, quest., 11, 5. 10, iii. 1. 19; 
neut. as adv., ὅσον, of space, as 
far as, so far that, iii. 3. 15, vi. 3. 
14, vii. 3.9; ἐφ᾽ ὅσον, as widely as, 
vi. 3. 19; with numerals, about, i. 
δ. ὁ. ΜΙ 4. 8, vii. 3. 7, of. iv. 5. 10, 
ἀῶ: 20, 8. 19. Phrases: with 
πε ἢ to denote degree, Lat. 
quant0, as ὅσῳ θᾶττον, the quicker, 
i. 5. 9, cf. iv. 7. 28, vil. 3. 20; with 
SUPS., ὅσον ἐδύναντο μέγιστον, as 
loudly as possible, Lat. quam max- 
ime poterant, iv. 5. 18, cf. vil. 1. 
37, 7.46; so without sup., v. 5. 14, 
vii. 7. 8; ὅσον ov, all but, almost, 
vii. 2. 5 
ὅσοσπερ, ὅσηπερ, ὅσονπερ, strong- 
er than ὅσος, q.v., just as great, 
ee, or many as, i. 7. 9, iv. 2. 28, 
3.2 2, Vi. δ᾿ 28; of time, just as long 
as, Vii. 4. 19 . with comp., Vii. 7. 28. 
ὅσπερ, me ὅπερ, stronger than 
ὅς, ¥.v., who certainly, which to be 
sure, li. 6. 29, 111, 2. 10; just what, 
exactly what, 1. 4. 5, ili, 1. 34, 2. 29, 
v. 4. 94. 
ὄσπριον, τό, pulse, i.e. any legu- 
minous plant, Lat. legumen ; pl., 
leguines, beans, iv. 4. 9, vi. 4. 6. 
ὅστις, ἥτις, ὅ τι, gen. and dat, in 
Anab, always ὅτου, ὅτῳ, gen. pl. 
ὅτων, rel. pron. [ὅς + ris], whoever, 
whichever, whatever, whosoever, 
who, which, what, i. 3. 5, 6. 7, 11], 
1. 26, 2. 4, iv. 1. 26, v. 7. 33, Vi. 
6. 18, vii. 6. 24; in sing. referring 
to a pl. antecedent, i. 1. 5, iii. 
3.1; in pl. after ἕκαστος, vil. 3. 16; 
in indir. questions, i. 3. 11, 6. 9, 
ii. 4. 7, γ. 7.23; in a clause fol- 
lowing οὕτω, that he, ii. 5. 12, vii. 1. 
29. Chall. δ: 2p On Ol; introducing a 
final clause in fut. indic., i. 3. 14, ii. 
3. Ὁ ΝΣ 4.10} ὅτου with partic., 
whoev er tt was, i.e. somebody, iv. 
7.25, v. 2.24. Phrases: 6 τι ἐδύ- 
νατο; as much as he could, Vi. 1. 
82; ἐξ ὅτου, ever since, Vii. 8. 4, 
ὁστισοῦν, ὁτιοῦν [ὅστις + οὖν]. 
Phrase: μηδ᾽ ὁντιναοῦν μισθόν, not 
the slightest payment, vii. 6. 27. 


ὀσφραίνομαι- οὐδείς 


ὀσφραίνομαι (ὀσῴραν-, ὀσῴρα-, 
ὀσφρ-), ὀσφρήσομαι, ὠσφρόμην, wo- 
φράνθην [ὄζω, smell, cf. εὐώδης, + 
R. hep], smell, get a smell of, with 
gen., v. 8. 8. 

ὅταν, relative adv. [ὅτε + ἄν], 
whenever, when, with subjv., iii. 3. 
15; 4.20, ἵν. 7. 4, Vv. 5. 20, νι: 7. 
47. 

ὅτε, relative adv., at the time 
when, as, when, Lat. cum, with 
indic,, i. 2.9, 8. 8; il. 1. 33; ve 3:9. 
vii. 7. 10; with subjv., see ὅταν ; 
with opt. in a general cond., when- 
ever, as often as, il. 6. 12, iv. 1. 16. 

ὅτι, conj. [neut. of ὅστις], that, in- 
troducing indir. disc., with indic., 
after both primary and secondary 
tenses, 1.° 35:9, il. 1. 8, 4. 28 ἣν: 7. 
20, v. 8. 10, vi. 3. 11, vii. 2.16 ; after 
a secondary tense with opt., i. 6. 
10, iii. 1. 10, vii. 1.16, or with both 
indic. and opt., i. 2. 21, vi. 3. 11, 
but editt. differ, i. 3.21, 8.13; with- 
out a preceding verb expressed, iv. 
3. 29, v. 8. 8; the infs. found in 
Mss. after ὅτι have been altered 
by editors, iii. 1. 9, v. 6. 34, vi. 1. 
29, vii. 1.5. Introducing dir. disc., 
1: ΘΙ: 9: MGT, CMG ν vig 0 Kail. 
6.7. Causal, because, since, Lat. 
quod, with indic., i. 2. 21, ii. 3. 19, 
iii. 1. 12, iv. 8.6. To strengthen a 
sup., aS ὅτι ἀπαρασκευότατον, as 


unprepared as possible, i. 1. 6, ef. | 


τ τ 40s Vn 2:29. evn 21. 

ov, before a vowel οὐκ, before a 
rough vowel οὐχ, neg. ady., not, 
Lat. non, used to deny a fact, i. 2. 
ΠῚ 5: δ. eee aoe erties. 
18, v. 2. 17, vi. 2. 4; accented at 
the end of a clause or sentence, iv. 
8. 3, v. 1. 17; in litotes, as οὐ πάνυ 
πρός, at some distance from, i. ὃ. 
14 ὉΠ 1. τ. 159..6: 15. viele 26 si 
troducing a question expecting the 
answer yes, Lat. ndnne, iii. 1. 29, 
vil. 6.24. Phrases: οὐ φημί, deny, 
Lat. nego, i. 3.1, iv. 1. 21, vi. 4.19, 
cf. vii. 7. 19, and see ἑάω; οὐ μή, 
see μή. 


ov, relative adv. [8s], where, Lat. | 





162 


quo, i. 2. 22, ii. 1. 6, iii. 4. 82, iv. 7. 
27, v. 7. 333; strengthened by δή, 
where in fact, iv. 5. 6; μέχρι οὗ, 
see ὅς. 

ov, dat. of (the only sing. form 
found in Anab.), pers. pron. of the 
third pers., but in Attic Greek al- 
ways refl. and generally indir. refi. 
[pronominal stem ἑ for oFe, cf. Lat. 
sé], of himself, Lat. sui, i. 1. 8, 2. 
8, 9. 29, iii. 4. 42; pl., themselves, 
σφεῖς, V. 7. 18, Vil. 5. 9, σφῶν, 11]. 
5. 16, iv. 3. 28, vi. 6. 33, σφίσι; 1. 
7. 8, 8. 2, Vv. 4. 38, σφᾶς; V. 7. 25, 
vii. 2. 16. 

οὐδαμῇ, adv. [ovdauds, none, οὐδέ 
+ duos, an obsolete word - ris], in 
no way, in no wise, Lat. nullo 
modo, V. 5. 3, Vii. 3. 12, 6. 30. 

οὐδαμόθεν, adv. [cf οὐδαμῇ]. 
from no place, direction, or quar- 
ter, Lat. nulla ex parte, ii. 4. 23, 
iv. 5. 30. 

ovdapoi, adv. [cf. οὐδαμῇ, to no 
place, nowhere, Vi. 3. 16. 

οὐδαμοῦ, adv. [cf. οὐδαμῇ, in no 
place, nowhere, Lat. nusquam, i. 
10. 16, ii. 2. 18, iv. 5. 18. 

οὐδέ, neg. conj. and emphatic 
adv. [ov+ δέ], and not, but not, 
nor yet, nor, connecting a follow- 
ing with a preceding neg. clause, 
Lat. neque, nec, i. 2. 25, 3. 11, 4. 
S588. 20 Mire Os aver 5 
25; not even, Lat. née... quidem, 
i 3. 21h 4. OF liner ἘΠῚ eA eto. 
vil. 6. 35; not at all, by no means, 
i. 3. 12, 11. 5. 18; οὐδ᾽ ws, not even 
so, not even in these circumstances, 
i. 8. 21, iii. 2. 23; οὐ μέντοι οὐδέ, 
not by any means however, ii. 2. 
16. 

οὐδείς, οὐδεμία, οὐδέν, gen. οὐδε- 
νός, οὐδεμιᾶς (Cf. οὐδὲ μιᾶς, Vi. 3. 16) 
[ovdé + els], not one, not any, none, 
no, Lat. nullus, ii. 5. 1, iv. 1. 9, vii. 
I. 29; subst., οὐδείς, nobody, Lat. 
nemo, 1. 2. 22, 8. 20, ili. 1. 16, iv. 5. 
18; οὐδέν, nothing, Lat. nihil, i. 8. 
20, ii. 2. 11, v. 2. 8, vi. 2.10; ovdé 
τι, nothing at all, vii. 3. 35; neut. 
as ady., οὐδέν, in no respect, not at 


108 ; 


all, i. τ. 8, 6. 7, Vii. τ. 25; with 
comps., οὐδὲν μᾶλλον βλάπτειν, do 
not a bit the more harm, iii. 3. 11, 
cf. 13, Vil. 5. 9. 

οὐδέποτε, adv. [οὐδέ + ποτέ], 
never, Lat. numquam, ii. 6. 13. 

οὐδέπω, adv. [οὐδέ -- πώ], not yet, 
Lat. nondum, vii. 3. 24; separated, 
οὐδὲ νῦν πω, Vii. 6. 35. 

οὐθ᾽, see οὔτε. 

οὐκ, 566 οὐ. 

οὐκέτι, adv. [οὐ -Ἐ ἔτι}, no more, 
no longer, no further, Th, feo IG 10: 
12, iii. 4. 16, vii. 6. 29; οὐκέτι μή 
and subjyv., ii. 2. 12, see οὐ μή under 


οὔκουν, inferential particle [od + 
ody], therefore not, Lat. non tgitur ; 
οὔκουν ἔμοιγε δοκεῖ, I don’t think 
so then, iii. 5. 6. In old editt. 
sometimes in questions, but see 
οὐκοῦν. 

οὐκοῦν, interr. particle [οὐ + 
οὖν], not therefore? expecting an 
affirmative answer, Lat. nonne 
igitur, i. 6. 7, ii. 5. 245 as inferen- 
tial conj., therefore, then, 80, Lat. 
igitur, iii. 2. 19, V. SO) Vi Bo Ze 
vii. 6. 14, 16, 7. 26, 29, 31 (where 
the old editt. have οὔκουν, intro- 
ducing a question). 

οὖν, post-positive particle of in- 
ference, stronger than dpa, there- 
fore, then, so, in consequence, cer- 
tainly, of course, at any rate, how- 
ever that may be, i. 1. 2, 2. 12, 3. 
5, 5. 6, iii, 1. 20, 2. 30, v. I. 8, Vi. 
6. 15; καὶ γὰρ οὖν, for the fact is, 
bio) toy, WA ec 

οὗπερ, adv., stronger than οὗ, 
q.v., just where, iv. 8. 26. 

οὔποτε, adv. [οὐ-Ἐ ποτέ]. never, 
Lat. numquan, i. 3. 5, ii. 5. Gap 1: 
1919 

οὔπω, adv. [οὐ -Ἐ πώ], not yet, 
not before, Lat. nondum, 1, 5. 12, 
8. 8, 9. 25, iii. 2. 14; separated, see 
πώ. 

οὐπώποτε, adv., before a rough 
γΟΥΟ] οὐπώποθ [ov + πώποτε]. never 
yet, never before, i. 4.18 (see πώ- 
ποτε). 





οὐδέποτε-οὕτως 


οὐρά, as, tail of an animal, Lat. 


cauda; of an army = rear, Lat. 
nouissimum agmen, iii. 4. 38, 42, 
vi. 5. 5. 


ovpayds, ὁ [οὐρά + R. ay], rear 
leader, i.e. the last man in a file 
who led when the file faced about, 
iv. 3. 26, 29. 

οὐρανός, 6, the heavens, the sky, 
Lat. caelum, iv. 2. 2. 

οὖς, ὠτός, τό [R. 1 «ΕἼ, ear, Lat. 
auris, pl., iii. 1. 31, vii. 4. 4. 

οὔτε, neg, -conj. [od+7é], and 
not, Lat. neque, doubled, neither 

_. nor, i. 2. 26, 3. 6, 4. 8, yl se 
Renee. Wes ὙΠ 2OF followed by τέ, 
not only not... but also, Lat. ne- 
que... et, li. 5. Ae ἀν 5. 9. 75 
48. 

οὔτοι, adv. [οὐ + τοί], certainly 
not, Lat. non sané, vii. 6. 11. 

οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, dem. pron., 
this, pl., these, freq. as pers. pron., 
he, she, it, pl., they, Lat. hic, gen- 
erally referring to what precedes 
and in pred, position when used 
with subst., i. 1. 7, 9, 2.4, 5. 10, il. 
2. 12, iii. 2. 20, 4. 29, iv. 2. 6, 8. 4, 
γ. 8.15, vi. 4. 5, vii. 1.9, 2. 10, 5. 3; 
when the subst. has also an adj., 
οὗτος follows the adj., iv. 2. 6, Vil. 3. 
30, cf. i. 1.7; the art. is sometimes 
omitted, i. 5. 16, esp. with proper 
names, v. 5. 10, vii. 2. 29; rarely 
οὗτος refers to what follows, 11]. 1. 
Ta alt, ἵν 6:91 Vile gS: 22, Phrases: 
καὶ οὗτος, he too, even he, iii. 2. 5; 
iv. 127,¢f1. 1. 115s. 6. 30, iv. 7.9; 
καὶ ταῦτα, and that too, although, 
with partic., i. 4. 12, ii. 4. 15, 0]: 
11: Ὁ} Ὁ]: 

οὑτοσί, αὑτηί. τουτί, strength- 
ened form of οὗτος, applied to a 
person or thing present and imply- 
ing a gesture, this man here, this 
present, without the art., i. 6. 6; 
vii. 2. 24, 6. 12. 

οὕτως, or, before a consonant, 
οὕτω, adv. [otros], in this way, 80, 
thus, to such an extent or degree, 
under these circumstances, Lat. ita, 
i. 1.5, 10, 8. 22, ii. 6. 1, 6, iii. 1.31, 


οὐχί-παγκράτιον 


2: ΤΌ itv: τ Lig 24, 220,54. 622. 
vii. 1, 28, 7. 50; referring rarely to 
what follows, thus, as follows, ii. 
2: Ὧν, Ὁ: ΠΝ ve 6:12. 32: 
οὐχί, adv., emphatic form of οὐ, 
lil, 1. 13, vi. 5. 18, vii. 7. 47. 
ὀφείλω (ὀφελ-), ὀφειλήσω, ὠφεί- 
λησα and ὥφελον, ὠφείληκα, ὠφει- 
λήθην, owe, Lat. débed ; pass., be 
due, of pay, i. 2..11, vii. η- ΤᾺΣ 
34; with inf., be bound, ought, 
should, as in wishes, ὥφελε Κῦρος 
ζῆν, would Cyrus were living, Lat. 
utinam uiueret, ii. τ. 4. 
ὄφελος, τό, only in nom. and 
ace., help, advantage, use, good. 
Phrase: στρατηγοῦ ὄφελος οὐδέν, a 
general is of no use, Lat. non ργῦ- 
65. 1 5. ΣΟ 1: 6. 10: 
ὀφθαλμός, ὁ [R. om], eye, Lat. 
oculus, i. 8. 27, iv. 5. 12, Phrase: 
ἔχοντες ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς, keeping in 
sight, cf. Lat. in oculis habére, iv. 
. 29. 
ὀφλισκάνω (ὀφλ-, ὀφλισκ-), ὀφλή- 
σω, ὥφλον, ὥφληκα, ὠφλημαι [ῳ΄. 
ὀφείλω], owe or be liable to a money 
fine, be jined, Lat. multor, with acc 
of fine and gen. of cause, v. 8. 1. 
᾿Οφρύνιον, τό, Ophrynium, a city 
on the coast of the Troad, between 
Dardanus and Rhoetéum, vii. 8. 5. 
(Fren Kievi.) 
ὀχετός, ὁ [R. Fex], channel for 
water, ditch, drain, Lat. candlis, 
li, 4. 13. 








164 


the army, camp followers, non- 
combatants, Lat. impedimenta, iii. 
2. 36, iv. 3. 15, vi. 5.3; confusion, 
annoyance, in the phrase ὄχλον 
παρέχουσιν, are a bother, iii. 2. 27. 

ὀχυρός, ad, dv [R. oex ], tenable, 
esp. in a military sense, of a height 
or fortress, strong, secure, fortified 
by nature, i. 2. 22, 24; subst., τὰ 
ὀχυρά, holds, strongholds, iv. 7. 17. 

ὀψέ, adv., late, Lat. 5670. ii. 2. 16, 
NAb sp Gill 

ὄψεσθαι, see dpdw. 

ὀψίζω, ὀψίσθην [ὀψέ], do a thing 
late, be or come late, iv. 5. 5. 

ὄψις, ews, ἡ [R. om], aspect, look, 
appearance, il. 3. 15; sight, spec- 
tacle, show, vi. 1. 9. 


ifs 


παγκράτιον, τό [πᾶς + R.1 κρα], 
the pancratium, iv. 8. 27, an ath- 
letic contest in which, as the name 


ὀχέω, ὀχήσω [R. Fex], carry, aA 


pass., be carried, ride, Lat. uehor, AN 


with ἐπί and gen., iii. 4. 47. 

ὄχημα, aros, τό [R. Fex], car- 
rier, supporter, in the widest sense, 
as a wagon, ship, or animal, vehi- 
cle, conveyance ; of the earth, iii. 
2: 10: 

ὄχθη, ns, height, esp. high bank 
of a stream, bluff, iv. 3. 3, 5, 17, 
23. (Poetic in Attic, except here.) 

ὄχλος, ὁ [R. Fex], mass, throng, 
crowd, company, press, Lat. turba, 
of men, ii./5..9; iv. τ. 20, y. 4. 34, 
vii. 1. 18; as a military phrase ap- 
plied to the undisciplined part of 





No. 52. 


signifies, all the powers of the 
fighter were called into action. It 
comprised boxing (see 8.0. πυγμή) 
and wrestling (see s.v. πάλη), but 
in the boxing the hands were not 
bound with thongs, since these 
would have been a hindrance in 


165 


wrestling, nor was the blow deliv- 
ered with clenched fist but simply 
with the fingers bent. In the wres- 
tling the object was not the simple 
fall, but the fighting was continued 
on the ground. The struggle was 
maintained until one of the con- 
testants was either disabled or de- 
clared himself defeated. The pan- 
cratium was one of the regular con- 
tests at the Greek national games. 

παγχάλεπος, ov [πᾶς + χαλεπός], 
very difficult, v. 2. 20. 

παγχαλέπως, adv. [πᾶς + χαλε- 
mos], very hardly. Phrase: πρὸς 
Ξενοφῶντα παγχαλέπως εἶχον, they 
were very hard on Xenophon, Vii. 
Parlor 

παθεῖν, See πάσχω. 

πάθημα, ατος, τό [R. σπα],1υγοέο1ι- 
edness, misfortune, vii. 6. 380. 

πάθος, ous, τό [R. ora], experi- 
ence, accident, mishap, trouble, 
matter, Lat. casus, i. 5. 14, iv. 5. 7. 

παιανίζω, ἐπαιάνισα [παιάν, pae- 
an], sing the paean, in honour of 
Apollo or Artemis; as a war song 
the paean followed the prayer and 
immediately preceded the war cry 
and attack, i. 8.17, ro. 10, iv. 3. 19, 
8. 16, v. 2. 14; it was sung in ac- 
knowledgment of any blessing, 6.0.» 
of an omen, iii. 2.9, at a feast after 
the libation preceding the sympo- 
sium, vi. 1. 5, and in sacred pro- 
cessions, vi. 1. 11. 

παιδεία, as [mats], bringing up, 
education, training, Lat. institutio, 
iv. 6. 15, 16. ' 

παιδεραστής, οὔ [παῖς + ἔραμαι], 
lover of boys, Vii. 4. 7. 

παιδεύω, παιδεύσω, etc. [παῖς], 


train up a child, educate, Lat. in- 


stitwo, pass., 1. 9. 2, 3. 

παιδικά, τά [παῖς], beloved youth, 
Favourite, Lat. deliciae, li. 6. 6, v. 
8. 4. 

παιδίον, τό [παῖς], infant, little 
child, iv. 7. 18. 

παιδίσκη, 7s [παῖς], maiden, 
young girl, Lat. puella, iv. 3. 11. 

παῖς, παιδός, ὁ, ἡ [mats], child, 





παγχάλεπος- πάλη 


boy, girl, but in Anab. always 
mase. in sing., boy, son, Lat. puer, 
pl. without article, children, Lat. 
TOPO 16 1. 1 7. 9. tbls (5 12; ahi tie 9; 
iv. 6.3, Vv. 3. 10, vil. 8.22. Phrase: 
ἐκ παίδων, from boyhood, iv. 6. 14. 

παίω, παίσω, ἔπαισα, -πέπαικα, 
ἐπαίσθην [root παξ, cf. Lat. pauio, 
strike, paueo, be struck with fear, 
Eng. ana-paest], strike, hit, beat, 
strike at, Lat. caedo, abs., with 
acc., or with κατά or πρός and acc., 
On ΟΣ 152. 11 ΠῚ 1: 290: 2: 109. ἵν᾿ 
2.9: 6.2. Ver 7. 2, 18. 10; Υἱ- Ὁ: 1: 
Phrase: ὀλίγας παίσειεν, v. 8. 12, 
see ὀλίγος. 

πάλαι, adv., of old, long ago, 
long, long since, Lat. tamdudum, 
tam pridem, i. 4. 12, iv. 8. 14, vii. 6. 
37, 7.48. Phrase: of πάλαι ἥκοντες, 
the early comers, iv. 5. 5. 

παλαιός, ad, dv [πάλαι, cf. Eng. 
palaeo-graphy, palae-ontology |, old 
in years, Lat. wetus, iv. 4.9; comp. 
παλαίτερος, somewhat old, iv. 5. 35. 
Phrase: τὸ παλαιόν, in old times, 
1 3 8 

παλαίω, ἐπάλαισα, ἐπαλαίσθην 
[πάλη, cf. Eng. palaestra], wrestle, 
Lat. luctor, iv. 8. 26. 

πάλη, ns [πάλλω, poise, sway], 
wrestling, Lat. luctatio, iv. 8. 27, 





No. 53. 


practised among the Greeks in two 
forms. In the first, named πάλη 
ὀρθή or ὀρθία, the wrestlers stood, 


, : 
πάλιν-παρά 


and the bout ended when one of 
them had received a fall. Three 
falls meant defeat. In the second, 
named ἀλίνδησις or κύλισις, lit. roll- 
ing (ef. κυλίνδω), the struggle con- 
tinued on the ground until one of 
the combatants was disabled or 
declared himself defeated. The 
first was the form practised in the 
πένταθλον, the second that in the 
παγκράτιον, g.v. Before all gym- 
nastic and athletic contests among 
the Greeks, the body was well 
rubbed with oil, to make it sup- 
ple; before wrestling, it was also 
sanded, in order to furnish a firmer 
hold. 

πάλιν, adv. [ο΄ Eng. palim-psest, 
palin-ode|, of place, back, back- 
wards, Lat. rursus, i. 3. 16, ii. 3. 
24, 1π|. τον ἵν 2: 125 va "98 
time, again, over again, a second 
time, Lat. tterwm, i. 1. 8, 6. 7, 11. 1. 
23, iii. 2. 9, vi. 6. 37, Vii. 2. 25. 

παλλακίς, fdos, 7, concubine, kept 
mistress, Lat. paelex, i. 10. 2. 

παλτόν, τό [ cf. πάλη]. lance, jave- 
lin, spear, used in the Anab. only 
by Persians and the Mossynoeci, 
not by Greeks. Those of the Mos- 
synoeci, which they used for hurl- 
ing, were six cubits long. i. 5. 15, 
8. 3, 27, v. 4. 12, 25. 

παμπληθής, és [was+ R. mda], 
in full numbers, vast, multitudi- 
nous, ili. 2. 11. 

πάμπολυς, πόλλη, πολυ [πᾶς + R. 
πλα]. very much, great, or numer- 
ous, very many, Lat. permultus, ii. 
4. 26, iv. 1. 8, vii. 7, 35. Phrase: 
ἐπὶ πάμπολυ, over a great extent, 
Jar and wide, with gen., vii. 5. 12. 

παμπόνηρος, ov [πᾶς + R. ora], 
wholly bad, utterly depraved, vi. 6. 
25. 

πανουργία, as [mwas+ R. Fepy], 
knavishness, villainy, vii. 5. 11. 

πανοῦργος, ov [mwas+R. Fepy], 
that will do anything, of persons, 
in a bad sense, villainous, rascally, 
knavish, Lat. perditus, ii. 5. 39, 6. 
26. 





166 


παντάπασι, -σιν before a vowel, 
adv. [πᾶς]. altogether, whally, en- 
tively, Lat. prorsus, i. 2.1, ii-5. 21, 
v. 2. 20, vii. 6. 23; after a neg., at 
all, Lat. omnino, il. 5. 18, iii. 1. 38, 
1γ..2; 3. 

πανταχῇ; adv. [πᾶς] 
Lat. ubique, ii. 5. 7. 

πανταχοῦ, adv. [πᾶς], every- 
where, Lat. ubique, ii. 6. 7, iv. 5. 30. 

παντελῶς, adv. [πᾶς - τέλος], 
wholly, utterly, Lat. prorsus, ii. 2. 
11 ὙΠ΄ 41 

πάντῃ, adv. [mas], in every way, 
throughout, on all sides, i. 2. 22, ii. 
Bh Gy lltly ας 9. 

παντοδαπός, 7, όν [πᾶς], of every 
sort, manifold, of all sorts, Lat. 
omne genus, 1. 2. 22, iv. 4.9, vi. 4. 5. 

πάντοθεν, adv. [πᾶς], from every 
side or quarter, on every side, Lat. 
undique, ii. 1. 12, vi. 6. 3. 

παντοῖος, ἃ, ov [was], of all sorts 
or kinds, Lat. omne genus, i. 5. 2, 
ii. 4. 14. 

πάντοσε, adv. [mas], in every 
direction, everywhere, Lat. passim, 
vii. 2. 23. 

πάντως, ady. [πᾶς], altogether, 
thoroughly, at any rate, anyhow, 
vi. 5. 21, vii. 7. 43. 

πάνυ, adv. [ was], very, altogether, 
Lat. walde, 1: 4. 10;9. 27, i.2: 3, 
iii. 4. 15, iv. 5.27, ν. 6. 7; very well, 
vi. 1.51; after a neg., at all, Lat. 
omnino, i. 8. 14, vi. 1.26. Phrases: 
πάνυ ἐν καιρῷ, just at the right time, 
lll. 1. 39; πάνυ μὲν οὖν, to be sure, 
Vii. 6. 8. 

πάομαι, ἃ Supposed pres., not in 
use, fut. πάσομαι, ἐπασάμην, πέπα- 
μαι, acquire, perf. as pres. possess, 
have, i. 9. 19, ili. 3. 18, vi. 1. 12, vii. 
6.41. (Poetic verb, except in Xen.) 

παρά, before a vowel map’, prep. 
with gen., dat., and acc. [ς΄ para- 
in composition in Eng. words, as 
para-graph, para-lyse, etc.], be- 
side, generally used with persons. 
With gen., from beside, from the 
presence of, from, through, Lat. a, 
15 ἀπ ϑ 2. ΟῚ O.nig lla pT ee amu. 


4 
, everywhere, 


101 


6. 14, iii, 478, v. 2. 25, 6. 18, vi. 6. 
24, vii. 3. 7; with a pass. verb, by, 
i. 9. 1. With dat., beside, by the 
side of, at or on the side of, with, 
at, Lat. apud, i. 1. 5, 4. 3, 8. 27, 9. 
29, lls 6. 26, iv. 1. 24, 3. 29, vi. 2. 
2, ‘vii. 7.47; τὰ παρ᾽ ἐμοί, my for- 
tunes, my side, i. 7. 4, cf. iv. 3. 27, 
vi. 3. 26. With acc., to the side of, 
to, towards, along to, Lat. ad, 1. 2. 
12... 8.11.2. 5. 1γ.. 2: Ld, vil. 2: 24, 
cf. i. 6.5; along, near, by, past, i. 
2, IGS Ὁ. Gh γ 10. τοῦ ἡ mie ἃ. 14. 
iii, 1, 82, vi. 2. 18, cf. ὥρμουν παρὰ 
τὴν Κύρου σκηνήν, they anchored off 
Cyrus’s tent, i. 4. 3; beside, be- 
yond, against, contrary to, in viola- 
tion of, Lat. contra, ii. 1. 18, 5. 41, 
v: 8. 17, vii. 7. 17; of time, during, 
ii. 3.15. Phrase: παρ᾽ ὀλίγον, see 
ὀλίγος, vi. 6. 11. In composition 
παρά signifies along, alongside, by, 
beside, beyond, amiss. 

παραβαίνω [R. Ba], step beyond, 
transgress, break, of a treaty, iv. 
it De 

παραβοηθέω [R. BoF + θέω], go 
to the aid or rescue, iv. 7. 24. 


παραγγέλλω [ἀγγέλλω], pass 
along a message or esp. an order, 
pass the word, command, give 


order, give out, direct, abs. or with 
ACE.» 1 ὃ. 10. 10. 11|- τ: 18. iv. 3. 27; 
vii. 3.6; with dat. or acc. of pers. 
ΘΠ τα, Ὁ. 8:. 5. 1.2521 ΤΠ, 
5. 18: τν. 2. 14. 6. 8. 01: ἵν. 3529) Vv. 
2. 12; with inf. alone, iii. 4. 14, iv. 
1. 16, vi. 5. 25; with ὅπως and a 
clause, vii. 3. 984, Phrases: mapay- 
γέλλει εἰς τὰ ὅπλα, he calls to arms, 
i. 5. 154 κατὰ τὰ παρηγγελμένα, 
according to orders, ii. 2. 8, cf. Vi. 
3.18; παρήγγελτο, orders had been 
given, iii. 4. ὃ, Vi. 5. 25. 
παράγγελσις, ews, ἡ [παραγ- 
γέλλω], word of command; ἀπὸ 
παραγγέλσεως, at the word, iv. τ. ὃ. 
παραγίγνομαι [R. γεν], be by or 
beside, be present or at, be at one’s 
side, come to, arrive, abs. or with 
dat..of pers: eae 1] 2:3, ν, 6..8. 
vi. 6. 33, vii. 2. 34, 7. 380; with εἰς 











, , 
παραβαίνω- παρακαλέω 


and acc. of place or ἐν and dat., i. 
2.3, 7. 12, ill. 4. 38. 

παράγω [R. ay], lead along or 
aside, conduct, lead on, iv. 8. 8, 
Wile 2. 5. Ὁ. 3. ‘Phrases: εἰς τὰ 
πλάγια παράγειν, lead into position 
on either flank (said when the ap- 
proach is from the rear, and the 
enemy in front is moving in a 
hollow square), iii. 4. 14; παρῆγον 
ἔξωθεν τῶν κερᾶτων, led on (their 
companies) out of the way of (i.e. 
behind) the wings, iii. 4.21; παρ᾽ 
ἀσπίδα παραγαγόντας τὴν ἐνωμο- 
τίαν, moving the enomoty (which 
had been in column) ¢o the left (so 
that it became part of the line of 
battle), iv. 3. 26; so παράγειν τοὺς 
λόχους, bring the companies (which 
had been marching κατὰ κέρας) into 
the line, iv. 6. 6. 

παραγωγή, 7s [R. ay], convey- 
ance, esp. along the coast, trans- 
portation, Vv. τ. 16. 

παράδεισος, ὁ [ Persian word, cf. 
Eng. paradise], park, pleasure 
garden, When used for game, pre- 
serve, Lat. uruarium, i. 2. 7, 4. 10, 
li. 4. 14. 

παραδίδωμι [R. 80], give over to 
a person, give up, deliver over, 
surrender, Lat. trado, ii. 1. 8, 12, 
is, Hig PAS Mi POS ahs 2 εἴ. Hom Vo ck 
30, vii. 2. 14; of the watchword, 
give out, vil. 3. 84; of gods, grant, 
allow, vi. 6. 34. 

παραδραμεῖν, See παρατρέχω. 

παραθαρρύνω [θρασύς], en- 
bolden, encourage, cheer up, li. 4. 
IS DUNE πὸ .90. 

παραθέω [θέω], run past, out- 
run, iv. 7. 12. 

παραινέω (αἰνέω, αἰνέσω, ἤνεσα, 
-ήνεκα,; -ἤἥνημαι, -ηνέθην [ αἶνος, ὁ, tale, 
praise|, praise), recommend, ad- 
vise, exhort, Lat. admoneod, i. 7. 2, 
γι 7. OOs avila 3.20. 

παραιτέομαι [αἰτέω], intercede 
with a person for another, with 
περί and gen., Vi. 6. 29. 

παρακαλέω [It. Kad], call to 
one’s side, summon, invite, Lat. 


παρακαταθήκη- παράταξις 


arcesso, i. 6. 5, ii. 5. 31, iii. 1.92; 
ἵν. 6.1 ὐνἱ eee Wil: (Oy 22) 
call on, urge on, exhort, ili. 1. 44, 
vi. 5. 24; with ἐπί and acc.,, iii. 1. 
24. 

παρακαταθήκη, ης [R. θε], what 
is put down beside one, a deposit 
for safe keeping, Lat. dépositum, 
Ne 2H Uc 

παράκειμαι [κεῖμαν], lie near, be 
set near, Vil. 3. 22. 

παρακελεύομαι [R. ker], exhort, 
encourage, urge, Lat. adhortor, 
with dat. of pers., to which may 
be added the inf., i. 7. 9, 8. 11, iv. 
ΠΗ Even 7a Os 

παρακέλευσις, ews, ἡ [R. Ker], 
encouraging, cheering on, iv. 8. 28. 

παρακολουθέω [R. κελ], follow 
beside one, accompany, abs., iil. 3. 
4.1ν..4: le 

παραλαμβάνω [λαμβάνω]. receive 
from one, take into one’s posses- 
sion, Lat. accipio, vii. 6. 41, 7. 47 ; 
as a mnilitary phrase succeed to the 
command, Lat. succedd, vi. 4. 11, 
vii. 8. 24; take along, v. 6. 36, Vii. 
oy, WE 

παραλείπω [λείπω], leave at one 
side, leave out, pass by, Lat. omitto, 
Viz 35 10:16: 18: 

παραλύυπέω [ \uréw |, give trouble, 
be refractory, abs., il. 5. 29. 

παραλύω [tw], loose from the 
side, of a rudder, wnship, v. 1. 11. 

παραμείβομαι (ἀμείβω, ἀμείψω. 
ἥμειψα, -ημείφθην, change), dep. mid. 
and pass., change one’s position ; 
παραμειψάμενος εἰς TO αὐτὸ oy fel, 
changing to the same formation, i 
τὸν 10. 

παραμελέω [ R. per], disregard, 
neglect, abs. or with gen., il. 5. 7, 
vii. 8. 12. 

παραμένω [R. μα], stay by, stand 
by, remain loyal, ii. 6. 2, vi. 2. 15. 

παραμηρίδια, τά Tone 6, thigh], 
ΝΗ pieces, armour for the thighs, 
i. 8. 6. 

παραπέμπω [πέμπω]. send along, 
despatch, of troops sent from the 


main body to the front or flanks, | 








168 


iv. 5. 20; with εἰς and acc., vi. 3. 
15. 

παραπλέω [R. πλεξΕ]. sail along 
or past, coast, sail, Lat. praeterue- 
hor, abs. or with εἰς and acc., v. 1. 
11.» 6. 10. ὙἹΞ 27: 1 Ὑἱ}- 5: 

παραπλήσιος, a, ov, OF os, ὃν 
[wAnolos], close beside, nearly re- 
sembling, like, 1. 3. 18, 5. 2. 

παραρρέω [ péw |, flow beside, with 
παρά and acc., v. 3.8; of snow, run 
beside, run off (after melting), with 
dat. of pers., iv. 4. 11. 

παρασάγγης, ov [ Persian word ], 
parasang, a Persian road measure, 
equal to about 30 stadia (ii. 2. 6, v. 
5. 4), used not only of distances 
travelled (as below), but also of 
length and distance in general, i. 
7. 15, το. 1, ii. 4. 10, iii. 4. Ἵ; iv. 5. 
10. The Greeks marched usually 
from 6 to 7 parasangs a day, i. 2. 
ὅν {5 ἅ- OF Ὁ. ulate al Omiven 1: 
once 8 parasangs, 1. 2. 6; the long- 
est march was ten, i. 2. 10,11; the 
shortest five, i. 2. 10, 14, 4. 1, ii. 4. 
25, iv. 6. 4, except when the pres- 
ence of enemies or other causes 
reduced the distance still more, i 
7.1, 14, 1Π 4. 18, iv. 5 Os 

παρασκευάζω Εἰ eal get ready, 
prepare, provide, Lat. paro, ii. 6.8 ; 
mid., make one’s preparations, get 
ready, arrange, procure, provide, in 
past tenses, be all ready for, abs. 
or with acc., i. 9. 27, το. 18, iii. 1.16, 
36, iv. 6. 10, v. 2. 21; with fut. par- 
tic., or ὅπως and fut. indic., i..10. 6, 
ili; 1. 14, ve 9. 21: vil 1.5383; with 
inf. wich or without wore, iii. 2. 24, 
vii. 3.35; with εἰς and acc., i.8. 1, vi. 
4. ΟἿ. Phrases : nae enae aerate 
τὴν γνώμην, with our minds made 
Up, Vi. 3. 17; οἴκαδε παρασκευαζόμενος, 
getting ready to go home, Vii. 7. 57. 

παρασκενή, ἧς [R. okv], prepa- 
ration, of an armament, Lat. ap- 
pardatus, 1. 2. 4. 

παρασκηνέω [R. oka], aor., en- 
camp beside, ili. 1. 28. 

παράταξις, ews, 7[R. tax], order 
of battle, v. 2. 13. 


109 


παρασχήσω, See παρέχω. 

παρατάττω [R. tak], draw up 
side by side, only in pass. in Anab., 
παρατεταγμένος, drawn up in line 
of battle or in battle array, Lat. 
instructus, i. 10. 10, iv. 3. 3, 8. 9, 
Ve 2.19. 

παρατείνω [τείνω]. stretch out, 
extend, with παρά and acc., Vil. 3. 
48; mid. intr., i. 7. 15. 


παρατίθημι [R. Ge], put beside, | 


of food, set before, serve, Lat. ad- 
pond, iv. 5.30, 81; mid., put aside, 
of arms, lay at one’s side, Vi. τ. 8. 

παρατρέχω [τρέχω], run along, 
run by, abs. or with παρά and acc., 
iv. 5. 8, vii. 1. 28, 4. 18; run over 
or across, iv. 7.6, 7; with εἰς and 
ACCr ἵν 7. ΤΠ 

παραχρῆμα, adv. [χρῆμα], for 
παρὰ τὸ χρῆμα, on the spot, of ἃ 
payment, in cash, vii. 7. 24. 

παρεγγυάω [παρεγγύη], pass the 
word, esp. of command, give or- 
ders, exhort, suggest, abs., with 
inf., or with acc. and inf,, iv. 1. 17, 
7, 24, 25, 8. 16, vi. 5. 12, vii. 3. 46; 
with ταῦτα, vii. 1. 22. Phrase: ὅτε 
παρεγγυῷτο, whenever word was 
passed, iv. 1. 17. 

παρεγγύη, 7s [(Γ. ἐγγυάω], word 
passed, order, command, Vi. 5. 15. 

παρεδεδραμήκεσαν, 566 
τρέχω. 

πάρειμι [R. ἐσ]. be beside, be at 
hand or near, be there, be present, 
have come, arrive, Lat. adsum, abs. 
or with dat., i. 1. 1, 4. 8, 5. 15, ii. 
An 19S on 4 ΠΠ| το 17. 460. ἵν... 95 
v. 5. 8, 6. 29, vi. 6. 20; with eis, 


ἐπί, or πρός and acc., previous mo- | 
tion being implied, i. 2. 2, vi. 4. 15, | 


6. 26, vii. 1. 11, 35, 2.5; denoting 
? , . ’ ’ * 5 
possession, with dat., have, ii. 3.9, 


iii. 2.18; impers., 7¢ 18 possible, iv. | 


5. 6, vii. 1.26, so acc. abs., v. 8. 3. 
Phrases: τὰ παρόντα with or with- 
out πράγματα, the present state of 
things, circumstances, i. 3. 3, ili. τ. 
34, iv. 1.26; ἐν τῷ παρόντι, tn the 
present crisis, 11.5.8; ἐκ τῶν παρόν- 
των, from these straits, ili. 2. 3. 


Tapa- | 


παρασχήσω- παρίημι 


πάρειμι [elu], go or pass by, 
come by, pass, abs. or with acc., iii, 
2. 35, 4. 37, iv. 2. 18, 5. 30, v. 4. 50, 
vii. ὃ. 14; go or come along, iii. 4. 
48, vi. 5. 12, vii. 3. 46, with παρά 
and acc., vi. 5.25. Phrase: οἱ πα- 
ριόντες, those who come forward, 
esp. of speakers, v. 1. 3. 

παρελαύνω [édavyw], drive by, 
march by or past, pass in review, 
abs., i. 2. 16, 8.12, vi. 5. 25; with 
ἐπί and gen., 1. 2. 16, ili. 4.46; with 
acc., ride past, review, i. 2. 17, iii. 
Fads 

παρέρχομαι [ἔρχομαι], pass by, 
pass, pass through, go along, abs. 
or with acc., i. 4. 4, 7. 16, 8. 16, il. 
4. 25, iv. 7. 11; with εἴσω or ἔξ 





ἔξω 
and gen., i. 10.6, ii. 4. 12; come by 
others to the front, come forward, 
esp. of speakers, v. 5. 24, vi. 1. 31, 
6. 21, cf. vii. 5. 11; of time, go by, 
elapse, pass, i. 7. 18, iv. 3.2, v. 8. 1. 
παρεσχημένος, SCC παρέχω. 
παρέχω [R. σεχΊ. hold beside or 
ready, afford, provide, offer, fur- 
nish, give, supply, Lat. praebeo, i. 
Nig ΠΥ 292. 255 7: Ὁ: MOS TES 1 τὶ 
Εν Υ ΟΝ 2. 9. 6: 1’ ΜΠ: 
6. 22; render, make, ii. 5. 13, 6. 27, 
lil. 5. 9; produce, arouse, cause, 
UU OUR, Vo 1 Wale abby 116 IRS pe 27: Ὺ: 
8. 15, vi. 5.29; mid., offer for one- 
self, contribute, display, vi. 2. 10, 
vii. 6.11. Phrase: πράγματα πα- 
| péxetv, 866 πρᾶγμα. 
παρῆσθα, see πάρειμι, be beside. 
Παρθένιον, τό, Parthenium, a 
| town in Mysia with a citadel, near 
| Pergamus, vii. 8. 15, 21. 
ΠΠαρθένιος, ὁ, the Parthenius, ἃ 
river flowing between Paphlagonia 
and Bithynia into the Pontus, v. 6. 
|9, vi. 2.1. (Bartan Tchai.) 
παρθένος, 7, maiden, virgin, Lat. 
uirgo, ii. 2. 25. 
TIapiavot, οἱ [Πάριον], Parians, 
natives of Parium, vii. 3. 16. 
παρίημι [ἴημι], let by, let pass, 
give way, yield, allow, abs. or with 
inf., Lat. concédo, v. 7. 10, vil. 2. 
15, 





Π]άριον- πάτριος 


Πάριον, τό, Parium, a city on 
the northern coast of the Troad on 
the Propontis, vii. 2. 7, 25, 3. 20. 
(Kamares.) 

παρίστημι [R. στα], set by or 
near; intrans. in pf. and 2 pf., 
stand by or beside, abs. or with 
dat., v. 8. 10, 21; aor. mid. trans., 
set by one’s side, produce, bring 
forward, of victims at sacrifice, vi. 
I. 22, of a soothsayer, vii. 8. 3. 

πάροδος, ἡ [ὁδός], way by or 
along, passage, i ily 7h 10, ANY, ig 45 


pass, i. 4. 4, iv. 2. 24. 
παροινέω, ier πεπαρῴ- 
νηκα, ἐπαρῳνήθην [πάροινος, ad- 


dicted to wine, οἶνος], act or treat 
insolently when in wine, v. 8. 4. 

παροίχομαι [οἴχομαι], be gone 
by or past; subst., τῶν παροιχομέ- 
νων, the past, i. 4. 1. 

ἸΠαρράσιος, ὁ, α Parrhasian, na- 
tive of Parrhasia, i. 1: 2, iv. 1. 27, 
vi. 5. 2, a district or canton in 
southwestern Arcadia. 

TIaptcatis, ιδος, 7, Parysatis, 
daughter of Artaxerxes I., and 
half-sister as well as wife of Da- 
rius Nothus, king of Persia, i. 1. 1, 
4. 9, mother of Artaxerxes II. and 
of Cyrus the Younger, i. 7. 9, il. 4. 
27. 


weak husband. She favoured the 
designs of Cyrus and saved his 
life, i. 1.4; afterwards, by her in- 
fluence with Artaxerxes, she com- 
passed the death of all the leaders 
who had opposed her favourite son. 

πᾶς, πᾶσα, wav, gen. παντός, πᾶ- 
ons, παντός [was], all, Lat. omnis ; 
with a subst. generally in pred. 
position, all, the whole, i. 1. 6, 5. 
OF: Ostet 10.5.99. AT τ 513. Ν᾿ 
2. 11: vii. 2. 11, but in this sense 
the art. is freq. omitted with plu- 
NSS 1 8. Wy TUS 19...2. A ἀν Ὁ: 
29, v. 4; 15, vi. 2. 16; rarely in 
attributive position, ii. 3. 18, v. 6. 
7; without the art., every, Lat. 
quisque, i. 9. 18, ii. 5. 9, iii. 5. 11, 





Of an intriguing and cruel | 
character, she had an almost abso- | 
lute power during the life of her | 





170 


vi. 1. 21, vii. 2. 8; with numerals, 
in all, altogether, iv. 3.2. Subst., 
πάντες, everybody, all, i. 1. 2, ii. 3. 
11, ν. 1. 8; πᾶν, πάντα. everything, 
i. 4. 10, iii. 2. 28, vil. 3.18. Neut. as 
ady., πάντα, tn all respects, or rela- 
tions, utterly, i. 3.10, 9.2. Phrases: 
περὶ παντὸς ἐποιεῖτο, With inf., he 
considered it all-important, see περί, 
i. 9. 16, cf. 11. 4. 8; οὐκ ἂν ἐπὶ πᾶν 
ἔλθοι; would he not make every 
effort ? cf. Lat. omnia facere, iii. 1. 
18; διὰ παντὸς πολέμου ἰέναι, wage 
every kind of war, iii. 2.8; ἡ τοῦ 
παντὸς ἀρχή. the command in chief, 
vi. 2.12; διὰ παντός, ever, through- 
out, vii. 8. 11. 

Tlaciwv, wos, ὁ, Pasion, of Me- 
gara; joined Cyrus with a force, i. 
2. 3, but deserted when his troops 
went over to Clearchus, i. 3.7, 4.7f 

πάσχω (παθ-, πενθ-), πείσομαι. 
ἔπαθον, πέπονθα, [R. oma], experi- 
ence, feel, be treated, undergo, 
stand, suffer, Lat. patior, i. 3. 5, 
1.5755 ΠῚ ts ΘΙ 17. eG pavers es 
v. 8. 15, vii. 1. 16; with ri, suffer 
hurt, be wounded, i. 8. 20, vi. 1. 6, 
also euphemistically for die, like 
our if anything happens to one, 


| Lat. st quid humanitus acciderit, 


v. 3. 6, vii. 2. 14. Phrases: ed or 
ἀγαθὸν παθεῖν, with ὑπό and gen. of 
pers., receive benefits from one or 
be well treated by one, i. 3. 4, Υ. 5. 
9, vii. 7.83 κακῶς παθεῖν, See κακῶς. 
iii. 3. 7, v. 2. 2, Vil. 3. 88; δίκαϊα or 
ἔσχατα παθεῖν, see the adjs., il. 5. 
24, v. 1. 1d. 

πατάσσω, πατάξω, ἐπάταξα, beat, 
strike, iv. 8. 25, vii. 8. 14. 

Tlarnytas, a (Dor. gen.), Pate- 
gyas, ἃ Persian follower of Cyrus, 


Pa ene 


πατήρ, τρός, ὁ [(΄. Lat. pater, 
father, Eng. FATHER], father, 1. 4. 
12, 9. 7, vi. 4.8; asa title of love 
to Ware ρα Vii. 6. 38. 

πάτριος, a, ov [πατήρ], of or 
belonging to a father, hereditary, 
old established, ancestral, Lat. pa- 
trius, iii, 2. 16, v. 4. 27, vii. 8. 5. 


ΠῚ 


πατρίς, ίδος, ἡ [πατήρ]. father- 
land, native land, Lat. patria, i. 3. 
Shy 1 1G, 4. 1γ..8: CEO Soll, Gib te, 8. Τὰ 
1, 29. 

πατρῷος, a, ov [πατήρ]. belong- 
ing to or inherited from one’s 
father, applied to concrete objects, 
ancestral, hereditary, Lat. pater- 
RUS NM. FO, Wie dy Lye Wile 2s 51. 2. 
91. 

παῦλα, 7s [παύω], stopping point, 
means of stopping, prevention, Vv. 

Ὡς 

» OL. 

j παύω, παύσω, ἔπαυσα, πέπαυκα, 
πέπαυμαι, ἐπαύθην [root παν, little, 
cf. Lat. paucus, few, pauper, poor, 
Ing. FEw ], make cease, bring to an 
end, stop, Lat. cohibeo, sisto, li. 5. 
2, with acc. of partic., li. 5. 13; 
mid., cease, leave off, stop, finish, 
end, rest, Lat. desisto, abs. or with 
SEM 2: ὩΣ Ὁ, 9; ὁ..0; 111. 5.105) Υ: 6: 
31, vi. 4.14; with nom. of partic., 
iii. 1. 19, iv. 2. 4, vii. 6. 9; be rid 
of, with gen., v.1.2. Phrase: παύ- 
σαντας τὴν φάλαγγα, giving up the 
phalanx formation, iv. 8. 10. 

ΠΠαφλαγονία, as [Παφλαγών], 
Paphlagonia, v. 5. 6, vi. 1. 1, 14, 
a district in Asia Minor on the 
Pontus. 

ΠΠαφλαγονικός, 7, dv [Παῴφλα- 
γών], Paphlagonian, v. 2.22, 4.13; 
subst., ἡ Παφλαγονική (sc. χώρα), 
Paphlagonia, vi. τ. 16. 

ΠΠαφλαγών,, ὄνος, ὁ, a Paphla- 
gontan, native of Paphlagonia, i. 
Sh By We Se WPA A Vale ἢ 1.15: 

πάχος, ous, τό [R. way], thick- 
ness, V. 4. 18. 

παχύς, εἴα, 0 [R. way], thick, 
large, stout, Lat. crassus, v. 4. 25; 
thickset, Lat. dénsus, iv. 8. 2. 

πέδη, ns [R. eS], fetter, shackle, 
for the feet, Lat. pedica, but gen- 
erally pl. like Lat. compedés, iv. 3. 8. 

πεδινός, 7, dv [R. wed], plane, 
Slat, level, vii. 1. 24, in comp., v. 


πεδίον, τό [R. wed], level ground 
or open country, plain, Lat. plani- 
tiés, campus, i. 1. 2, ii. 5. 18, iii. 2. 








πατρίς-πεῖρα 


Do  4- 1 6: Oy 1. 2: 9.11. 4. 
11; used with a proper subst. to 
form a city name, like Lat’ éampus, 
Eng. -field, i. 2. 11, vii. 8.7, 8. 

melevw, ἐπέζευσα | R. med], travel 
on foot or by land, v. 5. 4. 

mein, adv. [R. med], on foot, 
afoot, Lat. pedibus, as opp. to go- 
ing on horseback, iii. 4. 49, or to 
sailing, by land, 1. 4. 18, v. 4. 5, vi. 
4. 12. 

πεΐός, 7, ov [R. med], on foot, 
afoot, walking, as opp. to riding, 
Lat. pedes, pedester, vii. 3. 45; 
subst., πεζός, foot soldier, pl. in- 
PUNY al eLOn 12. |- 2. τῷ, 1153: 
v. 6.9. Phrase: δύναμιν πεζήν, in- 
Santry force, i. 3. 12. 

πειθαρχέω, ἐπειθάρχησα [R. πιθ + 
apxe |, obey a superior, obey, defer 
to, with dat., i. 9. 17. 

πείθω {πιθ-), πείσω, ἔπεισα, ἔπι- 
Gov, πέπεικα OY πέποιθα, πέπεισμαι, 
ἐπείσθην [R. πιθ], persuade, win 
over, induce, prevail upon, Lat. 
persuaded, abs. or with acc., i. 2. 
265165 (ule Te 10. 5: 15. π||ς ας 0: ve 
5. 11; with added inf. or ὡς and ἃ 
clause, ii. 6.2, v. 1. 14, vi.1.19, 4.14; 
in a bad sense, bribe, vii. 2.2; mid. 
and pass., be talked over, be brought 
round, be won over or prevailed 
upon, 1. 1.3, 4. 18, vii. 5.12; hence, 
obey, yield, comply with, Lat. pared, 
abs. or with dat., i. 2. 2, 3. 15, ii. 
2. 5, ill. 2. 29, 80, v. 1. 13, vii. 3. 39; 
believe, vii. 8. 3. 

TEVA, πεινήσω, ἐπείνησα, πεπεί- 
νηκα [R. otra], be hungry, fast, i. 
9: 27. 

πεῖρα, as [R. wep], trial, proof, 
Lat. periculum, so ἐν ἐμαυτῷ πεῖραν 
λαβών, since I have tested it in my 
oun person, Lat. qui periculum 
Jféci, v. 8.153; πεῖραν λαβεῖν Δεξίπ- 
mov, put Dexippus to the test, vi. 6. 
33; πεῖραν ἤδη ἔχετε αὐτῶν, you 
have already put them to the proof, 
i.e. you know all about them, iii. 2. 
16; hence, Κύρου δοκούντων ἐν πείρᾳ 
γενέσθαι. reputed to have had inti- 
mate relations with Cyrus, i. 9. 1. 


πειράομαι-πελταστής 17 

πειράομαι, πειράσομαι, ἐπειρᾶσά- 
μην, πεπείραμαι, ἐπειράθην [R. περ]: 
try, attempt, endeavour, Lat. conor, 
generally with inf., i. 1. 7, 9. 19, ii. 
3. 23, 6. 3, iil. 2. 39, iv. 6.15, V. 4. 25, 
Vis 2: Wale ‘Vii. 2 15; with Gres and 
subjv., iii. 2. 3; abs. or with an 
adv., iv. 2. 4, 3. 6, vii. 2.37; make 
a trial of, test, Lat. exploro, with 
gen., iii. 2. 88, 5. 7 

πείσας, πεισθῆτε, See πείθω. 

πείσει, πείσομαι, SCE πάσχω. 

πειστέον, verbal οἱ πείθω [R. 
πιθ], one must obey, obedience must 
be rendered, ii. 6. 8, vi. 6. 14. 

πελάζω (πελαδ-), πελάσω OF πελῶ, 
ἐπέλασα, ἐπελάσθην [πέλας, adv., 
near, cf. πλησίος], draw near, ap- 
proach, with dat., iv. 2.3; abs., i. 
8. 15 (where ὑπελάσᾶς is commonly 
read). (Poetic, except in Xen.) 

TleAAnvets, éws, ὁ [Πελλήνη, Pel- 
léne], a Pellenian, native of Pel- 
lene, v. 2. 15, an ancient city in 
Achaia near the boundary of 
Sicyon. 

1Πελοποννήσιος, a, ov [vats], be- 
longing to Peloponnésus, Pelopon- 
nesian, i. 1.6; subst. pl., Pelopon- 
nesians, Vi. 2. 10. 

Πελοπόννησος, ἡ [vats], Pelo- 
ponnesus, t.e. Pelops’s Island (Mo- 
rea), the peninsula constituting the 
southern half of Hellas, i. 4. 2. 

πελτάζω (πελταδ-) [πέλτη], be a 
peltast, serve in the peltasts, v. ὃ. 5. 

Πέλται, ὧν, Peltae, a city in 
Greater Phrygia, on the Maean- 
der, i. 2. 10. 

πελταστής, οὔ [πελτάζω], pel- 
tast, targeteer. The peltasts dif- 
fered from other  light-armed 
troops (see 8.0. γυμνής, ἀκοντιστής; 
τοξότης, σφενδονήτης) in carrying a 
shield (see s.v. πέλτη). There is 
no evidence in the Anab. that they 
had other defensive armour, but 
doubtless they were offensively 
armed with a sword as well as with 
spears. Of the latter they carried 
probably several, which were hurled 
with (v. 2. 12) or without the thong. 








2 


After the expedition of the Ten 
Thousand, they were developed 
by the Athenian Iphicrates into a 





distinct branch of the service, 
combining the peculiar advantages 
both of heavy-armed and light- 
armed troops. Iphicrates added 
to the shield a linen corselet, in- 
creased the length of the spear 
and sword, and invented an im- 
proved sort of boots, which took 
his name. The peltasts among the 
Ten Thousand were largely Thra- 
cians, i. 2. 9, but those of other 
races are specifically named, i. 2. 

6. This sort of troops was of 
Thracian origin, cf. vi. 3. 4, vii. 3. 

40. In contrast with hoplites, the 
peltasts were detailed to service 
that required celerity of move- 
ment, iv. 3. 22, 4. 20, 6. 25, 8. 18, 
cf. vi. 3.4. In the Anab. they are 
sometimes contrasted with bow- 
men, i. 2. 9, iv. 8. 15, with bowmen 
and slingers, iv. 3. 27, v. 6. 15, and 
once with the ψτλοί, 1.6. light-armed 
troops of any sort not armed with 
the shield, v. 2. 16. But they 
probably usurped the place of the 
ἀκοντισταί, Vv. 6. 15, who are but 
seldom mentioned; and since the 
bowmen and slingers were few ἴῃ 
number relatively to the peltasts, 
the term πελτασταί is constantly 
used as a designation of the light- 
armed troops in general as con- 
trasted with the heavy-armed. Cf. 
i. 2. 9, where in an enumeration 
of the forces of Cyrus 2000 pel- 
tasts are named as representing 
the total of the light-armed troops 
in contrast with 11,000 hoplites. 


118 


These 2000 peltasts included the 
500 γυμνῆτες and 200 τοξόται men- 
tioned in i. 2. 3, 9. The same 
contrast of light-armed troops, 
designated as peltasts, with heavy- 
armed troops is found also in i. 7. 
10, το. 7, equal to τὸ πελταστικόν 
in i. 8. 5, where all the light-armed 
troops of Cyrus are meant, iii. 3. 
8, 4. ὃ. iv. 1. 26 (cf. iv. 1. 28, where 
γυμνῆτες is equivalent to the pre- 
ceding πελτασταί), v. 2. 4, vi. 2. 16, 
vii. 1. 23, 3. 44 (ef. vii. 3.37). Οὗ 
also v. 8. 5. 

πελταστικός, ἡ, Ov [πελταστής]; 
of or belonging to peltasts ; subst., 
τὸ πελταστικόν (SC. στράτευμα), the 
peltast force, the light-armed 
troops, i. 8. 5, vii. 3. 37, 6. 29, 

πέλτη, 7s, Shield, target, small 
and light as compared with the 
hoplite’s shield (see 8.0. ἀσπίς), 





No. 55. 


that part of the armour of the pel- 
tasts (see s.v. πελταστής) Which 
distinguished them from other 
light-armed troops. 
consisted of a wooden frame cov- 
ered with leather. Sometimes it 
was covered wholly or in part 
with bronze, v. 2. 29. In shape it 
was either elliptical or crescent 
shaped, generally the latter, to 
judge from representations of it in 
works of art. This was the form 
of shield attributed to the Ama- 





The πέλτη 





πελταστικός πέν ty 


was of Thracian origin, cf. vii. 4. 
7, 17, but was used by other bar- 
barian tribes, vi. 1. 9. The text 





in ii, 1. 6 is probably corrupt, 
since there is no evidence that any 
of the Persian troops were armed 
with πέλται. In i. 10, 12 πέλτη is 
equivalent to δόρυ or λόγχη, 
unless the reading should be 
παλτῷ. 

πεμπταῖος, a, ον [πέντε]; On 
the fifth day, of persons ; hence, 
of corpses, ἦσαν πεμπταῖοι, they 
had lain unburied jive days, Vi. 
Anno: 

πέμπτος, ἡ: ov [πέντε], fifth, 
Lat. quintus, iii. 4. 24, iv. 7. 21. 

πέμπω, πέμψω, ἔπεμψα, πέ- 
πομῴα, πέπεμμαι, ἐπέμῴῳθην,. 
send, despatch, send word, send 
a message, Lat. mitto, abs. or 
Wald EXC, a G), Ha 1 sh) 1. ΠῚ ἢ: 
Pl, Wie 3 Achy We Ba WS, wk 25 fs 
vii. 3. 1; there may be added the 
Ghent, ΟἹ ΡΘΕ we 1. 8. ath i 91 
or πρός, παρά or εἰς and acc. of 
pers., i. 1. 8, iv. 3. 27, v. 4. 2 or ἐπί 
or εἰς and ace. of place, i. το. 14, 
vii. 2.24; the purpose is expressed 
by a fut. or pres. partic., i. 3. 14, 
γ. 2. 10, vi. 1.2, ὅπως with a clause, 
iv. 7. 19, the inf., v. 2. 12, or πρὸς 
τοῦτο. Vii. 2. 13. 

πένης, nTos, ὁ [R. ora], toiler, 
day-labourer, poor man, Vu. 7. 


zons (see 5.0. ᾿Αμαζών). The πέλτη | 28. 


πενία -ἸΤέργαμος 


t 

πενία, as [R. oma], poverty, 
narrow means, Lat. penuria, vii. 
6. 20. 

πένομαι [R. oma], toil, work be- 
cause of poverty, be poor, iil. 2. 26. 

πεντακόσιοι, al, a [πέντε + ἑκα- 
τόν], jive hundred, Lat. quingenti, 
1: 2.9. ink 2. UAL ΜΠ 1: 19: 

πέντε, indecl. [πέντε], jive, Lat. 
quinque, i. 2. 8, ili. 4. 7, vil. 7. 12. 

arevrekalSexc., indecl. [πέντε + 
δέκα], fifteen, Lat. quindecin, i. 4. 
ἘΠΕῚ aye Zs By Ville 5: Ὁ: 

πεντήκοντα, indecl. [πέντε + 
εἴκοσι͵, fifty, Lat. quinquaginta, 
1 4: 10. 11 (oy ΤΟΣ tuk 2: 110). 

πεντηκοντήρ, ἤρος, ὁ [πέντε + εἴ- 
κοσι]. commander of fifty men, 1.6. 
of half a company (see πεντηκοσ- 
TUS), ili. 4. 21. 

πεντηκόντορος, ἡ [πέντε Ὁ εἴκοσι 
+R. ep], sc. vais, jfifty-oared ship, 
penteconter, vi. 6. 5, 22, in v. 1. 15 
called simply vats, g.v. The pente- 
conter was a war vessel of the 
pirate type. It had single banks 
of oars, twenty-five on each side, 
and in the development of ship- 
building preceded the bireme. See 








Se cs ie 
Pees 





No. 57. 


5.0. τριήρης. It was not decked 
throughout, and might, like the tri- 
reme, carry aram. Like the πλοῖον, 
vats, and τριήρης, it was provided 
with masts and sails. 

πεντηκοστύς, Vos, ἡ [πέντε + el- 
Koot], the number fifty, a body of 
Jifty men, 1.6. half a company (see 
λόχος); 111. 4. 22. 

TETAVTAL, TETATAL, 566 πάομαι. 

πεπόνθασιν, πεπονθώς, 566 πά- 
σχω. 

TENPAKEVAL, πεπράσεται, SCC πι- 
πράσκω. 












114 


πεπτωκότα, 566 πίπτω. 

πέρ, a intensive and post-posi- 
tive enclitic particle, very, just, 
even, in Attic prose found only 
joined to rels. and particles ; see 
ἐάνπερ, εἴπερ, καθάπερ, xalmep, οἷός 
TEP, ὅσπερ, ὥσπερ, etc. 

πέρα, adv. [R. περ], beyond, fur- 
ther, Lat. ultra; of time, οὐκέτι 
πέρα, no further, vi. 1. 28; with 
gen., πέρα μεσούσης τῆς ἡμέρας, in 
the afternoon, Vi. 5. 7. 

περαίνω (περᾶν-), περανῶ, ἐπέ- 

pava, πεπέρασμαι, ἐπεράνθην [R. 
περ]; bring to an end, carry out, 
execute, accomplish, Lat. exsequor, 
O01 1 2575 A, BRAD Vat 1g 8: 
TEPALOW, περαιώσω, ἐπεραίωσα, 
πεπεραίωμαι, ἐπεραιώθην [R. περ]. 
set over a stream, transport ; mid. 
and pass., pass over, cross, Lat. 
transicio, vii. 2. 12. 

πέρᾶν, adv. [R. περ], on the 
further side, Lat. trans, ii. 4. 20, 
ili>-5. 12, iv. 3. 24; with a verb of 
motion, across, over, over to, iv. 3. 
29, vi. 5. 22, vil. 2.2; τὸ πέραν, the 
HERI bank, Lat. ulterior ripa, 
M52 yiliviers i; with gen., across, 
on ihe further bank, th 5. 10, iv. 3. 9. 

περάω, περάσω, ἐπέραᾶσα, πε- 
πέρακα [R. περ], drive right 
through, pass through, cross, 
of water, iv. 3. 21. 

Tlépyapos, ἡ, or Πέργαμον, 
τό, Pergamus or Pergamon (the 
nom. is not found in Anab., and 
both forms are found in the Greek 
and Roman authors, but the word 
occurs earliest probably in Xen. 
Hell. iii. 1.6, where it is fem.), a city 
in Mysia, in the valley of the Caicus 
and district of Teuthrania, settled 
in early times by Aetolians, vii. 8. 
8, 23. After the partition of the 
empire of Alexander, it became the 
capital of a kingdom embracing 
the whole western half of Asia 
Minor, and was adorned with fa- 
mous works of art and with libra- 
ries. Here parchment (pergaména) 
was first used. Under the Romans 


175 


it was the capital of the province 
of Asia. (Bergama. ) 

πέρδιξ, ἴκος, ὁ, ἡ [cf Eng. par- 
tridge|, partridge, i. 5. 3. 

περί, prep. with gen., dat., and 
ace. [Γ΄ per/- in Eng, words, as 
peri-helion, peri-patetic, peri-od), 
on all sides, about, round. With 
gen., not in the literal sense, but 
indicating the subject about which 
some mental act centres, about, 
with respect to, concerning, because 
Of OM ὙΠ δ.1: 2:8... 7 Ὁ len Te 
ΤῈ: Sy Π|}.2: Layne κ᾽ ΤΠ ὃ: ἘΣ Υ]: 2: 
9, vii. 6. 835; expressing compara- 
tive value (cf. περιγίγνομαι, περίειμι, 
be superior), in the phrases περὶ 
παντὸς ποιεῖσθαι, consider all-impor- 
tant, i. 9. 16, 11. 4. 3, περὶ πλείονος 
ποιεῖσθαι, consider more important, 
v. 6. 22, vii. 7.44, περὶ πλείστου ποι- 
etc bar, consider most important, i. 9. 
7, 111. 2. 4, cf. Lat. maximi, plurimi, 
pluris facere. With dat. rarely, of 
position, round, about, Lat. circa, 
of parts of the body, i. 5. 8, vii. 4. 4. 
With acc., of position, about, ail 
round, round, Lat. circa, i. 6. 4, 
Hig LO; 1ν 5.9» κα: 90. Ve 22.05: OL 
persons, about, attending on, i. 2. 
12, 5. 7, 6. 4, but sometimes the 
person himself is included, as οἱ 
περὶ Aptatov, Ariaeus and his peo- 
ple, ii. 4. 2, ef. iv. 5. 21, vi. 3. 25; 
of things, περὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἦσαν, 
they were busy about the provisions, 
ili. 5. 7; of time, about, i. 7. 1, 1: 
1. 7, Vi. 5.32, vii. 8. 12 ; of relation, 
esp. towards persons, in respect to, 
to, in one’s dealings with, Lat. de, 
iz 4. 8, 6, 8; iil. 2: 20; vii. 6: 38, 
towards things, v. 7.38. In com- 
position περί signifies rownd, about, 
(remaining) over, but especially 
superiority, excess, and intensity, 
like per- and super- in Latin. 

περιβάλλω [βάλλω], throw round 
or about, of persons, embrace, Lat. 
amplector, iv. 7. 25; mid., throw 
oneself round, compass, get pos- 

3. Phrase: ὄπι- 


session of, Vi. 3. 9. 
σθεν περιβαλλόμενοι Tas πέλτᾶς, 








πέρδιξ-πέριξ 


shifting their shields to their backs, 
vii. 4. 17. 

meprylyvopat[ R. γεν], be superior 
to, get the upper hand, conquer, 
abs. or with gen., Lat. sawpero, i. τ. 
10, ili. 2.29, vil. 1.283; remain over, 
issue, result, with wore and inf., v. 
8. 26. 

περιεῖδον [R. Ειδ]. overlook, al- 
low, suffer, permit, Lat. sind, with 
acc. of pers. and partic., vii. 7. 40, 
49, 

περιειλέω (εἰλέω, -ειλήθην, press), 
press round, put or wrap round, 
with περί and acc., iv. 5. 36. 

περίειμι [R. eo], be superior to, 
excel, be greater, abs. or with gen., 
i. 8. 18, 9. 24, iii. 4. 89. 

περίειμι [εἶμι], go round or about, 
traverse, abs. or with acc., iv. 1. 5, 
2.2) Vile 1. 99ὲ 
περιέλκω [ἕλκω], drag about, vii. 


περιεστῶτας, See περιίστημι. 

περιέχω [R. σεχ ], surround, Lat. 
cing, 1. 2. 22. 

περιστημι [R. στα], place 
round; intrans. in 2 aor. and 2 pf. 
act., stand round or about, iv. 7.2 ; 
τοὺς περιεστῶτας, the bystanders, 
Lat. circumstantes, vi. 6. 6. 

περικυκλόομαι [κυκλόω], 51ι)- 
round completely, beset, vi. 3. 11. 

περιλαμβάνω [λαμβάνω], seize 
round, embrace, Vii. 4. 10. 

περιμένω [R. pal, wait round, 
abide, remain, abs. or with ἄχρι or 
tor dy and subjy., ii. 1.6, 3. 2, v. 1. 
4, vii. 3. 41; wait for, expect, with 
acc. of pers., li. 1. 3, 4. 1. 

Περίνθιος, 6 [Iépivos], a Per- 
inthian, a native of Perinthus, vii. 
By toy dill, 

Πέρινθος, ἡ, Perinthus, a city in 
European Thrace on the Propontis 
founded by the Samians in 699 B.c., 
and called in the fourth century 
A.D. Heracléa (hence Eregli), ii. 6. 
DeVille 2h Os 4a, 0. 24. 

πέριξ, adv. [περί], round, about, 
ii. 5. 14, iv. 4. 7; aS prep., with 
gen., round, vii. 8. 12. 


περίοδος-περσίζω 


περίοδος, ἡ [ὁδός], way round, 


circumference, circutt, ili. 4. 7, 11. - 


περιοικέω [R. Fix], live round 
or on the shore of, v. 6. 16. 

περίοικος, ov [R. Fuk], dwelling 
round ; subst., περίοικος, ὁ, α Perioe- 
cus, V.1.15. In Lacedaemonia the 
Perioeci were the free inhabitants 
of the towns, except Sparta itself, 
the provincials, who enjoyed civil 
but not political liberty and were 
eligible to the lower military of- 
fices. They were distinguished on 
the one hand from the Spartans, 
on the other from the Helots. See 
Λακεδαίμων. 

περιοράω [R. 2 Fep], overlook, 
allow, suffer, permit, Lat. sino, 
with acc. of pers. and partic., vii. 
Br Osea 405 

περίπατος, ὁ [πάτος, 0, step, path, 
cf. Lat. passus, step, pace, perpe- 
tuus, uninterrupted, Eng. ῬΑΤΗ, 
foot-PaD, peripatetic], a walking 
round, place for walking, walk, ii. 
4. 15. 

περιπέτομαι [R. wer], fly round, 


9 


Vi. 1. 23. 
περιπήγνυμι [R. may], make 
freeze round; pass., be frozen 


round or on, iv. 5. 14. 
περιπίπτω [R. met], fall round, 
hence of persons, Fall on to pro- 


tect, embrace, i 1: 8. 28; fall foul of, | 


Jalil upon, Vii. : 

περιπλέω [τὸ aMF], sail round, 
coast round, with ἀπό and eis, i. 2. 
91. vii. 1. 20. 

περιποιέω [trovéw], make remain 
over; mid., save for oneself, ac- 
quire, gain, ν. 6. 17. 

περιπτύσσω (πτύσσω, TTVY-, 
-πτύξω, ἔπτυξα, -ETTVY Mal, -επτύχθην, 
fold), fold round, enfold, outflank, 
i. 10. 9 

περιρρέω [péw], flow round, en- 
circle, 1.5.43; flow round and off, 
fall off from, of fetters, iv. 3. 8. 

περισταυρόω (σταυρόω, ἐσταύ- 
pwoa, -εσταύρωμαι, ἐσταυρώθην [R. 
ota], fence with pales), surround 


with a paling fence, plpf. pass., had! 





176 


| been enclosed with a stockade, Vii. 


4. 14. 

περιστερά, as, dove, pigeon, Lat. 
columba, i. 4.9. Acc. to the Syrian 
tradition the mythical queen Semir- 
amis, daughter of the Syrian god- 
dess Astarte, was changed into a 
dove. 

περιτρέχω [τρέχω], run about, 
iv. 5. 8. 

περιττεύω, ἐπεῤίττευσα [περί], be 
over and above, of number, esp. as 
a military phrase, outnumber, out- 
Jlank, iv. 8. 11. 

περιττός, 7, ov [περί]. more than 
enough, superfluous, to spare, over 
and above, vii. 6. 31; subst., οἱ 
περιττοί, outflanking troops, iv. 8. 
11; τὸ περιττόν, surplus, V. 3. 138; 
τὰ περιττά, superfluous or Unnec- 
essary articles, iil. 2. 28, 3. 1. 

περιτυγχάνω [R. tax], happen 
round, fall in with, meet, vi. 6. 7. 

περιφανῶς, adv. [R. da], visibly 
from every point, manifestly, nota- 
bly, iv. 5. 4. 

περιφέρω [R. hep], carry round, 


| pass round, Vii. 3. 24. 


περίφοβος, ον [φόβος], in great 
alarm, much frightened, iii. 1. 12. 
Πέρσης, ov, a Persian, native of 


| Persia, and applied to all subjects 


of the king whether real Persians 
or not, 1.2: 90... 5. 8: at. 5. a7; sme: 
25, iv. 4. 17, vii. 8.9. Persia in its 
restricted sense was Persis (old 
Persian Pars@, now Faris, Fari- 
stan), a district on the northern 
shore of the Persian Gulf. In Per- 
sis was the earliest royal city Pa- 
sargadae, and also the residence 
of Darius and Xerxes, near which 
grew up Persepolis. The empire 
of the Persians was extended by 
conquest until it included, before 
the time of Alexander the Great, all 
Asia from the Aegéan to northern 
India, as well as Egypt. This vast 
empire was divided into 20 sa- 
trapies. 

περσίζω [Πέρσης], behave like u 
Persian, talk Persian, iv. 5. 34. 


1 


Περσικός, 7, dv [Πέρσης], of 
Persia, Persian, i. 2. 27, iii. 3. 16, 
iv. 4. 16; subst., τὸ Περσικόν, the 
Persian, name of a dance, de- 
scribed in vi. 1. 10. 

περσιστί, adv. [περσίζω], in Per- 
stan, of speech, iv. 5. 10. 

περυσινός, 7, dv [πέρυσι, ady., 
last year], of a year ago, last 
year’s, V. 4. 27. 

πέταλον, τό [Γ. ἀναπετάννῦυμι, 
Eng. petal], leaf, Lat. folium, v 


πέτομαι (TET-, TETE-, WTA-), -πτή- 
σομαι and poet. πετήσομαι, ἐπτόμην 
LR. wer], Sly, Lat. wold, i. 5. 8, vi. 
1. 23. 
πέτρα, as [cf. mérpos], rock, liv- 
ing rock, mass of rock, cliff, ledge, 
JUERE Games je wl, Gh γε 2: Gy 3: IIe 
vi. 4. 3. 

πετροβολία, as [πέτρος + βάλλω], 
stone throwing, stoning, Lat. lapi- 
datio, vi. 6. 15. 

πέτρος, ὁ [ cf. Eng. petral, petri-fy, 
petr-oleum], stone, Lat. lapis, iv. 7. 
12, vii. 7. 54. 

πεφυλαγμένως, adv. [φυλάττω], 
circumspectly, cautiously, ii. 4. 24. 

ay, indef. ady., enclitic, in any 
way, anyhow, somehow, iv. 8. 11, 
13; as a dat. fem. in form πῇ in 
the phrase πῇ μὲν. .. πῇ δέ, in 
some respects ... in others, ili. 1. 
12, but in late editt. τῇ. So πῇ 
μὲν... ὁπότε δέ, vi. I. 20. 

πηγή; 7s, fountain head, spring, 
source, Lat. fons, always pl. in 
INTEND he Dy Tig Wu, Oy OPA αν. vias} 

πήγνυμι (παγ-), παγήσομαι, ἔπηξα 
πέπηγα, ἐπάγην, and poet. ἐπήχθην 
[R. may], make fast or solid, jix, 
Jreeze, Lat. geld, iv. 5. 3, vil. 4. ὃ 

πηδάλιον, τό [ R. aed], or, steer- 
ing oar, paddle, rudder, Lat. gu- 
bernaculum. Each boat or ship 
carried two, one on each side of 
the vessel. These were removable, 
v. I. 11. Originally simply oars, 
they were later developed into 
paddles with broad blades. See 
the illustrations s.v, ναῦς, πεντηκόν- 





» 


( Περσικός- Πισίδαι 


τορος, τριήρης. See also s.v. κυβερ- 
νήτη5. 

πηλός, 6 [¢f. Lat. palus, swamp], 
clay, mire, mud, Lat. lutum, i. 5. 
Up eh, ane. SA ae 

πῆχυς, €ws, ὁ, prop. forearm ; 
hence, as a natural measure of 
length, cwbit, the distance from 
the elbow to the tip of the middle 
finger, Lat. cubitum, iv. 7.16. As 
an exact linear measure the πῆχυς 
equalled 1} Greek feet, or .444 me- 


tres, or about 1 foot 5 1 inches. See 
8.. πούς. 
Πίγρης, ητος, ὁ, Pigres, inter- 


preter to Cyrus, i. 2.17, 5. 7, 8. 12. 

πιέζω (πιεδ-), πιέσω, ἐπίεσα, ἐπι- 
έἔσθην, press hard or, tight, squeeze 
close, used esp. of the pressure of 
a burden, Lat. premo; in Anab. 
always pass., be weighed down, be 
encumbered, iil. 4.48; be crowded, 
lil. 4. 19; be hard pressed, be hard 
FONE THO ἢ ls Vig, IND, Abbe, i, Di, thy, 8: 
13, vii. 8. 18. 

πικρός, a, ov, bitter, Lat. amarus, 
iv. 4. 15. 

πίμπλημι (πλα-), πλήσω, ἔπλησα, 
-πέπληκα, -πεπλη(σ)μαι, ἐπλήσθην 
[R. mda], jill, Lat. impleo, with 
acc. and gen., i. 5. 10. 

πίνω (τι, πο-), πίομαι, ἔπιον, 
πέπωκα, -πέπομαι, -επόθην [R. ao], 
drink, Lat. bibo, abs., with acc., 
or with ἐκ and gen., iv. 5. 32, v. 8. 
ΠΟ tip 285 . 118 

πιπράσκω, pres. not Attic (πρα-), 
πέπρακα, πέπραμαι, ἐπρἄθην, fut. pf. 
πεπρᾶσομαι [ cf. Lat. pretium, price], 
sell, Lat. uendo, vii. 1. 36, 2. 6, 8. 
6; with gen. of price, vii. 7. 26. 

πίπτω (πετ-, TTO-), πεσοῦμαι, ἔπε- 
σον, πέπτωκα [R. mer], fall, esp. 
in battle, Lat. cado, abs., i. 8. 28, 
9. 31, iv. 5. 7, vi. 1.6; with εἰς and 
acc., iil. 1. 11; fall, be involved, 
with εἰς and acc., ii. 3. 18. 

Πισίδαι, ὧν, the Pisidians, na- 
tives of Pisidia, i. 1.11, 2. 1, 9. 14, 
lines 9. 1Π| 2 29, 8 ΟΠ {π| 
Asia Minor, south of Phrygia and 
north of Pamphylia, mountainous 


La A 


1 


πιστεύω--πλευρα 


and wild. The people did not ac- 
knowledge the sovereignty of Per- 
sia. 

πιστεύω, πιστεύσω, ἐπίστευσα, 
πεπίστευμαι, ἐπιστεύθην [R. πιθ], 
put faith in, trust, rely on, have 
confidence in, credit, Lat. credo, 
with dat. of pers. or thing, i. 2. 2, 
3. 0. ΠΠΠ 5. 29. Al 1 20: γος 2: 9; Vile 
2.17; believe, with inf., i. 9. 8, vii. 
7.47; pass., be trusted or believed, 
vii. 6. 33, 7. 25. 

πίστις, ews, ἡ [R. m0], trust in 
a person, or, as a quality, faith, | 
confidence, good faith, Lat. fides, | 
i. 6.3. Phrases: πίστεως ἕνεκα, to 
make sure of his loyalty, iil. 3. 4; 
διὰ πίστεωκ, See διά, lil. 2.8; mlore:s 
ἔλαβε, he received assurances of 
protection, Lat. fidem accepit, i. 2. 
20. 

πιστός, 7, dv, [R. πιθ], that can 
be trusted, trusty, faithful, sincere, 
sure, true, trustworthy, Lat. fidus, 
jidélis, of persons, abs. or with 
dats, 1. 1557.6; 11. 1214, Age 2, 
iv. 6. 38, vii. 2. 29; of things, vil. 2. 
30; subst., πιστοί, a title given to 
Persian royal counsellors, cf. Eng. 
‘trusty and well-beloved,’ i. 5. 15, 8. 
1; πιστά, Ta, pledges, guarantees, 
between former enemies, ii. 4. 7, iv. 
8. 7, freq. with διδόναι and λαμβά- 
VEL, WOW Wa 9.20. dlls 255. ν- 4: 115 
vii. 4. 22; hence ἐπεὶ τὰ πιστὰ ἐγέ- 
VETO, Ue caieiae teen of pledges, 
i.e. after the treaty was made, ii. 2. 
10, of. iv. 8. 8. 

πιστότης, 770s, ἡ [R. m8], faith- 
fulness, loyalty, Lat. fidélitas, i. 8. 
29. 

πίτυς, vos, ἡ [cf. Lat. pinus, 
pine], pine-tree, iv. 7. 6. 

πλάγιος, ἃ, ov [πλάγος, τό, the 
side], sideways, slanting, Lat. obli- 
quus, trdnsuersus ; subst., τὰ πλά- 
για, sides, of an army, flanks, Lat. 
latera, iii. 4. 14, vi. 3. 15. Phrase: 
els πλάγιον, sideways, obliquely, 1. 
8. 10. 

πλαίσιον, τό, any rectangular 
Jigure, esp. of troops, the square, 





8 


as a marching order, more exactly 
πλαίσιον ἰσόπλευρον, iii. 4. 19, Lat. 
agmen quadratum. ‘The square 
might be solid, ἐν πλαισίῳ πλήρει 
ἀνθρώπων, i. 8.9, or hollow, enclos- 
ing the baggage and camp follow- 
ers, iii. 2. 36, vii. 8.16. The front 
was called τὰ πρόσθεν or στόμα, the 


| sides πλευραί or κέρατα, ili. 2. 36, 


4. 19, 20, 21, 22, 28, 43. 
πλανάομαι, πλανήσομαι, Tem ivy- 
μαι, ἐπλανήθην [ πλάνη, wandering, 


‘ef. Eng. planet], wander, stray, 


straggle, Lat. wagor, i. 2. 25, Vv. I. 
7; of words, be pointless, miss the 
mark, vii. 7. 24. 

πλάτος, ous, TO [πλατύς]. breadth, 
Lat. latitudd,; v. 4. 82. 

πλάττω (πλατ-), ἔπλασα, πέπλα- 
our, ἐπλάσθην [cf. Eng. plastic], 
mould, shape ; mid., of falsehoods, 
fabricate, invent, Lat. fingd, li. 6. 
26. 

πλατύς, εἴα, v [cf Lat. latus, 
flank, Eng. place, plate, plateau], 
broad, wide, Lat. latus, 111. 4. 22, 
v. 4. 29. 

πλεθριαῖος, a, ov [R. πλα], length 
of a plethron, of width, with εὖρος, 
igs Astivosae 

πλέθρον, τό [R. wAa], plethron, 
a measure of length, equal to 100 
Greek feet, or 29.57 metres, or 
about 97 ft. 1 inch. See 8.0. πούς. 
1. 2. 7 4.1 4|: 3: 5. elle Acme aN 
"1. τ: Onsen 5:1 

πλεῖστος, πλείων, See πολύς. 

πλέκω, ἔπλεξα, πέπλεγμαι, ἐπλέχ- 
θην and -επλάκην [cf. Lat. plico, 
fold, duplex, double, Eng. Foun, 
FLAX], twist, plait, of slings, ili. 3. 
18. 

πλέον, 566 πολύς. 

πλεονεκτέω, πλεονεκτήσω, ἐπλεο- 
νέκτησα [R. πλα- R. oex], have 
more, get a larger share, claim too 
large α part, get the better, abs. or 
with gen. of pers., to which may 
be added dat. of thing, iii. 1. 37, v. 
4. 15, 8. 13. 

πλευρά, as [cf. Eng. pleurisy |, 
rib, side, of man, generally (in 


70 


Anab. always) pl., Lat. latera, iv. 
1.18, 7.4; of a square, side, flank, 
ili, 2. 36, 4. 22, 28 (sing.). 

πλέω (πλυ-), πλεύσομαι OY πλευ- 
σοῦμαι, ἔπλευσα, πέπλευκα, πέπλευ- 
σμαι [R. wdeF], sail, go by sea, 
take ship, Lat. nawigd, v. 1. 4, 10, 
6. 10, vil. 6.37 ; with πρός and acc. 
of pers. or εἰς or ἐπί and acc. of 
place, i. 9. 17, ii. 6. 3, vii. 2.8; with 
παρά or ἐκ and gen. of pers. or 
place, vi. 2. 17, 4.3; with ἐν and 
dat., v. 7.8; of a ship, i. 7. 16. 

πληγή, ἢς [πλήττω], blow, stroke, 
Lat. plaga, always pl. in Anab., 
StRUDES 1 τὸ 11. 11 3. 11. ν. ὁ: los 

πλῆθος, ovs, τό [R. πλα], great 
number, multitude, crowd, mass, 
numbers, Lat. multitudd, of men, 
Leelee tien Π1} 1|1: 1 Ἔν: 2. 20). 
ὟΝ 2. ΔΙ’ ΜΠ. 91; ΟἹ things, ἵν. 2- 
8, 7. 26, v. 2. 15; with a numeral, 
number, iv. 2. 2; of space and 
time, length, amount, sum, V. 5. 4, 
vii. 8. 26; dat., πλήθει, in number 
or extent, abs. or with gen., i. 5. 9, 
8.13. Phrase: τὸ πλῆθος, the com- 
mon soldiers, iii. 1. 37. 

πλήθω, poet. πέπληθα [| R. πλα], in 
Anab. only in pres. partic., be full, 
see dyopa, i. 8. 1, ii. 1. 7. 

πλήν, ady., used also freq. as 
conj. [R. wAa], except, except that, 
save that, only that, i. 2. 1, 24, 8. 
20, 25, 9. 29, iil. 1. 26, 2. 28, vil. 3. 
2; as prep. with gen., except, save, 
1 τὸ 50. 911. 1| 2: 2 ἵν: 6: ill vill. 
2. 29, 

πλήρης; es [R. wAa], full, full of, 
abounding in, Lat. plenus, with 
ΘΙ thy Uy Gor dle th Dy tie 3h HO, hie Ὁ. 
1; complete, in full, of pay, vii. 5. 5. 

πλησιάζω (πλησιαδ-), πλησιάσω, 
etc. [πλησίος], approach, draw near, 
abs. or with dat., 1. 5. 2, iv. 6. 6, 
vi. 5. 26. 

πλησίος, a, ov, near, positive 
not found in Attic prose, but sup. 
πλησιαίτατος, nearest, i. το. 5, Vii. 
3. 29; neut. as adv., πλησίον, Lat. 
prope, near, close by, at hand, i. 8. 
ΤΠ 2am ocelvemse 10: Via 5. LOs vile 








πλέω--πλούσιος 


4.6; with gen., v. 2. 11, vii. 1. 39; 
in attrib. position, ἐν τῷ πλησίον 
παραδείσῳ, in the neighbouring 
park, ii. 4. 16, cf. ili. 4. 9, vii. 8. 15. 

πλήττω (TANY-), πλήξω, -ErAnéEa, 
πέπληγα, πέπληγμαι, ἐπλήγην, and 
rare poet. -«πλήχθην (cf. Lat. plango, 
strike, plaga, blow, Eng. FLEcK, 
FLAG, FLATTER, PAT, po-plexy |, 
strike, hit, give a blow, in pass., v. 
8. 2, 4, 12; wound, in pf. act., vi. 
1. 5, which may be pass. in sense 
as in late writers. 

πλίνθινος, 7, ον [πλίνθος], made 
of brick, brick, iii. 4. 11. 

πλίνθος, ἡ ([cf. Eng. FLINT, 
plinth], brick, Lat. later, further 
defined by the adjs. γήινος, κερα- 
μεοῦς, and ὀπτός, q.v., ii. 4. 12, iii. 
Apis ΜΙ Souls 

πλοῖον, τό [ R. AF J, vessel, boat, 
in the widest sense, including at 
the extremes the canoe or ‘dug- 
out,’ πλοῖον μονόξυλον, V. 4. 11, 12, 
and the man-of-war, πλοῖον μακρόν. 
Lat. nauis longa, v. 1.11, cf. i. 3. 
14-17, where πλοῖον is identified 
with τριήρης. In other passages 
the πλοῖον is distinguished from 
the trireme, i. 4.8, v. 1. 4, vi. 4. 18, 
6:1 δ. vil 3313. Lhe term! is ‘ap- 
plied to river boats, i. 4. 18, 7. 15; 
including those by which the stream 
was crossed, ii. 2. 8, v. 6.9; such 
boats might be used in the con- 
struction of a pontoon bridge, i. 2. 
5, li. 4. 18, 24. The πλοῖον was 
sometimes a fishing boat, vii. 1. 20 ; 
sometimes a ship of burthen, i. 7. 
15, vi. 5.1; or might be used as a 
transport for troops, v. 1. 4, 5, 10, 
3.1, 6.1, 12; like the ναῦς, revrn- 
κόντορος, and τριήρης, g.v., it was 
fitted with masts and sails, v. 1. 11, 
6. 31, 36, 7. 8, 15, vi. 1. 14. 

πλοῦς, ὁ [R. wdeF], @ sailing, 
voyage, Lat. na@uigatio, vi. 4. 2; 
time for sailing, sailing weather, 
Wo Wo Uy Villa Mo BBY 

πλούσιος, a, ov [R. mda], rich, 
opulent, Lat. diwes, i. 9. 16, iil. 2. 
26, vii. 7. 28. 


πλουσίως--πολεμέω 


πλουσίως, adv. [R. mda], tn 
wealth or riches, opulently, ii. 2. 
26; comp. πλουσιωτέρως, i. 9. 16 
(but some read the adj. in both 
passages). 

πλουτέω, πλουτήσω, ἐπλούτησα, 
πεπλούτηκα [R. mda], be rich, have 
riches, abs. or with gen., i. 9. 19, 
ii, 6. 21, vii. 7. 28, 42. 

πλουτίζω (πλουτιδ-), πεπλούτικα 
[R. mda], enrich, vii. 6. 9. 

πνεῦμα, ατος, τό [mvéw, cf. Eng. 
pneumatic, pneumonia}, wind, 
breeze, Lat. wentus, iv. 5. 4, Vi. 
τι 14. 

πνέω (πνυ-), mvevooua and mvev- 
σοῦμαι, ἔπνευσα, πέπνευκα [ cf. Lat. 
pulmo, lung], blow, of the wind, 
Lat. jlo, iv. 5.3, Vv. 7. 7. 

πνίγω (πνιγ-); -πνίξω, ἔπνιξα, πέ- 
πνῖγμαι, -επνίγην, choke, strangle, 
pass., be drowned, v. 7. 25. 

ποδαπός, 7, Ov, of what country? 
where from? where born? Lat. 
cuias, iv. 4. 17. 

ποδήρης, ες [R. wed +R. ap], 
reaching to the feet, of shields, i. 


“arobife (ποδιδ-), -ποδιῶ, πεπό- 
δισμαι, ἐποδίσθην [R. wed], tie the 
feet, fetter, hobble, of horses, iii. 4. 
35. 


ποδῶν, See πούς. 

πόθεν, interr. adv., whence ? where 
from? Lat. wnde, v. 4. 7. 

ποθέν, indef. ady., enclitic, from 
somewhere or other, vi. 3. 18. 

ποθέω, ποθήσω, ἐπόθησα [πόθος], 
long, yearn, with inf., vi. 4. 8. 

πόθος, ὁ, longing, Lat. déside- 
rium, with gen., iii. 1. ὃ. 

mot, indef. adv., enclitic, some- 
whither, somewhere or other, v. 1. 
8) vi. 3: 10} vi. 2: 18. 

ποιέω, ποιήσω, etc. [ποιέω], make, 
produce, create, construct, fashion, 


form, render, Lat. facio, i. 5. 5, | 


Bh Ie Gy NE a ον πὶ 42. 15. 
24, ἦγ. 1: 18; ih. 18. 8:20}: 2500, 
3. 9, vi. 4. 9; with two aces., one 
of which may be an adj., i. 1. 2, 
17 Ὅν Oslin ay 7 ν. 2:18: 


180 


vii. 7.47 ; bring about, effect, cause, 
with inf., ὥστε and inf., or acc. and 
simi Tey Oy 2. Ὁ, 7 Gert, Gs Ib ἐν ie. 
22, v. 7. 27, vil. 8. 14; suppose, 
imagine, Lat. facto, pond, with 
ace. and inf., v. 7.9; do, act, per- 
form, accomplish, inflict, with acc. 
or freq. with an adv., i. 1. 11, 4. 5, 
5. 8, ii. 5. 33, 6. 9, iii. 1. 28, iv. 8. 6, 
vi. 6. 18, vii. 1. 8; with two accs., 
1.0. 11 ΠῚ το ὃν Ul 2. Ὅν 7 10: Ὅτ 
an acc. and an adv., i. 4. 8, 6. 7, ii. 
3. 28, v. 5.9. Mid., in most of the 
above senses but denoting that one 
does a thing in his own interest or 
has it done for him by another, i. 
1029; 11: 2: 18, 11}: 2:90. 8: 10] 
γ-. 2. Ὁ. 0. Ὁ: 12. wis 2. Σ΄, via 8: 10]; 
often with an obj. so used that it 
forms one idea with the verb, as 
τὴν πορείαν ἐποιεῖτο = ἐπορεύετο, i. 
Te ΟΣ ΟΣ te tin Wy ts δ: 9. ΠῚ 2.9: 
v. 4. 3, 8. 1. Phrases with the 
mid.: see esp. δεινός, εὕρημα, ὀλί- 
γος, περί. 

ποιητέος, a, ov, verbal [ποιέω], 
to be done, or impers., one mast 
do, the agent, when expressed, be- 
ing in the dat., i. 3. 15, iii. 1. 18, 
35, Vi. 4. 12. 

ποικίλος, 7, ov [root mu, cf. Lat. 
pingo, paint|, variegated, party- 
coloured, of many colours, Lat. 
uarius, i. 5. 8; of tattooing, v. 4. 
32. 

ποῖος, a, ov, interr. pron., of what 
nature? of what sort? what kind 
of a? what?, Lat. qudlis, used in 
dir. and indir. questions, ii. 5. 7, 
13, iii. 1. 14, vii. 6. 24. 

πολεμέω, πολεμήσω, etc., but -πε- 
᾿πολέμημαι πόλεμος], be at war, make 
or wage war, do battle, fight, Lat. 
bellum gero, sometimes in aor., go 
to war, Lat. bellum infero, abs. or 
| with dat., i. 1. 5, 8, 9. 9, il. 1. 20, 
3. 21, iv. 8. 6, V. 5. 22, vi. I. 27, Vil. 
6.1; with πρός and acc., i. 3. 4, vii. 
| 8.24. Phrase: ὅσα ἐπολεμήθη πρὸς 
τοὺς "EXAnvas, what hostilities were 
carried on against the Greeks, iv. 
Dede 





181 


πολεμικός, 77, Ov [πόλεμος, Cf. τη. 
polemic], of or for war, Lat. belli- 
cus; of persons, warlike, martial, 
valorous, ii. 6. 1, iii. 5. 16, v. 2. 2; 
subst., τὸ πολεμικόν, signal for bat- 
tle, the charge, Lat. bellicum, iv. 
3. 29, war cry, Vil. 3. 33; τὰ mode- 
μικά, military operations, Lat. res 
bellica, iii. 1. 38, 49. 

πολεμικῶς, adv. [πολεμικός], in 
a hostile manner, like enemies ; 
Supe τΠ το: 

πολέμιος, ἃ, ον [πόλεμος], of or 
belonging to war, So subst., τὰ πο- 
λέμια, military matters, Lat. res 
militaris, i. 6. 1; generally, the 
enemy’s, hostile, Lat. hostilis, of 
persons and places, i. 2. 19, 5. 16, 
Wl, > AE ie ig thy, 2.1. γ- Gig 
vi. 3. 22, vil. 1. 28; subst., ἡ πολε- 
μία (sc. χώρα), the enemy’s coun- 
try, hostile territory, iii. 3. 5, vii. 
6. 25; of πολέμιοι, the enemy, Lat. 
ROStES 1. AsO lie 2: LG Miva 2: 2. ΥἹ 
Bor dle 

πόλεμος, ὁ, war, warfure, Lat. 
bellum, i. 5. 9, ii. 4. 5, 6. 30, iii. 1. 
AD), 2p Ua Wie 5. WO, Wo ἃ, aS ale 1.29. 
vii. 1. 26; with gen., ii. 5.7; with 
προς aNd ΘΟ 1.6: ὃ. 1Ve 4.1, Vil 
1.27. Phrases: τῶν eis τὸν πόλε- 
μον ἔργων, warlike exercises, i. 9. 
5; see also ἀναιρέω, did, ἐκφαίνω, 
ἐκφέρω. 

πολίζω (πολιδ-} [R. mda], build 
or found a city. Phrase: πολίζει τὸ 
χωρίον, he was colonizing the place, 
vi. 6.4. (Elsewhere not Attic.) 

πολιορκέω, πολιορκήσω, ἐπολιόρ- 
κησα, -πεπολιόρκημαι, ἐπολιορκήθην 
[R. πλα + εἴργω], hem in a city, be- 
siege, Lat. obsided, i. 1. 7, 111. 4. 8, 
vi. 1. 28; pass., of persons, be 
hemmed in, be beset or blockaded, 
1 25 Ulsan), II ΠῚ: 22: 

πόλις, ews, ἡ [R. πλα], city, Lat. 
URUS ween OD 0.11... 2]. 111. An 0. 
ἵν. NE)s Nie 5: Bh Ὑἱ: 2s temas 5..2} :; 
body of citizens, state, Lat. ciwitas, 
τς Ole 5. 8: View. 27; (SPs at 
Athens, the upper city as distin- 
guished from Piraeeus, vii. 1. 27. 





πολεμικός--πολύς 


πόλισμα, ατος, τό [1ἰ. πλα], town, 
1h Yo Wey Waly 4: ἢ, yale 80 91. 

πολιτεύω, ToNTEVTW, πεπολίτευ- 
μαι, ἐπολιτεύθην [R. πλα], be a citi- 
zen, live ina city, ili. 2. 26. 

πολίτης, ov [R. wAa], citizen, 1.6. 
one who holds the citizenship of a 
free state or city, Lat. ciwis, v. 3. 
9, 10. 

πολλάκις, adv. [R. mAa], often, 
Srequently, Lat. saepe, i. 2. 11, v. 
1. 11, vii. 3. 38. 

πολλαπλάσιος, a, ον [R. πλα], 
many times as many, many times 
more, of number and amount, i. 7. 
3, Vii. 7. 25; with gen., iii. 2. 14, 
V. 5. 22, Vil. 7. 27. 

πολλαχῇ, adv. [R. πλα], in many 
ways, often, Vil. 3. 12. 

πολλαχοῦ, adv. [R. mda], in 
many places, on many occasions, 
iv. I. 28. 

πολυάνθρωπος, ov [R. πλα + ἀνήρ 
+R. om], thickly populated, ii. 4. 
13. 

πολυαρχία, as [R. πλα + ἄρχω], 
command vested in many, Vi. τ. 18. 

ἸΠολυκράτης, ovs, ὁ, Polycrates, 
an Athenian captain, iv. 5. 24, use- 
ful to the army, v. 1. 16, and 
trusted by Xenophon, vii. 2. 17, 
29, 30, 6. 41. 

TIoAtvikos, ὁ, Polynicus, a Spar- 
tan, ambassador between Thibron 
and the army, vii. 6. 1, 39, 43, 7. 
13, 56. 

πολυπραγμονέω [R. πλα + mpar- 
τω]. be a busybody, be a meddler, 
intrigue, Vv. 1. 15. 

πολύς, πολλή, πολύ [R. Aa], 
much, many, used in the widest 
sense, of persons and things, Lat. 
multus ; of number or amount, 
many, in great numbers, in large 
quantity, 1. 3. 14, 5. 2, 111. 1. 22, 5. 
iver 4a 7. 1: Νὶ τ. ΤΆ 6:96} Or 
space, great, large, extensive, li. 4. 
21, ili. 5.17, vi. 4.6; of time, long, 
i, 3. 2, 9. 25, v. 2. 17; of value, see 
ἄξιος, i. 3. 12, ii. 1. 14, iv. 1. 28; of 
size, force, intensity, degree, much, 
great, large, strong, mighty, i. 2.18, 


Πολύστρατος-πορευτέος 


γ. 4, ο. 15, ii. 5. 9, iv. 2. 20, vii. 2. 
1d Often joined to another ‘adj. by 
kal, aS πολλὰ καμήχανα (s.c. πράγ- 
ee many difficulties, ii. 3. 18, 
Cf, iv. 6.21, ν Ὁ. 9; Vi. 2. 8; Vit. 
33. Subst., of πολλοί, the many, 
most, the majority, abs. or with 
gen., Hes 1654. 2s 111: 2. 16 jive 2.99» 
τὸ πολύ, the bulk, the greater part, 
the most, with gen., i. 4. 13, 7. 20, iv. 
1. 11, 6. 24, ef. vii. 7. 36. Neut. as 
adv., πολύ, ‘much, Sar, a great way, 
i. 5. 3, iii. 3. 6, 4. 33, freq. with 
comp. and sup., i. 5. 2, ii. 3. 13, iii. 
1, 22; iv. 2. 14, rare with positive, 
Vi. = 84; so anne with comp., ii. 
5. 92, Iv. ᾽ν. 29; πολλά, often, iv. 3. 


2. Phrases: ENN (sc. ὁδός), along | 


journey, Vi. 3. 16; διὰ πολλά, for 
many reasons, 1. 9.22; ὁ πολὺς ὄχλος, 
the numerous camp followers, iii. 2. 
36; ἐκ πολλοῦ, with a long start, iil. 
3. 9; ἐπὶ πολύ, over a great extent, 
i. 8. 8, iv. 2.13, v. 6.53; ὡς ἐπὶ πολύ, 
as a general rule, 111. 1.42, 4.35; πολ- 
dod δέω, see δέω, lack ; περὶ πολλοῦ 
ποιεῖσθαι, see περί. Comp. πλείων, 
more, greater, with the same mean- 
ings, in general, as above, ii. 1. 20, 
iv. 1. 11, 6. 9, 7. 28, v. 6.5, vii. 6. 
16; with 7, than, i. 3. 7, 5. 13, vii. 7. 
86; neut. as adv., coe or eae 
more, more highly, in greater de- 
gree, i. 4.14, v. 4. 31, vi. 3. 18; with 
gen. or 7, than, i. 2. 11, iii. 2. 34, 
3. 11, iv. 2. 28, 6.11. Phrases: ἐκ 


πλείονος ΟΥ πλέονος ἔφευγον, they: 


182 


πολυτελής, ἐς [R. πλα + R. Tad J, 
τρίβοι outlay, costly, expensive, 
i. 5. 

ae see πῶμα. 

πομπή, 7s [πέμπω]. escort; esp. 
procession in honour of a god, Lat. 
pompa, V. 5. 5. 

πονέω, πονήσω, etc., but -επονήθην 
[Β. oma], work hard, toil, un- 


'_dergo hardship, Lat. laboro, esp. in 





isons, bad, base, worthless, 
| prauus, li. 5. 21, v. 7. 90; hostile, 


war, abs., i. 4. 14, ii. 6. 6, 111. 4. 46, 
vii. 6. 836; with ὑπέρ and gen., vii. 
3. 31; with acc. χρήματα, earn by 
hard work, vii. 6.41. Phrase: ἐπὶ 
Tots πεπονημένοις, at hardships, Vii. 
6. 10. 

πονηρός, a, dv [R. oa], burden- 
some, troublesome, bad, poor, dan- 
gerous, of things, Lat. molestus, iii. 
4. 19, vi. 6. 10, vii. 4. 12; of per- 
Lat. 


with πρός and acc., vii. 1.89; subst., 
πονηρός, ὁ, knave, ii. 6. 29 ; <onicies 
τό, a useless thing, iii. 4. 35. 
πονήρως, adv. [R. oma], with 
difficulty, Lat. molesté, iii. 4. 19. 
πόνος, ὁ [R. oma], hard work, 


labour, toil, hardship, Lat. labor, 


fled when at a greater distance, i. | 


το dik: 
ποιεῖσθαι. see περί. Sup. πλεῖστος. 
most, in greatest number, 
strengthened by ws or ὅτι, i. 1. 6, 
ii. 4. 6, iv. 6. 1; subst., of πλεῖστοι 
or πλεῖστοι, most, most of them, 
5. 2, 13, v. 2.14, vii. 4.6; neut. as 
adv., πλεῖστον, πλεῖστα, generally, 
mostly, chiefly, iii. 2. 31, vii. 6. 35. 
Phrases : 
possible, li. 2. 12; 
ποιεῖσθαι, See περί. 

ἸΠολύστρατος, ὁ, Polystratus, fa- | 
ther of the Athenian Lycius, iii. 3.20. 


περὶ πλείονος Or πλέονος | g 


il. 5. 18, iii. 1. 12, vi. 2. 10. Phrase : 
τοὺς pierce fae ἔχει, he gets 
the benefits of all owr toil, vii. 6. 9. 

πόντος, ὁ, sea; in Anab. always 
Πόντος, the Black or Euxine Sea, 
with or without Evéevos (q.v.), iv. 
8. 22. Me. 1- 16... 15 ΜῈ} Ais I Vall ise 
12. 

Πόντος, 6, Pontus, v. 6. 15, ἃ 
general term applied in the Anab. 


‘to the countries lying along the 


often | 


southern coast of the Euxine, esp. 


to those east of Paphlagonia. This 


ws πλεῖστον, as far as) 
περὶ πλείστου 2. 10, iii. 1. 5, iv. 5. 35, pl. vii. 3. 


part, with the northern half of Cap- 


i. padocia, after Alexander’s time be- 


came a kingdom, and under the 
Romans a province. 
πορεία, as | R. περ]; a going, trav- 


elling, journey, march, i. 7. 20, ii. 


37; with ἐπί and ACC., oe 
πορευτέος, a, ov, verbal [R. περ]; 
that must be traversed or crossed, 


189 


ii. 5. 18; impers., πορευτέον, one 
must cross or traverse, Lat. eundum 
ΘΒ 115 2. 12) iv. 1.2. 5. 1- 

πορεύω, πορεύσω, ἐπόρευσα [R. 
περ]; make go, but these act. forms 
are rare in prose, and in Anab. the 
verb is a pass. dep., πορεύομαι, πορεύ- 
σομαι, ἐπορεύθην. go, move, travel, 
march, walk, march on, advance, 
Lat. iter facio, abs. and freq. with 
AVS!) lee elegy 4. Ὅν 28; nie. 14. 
Ms 15 ἤν tie clot, we 7. 1. ak 2.230; 
vii. τ. 10; with ws, παρά, ἐπί, or 
πρός and acc. of pers., i. 2. 4, 3. 7, 
ii. 1.4, vi. 6.193; with eds, ἐπί, παρά, 
or πρός and ace. of place, iii. 4. 41, 
v. 4. 80, 7. 6, vii. 8.7; with ἀπό, 
ἐκ, διά, OY παρά and gen., i. 5. 4, 
Ho, dla dhe So UR Wwe 4. 2. val δ᾽ ὅς 
often with cognate acc., ii. 4. 13, 
iil. 4. 46, iv. 4. 1. 

πορθέω, πορθήσω, etc. 
waste, Lat. dépopulor, v. 7. 14, vii. 
Hy 1... 

πορίζω (ποριδ-), ποριῶ, ἐπόρισα, 
πεπόρικα, πεπόρισμαι, ἐπορίσθην [R. 
περ], bring, bring to, bring about, 
provide, supply, Lat. praebed, ii. 3. 
Dilley 2, 0. 5. On VaOn Ὁ. ΜΠ:52. 10: 
τ... supply oneself with, get, ob- 
tain, Lat. paro, ii. 1. 6, iii. 1. 20, 
Ve Bley 

πόρος, ὁ [ R. περ], means of pass- 
ing, of a river, ford, Lat. wadum, iv. 
3. 15, 20; means, way in general, 


hence, πόρους πρὸς τὸ ὑμῖν πολεμεῖν. 


means of waging war on you, ii. 5. 
20. 

πόρρω, adv. [πρό], far off, afar; 
with gen. of pers., far from, Lat. 
procul, i. 3. 12, iii. 4. 35. 

πορφύρεος, ἡ; ov, contr. πορφυ- 
ροῦς, ἃ, οῦν [cf. πορφύρα, purple- 
Jish, Eng. porphyry], dark red, 
purple, i. 5. 8. 

ποσί, See πούς. 

πόσος, 7, ov, interr. pron., of size, 
amount, and distance, how large or 
much? how far? Lat. quantus, in 
dir. and indir. questions, ii. 4. 21, 
Vib Ὁ. ALU ath Ses 8. 1: 


[πέρθω,᾿ 
sack], ravage, waste, plunder, lay 











Tropevw—Tovs 


ποταμός, ὁ [cf. hippo-potamus |, 
river, stream, Lat. flumen, i. 2. 23, 
Ato IN Wile Tig We ΠῚ Ao the 5. Ate Ve 
6. 9, vi. 2.1. The name is gener- 
ally in attrib. position, i. 2. 5, 5. 
Πρ τ OL τἰ 5. 0. ν.32. 1 evil. 8: 
18, but, without the art., may fol- 
low or precede ποταμός, V. 3. 8. 

ποτέ, indef. adv., enclitic, at any 
time, once, once on a time, ever, Lat. 
aliquando, olim, 1. 5. 7, 9. 6, iii. 4. 
10, vii. 8. 3; in questions, like Lat. 
tandem, aS ὅποι ποτὲ τρέψονται, 
where in the world they would turn, 
iii. 5. 13. Phrase: εἴ more καὶ ἄλ- 
Note, if ever in the world, Lat. si 
umquam alias, vi. 4. 12. 

πότερος, a, ov, interr. pron., which 
of two? Lat. uter; hence πότερον, 
ady., in questions where an alter- 
native generally follows, as πότερον 
...7, Whether... or, Lat. utrum... 
an, in dir. questions, ili. 2. 21, vii. 7. 
45; in indir., 1. 4. 13, ii. 2. 10, iii. 
2,205 v.92: 8; SO πότερα. . - 75, 1 
fic MO) ia Io Vals 5 150. Wal, i, Habs 
πότερον without foll. 7, v. 8. 4. 

ποτέρως, interr. adv. [πότερος], 
in which of the two ways? followed 
by εἰ... ἢ εἰ, vii. 7. 30, 33, 34. 

ποτήριον, τό [R. πο], drinking 
cup, beaker, vi. τ. 4. 

ποτόν, τό [R. πο]. drink, i. το. 
18, esp. in the phrase σῖτα καὶ ποτά, 
eatables and drinkables, food and 
drink, UW.) 3. 2/1, εἰ 52. 98: Villy 1. 
99 
vv. 

πότος, ὁ [R. πο], a drinking, 
drinking party, symposium, il. 3. 
15, Vii. 3. 26. 

ποῦ, interr. adv., where? Lat. ubi, 
li. 4. 15, v:. 8. 2. 

πού, indef. adv., enclitic, any- 
where, somewhere, of place, i. 2. 27, 
ΠΕΣ VSS ΠῚ 1. 25 VES. One Ver Os 
17; to modify an assertion, as ἐπί- 
στασθέ που, you know, of course, 
Lat. opinor, v. 7. 13. 

πούς, ποδός, ὁ [R. med], foot, 
Lat. pés, i. 5. 3, iv. 5. 12, v. 8. 15, Vii. 
4. 4; as a measure, shorter than 
the English foot, equal to .296 


πρᾶγμα- πρεσβύτης 


metres, or about 11.65 inches, i. 2. 
8) il. 4. 12, ii. 4. 7. 

The table of Attic linear meas- 
ure is as follows: 








4 
l100 | 663 


| 000 | 400 





162 ᾿πλέθρον 
100 6 





στάδιον 
ae 





Phrases: τὰ πρὸ ποδῶν, Lat. ante 
pedes, what is right before one, iv. 
6. 12; ἐπὶ πόδα, see dvaxwpéw, V 
2. 32. 

πρᾶγμα, aros, τό [πρᾶττω, cf. 
Eng. pragmatic], thing done, deed, 
action, fact, affair, business, Lat. 
res, negotium, i. 5. 15, v. 6. 28, 7. 
18, vii. 1. 17; in a bad sense, 
troublesome matter, trouble, diffi- 
culty, annoyance, 1. 3. 3, il. 1. 16, 
ἵν. απ τ Ve 5165) νι 7 0 10]. gGOU= 
ernment, state, vil. 2.32. Phrases: 
πρᾶγματα παρέχειν with dat., give 
or cause trouble, Lat. negotiumn 
facessere, i. 1. 11, iv. 1. 22, 2. 27; 
οὐδὲν εἴη πρᾶγμα, nothing was the 
matter, vi. 6. 8. 

πραγματεύομαι, 
μὴν, πεπραγμάτευμαι, ἐπραγματεύ- 
θην [πρᾶγμα], busy oneself in; 
πραγματευόμενος ἀγαθὸν ὑμῖν, striv- 
ing to compass some benefit for 
you, Vil. 6. 55. 

mpavys, és [πρό]. bent forward, 
Lat. pronus; of descents, head- 
long, steep, Lat. praeceps, i. 5. 8, 
v. 2. 28. Phrases: els τὸ mpaveés, 
straight down hill, iii. 4.25; κατὰ 
τοῦ mpavovs, down along the in- 
cline, iv. 8. 28, vi. 5. 31. 

πρᾶξις, ews, ἡ [πράττω], a doing, 
undertaking, enterprise, business, 
LesnlG eS) 6: Τὺ ΙΝ 2. Στ ἸΠ δ᾽ 
bad sense, scheme, collusion, vii. 
5 1: 





‘impers., it is jitting or proper, 
_decet, with inf., 11]. 


ἐπραγματευσά- 





184 


πρᾷος, εἴα, ον, gen. pl. πρᾶέων, 
mild, of fish, tame, i. 4. 9. 

πράττω (mpairy- Nn πράξω, ἔπραξα, 
mémpaya ΟΥ πέπραχα, πέπρᾶγμαι, 
ἐπράχθην (cf. Eng. practice], bring 
to pass, carry out, perform, accom- 
plish, fulfil, do, act, ne eas Lat. 
facio, abs. or with acc., ii. 2. 2, 18, 
ΞΘ, iii. 1. 14, v. 4. 20, 6. 28, vi. 1. 
18, vii. 6. 8, 32; with περί and gen. 
of pers. or thing, i. 6. 6, v. 6. 28, vii. 
2. 12; with ὑπέρ and gen. of pers., 
vi. 6. 18; effect, exact from some 
one, with two accs., vii. 6. 17; 
intr., be in @ state or condition, do, 
fare, esp. with advs., as εὖ mpar- 
τειν, be fortunate or successful, vii. 
6.11, 7.42; καλῶς πράττειν, prosper, 
iii. 1.6, of. i. 9. 105 οὕτω πράξαντες, 
with this result, ii. 4.6; so with 
adjs., vi. 4. 8, and rels., as ἃ πρᾶτ- 
τοι, how he fared, vil. 4. 21, ef. vii. 
6. 31. 

πράως, adv. 
lightly, i. 5. 14. 

πρέπω, πρέψω. erpeva, be fitting, 
become, suit, with dat., iii. 2. 7; 
Lat. 
2163 βου πε 
the phrase ἐπεὶ τῇ ἡλικίᾳ ἔπρεπε, 
when he was of suitable age, i. 
g. 6. 

πρεσβεία, as [πρεσβεύω], em- 
bassy, Lat. légatio, vii. 3. 21. 

πρεσβεύω, πρεσβεύσω, ἐπρεσβευ- 


[πρᾷος], mildly, 


σά την, πεπρέσβευκα [πρέσβυς]. be 
| ambassador, go as envoy, Vii. 2. 23, 


7.6; with rapa and gen. of pers., 
ii, 1. 18; 

πρέσβυς, ews, ὁ [cf. Eng. presby- 
ter, priest], old, reverend, Lat. 
senex, poetic ; as adj. in Anab. only 
in comp. and sup., πρεσβύτερος, 
πρεσβύτατος, i. 1. 1, ii. τ. 10, 3. 12, 
iii. 2. 37, vii. 4. 5; as subst., in 
prose always.pl., πρέσβεις, of, am- 
bassadors, envoys, chosen for their 
age and standing in a community, 
Lat. legati, iii. 1. 28, v. 5. 7, 6. 13, 
Wi. 200% 

πρεσβύτης, ov [πρέσβυς], 
man, Lat. senex, vi. 3. 10. 


old 


185 


πρίασθαι, 2 aor. mid. inf., from 
indic. ἐπριάμην, buy, used in Attic 
for aor. of ὠνέομαι, opt. πριαίμην, 
partic. πριάμενος, ii. 3. 26, ili. 1. 20, 
vi. 4. 22; with gen. of price, i. 

6. 
3 πρίν, temporal conj. [πρό], be- 
fore, ere, until, after affirmative 
sentences with ‘int, 1 ἢ. 19. 10; 8: 
IG), τὸ TS) ae Bo. Ay Bs tie Bs Ml, We 
6. 16; after neg. sentences with 
maeliey, Ih, Dy Aho, sth, 5 955 wl, Vig 10; 
2. 29, vi. 1. 27, with ἄν and subjv., 
i. 1. 10, v. 7. 5, 12, or with opt., i 
2. 2, vii. 7. 57, and in some Mss. 
and editt. with inf. (where some 
read opt.), iv. 5. 30. 

πρό, prep. with gen. [πρό], of 
place, before, in front of, Lat. 
TD 2 WG 2.4. Gi ails 20: ἵν. Ὁ: 
12; hence, in defence of, for the 
sake of, for, Lat. pro, vi. 1. 8, vii. 
6. 27, 36, but πρὸ τῶν τοξευμάτων, 
as a defence against arrows, Vii. 8. 
18; of time, before, i. 7. 13, Vii. 3. 
1. In composition πρό signifies 
before, forth, forward, in public, 
for, on behalf of. 

προαγορεύω [ayelpw], give public | 1 
notice, with ὅτι and a clause, ii. 2. 
20. 

προάγω [R. ay], lead forward, 
iv. 6. 21; intr., go forward, ad- 
vance, Vi. τ᾿ (Ὁ dul. 

προαιρέω [αἱρέω], take before 
others ; mid., pick out for oneself, 
select, vi. 6. 19. 

προαισθάνομαι [R. 1 «ΕἸ. πα 

out or observe beforehand, with 
DALUIC ede ἡ. 

προαναλίσκω [davaricxw], spend 
in advance, Vi. 4. 8. 

προαποτρέπομαι [τρέπω], turn 
away beforehand, leave off previ- 
ously, with partic., vi. 5. 51. 

προάρχομαι [ἄρχω]; begin be- 
fore, take the start, with inf., i. 8. 
ie 

προβαίνω [R. Ba], step forward, 
advance, iv. 2. 28, 3. 28; of time, 
νὺξ προβαίνει, the night is wearing 
on, iil. 1. 138. 


i 


Sore ; 





πρίασθαι--προεῖπον 


προβάλλω [βάλλω]. throw be- 
mid., hold before oneself, 
in the phrase τὰ ὅπλα προβαλέ- 
σθαι, advance one’s arms for at- 
tack, charge bayonets, i. 2. 17, vi. 
5. 16, also for defence, as in the 
phrase πρὸ ἀμφοῖν προβεβλημένος 
(se. ἀσπίδα). holding out his shield 
in front of both, iv. 2.21; of per- 
sons, bring forward, propose, nomi- 
nate, Vi. 1. 25, 2. 0. 

πρόβατον, τό, cattle, Lat. pecis, 
generally jovi Th, A we 2. ἊΣ 
Waly 35 ὩΣ Ὁ chiefly confined to small 
animals, as sheep and goats, iv. 7. 
14, vii. 3. 48, 7.53; of sheep only, 
iii. 5. 9. 

προβολή, 7s [βάλλω], α throwing 
forward. Phrase, εἰς προβολήν, see 
καθίημι, Vi. 5. 25. 

προβουλεύω [R. Bod], plan for, 
contrive on behalf of, with gen. of 
ELS: Ul τ΄ 9.1. 

πρόγονος, ὁ |[ hR. γεν], forefather, 
vii. 2. 22, pl., ancestors, Lat. ma- 
iores, ili. 2. 11, 13. 

προδίδωμι [R. 80], give oud 
oe to an enemy, surrender, iii. 1. 

; hence, betray, abandon, Bae 

oa prado, il, 235 Oy 112. 85 5. 909); aut 
1 5 2p By WAG Ὁ.1.1: 

προδιώκω [διώκω], pursue on or 
further, ili. 3. 10. 

προδότης, ov [R. 80], 
traitor, Lat. proditor, li. 5. 
6: 1: 

προδρομή,; 7s [cf. δρόμος]. a run- 
ning forth, sally, iv. 7. 10. 

προεῖδον [R. Ftd], see before or 
in front of oneself, see before- 
hand, act. and mid., i. 8. 20, vi. 
1. 8. 

πρόειμι [εἶμι], go on before or 
Cheadle al An 18: sive 53. 94 00 
forward, advance, proceed, Uy, 5) ANT 
8. Δ ive oe Qi vil 5. 12), .withxels 
or πρός and acc., or ἀπό“ and gen., 
ΠΣ Ι ΠΣ 2.2... Οἱ tIMe.y ais 
προιούσης τῆς νυκτός, in the course 
of the night, ii. 2. 19. 

προεῖπον [εἶπον]. tell before, give 
orders, 1. 2. 17. 


betrayer, 
All Nak 


προελαύνω-προμαχεών 


προελαύνω [ἐλαύνω], intr. ride 
before, march on ΠΕ ΠῸ7Ὸ; push on, 
i, 10. 16, vi. 3. 14, 22. 

προεργάζομαι [R. Fepy], work or 
do beforehand. Phrase: τὴν mpo- 
εἰργασμένην δόξαν, glory already 
won, Lat. gloriam ante partam, Vi. 
τ 74lle 

προέρχομαι [ἔρχομαι], go before 
or first, advance before another, 
go forward, ere march on, 
proceed, li. 3. 3,\ili. 3. 6, 4. 37 
with ace. σταδίους, vii. 3. 1: with 
εἰς OY κατά and acc., iv. 2: 16, Vii. 
2.1: , 
προερῶ, used as fut. of προλέγω 
[R. 1 Fep], tell beforehand, warn, 
caution, Vil. 7a 15: Gf. 9: 

προέχω [K. oex], have the ad- 
vantage of, ill. 2. 19. 

προηγέομαι [R. ay], lead for- 
ward, lead on, with cognate acc., 
vi. 5. 10. 

προηγορέω Γἀχείρω speak for, 
be spokesman, V. 5. 

προθέω [θέω]. run forward or 
ahead, ν. ὃ. 13. 

προθυμέομαι, προθυμήσομαι and 
τ Ἐπ: ae προυθυμήθην [R. 1 
θυ], be ready, eager, zealous or 
earnest, desire, wish earnestly, Lat. 
studeo, abs. or with inf., i. 9. 24, 
Mig ele ΠῚ sig ty | Als 16. ἐπ 
47; give special ‘attention, Were 
22 (but here probably read προθύ- 
εσθαι). 


προθυμία, as [R. 1 θυ], readi- 


ness, eagerness, zeal, good will, 
Lat. studium, i. 9. 18; with περί 
and! aces sO£ spers.,. “Vile Ὁ: 11: 1 
45, 


πρόθυμος, ov [R. 1 Ov], ready, 
willing, devoted, eager, zealous, 
well w ged Lat. studidsus, 1. 3. 
ΤΟ 15. 7. 8; ΤΠ. 2.18: 

προθύμως, adv, [R. 1 θυ]. read- 
ily, willingly, eagerly, zealously, 
1: 4.9. TOV, 2: 2. vais 7s 
21. 

προθύω [R. 2 θυ], sacrifice be- 
fore; mid., offer a sacrifice before 
an event, as a battle or expedition, 








186 


offer a preliminary sacrifice, i. 7. 
18, vi. 4. 22. 

προίημι [ἴημι], send forth ; mid., 
give oneself up, give over, entrust, 
surrender, abs., or with acc., i. 9. 
9, 12, v. 8. 14, vii. 3. 31. Phrase: 
τούς σοι προεμένους εὐεργεσίαν, those 
who have bestowed kind offices on 
you, Vil. 7. 47. 

προίστημι [R. ota], put at the 
head of; intr. in pf., 2 pf., and 
plpf. act., stand at the head of, 
command, be chief of, Lat. prae- 
sum, With gen., i. 2. 1, vi. 2. 9, 6. 
12, vil. 2. 2: 

προκαίω or -Kaw [καίω], burn in 
front of, vii. 2. 18. 

προκαλέω [R. kad], call forth ; 
mnid., call forward to oneself, with 
ἐκ and gen., Vil. 7. 2. 

προκαλύπτω (καλύπτω, καλυβ-, 
καλύψω, ἐκάλυψα, κεκάλυμμαι, ἐκα- 
λύφθην, cover], put a cover before, 
cover up, ili. 4. 8. 

προκαταθέω [θέω], run along in 
advance, Vi. 3. 10. 

προκατακαίω or -Kaw [καίω], 
burn down before one, i. 6. 2. 

προκαταλαμβάνω [λαμβάνω], oc- 
cupy or seize before another, pre- 
occupy, of strong positions, i. 3. 14, 
li. 5. 18, ili. 4. 38, iv. 1. 25. 

πρόκειμαι [κεῖμαι], Jie in front, 
jut out, of a position on a coast, 
with ἐν and dat., vi. 4. 3. 

προκινδυνεύω [κίνδῦνος), bear 
the first risk, brave danger for an- 
other, vii. 3. 31. 

Προκλῆς, έους, ὁ, Procles, gover- 
nor of Teuthrania, a descendant 
of Demaratus of Sparta, friendly 
to the Greeks, ii. 1. 3, 2. 1, vii. 8. 
ileie 

προκρίνω [κρένω], choose before 
others, prefer, Vi. 1. 26. 

προλέγω [R. Aey], declare pub- 
licly, give public orders or ee 
ing, with dat. and inf., vii. 7. 
(As fut. προερῶ, aor. προεῖπον, ῃ. τὸ 

προμαχεών, ὥνος, ὁ [R. pax], 
rampart, battlement, Lat. propug- 
naculum, vii. ὃ. 19, 


187 


προμετωπίδιον, τό | R. om], front- 
let, armour worn on a horse’s fore- 
head, i. 8. 7. 


No. 58. 


προμνάομαι (μνάομαι, ἐμνησάμην 
[R. pa], court), sue for one, solicit, 
Vii. 3. 18. 

προνοέομαι, προνοήσομαι, προυνοη- 
σάμην and προυνοήθην [ "ἡ. γνω], take 
thought for, provide for, Vil. 7. 37 ; 
with gen., vii. 7. 99. 

πρόνοια, as [ R. yvw |, forethought, 
prudent care, vil. 7. 52. 

προνομή, 7s [R. ven], a foraging, 
foraging party, Vv. τ. 7. 

προξενέω, προξενήσω, προυξένησα 
[ξένος], be one’s πρόξενος, hence 
manage anything for one, bring 
about, in a bad sense, put upon, 
vi. 5. 14. 

πρόξενος, ὁ [ξένος], public ξένος, 
the citizen of a state who was 
appointed by a foreign state to 
manage its business in his coun- 
try and to protect such of its cit- 
izens as went thither, somewhat 
resembling our consul, but almost 
always, it should be observed, a 











προμετωπίδιον- πρός 


citizen of the state where he per- 
formed his duties. The proxenus 
received many honours and dis- 
tinctions from the state which he 
represented. v. 4. 2, 6. 11. 

Πρόξενος, ὁ, Proxenus, a Theban, 
11. 1. 10, pupil of Gorgias, ii. 6. 16, 
ξένος of Cyrus, i. 1. 11, to whom he 
brought troops, i. 2. 3, and one of 
whose generals he was, command- 
ing the centre of the Greeks at 
Cunaxa, i. 8. 4. After the death 
of Cyrus, he was entrapped and 
killed with the other generals, ii. 
5. ol ff. Xenophon, his ξένος, v. 3. 
5, was induced by him to join the 
expedition, ili. 1. 4 ff., and suc- 
ceeded to his command, iii. 1. 
47; his character, 11. 6. 16 ff. 
See also i. 5. 14, 10. 5, ii. 4. 15. 

προπέμπω [πέμπω]. send for- 
ward or ahead, send on, de- 
SNe Ox ks 45 15} Thy Zin 1 Ave teh GE 
with ἐπί and acc., vii. 2. 8; con- 
duct, attend, vi. 1. 28; mid., send 
on before oneself, vii. 2. 14. 

προπίνω [R. πο], drink before 
another, drink a health, pledge, 
the custom being that the person 
pledging should first himself drink, 
and then pass the cup, with dat. 
of pers., iv. 5. 82, vil. 2. 23, 3. 26, 
27. 


προπονέω [R. ora], work before 
or for another, toil for, 111. 1. 37. 

πρός, prep. with gen., dat., and 
ace., confronting, at, by. A sur- 
vival of its original adverbial use 
appears in πρὸς δ᾽ ἔτι, besides, iii. 
2.2. With gen., sometimes with 
pass. verbs much like ὑπό, by, 
Strom, in the judgment of, i. 9. 20, 
1 7. 18; 1|. 1 Ὁ. ψΜ|} Ὁ: 89, 50; 
with adjs., in the sight of, i. 6. 6, 
li. 5. 20, v. 7. 12; of place, on the 
side of, towards, Lat. ab, ii. 2. 4, 
iv. 3.26; expressing what is nat- 
ural in some one, where the Greeks 
said from, from the point of view 
of the terminus ἃ quo, illustrated 
in all of the above examples, as οὐκ 
ἣν πρὸς τοῦ Κύρου τρόπου, it was not 


προσάγω- προσέχω 


in Cyrus’s character, i. 2. 11; in 
oaths, by, Lat. per, ii. 1. 17, ili. 1. 
24, v. 7. 5, vii. 6. 33. With dat., 
facing, by, near, beside, at, i. 2.10, 
8. 4, 14, 11. 3. 4, iv. 5. 9, 22, v. 4. 25, 
vii. 2.14, 3.21; besides, in addition 
to, iii. 2. 38, 4. 18, vil. 6. 382. With 
acc., with verbs of motion or im- 
plied motion, or of address, etc., to, 
towards, before, at, Lat. in, i. 1. 3, 
5, 2.1, 5. 1, ii. 3. 9, 6. 12,iii. 3. 2, 
4. 28, 5. 15, iv. 2. 25, v. 6. 31, vi. 
4. 4; in a hostile sense, against, 
Upon, 1b oy 2:1. “0. Ὁ; ἢϊ- Coy 10) ν: 
6. 11, 25, v. 4. 14; denoting inter- 
course or relation, with, i. 1. 10, 
iii. 5. 16, vii. 3. 16; with regard to, 
about, touching, i. 4. 9, iv. 3. 10, 
vii. 1. 9, 7. 80; in comparison to, 
vii. 7.41; of purpose or end, jor, 
1.10. 195 31,/3. 11 τ αν 5.9}: 
of time, about, towards, iv. 5. 21. 
Phrases: πρὸς ταῦτα, in reply to 
this, thereupon, i. 3. 19, 20, ii. 3. 21, 
Vii. 6.23; πρὸς φιλίαν, in a friendly 
manner, i. 3.19; πρὸς αὐλόν, to the 
music of the flute, vi. 1.5, 8. In com- 
position πρός signifies to, towards, 
against, besides, in addition to. 

προσάγω [R. ay], lead to, lead 
against, iv. 6.21 (ein εἰς and acc., 
vi. 1. 14; make approach, apply to, 
employ, iv. 1. 23; intr., lead on, 
march forward, advance, iv. 8. 11; 
‘with πρός and acc., i. 10. 9, v. 2. 8. 

προσαιτέω [altéw], ask in addi- 
tion, ask for more, i. 3. 21, Vii. 6. 
27; with two accs., vii. 3. 31. 

προσαναλίσκω [ἀναλίσκω), spend 
besides, Vi. 4. 8. 

προσανεῖπον [εἶπον], announce 
besides, command further, vii. τ. 
11: 

προσβαίνω [R. Ba], step to or 
upon, With πρός and acc., iv. 2. 28. 

προσβάλλω [βάλλω], strike or 
throw against; intr., hurl (one- 
self) against, make an attack, 
charge, storm, abs. or with πρός 
and 500: iv. 2.00) 46.13, v. 2: 4: 
Wier gant 

προσβατός, 7, ov [R. Ba], that 








188 


can be approached, accessible, iv. 
By 1A, goa 
τας Ὁ Ὴ js [βάλλω]. assault, 
charge, ili. 4. 2. 

προσγίγνομαι [ R. γεν], come to, 
join, attach oneself to, as an ally, 
iv. 6. 9), vil. 1. 28; 6. 29) 

προσδανείζομαι (davelfouar, δα- 
νειδ-, δανείσομαι, ἐδανεισάμην, δεδά- 
νεισμαι [R. 80], borrow), borrow 
besides, Vil. 5. ὃ. 

προσδεῖ [R. Se], there is need 
besides, there is still need, with 
gen. of thing and dat. of pers., iii. 
2. 34, v. 6. 1. 

προσδέομαι [R. δε], need or be 
in want of besides, with gen., vil. 
6.27; want, strive for, with gen., 
vi. 1. 24. 

προσδίδωμι [| R. 80], give besides, 
1. Ὁ: 19: 

προσδοκάω, προσεδόκησα (the 
simple δοκάω does not occur), ex- 
pect, look for, with acc. and inf., 
mG 1. de Nal τι 10 abl top ΤΙ: 

προσδοκεῖ | R. δοκΊ, it seems good 
or is approved besides, iii. 2. 34. 

πρόσειμι [εἶμι]. come to, come 
up, approach, advance, abs., i. 5. 
1457.5; We 2:17 ἵν. τι 10. 8: 12 vil, 
7.57; with dat. or πρός and acc. of 
Pers, 11: 4: .9.ἐὐν .6. 91 τὐνι: οἱ εἴθ. 
with εἰς or πρός and acc. of place, 
iii. 4. 33, iv. 7. 7, vii. 6. 24. 

προσελαύνω ἰ[ἐλαύνω]Ί, drive 
towards ; intr., ride towards, ride 
against, 111. 4. 39, iv. 4. 5, vi. 3. 7; 
march on, march against, 1. 5. 12, 
7, 10..{||- τ. 18: 

προσέρχομαι [ἔρχομαι]. come to, 
come up, approach, advance, draw 
near, abs., i. 8. 1, 1. 1. 8, iv. 2. 7, 
vi. 1. 8, vii. 1. 83; with dat. of pers., 
iii. 5. 8, iv. 3. 10, vil. 1.8; with eis 
and acc., iv. 4. 5; of soldiers, go 
over to, with dat., i. 3. 9. 

προσεύχομαι [εὔχομαι], pray to, 
offer up vows to, with dat., vi. 3. 21. 

προσέχω [R. oex], hold to; in 
Anab. always in the phrase προσέ- 
xew τὸν νοῦν, apply the mind to, 
pay attention to, give heed to, be 


189 


intent on (see νοῦς), Lat. animum 
intendere, oS or with dat., 1b 6 9. 
li. 4. 2, Iv. 2. 2, Vin 34 18: Ὑἱ: 5.10: 
without νοῦν, v. 6. 22, vii. 6. 5. 

προσήκω ΕΞ have come. to, 
reach, with ἐπί and acc., iv. 3. 23; 
of persons, belong to, be related 
to, cf. Lat. propinquus, with dat., 
i. 6. 1; impers., ἐξ belongs to, it is 
fitting, proper, seemly, Lat. decet, 
with dat. or ace. and inf., ili. 2. 11, 
15, 16, vii. 7. 18. Phrase: τούτῳ 
τῆς Βοιωτίας προσήκει οὐδέν, he has 
nothing to do with Boeotia, iii. τ. 
91. 

προσῇτε, See πρόσειμι. 

πρόσθεν, adv. [πρός], before. Of 
place, before, in front, in the 
phrases : : ὑμᾶς τοὺς πρόσθεν, you 
in the van, Vv. 8. 16; εἰς τὸ πρόσθεν, 
forward, to the front, i. το. 5, ii. 1. 
2, Vii. 3. 41; τὸ πρόσθεν, the van, 
ili. 2. 836; with gen., εἰς τὸ πρόσθεν 
τῶν ὅπλων, See ὅπλον, lii. 1.33. Of 
time, before, formerly, previously, 
earlier, i. 3. 18, ii. 4. 5, iii. 1. 45, v. 
4. 1, Vi. 1. 17, Vil. 2. 22; in attrib. 
position, former, early, preceding, 
previous, i. 4. 8, 6. 3, li. 3. 1, 22, 111. 
Zi, Pp Wie, Bp Uy Wik 4 11: ῬποῸ: waa) wate 
clause on which a clause intro- 
duced by πρίν depends, when πρό- 
σθεν is superfluous in Eng., i. 1. 
LOS iio Ove 2: ΤῸ.» vient ai 
Phrases: τὸ πρόσθεν, the time be- 
fore, before, i. το. 11, iii. 1.25; πρό- 
abev...7, sooner than, ii. 1. 10. 
Ὁ προσθέω [θέω], run towards or 
up, run against, charge, abs., V. 7. 
21, vi. 3. 7, vil. 1. 15, 7. 55. 

mpoclact, see πρόσειμι. 

προσίημι [ἔημι], let come to, let 
approach, with πρός and ace., iv. 5. 
5; mid., let come to oneself, admit, 
receive, ἵν: 2. 1]: allow, permit, Υ. 
5. 3. Phrase: poster bat els ταὐτὸ 
ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς, admit to equal standing 
with ourselves, ili. 1. 30. 

προσκαλέω [R. kad], call towards, 
summon, i. 9: 28. 

προσκτάομαι [κτάομαι], gain be- 
sides, acquire in addition, v. 6. 18. 


͵1 VATS) Atle 7. 88 





προσήκω- προστάτης 


προσκυνέω, προσκυνήσω, προσεκύ- 
νῆσα [κυνέω, ἐκύνησα, kiss, poetic], 
do obeisance, bow down to, wor- 
ship, of gods, iii. 2. 9, 138; of the 
oriental salute to potentates, make 
a salaam, do homage, i. 6. 10, 8. 21. 

προσλαμβάνω [λαμβάνω], take 
besides, receive in addition, Vii. 3. 
13, 6. 27, 82; take to one, receive 
to help, abs. or with acc., i. 7. 8, iv. 
lay hold on, take 
part in, lend a hand, ii. 3. 11. 

προσμένω [R. μα], wait still 
longer, wait for, vi. 6. 1. 

προσμίγνυμι (μίγνυμι, μιγ-, μίξω, 
Eutéa, μέμτγμαι, ἐμίχθην and ἐμίγην 
[R. poy], mix), mingle with, of 
persons, join, unite with, iv. 2. 16. 

πρόσοδος, ἡ [ὁδός], way to, ap- 
proach, Lat. aditus, with πρός and 
acc., V. 2.3; approach for worship, 
procession, in honour of a god, 
Lat. pompa, vi. 1. 11 income, 
revenue, profit, Lat. reditus, i. 9. 
19, vii. 7. 36. 

προσόμνυμι [ὄμνυμι], swear too, 
ils 22, tos 

προσομολογέω [ἅμα - R. λεγ]. 
concede to one, surrender, Vil. 4. 24. 

προσπερονάω (mepoviv [R. περ], 
pierce, not Attic), προσπεπερόνημαι, 
fasten with a pin, skewer to, Vil. 3. 
21. 

προσπίπτω [R. mer], fall upon, 
rush towards, vii. τ. 21. 

προσποιέομαι [row], take to 
gece assume, profess, with inf., 
li. 1. 7; pretend, feign, He it 
ἘΔ τ Tat. simulo, with inf., i. 3. 
14, iv. 3. 20, 6. 13, v. 2. 29. 

προσπολεμέω [πολεμέω], war 
against, carry on war against, i. 
6. 6. 

προσσχόντες, SCE προσέχω. 

προστατεύω [R. στα], be at the 
head, take charge, see to a matter, 
with ὅπως and subjy., v. 6. 21. 

προστατέω, προεστάτησα ([R. 
στα], be in charge of, be manager 
of, with gen., iv. 8. 25. 

προστάτης, ov [| R. στα], one who 
stands before, chief, leader, vil. 7.31. 


, ’ 
προσταττω-πτρῷ 


προστάττω [R. tak], assign or 
appoint to a duty, give an order to, 
i. 6. 10, 9. 18. 

προστελέω [τέλος]. pay or spend 
besides, vil. 6. 30. 

προστερνίδιον, τό [R. στρα]; 
breastplate, for horses, used partly 
as a protection, i. 8. 7, partly as 
an ornament. See the illustration 
8.0. προμετωπίδιον. 

προστίθημι | R. Ge}, add to; mid., 
add oneself to another, join, con- 
cur, With dat., i. 6. 10. 

προστρέχω [τρέχω], run towards, 
run up to, with dat., iv. 2.21, 3. 10, 
vii. 4. 7. 

προσφέρω [R. dep], bring to or 
against, V. 2. 14; mid., bear or 
conduct oneself towards, behave, 
Lat. mé gerd, with dat. or πρός and 
PHOS Wore 19; vate it 

προσχωρέω [Xwpéw], go over to, 
ssurrender, V. 4. 30 

πρόσχωρος, ov [χῶρος]. adjacent ; 
subst., of πρόσχωροι, neighbours, Vv 
5:9. 
πρόσω, adv. [πρό]. forwards, 
onward, in advance, Vi. τ. 1. Vii. 3. 
2, comp. προσωτέρω, Vil. 7.13 at 
a sine, FiO thy Be AN ING Be 


vii. 3. 17; with gen., far from, iii. 
2. οὐ. iv. 1. 3, but πρόσω τοῦ ποτα- 


μοῦ, far into the river, iv. 3. 28; 
sup. προσωτάτω, vi.6.1. Phrases: 


ἰέναι τοῦ πρόσω, go forward, i. 3.1; 
προσωτέρω τοῦ καιροῦ, See καιρός, 
iv. 3. 94; εἰς τὸ πρόσω, forward, in 
advance, V. 4. 30. 

πρόσωπον, τό [R. om], visage, 
face, look, sing. poet., but plur. 
even of one person, ii. 6. 11. 

προτάττω [R. tax], place in 
front, te. in the front rank, Υ. 2. 
19: 

προτελέω [τέλος], pay before- 
hand, Vii. 7. 25. 

mpotepatos, a, ov [mpd], only in 
the phrase τῇ προτεραίᾳ, on the 
day before, Lat. pridié, ii. 1. 5, v. 
4. 25: 

πρότερος, ἃ, ‘ov [πρό]. former, 
previous, earlier, prec eding, Lat. 








190 


prior, V. 4. 26, vii. 8. 22; some- 
times where we use an adv., as 7 
γυνὴ προτέρα Κύρου ἀφίκετο, the 
woman got there sooner than Cy- 
rus, i. 2. 25, of. 4.12; neut. as adv., 
πρότερον, before, previously, ear- 
lier, 1.52. 26, 3. 21 iv. 4. 15; vil. 6: 
33; superfluous in Eng. when in a 
clause followed by a clause with 
πρίν, iii.1.16. Phrase: τὸ πρότερον, 
the time before, iv. 4. 14. 

mpotipaw [R. τι], honowr more 
or above, distinguish before, with 
gen., i. 6.5; fut. mid. as pass., be 
preferred be honoured above, 
with gen., i. 4. 14. 

mporpexw [τρέχω], run forward 
or on, 1. 5.2; with ἀπό and gen., 
γι 7 ΠΣ run ahead of, outrun, 
with gen., v. 2. 4. 

mpopaivw [R. da], bring to 
light ; mid., come to light, come in 
sight, appear, of persons and things, 
My 225, Ue ah 3, 19: 

προφασίζομαι (προφασιδ-).. προ- 
φασιοῦμαι, προυφασισάμην [R. pa], 
set up as α pretext or excuse, ill. τ. 
25. 

πρόφασις, ews, ἡ [R. ha], alle- 
gation, pretext, aes with int. 
or τοῦ and inf., i. 7, vii. 6. 22 
with ws and a ΠΩΣ or ἵνα and a 
clause; 1. 2: 1. 11: 2:21: 

προφυλακή, fs [φυλάττω], pl., 
advanced posts, outposts, pickets, 
Lat. excubiae, 111. 2. 1. 

προφύλαξ, akos, ὁ [qu\drra 
outpost, Benet sentinel, Lat. excu- 
bitor, il. 3. 2, 4. 15, vi. 4. 26. 

προχωρέω ΠΣ go,forward 
or on, continue, of drinking, Vii. 
3. 26; make progress, hence, pros- 
per, be favourable, succeed, Vi. 4. 
21; impers., it is advantageous, so 
ἔχοντι ὅ τι προχωροίη, with whatever 
was to his advantage, i. 9. 18. 

πρύμνα, ys, stern of a ship, Lat. 
puppis, v. 8. 20. 

mpw Or πρωΐ, adv. [πρό], early, 
in the morning, betimes, Lat. mane, 
122. levis 5225, ὙΠ]. Ὅν θ᾽: ΘΟΠΙΡ: 
πρφαίτερον OY πρωιαίτερον. iil. 4. 1. 


191 


πρῷρα, as [πρό]. prow, bow of a 
ship, Lat. prora, v. 8. 20. 

mpwpevs, έως, ὁ [mpd], man αἱ 
the prow, lookout, an officer in 
command at the bow of the Greek 
ship, subordinate to the κυβερνή- 
TNS, Y.v., V. 8. 20. 

TPWTEVW, πρωτεύσω, ἐπρώτευσα 
[πρό], be first, hold the chief place, 
il. 6. 26. 

πρῶτος, 7, ov [πρό], first, in its 
widest sense, of place, order, de- 
gree, and time, foremost, chief, 
principal, earliest, Lat. primus, 1. 
iO} Te 11 2. 5: ah, is 2. ἵν. 2: IU Ὁ. 
8. 2, vi. 5. 5, vii. 1.40; often where 
we use an adyv., i. 3. 1, 6. 9, ii. 3. 19, 
US ἀπ 0 ἢν. 2:.0ὃ15 ΨΠ 2a Mae vile 1: 
29; of soldiers, οἱ πρῶτοι, the van, 
the advance, ii. 2. 16, iii. 5. 12, iv. 
2. 25; of social position, li. 6. 17 ; 

as adv. πρῶτον, at Jirst, in the jirst 
place, first, Lat. primum, primo, i 
2. 16, ii. 3. 5, iii. 2. 9, v. 1. 6, vii. 
2.25. Phrases: τὸ πρῶτον, the first 
time, at first, i. 10. 10, iv. 8. 9, vi. 
3. 28, vii. 2.18; ὡς τὸ πρῶτον, as 
soon as, Vii. 8. 14. 

πταίω, tralicw, ἔπταισα | R. wer], 
stumble, fall, dash, with mpés and 
ΒΘ, ΝΖ. Os 

πτάρνυμαι {(πταρ-), ἔπταρον [Γ΄ 
Lat. sternuo, sneeze], sneeze, ill. 
2. 9: 

πτέρυξ, υγος, ἡ [R. wer], wing of 
a bird, Lat. ala, i. 5.3; flap of a 
corselet, iv. 7. 15. Round the 
lower part of the θώραξ (q.v.) a 
series of flaps was attached, below 
the ζώνη (q.v.) consisting of leather, 
or felt, covered with metal plates, 
and serving to protect the hips and 
groin, but not interfering with the 
wearer’s freedom of movement. 
For additional illustration, see s.v. 
ἅρμα, ἀσπίς (No. 10), and ὁπλίτης. 

πυγμή, ἢς [πύξ, cf. Eng. pygmy }, 
jist, Lat. pugnus; boxing, boxing 
match, Lat. pugilatus, iv. 8. 27. 
Boxing, as practised at the Greek 
national games, was a severe and 
dangerous contest, which some- 








πρῷρα-πυγμή 


times resulted fatally, although 
the intentional killing of an antag- 
onist was punished by law. The 
very severity of the exercise, how- 
ever, made it an excellent training 
for soldiers. It was _ practised 
naked. Boxers used the caestus, 
thongs of leather tied round the 
hands and wrists, and often ex- 
tending to the elbow. In Homeric 
times, and later in the Greek 
wrestling schools, the thongs were 
soft, and, while they increased the 
force of the blow, at the same time 
they mitigated it, since the knuc- 
kles were covered by them. But 
in the severer forms of the contest 
the strips of leather were hard and 
were loaded with metal, so that 





No. 59. 


the caestus became a_ frightful 
weapon, as illustrated in the ac- 
companying cut. Boxers were not 
allowed to clinch, and there were 
no rounds, but only enforced rests 


Ππυθαγόρᾶς- πυρρίχη 


as were due to the exhaustion of 
both the fighters. The contest | 
continued until one of the combat- 


ants was disabled or acknowledged | 


defeat by raising his hand. 

Πυθαγόρας, ov, Pythagoras, ad- 
miral of the Spartan fleet, i. 4. 2 

πυθόμενος, See πυνθάνομαι. 

πυκνός, 7, dv [cf. πύξ], close- 
packed, close, compact, close to- 
gether, thick, Lat. dénsus, ii. 3. 5, 
iv. 7. 15, 8.2, v. 2.5; neut. as adv., 
πυκνά, constantly, often, Lat. fre- 
quenter, ὙΠ: 1: Ge 

πύκτης; ov [πύξ } pugilist, boxer, 
Lat. pugil, v. 8. 23. 

Πύλαι, ὧν [πύλη], Pylae, i.e. 
‘ The Gates,’ a fortress on the fron- 
tiers of Mesopotamia and Babylo- 
nia, 1. 5. 8. 

πύλη, ns, gate, of towns and 
forts, pl. because of the two wings 
of which such gates were composed, 
like Lat. forés, i. 4. 4, v. 2. 16, vi. 2. 
8, vii. 1.12, 6.24; opening, entrance, 
vi. 5. 1; hence pass, generally 
through mountains, Lat. angustiae ; 
50 πύου τῆς Κιλικίας καὶ τῆς Συρίας, 
the Syro-Cilician Pass, i. 4. 4, on 
the frontiers of Syria and Cilicia, 
a narrow pass between Mt. Ama- 
nus and the Gulf of Issus, while 
ai πύλαι Σύριαι, in i. 4. 5, means 
the pass to the south leading over 


the Amanus ridge inland from the | 


coast. 

πυνθάνομαι (πυθ-), πεύσομαι, ἐπυ- 
θόμην, πέπυσμαι, inquire, ask, with 
acc. and ὅπως with a clause, iii. 1.7; 
with gen. of pers. or περί and gen. 
and an interr. clause, vi. 3. 25, vii. 
1.14; learn by inquiry, ascertain, 
discover, find out, abs. or with acc., 
1.5. 15. 11.1.4, 2. 8. γν: 4. 29. Υἱ. 5. 
26; with acc. and partic. or inf., 
i. 7. 16, vii. 6.11; with τς of pers. 
and ὅτι; iv. 6. 17, vi. 3. 23. 

πύξ, ady. [root Ἐπὶ ‘thick, close, 
cf. πυκνός, Lat. pugnus, jist, Eng. 
FIST], with the jist, v. 8. 16. 

πῦρ, pos, τό [root mv, cleanse, cf. 
Lat. purus, clean, Eng. FIRE, em- 


192 


pyrean, pyre, pyro- technic], Jire, 
Lat. ignis, ii. 5. 19, iii. 1. 3, iv. 5. 
5, 21, *v. 2. 3,-14, vii. y. 16; pl. τὰ 
Ayes dat. oes watch fires, camp 
Jires, iv. 4.9, Vil. 2.18; fire signals, 
beacons, ive 1 11,6520: 

πυραμίς, ίδος, ἡ [cf Eng. pyra- 
mid], pyramid, iii. 4. 9 (see Ad- 
ρισσα). 

Πύραμος, 6, the Pyramus, one 
of the largest rivers in Asia Minor, 
rising in Cappadocia and flowing 
through Cilicia to the sea, i. 4. 1 
(Djiban). 

πυργομαχέω [πύργος - R. pax], 
storm or assault a tower, vii. 8. 138. 

πύργος, 0, tower, esp. on the wall 
of a fortress or city, Lat. turris, 
vii. 8. 13. 

πυρέττω (πυρετ-) [πῦρ], have a 
Sever, vi. 4. 11. 

πύρινος, η, ον [πῦρός], of wheat, 
wheaten, Lat. triticeus, iv. 5. 31. 

πυροῖς, See πῦρ. 

πυρός, 0, wheat, Lat. triticum, 
always pl. in Anab., i. 2. 22, iv. 5. 
5, 26, vi. 4. 6, 6. 1, vii. 1. 18. 

IIvppias, ov, Pyrrhias, an Arca- 
dian taxiarch, vi. 5. 11. 

tuppixy, ns, the pyrrich, a war 
dance, vi. 1. 12. We have a de- 
scription of it in Plato, who says 
that the pyrrhic dance ‘‘ imitates 
the modes of avoiding blows and 
darts by dropping, or giving way, 
or springing aside, or rising up, or 
falling down; also the opposite 
| postures, which are those of action, 





No. 60. 


as, for example, the imitation of 
archery and the hurling of javelins, 
and of all sorts of blows.’’? It was 





193 


practised by children at Sparta, 
and exhibitions of pyrrhic dances 
were given at the celebration of 
the great festival of the Pana- 
thenaea at Athens. In the ac- 
companying illustration two hel- 
meted youths dance facing one 
another, striking sword against 
shield; between them dances a 
satyr with ivy-wreath and thyr- 
sus. 

πυρσεύω, ἐπύρσευσα [πυρσός, ὁ, 
torch, cf. rtp], light up; make sig- 
nals by Jire, light beacon fires, Vii. 
8. 15. 

πώ, indef. ady., enclitic, only 
after a ee up to this time, yet, 
ies hy Bs AAs Wits Ba IA Atl, ΦῈ 

35, 5. 16, “ 35; often in compo- 
sition, Lat. -dum, see οὔπω, μήπω, 
etc. 

πωλέω, TwANTW, ἐπωλήθην [ε΄ 
Eng. mono-poly |, sell, Lat. uéndo, 
abs. or with acc. of pers. or thing, 
1 ΡΟΝ 7. 15. γ{π|| 5. Ὁ. ἢ: οὔ 

πῶλος, ὁ, ἡ [παῖς], foal, 
Jilly, iv. 5. 24, 38. 

ΠΠῶλος, ὁ, Polus, admiral of the 
Spartan fleet, succeeding Anaxi- 
bius, vil. 2. ὃ. 

πῶμα, atos, τό [R. wo], drink, 
draught, iv.5.27. (The form πόμα, 
found in some old editt., is not 
Attic.) 

πώποτε, indef. adv. [πώ - ποτέ], 
in negative clauses like Lat. wm- 
quam, at any time, ever, ever yet, 
ὁ. 11. ὁ. 18: 19. valle Ge 48: 

πῶς, interr. adv., of manner, in 
what way? how? Lat. quo modo? 
used in dir. or indir. questions, 
ἘΠ. ὩΣ ibis Ay AAO γι: 9. Ale 5. 19. 
vii. 6. 6. 

πώς, indef, ady., enclitic, of man- 
ner, in any way, somehow, somehow 
or other, by any means, at all, ii. 3. 
18, 5. 2, 6. 3, iii. 1. 20, 26; often 
modifying or weakening another 
word, as τεχνιχῶς πως, in an artful 
sort of way, Vi. 1.5; ἀμφὶ τὴν ad- 
τήν πως wpav, somewhere about 
the same hour, iv. 8. 21, ef. vi. 2 


colt, 





πυρσεύω- ῥίπτω 


17; ὧδέ πως, somewhat as follows, 
i, 7. 9, of. ill. 1. 43. 


Ρ. 


ῥᾷδιος, a, ov [cf. Epic ῥηίδιος, 
root pa, join, reckon, orig. the same 
as R. ap, cf. Lat. ratus, reckoned, 
jixed, reor, reckon, think], adapt- 
able, easy, Lat. facilis, abs., with 
inf., or with dat. and inf,, iii. 4. 15, 
iv. 7. 7, 8.18, v. 2.7; comp. ῥᾷον, 
sup. ῥᾷστον, with inf., il. 6. δή. iv. 
6. 12, vi. 5. 29. 

ῥᾳδίως, adv. [pdd.0s}, easily, with- 
out difficulty, 111. 5. 9, vii. 2. 34; 
sup. ws ῥᾷστα, with the greatest of 
ease, iv. 6. 10. 

“Ῥαθίνης, ov, Rhathines, one of 
the officers of Pharnabazus, Vi. 5. 7. 

ῥᾳθυμέω [ῥᾳάθυμος, easy-going, cf. 
ῥᾷδιος + R. 1 θυ], take ἘΠ}: easily, 
live in idleness, OO: 

ῥᾳθυμία, as (cf. ῥᾳθυμέωἼ, easy- 
going ways, indifference, laziness, 
ii, 6. ὃ 

ῥᾷον, ῥᾷστον, 566 ῥᾷδιος. 

ῥᾳστώνη, ns [ῥᾷστος, cf. ῥᾷδιος], 
easiness of disposition, tndolence, 
indifference, v. 8. 10, 

pew (pu-), pevoouar OY ῥυήσομαι, 
poetic eppevoa, ἐρρύηκα, aor. pass. 
as act. ἐρρύην [cf. Eng. cata-rrh, 
rheum], flow, run, of a stream, 
Lat. fluo, with ἀπό or διά and gen. 
or ἐπί and dat., i. 2. 7, 23, 4. 4, 7. 
15, vi. 4. 4. 

ῥήτρα, as [Π. 1 Fep], verbal agree- 
ment, compact, ordinance, Vi. 6. 28," 
a word applied in Sparta to the 
laws of Lycurgus. 

ῥῖγος, ous, τό [cf. Lat. frigus, 
cold), cold, frost, v. 8. 2. 

ῥίπτω or in pres. and impf. pt- 
πτέω (ῥιφ-); ῥίψω, ἔρριψα, Eppipa, Ep- 
ρῖμμαι, ἐρρίφθην and ἐρρίφην, throw, 
cast, Ln Lat. tacio, iii. 3. 1, iv. 8. 
3, Vil. 3.22; throw off or away, cast 
aside or down, hurl down, i. 5. 8, 
iv. 7. 13. 


ῥίς- σάλπιγξ 


pts, ῥινός, ἡ [ ς΄. Eng. rhino-ceros ], 
nose, Vii. 4. 8. 

Ῥόδιος, a, ov [Ῥόδος, Rhodes], 
Rhodian, iii. 5.8; subst., ὁ Ῥόδιος, 
a Rhodian, native of Rhodes, an is- 


land in the Aegéan, south of Caria ; | 


the people were famous slingers, 
1| 5 10. 3 Tb: 

ῥοφέω, ῥοφήσομαι, ἐρρόφησα [root 
σορφ, cf. Lat. sorbed, suck up], sup 
up, lap, suck in, iv. 5. 82. 

ῥυθμός, ὁ [ῥέω, cf. Eng. rhythm), 
measured movement, musical time, 
rhythm, of singing, playing, and 
dancing, Lat. nwmerus; ἐν ῥυθμῷ, 
in time, v. 4. 14, vi. 1. 8, 10; πρὸς 
τὸν ἐνόπλιον ῥυθμόν, in martial 
rhythm, Vi. τ. 113 ῥυθμούς σαλπίζον- 
τες, heeping time with the trumpet, 
Vii. 3. 32. 

pipa, aros, τό [cf. ἐρύω, draw], 
thing drawn, with τόξου, bow- 
string. Phrase: ἐκ τόξου ῥύματος, 
with a bowshot’s start, iii. 3. 15. 

ῥώμη, ns (cf. ῥώννυμι], strength, 
esp. military force, Lat. copia, iii. 
3. 14. 

ῥώννυμι (pw-), -éppwoa, ἔρρωμαι, 
ἐρρώσθην, strengthen, see éppwpé- 
vos. 

‘Pwrdpas, a (Dor. gen.), Rhopa- 
ras, satrap of Babylonia, vii. 8. 25. 


σά, See σός. 

σᾶ, see σῶς. 

σάγαρις, ews, 7, battle-axe, used 
by Amazons, iv. 4. 16; those of 
the Mossynoeci were of iron, v. 4. 
13. The battle-axe was not used 
by Greeks in historical times, but 
in the Orient it continued in use as 
late as the time ot Alexander the 
Great. In the hands of Amazons, 
as depicted on the monuments, it 
is commonly double-edged (see also 
8.0. Auatév), but sometimes one of 
the sides, instead of being a blade, 


is a curved pick, as in the accom- | 


194 


panying illustration, which repre- 
sents Phrygian battle-axes. 





No. 61. 


σακίον, τό [dim. of σάκος, ὁ, bag, 
cf. Eng. sack], little bag, pouch, 
for horses’ feet to keep them from 
sinking into snow, iv. 5. 36. 

Σαλμυδησσός, ὁ, Salmydessus, a 
coast town and district of Thrace, 
extending from Cape Thynias to 
the Bosporus, vii. 5. 12. This 
was a dangerous place for ships, 
and the inhabitants were noted 
wreckers. 

σαλπιγκτής, SC σαλπικτής. 

σάλπιγξ, yyos, ἡ, trumpet, Lat. 
tuba, used to give the signal for 
battle, iii. 4. 4, iv. 2.1, v. 2. 14, vi. 
5. 27, vii. 4. 16, or to sound the 
recall, iv. 4.22. The σάλπιγξ was 
a long, straight bronze tube, which 
gradually increased in diameter and 
terminated in a bell-shaped aper- 
ture. (See s.v. κέρας.) The Roman 
tuba was precisely the same in- 
strument. Xenophon relates the 
curious fact that the trumpets of 





195 


the Thracians, which he calls σάλ- 
muyyes, Were of raw oxhide, and 





No. 62. 


that they executed on them airs 
and tunes like the music of the 
μάγαδις (9.¥.), Vii. 3. 32. 

σαλπίζω (σαλπιγγ-), ἐσάλπιγξα 
(ef. σάλπιγξ], blow the trumpet, see 
ῥυθμός, vii. 3. 92 ; in ἐπεὶ ἐσάλπιγξε, 
i. 2. 17, the subj. σαλπικτής is under- 
stood, and the phrase means when 
the trumpet sounded the charge, 
cf. Lat. classicum cecinit. 

σαλπικτής OF σαλπιγκτής, οὔ 
[σαλπίζω], trumpeter, Lat. tubicen, 
iv. 3. 29, 32, vii. 4. 19. 

Sapos, a, ov [Zduos, Samos], 
Samian, of Samos, i. 7.5, an island 
in the Aegéan, southwest of Lydia. 
Τὸ was one of the most important 
Tonic colonies. (Samo.) 

Σαμόλας, ov or a, Samolas, a 
taxiarch from Achaia, v. 6. 14, vi. 
ede 

Σάρδεις, εων, ai, Sardis, a city in 
the central part of Lydia on the 
Pactolus, a tributary of the Her- 
mus. It was the capital of the 
kingdom of Croesus, and under 
the Persians remained the capital 
of the Lydian satrapy. From it 





σαλπίζω- Σελινοῦς 


Cyrus set out on his march, i. 2. 2, 
5, 6. 6, iii. 1. 8. (its ruins are 
called Sart.) 

σατραπεύω [σατράπης], be satrap, 
govern as satrap, with acc. or gen., 
1. 7. 6, i. 4: dl 

σατράπης; ov, satrap, the title of 
the governor of a ee province, 
1πτ| 2, Os Ue We 2 

Sarvpos, 6, @ τὰ but in Anab., 
i. 2.13, Silénus is meant, the jovial 
old attendant of Dionysus. The 
satyrs were wood, mountain, and 
water spirits, who were found 
everywhere, but especially in the 
train of Dionysus. In them the 
animal and sensual nature was 
strongly developed ; this in art was 
indicated by thick lips, flat nose, 
pointed ears, long coarse hair, and 
a horse’s tail, either short or long. 
Sporting with the nymphs, drink- 
ing, dancing, and music were their 
chief employments. 

σαυτόν, efc., 588 σεαυτοῦ. 

σαφής, és [root σαπ, taste, cf. 
Lat. sapid, have taste, be wise, 
sapiéns, wise, Eng. sap], prop. 
tasty, of keen taste, hence, applied 
to things, clear, plain, certain, iii. 
1. 10. 

σαφῶς, adv. [σαφής], clearly, 
evidently, Lat. plané, i. 4. 18, ili. 4. 
37, iv. 5. 8; certainly, doulglessly, 
Lat. certé, ii. Gia, Wa 1 10. 1 6 
43. 

-σε, a Suffix denoting the place 
whither. 

σεαυτοῦ, fs, contr. σαυτοῦ, js, 
refl. pron. [pronominal stem σε 
(see σύ) oF αὐτός], of your self, dat. 
σαυτῷ, Vil. 8. Ὁ, acc. σαυτόν, Vil. 7. 
23. The gen. in attrib. position 
takes the place of the possessive 
pron., Lat. twws, i. 6. 7; here the 
substantive may be omitted, vii. 2. 
37. 

Σελινοῦς, odvros, ὁ, Selinus, a 
little river near Scillus in Elis, v 
3. 8 (Kréstena). Also a river of 
the same name near ie temple of 
Ephesian Artemis, v. 3. 8. 


σεσω(σ)μένοι-στταγωγός 


σεσω(σ)μένοι, σέσω(σ)ται, See 
σῴζω. 

Σεύθης, ov, Seuthes, v. 1. 15, an 
Odrysian prince. His father, Mae- 
sades, had governed several Thra- 
cian tribes, but had been expelled 
from his country and died, Vii. 2. 
32. Seuthes was brought up by 
Medocus (q.v.), and on attaining 
manhood was given an indepen- 
dent force with which he carried 
on a guerilla warfare, vii. 2. 33, 
34, until Xenophon and the army 
became his allies and reinstated 
him in his country (for a full ac- 
count of this, see vii. 2-8). 

Σηλυβρία, as, Selybria, a small 
town on the Propontis west of By- 
zantium and subject to that city, 
vii. 2. 28, 5. 15. (Silivri.) 

σημαίνω (σημαν-), σημανῶ, ἐσή- 
μηνα, σεσήμασμαι, ἐσημάνθην [ σῆμα, 
sign], give or make a sign, show 
by sign, Vii. 2. 18, esp. in military 
phrases, give the signal, Lat. sig- 
num do, iv. 3. 82, vil. 4. 16, freq. 
without subj. (cf. σαλπίζω), onual- 
νει, the signal is given, abs., with 
inf., with σάλπιγγι for attack or 
recall, and κέρᾶτι for ‘ taps,” li. 2. 
A, Πρ Δεν 2: ιν 2 12. 50 τἱ: 
5. 25, vii. 3. 32; indicate, make 
known, inform, Lat. ostendd, Vi. 
3. 15, wii. 3. 48; instruct, order, 
ii. 1.2; of the will of gods made 
known by signs, signify, declare, 
with dat. of pers. and inf., vi. 1. 
24, 2. 15. 

σημεῖον, τό [σῆμα, sign], sign, 
token, mark, trace, Lat. signum, 
vi. 2. 2; signal to do a thing, ii. 5. 
32; ensign, standard, i. 10.12. ~ 

σησάμινος, 7, ov [σήσαμον], of 
sesame, made of sesame, iv. 4. 
13. 

σήσαμον, τό [ε΄ Eng. sesame], 
sesame, pl. sesame seeds, i. 2. 22, 
vi. 4. 6. The sesame (sésamum 
orientalis) is an oily plant, native 
of the East, from the seeds of 
which is made an oil that serves 
for food, medicine, and ointment. 








196 


σιγάζω (σιγαδ-) [σιγή], make 
silent, silence, Vi. 1. 32. 

σϊγάω, σϊγήσομαι, etc. [στγή]. be 
silent, hold one’s peace, Vv. 6. 21. 

otyn, 7s, silence, Lat. silentium, 
ii. 2.20; dat. as adv., oty7, in si- 
lence; 1: Same wives 

σίγλος, ὁ, siglus, the old Semitic 
name of a coin current in Persia, 
worth 7} obols, i. 5. 6. See sv. 
ὀβολός. 

σιδηρεία, as [(΄. σιδηροῦς, work- 
ing in tron, as a trade, v. 5. 1. 

σιδήρεος, a, ov, contr. σιδηροῦς, 
a, οῦν [σίδηρος, ὁ, tron], made of 
tron, tron, Lat. ferreus, Vv. 4. 18. 

Σικυώνιος, ὁ [Σικυών, Sicyon], a 
Sicyonian, native of Sicyon, iii. 4. 
47, a small state with a capital of 
the same name in the northern 
part of Peloponnésus, west of Cor- 
inth, a centre for the art of mould- 
ing bronze and clay from very 
early times, and famous for its 
schools of painting and sculpture. 

Σιλανός, ὁ, Silanus, soothsayer 
to Cyrus, from Ambracia, i. 7. 18, 
an opponent of Xenophon, v. 6. 
16 ff., 29, 84; deserted the army, 
vi. 4. 13. 

Σιλανός, ὁ, Sildnus, a trumpeter 
from Macistus, vii. 4. 16. 

σίνομαι, do harm, hurt, harass, 
ili. 4. 16. (Ionic verb; in Attic 
only in Xen. and Plato.) 

Σινωπεύς, dws, ὁ [Σινώπη], a Si- 
nopean, native of Sinope, iv. 8. 
22, Vs 3: 25 5- 8; 0. 125 vi. Es 10: 

Σινώπη, ns, Sinope, v. 5. 7, 6. 
10, a city in Paphlagonia on the 
Euxine, colonised by Milesians, 
vi. 1. 15. It was famous for its 
commerce and its colonies. (Si- 
nub. ) 

ods, σιῶ, Doric for θεός, god; 
esp. in oaths, as val τω ord, aye, by 
the great twin brethren (Castor 
and Pollux, protectors of the Spar- 
tan state), vi. 6. 34, vii. 6. 39. 

citaywyds, dv [σῖτος -ἰ ἢ. ay], 
corn-carrying ; With πλοῖα, provis- 
ton ships, i. 7. 15. 


197 


Σιτάλκας, ov, the Sitalecas, a 
Thracian war song, vi. 1. 6, appar- 
ently composed in honour of Sital- 
cas, king of the Odrysae in the 
time of Darius Hystaspes. 

σϊτευτός, ἡ, dv [verbal of σττεύω, 
feed, σῖτος], corn-fed, fed up, fat- 
tened, V. 4. 32. 

σϊτηρέσιον, τό [σϊτηρός, of corn, 
σῖτος], provision-money, that part 
of a soldier’s pay (see 8.0. μισθός) 
which was allowed him for daily 
rations, vi. 2. 4. 

σϊτίον, τό [otros], food, i. το. 
18, pl., provisions, vi. 2. 4, vii. 3. 
10 (where some read otra). 

σῖτος, ὁ [cf. Eng. para-site], 
grain, esp. wheat, Lat. frumentum, 
1. 4. 19, ii. 4. 27, ἯΙ 4. 18, v. 4.27: 
food, provisions, provender, swp- 
plies, ii. 1. 6, ill. 1. 3, vii. 1. 41 5 so 
esp. in pl., σῦτα, σίτων, ii. 3. 27, iii. 
2. 28, vi. 2. 4, vil. 3. 10. Phrase: 
σῖτος μελίνης, millet-bread or cake, 
i, 5. 10. 

Σιττάκη, ys, Sittace, a city in 
Babylonia, on the west bank of 
the Tigris, ii. 4. 13. 

σιωπάω, σιωπήσομαι, ἐσιώπησα, 
σεσιώπηκα, -εσιωπήθην [σιωπή, st- 
lence], be silent, hold one’s peace, 
1 5. 2h Viel 8: 20s 

σκεδάννυμι, (σκεδα-), σκεδῶ, ἐσκέ- 
daca, ἐσκέδασμαι, ἐσκεδάσθην [cf 
Eng. ΒΟΛΤΤΕΒ], scatter; mid., of 
persons, spread, disperse, lil. 5. 2. 

σκέλος, ous, τό [cf. Eng. iso- 
sceles |, leg, Lat. crus, of persons, 
iv. 2. 20, v. 8. 10, 14. 

σκέπασμα, atos, τό [σκεπάζω, 
cover, σκέπη, shelter], covering, i 
5. 10 (but the better reading is 
στεγάσματα, 9.V.). 

σκεπτέον [verbal of σκέπτομαι], 
one must consider or reflect, with 
ὅπως and a clause, i. 3. 11, iv. 6. 10. 

σκέπτομαι (σκεπ-), σκέψομαι, ἐσκε- 
ψάμην, ἔσκεμμαι, pres. rare in Attic 
(never in Anab.), and replaced by 
σκοπέω, Ὁ. (cf. Lat. species, sight, 
Eng. spy, sceptic], look round, 
view, spy, search, spy out, Lat. 





Σιτάλκας-σκηνόω 


speculor, with acc. or an interr. 
clause, iv. 5. 20, 22, vii. 3. 41, 42; 
observe carefully, deliberate, re- 
lect, ponder, weigh, consider, with 
an interr. clause, 111. 2. 20, 22, v 
4. 7, 7. 29, Vil. 6. 33. 

σκευάζω (σκευαδ-), σκευάσω, 
ἐσκεύασα, ἐσκεύασμαι, -εσκευάσθην 
[R. oxv], wse utensils or any gear, 
make ready ; of persons, dress, at- 
tire, vi. 1. 12. 

σκευή, ἧς [R. ox], attire, dress, 
robe, iv. 7. 27. 

σκεῦος, ous, τό [R..okv], gear or 
utensils of any sort, pl. baggage, 
including all the camp equipage 
and the property of the soldiers, 
except arms, Lat. impedimenta, 
sarcinae, ili. 1. 80, iv. 3. 80, v. 3. 
lis τ Bo I, vat, zis, 18: 

σκευοφορέω, σκευοφορήσω [R. σκυ 
+R. ep], carry baggage, of men 
and horses, iii. 2. 28, 3. 19. 

σκευοφόρος, ov [R.oxv+ R. dep], 
baggage-carrying, of persons, 
subst., οἱ σκευοφόροι, car riers, por- 
ters, Lat. calonés, ili. 2. 28; τὰ 
akclogepa, the baggage train, i. 3: 
Ue wl, 2. 90: thi, 25 20; ὙΠ: ey Pe 
pack animals, sumpters, Lat. iu- 
menta, ili. 3. 19. 

σκηνέω, σκηνήσω, ἐσκήνησα [R. 
oKa], be in tents, be in quarters or 
in camp, be quartered, abs. or 
with ἐν and dat., or with an adv., 
IAS Wh this elo WA 7: 25 ὃ. ΣΟ WAG Ue 
1, 4. 7, vii. 4.12; hence, be billeted, 
take one’s meals, feast, iv. 5. 98 
in the aor. go trto camp, encamp, 
with εἰς or mapa and acc., ἐν with 
dat., or with an adv., li. 4. 14, iv. 
75 PP Nal Gy, Palle ἮΝ gh ΤΟ Yo Ue 

σκηνή, fs [R. oka], covered 
place, of soldiers, tent, Lat. tento- 
rium, made of hides (i. 5. 10) 
stretched on a wooden framework, 
Zea liiaAt So MOM ciel 2: 2.0: Ves 2. 
21, vi. 4.19; pl., sometimes, camp, 
quarters, bivouae, ili. 5. 7 (the tents 
had been burnt, iii. 2. 27, 3. 1). 

σκηνόω, ἐσκήνωσα, -εσκήνωκα [R. 
σκα], pitch tents, encamp, go into 


σκήνωμα-Σόλοι 


quarters, Lat. castra pono, abs. or | 
with ἐν and dat., or κατά and acc., 
iv. 5.23, v. 7. 31, vii. 4. 11; also 
like oxnvéw, be in camp, be quar- 
tered, with ἐν and dat., v. 5. 11, 
20, 21. 

σκήνωμα, atos, τό [R. σκαΊ, tent, 
ii. 2.17; pl., quarters, houses, vii. 
4. 16. 

σκηπτός, ὁ, 


thunder-bolt, Lat. 


Sulmen, iii. 1. 11 

σκηπτοῦχος, ὁ [σκῆπτον -- σκῆ- 
πτρον, sceptre, cf. Eng. sceptre, + 
rex |, 





R. sceptre-bearer, wand- 








bearer, a high officer in the Persian 
court, chamberlain, marshal, ef. 
the English Usher of the Black 
Rod, i. 6. 11, 8. 28. 

Σκιλλοῦς, οὔντος, ὁ, Scillus, atown | 
in the district of Triphylia in Elis, 
south of Olympia, detached from | 
the territory of Elis by the Spar- 
tans in 394 B.c. Here Xenophon 
(q.v.) had an estate, presented to 
him by the Spartans about 387 B.c. 
Νὰ 5. 11. 8. 

σκίμπους, οδος, ὁ, a low bed or 
couch, Vi. 1. 4. 

σκληρός, a, ov [cf. Eng. scle- 
rotic], hard, rough, Lat. durus. 
Phrase: ἐν σκληρῷ, in a rough 
or uneven place, iv. 8. 26. 

σκληρῶς, adv. [oxAnpds], aus- 
terely, in hardship, ill. 2. 26. 





198 


σκόλοψ, οπος, ὁ, pointed stake, 
palisade, used on ramparts, Lat. 
udllus, V. 2. ὃ. 

σκοπέω, Only pres. and impf. (see 
σκέπτομαι) [σκοπός]. look at, watch 
out for, keep a lookout, spy, watch, 
Lat. speculor, ii. 4. 24, 5.4, v. 1. 9, 
vi. 3. 14; look to, have an eye to, 
vil. 4. 8, with πρός and acc., i. 9. 
22; see, observe, learn, with ἐκ and 
gen., ill. 1. 13; consider, ponder, 
weigh, Vv. 6. 80, 7. 82, vii. 8. 16; so 
mid., abs. or with an interr. clause, 
Vee2era 205 

σκοπός, ὁ [ς΄. σκέπτομαι, Eng. 
scope, bi-shop, epi-scopal, micro- 
scope], watcher, spy, scout, Lat. 
speculdator, ii. 2. 15, vi. 3. 11. 

σκόροδον, τό, garlic, Lat. alium, 
pl., vii. 1. 387. 

σκοταῖος, a, ov [R. oxa], in the 
dark, of persons, li. 2. 17, iv. 1. 5, 
10. 

σκότος, ous, τό [R. oxa], dark- 
ness, of night, Lat. tenebrae, ii. 2. 
U5 Se ly Oy ἵν, 2: 4 ΠΣ 18. σε 

Σκύθαι, Gy, Scythians, a no- 
madic race first met by Greeks on 
the northern coasts of the Pontus. 
The name was afterwards extended 
to the nomadic tribes in the interior 
of Asia. The word is perhaps an 
interpolation in iii. 4. 15. 

Σικυθινοί, oi, the Scythini, a tribe 
living north of the Chalybes, not 


'far from the southeastern shore of 


the Euxine, iv. 7. 18, 8. 1. 

σκυλεύω, ἐσκύλευσα [R. oxv], 
strip, of a fallen enemy, spoil, de- 
spoil, Lat. spolio, vi. 1. 6. 

σκύταλον, τό, stick, club, vii. 4. 15. 

σκύτινος, 7, ov [R. σκυ], of 
leather, leathern, ν. 4. 18. 

σμῆνος, ous, τό, swarm of bees, 
iv. 8. 20. 

Zplkpys, nTos, ὁ, Smicres, a gen- 
eral in the Arcadian division of 


| the army, Vi. 3. 4, 5. 


Zoro, of [cf Eng. so/ecism], 
Soli, an important city on the 
coast of Cilicia, west of the mouth 
of the Psarus river, i. 2. 24. 


199 


σός, σή, σόν, possessive pron. 

[pronominal stem oe (see σύ), ef. 
Lat. twus, thy, Eng. THINE, THY], 
thy, thine, your, vii. 7. 29; subst., 
τὰ od, your interests, vii. 7. 44. 
" Σοῦσα, τά [Semitic Shishan, 
New Persian Sts], Susa, capital 
of the province Susiane (Semitic 
Elam), lying east of the Tigris, 
and used as the winter residence 
of the Persian kings, iii. 16. 
Extensive ruins, including those 
of the palaces of “Darius and 
Xerxes, still remain. (Sts.) 

Σοφαίνετος, ὁ, Sophaenetus, of 
Stymphalus in Arcadia, a friend 
of Cyrus, i. 1. 11, joining him with 
1000 hoplites, i. 2.3. He was the 
oldest general left after Cunaxa, 
vi. 5. 153, v. 3. 1, and was fined for 
neglect of duty, v. 8.1; mentioned 
also in ii. 5.57, iv. 4.19. <A history 
of the expedition .of Cyrus is at- 
tributed to him. 

σοφία, ἃ as [σοφός], skill, ability, 
in music, i. 2. 8. 

σοφός, 7, dv [root wan, cf. σαφής, 
Eng. philo-sophy, sophist |, skilled, 
wise, clever, accomplished, i. το. 2., 

σπανίζω (σπανιδ-), σπανιῶ, ἐσπά- 
νισα, ἐσπάνισμαι [R. oma], lack, 
need, want, with gen., ii. 2. 12, vii. 
7. 42. 

σπάνιος, ἃ, ov [R. ona], rare, 
scanty, but little, Lat. paucus, i. 9. 
27, vii. 6. 24. 

σπάνις, ews, ἡ [R. oma], scarce- 
ness, scarcity, lack, with gen., Vi. 
Ano Nils 20% 

Σπάρτη, ns, Sparta, ii. 6. 4, the 
capital of Lacedaemonia (q.v.), on 
the Eurdtas, founded after the 
Dorian invasion. It was an open, 
unfortified city, scattered like a 
village, and containing no costly 
temples. The ruins are therefore 
scanty and insignificant. 

Lraptiarys, ov [Σπάρτη]. α Spar- 
tan, a name applied only to the 
direct descendants of the Dorian 
invaders of Lacedaemonia (see 
Λακεδαιμόνιος), iv. 8. 25, vi. 6. 90. 








σός- σπονδή 


σπάρτον, τό [root omap, wine, 
cf. σπεῖρα, coil, cable], rope, cord, 
iv. 7. 15. 

σπάω, -σπάσω, ἔσπασα, -έσπακα, 
-έσπασμαι, ἐσπάσθην | R.oma), draw; 
mid., of a sword, Lat. stringod, i 
8. 29, vii. 4. 16. 

σπείρω (omep-), σπερῶ, ἔσπειρα, 
ἔσπαρμαι, ἐσπάρην (cf. Eng. spARE, 
SPURN, sperm, sporadic], sow, of 
seed, Lat. 8670, spargo, abs., Vi. 
Le 8; mid. and pass., of persons, 


scatter, spread out, be dispersed, 
vi. 3. 19. 

σπείσας, σπείσεσθαι, ctc., see 
σπένδω. 


σπένδω, -σπείσω, ἔσπεισα, ἔσπει- 
σμαι [cf. Lat. sponded, promise 
solemnly], pour or offer a liba- 
tion, make a drink-offering, Lat. 
libo, abs., iv. 3. 18, 14; dep. mid., 
of the usual libations made when 
concluding an agreement or treaty, 
hence, make a treaty or alliance, 
make peace or a truce, cf. Lat. foe- 
dus icv, abs, i. 9.8, il. 3. ὃ; mi. δ. 
5, vii. 4. 22, 28; with dat. of pers. 
with or for whom, or πρός and acc. 
of pers. with whom, i. 9. 7, ii. 3. 7, 
iii. 5. 16; with ἐφ᾽ @ and inf., or 
ἐπί and dat., iv. 4. 6. 

σπεύδω, σπεύσω, ἔσπευσα, UGE; 
intr., hurry, hasten, press on, Lat. 
propero, abs. or with inf., i. 3. 14, 
5. 9, il. 3. 18, ii. 4. 20, iv. 8. 2, vii. 
3.45. Phrase: ταῦτ᾽ éyw ἔσπευδον, 
this was my haste, iv. τ. 21. 

Σπιθριδάτης, ov, Spithriddtes, a 
general under Pharnabazus, Vi. 5. 7. 

σπολάς OL στολάς, dos, ἡἣ 
[στέλλω], prop. equipment, a name 
applied to the leather cuirass (see 
8.0. θώραξ), Lat. lorica, iii. 3. 20, 
iv. 1. 18, which was introduced at 
an early period. Its construction 
was similar to that of the metal 
θώραξ, but since it was made of 
leather, it was both lighter and 
less expensive. 

σπονδή, ἧς [cf σπένδω, Eng. 
spondee |, libation, drink-offering, 
Lat. libatio, iv. 3. 14, vi. 1. 5; 


σπουδάζω- στάδιον 


agreement, treaty, alliance, truce, 
Lat. foedus, i. 9. 8, ii. 3. 9, iii. 1. 19, 
iv. 2. 18, vi. 3. 9, vii. 4. 12; with 
dat. of pers., 11. 1. 21, 3. 7. 

σπουδάζω (σπουδαδ-), σπουδάσο- 
μαι, ἐσπούδασα, ἐσπούδακα, ἐσπούδα- 
σμαι [σπουδή], work in haste, be in 
earnest, ii. 3. 12. 

σπουδαιολογέω (assumed pres.), 
ἐσπουδαιολόγησα, ἐσπουδαιολογήθην 
[σπουδαῖος, serious, σπουδή + R. 
hey], carry on an earnest conversa- 
tion, i. 9. 28. 

σπουδή, js [cf σπεύδω], haste, 
speed, hurry, 1. 8. 4, iv. 1.17; dat. 
as adv. σπουδῇ, hastily, vi. 5. 14; 
κατὰ σπουδήν, in haste, vii. 6. 
28. 

στάδιον, τό, pl. στάδιοι, οἱ, and 
στάδια, τά, equally common [R. 
oma], an extended space, the sta- 
dium, a Greek measure of distance 
equal to 600 Greek ft. (see s.v. 
πούς), or 582 ft. 6 in. English, i. 
ΠΡ 4. 8. 172 π| ἢ. ΘΙ ΠΟ ΠΕΙ͂Ν: 
3.1. 10:Ὑ 2:11, earl Oso, evil Ζ: 
2, vil. 5. 15. 

By this term the Greeks also 
designated the place for foot races, 
ἱππόδρομος (qg.v.) being the name 
of the enclosure for horse races. 
The two were similar in shape, but 
the stadium was both shorter and 
narrower than the hippodrome. 
The accompanying cut represents 
the ground plan of the stadium at 
Messéne in Peloponnésus. By aa 
is designated the level space where 
the races were run, through which 
a brook now flows; bb mark the 
seats of the spectators on the nat- 
ural slope of two hills, continued 
at hh by a semicircular range of 
stone seats. Outside the seats ran 
colonnades, cece (projected at ἐΐ 
with architectural effect), enclosing 
at the upper end a square space 
ee, and united with one another 
at the extreme upper limit by a 
double colonnade e. This double 
colonnade seems to have been the 
main entrance, but there were 








200 


other minor entrances, as at fgd. 
kk mark the city wall. 











arm 


MPT 
(mn 





No. 64. 


The distance from the starting 
point near an altar (see 8.0. βωμός) 
to the finish (these points are not 
marked on the plan) was 600 
Greek feet, or a stadium, equal at 
Athens to 582 ft. 6 in. English. 
But the stadium at Olympia was 
longer, the Olympic foot being 
ereater than the Attic. These 
points were each marked by a 
square stone pillar, and halfway 
between these was a third. On 
the first pillar, at the start, was in- 
scribed the word ἀρίστευε, ‘ Win!’, 
on the second, σπεῦδε, ‘ Faster !’, 
on the third, at the goal, κάμψον, 
‘Turn!’ The straight-away race, 
from start to finish, was called στά- 
διον or δρόμος (about 200 yards), 
and might be run by boys, iv. 8. 27. 
Double this distance, the runner 
turning at the goal and coming 
back to the starting point, was 
called the δίαυλος. The longest 
race was the δόλιχος, qg.v. Other 
athletic contests took place at the 


9 


a 


upper end of the stadium, in the 
space enclosed by the semicircular 
range of stone seats. See s.v. 
πάλη, πυγμή, and παγκράτιον. 
σταθμός, ὁ [R. στα], standing- 
place, stopping-place, stall for ani- 
mals, Lat. stabulum ; for men, 
halting-place, lodging, Lat. man- 
SYD, 1 teks dL το Uh Sh, tt, Bh, hye te 19: 
of the distance between two halts, 


station, stage, day’s march (for the | 


actual distance see rapacayyns), 1. 
2 Ὁ 3h PAYS [io Ὁ, 11 2: ILI, ath, 2: 1): 
ἵν: 2.7 We Ge de 

στάς, 566 ἵστημι. 

στασιάζω (στασιαδ-), στασιάσω, 
ἐστασίασα, [R. στα], form a fac- 
tion, oppose, rebel, revolt, abs., with 
dat., or mpés and acc. of pers., ii. 
5. 28, vi. 1. 29, 82; be divided into 
parties, be at odds or at variance, 
Vil. 1. 39) 2. 2. 

στάσις, ews, ἡ [R. στα], band, 
party, faction, insurrection, dis- 
cord, Vi. 1. 29. 

σταυρός, ὁ [R. στα], stake, pali- 
sade, Lat. uallus, v. 2. 21, vii. 4. 
14, 17. 

σταύρωμα, aros, τό [R. στα], 
palisaded rampart, stockade, Lat. 
udllum, Vv. 2. 15, 19, 27. 

στέαρ, ατος, τό [R. στα], fat, 
suet, of the blubber of dolphins, v. 
4. 28. 

στέγασμα, atos, τό [στεγάζω, 
cover, στέγη], covering, of the 
hides used to cover tents, i. 5. 10. 

στέγη, ns [cf. στέγω, cover, Lat. 
tego, cover, toga, gown, Eng. DECK, 
THATCH, TIGHT], roof, hence, like 
Lat. tectum, house, iv. 4. 14, V. 5. 
20. 

στεγνός, 7, ov [cf. στέγη], cov- 
ered; subst., τὰ στεγνά, houses, 
Vii. 4. 12. 

στείβω (στιβ-), ἔστειψα, ἐστίβη- 
μαι [ef. Eng. step, stamp], tread ; 
pass., of roads, στειβόμενος, trodden, 
wagelied, beaten, Lat. tritus, i. 9. 

στέλλω (στελ-), στελῶ, ἔστειλα, 
-τέσταλκα, ἔσταλμαι, ἐστάλην, put in 


01 


σταθμός-στέφανος 


order, arrange, of persons, equip, 
dress, ill. 2.7; pass., be set going, 
start, journey, travel, abs. or with 
ἐπί or κατά and acc., v. 1. 5, 6. 5, 
vi. 2. 13. 

στενός, 7, ov [cf. Eng. steno- 
| graphy], narrow, strait, Lat. an- 
GQustusyela ἡ. 4; ἡ. 1δ. ἵν. 1. 10. ve 2. 
28; comp. στενώτερος (Or στενότε- 
pos), ili. 4. 19, 22; subst., τὸ ore- 
voy and τὰ στενά, defile, pass, Lat. 
angustiae, iv. 1. 14, 4. 18, 5. 1. 

στενοχωρία, as [στενός + χῶρος], 
Narrow pass, 1. 5. 7. 
στέργω, στέρξω, ἔστερξα, love, ii. 
6. 28. 

στέρεσθαι, 566 στερέω. 

στερέω, στερήσω, etc., but -εστέ- 
ρηκα, rob, deprive of, bereave, with 
gen. or acc. and gen., i. 4. 8, ii. 1. 
ΠΡ ΡΥ ΤΟΣ vars 2 Ome DTCs pass: 
στέρομαι, with pf. sense, be de- 
prived of, have lost, be without, 
with gen., 1. 9. 18, ili. 2. 2, vii. 1. 
30, 6. 16. 

στέρνον, τό [R. στρα], breast, 
Lat. pectus, i. 8. 26, vii. 4. 4. 

στερρῶς, adv. [στερρός, στερεός, 
hard, firm, cf. Lat. sterilis, barren, 
Eng. stare, stereo-type|, stead- 
JSastly, resolutely, ili. τ. 22. 

στέφανος, ὁ [στέφω, put round], 
circlet, crown, chaplet, garland, 
Lat. cordna, of leaves, flowers, or 
metal, worn round the head or 
neck, and used as a festive orna- 
ment at dinner, iv. 5. 33 (see s.v. 
τρίπους). or to adorn the tombs of 
the dead, vi. 4. 9, or bestowed as a 
reward of merit, i. 7.7, where a gold 
crown is promised as a mark of 
distinguished military service, like 
the medals and crosses of to-day. 
It was one of the institutions of 
Lycurgus that the Spartans should 
go into battle wearing wreaths (cf. 
iv. 3.17); and the priest that offici- 
ated at the altar in sacrifice always 
wore a chaplet (φῇ vii. 1.40). The 
use of στέφανοι among the Greeks, 
on both private and public occa- 
sions, was very common. 





στεφανόω-στρατηγός 


στεφανόω, στεφανώσω, ἐστεφά- 
νωσα, ἐστεφάνωμαι, ἐστεφανώθην 
[στέφανος], crown, wreathe, Lat. 
coronod, mid., put on a crown or gar- 
land, iv. 3. 17; pass., be crowned, 
wear a chaplet, iv. 5. 38, vil. 1. 40, 

στήλη, ns [στέλλω], pillar, slab, 
post, of stone, for an inscription, 
y. 3.13; to mark a boundary, Vii. 
5. 15. 

στῆναι, see ἵστημι. 

στιβάς, άδος, ἡ [orelBw], bed or 
couch of straw or rushes, Vi. τ. 4. 

στίβος, ὁ [στείβω], beaten track, 
trail, of men or horses, Lat. westt- 
gia, i. 6. 1, vi. 3. 24, vii. 3. 48. 

στίζω (στιγ-), στίξω, ἔστιγμαι 
[ef. Lat. stimulus, goad, Eng. 
STICK, STING, STITCH, stig-ma], 
prick, puncture, Lat. pungo ; hence, 
τὰ ἔμπροσθεν πάντα ἐστιγμένους 
ἀνθέμια, with their fore parts all 
tattooed with flowers, v. 4. 32. 

στῖφος, ous, τό, any close-pressed 
body, esp. of troops, close array, 
mass, throng, i. 8. 13, 26, vi. 5. 26. 

στλεγγίς, (dos, 7, scraper, strigil, 
jlesh-scraper, Lat. strigilis, used by 
bathers to remove impurities from 
the skin, like our flesh-brushes ; 
of gold, given as prizes to athletes, 
i. 2. 10, but some understand that 
a sort of tiara, worn as an orna- 
ment for the head, is here meant. 

στολάς, See σπολάς. 

στολή, fs [στέλλω, cf. Eng. 
stole], dress, raiment, garment, 
robe, iv. 5. 33, 7.13, Vi. 1.2; στολὴ 
Περσική, Persian robe, i. 2. 27, 
probably the same as the κάνδυς, 
q.v. 

στόλος, ὁ [στέλλω], equipment, 
expedition, esp. for hostile pur- 
poses, abs. or with εἰς and acc., i. 
Be 6, ai. 27/10, | Mi 249, 31S vor 
those who go on such an expedi- 
tion, army, force, host, i. 2. 5, ii. 
2, 12s aii: 110 

στόμα, atos, τό [ς΄ Eng. stom- 
ach], mouth, Lat. 6s, of a pers., 
iv. 5. 27; of a river or sea, Vi. 2. 


1, 4.1; of the opening or entrance 





202 


of a house underground, iv. 5. 25; 
as a military expression, the fore- 
most, front, van, iii. 4. 42, v. 4. 22. 
Phrase: οἱ κατὰ στόμα, the enemy 
in front, ν. 2. 26. 

στρατεία, as [R. στρα], expedi- 
tion, campaign, iii. 1. 9, v. 4. 18. 

στράτευμα, ατος, τό [R. στρα], 
army, Lat. exercitus, i. 1. 7, il. 1. 
6, iii. 3. 19, iv. 4. 19, v. 6. 17, vi. 3. 
22, vii. 8. 24; of the parts of an 
army under particular generals, 
force, division, i. 5. 11, 12, 8. 4, 
14; so pl, vil. 3. 38. 

στρατεύω, στρατεύσω, ἐστράτευσα, 
ἐστράτευμαι [R. στρα], make an 
expedition, conduct or carry on ὦ 
campaign, make war, of general 
ofticers, Lat. bellum suscipio, with 
ἐπὶ and acc., ii. 1. 14, 3. 20, 6. 29, 
iii. 1. 17; dep. mid., of both gen- 
erals and soldiers, serve in a cam- 
paign, take the field, serve, march, 
Lat. militd, abs., with εἰς, ἐπί, or 
ἀμφί and acc., or σύν and dat., i. 
1. 11, 231253; 19. 14. ve 4: ΘΑ αν 2: 
15, vil. τσ. 2, 29, 3. 10; of single 
persons, join an army, iii. 1. 10, 
vii. 5.10. Phrases: τὸν δεινόν χει- 
μῶνα στρατευόμενοι, serving in ὦ 
hard winter campaign, Vii. 6. 9. 

στρατηγέω, στρατηγήσω, ἐστρα- 
τήγησα, ἐστρατήγηκα [R. στρα - 
R. ay], be general, take command, 
command, manage, abs., or with 
Pen., i. 4. 3, 41: Ζ 18,6) 28: ὙΠῸ 2: 
27; with cog. acc. and gen., vii. 6. 
40. Phrase: στρατηγήσοντα ταύ- 
την τὴν oTpaTnylav, to assume this 
command, i. 3. 15. 

στρατηγία, as [R. orpat Rv 
ay], office of general or comman- 
der in chief, i. 3. 15, v. 6. 25, vii. 1. 
41; generalship, plan of campaign, 
by ey IBY 

στρατηγιάω [R. orpa+R. ay], 
wish to be general, vii. τ. 33. 

στρατηγός, ὁ [R. orpa+ R. ay], 
leader of an army, general, Lat. 
dux, imperator, in the Anab. ap- 
plied not to the highest in command 
(called ἄρχων, vi. 1. 18, 2. 6, 12), 


203 


but to every chief of a division, 
under whom stood the taxiarchs 
and captains, i. 2. 15, 4. 13, ii. 4. 
IH Te Pane 3. 9: ve 4: aloe vac 
5. 1, vii. 8. 28. The generals were 
elected by the soldiers, iii. 1.47, and 
conducted the campaign in accord- 
ance with the votes of their own 
number, vi. 1. 18. When serving 
for pay they received four times 
the soldier’s wages, vil. 3. 10, 6. 1, 
7. The title is also applied by 
Xenophon to the Persian com- 
mander in chief of the troops of 
several provinces, who was prop- 
erly called κάρανος, i. 1. 2, 9. 7. 
στρατιᾶ, ds [R. στρα], army, 
Lat. exercitus, the actual effective 
force, the host, i. 2. 12, 7. 16, ii. 4. 
ΘΠ τ Ἐν ἢ. 9} γ᾿ Ὁ: 1; View 2: 
10, vii. 7. 56; the troops, in con- 
trast to the high officers, iv. 3. 9, 
vi. 6. 19, 20, vii. 2. 35; the main 
body, 1.6. hoplites, as contrasted 
with cavalry and peltasts, vi. 3. 19. 
στρατιώτης, ov [R. στρα], sol- 
dier, private, pl. troops, men, Lat. 
MNES Wen 1.9. 11. δ. 29, lls τ. 4. ἦν. 
Aig eke Sie Ὁ 4. νἱ 2: Ὁ, 1 ὃ. 29. 
Phrase: ἄνδρες στρατιῶται, fellow 
soldiers, i. 3. 3, v. 4. 19. 
Στρατοκλῆς, έους, ὁ, Stratocles, 
in command of the Cretan archers, 
iv. 2. 28. 
στρατοπεδεύω, ἐστρατοπεδευσά- 
μην, ἐστρατοπέδευμαι [R. στρα Ὁ 
R. wed], encamp, pitch a camp, 
bivouac, go into camp, rare in act., 
vii. 6. 24, usually mid., abs., or 
with advs., iv. 4. 8, vi. 3. 6, Vii. 2. 
1; with ἐγγύς and gen. of pers., 
or with παρά, εἰς, ἀνά and acc., or 
év and dat. of place, iii. 5. 1, iv. 3. 
Ὁ fo IP) Avil ἢ Ug ably 7: PAR ΡῈ δ 
encamped, li. 4.1. Phrase: mapa 
Eevlov ἐστρατοπεδεύσαντο mapa K)e- 
apxw, they went over from NXenias 
and joined Clearchus, 1. 3. 7. 
στρατόπεδον, τό [R. στρα Ἐ R. 
aed], camp ground, camp, encamp- 
ment, bivouac, Lat. castra, i. το. 1, 
ΘΗ 7 {0.1 Ὁ Gu ἵν: 4. Ὁ; ve 1. 











στρατιᾶ-Σ τυμφάλιος 


9, vi. 4. 10, vil. 6. 42; of an en- 
camped army, iv. 4. 9, vil. 3. 34, 7. 
57. 


στρατός, ὁ [R. στρα, an en- 
camped army, army, force, 1. 5. 7. 

στραφέντες, See στρέφω. 

στρεπτός, 7, ὄν [verbal of 
στρέφω, twisted, pliant ; as subst., 
ὁ στρεπτός, necklace, collar, Lat. 
torquis, worn by noble Persians, 





No. 65. 


1: 2) 27, 5. 8, 5: 29: ‘See ithe ac- 
companying illustration, from a 
famous mosaic representing the 
battle of Issus. 

στρέφω, στρέψω, ἔστρεψα, ἔστραμ- 
μαι, ἐστρέφθην and ἐστράφην [ef. 
Eng. stro-phe, apo-strophe], turn, 
twist, braid, of cords, Lat. torqued, 
iv. 7. 15; intr., and in pass., of 
persons, turn about, face about, 
Lat. mé werto, i. 10. 6, iil. 5. 1, iv. 
3. 26, 32. 

στρουθός, ὁ, ἡ [cf. Eng. o-strich 1, 
a small bird of the sparrow kind ; 
with μέγας, ostrich, i. 5. 2, 3. 

στρωματόδεσμος, ὁ [R. στρα t+ 
R. 8], bedclothes sack, bed-sack, 
of linen, v. 4. 13. 

στυγνός, ἡ, dv [of. στυγέω, hate], 
hateful, of the face, repulsive, 
gloomy, ii. 6.9; subst., τὸ στυγνόν, 
sternness, il. 6. 11. 

Στυμφάλιος, ὁ [UrvuParos, ὁ, 
Stymphalus], a Stymphalian, na- 
tive of Stymphdlus, i. 1.11, ii. 5. 37, 


σύ-συμβάλλω 


iii, 1. 31, iv. 7. 18, vi. 1. 30, vii. 8. 
19, a city in the northeastern part | 
of Arcadia, on a lake of the same 
name (ruins on Lake Zaraka). 

ov, cov, pers. pron. [pronominal 
stem te, softened to oe, cf. Lat. 
tu, thou, Eng. rHou], thou, you, 
12... 1: τὸ Ὁ 10: 1 abs OG, ALL. Ὶ- 
45, vii. 6. 5. 

συγγένεια, as [R. γεν], kinship, 
relationship, Vil. 3. 39. 

συγγενής, és [R. γεν], of the same 
race or family, akin, Lat. cognatus ; 
subst., of συγγενεῖς, blood relations, 
kinsmen, i. 6. 10, iv. 5. 52, vii. 2 
31. 

συγγίγνομαι [R. γεν], be with, 
keep company with, be acquainted 
with, meet, with dat., i. 1. 9, 2. 27, 
li. 5. 2, 28, iv. 5. 23, vii. 2.19; pass 
time with a teacher, ii. 6. 17; of 
sexual intercourse, i. 2. 12, v. 4. 33. 

συγκάθημαι [κάθημαι], sit down 
together, v. 7. 21. 

συγκαλέω [R. kad], call together, 
call a meeting or council, assemble, 
Lat. conuoco, abs. or with acc., i. 
4. 8, ii. 2. 3, iii. 1. 46, vi. 4. 20, vii. 





1. 24; with εἰς and acc., i. 6. 4. 
συγκάμπτω (κάμπτω, καμπ-; κάμ- 
ψω, ἔκαμψα, -κέκαμμαι, ἐκάμφθην, 
bend), bend together, with σκέλος, 
bend one’s knee, ν. 8. 10. 
συγκατακαίω Or -Kaw 
burn along with, 111. 2. 27. 
συγκατασκεδάννυμι [σκεδάννυμι], 
join in pouring out, read by some | 
in vii. 3. 92 for κατασκεδάννυμι, g.v. 
συγκαταστρέφομαι [στρέφω], ἰ 
help in subduing, ii. τ. 14. 
συγκατεργάζομαι [R. Fepy], help 
one accomplish or win, Vii. 7. 25. 
σύγκειμαι [κεῖμαι], lie together, 
be put together, be arranged or | 
agreed upon, Lat. constituor. 
Phrases: εἰς τὸ συγκείμενον, to the 
rendezvous, Vi. 3.43 κατὰ τὰ ovy- 
κείμενα, according to the terms of 
the agreement, Vii. 2. 7. 
συγκλείω [κλείω], shut to, Vi. 3. 
4, vii. 1. 12. 
συγκομίζω [κομίζω], 


[καίω], 


bring to- 


204 


| gether, gather, wmid., for oneself, 


vi. 6. 37. 

συγκύπτω (κύπτω, KUd-, -κύψω, 
ἔκυψα, κέκυφα, stoop), draw to- 
gether, converge, of the wings of 
an army, iil. 4. 19, 21. 

συγχωρέω [xwpéw], go with, give 
way, yield, Lat. concedo, v. 2. 9. 

σύειος, a, ov [σῦς]. of swine, Lat. 
suillus, iv. 4. 19, 

Συέννεσις, vos, ὁ, Syennesis, the 
hereditary title of the monarchs 
of Cilicia who governed under the 
Persian king, perhaps from the 
Semitic schéa nas?, noble chieftain. 
But Xenophon took it for a proper 
name, i. 2. 12, 21, 26, 4. 4, vil. 8. 
25. 

σῦκον, τό [cf. Lat. frcus, fig, 
Eng. syco-phant], jig, vi. 4. 6, 6. 1. 

συλλαμβάνω [λαμβάνω], take to- 
gether, seize, arrest, Lat. compre- 
hendo, i. 1. ὃ, 4. 8, 6. 4, ii. 5. 32, 
iii. 1. 2, 35, vil. 2. 14; capture, iv. 
4210: 

συλλέγω (-λέγω, -έλεξα, -είλοχα, 
-είλεγμαι, -ελέγην [R. Aey ], gather), 
collect, get together, gather, Lat. 
colligo, of things, ii. 4.11, iv. 3. 11, 
v. 1. 15, vi. 6. 22; of persons, esp. 
of troops or an army, bring to- 
gether, collect, τ raise, assem- 
ble, convoke, i.. 1. 7, 4. 18, ii. 6. ἢ; 
τι, 1.595 Vs (Os ie vil. 6. 15; mid., 
raise for oneself, vii. 4.85 ; pass., 
come together, assemble, of troops, 
iv. 1. 10, 3. 7, 8.9, vi. 2. 4, 3. 6. 

συλλογή, 7s ΓΝ Aey], gathering, 
εἶ troops, levy, Lat. diléctus, i. 1 


ante o[R. Aey], gathering, 


᾿ meeting, not of a regularly called 
| assembly, v. 6. 22, 


Tp ce 

συμβαίνω [R. Ba], come together ; 
impers., happen, hence τὰ σύμ- 
Bavra, events, occurrences, iii. 1. 
13. 

συμβάλλω [βάλλω], throw to- 
gether, collect, gather, iii. 4. 31; 
mid., bring together one’s own, 
contribute, with dat. of pers. and 
εἰς and acc. of thing, i. 1.9; unite, 


agree upon, fix on, Vi. 3. 3, hence 
ξενίαν συνεβάλοντο, they contracted 
a friendship, vi. 6. 55; add one’s 
opinion to others’, converse, give 
one’s ideas, with περί and gen., iv. 
6. 14. 

συμβοάω [R. BoF], cry out to- 
gether. Phrase: συνεβόων ἀλλή- 
Nous, they called each other together 
by shouting, Vi. 3. 6. 

συμβοηθέω [R. BoF + θέω], come 
to the rescue with others, join in 
helping, iv. 2. 1, vii. 8. 17. 

συμβολή, 7s [βάλλω], a hurtling 
together, encounter, battle, vi. 5. 


9 
vo 2 . 


συμβουλεύω [R. Bod], advise, 
recommend, counsel, give advice, 
Lat. consuld alicui, abs. or with 
ace., or acc. of thing and dat. of 
PECS lle he 17 τὸ 41 Ὁ Ὁ: 2: ooo): 
with dat. or acc. of pers. and inf., 
or with simple inf., i. 6. 9, ii. 1. 18, 
Zu ΟΝ wie 1 9» 1 Gh 20. ὙΠ 1: ΘΟ); 
8.4; with a rel. clause, ii. 1. 17, v. 
6. 4; mid., consult with one, ask 
one’s opinion or advice, ask coun- 
sel of, confer with, hold a council, 
Lat. consulo aliquem, abs., with 
dat. of pers. or with a clause or 
with both, i. 1. 10, 7. 2, ii. 1. 16, 
Mls, Aven Ones 

συμβουλή, fs [R. Bor], advice, 
Lat. consilium, v. 6. 4 (see ἱερός), 
11. ᾿ 

σύμβουλος, ὁ [R. Bod], adviser, 
counsellor, Lat. auctor, 1. 6. 5. 

συμμανθάνω [R. μα], learn thor- 
oughly ; aor. partic., συμμαθών, hav- 
ing come to know a thing well, hence 
familiar with, used to, with acc., 
iv. 5. 27. 

συμμαχέω, συμμαχήσω, συνεμά- 
χησα [R. pax], be an ally or in 
alliance with, ν. 4. 50. 

συμμαχία, as [R. pax ], alliance, 
Lat. foedus, v. 4. 3, 8, vil. 3. 35. 

συμμάχομαι [R. pax], fight on 
one’s side, be an ally, with dat. of 
pers., v. 4. 10, vi. 1. 18. 

σύμμαχος, ov [R. pax], fighting 
with, in alliance with, allied, Lat. 


συμβοάω-συμπολεμέω 


socius, li. 4.6, 5. 11, v. 4. 7; subst., 
6 ctppaxos, ally, 1. 3. 6, il. 2. 8, V. 
4. 6, vii. 6.3; τὰ σύμμαχα, helps, 
advantages, li. 4. 7. 

συμμετέχω [R. σεχ], take part 
in with one, with gen., vii. 8. 17. 

συμμίγνυμι (μἰγνῦμι, μιγ-, μίξω, 
ἔμιξα. μέμτγμαι, ἐμίχθην and ἐμίγην 
[R. poy], mix), mix with, intrans. 
of persons, wnite with, join, with 
dats OfMpPerss. Πα 2, ὅν. 2.0, Vien: 
24, vii. 8. 24; in a hostile sense, 
engage, join battle with, with dat., 
iv. 6. 24. 

συμπαρασκευάζω [R. σκυ], help 
get ready, help in providing, help 
in preparations, abs, or with acc., 
Wis th 10): 

συμπαρέχω [R. σεχ], help in 
producing or causing, join in af- 
fording, with dat. of pers. and 
ace. of thing, vii. 4. 19, 6. 30. 

σύμπας, aca, av [was], stronger 
than mds, all together, all taken 
collectively, Lat. uniuersus, entire, 
in pred. position, vii. 8. 26; but oi 
σύμπαντες ὁπλῖται, the hoplites all 
taken together, i. 2. 9. Phrases: 
τὸ σύμπαν, on the whole, in gen- 
eral, i. 5. 9; ὅσα οὐδὲ τὰ σύμ- 
παντα, more than all put together, 
LVien Sao 

συμπέμπω [πέμπω], send along 
with, despatch together, sometimes 
with dat. of pers., i. 2. 20, iii. 4. 
42, v. 5. 15, vi. 6. 18, vii. 7. 88. 

συμπεριτυγχάνω [R. τακ], in a 
hostile sense, fall on together, with 
dat., vii. 8. 22. 

συμπίπτω [ R. wer], fall together, 
fall in, collapse, of a house, v. 2. 
24; come together, grapple, close 
with, 1. 9. 6. 

σύμπλεως, wy, gen. ὦ [R. πλα], 
quite full, with gen., i. 2. 22. 

συμποδίζω [R. med], shackle to- 
gether, of snow, encumber, impede, 
Lat. impedio, iv. 4. 11. 

συμπολεμέω [πολεμέω], help in 
war, make war with, with dat. of 
pers. and πρός or ἐπί and acc., i. 4. 
7a Wily die, 





συμπορεύομαι-συνακούω 


συμπορεύομαι [R. περ]. 
with, march with, accompany, i. 3 
OAM OS AV liane: 

συμποσίαρχος, ὁ [R. πο + ἄρχω], 
president of a drinking-party, sym- 
posiarch, master of the revels, Lat. 
magister bibendi, rex conuruii, 
whose commands all the company 
had to obey and who regulated the 
whole entertainment, vi. 1. 30. 

συμπράττω [πράττω], help in 
doing, help along with, co-operate, 
help get, abs., vii. 7. 19; with dat. 
of the pers., and acc. or περί and 
gen. of the thing, i. 1. 8, v. 4. 9, 5. 

23, vii. 4. 13; with wore and inf, 
vii. 8. 23. 

συμπρέσβεις, εων, of [πρέσβυς]. 
fellow-envoys, V. 5. 24. 

συμπροθυμέομαι [R. 1 θυ], be 
equally zealous with, be just as 
earnest, unite earnestly with, add 
one’s efforts, with inf. or ace. and 
int., iii. 1. 9, vii. 2.24; with acc. 
or ὅπως and a clause, Vii. 1. 5. 

συμφέρω [R. hep], bring together, 
collect, Lat. confero, iil. 4. 31, vi. 4. 
9; endure with one, with ace. and 
dat., vii. 6. 20; 
use or advantage, profit, benefit, 
often impers., Lat. conferd, pro- 
sum, abs. or with dat., 11, 2. 2, iil. 
2. 27, Viet. 26,-vil. 2.7: Phrases: 
πρὸς THY χώραν συμφέρῃ, is suitable 
for the ground, Vil. 3. 387 ; συνοίσειν 
ἐπὶ τὸ βέλτιον, be to hi® advantage, 
vii. 8. 4. 

σύμφημι [R. ha], assent, agree, 
grant, with τοῦτο or ταῦτα, v. 8. 8, 
Vil. 2. 26: 

σύμφορος, ον [R. dep], useful, 
advantageous, Vii. 7. 21. 

σύν, prep. with dat. [cf. Lat. 
cum, with], with, in company with, 
along with, together with, used 
freq. by Xen. where other Attic 
prose writers are used μετά. 
i. 3. 5, 8. 26, 9. 2, 1 3 IEE ts, oh 
37, ili. 3. 1, 14, iv. 2. "αὖ, v. 4. 20, 
γι 8; ΜΗ Ss OS 35335 esp. in phrases 
like Μένων καὶ οἱ ΤΟΙΣ αὐτῷ, Menon 
and his troops, i. 2. 15, ef. iii. 2. 11, 


contribute to, be of 





206 


vravel | 5. 3, iv. 3.20; on the side of, i. 1. 


11, ill. 2.17; with the help or aid 
of, il. 5. 18, vii. 3. 11, so σὺν τοῖς 
θεοῖς, the gods helping, iii. 1. 23, 42, 
2. 11, v. 8. 19, vi. 6. 32; of dress, 
Furnished with, in, iv. 5. 33, so σὺν 
Tots ὅπλοις, in arms, armed, iii. 2. 
8, vi. 5. 3, of. lil. τ. 12; of manner 
and instrument, with, in, by, i. 8. 
4, ii. 6. 18, iii. 2. 16, 3.2. In com- 
position σύν becomes συμ- before 
labials and μ, cvy- before palatals, 
συλ- before ἃ, συρ- before p, and 
συ- before o followed by a conso- 
nant, and signifies with, along 
with, together, jointly, at the same 
time, entirely, at once, expressing 
union or connexion of any sort, 
and completion. 

συναγείρω [ἀγείρω], collect to- 
gether or closely, assemble, 1. 5. 9. 

συνάγω [R. ay], bring together, 
get together, gather, collect, of per- 
sons and things, i. 5. 10, iv. 4. 10, 
vi. 2.8; convoke, assemble, of per- 
sons, 1. 3. By 11. 5. 14. νι ἢ δ. νἱ: 
4. 10. 

συναδικέω [R. 1 Sax], do wrong 
with another, be an accomplice in 
crime, with dat. of pers., ii. 6. 27. 

συναθροίζω [ἀθροίζω]. collect to- 
gether, get together, vil. 2.8; mid. 
intrans., assemble, Vi." 5. 90: 

συναινέω (αἰνέω, αἰνέσω, ἤνεσα, 
-ἥνεκα. -ἤνημαι, -ηνέθην [ αἶνος, ὁ, tale, 
praise], praise), agree with one in 
a thing, grant, with acc. of thing 
and dat. of pers., vil. 7. 31. 

συναιρέω [αἱρέωΊ, take together 
or into small compass. Phrase: ws 
συνελόντι εἰπεῖν, to put it briefly, 
Lat. ut breuiter dicam, iii. 1. 38. 

συναίτιος, ov [αἰτέω], jointly 
guilty, accessory in the guilt, vi. 6. 
28. 

συνακολουθέω [R. κελ], follow 
along with, accompany, abs. or 
with dat., ii. 5. 30, iii. 1.4, vii. 7. 11. 

συνακούω [R. KoF], hear at the 
same time. Phrase: ἀναβοώντων 
ἀλλήλων συνήκουον, they heard each 
others calls, v. 4. 31. 


Ω 


a 


cvvarltw[aricw], gather together, 
collect, vii. 3. 48. 

συναλλάττω (ἀλλάττω, ἀλλαγ- : 
ἀλλάξω, ἤλλαξα, -ἤλλαχα, ἤλλαγ- 
μαι, -ηλλάχθην OY ἠλλάγην [ἄλλος], 
change), change so as to bring to- 
gether, reconcile ; pass., be recon- 
ciled, come to terms with, with πρός 
and acca inane 

συναναβαίνω [R. Ba], "Go up 
with, v. 4.16; march inland with, 
with dat., i. 3. 18. 

συναναπράττω [πράττω], help 
exact, With παρά and gen. of pers., 


vii. 7. 14. 
συνανίστημι [R. στα], make 
stand up together ; intrans. 2 aor., 


stand up with, rise with, vii. 3. 
35. 
συναντάω, συνήντησα [ἀντί], 


meet with, meet, abs. or with dat., 
1S. 160. νἱϊ: 2: δὲ 

συνάπειμι [εἶμι], go away with, 
go off together, ii. 2. 1. 

συναπολαμβάνω [λαμβάνω], 76- 
ceive in common, or at the same 
time, of what is due, vii. 7. 40. 

συνάπτω [ἅπτω], join together ; 
of battle, with μάχην and dat. of 
pers., engage in battle, Lat. proe- 
lium committo, i. 5. 16. 

συνάρχω [apxw], rule jointly 
with, command with, with dat. of 
pers. and gen. of thing, vi. 1. 32. 

σύνδειπνος, ὁ [R. δα], companion 
at dinner, guest at dinner, Lat. 
conurua, ii. 5. 27, iv. 5. 28, vi. 1. 30. 

συνδιαβαίνω [R. Ba], cross over 
together, cross with others, vii. 1. 4. 

συνδιαπράττω [πράττω], accom- 
plish with ; mid., negotiate with at 
the same time, with ὑπέρ and gen., 
iv. 8. 24. 

συνδοκέω [R. δοκ], seem good 
also, be approved also, with dat. of 
pers., vi. 5. 9. 

σύνδυο [δύο], two at once, two 
by two, Vi. 3. 2. 

συνέδραμον, See συντρέχω. 

συνεθέλω [ἐθέλω], wish with one, 
consent, favour, with dat. of pers. 
and inf., vi. 1. 32. 


07 


Z \ 4 
συναλίζω-συνεπισπέσθαι 


συνεῖδον [R. ΕἰδΊ1, see at once or 
at a glance, observe, mark, i. 5. 9. 

συνειλεγμένοι, See συλλέγω. 

συνειλημμένοι, συνειλήφασι, see 
συλλαμβάνω. 

σύνειμι [R. ex], be with ; 
οἱ συνόντες, ce: 
ances, ii. 6. 20, 2 Phrase: συνῆν 
Fevoparre BONES he was on 
friendly terms with Xenophon, Vi. 
6. 35. 

σύνειμι [εἶμι], go together, as- 
semble, lil. 5. 7; in a hostile sense, 
μαχούμενος συνήει, he advanced to 
the encounter, i. το. 10. 

συνείποντο, See συνέπομαι. 

συνεισέρχομαι ἔρχομαι), enter 
with, go in together, with πρός and 
acc. of pers. and εἰς and acc. of 
place, iv. 5. 10. 

συνεισπίπτω [R. mer], fall into 
a place together, rush in together, 
plunge in, abs. or with εἴσω and 
gen., V. 7. 25, Vil. 1. 18. 

συνεκβαίνω [R. Ba], go out to- 
gether, with ἐπί and acc., 22 

συνεκβιβάζω (βιβάζω, BiBad-, -βι- 
βάσω or βιβῶ, -εβίβασα [R. Ba], 
make go, causative to Batyw), help 
draw out, help extricate, i. 5. 7. 

συνεκκόπτω [κόπτω], help cut 
down, iv. 8. 8. 

συνεκπίνω [R. πο], help drink 
up, drain with, vii. 3. 82. 

συνεκπορίζω [R. περ], help pro- 
cure, join in providing, v. 8. 25. 

συνεληλύθατε, See συνέρχομαι. 

συνελόντι, 566 συναιρέω. 

συνενεγκόντες, συνενηνεγμένα, SEE 
συμφέρω. 

συνεξέρχομαι [ἔρχομαι], go out 
with, vii. 8. 11. 

συνεπαινέω [ἐπαινέω), join in 
praising or approving, agree to- 
gether, vii. 3. 36. 

συνεπεύχομαι [εὔχομαι], vow to- 
gether besides, with dat. of the god 
to whom and inf, ἘΠ 5 Ὁ: 

συνεπιμελέομαν [R. ped], 
take charge of, with gen., vi. 
22. 

συνεπισπέσθαι, 566 συνεφέπομαι. 


subst., 
ac quaint- 


Livan: 





help 
Ie 





συνεπισπεύδω-συντάττω 2 
συνεπισπεύδω [σπεύδω], help 
hurry on, join in pushing forward, 


ep 8: : 

pe EN. (τρίβω. TpiB-, τρίψω, 
ἔτριψα, Térpipa, τέτριμμαι, ἐτρίβην 
lef. τριβή], rub), destroy all αἱ 
once, utterly ruin, Vv. 8. 20. 

συνέπομαι | R. cer], follow along 
with, accompany, abs. or with dat., 
Ths Shy ty it Rs ees ΨΗ: 5. IE 

συνεπόμνυμι [ὄμνυμι], swear be- 
sides at the same time, with inf., 
vii. 6. 19: 

συνεργός, ov [R. Fepy], working 
with; subst., ὁ συνεργός, Sellow- 
worker, coadjutor, helper, i. 9. 20, 
21: 

συνερρύησαν, see συρρέω. 

συνέρχομαι [ἔρχομαι]. come to- 
gether, meet, assemble, li. τ. 2, 3. 
21, iii. τ. 15, ἵν. 1: 1», v. 4. 4, vi. τ΄ 
25, vii. 3. 10; with Aon! and acc., 
li. 2. 8. 

συνέσπων, 566 συσπάω. 

συνεφέπομαι [ἢ. oer], follow 
along with, attend closely, abs. or 
with dat., iv. 8. 18, vil. 4. 6. 

συνέχω [R. σεχ]: hold together, 
Vii. 2. 8. 

συνήδομαι [R. a8], be glad with 
one, rejoice with, congratulate, 
Lat. grdtulor, abs., with dat. of 
pers., and with ὅτι and a clause, 
5 ἢ: 9: Alls’ ys Eo ὃ. Ile 

συνθεάομαι [θέα], look at with, 
inspect together, vi. 4. 15. 

σύνθημα, ατος. τό [R. Be], thing 
agreed on, agreement, iv. 6. 20; 
signal, esp. the watchword, the 
word, Lat. signum, tessara, given 
out and passed through the ranks 
before a battle as a means by 
which friends might be distin- 
guished from foes, i. 8. 16, Vi. 5. 
25, or used at night as a counter- 
sign, Vii. 3. 34. 

συνθηράω [Onpdw], hunt with, 
join in the hunt, v. 3. 10. 

συνθοῖτο, 566 συντίθημι. 

συνιδεῖν, 566 συνεῖδον. 

συνίημι [ἴημι], put together, un- 
derstand, Lat. intelligo, vii. 6. 8. 





08 


συνίστημι [R. στα]. make stand 
together, of persons, bring together, 
introduce, with dat., iii. 1. 8, vi. 1. 
23; intr. in mid. and pf. and 2 aor. 
act., stand together, get together, 
gather, combine, form together, esp. 
of troops, v. 7. 2, 16, Vi. 2. 9, 5. 28, 
vii. 3. 47. Phrases: ἱππικὸν ἔτι 
συνεστηκός, cavalry with ranks still 
unbroken, Vi. 5. 30, cf. vii. 6. 26. 

σύνοδος, ἡ [ὁδός], meeting, junc- 
tion, vi. 4. 9; in a hostile sense, 
encounter, i. 10. 7. 

σύνοιδα [R. Fis], share in knowl- 
edge, be privy to, Lat. conscius 
sum, with dat. of pers., as σύνοιδέ 
μοι εἰ ἐπιορκῶ, he is cognisant if I 
am a perjurer, vii. 6. 18; with refi. 
pron. and nom. of partic., be con- 
scious of, i. 3. 10, ii. 5. 7, vii. 6. 11. 

συνοίσειν, See συμφέρω. 

συνολολύζω (ὀλολύζω, ὀλολῦγ-. 
ὀλολύξομαι, ὠλόλυξα [dAoAVYH, loud 
cry, cf. Lat. ulula, screech-owl, Eng. 
OwL ], cry aloud), cry out together, 
of women, raise a shrill cry to- 
gether, iv. 3. 19. 

συνομολογέω [ἅμα -- ἢ. λεγ]. 
agree with another or to a thing 
with another, consent, assent to, 
join, agree upon, with dat. of pers., 
vii. 5. 10, acc. of thing, iv. 2. 19, 
vii. 8. 38, or with a combination of 
the two, v. 7. 15. 

συνοράω [R. 2 Fep], see at the 
same time; with ἀλλήλους, watch 
or view one another, iv. 1. 11, Vv. 2. 
13. 

συνουσία, as [R. ex], a being to- 
gether, mutual intercourse, confer- 
ence, ii. 5. 6. 

συντάττω [R. tax], set in order 
together, as a military term, draw 
up in array, marshal, form, i. 2. 
15, Lat. instruo ; mid., form one’s 
own troops, τ TO; "δ᾽ ΠΣ Οὐ 
troops, form line of battle, Fall ‘into 
battle array, form in line, 1 8: 
ΤΆ ΝΥ 2 1 vl 3. 21. Phrase: 
συνετάττετο Be TOV ἔτι προσιόντων, 
was forming its line from those 
who were still coming up, i. 8. 14. 


Ω 


“-- 


συντίθημι [ R. θεὲ], place together ; 
mid., put together for oneself, con- 
clude, covenant, contract, agree 
on, make an agreement, with dat. 
of pers., to which may be added 
inf., i. 9. 7, vii. 1. 35; with acc. of 
Haven The eae Ue 12 ὉΠ wu Go Ὁ 
and see κατατίθημι. 

σύντομος, ον [τέμνω], cut short, 
short, in sup., 11. 6. 22. 

συντράπεΐος, ὁ [τέτταρες + R. 
aed |, table-companion, i. 9. 51, see 
ὁμοτράπεζος. 

συντρέχω [τρέχω], run together 
or to one place, assemble quickly, 
Vv. 7. 4, Vil. 6. 6. 

συντρίβω (τρίβω, τριβ-, τρίψω, 
ἔτριψα, TéTpipa, τέτριμμαι, ἐτρίβην 
[ef. τριβή], rub), rub together. 
Phrase: συντετριμμένους ἀνθρώπους 
σκέλη, men with their legs com- 
pletely crushed, ἵν. 7. 4. 

συντυγχάνω [R. tak], happen 
upon, fall in with, meet, of friend 
or foe, i. to. 8, vil. 8. 22. 

συνωφελέω [ὠφελέω], contribute 
to one’s help, join in aiding, ili. 2.27. 

Συρακόσιος Or Συρακούσιος, ὁ 
[Συρἄκουσαι, Syracuse], a Syracu- 
sian, native of Syracuse, i. 2.9, 10. 
14, a city on the eastern coast of 
Sicily, founded by Corinthians on 
the island Ortygia in 734 B.c. It 
grew rapidly, owing chiefly to its 
fine harbour, and under Gelon, 
480 B.c., and Dionysius I., 400 B.c., 
large suburbs on the mainland of 
Sicily were added to it, making a 
city of 14 miles in circumference. 
Thenceforward it was the largest, 
most populous and brilliant of Hel- 
lenic cities, until the rise of the 
great capitals in the East. 

Συρία, as [ Zvp.os ], Syria, a coun- 
try in Asia, including not only the 
land south of the Euphrates as far 
as Arabia, and bounded on the 
west by Palestine, Phoenicia, and 
the Mediterranean as far as the 
gulf of Issus, i. 4. 4, 6, 10, but also 
the district east of the Euphrates 
which after the Macedonian con- 


09 


συντίθημι- συχνός 


Ι quest was called by the Greeks 
Mesopotamia, i. 4. 19. 

Σύριος, a, ov [Σύρος], of Syria, 
Syrian, i. 4. 5. 

Σύρος, ὁ, a Syrian, native of 
Syria, i. 4. 9. 

συρρέω [péw], flow together, 
stream together, of men, abs., with 
eis and acc., or ἐκ and gen., iv. 2. 
NG) Wh 2 Bp Wak Sp θὲ 

σῦς, suds, ὁ, ἡ [ef. ὗς, Lat. sus, 
swine, Eng. HOG, sow], swine, pig, 
hog, boar, v. 3. 10, 11, 7. 24. 

συσκευάζω [R. oxv], get ready 
together, pack up; mid. intr., pack 
one’s own things, pack up one’s 
baggage, of soldiers before a march, 
Lat. wasa colligo, i. 3. 14, ii. 1. 2, 2. 
4° Ul. 4736, 5.185 Vo 8: ΤΆΔ. ὙΠ τι 7. 

σύσκηνος, ὁ [R. σκα], tent-com- 
panion, messmate, Lat. contuber- 
nalis, v. 7. 15, 8. 5, 6. 

συσπάω [| R. oma], draw together, 
of skins, sew together, i. 5. 10. 

συσπειράομαι, συνεσπείραμαι, συν- 
εσπειράθην [cf. σπάρτον], be coiled 
up together ; of troops, be formed 
in close order or in a solid body, 
18: 21. 

συσπουδάζω [σπουδάζω], haste 
along with, share one’s zeal, ii. 3.11. 

συστρατεύομαι, always dep. mid. 
in Anab. [R. στρα], serve in war 
with, take the field with, share or 
join a canpaign or expedition, abs., 
with dat., or σύν and dat., v. 6. 24, 
Vik 25 Ὁ; Vat 5. 1.2. Mla 7. ails 
with ἐπί and acc., i. 4. 3, vii. 4. 20. 

συστράτηγος, ὁ [R. στρα - R. 
ay], fellow-general, ii. 6. 29. 

συστρατιώτης, ὁ [R. στρα], fel- 
low-soldier, Lat. commilito, i. 2. 20. 

συστρατοπεδεύομαι [R. στρα 
R. wed], encamp together, with σύν 
and dat., ii. 4. 9. 

συστρέφω [στρέφω], turn or twist 
together ; 2 aor. pass., συστραφέν- 
Tes, turning or facing about in a 
body, i. 10.6, where others read the 
simple στραφέντες. See στρέφω. 

συχνός, 7, ov, much, considera- 
ble, great; of time, long, i. 8. 8, 





σφαγιάζομαι- σφοδρός 


ν. 8. 14; of number, many, nwmer- 
ous, abs. or with gen., v. 4. 16, 18, 
7.16; of space, διαλείποντα συχνόν 
(86. χωρίον), at some distance apart, 
i. 8. 10. 

σφαγιάζομαι, ἐσφαγιασάμην [σφά- 
Ύιον]}, slay a victim, offer a sacri- 
Jice, Lat. hostias immolé, abs. or 
with dat., iv. 5. 4, vi. 4. 25, 5. 8. 
Phrase: ἐσφαγιάζοντο eis τὸν ποτα- 
μόν, they sacrificed so that the blood 
ran into the river, cf. Lat. in mare 
porricere, iv. 3. 18 (see σφάττω). 

σφάγιον, τό [cf. cpatTw], animal 
sacrijiced, victim, Lat. hostia; pl. 
Ta σφάγια καλά (80. γίγνεται or 
ἐστι). the omens from the sacrifice 
are favourable, referring to the 
acts and movements of the victims 
(external omens as opp. to ἱερά, 
Qwv.), 1. 8. 15, Iv. 3. 19). vi. 5.:8, 21. 

σφαιροειδής, és [σφαῖρα, ball, cf. 
Eng. sphere+R. F.8], ball-like, 
spherical, round; so σφαιροειδές 
(sc. τι); V. 4. 12, of the round ball 
between the λόγχη (g.v.) and the 
shaft of the spears of the Mossy- 
noeci (not at the butt end). 

σφάλλω (σφαλ-), σφαλῶ, ἔσφηλα, 
ἔσφαλμαι, ἐσφάλην [R. chad], trip, 
trip up, make fall; mid. and pass., 
be balked, fall, fail, meet with a 
mischance, Vii. 7. 42. 

σφᾶς, see οὗ. 

σφάττω, or (older but not in 
Anab.) σφάζω (chay-), σφάξω, 











ἔσφαξα, ἔσφαγμαι, ἐσφάγην, slaugh- 
ter, slay, prop. by cutting the} 


210 


throat, Lat. iwguld, hence of vic- 
tims, sacrifice, as σφάξαντες ταῦρον 
εἰς ἀσπίδα, sacrificing a bull and 
catching the blood in a shield (see 
σφαγιάζομαι), li. 2. 9; of persons, 
kill, slay, iv. 5. 16, 7. 16. 

σφεῖς, see οὗ. 

σφενδονάω, ἐσφενδόνησα [σῴεν- 
d6vn], use the sling, sling, iii. 3. 7, 
15, 4. 15, iv. 3. 30. 

σφενδόνη, ns, sling, Lat. funda, 
made of leather or of leather and 
cords (see s.v. νεῦρον), iii. 3. 16, 
4. 17, iv. 2. 27; of the stone or 
leaden ball used in the sling, mis- 
Ste; Mea ae 5: 14. ΠῚ 5. [δ᾽ 
For the form of the sling and the 
manner of using it, see the follow- 
ing illustration. 

σφενδονήτης, ov [σφενδονάωΊ], 
slinger, Lat. funditor, without de- 
fensive armour, and carrying only 
his sling and stones or leaden bul- 
lets. The σφενδονῆται constituted 
one division of the 
Greek light-armed 
troops, iii. 4. 26, iv. 
3.ᾧἁ 2. γ΄ Orel om (S20: 
γυμνής), but they 
were relatively un- 
important, and 
were not organised 
until, under the 
pressure of neces- 
sity, the Greeks 
drafted men forthe , 
purpose, iii. 3. 16- 
20. These were ex- 
pert Rhodians, who 
used leaden bullets, which carried 
twice as far as the big stones used 
by the Persians. The sling was, 
on the contrary, in great use among 
the barbarians, ili. 3. 6, cf. iii. 3. 15, 
iv. 2. 27, 3. 29, 30, vii. 8. 18. 

σφίσι, see ov. 

σφόδρα, adv. [σφοδρός], with 
vehemence, extremely, exceedingly, 
very, li. 3. 16, 4. 18, 6. 11, iv. 8. 20, 
γ. 4. 32, νἱ. 5228: 

σφοδρός, a, dv, vehement, violent, 
extreme, i. 10. 18. 





211 


σχεδία, as, raft, float, Lat. ratis, 
made of skins, 1. 5. 10, ii. 4. 28. 
Their construction is described in 
the first passage. 

σχεδόν, adv. [R. vex], near; of 
degree, nearly, closely, about, al- 
most, mostly, chiefly, Lat. fere, 1. 
8. 25, esp. with numerals, iv. 7. 6, 
8. 15, vii. 6.1; of time, about, just 
MOOV, Ths Wo 88% By lly Wie Ss 29, 
Phrase: σχεδόν τι πᾶσα ἡ στρατιᾶ, 
pretty nearly all the army, Vi. 4. 20. 

σχεῖν, 566 ἔχω. 

σχέτλιος, a, ον [R. σεχ ], holding 
out, unflinching, cruel, dreadful, 
vii. 6. 30. 

σχῆμα, aros, τό [R. vex], form, 
shape, of troops, formation, i. το. 
10. 

σχίζω, ἔσχισα, ἐσχίσθην [cf. 
Lat. scindo, split, Eng. schedule, 
schism ], cleave, split, of wood, i. 5. 
12, iv. 4. 12; pass. of troops, be 
divided or separated, Vi. 3. 1. 

σχολάζω (σχολαδ-), ἐσχόλασα. 
ἐσχόλακα [R. σεχ]ὔ, be at leisure, 
have time, Lat. 0tiosus sum, il. 3. 
2, Vii. 3. 24. 

σχολαῖος, a, ov [R. oex |, ee 
urely, hence slow, Lat. lentus, 
119. 

σχολαίως, adv. [R. vex], tn a 
leisurely way, slowly, sluggishly, 
Lat. lenté, i. 5.8; comp. σχολαίτε- 
pov, 1. 5. 9. 

σχολή, ἢς [R. σεχ ], leisure, free 
time for anything, Lat. 6¢iwn, with 
dat. of pers. and inf., i. 6. 9, iv. 1. 
17, v. 1. 9; dat. as adv., cxod7, 
slowly, tii. 4. 27, iv. 1. 16. 

σῷ, See σῶς. 

colo (σῳδ-), σώσω, ἔσωσα, σέ- 
σωκα, céow(o) pat, ἐσώθην [R. σα]. 
save, preserve, save life, rescue, 
Lat. cOnserud, of persons, i. Io. 3, 
il. 3. 25, ili. 2.4, vi. 3.17; of things, 
preserve, keep ‘safe, keep, hold, re- 
tain, i. 10. 3, li. 5. 11, iii. 2. 89, vii. 
7.96; mid, and pass., save oneself, 
be saved alive, escape, ili. 1. 19, 4. 
OU 2 Θν 2. 51. 1: 5. 10. avile Te 
19, 8.1; return safely, arrive safe, 





σχεδία-σῶς 


abs. or with εἰς and acc., iii. 1. 6, 
v. 3. 6, Vi. 4.8, 5.20; σεσω(σ)μένοι, 
safe and sound, V. 5. 8. 

Σωκράτης, ous, ὁ, Socrates, the 
renowned Athenian philosopher. 
He was the son of Sophroniscus, a 
sculptor, and was himself trained 
in that art, but soon abandoned it 
for the life of a philosopher and 
thinker on social, political, and 
religious problems. About him 
gathered a circle of friends, who 
regarded him as their master, al- 
though he gave no regular instruc- 
tion and propounded no set doc- 
trine, but was rather an eye-opener, 
leading men to accept no statement 
without inquiry and to acknowl- 
edge no guide except reason. His 
method was the dialectic, by ques- 
tion and answer. By the Delphic 
oracle he was pronounced wisest 
of men. In 399 B.c., when over 
70 years old, he was accused of 
disbelief in the gods and of in- 
troducing new divinities, and after 
trial was condemned to death. He 
left no written works, but is known 
to us chiefly through the writings 
of his friends and followers, espe- 
"| cially Plato and Xenophon, iii. 1. 
5,7. Xenophon’s Memorabilia con- 
tains his recollections of Socrates. 

Σωκράτης, ous, ὁ, Socrates, an 
Achaean, a friend of Cyrus, i. 1. 
11, whom he joined with troops, 
i. 2.3. He was one of the generals 
treacherously seized by Tissapher- 
nes, ii. 5. 31 ff., and was succeeded 
by Xanthicles, iii. 47. On his 
character, see ii. 6. 30. 

σῶμα, atos, τό, body of a living 
man, Lat. corpus, i. 9. 27, ili. 1. 23, 
2. 20, hence, life, i. 9. 12, ii. 1. 12; 
pl., σώματα ἀνδρῶν, persons, men, 
iv.6.10. Phrase: τῷ σώματι αὑτοῦ 
κόσμον, for his personal adornment, 
i, 9. 23. 

σῶς, σᾶ, σῶν, OY σῶς, σῶν, 46- 
fective adj. [R. caF], safe and 
sound, alive and well, all right, 
Lat. sdnus, saluwus, occurring in 


21 


Σῶσις- τάξις 


Anab. in the forms σῶς, iii. 1. 32, 
σῷ OY σῶοι, ii. 2. 21, v. 2. 82, σᾶ or 
σῶα, neut. pl., v. 1. 16. 

Σιῶσις, vos, 6, or Σιωσίᾶς, ov, Sosis 
or Sosias, of Syracuse ; joined Cy- 
rus with troops, i. 2. 9. 

σωτήρ, jpos, ὁ [R. caf], pre- 
server, saviour, a title given to Zevs, 
q.v., 1. 8. 16, iii. 2.9, iv. 8. 25, vi. 5. 25. 

σωτηρία, as [R. caF], safety, 
welfare, preservation, deliverance, 
Lat. salus, ii. 1. 19, 111. 1. 26, 2. 32, 
γ 2. 20. ΜΠ 1 29,3502: 

Σωτηρίδας, ov, Soteridas, a hop- 
lite of Sicyon, punished by his 
comrades for impudence to Xeno- 
phon, iii. 4. 47, 49. 

σωτήριος, ov [R. caf], deliver- 
ing, salutary, Lat. salutaris, ii. 6. 
11; pl. subst., τὰ σωτήρια (80. ἱερά), 
thank offerings for deliverance or 
jor @ safe. return, ii. 2.95 Vv; 1. 1. 
Phrase: σωτήριόν τι βουλευομένους, 
taking salutary measures, ili. 3. 2. 

σωφρονέω, σωφρονήσω, ἐσωῴφρό- 
νησα, σεσωφρόνηκα, σεσωφρόνημαι 
[R. caF + φρήν], be of sound mind, 
be discreet, temperate, or moderate, 
be wise or prudent, v. 8. 24, vi. 2. 
11, vii. 6. 41. Phrase: σωφρονεῖν 
τὰ πρὸς σέ, be self-controlled in 
their dealings with you, Vii. 7. 30. 

σωφρονίζω, ἐσωφρόνισα, σεσωφρό- 
νικα, σεσωφρόνισμαι, ἐσωφρονίσθην 
[R. σαξ- φρήν], make discreet, 
bring to reason or to one’s senses, 
reform, Vil. 7. 24; pass., come to 
one’s senses, Vi. 1. 28. 

σωφροσύνη, ns [R. caF + φρήν], 
soundness of mind, discretion, mod- 
eration, the highest quality recog- 
nised by the Greeks, denoting that 
avoidance of all extremes expressed 
by our word temperance when used 
in its proper sense, i. 9. 3. 


1 





> Ose Ci 
τ᾿, by elision for τέ. 
τἀγαθά, crasis for τὰ ἀγαθά. 


5) 


al 


τάλαντον, τό [R. tad], prop. that 
which supports, hence, balance, pl. 
pair of scales, by transfer the 
weight in the scales, and then any 
weight, and as a definite weight, 
talent. In historical times the tal- 
ent was both a weight and a sum 
of money, although the latter was 
never actually coined. The Attic 
talent in Xenophon’s time weighed 
about 57.75 lbs. avoirdupois; as a 
sum of money (vii. 1. 27) it had 
the value of this amount of silver 
and was worth 6000 Attic drach- 
mas. See 8.0. μνᾶ. See also s.v. 
δαρεικός. ii. 2. 20, iii. 5. 8, vii. 7. 
25, 53. A 

τἄλλα, TadAa, crasis for τὰ ἄλλα. 

ταμιεύω, ταμιεύσω, τεταμίευμαι 
[raulas, carver, dispenser, steward, 
cf. Téuvw |, be comptroller or treas- 
urer ; mid., administer or measure 
out for oneself, of enemies, parcel 
out or deal with at one’s pleasure, 
1 Se 6. 

Tapas, ὁ, Tamos, an Egyptian 
of Memphis, who at first served 
under Tissaphernes in Ionia, but 
afterwards he joined Cyrus and 
conducted his fleet to Cilicia, i. 2. 
21, 4.2. After the death of Cyrus 
he fled to Egypt, where he was 
killed by Psammetichus for his 
treasures and ships. His son was 
Glus, ii. 1. 3. 

ταναντία, crasis for τὰ ἐναντία. 

ταξίαρχος, ὁ [R. τακ- ἄρχω], 
commander of a τάξις, taxtarch, ili. 
Te Os lve) Te 28s 

τάξις, ews, ἡ [R. tak], arrange- 
ment, Lat. 6rdod, esp. in a military 
sense, order, array, formation, 1. 
2. 18, 111: 2.38, 4.19, ν΄ 2.18; rank 
and file, line, line of battle, Lat. 
aciés, i. 8. 10, 16, ii. 2. 14, 3. 2, iii. 
2.17; of individuals, place in line, 
post, station, ili. 4. 48, iv. 3. 29; 
any body of troops, division, corps, 
battalion, of no fixed number, i. 
5. LAS (ΟἿ: 2: 5). 8: Ὁ, lll αὐ 85. ὍΕ 
composed of two λόχοι of hoplites, 
i.e. 200 men, iv. 7.2, vi. §. 11; of 


9 


fol 


peltasts, 100 men, iv. 3. 22; of 
cavalry, iv. 3. 17, 22, consisting 
of 600 men in i. 8. 21; of the 
Persians, division, corps, i. 2. 16, 
8. 8, iii. 4. 14. Phrases: ἐν τάξει, 
in line, in order, in the ranks, i. 
7. 20, ii. 2.8, ν. 1.2; τὰ ἀμφὶ rates, 
tactics, iil. 1. 7; εἰς τάξιν τὰ ὅπλα 
τίθεσθαι, get under arms in line of 
atte ie) ΟΝ: 4.1.1} 

Τάοχοι, οἱ, the Taochi, Taochi- 
ans, a barbarous and warlike tribe 
on the northern frontier of Arme- 
MIA ἵν 4..18; 6.5, 7 aloe 17. 15.865 
pendent of the Persians, v. 5. 17. 

Tatretvos, 7), ov, downcast, sub- 
missive, ii. 5. 13. 

ταπεινόω, ἐταπείνωσα, τεταπείνω- 
μαι, ἐταπεινώθην [ταπεινός], lower, 
bring down, humble, vi. 3. 18. 

Tams, Los, OY ταπίς, (dos, ἡ [ef 
Eng. tape, tapestry], carpet, rug, 
Lat. stragulum, Vil. 3. 18, 27. 

ταπιτήδεια, crasis for τὰ ἐπιτή- 
δεια. 

ταράττω (ταραχ-), Topdtw, ἐτά- 
paka, τετάραγμαι, ἐταράχθην, trou- 
ble, disturb, agitate, make disorder, 
Wate pertunbos V7. 1. vay 2. 9 of 
persons, disturb, embarrass, ii. 4. 
18; of troops, pass., be thrown into 
confusion or disorder, iii. 4. 19, vi. 
5. 9. 


τάραχος, ὁ [ταράττω], confusion, | 


disorder, i. 8. 2. 
ταρϊχεύω, τεταρίχευμαι, ETApLXeEv- 
θην | Tapixos, 0, smoked meat, root 


rapa, parch, cf. Lat. terra, dry | 


land, torreo, parch, Eng. Turrsr], 
preserve, pickle, v. 4. 28. 

Ταρσοί, ὧν, Tarsus, the ancient 
capital of Cilicia, founded by the 
Assyrian kings, on the Cydnus. 
It was an important commercial 
city and seat of learning even in 


the Roman period, and was the | 


birthplace of St. Paul. The Cyré- 
ans plundered it, i. 2. 23, 25, 26. 
(Tersiis.) 

τάττω (Tay-), τάξω, ἔταξα, τέ- 
Taxa, τέταγμαι, ἐτάχθην, and rare 
poetic éraynv [R. tak|, arrange, 


13 








Τάοχοι-ταχύς 


esp. as a military term, form, ar- 
ray, draw up into line of battle, 
marshal, assign to stations, Lat. 
UUSEUO ἢ 2. ΠΡ, 8. 29: 24, Deas 
ΠΡΟ ants 25 INTs hye WO 8. 10]: 
mid., draw up for oneself or one’s 
own, V. 4. 22; mid. intr. and pass., 
take one’s post, post oneself, be 
stationed, 1. 7. 9, 9. 31, vi. 3. 6, 
vii. 1.23; act. also assign, order, 
appoint, with acc, and inf., i. 5. 7, 
ili. 1. 25, so in pass., ταχθείς, Lat. 
Wwssus, i. 6. 6, iv. 6. 22. Phrases: 
ἐν τῷ τεταγμένῳ, in the appointed 
place, iii. 3. 18 (but some read 
EVTETAYMEVW, SCE EVTATTW). 

ταῦρος, ὁ [cf. Lat. taurus, bull, 
Eng. STEER], Dull, ii. 2. 9. 

ταύτῃ; dat. fem. of otros, as adv. 
[ovros], of place, in this direction 
or way, on this side, here, Lat. hac 
(στ 5 He Oy 1ν, 2. ἘΣ 5. ὃ, 
hence, οἱ ταύτῃ ἵπποι, the horses 
in this region, iv. 5. 36, cf. Vii. 4. 
24; of manner, in this way, herein, 
in these regards, Lat. hac ratione, 
1 (Oh (fq, wal, 2.59] 

ταφείησαν, see θάπτω. 

τάφος, ὁ [θάπτω, cf. Eng. epi- 
taph], burial, funeral, hence, bur- 
ial place, grave, i. 6. 11. 

τάφρος, ἡ [cf. θάπτω], ditch, 
trench, Lat. fossa, for irrigation or 
Getencespier7eL Gs τὺ Oneal ony 
2. 5, vi. 5.3; its artificial character 
emphasised by ὀρυκτή, i. 7. 14. 

τάχα, adv. [ταχύς], quickly, pres- 
ently, soon, i. 8. 8, iv. 4. 12, v. 7. 
21; perhaps, maybe, v. 2. 17. 

ταχέως, adv. [ταχύς], quickly, 
swiftly, speedily, ii. 2. 12, iii. 4. 16, 
Ys tho els NY oto Ss 

τάχιστα, SCE ταχύς. 

τάχος, ous, τό [ταχύς], swiftness, 


| speed, il. 5. 7. 


ταχύς, εἴα, v, quick, swift, speedy, 
Lat. celer, ili. 3. 15, sup. τάχιστος, 
τ) OS ὁ. 230. ῬΉΓΑΞΘΗ" τὴν 
ταχίστην (sc. ὁδόν), in the quickest 
manner, as soon as possible, i. 3. 
14, iii. 3. 16, vii. τ. 11; διὰ ταχέων, 
with speed, i.5.9. Neut. as adv., 


, 
τέ-τείνω. 


ταχύ, quickly, swiftly, speedily, | 
SOON, 1. δὲ oyle, Za, Wl. 4a 20, eV. 
62 2a sve 2 δι νῖ. 1 28: ὙΠῸ 2 
42; comp. θᾶττον, more quickly, 
quicker, faster, i. 2. 17, ili. 5. 6, iv. 
3. 82, Vii. 3.45; ἢν θᾶττον... θᾶττον, 
the sooner... the sooner, Lat. si- 
mulatque ... statim, vi. 5.20; sup. 
τάχιστα, Vii. 6. 12, freq. used in 
phrases meaning as quickly as pos- 
sible, as soon as one can, formed 
(with or without the appropriate 
forms of δύναμαι) with the advs. 
ssi gy ΤΠ a4 4 iy 2 νυν 
3, Vil. 3. 44, ὅτι; iv. 3. 29, vil. 2. 8, 
As 1.2) 4, vil τὸ ὑπ sive yk 





ἐπειδὰν τάχιστα, AS SOON AS, lii. 1. 


214 


ble; 1. 1.0, 22. 1.9.2... 5:8: 001; 
iit, 2. LS vi. asl τς ΤΡ 19. νη. 
οὔτε... τέ, SCC οὔτε; TE... δέ iS 
generally used where the construc- 
tion is anacoluthic, v. 5. 8, vii. 8. 
11. τέ is sometimes joined to rela- 
tive words to increase their relative 
force, see dre, οἷος, ware, ᾧτε. 

τεθνᾶσι, τέθνατον, τεθνηκότα, 566 
θνήσκω. 

τεθραμμένους, see τρέφω. 

τέθριππον, τό [τέτταρες + R. ak], 
team of four horses abreast, char- 
tot and four, four-in-hand, Lat. 
quadrigae, iii. 2.24. The two mid- 
dle horses of the team pulled by 
the yoke (see s.v. ζυγόν); those on 





No. 


9, cf. iv. 6. 9, vi. 3. 21, so ws rd- 
χίστα, WV. 3. 9: 

τέ, copulative conj., enclitic, and, 
corresponding to καί much as Lat. 
-que to et. It stands either alone, 
τς 11: 9. 6, Iie; 16; νὰ 39: τον 
doubled, when it generally marks 
the balance or connexion either of 
clauses, on the one hand ...on the 
other, i. 8. 3, iii. 2. 11, 39, 4. 35, or 
rarely of single words, iv. 5. 12; re- 
peated three and four times, Vi. 5. 
21, iv. 8/183 τέ. τ καί or Te Kal, 
not only ... but also, both... and, 
Lat. cum ...twm, or untranslata- 





68. 


the outside by means of a single 
trace (not represented in the ac- 
companying cut), attached at one 
end to the horse’s collar and at 
the other to the ἄντυξ (see s.v. 
ἅρμα) of the chariot. For another 
illustration of the τέθριππον, see 
8.0. ἅρμα (No. 8). 

τείνω (Tev-), τενῶ, ἔτεινα, -τέτακα, 
τέταμαι, ἐτάθην [ef. Lat. tenuis, 
drawn out, thin, tendo, stretch, Eng. 
THIN, DANCE, tone, hypo-tenuse], 
stretch, extend ; intrans., exert one- 
self, hasten, rush, Lat. contendo, 
with ἄνω, πρός and acc., iv. 3. 21. 


9 


od 


τειχίζω (τειχιδ-), τειχιῶ, ἐτεί- 
χισα, τετείχικα, τετείχισμαι, ἐτει- 
χίσθην [τεῖχος], build a wall, for- 
tify, vii. 2. 36. 

τεῖχος, ous, τό [cf. Eng. pike, 
DITCH, biG], wall, for defence, i. 4. 
4, 7. 15, ii. 4. 12, esp. city wall, 
rampart, Lat. murus, moenia, iii. 
Τὶ 2. 8. ΜΠ 2 1} Of ὑπο οὐ ἢ 
itself, v. 5. 6, vii. 1. 15; fortress, 
stronghold, iii. 4. 10, vii. 3. 19, 5. 
8; forming the name of a place, 
see Νέον τεῖχος. 

τεκμαίρομαι (Texuap-), τεκμαροῦ- 
μαι, ἐτεκμηράμην [R. tak], settle by 
a mark, form a judgment, infer, iv. 
2. 4. 

τεκμήριον, τό [R. tak], sign, 
token, proof, evidence, Lat. argu- 
mentum, i. 9. 29, 30, 111. 2. 18. 

τέκνον, τό [R. tax], child, pl., of 
children with reference to their 
parents, Lat. liber?, i. 4. 8, iv. 5. 28, 
Vie 4: ὃ: 

τελέθω [τέλος], come into being, 
come out, become, iii. 2. ὃ ; of sac- 
rifices, be favourable, vi. 6. 90. 
(Elsewhere poetic, and some editt. 
have other readings in both these 
passages. ) 

τελευταῖος, a, ov [τέλος |, ast, Lat. 
ultimus, of time, iv. 1.5; of order 
in a military sense, hindmost, at 
the rear, rear, Lat. nowissimus, iv. 
2. 16, vi. 5. 10, vii. 3. 39; subst., οἱ 
τελευταῖοι, the rear guard, iv. 1. 10, 
3. 24. 

τελευτάω, τελεύτησω, ἐτελεύτησα, 
τετελεύτηκα, 
bring to an end; intr., finish, end 
one’s life, die, Lat. finid, i. 1. 3, 
ΠΤ ΟΣ Us its 2.87, “Vi. -3. 17, 4. 
11; partic., τελευτῶν, used adv. like 
gah at last, finally, iv. 5. 16, vi. 
3.8: 
τελευτή, ἧς [τέλος], end, Lat. 71- 
nis, esp. euphemistically for death, 
with or without rod βίου, i. 1. 1, 9. 
30, ii. 6. 29, iii, 2. 7. 

τελέω, τελῶ, rarely -τελέσω, ἐτέ- 
λεσα, τετέλεκα, τετέλεσμαι, ἐτελέσθην, 
[τέλος], bring to completion, finish, 


ἐτελευτήθην [τέλος]. 


15 


τειχίζω--τετραπλόος 


a 


fulfil an obligation, pay, ili. 3. 18, 
vii. 1. 6, 6. 16. 

τέλος, ous, τό [τέλος], comple- 
tion, fulfilment, end, issue, result, 
ENG, eae, a 10. 18: Κ΄. 2: 9} val dig 
13. Phrases: τέλος, adv., at last, 
Jinally, to close, Lat. tandem, i. 9. 
G, li. 3. 26, Vi. 1.5; διὰ τέλους, from 
beginning to end, constantly, vi. 6. 
11; ἤδη τέλος ἐχόντων τῶν ἱερῶν, as 
the sacrifice was nearing the end, 
Vi. 5. 2. 

τέλος, ovs, τό [R. Tad], what is 
imposed on one, tax, outlay, task, 
office, magistracy, supreme author- 
ity, plur., τὰ τέλη, the authorities, 
magistrates, of the Spartan ephors, 
ii. 6.4. Phrase: τοῖς οἴκοι τέλεσι, 
the home government, vii. 1. 34. 

τέμαχος, ous, TO [ Cf. τέμνω], slice, 
of fish, v. 4. 28. 

Tepevirns, see Τημενίτης. 

τέμνω (τεμ-, τμε-), τεμῶ, ἔτεμον OF 
ἔταμον, -τέτμηκα, τέτμημαι, ἐτμήθην 
(ef. Lat. temno, slight, ‘cut,’ Eng. 
a-tom, epi-tome |, cut, of surgeons, 
perform operations, v. 8. 18. 

τέναγος, ous, τό, shoal water, 
shallows, Lat. uadwm, Vii. 5. 12. 

τερεβίνθινος Or τερμίνθινος, 7, ον 
[τερέβινθος or τέρμινθος, ἣ, twrpen- 
tine-tree, cf. Eng. terebinth, tur- 
pentine |, of the turpentine-tree, tur- 
| pentine, iv. 4. 18. 

τέταρτος, 7, ov [τέτταρες]. fourth, 
Lat. quartus, 111. 4. 31, iv. 8. 21. 

τετρακισχίλιοι, αι, a [τέτταρες + 
χίλιοι], four thousand, Lat. quat- 
tuor milia, i. 1. 10, iii. 4. 2, vii. 7. 
53. 

τετρακόσιοι, al, a [τέτταρες + 
ἑκατόν], four hundred, Lat. quad- 
ringentt, i. 4. 3, iii. 3. 6, vi. 2. 16; 
with a collective, in sing., i. 7. 10. 

τετραμοιρία, as [τέτταρες + μοῖρα, 
portion, cf. μέρος], fourfold share, 
four times as much, Vii. 2. 36, 6. 1. 

τετραπλόος, 7, ov, contr. TeTpa- 
πλοῦς, ἢ, ody [τέτταρες + R. πλα], 
quadruple; subst., τὸ τετραπλοῦν, 
a fourfold share, Lat. quadruplum, 
Vall, @, Te 





τετταράκοντα- Τίγρης 


τετταράκοντα, indecl. [τέτταρες 
+ εἴκοσι], forty, Lat. quadraginta, 
15. 19: 115 δ τ ον 5: 4. 

τέτταρες, a [τέτταρες], fowr, Lat. 
ΠΟΥ τ Ζῶ 101 1; Ti, 4: 8. 
vii. 7. 12. 

Tevdpavia, as, Teuthrania, a dis- 
trict in the southwestern part of 
Mysia about the Caicus, contain- 
ing Pergamus, ii. 1. 3, vii. 8. 17. 

τεύξεσθε, See τυγχάνω. 

τεῦχος, ous, τό [R. tak], tool; 
rarely in prose, receptacle, jar, 
chest, V. 4. 28, Vii. 5. 14. 

τεχνάζω (Texvad-) [R. tax], use 
art, employ cunning, deal subtly, 
vii. 6. 16. 

τέχνη; ns [R. tak], art, craft, or 
more generally, means, ways, iv. 5. 
16, vii. 2. 8. 

τεχνικῶς, adv. [R. tak], in a 
skilful manner; τεχνικῶς πως, in 
an artful sort of way, vi. 1. 5. 

τέως, adv., the while, so long, 
meanwhile, as τέως μὲν αὐτοὺς ava- 
Balvovras, as long as they were as- 
cending, iv. 2. 12, cf. v. 4. 16, Vi. 3. 
5; for a time, up to this time, hith- 
erto, Vii. 5. 8, 13, 6. 29, 7. 55. 

τῇ, dat. fem. of the art. as adv., 
here, used in the phrases, τῇ μὲν 

. τῇ δέ, on the one hand or 
side...on the other, in some re- 
spects...tn others, ii. 1. 12, iv. 8. 
10, so τῇ μὲν... ὁπότε δέ, Vi. I. 20 
(see πῇ). 

τῇδε, See ὅδε, Jin. 

τήκω (Tak-), -τήξω, -έτηξα, τέ- 
τηκα, ἐτάχθην and ἐτάκην [cf. Lat. 
tabes, decay, Eng. THAW], melt, 
intr., thaw, melt, of snow, iv. 5. 18. 

Τηλεβόας, ov or a, the Teleboas, 
a branch of the Euphrates, in Ar- 
menia, west of Lake Thospitis, iv. 
4. 3. 

Τημενίτης, ov, a Temenian, a 
native of Temenium, iv. 4. 15, a 
town in Argolis; others read Teye- 
virns, of Temenus, part of Syra- 
cuse; others again, Τημνίτης, of 
Temnus, in Aeolis, on the Her- 
mus. 








216 


τήμερον, adv. [Epic σήμερον, o- 
or t-, demonstrative pronominal 
prefix, + ἡμέρα, to-day, Lat. hodié, 
i. 9. 25, iv. 6.8. Phrase: τὴν τή- 
μερον ἡμέραν, the present day, iv. 

Τημνίτης, see Τημενίτης. 

τηνικαῦτα, ady., at that time, 
just then, answering to ἡνίκα and 
émel, iv. I. 5, 2. 3. 

ἸΤήρης; ous, ὁ, Teres, founder of 
the kingdom of the Odrysae, vii. 2. 
99 

Τηρίβαζος, see Τιρίβαζος. 

τιᾶρα, as [cf. Eng. tiara], tiara, 
a headdress worn by the Persians, 





but especially the upright tiara, 
the peculiar badge of the Great 
King, ii. 5. 25. 

tTrapoerdns, és [τιᾶρᾶ - R. Fd], 
tiara-shaped, v. 4. 13. 

Τιβαρηνοί, οἱ, the Tibaréni, an 
independent tribe in Pontus on the 
Black Sea, extending from the 
Chalybes to Cotyora, v. 5. 2, vii. 8. 
25. 

Τίγρης, nros [old Pers. Tigra, 
the pointed, tigri, arrow, applied to 
the river from its rapid course, 
Syrian Diglat, Diklat, Hebrew 
Chiddekel, the Hiddekel of Daniel 
x. 4], the Tigris, a great river 
formed by streams from Mt. Tau- 
rus in Armenia and flowing south- 


217 


easterly to its junction with the 
Euphrates in Babylonia, i. 7. 14, ii. 
Be Be fis 19. ΠῚ ἢ. OE ἵν Uo 2) Ay BE 

τίθημι (θε-), θήσω, ἔθηκα, τέθεικα, 
τέθειμαι, ἐτέθην, 2 aor. mid. ἐθέμην 
[R. 0€], put, set, place, with κατά 
and acc., vii. 3. 22; get ready, in- 
stitute, i. 2. 10; mid., place for 
oneself, arrange, with ἐπί and acc., 
vii. 3. 23. Esp. in the military 
phrase θέσθαι τὰ ὅπλα, prop. either 
order arms, t.e. stand with one end 
of the shield and spear resting on 
the ground, i. 5. 14 (07: i. 5. 13), 6. 
4, ii. 2. 8, iv. 2. 16, 3.26, or ground 
arms, t.e. lay shield and spear on 
the ground in front of one, i. Io. 
Gs the 7.17. νὴ 2: ὃ: 19. aah 1: 22 
(cf. vil. 1. 24); but sometimes ap- 
pear or get under arms, take up a 
military position, li. 2. 21, v. 4. 11, 
and in i. 5. 17, κατὰ χώρᾶν ἔθεντο 
τὰ ὅπλα, they moved back to quar- 
ters. 

Tipaclwv, wvos, ὁ, Timasion, of 
Dardanus in the Troad, who had 
served with Clearchus and Der- 
cylidas against Pharnabazus, v. 6. 
24. Being in exile, v. 6. 23, he 
joined the army of Cyrus and was 
elected to succeed Clearchus, iii. 1. 
47. With Xenophon he was the 
youngest of the generals, iii. 2. 37. 
He engaged in designs against Xen- 
ophon, v. 6. 21 ff., but cf. vii. 5. 10. 
See also vi. 3. 14, 5. 28, vii. 1. 40, 2. 
if, gh 19: 

Tipaw, τιμήσω, etc. [R. tu], value, 
esteem, honour, of persons, i. 3. 3, 
g. 14, ii. 6. 21, iii. 2. 5, v. 5. 14, vil. 
2: 29. 

τιμή, As [R. τι], value, worth, 
price, Vii. 5. 2, 8. 6; of persons, 
honour, esteem, i. 9. 29, ii. 1. 17, iii. 
ἘΠ 917. Vials 20: Vile) 35 28: 

Τιμησίθεος, ὁ, Timesitheus, of 
Trapezus, πρόξενος of the Mos- 
synoeci, and interpreter between 
them and the Greeks, v. 4. 2 ff. 

τίμιος, a, ov [R. τι], of things, 
valuable, precious, i. 2. 27 ; of per- 
sons, honoured, esteemed, 1. 3. 6. 





τίθημι.--τίς 


τ᾽μωρέω, τ᾽μωρήσω, etc. [R. re+ 
R. 2 Fep], help, avenge, mid., take 
vengeance on, punish, i. 9. 13, Vv. 4. 
6, vil. 6. 7, 7. 17; with acc. of pers. 
and gen. of thing, vil. 1. 25, 4. 23; 
with ὑπέρ and gen., for the sake of, 
i. 3.4; pass., be punished, ii. 5. 27, 
6. 29 


τιμωρία, as [R. tu+ R. 2 Fep], 
help, vengeance, hence, punishment, 
with παρά and gen., ii. 6. 14. 

Τιρίβαζος or TnypiBatos, ὁ, Tiri- 
bazus, governor of Western Arme- 
nia in the satrapy of Orontas, iv. 4. 
4. He was a favourite of Arta- 
xerxes (ibid.), and made a treaty 
with the Cyréans, which he broke, 
iv. 4.6, 18,21. Transferred to the 
west of Asia, he was instrumental 
in promoting the Peace of Antal- 
cidas. He was afterwards killed 
while plotting to dethrone his mas- 
ter. 

τὶς, Ti, gen. τινός, indef. pron., 
enclitic, @, Gn, any, some, a sort of, 
a kind of, a certain, Lat. quis, i. 2. 
PADS Go tel 8.5. ail 15 7. 18. “1.929. 
iv. 1. 17; subst., somebody, any- 
body, something, anything, pl., 
some, i. 8. 18, 9. 8, li. I. 9, iii. 4. 28, 
iv. 1. 14, v. 1. 8, 7. 10, 8. 25; esp. 
denoting a person whom one can 
but does not name, i. 4. 12, iii. 3. 
3, V. 6. 33; one, pl., they, people, 
men, i. 5. 8,9. 3, 1, iii. 3. 18, 5/17, 
vii. 4.8. With a limiting, modify- 
ing, or restrictive force, as in the 
phrases: οἱ δέ τινες, some few, V. 7. 
16; μία τις, any single one, ii. τ. 
19, cf. vi. 6. 20; σχεδόν τι, pretty 
nearly, Vi. 4. 20; πόση tis, about 
how large, il. 4. 21, cf. vi. 5. 20; 
ὁποῖόν τι, Whatsoever, what sort of 
ΟΣ thy 25 pals 16 19. ὉΠ Ae Ge 10: 
τοιαύτη τις, Something of this sort, 
v. 8. 7; see also iv. 8. 26, v. 1. 6, 8. 
11, vi. 1. 26, vii. 6. 24. 

τίς, τί, gen. τίνος, interr. pron., 
who? which? what? Lat. quis, in 
dir. and indir. questions, i, 4. 13, 
14, ii. 1. 11, 2. 10, iii. 2. 16, 36, iv. 
8. 5, vi. 3. 23, vil. 2.26; what kind 


Τισσαφέρνης-- Τολμίδης 


of, Vii. 6. 4; neut. as adv., τί, why? 
what for? Lat. quid, ii. 4. 3, 5. 22, 
iii. 4. 39, vi. 3. 25. Phrases: ἐκ 
τίνος, for what reason, on what 
grounds? v. 8. 4; τί γάρ, τί οὖν, 
what then? Lat. quid enim? v. 7. 
10, 8. 11. 

Τισσαφέρνης, ous, ὁ, Tissapher- 
nes, a famous Persian, as satrap 
of Lydia and Caria well known 
in Greece for the double part he 
played during the Peloponnesian 
war, now favouring Sparta and 
now Athens, but always extend- 
ing the Persian power. He be- 
came the jealous enemy of Cyrus 
the Younger on the latter’s ap- 
pointment to the government of 
Lydia in 407 B.c., i. 1. 2, 3, 2. 4. 
He commanded a quarter of the 
Persian army, i. 7. 12, and distin- 
guished himself at Cunaxa, i. 10. 
5 ff. After the death of Cyrus 
he pursued a course of treachery 
towards the Cyréans, ii. 3. 17 ff., 4. 
1, 5. 2 ff., iii. 4. 2, and entrapped 
their generals, ii. 5. 31 ff., iii. 2. 4. 
He succeeded to the posts held by 
Cyrus, ii. 5. 11, but in endeavour- 
ing to take possession of Ionia, 
which had revolted from him to 
Cyrus, i. 1. 6, 7, 9. 9, he was op- 
posed by the Spartans under Thi- 
bron, vii. 6. 1, 7, 8. 24. Several 
campaigns followed, disastrous to 
the Persians, until Tissaphernes, 
through the influence of Parysa- 
tis, mother of Cyrus, was put to 
death. 

τιτρώσκω (TPO-), τρώσω, ἔτρωσα, 
τέτρωμαι, ἐτρώθην [cf. τραῦμα], 
wound, inflict wounds, Lat. wol- 
nero, abs. or with acc., ii. 2. 14, 111. 
3. ἢ 4- 2OselVer 5. 995 Μετ: ΜΠ Ὁ: 
8, vii. 8.19; with διά and gen. or 
εἰς and acc., i. 8. 26, il. 5. 33. 

τλήμων, ov, gen. ovos [R. rad], 
enduring, suffering, wretched, ili. 

“20: 

rol, intensive particle, post-posi- 
tive and enclitic, in truth, verily, 
surely, of a certainty, often best 








218 


expressed by emphasis in English, 
1 τ 10. 5. 10. a τὸ AB es ease 
24, 6. 34. 

τοιγαροῦν, inferential conj. [τοί + 
γάρ + οὖν], therefore, accordingly, 
consequently, i. 9. 9, 15, 18, ii. 6. 
20, v. 8. 22. 

τοίνυν, inferential conj., post- 
positive [rol+viv], therefore, ac- 
cordingly, then, further, also, i. 5. 
415) ili. 2.49, Vs 2B. 2, Vil. Ὁ: oO; 
esp. with imvs., ii. 1. 22, 3. 5, iii. 1. 
36, iv. 8. 5. Phrases: πρῶτον μὲν 
τοίνυν, well then, first, 111. 2.27; μὴ 
τοίνυν μηδέ, nay then not even, Vil. 
6: 191 

τοιόσδε, τοιᾶδε, τοιόνδε, dem. 
pron. [τοῖος, such, + -δε], such as 
this, of this kind, referring to what 
follows, as follows, v. 4. 31; esp. 
ἔλεξε τοιάδε, he spoke as follows, i. 
3. 3, 9, Cf. 7. 2. 

τοιοῦτος, τοιαύτη, τοιοῦτον, dem. 
pron., so constituted, of such a sort, 
kind, nature, character or position, 
such, Lat. talis, referring to what 
precedes, i. 3. 14, ii. 1. 16, 6. 8, iii. 
1, 44. 2.138, γ..χ. 20, wil. 6.98: 
Phrases: ἐν τοιούτῳ τοῦ κινδύνου, at 
such a critical point of danger, 1. 7. 
53 τοιοῦτον οὐδέν, nothing of the 
sort, ii. 5.5; τούτων τοιούτων ὄντων, 
such being the case, ii. 5. 12; τοι- 
ovTwy ἡμῖν εἰς φιλίαν ὑπαρχόντων, 
when we have such strong grounds 
for friendship, ii. 5. 24; εἰς τὰ τοι- 
atra, for services of this sort, iv. τ. 
28; ἐν τῷ τοιούτῳ, at such a junc- 
ture, v. 8. 20. 

τοῖχος, ὁ [cf. τεῖχος], wall, of a 
building, vii. 8. 14. 

τολμάω, τολμήσω, etc. [R. rad], 
have the heart, have the courage, 
undertake, Lat. sustined, iii. 2. 
32, iv. 4. 12; venture, risk, dare, 
Lat. audeo, ii. 2. 12, 3. 5, iii. 2. 11, 
γ. 7-19; in a bad sense, have the 
audacity or effrontery, vi. 4. 14, vii. 
7. 46. 

Τολμίδης, ov, Tolmides, herald 
of the Greek army, an Eléan, ii. 2. 
20, ili. 1. 46, v. 2. 18. 


9 


“-ἰ 


τόξευμα, ατος, τό [R. tak], arrow, 
Lat. sagitta, i. 8. 19, iii. 4. 17, iv. 
2. 28, v. 2. 14, vii. 8.18. For illus- 
trations, see s.v. τόξον and φαρέτρα. 

τοξεύω, ἐτόξευσα, τετόξευμαι, ἐτο- 
ξεύθην [R. trax], shoot with a bow, 
use one’s bow, shoot arrows, abs., 
11. 5. 1. 10; 4. 14. ἴν. τ᾿ 10; 2- 28: 
pass., be hit with an arrow, be 
shot, abs. or with διά and eis, i. 8. 
20, iv. 1. 18. 


ing to the bow; subst., ἡ τοξική (sc. 
τέχνη): archery, i. 9. 5. 
τόξον, τό [R. tax], bow, Lat. ar- 


Cus, ili. 3. 15, 4. 17, iv. 2. 27, 28, 4. | 
‘in ii. 4. 4 the context shows that 





No. 70. 


16. For additional illustrations, 
see 8.0. νευρά and φαρέτρα. 

τοξότης, ov [R. tak], bowman, 
archer, Lat. sagittarius, without 
defensive armour except on special 
occasions (the Cretans mentioned 
in v. 2.29 were probably bowmen), 
and carrying only his bow and 
quiver. The τοξόται were a divis- 
ion of the light-armed troops, iii. 
θην By Alig 25.5.8. LO, Ve 2. 12, 
4. 22, 6. 15, vi. 3. 7, being chiefly 
Cretans and Scythians, i. 2. 9, iii. 
4. 15, and while of greater service 
than the σφενδονῆται and than the 
ἀκοντισταί as such (see s.v. med- 


£9 





τόξευμα- Τρανίψαι 


ταστής), they were still unimpor- 
tant relatively to the peltasts and 
hoplites (see s.v. yuurys). The 
bowmen among the barbarians 
whom the Ten Thousand encoun- 
tered were, on the contrary, im- 
portant and formidable, i. 8. 9, iii. 
5: 5 1. ἃ (0). 17), 0: 

τόπος, ὁ [cf. Eng. topic, topo- 
graphy, U-top-ian |, place, spot, Lat. 


| docus, v. 7. 16, vii. 4. 12; region, 
τοξικός, ἡ, dv [R. tak], belong- 


district, quarter, Lat. regio, i. 5. 1, 
iv. 4. 4. 

τοσόσδε, τοσήδε, τοσόνδε, dem. 
pron. [τόσος, so great, + -de], so 
many, so numerous, Vi. 5. 19, but 


τοσοίδε means so few. 

τοσοῦτος, τοσαύτη, τοσοῦτον, dem. 
pron., so much, of size, number, 
amount, and time, so great or 
LOMGe see 5: 18: 111. 2... Olle ἘΝ ἵν 1. 
ΟΝ 8: ΟΠ SOMLONO aml mOomllE SO 
many, li. I. 16, iii. 1. 86; τοσούτῳ 
with comps., so much, i. 5.9; neut. 
as adv. τοσοῦτον, so far, in so far, 
only so much, i. 8. 18, iii. 1. 45; 
with εἶπε, referring either to what 
precedes or what follows, thus 
much, so much only, i. 3. 15, ii. 1. 
Dh is 10: 

τότε, adv., at that time, then, i. τ. 
G4 e lS On 10} 11: δ᾽ δ. ls 2: 5. live 
5. 35, v. 6. 19. Phrases: Τῇ τότε 
ἀκροβολίσει,. the late skirnvish, 111. 4. 
18; τῶν τότε, the (heralds of) that 
time, li. 2. 20. 

τοτέ, ady., at times, in the phrase 
τοτὲ μέν... τοτὲ δέ, now... then, 
at one time... αὐ another, vi. 1. 9. 

τράγημα, ατος, τό [ cf. TpwKTds |, 
dainties for eating, delicacies, sweet- 
meats, esp. dried fruits, eaten at 
dessert, Lat. bellaria, ii. 3. 15, v. 
oy 8h 
Τράλλεις, εων, of, Tralles, a city 
in the northern part of Caria, in 
the plain of the Maeander, i. 4. 8. 
(Aidin.) 

Τρανίψαι, of, the Tranipsae, a 
tribe in the eastern part of Thrace, 
vii. 2. 32. 


τράπεζα-τριβή 


τράπεζα, ys [τέτταρες + R. ed], 
prop. table with four legs, dining- 
table, Lat. ménsa, iv. 5. 31, vil. 2. 
33 (see ἀποβλέπω), 3.22. But the 
τράπεζα might have only three legs, 
two at one end and one at the cen- 
tre of the other (see No. 73). It 
was low, and had a rectangular top. 
See also 8.0. κλίνη. 

Τραπεζούντιος, ὁ [ Tpamefois], a 
Trapezuntian, native of Trapezus, 
iv. 8.23, v. 1. 11, 4. 2, 5.10, vi. 6. 22. 

Tpatrefots, οὔντος, 7, Trapezus, 
a Greek city in the northeastern 
part of Pontus, lying on a high 
table-shaped plateau on the coast, 
a colony of Sinope, iv. 8. 22, and 
paying tribute to it, v. 5. 10. It 
was an important commercial town 
as early as when the Ten Thousand 
Greeks found hospitality there, v. 
I. 1, 2. 28, 5. 14, vi. 6. 5; it was 
favoured by the Romans, who 
made it the capital of Pontus Cap- 
padocius; and finally it became 
the seat of the Empire established 
by the Comnéni. It was indepen- 
dent until its capture by the Turks 
in 1462 a.p. (Trebizond, Tara- 
buzum. ) 

τράποιτο, See τρέπω. 

τραῦμα, ατος, τό [(΄. τιτρώσκωΊ], 
wound, hurt, Lat. wolnus, i. 8. 26, 
iv. 6. 10. 

τράχηλος, ὁ, neck, throat, Lat. 
collum, of men, i. 5. 8, Vii. 4. 9. 

τραχύς, εἴα, v[ cf. Eng. trachea], 
rugged, rcugh, Lat. asper, iv. 3. 


6; of the voice, harsh, ii. 6. 9. 
Phrase: ἡ tpaxeta (sc. γῆ), hard 
ground, uneven country, iv. 6. 
12. 


τρεῖς, τρία, gen. τριῶν [τρεῖς], 
three, Lat. trés, i. 1. 10, 4. 19, 8. 12, 
iv. 4. 3, v. 6. 9, Vil. 5. 2. 

τρέπω, τρέψω, ἔτρεψα and ἔτρα- 
mov, τέτροφα and τέτραφα, τέτραμ- 
μαι, ἐτρέφθην and ἐπράπην [cf. Lat. 
torqueéo, turn, twist, Eng. THREAD, 
THRONG, THROW ], turn, direct, di- 
vert, 111. 1. 41; esp. as a military 
phrase, rout, put to flight, with eis 











220 


φυγήν, Lat. in fugam uerto, i. 8. 
24, of. v. 4.23; mid. and pass. in- 
trans., twrn, set one’s face towards, 
have recourse to, indulge in, turn 
aside, abs., or with πρός or ἐπί and 
BCC.) 11: Ὁ: Ὁ. ΠῚ B13, Vin ποθ vie 
1. 19, vil. 1.18; take flight, abs. or 
with φυγῇ, tv. 8. 19, v. 4. 24; of 
places, be turned towards, look in 
a certain direction, Lat. wergd, with 
πρός and acc., ili. 5.15; mid. trans., 
turn one’s enemy, rout, put to flight, 
γ 7. Gs ν! 7.09: 

τρέφω, θρέψω, ἔθρεψα, τέτροφα, 
τέθραμμαι, ἐτρέφθην and ἐτράφην, 
nurture, nourish, in their widest 
sense, support, maintain, feed, of 
men and animals, Lat. alo, v. 1. 
12, 3.11, 4.26; pass., be supported 
or maintained, subsist, 1. 1. 9, Vi. 5. 
20, vii. 4. 11; be reared or raised, 
of men and animals, iii. 2. 18, iv. 
5. 24; τεθραμμένους, fed up, fat- 
tened, V. 4. 32. 

τρέχω (τρεχ-, Spau-), δραμοῦμαι, 
ἔδραμον, -δεδράμηκα, -δεδράμημαι., 
[ς΄. δρόμος], run, Lat. currd, i. 5. 
2, iv. 8. 26, vii. 3. 45; with περί 
and gen., and εἰς or ἐπί and acc., 
16 δ. 8;. ἵν: 3: 90; Val abril {ππῦ. 
-θρέξομαι, aor. -έθρεξα, poetic and 
rare. ) 

τρέω, ἔτρεσα [ cf. Lat. tremd, shake, 
terreo, frighten], tremble, quake, 
with acc., flee from for fear, 1. 9. 6. 
(Rare in prose.) 

τρία, see τρεῖς. 

τριᾶκοντα, indecl. [τρεῖς + εἴ- 
κοσι]. thirty, Lat. triginta, i. 2. 9, 
1:7. 15. she Ὁ: 5 valle 2 Ὁ 

τριακόντορος, 7 [τρεῖς + εἴκοσι 
+ R.ep], sc. ναῦς, thirty-oared ship, 
v. 1.16, vil. 2. 8. See s.v. mevr7- 
KOvTopos. 

τριάκόσιοι, ar, a [τρεῖς + ἑκα- 
τόν], three hundred, Lat. trecenti, 
1: ep 2 ele oo, 111 2 10. mvs 
16. 

τριβή, 7s [cf. τρίβω, rub, τρίβος, 
n, foot-path], a rubbing, of troops, 
constant practice, service, Lat. usus, 
v. 6. 15. 


221 


τριήρης, ous, ἡ [τρεῖς - R. ep], 
sc. ναῦς, trireme, galley, man-of- 
war (see 8.0. ναῦς), often distin- 
guished from the πλοῖον (qg.v.), 1. 
2 12 ἡ. teh Wee Ua 25 νὴ: 15:0: 1. 
ἘΠ Aad, tig al, a, IA ae Ils), Ss ay 
The trireme had reached its most 
perfect form in the time of Xeno- 
phon. It was distinguished from 
the war vessels that preceded it in 
the development of shipbuilding 
by the number of its banks of 
oars, The πεντηκόντορος (q.v.) had 
a single bank of oars on each side, 
the bireme had two banks on each 
side ranged one above the other, 
the trireme, as the name implies, 
had three. We have unfortunately 
no representations of triremes on 
Greek vases, but from inscriptions 
and from passages in ancient an- 
thors it is established that the tri- 
reme was long and narrow, that 
she was a ram, that she was pro- 
pelled in action by rowers ranged 
obliquely one above another in 
banks, and that she was also pro- 
vided with two masts and with 
sails for voyaging. The position 
of the rowers, of whom it has been 
estimated there were 174 (81 in 
each of the highest banks, 29 in 
each of the middle banks, and 27 
in each of the lowest banks) was 
probably that represented in the 
accompanying cut. According to 
this represen- 
tation each 
rower was al- 
lowed 8 square 
feet of space, 
but the oblique 
arrangement 
of the rowers 
above one an- 
other, the man 
in the highest bank being nearest 
the stern, made the perpendicular 
distance occupied by the three 
rowers in any oblique range only 
8 feet. On the stroke the head 
and shoulders of the rower came 








τριήρης-τρίπους 


back between the legs of the man 
next above and behind him, on 
the recover he came to an upright 
position. 

The trireme was a wooden ves- 
sel, and when not in commission 
was hauled out of the water and 
housed, vii. 1.19, 27. Some con- 
clusions about the speed of the 
trireme can be gathered from Vi. 
4. 2, where it is stated that the 
distance from Byzantium to Hera- 
cléa could be made by a trireme 
under oars (κώπαις) in a day, but 
that it was a very long day’s voy- 
age. This is a distance of about 
150 nautical miles. If the day is 
reckoned at 15 hours, we get a 
pace of 10 knots an hour; but 
there is nothing in the language in 
the passage cited to preclude the 
supposition that the vessel had 
also set her sails. Since the tri- 
reme was a ram, the number of 
mariners or fighting men on board 
was small. In action her manoeu- 
vres were performed with great 
skill, the chief responsibility rest- 
ing on the κυβερνήτης (q.v.). The 
total crew, including rowers, ma- 
rines, sailors, and officers, is esti- 
mated at 220. 

τριηρίτης, οὐ [τρεῖς + R. ep], 
man-of-war’s man, Vi. 6. 7. 

τρίπηχυς, v, [τρεῖς -- πῆχυς], of 
three cubits, three cubits long, iv. 
2. 28. 

τριπλάσιος, a, ov [tpeis+ R. 
wha], threefold, three times as 
large, Lat. triplus, vii. 4. 21. 

τρίπλεθρος, ov [τρεῖς + R. πλα], 
of three plethra, three plethra wide, 
Vv. 6. 9: 

τρίπους, ovv, gen. todos [τρεῖς + 
R. 18], three-footed; as subst., tri- 
pod, any article of furniture sup- 
ported on three feet, as the metal 
frame on which the pot was set 
for boiling (see the illustration s.v. 
ἀμφορεύς), but commonly a table 
with three legs, vii. 3. 21 (see s.v. 
τράπεζα). The three-legged table 


τρίς-τρόπαιον 


had a round top, and the legs were 
carved. 


often handsomely 
material of which 
it was made was 
commonly wood. 
It was used as a 
support for vessels 
or other articles of 
household use, as 
in the accompany- 
ing cut (No. 72) 
where ἃ κρᾶτήρ 
rests upon the tri- 
pod; or like the 
τράπεζα (see No. 
73) it might be 
employed at meals, 





being set in front of the couch of 
the feaster with the articles of food 


upon it. 


222 


τρισχίλιοι, ar, a [τρεῖς - χίλιοι, 


The | three thousand, i. 6. 4, v. 6. 18, vi. 


2. 0. 

τριταῖος, a, ov [τρεῖς], on the 
third day, of persons, V. 3. 2. 

τρίτος, 7, ov [τρεῖς]. third, Lat. 
8) 1115. 1: 7: Ὁ, MU Ἢ 28. Von 2. ΓΕ 
γ. 6. 9: adv., τὸ τρίτον, the third 
time, i. 6. 8. Phrases: τῇ τρίτῃ 
(sc. ἡμέρᾳ), on the third day, i. 7. 
20, iv. 8. 21; ἐπὶ τῷ τρίτῳ, at the 
third signal, ii. 2. 4. 

τρίχα, adv. [τρεῖς], threefold, in 
three divisions, vi. 2. 16. 

τριχῇ; adv. [τρεῖς], threefold, in 
three divisions, iv. 8. 15. 

tpixivos, 7, ov [Oplé, τριχός, hair, 
cf. Eng. trichina], from or of hair, 
made of hair, iv. 8. 3. 

τριχοίνικος, ov [τρεῖς + χοῖνιξ], 
holding or measur- 
ing three choenices, 
Vii. 3. 23. See s.v. 
χοῖνιξ. 

τρόπαιον, τό [τρο- 
πή, cf. Eng. tro- 
phy], trophy, a me- 
morial of victory 
erected on the field 
of battle where the 
enemy had turned 
(hence the name), 
or, in case of a vic- 





tory gained at sea, 
on the nearest land. 








τρίς, adv. [τρεῖς], three times, 


Lat. ter. Phrase: εἰς τρίς, up to 
three times, even thrice, vi. 4. 16, 19. 

τρισάσμενος, 7, ov [τρεῖς + R. 
a8], thrice glad, very gladly, iii. 2. 
24. 


τρισκαίδεκα, indecl. [τρεῖς Ὁ 
δέκα], thirteen, Lat. tredecim, i. 
5. 5. 


τρισμύριοι, αι, a [τρεῖς + μύριοι], 
thirty thousand, vii. 8. 26. 








It consisted of the 
arms and spoils of 
the vanquished sus- 
pended on _ the 
lopped trunk of a 
tree or on a post, iv. 6. 27, vi. 5. 32. 
If it commemorated a naval victory, 
it was ornamented with the beak of 
one of the captured ships. Trophies 
were sometimes of more enduring 
form; arms taken in battle, esp. 
shields, were carried home and pre- 
served in the temples of the state 
as a perpetual memorial, iii. 2. 19. 
Phrase: τρόπαια βαρβάρων, memo- 
rials of victory over barbarians, 
vii. 6. 36. 


22 


τροπή; ἢς [τρέπω], a turning of 
the enemy, rout, defeat, i. 8. 28, 
iv. 8. 21. 

τρόπος, ὁ [Tpérw, cf. Eng. trope, 
tropic], turn, way, manner, Lat. 
modus ; fashion, sort, kind, with 
gen., vi. 1.8; freq. adv. in dat. or 
acc., AS τῷ αὐτῷ τρόπῳ, in the same 
CHOP, IN 2. US ἌΘΟΣ, ὙΠ 5: Ὁ. 07. 1: ve 
9, ii. 5. 20, iii. 4. 8, 23; τρόπῳ τινὶ, 
somehow, after a fashion, ii. 2. 17; 
of persons, ways, character, man- 
ner, custom, i. 2. 11, 9. 22, ii. 6. 8, 
vil. 4. 8, 17. Phrases: ἐκ παντὸς 
τρόπου, any way one can, at any 
rate, no matter how, iii. 1. 43, vii. 
7. 41; κατὰ πάντα τρόπον, by all 
means, Vi. 6. 30. 

τροφή, 7s [τρέφω, cf. Eng. a-tro- 
phy], support, maintenance, means 
ΕἸ Ὑ5 ealaaee 1. τ θ᾽ γ. 6. O25) Vil. 
33, (Sh 

τροχάζω (τροχαδ-) [τροχός, ὁ, 
wheel, cf. τρέχω, Eng. trochee, 
truck |, run along, run quickly, run 
Sorward, Vii. 3. 46. 

τρυπάω, τετρύπημαι [τρύπη, 
hole], bore, pierce. Phrase: τὰ 
ὦτα τετρυπημένον, with his ears 
bored, ii. 1. 31. 

Teds, άδος, [Tpola, Troy], 
Troas, the Troad, the country in 
the northwestern part of Asia 
Minor between the Hellespont and 
the Gulf of Adramyttium, v. 6. 25, 
24, vii. 8. 7. The chief city was 
Troia or lium. 

τρωκτός, 7, dv [verbal of τρώγω, 
gnaw, nibble, cf. Eng. troglo-dyte, 
trout|, to be eaten, edible, ou 
without cooking; hence subst., 
TpwkTa, fruits eaten at dessert, v. 
3. 12. 

τρωτός, ἡ, dv [verbal of τιτρώ- 
σκω], to be wounded, vulnerable, 
ill. 1. 23. 

τυγχάνω (TUX-, τευχ-), τεύξομαι, 
ἔτυχον, τετύχηκα [R. trax], hit, 
with gen., iii, 2. 19, hence, attain, 
reach, acquire, gain, obtain, Lat. 
consequor, abs. or with gen., i. 4. 








15, 9. 29, ii. 6. 18, iii. 1. 26, v. 7.1 Vv 


3 τροπή- ὑγρότης 


33, Vi. 1. 26, vil. 1.30; rarely with 
acc., V. 6. 28, vi. 6. 32; jind, meet, 
of death, with gen., ii. 6. 29, iii. 
2.7; intr. with a partic. containing 
the leading idea, happen, chance, 
as παρὼν A aaah he happened to 
WE UU, te Mo 745 Ὁ: Sa teh Oh Cally 1|. 
2. 14... 2. lll 2 al OV Ι: 24.5.8. 20, 
ἍΤ, 8) vi. 5. 22, vil. 3. 29; some- 
times the partic. is omitted, ii. 2. 
Πα topos) Ve 44) 84. Phrases’: 
ὁποίων τινῶν ἡμῶν ἔτυχον, what sort 
of people they found us to be, v 
5. 15; τυχόν, ace. abs., perhaps, 
perchance, Vi. 1. 20. 

Tvpatov, Τυριάειον, or Τυριαῖον, 
τό, Tyriaeum, a city in southern 
Phrygia, i. 2. 14 (Πρ). 

τυρός, ὁ [ cf. Eng. but-ter], cheese, 
pl., i. 4. 28. 

τύρσις, vos, ἡ [cf Lat. turris, 
tower], tower, turret, iv. 4. 2, V. 2. 
Ὅν ΜΠ 2. PANG δ: ΤΩΣ 

τύχη, ns [R. tax], luck, fortune, 
Lat. fortuna, ii. 2. 13, v. 2. 25, 

τυχών, 566 τυγχάνω. 


δίς 


ὑβρίζω (ὑβριδ-), ὑβριῶ, ὕβρισα, 
ὕβρικα, ὕβρισμαι, ὑβρίσθην [ὑπέρ], 
treat with insolence, abuse, out- 
rage, insult, vi. 4. 2; be insolent, 
be wantonly abusive, v. 8.1, 3, 22; 
pass., be abused, maltreated or 
outrageously handled, iii. 1. 13, 29. 

ὕβρις, ews, ἡ [ὑπέρ], insolence, 
arrogance, wantonness, wanton in- 
solence, 111. 1. 21, v. 5. 16, 8. 3, 19. 

ὑβριστότερος, a, ov, comp. of 
ὑβριστής, insolent, sup. ὑβριστότα- 
τος [ὑπέρ], more or most insolent, 
audacious or wanton, Vv. 8. 3, 22. 

ὑγιαίνω (ὑγιαν-), vylava [ὑγιής, 
healthy, cf. Eng. hygiene], be in 
health, be well, he sound, iv. 5. 18. 

ὑγρότης, ητος, ἡ [ὑγρός, wet, root 
Fuy, cf. Lat. wmidus, moist, udus, 
wet, Eng. wake (of a ship), wasn, 
Ox ], wetness, pliability, suppleness, 
8. 15. 


ὑδροφορέω-ὑπέρ 22 


ὑδροφορέω [ὕδωρ + R. hep], carry 
water, iv. 5. 9. 

ὑδροφόρος, ον [ὕδωρ + R. dep], 
carrying water; subst., αἱ vdpo- 
φόροι, water-carriers, iv. τ ΤῈ 

ὕδωρ, ατος, τό [cf. Lat. unda, 
wave, Eng. WATER, WET, OTTER, 
hydr-aulic, hydro-gen, ee, 
bia], water, Lat. aqua, 1. 5. 
3. UD, bh Sy IO ae 
4. 3. Pirasee ae ἐξ ovpdvov, rain, 
iv. 2. 

ἘΠΕ od, ὁ [ef. 
son, grandson, Lat. 


son’s 
ν δ. 


er 
vids}, 
nepos, 


vids, οὔ [root ov, beget, cf. Eng. 
SON |, son, Lat. filius, iv. 6. 1, 3, 
v. 8. 18; vie 1 

ὕλη, ns [ef. Lat. silua, wood], 
wood, woodland, forest, v. 2. 31; 
shrubbery, bushes, fagots, i. 5. 1, iii. 
5.10. 

ὑμεῖς, see σύ. 

Ὀμέτερος, a, ον Pasa aoe 
yours, Lat. wester, i. 12, vi. 
31, vii. 3.39 ; subst., of ὑμέτεροι. your 
subjects or countr ymen, V. 5. 19, vii. 

. 19; τὰ ὑμέτερα, your eae 
vii. 6. 16. 

ὑπάγω [R. ay], lead under, abs., 
lead on slowly, advance by degrees, 
ili. 4. 48, iv. 2.16; mid., lead wnder 
one’s own influence, draw on, sug- 
gest craftily, with acc. or inf., ii. 1. 
18, 4. 3. 

ὑπαίθριος, ov [ςαἴθω], under 
heaven’s vault, in the open air, 
Lat. sub diuo, v. 5. 21, vil. 6. 24. 

ὑπαίτιος, ov [αἰτέω], under a 
charge, accountable ; subst., ὑπαί- 
τιόν Tt, See ἐπαίτιος, ili. 1: 5. 

ὑπακούω [R. koF], give ear to, 
listen, heed, with gen., iv. 1. 9; 
obey, abs., vii. 3. 7. 

wenn taads ὑπήντησα [ἀντί], go 
to meet, as foes, iv. 3. 54. 

ὑπαντιάζω (ἀντιάζω, ἀντιαδ-, ἠν- 
τίασα [ἀντί], meet), go to meet, as 
foes, vi. 5. 27. 

ὕπαρχος, ὁ [apxw], wnderofiicer, 
lieutenant, lieutenant general, Lat. 
praefectus, i. 2.20, 8.5; in a prov- 








4 


ince, lieutenant governor, prefect, 
serving under a satrap, iv. 4. 4. 

ὑπάρχω [apxw], begin, be under 
as a foundation, be the first, with 
partic., li. 3. 23, v. 5. 9; be at the 
beginning, be at the start or to 
start with, be ready or in store, be 
on hand, be, abs. or with aot of 
PCLS., lle 2: LN avert el Ova τ ἢ, 
28, 7. 32; belong εὖ. be arte to, 
be at one’s service, or on one’s 
side, support, with dat. of pers., i. 
1. 4, v. 6. 23. Phrases: τοιούτων 
ἡμῖν εἰς φιλίαν ὑπαρχόντων, when 
we have such strong grounds for 
Friendship, ii. 5. 24; ἐκ τῶν ὑπαρ- 
χόντων, as their means allowed, Vi. 
ἃ. 9. 


ὑπασπιστής, οὔ [ἀσπιστής, one 


_armed with a shield, ἀσπίς], shield- 


bearer, squire, Lat. armiger, the 
attendant, among the Spartans, 
attached to the person of the hop- 
lite as armour bearer, iv. 2. 20. 

ὑπείκω (εἴκω, εἴξω, εἶξα [cf. Lat. 
uices, changes, Eng. WEAK, WICK- 
ER], yield), give way to, retire be- 
Sore, yield, submit, with dat., vii. 
7.31. 

ὕπειμι [R. eo], be under, lie un- 
der, iii. 4. 7. 

ὑπελαύνω [ἐλαύνω], ride under, 
ride up to, 1. 8. 15. 

ὑπεληλυθέναι, see ὑπέρχομαι. 

ὑπέρ, prep. with gen. and acc. 
[ὑπέρ]. With gen., of place, over, 
above, Lat. super, i. 10. 12, iii. 4. 
29, 39, 41, iv. 2. 6, 10, v. 4. 13, vil. 
5. 15; of people or places on the 
sea, il. 6. 2; over, beyond, i. το. 
14; rarely with verbs of motion, 
trom over, iv. 7.4; over, for, on 
behalf of, for the sake of, in de- 
Jence of, Lat. pro, i. 3. 4, 8. 27, iii. 
5. 6, 1V. 8, ΘΑ ΝΣ 7. 125 Vil Sino: 
instead of, in the name of, v. 5. 18, 
vii. 7. 3, 21. With acc., over, of 
places on the sea, i. 1. 9; with 
numerals, above, more than, Υ. 3-1, 
vi. 5. 4, ef. 2. 10. In composition 
ὑπέρ signifies over, above, beyond, 
exceedingly, for, in behalf of. 


995 


ὑπεράλλομαι ἰ[ἅλλομαι], 
over, spring over, Vii. 4. 17. 

ὑπερανατείνω [Telvw], stretch out 
over, Vii. 4. 9. 

ὑπερβαίνω | R. Ba], go over, cross, 
pass, scale, vii. 3. 48, 8. 7; with 
εἰς and acc., vii. 1. 17. 

ὑπερβάλλω [βάλλω], strike over, 
pass or cross over, cross, abs. or 
with acc., iv. 4. 20, 6. 8, 10; with 
κατά OY πρός and acc., vi. 5. 7, vii. 
5. 1, Phrase: τὸ ὑπερβάλλον τοῦ 
στρατεύματος, each detachment as 
it crossed, iv. 1. 7. 

ὑπερβολή, 7s [βάλλω], a striking 
over, act of passing over, crossing, 
1:2: 26; of a mountain, pass, iii. 
5. 18, iv. 1. 21, 4. 18, 6. 6. 

ὑπερδέξιος, a, ov [R. 2 Sak], above 
on the right, of military positions, 
above, on higher ground, iii. 4. 37, 
iv. 8. 2, v. 7. 31. 

ὑπερέρχομαι [ἔρχομαι], go above, 
Cross, Pass, iV. 4. ὃ. 

ὑπερέχω [R. σεχ], De above, pro- 
ject, ili. 5. 7; overhang, iv. 7. 4. 

ὕπερθεν, adv. [ὑπέρ]. from above, 
impending, overhead, i. 4. 4. 

ὑπερκάθημαι [κάθημαιΊ; sit down 
above, take one’s station above, 
with the idea of an ambush, with 
gen., or ἐπὶ and gen., v. 1. 9, 2. 1. 

ὑπερόριος, a, ον OF os, ον [ὅρος, ὁ, 


jump 


boundary, cf. ὁρίζω, over the bor- | 


der, Lat. externus ; subst., ἡ ὑπερο- 
pla (sc. γῆ), foreign lands, abroad, 
Vile 1 27 

ὑπερύψηλος, ov [ὑπέρ], exceeding 
high, iii. 5. 7. 

ὑπέρχομαι [ἔρχομαι], go under, 
withdraw, advance slowly, Ver 2: 90. 

ὑπέσχετο, ὑπεσχημένοι, ὑπέσχου, 

see ὑπισχνέομαι. 

ὑπέχω [R. vex ], hold under, then 
like Lat. sustined, undergo, be sub- 
ject to, submit to, with δίκην, v. 8. 
18, vi. 6. 15; δίκην ὑποσχεῖν and 
gen., give account for, v. 8. 1. 

ὑπήκοος, ov [R. KoF], listening 
to, obedient, subject to, subst., sub- 
ject, vassal, with gen. or dat., 6 


a 


Oy Wes Oy Falls 1 yank 7. 29: 





ὑπεράλλομαι.- ὑπό 


ὑπηρετέω, ὑπηρετήσω, ὑπηρέτησα, 
ὑπηρέτηκα, ὑπηρέτημαι [R. ep], be 
a servant, serve, do service, help, 
Lat. ministro, with dat. of person, 
sometimes joined to ace. of thing, 
i. 9. 18, ii. 5. 14, vil. 7.46; furnish, 
provide, iil. 5. 8. 

ὑπηρέτης, ov [R. ep], underling, 
assistant of any sort, servant, at- 
tendant, supporter, Lat. minister, 
1 @ fel, Pit 11: 1: Ὁ δ: 14. 

ὑπισχνέομαι, ὑποσχήσομαι, ὑπε- 
σχόμην, ὑπέσχημαι [R. vex], hold 
oneself under, bind oneself, engage, 
undertake, promise, Lat. polliceor, 
with acc., often also with dat. of 
DELS selec pl, Lvp Seas Ν᾿ Ὁ: 50; 
vil. 2. 10, 6.5, 7.21; with fut. inf., 
1b By Pal bie, Val, 1G Wey, ΜΠΡῈ 1 2); 
with dat. of pers. and fut. inf., ii 
3. 20, lil. 1. 4, v. 6. 23; rarely 
with aor. inf. (here some read 
fut.), i. 2. 2; with ὅσα ἔσοιτο, Vii. 7. 
46, 

ὕπνος, ὁ [Umvos], sleep, Lat. 
somnus, 111. 1. 11. 

ὑπό, by elision tm, by elision 
and euphony, ὑφ᾽, prep. with gen., 
dat., or ace. [ο΄ Lat. sub, under], 
under. With the genitive, under, 
from under, vi. 4. 22, 25; freq. of 
agency, under the influence of, 
with persons, by, through, from, 
at the hands of, Lat. ab, i. 1. 10, 
85 4. 19: κ᾿ tas ἢ OselOsmlvamsay Ὁ» 
We Ho Ha, δι.) vais te, 6. Iles Ss). 
7. 28; of things, through, by, by 
reason of, from, i. 5. 5, ii. 2. 11, 
iii. 1. 3, v. 8. 3, vil. 7. 11; ὑπὸ pa- 
στίγων, under the lash, iii. 4. 25. 


| With dat., under, beneath, at the 


foot of, with verbs of rest, i. 2. 8, 
SILOM 4.9.4. lve 78 LOS vie a4 
under the power or sway of, Vil. 2. 
2, 7.02. With acc., under, down 
under, with verbs of motion or im- 
plying previous motion, i. 8. 27, το. 
14, iii. 4. 37, iv. 7. 8, vii. 4. 5, 11, 8. 
21. In composition ὑπό signifies 
under, often with an idea of se- 
crecy or craft (cf. our wnderhand), 
or has diminutive force, rather, 


ὑποδεέστερος- ὑποπτεύω 


somewhat, or it denotes subordi- | 
nation or inferiority. 
ὑποδεέστερος, a, ον [R. δε], rather | 
deficient, inferior, i. 9. 5. 
ὑποδείκνυμι [R. 1 δακ]), show 
privately, rather intimate, indicate, 
v. 7. 12. | 
ὑποδέχομαι [R. 2 Sax], receive 
under one’s protection, vi. 5. 31, 
hence receive with hospitality, wel- 
come, i. 6. ὃ. 
ὑποδέω [ R. δε], bind or tie under ; 
mid. and pass., put one’s shoes on; | 
hence ὑποδεδημένοι, in their shoes, 
iv. 5. 14. | 
ὑπόδημα, ατος, τό [R. Se], that 
which is bound under the foot, in | 
the pl., sandals, shoes. The word 
properly signifies sandal, Lat. solea, 
a sole bound to the foot by straps, | 


(ates as 








No. 74. 


as in the accompanying illustra- 
tions (see also 8.0. tudtiov, No. 27), 
but it also means shoe or boot, Lat. 
calceus, which had an upper, coy- 
ering the foot wholly or in part, 
and was either laced or fastened 
to the foot and leg by straps. Such 
ὑποδήματα Were worn by soldiers, 
iy.5. 14. For an illustration of the 
laced shoe, see s.v. φιάλη, and for 
a peculiar form of boot worn by a 
soldier, see 8.0, χλαμύς. See also 
8.0. καρβάτιναι. 

ὑποζύγιον, τό [R. ζνυγ], beast 
under the yoke, beast of burden, Lat. 
tumentum, ii. 2. 18; pl, draught 
cattle, baggage animals, such as 
oxen and asses, li. 1. 6, carrying 
the arms and camp equipage, i. 7. 
20; li. 2. 4; see also i. 3. 1, iii. 3.6 
Ly. 2.90, κι 900 weege Mls vi. 6, ἡ: 


6 


ὑποκαταβαίνω [R. Ba], go down 
gradually, descend a little, vii. 4. 
11. 

ὑποκρύπτω [κρύπτω], hide un- 
der ; mid., keep secret, hoard, i. 9. 
10. 

ὑποκύπτω (κύπτω, κυφ-, -κύψω, 
ἔκυψα, κέκυφα, stoop), stoop down, 
iv. 5. 32. 

ὑπολαμβάνω [λαμβάνω], receive 
under one’s protection, i. 1. 7; 
take up the discourse (sc. dbyor), 
respond, rejoin, answer, ii. 1. 15, 
31, vi. 5. 14. FEASee με- 
ταξὺ ἘΟΛΘΙΣΊΒΩΣ interrupting him 
in the midst of his talk, ili. 1. 
27. 

ὑπολείπω [λείπω], leave remain- 


ing or behind ; pass., be left behind, 


stay or fall behind, i. 2. 25, iv. 5. 
15, vii. 2. 6; with gen., v. 4. 22; 


subst., τὰ ὑπολειπόμενα, the part left 


behind, iv. 3. 25. 

ὑπολόχαγος, ὁ [R. λεχ - R. ay], 
sub-captain, lieutenant, v. 2. 15, 
probably in command of a πεντη- 
κοστύς, 566 11]. 4. 21. 

ὑπολύω [λύω], loose beneath; 
mid., wntie one’s sandals or shoes, 
iv. 5. 15. 

ὑπομαλακίζομαι [uadraklfouar], 
soften down, yield a little, begin to 
lose courage, ii. 1. 14. 

ὑπομένω [R. pal, stay behind, 
wait, stand one’s ground, iv. 3. 15, 
vi. 5. 25, 29; watt a little, halt, 
stop, iii. 4. 21, iv. 1.16; wait for, 
with ace., iv. 1. 21. 

ὑπόμνημα, aros, τό [R. pa], me- 
morial, reminder, i. 6. 3. 

ὑπόπεμπτος, ov [verbal of ὑπο- 
πέμπω), sent secretly, sent as a 
spy, iil. 3. 4. 

ὑποπέμπω [πέμπω]. send secretly 
or insidiously, send as a spy, li. 4. 
22. 

ὑποπίνω [R. mo], drink. some- 
what or a little, pt. ὑποπεπωκώς, 
euphemistically, pretty drunk, vii. 
3. 29. 

ὑποπτεύω, ὑποπτεύσω, ὑπώπτευσα, 
ὑπωπτεύθην [R. om], suspect, be 


suspicious, mistrust, eee 
surmise, Lat. suspicor, with acc., 
1.1; with inf., i. 3. 1, ii. 5. 38, 
Ἵν}: ἘΠ vil. ὃ. ὁ; with μή and 
inf., ii. 3. 138, or μὴ and opt., 


ὑποστρατηγέω [R. στρα + R. 
ay]. be general under one, be lieu- 
tenant general, with dat., v. 6. 
36, 

ὑποστράτηγος, ὁ [R. στρα + R. 
ay], lieutenant general, Lat. lega- 
tus, iil. 1. 32. 


| ΤῊΝ 


ὑποστρέφω [στρέφω], turn round | 


privately or suddenly, turn right 
round, face right about, vi. 6. 38 ; 
pass., vil. 4.18. Phrase: ὑποστρέ- 
Yas, with an adroit turn, 1.6. avoid- 
ing the trap, ii. 1. 18. 

ὑποσχεῖν, see ὑπέχω. 

ὑπόσχησθε, ὑπόσχοιτο, ὑποσχό-, 
μένος, See ὑπισχνέομαι. 


--|1 


ὑποστρατηγέω-ὑφίστημι 


Ὑρκάνιοι, οἱ [old Persian Vir- 
kana, Wolf’s land], Hyreanians, 
natives of Hyrcania, vii. 8. 15, a 
district subject to Persia, north- 
_west of Parthia and southeast of 
the Caspian Sea. 

ds, ὑός, ὁ, ἡ [cf. σῦς, swine, boar, 
hog, Lat. sus, v. 2. 3. 

ὑστεραῖος, a, ov [ὕστερος], later, 
following ; of time, Lat. posterus. 
Phrases: τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ (sc. ἡμέρᾳ), 
next day, the day after, i postr 2- 
5 Pu Palle ably ae sh abl, 53: 0. Υἱ. 
14; τὴν ΣΝ ΕἸΣ neat 
as ili. 5. 15; εἰς τὴν ὑστεραίαν, on 
the next day, ii. 3. 25, iv. 1. 15, vii. 
1. 35. 

ὑστερέω, ὑστέρησα, ὑστέρηκα 
[vorepos], be later, come too late 
for, with gen., i. 7: 12. 

ὑστερίζω; ὃ ὑστεριῶ, ὑστέρισα [ὕστε- 
ρος], come later, be behindhand, Vi. 


ὑπουργός, dv [R. Fepy], service-| 1. 18. 


able, conducive to, with dat., v. 8. 
15. 

tropaivw [R. da], show from 
under ; intr., shine a little, of the 
day, dawn, break, Lat. inliucésco, 
iit, A Us ahi & ΤΠ 2: Ὁ. 

ὑποφείδομαι (φείδομαι, φιδ-, φεί- 
σομαι, ἐφεισάμην [root rd, split, cf. 
Lat. jindo, split, finis, end, Eng. 
BITE, BITTER, BIT, BAIT], separate 
oneself from, spare), spare a little, 
spare a while, iv. 1. 8. 

ὑποχείριος, ov [R. xep], under 
the hands of, in the power of, sub- 
ject to, with dat., iii. 2. 3, vil. 6. 
43. 


| 


ὕποχος, ov [R. vex], wnder con- 


trol, subject to, with dat., ii. 5. 7. 

ὑποχωρέω [ywpéw], move under 
another’s influence, make way, 
retire, withdraw, retreat, abs. or 
Wa, CEng 1. vig 18... 17: ἵν: δ. 
19. 

ὑποψία, as [R. om], suspicion, 
distrust, Lat. suspicid, abs. or with 
ὅτι. and a clapse, i. 3. 21, ii. 4. 10, 


5.5; apprehension, anxiety, iil. 1. 
21; pl., feelings of distrust, ii. 5. 
ΠΣ 


ὕστερος, a, ον [cf. Eng. our, uT- 
TER], latter, later, following, of 
time, i. 5. 14, ii. 2. 17; of place, be- 
hind, iii. 4. 21; neut, ‘as adv., ὕστε- 
pov, later, after wards, 1. 3. 2, ivy 2: 
TSS Vee, vite 2: 20). with gen., i 
5. 16, iv. 3. 34. Phrase: ὑστέρα 
ἡμέρα τῆς συνόδου, the day after the 


junction, vi. 4. 9. 


ὑφεῖτο, 566 ὑφΐημι. 


ὑφειμένως, adv. [ὑφειμένος, pf. 
pass. partic. of ὑφίημι], slackly, 
quietly, submissively, Lat. swub- 
miassé, Vil. 7. 16. 

ὑφέξω, See ὑπέχω. 

ὑφηγέομαι [R. ay], lead on 


slowly, lead the way gradually, 
abs. or with ἐπὶ φάλαγγος, iv. I. 7, 
Vi. 5. 25. 

ὑφίημι [ἴημι], send down, put 
under, concede, admit, Lat. con- 
cédo, with acc. and inf., 11]. 5. 5; 
mid., put oneself under, yield, sur- 


| render, give in, ill. 1. 17, 2. 8, Vv. 4. 





26; permit, allow, with dat. of 
pers. and inf., vi. 6. 31. 

ὑφίστημι [R. ora], place under, 
station privately ; intr., mid, and 
2 aor. act., undertake, engage, 


“ 


ὑφοράω- φανερῶς 


volunteer, Lat. suscipio, iv. 1. 26, 
27; with acc., vi. 1. 19, 31; stop 
quietly, stand aside, iv. 1.14; stand 
under an attack, withstand, resist, 
abs. or with dat., iii. 2. 11, vii. 3. 
44. 

ὑφοράω [R. 2 Fep], look at from 
below, eye with suspicion, Lat. sus- 
picor, ii. 4. 10. 

ὑψηλός, ἡ, dv [ὑπέρ]. high, sa 
raised, Lat. altus, i. 2. 22, v. -. 4. ὃ 
γῆς ΠΣ ΡΥ ΧΗΙ So. Ids (Sups, Wa, Ὁ: © 
subst., ‘70 ὑψηλόν, aight, Ἢ 4: 
25. 

ὕψος, ous, τό [ὑπέρ], height, Lat. 
altitudo, Lis, 54:1 DVT ΠῚ Ale toed VE 
4. 3. 


Φ, 


φαγεῖν, φάγωσιν, 566 ἔφαγον. 

φαιδρός, ά, dv [R. φα], bright, 
of the face, beaming with anima- 
tion, ii. 6. 11, 

φαίη, see φημί. 

φαίνω (φαν-), φανῶ, ἔφηνα, -πέ- 
φαγκα and régnva, πέφασμαι,. ἐφάν- 
θην and ἐφάνην [R. ha], bring to 
light, make appear, show, Lat. os- 
tendo, iv. 3. 13; intr., give light, 
shine, of fire, iv. 4. 9 (where some 


read pass.) ; pass., be shown, αρ-᾿ 


pear, show oneself, turn out, Lat. 
appared, i. 3. Le 
ili, 1. 24, iv. 
vil. 7. 28; be “apparent, seem, look, 
Lat. uideor, with inf., which may be 
omitted, i. 9. 15, iii. ἡ! 18, iv. 3. 27, 
Vin 4:29; πε Os ν΄: τ. 9; with partic., 
as ov ΠΕΣ εἰδαίμετο, it was clear 
that he did not envy, or he evidently 
did not envy, i. 9. 19, ef. li. 5. 38, 
iv. 5. 28, v. 6. 4. 

φάλαγξ, γγος, ἡ [ef Eng. pha- 
lanx ], line of battle, phalanx, that 
order of arrangement of troops in 
which the front was extended and 
the depth was small, as opposed 


aig 0:15 ii, 2. 15, | 
3. 6, Vv. ἡ. 28 vig δι} 
| sight, visible, clear, evident, open, 
|i. 7. 17, ii. 5. 1, iv. 1.23; freq. with 


228 


was the common order on the 
march. The phalanx was gen- 
erally arranged eight men deep 
(cf. Vii. τ: 23), and the order was 
close, li. 3. 3, but it might be oe 
four deep, as in i. 2. 17 (of: 1. 

15), where the intention was ὦ 
display the line. It included both 
cavalry and infantry, vi. 5. 7, but 
might consist of infantry alone, vi. 
5: 27. The word is applied to 
troops in line either when ready 
to join battle with the enemy, i. 8. 
175, τος 10. ὅν: 8: 10. Adio Gala 
vi. 5. 25, or drawn up for review, 


|i. 2. 17, or waiting for orders, ii. 1. 
6, vi. 5.9, or on the march, when 


advancing cautiously through an 
enemy’s country, vi. 5. 7. The 
word φάλαγξ also signifies any 
compact order of troops, the main 
body, ili. 3. 11, 4. 25, where it is 
used of the square (πσλαίσιον). 
Phrases: ἐπὶ φάλαγγος. in line of 
battle, iv. 3. 26 (where the troops 
had before been arranged as λόχοι 
ὄρθιοι, cf. the counter movement in 
iv. 8. 10, and see ὄρθιος), iv. 6. 6 
(where the troops had been march- 
ing κατὰ κέρας, see képas), Vi. 5. 7, 
25; SO κατὰ φάλαγγα, iv. 8.9, εἰς 
φάλαγγα, iv. 8. 10. 

Φαλῖνος, ὁ, Phalinus, a Greek 
with a military reputation, serving 
under Tissaphernes, ii. 1. 7, 10, 13, 
21. 

φανεῖται, φανέντος, see φαίνω. 

φανερός, a, dv [R. ha], in plain 


partic. in personal constr., as gave- 


pol ἦσαν φεύγοντες, it was clear that 


they were in full retreat, or, they 
were evidently retreating, iv. 3. 33, 
of. i. 6. 8, ii. 5. 40, iii. 2. 24, iv. 3. 
24, vii. 7.24. Phrases: ἐν τῷ φα- 
ee openly, publicly, i. 3. 21; εἰς 
τὸ φανερόν ce καταστήσαντας, set 
you in a prominent position, Vii. 


7. 22. 
φανερῶς, adv. [R. ha], evidently, 


to the formation in column, which | manifestly, i. 9. 19. 


229 


φαρέτρα, ds, quiver, ἵν. 4. 10. Its 
form is shown in the accompanying 
cut. See also s.v.’ Auatdéy and τόξον. 


It was supported by a strap which 
passed over the right shoulder, and 
across the breast and behind the 
back, so that the quiver rested on 
the left hip. The ξίφος (q.v.) was 
carried in the same manner. 

φάρμακον, τό [cf. Eng. phar- 
macy |, drug, noxious drug, poison. 
Phrase: φάρμακον πιών, taking med- 
icine, Vi. 4. 11. 

φαρμακοποσία, as [φάρμακον + R. 
mo |, a taking physic or poison, dose 
of physic or poison, drugging, iv. 8. 
21. 


Φαρνάβαζος, ὁ, Pharnabazus, son 
of Pharnaces, and satrap of Lesser 
Phrygia and Bithynia under Darius 
Nothus and Artaxerxes Mnemon, v. 
6. 24, vii. 1.2. He aided Sparta in 
the Peloponnesian war. His troops 
acted against the Cyréans, vi. 4. 24, 
5. 7, and for fear of the Greeks he 
induced Anaxibius to help them 
out of Asia, vil. 1.2, 2. 12, 14. 
Later he was at war with Sparta. 

Φασιᾶνοί, of [Φᾶσις, cf. Eng. 





φαρέτρα- φεύγω 


pheasant], the Phasiani, Phasi- 
ans, a tribe living on the banks of 
the Phasis in Colchis, v. 6. 36 ; also 
a different tribe on the Armenian 
Phasis, iv. 6. 5, vii. 8. 25. 

φασίν, see φημί. 

Φᾶσις, vos or δος, 6, the Phasis, 
a river in Colchis, flowing into 
the Pontus, and considered as the 
boundary between Asia and Ku- 
rope, v. 6.36, 7.1, 5, 7 (Rioni); also 
the upper course of the Araxes in 
Armenia, iv. 6. 4 (Pasin Su). 

φάσκω [R. da], say, assert, al- 
lege, with inf., iil. 5.17, iv. 4. 21, 
8. 4, v. 8. 1. 

φατέ, see φημί. 

φαῦλος, 7, ov, mean, trifling, com- 
mon, of things, Lat. wilis, vi. 6. 11, 12. 

φέρω (φερ-. ol-, ἐνεκ-, Eveyk-), οἴσω 
ἤνεγκα and ἤνεγκον, ἐνήνοχα, ἐνήνεγ- 
μαι, ἠνέχθην [R. hep], bear, bring, 
carry, Lat. ferd, i. 9. 26, ii. 1. 6, 11]. 
4. 2 Ον τ 2. 1 20. ΜΠ 1- 
387; with πρός and acc., Vii. 3. 31; 
bear, produce, yield, of the earth, 
i, 2. 22, vi. 4.6; carry off, receive, 
i. 3. 21, iv. 1. 8, vil. 6.7; bear, en- 
dure, iii. 1.233; bring, cause, ii. 1. 
17, of tribute, pay, v. 5. 7; of a 
road, bring, lead, with πρός, ἐπί, or 
els and acc., ill. 5. 15, v. 2. 19, 22, 
cf.v. 7.7. Mid., bring for oneself, 
| fetch, bring away, Vi. 6. 1, Vii. 4.8. 
| Pass., be borne, be hurled or thrown, 
Of missiles) ἵν 7: ὁ. 1. ν- 2.4: 
hence, carry, ii. 3. 16; be dashed, 
Jly, rush, with διά or κατά and gen., 
or πρὸς and acc., i. 8. 20, iv. 2. 5, 
7.14. Phrases: βαρέως or χαλεπῶς 
ἔφερον, they took it ill, were annoyed 
or troubled, Lat. moleste ferebant, 
ii. 1. 4, v. 7. 2, vil. 7. 2, with dat., 
i. 3. 8; δεξιὰς ἔφερον, they brought 
assurances, see δεξιός, 11. 4. 1; ἄγειν 
καὶ φέρειν, See ἄγω, ll. 6. 5, Vv. 5. 15. 

φεύγω (φυγ-), pevsouacand φευξοῦ- 
μαι, ἔφυγον, πέφευγα [| R. buy], flee, 
take flight, run away, fly, Lat. fu- 
ΠΟ ΕΣ Wis}, 2. 20). 11.1.9. Π|: 5.9: 
ING Ze lle Ὗ" cls ites Ὑἱ- Ge PAG yall Se 
11; with διά or ἐκ and gen., or εἰς; 





φημί-φιάλη 


πρός, or ἐπί and acc., i. το. 1, iii. 
2. 17, iv. 1.8, 3.32, v. 7.29; rarely 
with acc., flee from, run away from, 
iii. 2. 35, vi. 5. 28; jlee from one’s 
country, be an exile, be banished, 
abs. or with οἴκοθεν, iv. 8. 25, v. 3.7; 
subst., ὁ φεύγων, exile, Lat. exsul, 1. 
1. 7, 9. 9, with ἐκ and gen., i. 3. 3. 

φημί (φα.), φήσω, ἔφησα [Π. a], 
rare except in pres. and impf. (the 
other tenses being supplied by εἶπον 
and by the forms given under εἴρω), 
declare, state, affirm, say, Lat. dico, 
with inf., i. 3. 20, ii. 1. 3, ili. 2. 24, 
lives 2a ἔθ ν. Ζ 9 1: vd. 2. ὃ: ΜῈ: ol, 
16; with nom. and inf., i. 8. 26, 
Hy Tie Ave ἢ. 94 νιν 15. ὙΠ: 
20; with acc. and inf., i. 2. 25, ii. 
Oy 11 Π|0 το 8 abs ie aks δ} 5. I). 
vi. 6. 15, vii. 6. 32; abs. or with 
dir. discourse, i. 6. 6, ii. 1. 22, 3. 
24, v. 4. 27, 6. 25, Vii. 2. 24, 6. 23; 
very rarely with ὅτι and a clause, 
vii. 1.5; the form ἔφη (less com- 
monly ἔφασαν) freq. follows one or 
two words of the dir. or indir. dis- 
course, said he, quoth he, Lat. in- 
GI Te Sy PAV, We 5. TG ἘΠ᾿ τ: 75 ἣν. ee 
17, 8. 4, v. 6. 26, vi. 1. 380, Vii. 3. 6. 
In answers ἔφη means, he said yes, 
he assented, i. 6. 7, with a neg., he 
said no, he denied, iv. τ. 
23, v. 8. 5, cf. Vil. 7. 18. 
The neg. is regularly 
attached to φημί as the 
leading verb where we 
attach it to the depen- 
dent, cf. Lat. nego, as 
οὐκ ἔφασαν ἰέναι, they 
said they would not go, 
they refused to go, i. 3. 
1, μισθωθῆναι οὐκ ἔφα- 
σαν, they said they had 
not been hired, tbid., cf. 
i, 2. 26, iv. 5. 15, vi. 6. 10, 
vii. 4. 28, 8. 4. 

φής, φήσῃ, φήσω, see 


ημί. 
φθάνω (φθα-), φθήσομαι and 
rarely φθάσω, ἔφθην or ἔφθασα, get 
before, get the start of, be before- 
hand, anticipate, outstrip, abs., 





230 


with τί or πρῶτος, or with πρίν and 
ΤΠ], 11. δὲ "Ὁ...111: ἢ... 20. a Rye ΤῈ ἢ. 
11, vi. 1. 18; with acc. of pers. 
(which may be omitted) and a 
partic. expressing the leading idea, 
as φθάνωσι ἐπὶ τῷ ἄκρῳ γενόμενοι 
τοὺς πολεμίους, they reached the 
height before the enemy, iii. 4. 49; 
ὅπως μὴ φθάσωσι καταλαβόντες, that 
they may not get possession before 
(us), 1. 3: 14) cf v. 6. 9); αὐτὸν 
φθάνει ἡμέρα γενομένη, the break of 
day surprised him, v. 7. 16. 

φθέγγομαι, φθέγξομαι, ἐφθεγξά- 
μην, ἔφθεγμαι [«Γ. Eng. apo-thegm, 
di-phthong |, utter, make a sound, 
make oneself heard, iv. 5. 18, vi. 6. 
28; of the war cry, shout, i. 8.18; 
of the eagle, scream, Vi. 1. 23; of 
the trumpet, sownd, iv. 2. 7, v. 2. 
14, vii. 4. 19. 

φθείρω (φθερ), φθερῶ, ἔφθειρα, 
ἔφθαρκα and ἔφθορα, ἔφθαρμαι, ἐφθά- 
pny, corrupt, of a country, destroy, 
lay waste, iv. 7. 20. 

φθονέω, φθονήσω, ἐφθόνησα, ἐφθο- 
νήθην [ φθόνος, ὁ, envy], envy, with 
dat. of pers., i. 9. 19, v. 7. 10. 

φιάλη, ns [cf. Eng. phial, vial), 
a round shallow vessel like a large 





No. 76. 


saucer, but deeper, Lat. patera, 
with neither stem, base, nor han- 


| dle, either earthenware or made 


9 


fol 


of bronze, gold, or silver, iv. 7. 27, 

vil. 3.27, and used as a drinking 

cup or in pouring libations. 
φιλαίτερον, see φίλος. 

φιλέω, φιλήσω, ἐφίλησα, πεφίλη- 
μαι, ἐφιλήθην [φίλος], love, of the 
love of family and friends, Lat. 
diligo, i. 1. 4, 9. 25, 28. 

Φιλήσιος, ὁ, Philesius, of Achaea, 
who succeeded Menon, iii. 1.47, and 
was one of the two oldest generals, 
γ. 3. 1. He attacked Xenophon at 
Cotyora, v. 6. 27, and was there 
fined for failure in duty, v. 8. 1. 
See also vii. 1. 32. 

φιλία, as [φίλος], affection, lik- 
ing, Jr tendship, attachment, Lat. 
amicitia, i. 6. 3, il. 1.10, v. 5. 15, 
Vil 3: 16; with possessive or ob- 
jective gen., 1b Bs By, Wo (> 1 νι τ: 
6; τῇ σῇ φιλίᾳ, attachment to you, 
vii. 7. 29. Phrases: πρὸς φιλίαν 
ἀφιέναι, let depart in peace, i. 3. 
19; αὐτοῖς διὰ φιλίας ἰέναι, See διά, 
1ΠῚ} 2: 8. 

φιλικός, ἡ, dv [φίλος], of or be- 
ging gens, Friendly, amicable, 
iv. 1.9, Vv. 5. 25. 

Bice ady. [φίλος], amicably, 
like a friend, ii. 5. 27, vi. 6. 35. 

φίλιος, a, ov [φίλος], friendly, 
amicable, at peace, of persons and 
places, abs. or with dat., i. 6. 3, ii. 
ἘΠ 8: ΝΠ 7. 19. 15 25 Ὁ; ona) 650: 
of ἃ country, with or without χώρα, 
friendly country or power, i. 3. 14, 
iti, Bs Up, ΤΠ 2 ΟΣ abe, Ths th Ao 5: Ὁ» 
vii. 3. 13. 

φίλιππος, ov [didtos+ R. ak], 
fond of horses, sup., 1. 9. 5. 

φιλόθηρος, ον [φίλος + θήρα], 
fond of hunting, sup., i. 9. 6. 

φιλοκερδέω [φιλοκερδής, greedy 
of gain, φίλος + κέρδος], be greedy 
of gain, i. 9. 16. 

φιλοκίνδυνος, ov [ φίλος 4+ κίνδυ- 
νος], loving danger, adventurous, 
1 6:1. ΒΞ}... 1.0. Ὁ. 

φιλομαθής, és [φίλος - R. μα], 
Sond of knowledge, eager to learn, 
sup., i. 9. 5. 

φιλονεικία, as [φιλόνεικος, fond 


31 φιλαίτερον- φοβερός 


of strife, φίλος + νεῖκος, τό, strife], 
Jondness of strife, rivalry, iv. 8. 
27 


φιλονικία, as [φίλος + νίκη], 
eagerness to win, rivalry, emula- 
tion, iv. 8. 27. 

Φιλόξενος, ὁ, Philoxenus, an 
Achaean, a brave soldier, y. 2. 15. 

φιλοπόλεμος, ov [φίλος + πόλε- 
μος], fond of war, liking war, ii. 6. 
la. 


φίλος, 7, ov [φίλος], friendly, 
dear, attached to, kindly disposed, 
Lat. amicus, abs. or with dat., i. 1 
ΘΡ 3: LOS Ata 2 Πρ: 8: ΠΠ:; 
comp., φιλαίτερον (some read φίλ- 
repov), i. 9. 29; subst., ὁ Φίλος; 
Sriend, favourite, adher ent, abs., 
with dat., or gen., i. 1. 2, 3. 6, he 6. 
MMi δὲ 4: δ. 5s OO ν 4: ols inion 4. 
φιλόσοφος, ὁ [φίλος + σοφός], 
lover of knowledge, philosopher, ii. 
1. 15: 
φιλοστρατιώτης, ov [φίλος Ἐ R. 
στρα], the soldier's friend, Vii. 6. 
4, 39 
φιλοτιμέομαι, φιλοτιμήσομαι, πε- 
φιλοτίμημαι, ἐφιλοτιμήθην [φίλος + 
R. τι]. love or seek honour, be am- 
bitious, feel piqued, with ὅτι and a 
clause, i. 4. 7 
φιλοφρονέομαι, ἐφιλοφρονησάμην 
and ἐφιλοφρονήθην [φίλος + φρήν], 
be well disposed, show kindness or 
favour, act kindly, abs., 11. 5. 27, 
iv. 5.29, 32; receive with kindness, 
greet with affection, with acc., iv. 
. 34, 
; Φλτάσιος, ὁ [Φλτοῦς, Phlius], Phii- 
asian, native of Phlius, vil. 8. 1, 
the chief city of Phliasia, the small- 
est of the Doric states, between 
Sicyonia and Argolis. 
φλυαρέω, φλυαρήσω [Pdvapos, ὁ, 
nonsense |, talk nonsense, talk bosh, 
iii. 1. 26, 29. 
φλναρία, as [φλύαρος, ὁ, non- 
sense], babble, nonsense, pl., per- 
fect bosh, Lat. nugae, i. 3. 18. 
φοβερός, a, bv [φόβος], fearful, 
causing fear, alarming, formida- 
ble, Lat. terribilis, ii. 5. 9, v. 2. 28 





a); 


φοβεω-φρόνημα 


5.17; with dat. of pers. and inf., 
lil. 4. 5; sup. as subst., φοβερώ- 
τατον, a@ most awful thing, i. 5. 9. 
Phrase: φοβεροὶ ἦσαν μή, they felt 
afraid that, Vv. 7. 2. 

φοβέω, φοβήσω, ἐφόβησα [φόβο], 


Srighten, terrify, frighten away, | 


Lat. terred, iv. 5. 17; usually de- 
ponent, φοβέομαι, φοβήσομαι, πεφό- 
βημαι, ἐφοβήθην, be frightened, fear, 


dread, be afraid, Lat. timed, abs., | 


with acc., or περί and gen., i. 9. 9, 
11... 18: an. τ΄ ΤΌΣ γεν 7, Ὑἱ|- 8.1205 
with μή and a clause, i. 8. 19, iii. 


4. 84, vii. 1.2, or with ὅτι, 111. 1. 12; | 


hesitate, be doubtful about, with 
tate 1. 2.7: 

φόβος, 6 [root eB, tremble, cf. 
Epic φέβομαι, flee, Eng. hydro- 
phobia}, fear, dread, ΤΩΝ fright, 
Lat. timor, VAS 18, Leese ΟΣ Liter 
18, vi. 5.29; alarm, panic, i ii. 2: 19. 
pl., things causing fear, threats, iv. 
1. 23. Phrase: τὸν ἐκ τῶν ᾿Ἑλλή- 
νων εἰς τοὺς βαρβάρους φόβον, the 
fear inspired in the barbarians by 
the Greeks, i. 2. 18, cf. vil. 2. 37. 

φοινίκεος, a, ov, Contr. hotvikots, 
ἢ, odv [Φοίνιξ], purple-red, purple 
or dark red, so named because the 
discovery and earliest use of this 
colour were ascribed to the Phoe- 
nicians, i. 2. 16. 

Φοινίκη, ns [Φοίνιξ], Phoenicia, 
the Greek name for the centre of 
the Syrian coast land, strictly ap- 
plied to the region west of Mt. 
Lebanon, and extending from Ara- 
dus to Mt. Carmel, i. 4. 5, 7. 12. 
After the conquests made by Is- 
raelites in the south and Aramae- 
ans in the north, it still remained 
in possession of Canaanite, or, as 


they were called, Sidonian tribes. | 


Its most famous cities were Tyre 
and Sidon. The inhabitants were 
noted navigators, traders, and col- 
onizers and were said to have in- 
vented the arts of writing, count- 
ing, and dyeing. 
bet is taken from the Phoenician. 


φοινϊκιστής, οὔ [cf φοινικοῦς, 


The Greek alpha- | 


232 


|wearer of the purple, a title of 
rank at the Persian court; acc. to 
| others purple-dyer, the title of the 
| officers in charge of the royal pur- 
_ ple fisheries, dyehouses, and ward- 
|robe. i. 2, 20. 

Φοῖνιξ, ἴκος, ὁ, ὦ Phoenician, 
native of Phoenicia, i. 4. 6. 
| φοῖνιξ, txos, ὁ, palm-tree, the date- 
palm, Lat. palma, ii. 3. 10, 15 ; οἶνος 
φοινίκων, palm wine, made of the 
sap flowing from the trunk when 
tapped, ii. 3. 14, but ini. 5.10 a 
| drink from pressed dates is meant ; 
the crown was edible, ii. 3. 16. 

Φολόη, ns, Pholoe, a mountain 
range on the borders of Arcadia 
and Elis, v. 3.10. (Xiria.) 
᾿ς opéw, φορήσω, ἐφόρησα, -πεφό- 
ρηκα, πεφόρημαι, -εφορήθην [ R. dep |, 
| keep bringing, carry habitually, 
wear, i. 8. 29, v. 2. 26, Vii. 4. 4. 

φόρος, 6[R. dep |, what is brought 
in, iribute, Lat. tributum, Vv. 5. 7. 

φορτίον, τό [R. pep], what is car- 
ried, burden, load, ν. 2. 21, vii. 1.37. 

φράζω (eae: φράσω, eppaca, 
πέφρακα, wéppacut:, AOL. pass. as 
mid. ἐφράσθην [ cf. Lat. inter-pres, ex- 
plainer, Eng. phrase, peri-phrasis }, 
say, tell, intimate, declare, abs., 
with rel. clause or ὅτι, ii. 4. 18, iv. 
5. 29, vi. 6. 20, vil. 8. 9; bid, com- 
mand, ii. 3. 3, with dat, and int., 
i. 6. 3. 

Ppaclas, ov, Phrasias, a taxiarch 
from Athens, vi. 5. 11. 

φρέαρ, aros, τό [root hpeF, swell, 
cf. Lat. ferwed, boil, Eng. BREW], 
a well, not a natural one, but dug, 
Lat. puteus, iv. 5. 26. 

φρονέω, φρονήσω, ἐφρόνησα, πεφρό- 
νηκα [φρήν], have understanding, 
be intelligent, be wise, Lat. sapio, 
li. 2. 5, vi. 3. 18. Phrases: μέγα 
φρονήσᾶς ἐπὶ τούτῳ (some read 
| γ.:: highl y elated at this, 
27; μεῖζον φρονεῖ, he is too 
| ora. v. 6. 8. 

φρόνημα, atos, τό [φρήν]. mind, 
| spirit, confidence, Lat. animus, iil. 
1.225 2.016; 





233 


φρόνιμος, ov [φρήν], in one’s 
senses, prudent, wise, intelligent, 
᾿ ΘΠ 11..5- 101 0.1: 

φροντίζω (φροντιδ-), φροντιῶ, 
ἐφρόντισα, πεφρόντικα | φρήν]; take 
thought, be solicitous or anxious, 
ii. 3.25; devise, contrive, with ὅπως 
and opt., ii. 6. 8. 

φρούραρχος, ὁ [πρό + R. 2 Fep+ 
apxw], commander of a watch, or, 
- in cities, of a garrison, i. 1. 6. 

dpovpéw, φρουρήσω, ἐφρούρησα, 
-πεφρούρημαι, ἐφρουρήθην [πρό + R. 
2 Fep], watch, guard, Lat. custodio, 
ΤΠ 8: Wey 5. οὐ. 

φρούριον, τό [πρό- ΚΒ. 2 Fep], 
guarded post, hence, guard, garri- 
son, Lat. praesidium, i. 4. 16. 

φρουρός, ὁ [mpd+R. 2 Fep], 
watcher, guard, pl., garrison, Vii. 
1. 20. 

φρύγανα, τά [φρύγω, roast], dried 
sticks, fagots, kindlings, Lat. cre- 
MUG, ἵν. 3.11. 

Φρυγία, as [Ppvé], Phrygia, origi- 
nally the whole interior of Asia 
Minor west of the Halys, forming 
one of the oldest kingdoms in Asia. 
Conquered by the Lydian kings 
about 620 B.c., it afterwards be- 
came, with their kingdom, a Per- 
sian province under the name of 
Phrygia the Great or Greater Phry- 
gia, i. 2.6,7,9.7. Afterwards the 
northern and eastern borders were 
conquered by the Bithynians, Ga- 
latians, and Lycaonians, and the 
remainder was annexed to the 
kingdom of Pergamon, and finally 
in 90 B.c. to the Roman province of 
Asia. The name Phrygia Minor 
or Lesser Phrygia was applied. by 
the Greeks to the southern coast of 
the Propontis, because they found 
it subject to the Phrygians at their 
first acquaintance with it. It is 
referred to in v. 6, 24, vi. 4. 24. 

Φρυνίσκος, ὁ, Phryniscus of 
Achaea, one of the Greek gen- 
erals, vii. 2. 1, 29, 5. 4, 10. 

Φρύξ, vyds, ὁ, a Phrygian, native 
of Phrygia, i. 2. 18. 








φρόνιμος-φυτεύω 


φυγάς, άδος, ὁ [R. buy], one who 
has fled, esp. exile, refugee, Lat. 
CLSU Teno ellis τ O20 Ἂν; ν. Ὁ. 
23. 

φυγή, As [R. φυγ], flight, rout, 
Lat. fuga, i. 8. 24, iii. 2. 17, iv. τ. 
17, vii. 8. 16; banishment, exile, 
Lat. exsilium, Vii. ἤ. Oc 

φυγόντες, 566 φεύγω. 

φυλακή, Hs [φυλάττω], α watch- 
ing, watch, guard, Lat. custodia, 
abs. or with πρός and acc., iv. 5. 29, 
v. 8. 1, vii. 6. 22; guard service, 
picket duty, iii. 1. 40; body of 
guards, guard, watch, ii. 4. 17, iv. 
5. 19, v. 1.9, hence, garrison, i. I. 
6, 4. 4; of divisions of the night, 
watch, Lat. wigilia, iv. 1.5. Phrase: 
φυλακὰς φυλάξειν, do guard duty, 
stand guard, ii. 6. 10, cf. v. 1. 2. 

φύλαξ, akos, ὁ [φυλάττω], watcher, 
guard, picket, outpost, Lat. excubi- 
COT ΝΣ ΡΙ ἃ ἴα. ΤΟ τ; A's 
27; pl., lifeguards, bodyguard, 1. 2. 
12. 


φυλάττω (pudak-), φυλάξω, ἐφύ- 
Naka, -πεφύλαχα, πεφύλαγμαι, ἐφυ- 
λάχθην [φυλάττω], keep watch and 
ward, stand guard, Lat. custodio, 
1ΠῚΓ 1 22s 4:Ὁ, γὙῚ1: 9; OTC, 
watch, watch for, foe with acc. 
of pers. or place, i. 2 ΠΕ NS tis PAU 
Gilg 15 Ὁ a8 teva, ord i: take 
charge of, keep, v. 3.4; mid., look 
out for oneself, be on one’s guard, 
beware, defend oneself, watch out 
against, Lat. caueo, abs. or with 
ace., 1:6: ΟΣ wh Zh IO), το 917. 1h 8, 
vi. 4. 27, vii. 3. 88, 7.54; with μή 
and subjv. or ‘opt., 11:2: 16, iv. 6.15; 
with ὥστε μή and inf., vii. 3: 85; 
with cognate acc. and. ὡς μή and 


inf., vii. 6. 22. Phrase: φυλακὰς 
nace see φυλακή. 
φυσάω, πεφύσημαι, ἐφυσήθην 


[φῦσα, bellows], blow, blow up, in- 
Slate, iii. 5. 9. 

Φύσκος, ὁ, the Physcus, a river 
emptying into the Tigris, on which 
was Opis, ii. 4. 25. 

φυτεύω, φυτεύσω, ἐφύτευσα, πε- 
φύτευμαι, ἐφυτεύθην [φυτόν, plant, 


φύω-χάλκωμα 


φυτός, grown, verbal of φύω], plant, 
of trees, v. 3. 12. 

φύω, φύσω, pica and ἔφῦυν, πέ- 
φῦκα, ἐφύην [cf. Lat. fui, I was, 
Eng. BE, BOOR, BOOTH, BY-law, eu- 
phuism, im-p, neo-phyte, physic], 
bring forth, produce, of plants, 1. 
4. 10. 

Φωκαΐς, δος, ἡ [Φώκαια, Pho- 
caea|, a Phocaean woman, woman 
of Phocaea, an important Ionian 
city northwest of Smyrna. The 
name of the woman in i. 10, 2 was 
Milto (cf. μίλτος, red ochre) from 
her red cheeks, but Cyrus called 
her Aspasia. She became the fa- 
vourite of Artaxerxes. 

φωνή, js [R. da], tone, voice, 
Lat. wow, ii, 6. 9, vii. 3. 25; lan- 
guage, dialect, Lat. lingua, iii. 1. 
26, iv. 8. 4. 

φῶς, φωτός, τό [R. ha], light, 
brightness, Lat. lux, iii. 1. 12, vii. 
2. 18. Phrase: ἐπεὶ φῶς ἐγένετο, 
when day broke, Vi. 3. 2. 


Χ, 


χαίρω (χαρ-), χαιρήσω, κεχάρηκα, 
κεχάρημαι and κέχαρμαι, 2 aor. pass. 
as act. ἐχάρην [R. xap], rejoice, 
be glad, with partic., vil. 2. 
Phrases: οὔτε χαίροντες ἂν ἀπαλλά- 
ξαιτε, you wouldn’t get off scot-free, 
v. 6. 82; eta χαίρειν (from the use 
of imv. χαῖρε, farewell), he let go, 
he gave up, Vii. 3. 23. 

“Χαλδαῖοι, οἱ, the Chaldaeans, a 
brave and independent tribe in 
Armenia on the upper courses of 
the Euphrates, identified by Xen. 
with the Chalybes, iv. 3. 4, v. 5.17 
(ef. iv. 4.18). The Chaldaeans of 
Babylonia are thought to have 
come from this region. 

χαλεπαίνω (χαλεπαν-), χαλε- 
Tava, ἐχαλέπηνα, ἐχαλεπάνθην [χα- 
λεπός], be severe, be angry or vio- 
lent, be provoked or offended, abs., 








234 


or with dat., i. 4. 12, 5. 11, iv. 5. 
16, v. 5. 24; with ὅτι and a clause, 
ἕνεκα and gen., or gen. of cause, i. 
5. 14, v. 8. 20, vii. 6.32; pass., be 
provoked, with dat. of pers., iv. 
6. 2. 

χαλεπός, 7, dv, hard to bear, 
grievous, painful, Lat. grauis, iii. 
1.13; hard to deal with, difficult, 
hard, troublesome, Lat. difficilis, 
abs. or with inf., ii. 6. 24, iii. 2. 2, 
iv..8. 2, V. 2. 20, vi, 6. 18, vil. 7, 28 > 
of persons, severe, stern, harsh, 
Lat. durus, 11. 6.9, 12; of an en- 
emy, dangerous, i. 3.12; of dogs, 
savage, fierce, Vv. 8 24; subst., 
τὸ χαλεπόν, severity, sternness, li. 
6. 11, of the wind, violence, iv. 


: χαλεπῶς, adv. [χαλεπός], hardly, 
with difficulty, painfully, Lat. 
aegré, iii. 3. 18, 4. 47. Phrases: 
χαλεπῶς φέρειν, see φέρω, i. 3. 3; 
χαλεπῶς ἔχειν, be angry, Vi. 4. 
16, 

χαλινόω, ἐχαλέίνωσα, -κεχαλένω- 
μαι [χαλιῖνός, ὁ, bridle], bridle, put 
on a bridle, iii. 4. 35. The bridle, 
or xadivés, consisted of bit, head- 
stall, and reins, The bit was gen- 
erally a snaffle, the two ends of 
which were joined under the jaw 
by a strap or chain, to which a 
leading rein was sometimes at- 


4,| tached. For the headstall, see the 


illustrations under ἅρμα (No. 8), 
ἱππόδρομος (No. 31), κέρας (No, 35), 
and esp. προμετωπίδιον. The last 
shows the frontlet and cheek- 
pieces designed to protect the head 
of the horse. 

χάλκεος, a, ov, contr. χαλκοῦς, 
ἢ, odv [χαλκός], made of bronze, 
bronze, Lat. aéneus, i. 2. 16, v. 2. 
29. 

χαλκός, 6, copper, Lat. aes; also 
bronze, a compound made of cop- 
per and tin, used in the manufac- 
ture of armour, hence χαλκός Tus, 
bronze armour here and there, i. 
8. 8. 

χάλκωμα, ατος, τό [χαλκόω, make 


235 


in bronze, χαλκός], copper or bronze | 


vessel, iv. I. 8. 

Xddos, ὁ, the Chalus, a river in 
the northern part of Syria, flowing 
by Beroe, i. 4. 9. 

“άλυβες, wy, οἱ [cf. Eng. chalybe- 
ate], the Chalybes, Chalybians, a 
brave and warlike tribe in Pontus 
on the frontier of Armenia, iv. 4. 
18, 5. 34, 6. 5, iv. 7. 15. Others 
nearer the coast were subject to 
the Mossynoeci, and lived by iron 
working, v. 5. 1. (See Χαλδαῖοι.) 

χαράδρα, as, bed of a torrent, 
gorge, ravine, 111. 4. 1, iv. 2. ὃ, Vv. 
2, Be Villy 3h Oe 

χαράκωμα, aros, τό [χαρακόω, 
JSence with a palisade, χάραξ, stake, 
pale], palisaded place, stockade, v. 
2. 26, 


χαρίεις, ίεσσα, lev [R. xap], 
graceful, of a plan, pretty, clever, 
{|| ts, 1: 

χαρίζομαι (χαριδ-), χαριοῦμαι, 
ἐχαρισάμην, κεχάρισμαι [R. xap], 
show kindness, gratify, favour, 
please, oblige, Lat. gratificor, abs., 
with dat., or with dat. of pers. and 
acc, of thing, i. 9g. 24, ii. 1. 10, 3. 
19; v. 3. 6, vil. 6. 2. Phrase: ἣν 
τῷ θυμῷ χαριζώμεθα, if we indulge 
our anger, Vil. 1. 25. 

χάρις, eros, ἡ [R. xap], gracious- 
ness, love, favour felt, thanks, 
gratitude, Lat. gratia. Phrases: 
χάριν εἰδέναι, be grateful, feel thank- 
Sul, Lat. gratias habere, abs., with 
dat. of pers., and gen. of cause, i. 
4. 15, vii. 4. 9, 6.32; so χάριν ἔχειν, 
il. 5. 14, vi. 1.26; χάριν ἀποδώσει, 
he will return the favour, Lat. gra- 
tids referet, i. 4.15; τοῖς θεοῖς χάρις 
Me thank the gods that, iii. 3. 


Xappavbyn, ns, Charmande, a 
large city in the northeastern part 
of Arabia, on the Euphrates, i. 5. 
10. (Hit.) 

Xappivos, ὁ, Charminus, a Spar- 
tan sent by Thibron to ask the 
Cyréans to join him, vii. 6. 1, 7. 
18, 56, 





Χάλος- χειροποίητος 


χειμών, ὥνος, ὁ [cf. χιών], rain- 
storm, bad weather, storm, iv. 1. 
15, v. 8.20; winter, the cold, Lat. 
UCNUS 1 7. ΟΥΥ. δ: 14. νἱ 69; 
24, 

χείρ, χειρός, ἡ [R. xep], hand, 
Lat. manus, 1, 5. 8, ro. 1, ii. 3. 11, 
BDO {ΠΡ τ) 2. θην. On 99. Vis 
1. 8, vii. 3.5. Phrases: εἰς χεῖρας 
ἐλθεῖν, ἰέναι, δέχεσθαι, See the verbs, 
i, 2. 26, iv. 3. 31, 7,15; of ἐκ xe- 
pos βάλλοντες, See βάλλω, 11], 3. 15; 
ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν λίθοι, stones thrown 
merely with the hand (i.e. without 
slings), v. 2. 14; ἐκ χειρός, hand 
to hand, Lat. comminus, v. 4. 
25. 

Χειρίσοφος, ὁ, Chirisophus, a 
Spartan, sent by the Ephors to 
join Cyrus with 700 troops, i. 4. 3. 
After the death of Cyrus he was 
one of the envoys sent to offer the 
throne of Persia to Ariaeus, ii. 1. 
5, 2.1. On the death of the gen- 
erals he encouraged the troops and 
was chosen to command the yan, 


| iii. 2, 1, 37, iv.1.6. Although pre- 


viously unacquainted with Xeno- 
phon, iii. 1. 45, he became very 
friendly to him, iv. 5. 33, and they 
had but one disagreement during 
the retreat, iv. 6.3. From Trape- 
zus he went to ask Anaxibius for 
ships for the army, v. 1. 3, 4, 3. 1, 
but returned unsuccessful to Si- 
nope, vi. 1. 16, where he was chosen 
commander in chief, vi. 1. 32, an 
office which he held only a week, 
vi. 2.12, 14. Thence with a small 
force he marched to Calpe, vi. 2. 
1: 18, 3. 10, where he died, vi. 4. 

χειρόομαι, χειρώσομαι, ἐχειρωσά- 
μὴν, κεχείρωμαι [R. xep], handle, 
bas into one’s power, subdue, Vii. 3. 

χειροπληθής, ἐς [R. χερ- R. 
πλα], hand-jilling, as large as the 
hand will hold, iii. 3. 17. 

χειροποίητος, ov [ R. xep + ποιέω], 
made by the hand of man, artifi- 
cial, iv. 3. 5. 


χείρων-χιών 


290 


χείρων, ον, gen. ovos, used 85 of the chest, one-half of which cov- 


comp. of κακός [R. yep], worse, of 
persons, inferior, v. 2.13. Phrase: 
χεῖρόν ἐστι αὐτῷ, it is the worse for 
him, vii. 6. 4, 39. 

Χερρόνησος, ἡ [χέρρος, ὁ, main- 
land + ναῦς], land-island, penin- 
sula, Vi. 2.2; without an explana- 
tory adj. the Chersonese or Thracian 
Chersonésus is meant, a penin- 
sula stretching along the Helles- 
pont opposite the Asiatic coast, 
and consisting mostly of low hills. 
It contained Ionic cities which 
were founded in early times. The 
elder Miltiades formed it into 
a Graeco-Thracian principality 
about 550 B.c., and after the Per- 
sian war it was administered as 
an Athenian possession until con- 
quered by Macedonia in 848 B.c. 
τόσ 9. 11. 0552), 8. Gse20,) vil. 86: 
14. 

χηλή, js, hoof, cloven hoof; 
hence, from its projecting shape, 
breakwater, mole, vii. 1. 17. 

χήν, χηνός, ὁ, ἡ [ef. Lat. dnser, 
goose, Eng. GANDER, GOOSE ], goose, 
1. 9. 26. 

χθές, adv. [cf. Lat. heri, yester- 
day, Eng. yEstER-day], yesterday, 
vi. 4. 18. 

χίλιοι, αι, a, thousand, Lat. mille, 
1. 2:9. 11 4.27 Viele oe 

χῖλός, 6, green fodder, forage, 
provender, i. 5. 7, 9. 27, iv. 5. 25; 
with ξηρός, hay, iv. 5. 33. 

χιλόω [χιῖλός], fodder, feed, of 
horses, vii. 2. 21. 

χίμαιρα, as [cf. Eng. chimaera], 
she-goat, Lat. capra, iii. 2. 12. 

Xtos, ὁ [ Xlos, 7, Chios], a Chian, 
native of Chios, iv. 1. 28, 6. 20, an 
island in the Aegéan west of Lydia, 
famous for the manufacture of wine 
and mastic. (Scio.) τ 

χιτών, ὥνος, 6, under garment, 
chiton, corresponding in use to the 
Roman tunica. The garment in its 
simplest form was a double piece 
of cloth, oblong in shape, and 
somewhat wider than the breadth 





ered the front of the body, the other 
the back. One side was closed by 
the fold of the cloth, the other was 
left open. The chiton was fastened 
on each shoulder by brooches, and 
the arms were thrust through the 
holes just beyond these, the sides of 
the garment dropping. But it might 
have either full or half-sleeves, and 
the open side was often closed by 
a seam. It was confined over the 
hips by the girdle, ξώνη, g.v. This 
garment, corre- 
sponding to the 
modern shirt or 
shift, was worn 
next the person 
by both men 
and women. 
But at Athens, 
the men’s chi- 
ton was of wool 
and came only 
tothe knees, the 
woman’s was 
of linen and 
reached to the 
feet. For the latter see 8.0. φιάλη, 
the figures at the centre and at the 
left, and s.v. κλένη, the woman’s 
figure. The soldier wore it under 
his cuirass, v. 2.15. See the illus- 
trations 8.0. ἅρμα (No. 8), ἀσπίς 
(No. 10), θώραξ, κνημίς (No. 39), 
and ὁπλίτης. The chiton was, 
like the tudruov (q.v.), often orna- 
mented, and might be of brilliant 
colour, i. 2. 16. The under gar- 
ments of Persian noblemen were 
expensive, i. 5.8; the Macronians 
wore them made of hair, iv. 8. 3. 
Those of the Thracians, χιτῶνες 
περὶ τοῖς μηροῖς, Vii. 4. 4, seem to 
have been shirt and trousers com- 
bined. 

χιτωνίσκος, ὁ [dim. of χιτών], 
short chiton, Lat. tunicula, not 
reaching to the knees, v. 4. 15. 

χιών, dvos, ἡ [cf Lat. hiems, 
winter], snow, Lat. nix, iv. 4. 8, 
11, 5. 36, v. 3. 9; Vil. 3. 42. 





237 


χλαμύς, vdos, ἡ, cloak, mantle, 
chlamys, a garment worn esp. by 
horsemen, Vii. 4. 
4, but also by 
the foot soldier 
on the march 
and by travel- 
lers in general. 
It was an ob- 
long piece of 
cloth thrown 
over the left 
shoulder, the 
open ends of 
which were fas- 
tened over the 
right shoulder 
by a brooch. It 
was thus distin- 
guished from the 
ἱμάτιον (G.v.), 
which confined 
one and sometimes both of the 
arms. 

χοῖνιξ, cxos, ἡ, choenix, an Attic 
dry measure, i. 5.6, containing 1.094 
liters, or nearly one quart U. S. 
dry measure. Forty-eight χοίνικες 
made one μέδιμνος, 9.0. 

χοίρειος, a, ov [χοῖρος], of swine ; 
κρέα xolpea, pork, iv. 5. 91 

χοῖρος, ὁ, 7, young pig, porker, 
Lat. porcus, vii. 8. 5. 

χορεύω, χορεύσω, etc. [χορός], 
dance, Lat. salto, iv. 7. 16, v. 4. 17. 

χορός, ὁ [cf. Eng. chovr, chorus], 
dance, band of dancers, chorus, 
tragic or comic, v. 4. 12. 

χόρτος, ὁ, fodder, grass, i. 5. 5, 
ii. 4. 11, with κοῦφος, hay, i. 5. 10. 

Χράομαι, χρήσομαι, ἐχρησάμην, 
κέχρημαι, and pass. ἐχρήσθην, use, 
make use of, employ, Lat. utor, 
abs. or with dat., i. 4. 8, 9. 5, ii. 1. 
12, iii. 2. 21, iv. 4. 13, v. 4. 28, vi. 1. 
9; with two dats. or εἰς and acc., 
LISI AO Miia 17. 1ν. 2: 98: va 1: 16; 
with an 800., as τί βούλεται ἡμῖν 
χρῆσθαι, what does he want to use 
us for, i. 3. 18, of. il. 1. 14, iii. 1. 40, 
v. 4. 9, vii. 2. 81 ; treat, of persons, 
with two dats. the second being 











No. 78. 








χλαμύς- χρόνος 


sometimes preceded by ὡς, i. 4. 15, 
li. 5. 11, 6.265, vii. 2.25; enjoy, es 
Jind, 1.8. 8. Quail, Ὡς 6: 13: iv. 1. 22, 
6.3. Phrases: πρᾶξις παραπλησία 
οἵᾳπερ ἐχρῆτο τοῖς ξένοις, a business 
like that in which he used merce- 
naries, i. 3.185; οὕτως αὐτοῖς χρῆσθε 
ὥσπερ ἄξιον, treat them exactly as 
they deserve, Vv. 7.53; χρῆσθαι 6 τι 
ἂν βούλῃ, to deal with them as you 
please, vi. 6. 20. 

χρή, -χρήσει, -έχρησε, impe;rs., it 
is necessary, one must, it is need- 
Jul, with inf. or acc. and inf., i. 3. 
ΤΠ: Mes 112. 4 τὸ 215 ib, 2, AEE 
Wo 9b Oh We Sa eh wal ce Ὁ: 

χρῃηζω (χρῃδ-). need. want, long, 
desire, wish, abs. or with inf., i. 3. 
ZO; t5. 2. 1:4: 41 γ75:. 2: 

χρῆμα, ατος, τό [χράομαι], a 
thing of use; pl., men’s things, 
preperty of any sort, goods, pos- 
sessions, effects, chattels, i. 3. 14, 
4 8, ποῦ δὲ iy ρα τ 87. νι: 2. 
4, vi. 6.15; esp. money, i. 1. 9, 2. 
12, 9. 12, i. 6.5, vi. 4.8, vil. 6. 41. 

χρηματιστικός, 7, ὄν [χρημα- 
τίζω, transact business, χρῆμα], 
pertaining to money-making ; of 
an omen, portending gain, Vi. 1. 
23. 

Χρῆναι, see χρή. 

χρῆσθαι, 566 χράομαι. 

χρήσιμος, ἡ; ον, and os, ον [χρῆ- 
ols, Use, χράομαι], of use, useful, 
valuable, serviceable, Lat. utilis, 
of persons and things, abs. or with 
(αἴ: 1. (65 1. 11. Ὁ: 29. 11:2. 10 0 
6:1. 

χρῖμα or χρῖσμα, ατος, τό [ xptw, 
cf. Eng. chrism], unguent, oint- 
ment, iv. 4. 19. 

Xpto, xpiow, Expioa, κέχρτ(σ)μαι, 
ἐχρίσθην [cf. Lat. frid, rub, Eng. 
GRIND, GRIST, Christ |, touch slightly, 
rub, anoint ; mid., anoint oneself, 
iv. 4. 12. 

χρόνος, ὁ [cf. Eng. ana-chronism, 
chrono-logy, chrono- meter], time, 
season, period, Lat. tempus, i. 8. 8, 
22, ii. 1.17, 3. 22, ili. 4. 12, 36, iv. 
2 17, ὙΦ Shale vise 265 6. 13, 


Χχρύσεος-ψηφίζω 


vii. 8.19. Phrases: πολὺν χρόνον, 
for a long while, i. 3. 2; πολλοῦ 
χρόνου, in a long while, i. 9. 25. 

χρύσεος, 7, ov, contr. χρυσοῦς, ἢ; 
odv [xpucds], golden, of gold, i. 2. 
10, 27, 7.7; gilded, gold mounted, 
P2e2 Th Θὲ 0. ἐγ053. La. 

Xpiciov, τό [dim. of χρῦσός], a 
piece of gold, coined gold, gold, i. 
τ 9 τ) 18.1.11: 8:1}: 

Χρυσόπολις, ews, ἡ, Chrysopolis, 
a city on the Bosporus, opposite 
Byzantium. 
Chalcédon, vi. 3. 16, 6. 38. 
tari.) 

χρῦσός, ὁ [cf. Eng. Goin, chrys- 
alis, chryso-lite|, gold, Lat. aurum, 
iii. 1. 19. 

χρυσοχάλῖνος, ov [χρῦσός + xaNi- 
vos, ὁ, bridle], with gold mounted 
bridle, of a horse, i. 2. 27. 

χώρα, as [cf. χῶρος], place, esp. 
one’s assigned place, in a military 
sense, position, post, station, 1. 8. 
IPA Ao Vero 5: ν].. Δ. 1Π 
station in society, office, rank, see 
phrases; land, region, country, 
VelyE (LEO τι. Wl sarc) 6. ἢν 1: 
11, iii. 4. 31, iv. 5. 34, v. 2. 3, vi. 6. 
1, vii. 7.53. Phrases: κατὰ χώρᾶν 
ἔθεντο Ta ὅπλα, See τίθημι; ἐν ἀν- 
δραπόδων χώρᾳ ἐσόμεθα, we shall 
pass for slaves, Lat. seruorum loco 
erimus, V. 6. 13; ἐν οὐδεμίᾳ χώρᾳ 
ἔσονται, they will have no place, be 
of no account, V. 7. 28. 

χωρέω, χωρήσω, ἐχώρησα, κεχώ- 
pnka, -κεχώρημαι, -εχωρήθην [ χῶρος], 
give place, withdraw, move, move 
on, advance, march, of persons, 
1 τὸ; 19.0.11. Π0. γι 7.11 ν᾿ 4. 205 
of missiles, with διά and gen., pen- 
etrate, iv. 2.28; of measures, hold, 
contain, 1. 5. 6. 

χωρίζω, ἐχώρισα, κεχώρισμαι, exw- 
ρίσθην [χωρίς], set apart, detach, 
vi. 5. 11; separate, pass., be remote, 
differ from, with gen., v. 4. 34. 

χωρίον, τό [ dim. of χῶρος], space, 
spot, place, ill. 3. 9, iv. 1. 16, 2. 28, 
v. 2. 2, vii. 1. 24; piece of land, 
estate, V. 3.7; place, of towns and 


(Scu- 


It was subject to) 





238 


cities, i. 4. 6, iii. 4. 24, v. 2. 3, Vii. 
8. 15, esp. when fortified by nature 
or art, hence, stronghold, fortress, 
1,2. 324, τ Vn Tel geno 
χωρίς, adv., separately, apart, 
by oneself or themselves, iii. 5. 17, 
vi. 6. 2, vil. 2. 11; as prep. with 
gen., apart or away from, i. 4. 18. 
χῶρος, ὁ [ef χώρα, Eng. an- 


choret], a particular place, piece 


of ground, estate, v. 3. 10, 11, 18; 


| country, in the phrase κατὰ τοὺς 


χώρους, up and down the country, 
vii. 2. ὃ. 


Ψ, 


Ψάρος, ὁ, the Psarus, a large 
river, rising in Cataonia, and flow- 
ing southwesterly through Cilicia 
into the Mediterranean, i. 4. 1. 
(Seihfin.) 

ψέγω, ψέξω, ἔψεξα, blame, dis- 
parage, Vii. 7. 45. 

ψέλιον or ψέλ- 
λιον, τό, armlet, 
bracelet, Lat. ar- 
milla, worn by 
men among the 
Persians as a mark 
of distinction, i. 
2. 27, 5. 8, 8. 29. 

evdevedpa, as 
[ψευδής + R. ved], 
sham ambuscade, Vv. 2. 28. 

ψευδής, és [ψεύδω], false, lying, 
untrue, Lat. falsus, il. 4.24; subst., 
τὰ ψευδῆ, lies, ii. 6. 26. 

ψεύδω, ψεύσω, ἔψευσα, ἔψευσμαι, 
ἐψεύσθην [ ε΄. Eng. pseud-onym], 
deceive, Lat. falld, mid., be deceit- 
ful, lie, cheat, deceive, act falsely, 
with acc. or πρός and acc. of pers., 
i. 3.5, 10; abs., with acc., or περί 
and gen. of thing, i. 9. 7, ii. 6. 22, 
28, v. 6. 35, vii. 6. 15; pass., be de- 
ceived, abs. or with acc., i. 8. 11, ii. 
2.19: || Ὁ Gile 

ψηφίζω (ψηφιδ.), ψηφιῶ, ἐψήφι- 
σα, -«ψήφικα, ἐψήφισμαι, ἐψηφίσθην 
[ψῆφος], reckon with pebbles; as 





9 


_ 


dep. mid., vote, resolve, decree, de- | 
cide, with acc., inf., or acc. and 


Ἱπ|πν 14 10. {|| Quelle Vee 4yeVl2. 
12, vii. 7. 18. 

ψῆφος, ἡ [cf Yaw, rub], pebble, 
esp. as used for voting, vote, ballot, 
Lat. suffragium, v. 8. 21; hence, 
decree, sentence, see ἐπάγω, Vil. 7. 
57. 

Wirds, ἡ, dv [cf. Yaw, rub], 
stripped, naked, bare, i. 8.6; of a 
country, barren, i. 5. 5; as subst., 
οἱ Widol, light-armed soldiers, light 
troops, ili. 3. 7, Vv. 2. 16, see s.v. 
γυμνής and πελταστής. 

Ψιλόω, ψιλώσω, ἐψίλωσα, ἐψτιλώ- 
θην [ψιλός], strip, make bare, Lat. 
nudo ; pass., be deprived of, cleared 
of, or left by, with gen., i. 10. 13, 
iv. 3. 27. 

ψοφέω, ἐψόφησα [ψόφος], make 
α sound, resound, ring, iv. 3. 29. 

ψόφος, ὁ, noise, iv. 2. 4. 

ψυχή, fis [of ψύχω, blow, breathe, 
Eng. psychic, psycho-logy, metem- 
psychosis], breath of life, Lat. 
anima, hence life, soul, spir tts 
heart, serving also for Lat. animus. 
Phrases: ἔχομεν ψυχὰς ἀμείνονας, 
we have braver spirits, i.e. more 
courage, iii. 1. 28, cf. 42; τὰς éav- 
τῶν ψυχὰς καὶ σώματα, their own 
lives and bodies, ili. 2.20; ἐκ τῆς 
ψυχῆς, from the bottom of my 
heart, Lat. ex animd, vii. 7. 48. 


ψῦχος, ous, τό [cf. ψύχω, blow, | 


breathe], cold, Lat. frigus, iv. 5. 12, 
vii. 4.3; pl., intense cold, frost, iii. 
1. 28. 


Q. 


ὦ, exclamation, O, frequently pre- 
fixed to the vocative, generally left 
untranslated on account of itsrarity 
in this use in English, i. 4. 16, 6. 7, 
ii. 1. 10, v. 5. 13, vii. 2. 24. 

ᾧ, see ὅς. 

ὧδε, adv. [ὅδε], as follows, thus, 
in the following manner, i. 1. 6, iii. 


39 ψῆφος ope 


5 Ble tis Os hh Wel WAS GO! cap. 
ἐλ πιο ἐμαὶ as follows, i. 7. 9. 

δή, fis [ἄδω, cf. Eng. ode, com- 
edy, par-ody, pros- ody |, song, Lat. 
carmen, iv. 3. 27. 

ὡδοποιημένη, see ὁδοποιέω. 

ᾧετο, φήθησαν, 566 οἴομαι. 

ὠθέω (ώ0.), ὥσω and poetic 
ὠθήσω, Ewoa, ἔωσμαι, ἐώσθην, push, 
shove ; mid., push out of one’s way, 
shove out, with ἐκ and gen., iii. 4. 
48, 

ὠθισμός, ὁ [ὠθίζομαι, jostle, ὠθέω], 
ἃ pushing, α jostling, v. 2. 17. 

φκοδόμητο, 566 οἰκοδομέω. 

ὠμοβόειος, a, ον, OF ὠμοβόινος, 7, 
ov [ὠμός -ἰ R. BoF |, of raw ox-hide, 
made of untanned ox-hide, iv. 7. 22, 
26, Vii. 3. 32. 

ὦμος, ὁ [cf. Lat. wmerus, shoul- 
der], the upper arm, shoulder, Vi. 

. 25. 
: ὠμός, 7, dv [cf. Lat. amarus, bit- 
ter], raw, uncooked, Lat. crudus, 
iv. 8.14; hence, of persons, rough, 
cruel, fierce, li. 6. 12. 

ὦμοσαν, see ὄμνὑμι. 

ὠνέομαι, ὠνήσομαι, ἐώνημαι, Pass. 
ἐωνήθην (for 2 aor. mid., ἐπριάμην is 
used, see πριάσθαι) [ὠνος, 6, price], 
| buy, purchase, Lat. emo, il. 3. 27, 
Verse 1 Vileuon 98. 2: 19: wath) Sen’. 
of price, ili. 1. 20, v. 1. 6, vii. 6. 24. 

ὠνήσατε, see ὀνίνημι. 

ὦνιος, d, ov [ὦνος, 6, price], pur- 
chaseable, for sale, Lat. wendlis ; 
subst., τὰ wa, wares, goods, i. 2. 
18, vii. 6. 24. 

ᾧοντο, see οἴομαι. 

"Quarts, ιδος, ἡ, Opis, a city on the 
Physcus, near the Tigris, in As- 
syria, ii. 4. 25. 

wpa, as [cf. Eng. yEArR, hour, 
horo-scope], fixed time, period ; οἵ 
the year, season, i. 4. 10, ii. 3. 15; 
of the day, time, hour, Lat. hora, 
iii. 5. 18, iv. 8. 21, vi. 5.1; in gen- 
eral, the right or proper time for 
doing anything, opportunity, abs., 
with “int., or dat. of pers. and inf., 
Toy ys alle 12, iii. 4. 34, iv. 6. 16, v. 7. 
12, vi. 3. 20, vil. 3. 34. 





apatos—aris 


ὡραῖος, a, ov [wpa], at the right 
time, seasonable, of fruits, in their 


season, V. 3. 12; of persons, in the | 32 


bloom of youth, ii, 6. 28; subst., 
τὰ ὡραῖα, fruits of the season, Υ. 

9. 
ὼ ὥρμηντο, See ὁρμάω. 

ὡς, originally a rel. adv. of man- 
ner [τ΄ és], but developed into a 
great variety of uses. 

Rel. adv., as, Lat. ut, with verbs, 
Th Hn Ὁ ὁ: Bh Oh Ih ath 4: 25; Neth 2. 
v. 8. 25, vi. 3. 25, 4. 18, vil. 1. 27; 
with subst. or adj., i. 1.2, ii. 5. 3, ili. 
S02, Vi-gea2, Ὁ. 195 50 with preps., 
i 2.'1, 4, 8. 23, ii. 5. 80, iv. 3. 11, vi. 
1. 9; with circumstantial parties. 
ὡς shows that the partic. contains 
a thought or assertion of the sub- 
ject of the leading verb, or of some 
other person prominent in the sen- 
tence, without implying that it is 
the thought of the speaker or writer, 
and hence it may be rendered, acc. 
to the context and the kind of cir- 
cumstantial partic., as 17, just as, 
thinking that, on the ground that, 
with the avowed intention, as 
though, etc., i. 1.3, 11, 2.1, 19, ii. 3. 
29a 8: O42, Wisdculas 2. 11 ave 2. 
5, vi. 5. 28, vii. 1. 7, 8. 16, so with 
gen. or acc. abs., i. 1. 6, ii. 1. 21, 
iii. 4. 3, v. 2. 12, vi. 4. 22; with the 
absolute inf., ws συνελόντι εἰπεῖν, to 
put tt briefly, ili. 1. 88; with nu- 
merals, about, i. 2. 4, 6. 1, 7. 15, ef. 
vi. 5. 11, and the phrase ws ἐπὶ τὸ 
πολύ, for the most part, generally, 
ili. 1. 42, 48, 4. 85; of degree, with 
adjs. and advs., how, iii. 1. 40, iv. 
1. 20, vi. 6.32, esp. with sups., Lat. 
quam, aS ὡς μάλιστα, as much as 
possible, i. 1. 6, cf. 3. 14, ii. 2. 12, 
5. 14, iii. τ. 88, iv. 6.1. As an im- 
proper prep., only of persons, fo, i. 
2. 4, ii. 3. 29, 6. 1, vil. 7. 5d. 

Conj., of time, as, when, after, 
with indic., i. 1. 4, 5. 12, 8. 18, iv. 
3. 27, γε 2. 6, Vii. 1.19, ὡς τάχιστα, 
as soon as, iv. 3. 9; introducing in- 
dir. disc. like ὅτι, that, i. 1.3, 3. 5, 
8, ii. 1.14, 5.6, vi. 1. 30; causal, as, 








240 


when, since, for, because, Lat. ut, 
with indic., ii. 4. 17, v. 8. 10, vi. 1. 
; final, denoting purpose, that, 
in order that, Lat. ut, with subjy. 
or opt., i. 3.14, 9. 28, ii. 4. 17, iii. 
1. 18, iv. 6. 15, v. 7. 18, once with 
indic., vii. 6. 28, with ἄν and subjyv., 
ii. 5. 16, vi. 3. 18; consecutive, de- 
noting result, so as, so that, with 
inf. ; 11.5340; tis. .75), wnoswle: 
freq. of an intended result, i. 5. 10, 
Ore LOW 1b: εἶν. 7. ΘΟ. Π5. γ  ἐ9: 
so with comps., as βραχύτερα ἢ ὡς 
ἐξικνεῖσθαι; too short to reach, iii. 
3. 7, rarely with indic., vi. 1. 5. 

ὡς adv., thus, so, ‘like οὕτως; 
οὐδ᾽ ὡς, not even under these cir- 
cumstances, i. 8. 21, 111. 2. 28, vi. 
4. 22. 

ὡσαύτως, ady. [ὡς - αὐτός], in 
this same way, likewise, just so, 
11: 2.28, iv. 7, 19.» Ὁ. 9. vii 5. 
22. 

ὥσθ᾽, 566 ὥστε. 

ὦσιν, see εἰμί. 

ὠσίν, see οὖς. 

ὥσπερ, rel. adv. of manner [ὡς], 
like as, just as, even as, as it were, 
like, used like ws before substs., 
adjs., verbs, and preps., i. 4. 12, 5. 
8).8;.8:  π02.. 10) 10:0. ν. Sh sy 
v. 1. 2, vi. 5. 31, vii. 2.27; with a 
conditional partic. in gen. abs., i. 
3. 16, so with acc. abs., ὥσπερ 
ἐξόν, just as if we might, iii. 1. 14. 
Phrases: ὥσπερ εἶχεν, just as he 
avas, iv. 1. 19); ὥσπερ καὶ νῦν, ex- 
actly as at present, vii. 3. 10. " 

ὥστε, rel. adv. [ws + τέ], 80 as, so 
that, with indic., i. 1. 8, 3. 10, 8. 
13, το. 19, ii. 3. 26, iii. Fs 11. ν᾿ . 
20; with inf, nee 5, 4. 8, 5, 18, ii. 
2. 17, Ἵν: 2 27, We ὁ: 20. 7.“ Vals Ue 
91. ὙΠ ore On, condition that, 
provided that, with ΠΣ DOL, (ys θεν: 
6. 26, vii. 4. 12. 

ὦτα, 568 οὖς. 

ᾧτε, in the phrase ἐφ᾽ ᾧτε, see 
ἐπί. 

ὠτειλή, ἢς, wound, hence, scar. 


4.15 9. 6 


als, ίδος, ἡ, bustard, i. 5. 2, 3. 


241 ὠφελε-ὦφλε 


Here, see ὀφείλω. be helped, derive profit or advan- 
ὠφελέω, ὠφελήσω, etc. [ὄφελος], | tage, Vv. 1. 12. 
help, succour, assist, benefit, be of | ὠφέλιμος, ov [ὠφελέω], helping, 
use or of service, Lat. iwud, abs., | useful, serviceable, i. 6. 2, iv. 1. 28, 
with acc., or two accs., i. 1. 9, 3.| ὥὄἄφθημεν, see dpdw. 
6, iii. 3. 18, v. 6. 30, vii. 6.11; pass.,| ὦφλε, see ὀφλισκάνω. 


ry ΓΝ Af 


Ἢ pai 
ae Soe ᾿ 
oy me ἐπὶ δ 





LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. 


Tus list gives the immediate sources of the preceding seventy-nine 
illustrations. The original sources are generally stated in the books 
to which reference is here made. Those referred to oftenest are the 
following : — 

Baumeister, Denkmdler des klassischen Altertums. 3 vols. Miin- 
chen und Leipzig, R. Oldenbourg, 1885-1888. 

Guhl and Koner, The Life of the Greeks and Romans, translated 
from the third German edition. New York, D. Appleton and Com- 
pany, 1876. 

Hope, The Costume of the Ancients, new edition. 2 vols. London, 
Chatto and Windus, 1875. 

Rich, Dictionary of Roman and Greek Antiquities, third edition. 
New York, D. Appleton and Company, 1874. 

Smith, Dictionary of Greek and Roman Antiquities, third edition. 
2 vols. London, John Murray, 1890, 1891. 


. ἀκϊνάκης, Rich, p. 8. 

. ἀλέτης, Guhl and Koner, p. 519 (see also the following). 

. Overbeck und Mau, Pompeji, p. 387. 

. ᾿Αμαζών, Rich, p. 25. Illustrates also κράνος, πέλτη, σάγαρις, ὑπό- 
δημα, φαρέτρα, χιτών. 

5. ἀμφορεύς, Smith, I., p.426. Illustrates also βακτηρία, δίφρος, χιτών. 

6. ἀξίνη, Smith, II., p. 616. 

uf 

8 


em CoN eR 


. ἅρμα, Rich, p. 228. 
. ἅρμα, Hope, I., plate 111. Illustrates also δόρυ, ζώνη, θώραξ, κράνος, 
πτέρυξ, στέφανος, τέθριππον, χαλῖνός (S.v. χαλινόω), χιτών. 
9. ἀσκός, Rich, p. 711. 
10. ἀσπίς, Hope, I., plate 136. Tlustrates also δόρυ, ζώνη, θώραξ, κνη- 
pts, κράνος, ὁπλίτης, πτέρυξ, χιτών. 
11, ἀσπίς, Riistow and Kochly, Geschichte des griechischen Kriegs- 
wesens, fig. 17, p. 15. 


243 


28. 
29. 
90. 
91. 
32. 
33. 
34, 
36. 
36. 
37. 


38. 
39. 


244 


. αὐλός, Guhl and Koner, 5 German edit., p. 257 (see also Baumeis- 


ter, p. 1589). Illustrates also διδάσκαλος, δίφρος, ἱμάτιον. 


. βίβλος, Guhl and Koner, 5 German edit., p. 255. 

. δαρεικός, Rich, p. 233. Illustrates also νευρά, τόξον. 

. διαγκυλόομαι, Guhl and Koner, p. 243. 

. δόλιχος, Krause, Gymnastik und Agonistik der Hellenen, Tafel VI., 


12, 13. 


. δόρυ, Riistow und Kochly, ibid., fig. 21, p. 18. 
. δρεπανηφόρος, Vollbrecht, Wirterbuch zu Xenophons Anabasis, 


Tafel III1., fig. 40. Illustrates also ἄξων. 


. ἐγχειρίδιον, Smith, IT., p. 525. 
. εὔζωνος, Rich, p. 719. Illustrates also τόξον, ὑπόδημα, φαρέτρα, 


χιτών. 


. ζεῦγος, Rich, p. 358. 

. ζώνη, Rich, p. 161. Illustrates also ὑπόδημα, χιτών. 
. ζώνη, Rich, p. 162. 

24, 
26. 
27. 


25. θρόνος, Rich, p. 611. 

θώραξ, Hope, I., plate 111. Illustrates also ζώνη, πτέρυξ, χιτών. 

ἱμάτιον, Baumeister, p. 1685 (statue of Sophocles in the Lateran 
Museum at Rome). Illustrates also βίβλος, ὑπόδημα (both 
restorations). 

ἱμάτιον, Guhl and Koner, p. 166. Illustrates also βακτηρία, ὑπό- 
δημα. 

ἱππεύς, Baumeister, p. 2030. Illustrates also ἀσπίς, δόρυ, ζώνη, 
θώραξ, κράνος, παραμηρίδια, πτέρυξ, χαλῖνός (s.v. χαλινόω), 
χιτών. 

ἱππόδρομος, Guhl and Koner, 5 German edit., p. 147. 

ἱππόδρομος, Panofka, Bilder des antiken Lebens, Tafel III., 4. 
Illustrates also μάστιξ, χαλῖνός (s.v. yadivdw). 

κάνδυς, Hope, I., plate 14. Illustrates also λόγχη, ὑπόδημα, 

καρβάτιναι, Rich, p. 118. 

κέρας, Rich, p. 204. 

κέρας, Museo Borbonico, V., Tavola xx. Illustrates also χαλῖνός 
(8.υ. χαλινόω). 

κῆρυξ, Rich, p. 147. Illustrates also βωμός, δόρυ, κηρύκειον, ξίφος, 
ὑπόδημα, χλαμύς. 

κλίνη, Gerhard, Antike Bildwerke, Tafel LXXI. Illustrates also 
αὐλός, ἱμάτιον, τράπεζα, χιτών. 

See the following. 

κνημίς, Hope, I., plate 104. Illustrates also ἀσπίς, δόρυ, ζώνη, 
θώραξ, κράνος, χιτών. 


. κράνος, Hope, I., plate 195. 
. κράνος, Hope, I., plate 66. 
42. 


κρατήρ, Gerhard, Auserlesene griechische Vasenbilder, Vierter 
Theil, Tafel CCCXX. 


. μάχαιρα, Guhl and Koner, p. 245. 
. pva, British Museum, Guide to the Select Greek and Roman Coins 


exhibited in Electrotype, plate II. Illustrates also κράνος. 


. ναῦς, Baumeister, p. 1599. Illustrates also ἱστίον, κλῖμαξ, κυβερ- 


νήτης; κώπη, πηδάλιον. 


. νευρά, Hope, 1., plate 18. Illustrates also τόξον. 
. ξίφος, Hope, II., plate 176. 
. ξίφος, Panofka, ibid., Tafel VI., 5. Illustrates also ἀσπίς, δόρυ, 


θώραξ, κνημΐς, κράνος, λιθοβόλος (s.v. λίθος), πτέρυξ, χιτών. 


. οἰνοχόος, Guhl and Koner, p. 208. Illustrates also στέφανος. 
. ὁπλίτης, Hope, I, plate 70. MTllustrates also ἀσπίς, δόρυ, θώραξ, 


κνημίς, κράνος, ξίφος, πτέρυξ, χιτών. 


. ὅπλον, Panofka, ibid., Tafel VIII., 2 (see also Baumeister, p. 1582). 


Illustrates also ἀσπίς, θώράξ, κνημίς, κράνος, ξίφος, χιτών. 


. παγκράτιον, Guhl and Koner, p. 229. 

. πάλη, Krause, tbid., Tafel X., 26. 

. πελταστής, Guhl and Koner, p. 241. Illustrates also δόρυ, πέλτη. 
. πέλτη, Hope, I., plate 20. 

. πέλτη, Rich, p. 487. Illustrates also ἀναξυρίδες. 

. πεντηκόντορος, Panofka, ibid., Tafel XV., 7. Illustrates also 


ἱστίον, κυβερνήτης, κώπη, πηδάλιον. 


. προμετωπίδιον, Daremberg et Saglio, Dictionnaire des Antiquités, 


I, p.251. Illustrates also προστερνίδιον, χαλῖνός (8.0. xadivow). 


. πυγμή, Guhl and Koner, p. 225. 
. πυρρίχη, Panofka, tbid., Tafel IX., 3. Illustrates also ἀσπίς, 


Kpavos, ξίφος, σάτυρος. 


. σάγαρις, Hope, I., plate 20. 
. σάλπιγξ, Hope, 11., plate 156. Illustrates also ἀσπίς, θώραξ, κνη- 


pts, κράνος, χλαμύς. 


. σκηπτοῦχος, Hope, 1., plate 14. 

. στάδιον, Guhl and Koner, p. 120. 

. στρεπτός, Rich, p. 678. 

. σφάττω, Rich, p. 341. Illustrates also βωμός, ξίφος, φιάλη. 

. σφενδονήτης, Rich, p. 306. 

. τέθριππον, Terracottas in the British Museum, plate XIX., 34. 


Illustrates also ἅρμα, XaXtvds (s.v. yadtvow). 


. tiapa, Hope, I., plate 16. 


240 


. τόξον, Paris, from the Aegina Marbles (see Rich, p. 600). Illus- 


trates also νευρά, τόξευμα, φαρέτρα, 


. τριήρης, Guhl and Koner, p. 260. 
. τρίπους, Hope, II., plate 218. Illustrates also κρατήρ. 
. τράπεζα, Hope, 1., plate 90. Illustrates also tpariov, κλίνη, στέφα- 


vos. 


. ὑπόδημα, Guhl and Koner, p. 178. Illustrates also ἱμάς. 
. φαρέτρα, Wagner, Hellas, I., p. 58 (see also Hope, I., 22). Tllus- 


trates also ἀναξυρίδες, veupa, τόξευμα, τόξον, ὑπόδημα. 


. φιάλη, Hope, 1., plate 129. Illustrates also δίφρος, ζώνη, ἱμότιον, 


ὑπόδημα, χιτών. 


. χιτών, Rich, p. 697. 
. χλαμύς, Hope, I., plate 71. Illustrates also δόρν, ὑπόδημα. 
. ψέλιον, Rich, p. 57. 


GROUPS OF RELATED WORDS. 


Tue Greek groups contain only words found in Xenophon’s Anab- 
asis, except a few needed as connectives or to show the development 
of the group. Compound verbs and proper names have generally been 
omitted. 

In the Greek groups, simple words whose formation is to be spe- 
cially noted are printed in black-face letter. These are generally 
formed on a stem derived directly from a root (not always determin- 
able) or from an ultimate theme. Simple words, on the contrary, 
which are formed on a stem derived from a stem that either appears 
in some preceding word or may easily be assumed, and compounds, 
are generally printed in light-face letter. Adjectives in -ros and -reos 
are treated as verb-forms. 

The eye is assisted in the analysis of the words by the use of 
hyphens, which mark off case-endings and personal endings and 
suffixes (except in some verbs, principally denominatives), and sepa- 
rate the parts of compounds. 

For fuller information about the words in the Latin groups, see 
the Table of Roots in Lewis’s Latin Dictionary for Schools or in his 
Elementary Latin Dictionary. 

In the English groups, words in small capitals are cognates, 
those in black-face letter are borrowed words. For fuller information 
about the English words here given, see Skeat’s Etymological Diction- 
ary of the English Language. 


R. ay, ag, drive, lead, weigh. 

ay-w, drive, lead, bring ; aya-v, adv, (orig. an acc.), very, exceedingly, 
(‘in a driving manner’); ἀγ-ών, dv-os, ὁ, a bringing together, assembly, 
public contest ; ἀγων-ο-θέτη-ς, ov (cf. R. 0e), judge of a contest ; ἀγωνίζο- 
μαι, contend, fight, engage; ἀντ-αγωνίζο-μαι, struggle against, rival ; 
ἄγ-ρα, as, the chase, booty; ἀγρεύτω, take in the chase, catch; ἄγρ- 
umvo-s, o-v (cf. ὕπνος), hunting after sleep, wakeful; aypuTvé-w, lie 
awake; Swypé-w (= fwo-aype-w, see ζωό-ς, alive), take alive; ἀγ-ρό-ς, ὁ, 
field (place where cattle are driven); dyp-to-s, a, ο-ν, ranging the fields, 

247 


ἀγείρω 248 


wild ; ἀγ-ό-ς, ὁ, leader ; orpat-nyo-s, ὁ (cf. R. στρα), leader of an army, 
general; otparnyé-w, be general, command ; συ-στράτηγο-ς, ὁ, fellow- 
general ; ὑπο-στράτηγο-ς, ὁ, under-general, lieutenant-general ; ὑποστρα- 
Tnyé-w, be lieutenant-general ; orparny-la, as, office of general, gener- 
alship ; στρατηγιά-ω, wish to be general; dox-ayd-s, ὁ (ef. R. dex), 
leader of α λόχος, captain; Aoxayé-w, be captain; ὑπο-λόχαγο-ς, 6, sub- 
captain, lieutenant; oxay-la, as, captaincy; ovp-aysb-s, ὁ (see οὐρᾶ, 
rear), leader of the rear; ἡγέο-μαι, lead, guide, command, infer, 
think; ἀφ-ηγέο-μαι, draw out, explain, recount; ἡγε-μών, ὀν-ος, ὁ, 
leader, guide; nyepov-ta, as, leadership, supremacy; ἡγεμό-συνα, τά, 
thank offerings for safe guidance. —aywy-h, ἧς (ay-ay, by reduplica- 
tion), a leading, carrying ; ἀπ-αγωγή, js, leading off, removal; map- 
aywyn, is, transport; aywy-6-s, ὁ-ν, guiding, leading ; σττ-αγωγό-ς, 6-v 
(see otro-s, grain), corn-carrying ; δημ-αγωγό-ς, ὁ (cf. R. δα). popular 
leader, demagogue ; Snpaywyé-w, play the demagogue ; &yay-ipo-s, ο-ν, 
easily carried ; ἀγώγιμα, τά, freight, cargo, wares. — @§-wv, ov-os, ὁ (avy 
+o=a&), axle; ἅμτ-αξα, ns (cf. dpa), wagon with two connected axles, 
prop., therefore, four-wheeled wagon ; apuaé-ré-s, 6-v, passable by wag- 
Ons ; ἀμαξεοιαῖο-ς, a, o-v, large enough to load a wagon; dpy-duata, ns 
(cf. R. ap), closed carriage ; ἄξ-ιο-ς, a, o-v, of equal weight, worth as 
much, worthy; ἀξία, as, worth, value, deserts; ἀξιότω, think worthy, 
claim, demand; ἀξίω-μα, ατ-ος, τό, worth, dignity, authority; ἀξιο- 
στράτηγο-ς. o-v, worthy of being general. 

ag-6, lead, drive; 4g-men, in-is, n., multitude, band; ag-e-r, gri, 
m., field; ag-ili-s, adj., easily moving, nimble; axi-s, is, m., axle ; 
a-la, ae, f., wing. 

ACORN, ACRE, AXLE; agony, ant-agonist, strat-agem, strat-egy, 
strat-egic, ex-egesis, dem-agogue, par-agogic, ped-agogue, syn- 
agogue, axiom. 





ayelpo, collect (R. yap). 

ἀ-γείρω (theme dyep-), bring together, collect ; &yop-a, ἂς, assembly, 
meeting, meeting-place, market; ayopa-vouo-s, ὁ (cf. R. ven), market 
master ; ayopev-w, speak in the assembly, harangue, say; κατ-ἤγορο-Ξ, 
o-v, speaking against, accusing; Katnyopé-w, accuse; Karnyop-la, as, 
accusation ; jeyad-nyopo-s, o-v (cf. R. pak), talking big, boastful ; 
μεγαληγορέ-ω, boast, brag ; προ-ἤγορο-ς, ὁ, advocate; mponyopé-w, speak 
for, be spokesman ; ἀγοράζω, go to market, buy. 

gre-x, gre-g-is, m., flock, herd; €-greg-iu-s, adj., select, extraor- 
-dinary. 

pan-egyric, par-egoric. 


249 R. ayk-R. 1 aF 


R. ayx, ane, bend. 


ἀγκ-ών, ὥν-ος, ὁ, bend of the arm, elbow, bend; ἀγκ-ύλη, ns, loop, 
noose, thong of a javelin; év-ayxuAd-w, fit thongs on, fit with a thong ; 
δι-αγκυλίζο-μαι, δι-αγκυλό-ο-μαι, hold by the thong (putting the finger 
through it) ; @yk-vpa, as, anchor; ayK-os, ετος, τό, glen, valley; ὄγκ- 
o-s, ὁ, barb of an arrow. 

anc-u-s, 1, m., one who crouches, servant (cf. Ancus Martius, servant 
of Mars); ancil-la, ae, f., maidservant; ang-u-lu-s, 1, m., angle, 
corner ; unc-u-s, 1, m., hook, barb. 


ANKLE, ANGLE (ish) ; anchor. 





R. a6 (ofad), suad, be sweet. 


d-v-5-dv-w (theme aé-), please; ao-pevo-s, ἡ. 0-v, well pleased, joy- 
Sul ; Tpic-dopevo-s, ἡ; ο-ν (cf. τρεῖς), thrice glad, very glad; ἥδ-ο-μαι, be 
glad, rejoice ; ἣδ-ονή, fs, joy, pleasure, delight; ἣδ-εύ-ς, εἶα, v, sweet, 
pleasant, acceptable; ἡδέως, adv., sweetly, cheerfully, with pleasure ; 
ἡδύ-οινο-ς, o-v (See oivo-s, wine), producing sweet wine; ἡδυ-παθής, és 
(ef. R. oma), experiencing pleasure; ἡδυπαθέτω, live pleasantly, be 
luxurious. 

sua-ui-s, adj., sweet, agreeable ; suad-u-s, adj., persuasive ; suad- 
e-0, advise, persuade ; sudui-u-m or saui-u-m, 1, 7., love-kiss. 


SWEET; hedon-ism. 


ἀείρω, raise. 

delpw (theme dep-), Att. alpw (theme ap-), raise, lift; ἄρ-δην, adv., 
raised up (‘from the ground up’), wholly, quite; aprd-w (formed ona 
stem ap-To-), hang up, hang on to, fasten; ἄορ, dop-os, τό, Epic, hanger, 
sword ; wer-jop-o-s, Att. wer-éwp-o-s, o-v, raised from the ground, in the 
air, on high. 

aorta, mef-eor. 


R. 1 ag, au, perceive. 


a-t-w (for af-w), perceive, esp. by the ear, hear; οὖς, ὠτ-ός, τό 
(of-ar, ο-ατ, ὠτ-), ear; αἰσθ-άν-ο-μαι (αἰσθ- for af-c8), perceive, ob- 
serve ; αἰσθη-τικό-ς, ἡ, 6-v, perceptive ; αἴσθη-σι-ς, ετως, 7, perception. 

au-d-i-6, hear; au-r-i-s, is, f., ear; aus-cul-t6, hear with atten- 
tion; G-men, in-is, n., foreboding, sign. 


EAR; aesthetic, an-aesthetic, oto-logy. 


ΚΝ, 2 αξΕ-αἱρέω 200 


R. 2 ag, au, blow. 

av-pa, as (af-pa), breeze ; ἀ-ήρ, a-€p-os, ὁ, ἡ (af-ep), air; αὐ-λό-ς, ὁ, 
wind instrument, flute; αὐλέτω, play the flute; αὐ-λή, ἧς, courtyard 
(open to the air); avAlfo-war, lie in the open air, bivouac; a-e-T6-s, 
αἰ-ε-τό-ς, ὁ (stem ar-, cf. Lat. aui-s), eagle (‘swift as the wind’) ; 
ol-wvd-s, ὁ (of-c), bird of prey ; at-p6-s, ὁ (af-7), vapour, steam; ἀτμίζω, 
steam. 

aui-s, is, 7., bird; Ouu-m, I, n., egg; ue-nt-u-s, 1, m., wind. 


WEATHER, WIND; air, hydr-aulic, asthma, atmo-sphere. 


αἰδέομαι, be ashamed. 


al§-é-o-pat (theme alde-), poetic at6-o-par (theme ald-), be ashamed, 
fear, respect ; αἰδή-μων, ov, gen. ov-os, respectful, modest ; αἰδ-ώς, ὀ-ος, 
ovs, ἡ (stem ald-oc-), sense of shame, respect ; aido-to-s, a, o-v, regarded 
with reverence or shame; αἰδοῖα, τά, the private parts; αἰσ-χρό-ς, 
a, 6-v (ad-xpo), shameful, base, infamous, disgraceful ; αἰσχρῶς, adv., 
disgracefully, ignominiously ; ato-Xxos, ετος, τό (atd-xeo), shame, dis- 
grace ; aicx-bv-n, ns, shame, dishonour ; aicxtvw, dishonour, disgrace. 





aida, burn. 


ai€-w (theme aié-), set on fire, kindle, burn; αἱθ-ήρ, ép-os, ὁ, bright 
upper air, ether ; at@p-to-s, o-v (aiOp-.o- for αἰθερ-ιο-), clear, bright ; ὑπ- 
alOp.o-s, o-v, under the open air; aldp-la, as, clear sky ; δι-αιθριάζω, grow 
clear. 

aed-é-s, ium, f., hearth, house; aedi-li-s, is, m., commissioner of 
buildings, aedile; aes-tu-s, ts, m., a raging (of fire or of waves) ; 
aes-ta-s, Atis, f., swmmer. 


ether, ether-eal. 


aipéw, take (prob. R. fap). 


aip-é-w (theme aipe-), take, seize, capture ; alpe-rd-s, ἡ, 0-v, that may 
be taken; av0-alpero-s, o-v (cf. αὐτός), self-appointed ; éf-alpero-s, ο-ν, 
picked out, selected; verbal alpe-réo-s, a, o-v, must be taken. —eth-o-v 
(theme €d-), 2 aor., 1 took; ἀλ-ίσκ-ο-μαν (theme ἀλ-, ddo-), be taken, 
be captured ; adw-rd-s, ἡ, ὅ-ν, to be taken; aixu-ddwro-s, o-v (cf. R. ak), 
captured by the spear; ἀν-άλωτο-ς, o-v, not to be taken, invincible ; 
ddw-ou-s, €-ws, 4, capture; ἁλώσι-μο-ς, o-v, easy to capture. 


ap-haeresis, di-aeresis, sn-aeresis, heresy, heretic. 


Jot αἰτέω-ἄλλος 


aitéw, ask for. 

alr-é-w, ask for, claim, demand ; airn-or-s, e-ws, 7, request, demand ; 
αἰτ-ία, as, orig. demand, then cause, blame, censure ; αἰτιά-ο-μαι, blame, 
reproach ; att-vo-s, a, o-v, causing, to blame, culpable ; ἐπ-αίτιο-ς, o-v, 
blamed for, blameworthy ; cvv-altio-s, o-v, jointly guilty ; ὑπ-αίτιο-ς, ο-ν, 
under a charge, accountable. 


R. ax, ac, sharp, pointed, swift. 

ἄκ-ων, ovT-os, ὁ, javelin, dart; ἀκόντ-ιο-ν, τό, javelin, dart; ἀκοντίζω, 
hurl the javelin; axdvri-ovs, e-ws, ἡ, javelin-throwing ; ἀκοντισ-τή-ς, οὔ, 
javelin-thrower ; ἀκ-μή, js, point, edge, highest point; ἀκμή-ν, adv. 
(ace. of ἀκμή), on the point, just; ἀκμάζω, be at the highest point ; 
αἰχμή, ἧς (for ak-cun), spear-point ; aixu-ddwro-s, o-v (cf. aipéw), cap- 
tured by the spear; ἄκ-ρο-ς, a, o-v, pointed, at the point, highest; 
ἄκρο-ν, τό, height; ἀκρο-βολίζο-μαι (cf. βάλλω), throw from a distance 
or height; ἀκροβόλι-σι-ς, €-ws, ἡ, skirmish ; ἀκρό-πολι-ς, ews, ἡ (cf. R. 
wha), upper city, citadel ; ἀκρ-ωνυχία, as (ὄνυξ, υχ-ος, nail), nail-tip, 
spur, crest; ἄκρα, as, height, citadel. — @«-v-s, εἴα, v, swift. — ἵππο-ς, 
ὁ, ἡ (stem cx-fo), horse (‘the swift one’); tr-apxo-s, ὁ (cf. ἄρχω), 
cavalry commander ; ἱππό-δρομο-ς, ὁ (see dpduo-s, ὦ running), race- 
course ; φίλε-ιππο-ς, o-v (cf. φίλος), fond of horses ; ἱππ-ικό-ς, ἡ, ὅ-ν, of a 
horse or of cavalry ; ἱππάζο-μαι, drive or ride a horse; imma-cla, as, a 
riding ; ἱππ-εύ-ς, é-ws, ὁ, horseman ; ἱππεύ-ω, ride ; immela, as (for ἱππερ- 
ta), cavalry ; τέθρ-ιππο-ν, τό (cf. τέτταρες), team of four horses abreast, 
chariot and four. — of-v-s, εἴα, ὑ (ox +0 =o0£), sharp, sour; ὄξ-ος, ετος, 
TO, sour wine. 

ac-ié-s, δῖ, f., sharp edge or point; acu-s, Us, f., needle; acu-6, 
sharpen; ac-er, adj., sharp, pungent; Sc-ior, adj., swifter ; equ-u-s, 
1, m., horse. 

EDGE, EGG (‘egg on’); acme, acro-bat, acro-polis, acro-stic, ete. 


ἄλλος. other. 


ἄλλο-ς, 7, 0, other, another ; ἀλλά, conj. (neut. plur. with changed 
accent), but (‘in another way’); ἄλλῃ, adv., in another way, else- 
where; ἄλλως, adv., in another way, otherwise ; ἄλλο-σε, adv., to an- 
other place ; ἄλλο-τε, adv., at another time ; ἄλλο-θεν, adv., from another 
place ; ἀλλο-ῖο-ς, a, o-v, of another kind; ἀλλήλ-ων (reduplicated stem 
add-ndo-), Of one another ; παρ-άλληλο-ς, o-v, beside one another, paral- 
lel; ἀλλάττω (theme ἀλλαγ-), make other, alter; ἀλλό-τριο-ς, a, ο-ν, 
another's, strange, foreign. 


ἅμα-ἀνήρ 252 


aliu-s, adj., other; ali-bi, adv., elsewhere; ali-quis, pron. indef., 
somebody ; ali-€nu-s, adj., another's, strange, foreign ; al-ter, adj., the 
other ; ad-ulter, adj., adulterous ; alter-nu-s, adj., one after the other, 
in turn. 


ELSE ; allo-pathy, all-egory, par-allel, par-allax. 


apa, together. 


ἅμα, adv. (for caua), at the saine time, together; ἅμ-αξα, ns (ef. R. 
ay), wagon with two connected axles, prop., therefore, four-wheeled 
wagon ; ἀμαξοιτό-ς, ὅ-ν, passable by wagons; apag-tato-s, a, o-v, fit for 
a wagon, large enough to load a wagon; dpp-dpata, ns (cf. R. ap), 
closed carriage. — 6p6-s, ἡ, 0-v, Epic, one and the same; ὁμοῦ, adv., 
together, at once; ὁμό-σε, to the same spot; ὅμως, conj., all the same, 
still, nevertheless ; 0u0-doyo-s, ο-ν (cf. R. Xey), agreeing ; ὁμολογέ-ω, agree, 
confess ; ὁμολογουμένως, avowedly, by common consent ; ὁμο-μήτριο-ς, a, 
ο-ν (see μήτηρ, mother), born of the same mother ; ὁμο-πάτριο-ς, ἃ, o-v 
(see πατήρ, father), begot by the same father ; ὁμο-τράπεζο-ς, o-v (cf. 
τέτταρες and R. aed), at the same table; ὅμ-ηρο-ς, ὁ (cf. R. ap), pledge 
of unity, hostage ; 6u-tXo-s, ὁ (see ἴλη, troop), crowd, throng ; oputhé-w, 
be in company with ; ὅμο-ιο-ς, a, o-v, like, similar, resembling ; ὁμοίως, 
adv., in like manner, alike ; ἀν-ὅμοιο-ς, o-v, unlike, different ; ἀνομοίως, 
adv., differently ; ὁμα-λό-ς, 4, d-v, even, level; ὁμαλῶς, ady., evenly ; 
ὁμαλ-ής, és, even, level. 


sem-per, adv., always ; sin-guli, adj., one at a time, single ; seme-l, 
adv., once; simu-l, adv., at the same time ; simi-li-s, adj., like, resem- 
bling. 


SAME, SOME; Hama-dryad, hom-ily, homo-geneous, homo-logous, 
homoeo-pathy, an-omaly. 


ἀνήρ, man. 


ἀνήρ, ἀνδρ-ός, ὁ (stem dvep-), man, Lat. wir ; dvdp-eto-s, ἃ, o-v, manly, 
brave ; ἀνδρειό-τη-ς, nT-0s, 7, manliness, valour; ἀνδρίζω, make a man 
of, mid., act bravely ; a&v-avip-o-s, o-v, unmanly ; ἀνδρ-αγαθία, as (see 
ἀγαθό-ς, good), manly virtue, valour; ἄνθρ-ωπο-ς, ὁ, ἡ (ef. R. om), 
man (‘man-face’), Lat. homo; ἀνθρώποινο-5, ἡ, ο-ν, human; πολυ- 
άνθρωπο-ς, ο-ν (cf. R. wAa), thickly populated. 


andr-oid, poly-andry, anthr-opology, mis-anthr-ope, phil-anthr- 
opy. 


259 ἀντί- ἢ, apk 


i : 

ἀντί, over against. 

ἀντί, prep., over against, against, instead of; avri-o-s, a, o-v, set 
against, opposite ; év-avrio-s, a, o-v, opposite, in the opposite direction ; 
ἐναντιό-ο-μαι, set oneself against ; ἀντιά-ω, ἀντιάζω, meet face to face ; 
ἀντά-ω, go opposite, go to meet. 

ante, adv. and prep., before; anté-s, ium, m., rows (of vines); 
anti-quu-s, adj., old, ancient. 


A-long, AN-swer ; anti-dote, ant-agonist, etc. 





R. ap, ar, fit. 


ἀρ-αρ-ίσκ-ω (theme ἀρ-), jit or join together, suit; ap-e-lwv, ov, 
comp., jitter, better ; ἄρ-ι-στο-ς, 7, o-v, sup., fittest, bravest, best; ap- 
τι, exactly, just, just now; ἀρθ-μό-ς, ὁ (ap +0), league, bond; ἀριθ- 
μό-ς, ὁ (ap-t-0), series, number; ἀριθμέ-ω, number, count ; ἀριθμη-τό-ς, 
nN, ὅ-ν, easily counted, few; dav-aplOunro-s, o-v, not to be counted, in- 
numerable ; &p-pa, ar-os, τό, team, chariot ; dpu-duata, ns (cf. ἅμα and 
R. ay), closed carriage (‘chariot-wagon’) ; ἁρμόζω (from a stem ap-yo-), 
Jit together, set in order, control; ἀἁρμοσ-τή-ς, οὔ, organizer, harmost ; 
ἁρμον-ία, as (stem ἀρ-μον-), means of fastening, framework, harmony ; 
du-np-o-s, ὁ (cf. ἅμα), pledge of unity, hostage; ποδ-ήρ-ης, es (cf. R. 
πεδ), joined or reaching to the feet; ap-€-oK-w, suit, please; ἀρ-ε-τή, 
js, fitness, goodness, bravery, valour. 

ar-s, ar-ti-s, f., skill, art; in-er-s, adj., unskilful ; soll-er-s, adj., 
quite skilful, clever; ar-tu-s, adj., close, narrow; ar-tis, uum, m., 
joints, limbs; ar-ma, Orum, n., armour, arms; ar-mu-s, 1, m., shoul- 
der. 

ARM, RIME (misspelt rhyme) ; aristo-cracy, arithmetic, /og-arithm, 
harmony. 


R. apx, are, keep off. 

ἀρκ-έ-ω, fut. dpxé-cw, keep off, be enough, suffice. —apty-w (αρ-α-κ, 
ap-n-y), ward off, help. —ad«-h, ἧς (adkk=apk), defence, prowess ; 
ἄλκ-ιμο-ς. o-v, able to defend, brave, warlike. —ahé§-w (ad-e-x-c), ward 
off, mid., defend oneself from, repulse. 

arc-e-6, shut up, keep away; arc-a, ae, f., chest, box; arc-anu-s, 
adj., secret; arx, arc-i-s, f., stronghold, citadel ; arc-u-s, Us, m., bow. 


ARROW. 


R. ἁρπ-αὐτός 254 


R. ap, rap, snatch, seize. 

ἅρπ-η, ns, bird of prey, kite; “Apm-va, ai, the Snatchers; ἅρπ-αξ, 
ay-os, ὁ, ἡ, rapacious ; ἁρπάζω, Epic fut. aprdé-w (theme apmray-), Att. 
ἁρπάσω (theme ἁρπαδ-), snatch, plunder, pillage; ἁρπαγ-ή, As, a seiz- 
ing, plundering, pillage. 

rap-i-6, seize, tear; rap-ax, adj., tearing, furious ; rap-Ina, ae, f., 
robbery, plunder ; rapi-du-s, adj., tearing away, impetuous. 


Harpy. 


ἄρχω, be first. 

apx-w, be first, in point of time, begin, in point of station, rule ; 
part. ἄρχων, ovr-os, ὁ, leader, ruler; br-apx-w, be under as a founda- 
tion, support, exist, be; apx-h, js, beginning, rule, dominion; apxa- 
to-s, a, o-v, from the beginning, ancient, old; ἐνωμοτ-άρχη-ς, ov (see 
ἐνωμοτία, enomoty), commander of an enomoty; κωμ-άρχη-ς, ov (cf. 
κεῖμαι), village chief; ἀρχ-ικό-ς, ἡ, ὅ-ν, fit to command; apx-6-s, ὁ, 
leader ; Ur-apxo-s, ὁ, under officer, lieutenant ; dv-apxo-s, ο-ν, without 
leaders ; dvapx-la, as, lack of leaders, anarchy ; ἵππ-αρχο-ς, ὁ (cf. R. 
ak), cavalry commander; udv-apxo-s, ὁ (see μόνο-ς, alone), one who 
rules alone; povapx-ia, as, rule of one, monarchy ; vav-apxo-s, ὁ (ef. 
ναῦς), commander of a fleet, admiral; vavapxé-w, be admiral; πείθ- 
apxo-s, o-v (cf. R. m0), obeying authority, obedient ; πειθαρχέ-ω, obey 
a superior, defer to; modv-apx-la, as (ef. R. mda), command vested in 
many persons ; cuumoct-apxo-s, ὁ (cf. R. wo), president of a drinking- 
party; ταξί-αρχο-ς, ὁ (cf. R. tax), commander of a τάξις, taxiarch ; 
ppovp-apxo-s, ὁ (cf. πρό and R. 2 Fep), commander of a garrison. 

arch-bishop, arch-angel, archi-episcopal, arche-type, archaic, 
archaeo-logy, archives, an-archy, hier-archy, mon-archy, hept- 
archy, tetr-archy, etc. 


αὐτός, self, same. 


αὐτό-ς, αὐτή, αὐτό, self, same, in derivatives and compounds, self, 
same, very; αὐτοῦ, adv., in the very place, here, there; αὐτό-θεν, adv., 
From the very spot, hence, thence ; αὐτό-θι, ady., in this or that very place ; 
αὐτό-σε, adv., to the place itself, thither; αὔτως, adv., in the very man- 
ner; ὡσ-αύτως (seé ws, thus), in this same way, likewise, just so; avé- 
ἤμερο-ς, ο-ν (See ἡμέρα, day), un the same day; αὐθημερό-ν, adv., on the 
same day; αὐθημερίζω, return on the same day; αὐθ-αίρετο-ς, o-v (cf. 
aipéw), self-appointed ; αὐτο-κέλευστο-ς, o-v (cf. R. Ked), self-directed, 
of one’s own accord ; αὐτο-κράτωρ, op-os, 6, ἡ (cf. R. 1 xpa), being one’s 


255 R. βα-βάλλω 


own master, absolute; avré-uaro-s, ἡ, ο«ν (cf. R. pa), self-impelled, 
spontaneously ; αὐτό-μολο-ς, ὁ (see βλώσκω, go), deserter ; αὐτομολέ-ω, 
desert ; avré-vouo-s, o-v (cf. R. vew), under one’s own laws, independent ; 
ἑ-αυτοῦ, contr. αὑτοῦ, etc. (see ov, of him), of himself, etc. ; ἐμ-αυτοῦ, 
etc. (see ἐγώ, I), of myself, etc. ; σε-αυτοῦ, contr. σαυτοῦ, etc, (see σύ, 
you), of yourself, etc. 

auth-entic, auto-biography, auto-crat, auto-graph, auto-maton, 
auto-nomous, aut-opsy, tauto-logy. 


R. Ba, ba, ua, go. 

βαίνω (for Bav-w), fut. βή-σο-μαι, etc. (theme Bav-, Ba-), yo, walk ; 
Ba-r6-s, ἡ, 6-v, passable ; &-Baro-s, o-v, impassable, not fordable ; δύσ- 
Baro-s, 0-v, hard to travel; δια-βατό-ς, ἡ, d-v, that can be crossed, ford- 
able; ἀ-διάβατο-ς, o-v, not to be crossed; δυσ-διάβατο-ς, o-v, hard to 
cross ; δια-βα-τέο-ς, a, o-v, that must be crossed; προσ-βατό-ς, 4, ό-ν, 
that can be approached, accessible ; βά-σι-ς, €-ws, ἡ, a going, stepping, 
step ; avd-Bact-s, €-ws, 7, α going up, ascent, expedition into the interior ; 
Od -Bact-s, €-ws, 7, αὶ Crossing, passage ; €x-Bact-s, €-ws, 7, WAY OUL, Egress ; 
κατά-βασι-ς, €-ws, ἡ, α going down, descent, march from the interior ; 
βάσι-μο-ς, o-v, passable ; βά-δην, adv., at a walk; βῆ-μα, ar-os, τό, step, 
stride; βω-μό-ς, ὁ, elevation, altar; Bé-Ba-vo-s, a, o-v (reduplicated 
perf. stem Be-Ba-), standing fast (cf. BéBnka, stand fast), trusty, con- 
stant ; BeBaib-w, make sure; βακ-τηρ-ία, as (βα - κ), walking-stich, 
staff; βάδ-ο-ς, ὁ (βα -- δ), α going, walk; βαδίζω, go on foot, walk, 
march; βι-βάζω (theme βιβαδ-}), make go. 

ua-d-u-m, I, n., ford; uad-6, go, walk ; ue-n-i-6, come ; ar-bi-ter, 
tri, m., spectator, judge; am-bu-lo, walk about; ba-c-ulu-m, 1, n., 
staff. 


COME; basis, base, bacteria. 


βάλλω, throw (R. Bad). 

βάλλω (for βαλ-ιω, theme Bad-), throw, throw at, hit; δια-βάλλω, 
throw across at with words, slander; Béd-os, €-os, τό, thing thrown, 
missile ; Bod-h, 7s, a throw; ἀνα-βολή, fs, that which is thrown up, 
earthwork ; δια-βολή, ἧς, slander ; εἰσ-βολή, Hs, invasion, entrance, pass ; 
ἐμ-βολή, fs, invasion; mpo-Bory, js, a throwing forward ; προσ-βολή, 
fis, assault, charge; συμ-βολή, Hs, a hurtling together, encounter ; ὑπερ- 
Body, fs, a throwing over, crossing; merpo-Bod-la, as (see mérpo-s, 
stone), stone-throwing ; ἀκρο-βολίζο-μαι (cf. R. ak), throw from a dis- 
tance ; ἀκροβόλι-σι-ς, e-ws, 7, throwing from a distance, skirmish. 

em-blem, pro-blem, dia-bolic, devil, para-ble, sym-bol. 


R. BoF-R. γεν 256 


R. Bog, bou, cry out. 


Bo-n, As, cry, shout; Bod-w, shout, cry aloud; βοη-θόο-ς, ov, and 
βοη-θό-ς, ὅ-ν (see θέω, run), hurrying to the shout, helping ; βοηθέ-ω, 
help, rescue; βοήθε-ια, as, help; Bot-s, Bo-ds, ὁ, ἡ, bull, ox, cow (‘the 
bellower’); Bd-evo-s, a, o-v, Of AN OX; ὠμο-βόειο-ς, a, o-v, OF ὠμο-βό- 
ivo-s, ἢ) ο-ν (See wud-s, raw), of raw ox-hide; βο-ει-κό-ς, ἡ, d-v, OY Bo-i- 
κό-ς, ἡ, 0-v, Of an 0x; βου-λιμία, as (See λῖμό-ς, hunger), ox-hunger, 1.6. 
great hunger, bulimy ; βουλιμιά-ω, have bulimy ; Bov-mépo-s, o-v (cf. R. 
περ); Ox-piercing. 


bo-6, cry out; Ὀδ-5, bou-is, m. and f., bull, ox, cow; bibu-lu-s, 
adj., of oxen. 


cow; bu-colic, buffalo, but-ter, hecatom-b. 


R. Bor, uol, will, wish. 


BovA-o-pat, will, wish; βουλ-ή, 7s, will, plan, consultation; ém- 
βουλή, Hs, a planning against, plot ; cvu-Bovdy, Hs, a planning together, 
advice ; σύμ-βουλ-ο-ς, 6, adviser; βουλεύ-ω, plan, think up; Bed-t-tov, 
ov, gen. ov-os (stem βελ-το-), comp., better (‘more desired’); βέλ-τ- 
ιστο-ς, 7, 0-v, SUP., best. 


uol-6, will, wish; uol-un-ta-s, atis, f., will, choice; nOl6 (nédn 
uold), be unwilling ; mal6 (magis uolo), prefer. 


WILL, WELL, WEAL, WEALTH, WILD. 





ΗΒ. γεν, gen, beget. 


γί-γν-ο-μαι (for yi-yev-o-uar), be born, become; yév-va, as, descent ; 
yevva-to-s, a, o-v, befitting one’s birth, noble; γενναιό-τη-ς, nT-0s, 7, NO- 
bility ; yév-os, €-os, τό, family, race; συγ-γενής, és, of the same race ; 
συγγένε-ια, as, kinship; yeve-a, ds, birth ; yév-o-s, ὁ, that which is be- 
gotten, offspring ; €k-yovo-s, o-v, born of, as subst. plur., descendants ; 
mpo-yovo-s, 6, forefather; yov-ev-s, é-ws, ὁ, begetter, plur., parents; 
γυν-ή, γυν-αικ-ός, 7, woman (orig. ‘mother’). 


gi-gn-6, produce, bear; gen-iu-s, 1, m., tutelar deity ; in-gen-uu-s, 
adj., freeborn, noble; gén-s, gen-ti-s, f., race, nation; gen-e-r, erl, ™., 
son-in-law ; gen-us, er-is, n., birth, origin, kind; gna-sc-o-r, na-sc- 
o-r, be born; na-tiira, ae, f., birth, nature. 

CHICK, CHILD, CHIT, COLT, KID, KIN, KIND, KING, KITH; endo-gen, 
hydro-gen, genesis, hetero-geneous, genea-logy, cosmo-gony, theo- 
gony, miso-gynist. 


257 yévus-R. γνω 


γένυς, chin. 

yévu-s, v-os, ἡ, under-jaw, chin; yév-eo-v, τό, part covered by the 
beard, chin; yeved-w, grow a beard; ἀ-γένειο-ς, o-v, beardless. 

gen-ae, drum, f., cheeks. 


CHIN. 





γῆ, earth. 


yi, γῆς (for yea, etc., Epic and Tragic ya-ta), earth ; y7-wvo-s, ἡ; 0-v, 
of earth ; ye-ddns, es (cf. R. Fd), earthy, deep-soiled ; γή-λοφο-ς, ὁ (see 
λόφο-ς, ridge, hill), mound of earth, hill; avd-ye-w-v, τό, what is raised 
above the ground, upper floor; xata-ye-vo-s, o-v, under the earth, sub- 
terranean ; μεσό-γα-ιο-ς OF μεσό-γε-ιο-5, o-v (See μέσο-ς, middle), inland; 
μεσόγαια Or μεσόγεια, as, midland, interior ; yn-t-rn-s, ov, countryman ; 
γείτ-ων, ov-os, ὁ, neighbour. 

apo-gee, peri-gee, geo-desy, geo-graphy, geo-logy, geo-metry, 
ge-orgic. 


R. γνω, gna, gno, know. 


γι-γνώ-σκ-ω, know, think ; γνώ-μη, ns, thought, opinion ; yvd-pev, 
ov-os, ὁ, one that knows; ἀ-γνώμων, ov, gen. ov-os, without knowledge, 
senseless ; ἀγνωμο-σύνη, ns, ignorance ; ὄ-νο-μα, at-os, τό (for ο-Ύνο-μα 
with prothetic 6-), that by which one is known, name; ὀνομάζω, 
call by name; ὀνομασ-τί, adv., by name; ἀν-ώνυμ-ο-ς, ο-ν, without 
name, nameless ; εὐ-ώνυμο-ς, ο-ν, of good name or omen; v6-o-s, contr. 
νοῦς, ὁ (for yvo-fo-s), power of thought, mind; voé-w, observe, think 
out; a-vbn-ro-s, o-v, not understanding, foolish; ἄ-γνο-ια, as, igno- 
rance ; ayvoé-w, not know, not recognize; audi-yvod-w, think on both 
sides, be in doubt ; ev-voo-s, οο-ν, kindly disposed » εὔνοια, as, good-will ; 
edvo-ix6-s, ἡ, 6-v, well-disposed ; εὐνοϊκῶς, adv., with good will or affec- 
tion ; κακό-νοο-ς, oo-v (see κακό-ς, bad), tll-disposed ; kax6é-vo-ta, as, ill- 
will ; διά-νοια, as, way of thinking, purpose ; ἔν-νοια, as, thought, inspi- 
ration ; πρό-νοια, as, forethought. 


gna-ru-s, adj., knowing, skilled; nar-r-6, make known, tell; na- 
uu-s (gnd-uu-s), adj., diligent ; n6-sc-6, learn ; n6-bili-s, adj., well- 
known ; n6-men, inis, n., name; i-gndrd, not know; no-ta, ae, ἢ, 
mark, sign. 

CAN, CUNNING, KEN, KEEN, KNOW, NAME, un-coUTH; dia-gnosis, 
gnome, gnostic, a-gnostic, physio-gnomy, onomato-poeia, an- 
onymous, met-onymy, patr-onymic, pseud-onym, syn-onym. 


R. δα-. 2 Sax 258 


R. da, da, divide, share. 


δῆ-μο-ς, ὁ, divided land, community, people; Snu-aywys-s, ὁ (ef. 
R. ay), popular leader, demagogue ; Snuaywyé-w, play the demagogue ; 
δημό-σιο-5, a, o-v, belonging to the community ; ἀπό-δημο-ς, o-v, away 
from one’s country, abroad; ἀποδημέ-τω, be from home, go abroad ; 
ἔν-δημο-ς, o-v, at home, native.— ϑασ-μό-ς, ὁ (δα - σὺ), division, tax; 
ddop-ev-ci-s, e-ws, ἡ, distribution. —S8am-avyn, ns (6a+ 7), dividing of 
one’s fortune, expense; δαπανά-ω, expend; δαψιλ-ής, és (for δαπ-τι- 
A-ns), liberal, plentiful ; δεῖπνο-ν, τό (for dem-ivo-v), orig. distribution, 
hence, dinner; δειπνέ-ω, dine; ἄ-δειπνο-ς, o-v, without dinner; σύν- 
δειπνο-ς. 6, companion at dinner; δειπνο-ποιέ-τω (cf. ποιέω), get dinner. 


dap-s, dap-is, f., feast ; dam-nu-m, 1, 7., expense, loss, injury. 


TIDE, TIME; dem-agogue, demo-cracy, Gemotic, en-demic, epi- 
demic. 


R. 1 dak, dae, show, teach. 


δι-δαχ-ή, fs, teaching, instruction ; δι-δά-σκ-ω, fut. διδάξω, teach ; 
διδάσκ-αλο-ς, ὁ, teacher.—8lk-y, ns, way pointed out, custom, right, 
justice ; ἄ-δικο-ς, ο-ν, unjust ; ἀδίκως, adv., unjustly ; ddixé-w, be unjust ; 
ἀδικ-ίᾳ, as, injustice ; δίκα-ιο-ς, a, o-v, right, lawful; δικαίως, adv., with 
justice ; δικαιό-τη-ς, nT-os, 7, justice; δικαιο-σύνη, ns, justice; δικάζω, 
give judgment; δικασ-τή-ς, οὔ, one who gives judgment, dicast. — δείκ- 
vu-pt, show, point out; Sety-pa, ar-os, τό, something to show with, 
sample. 

doc-e-6, teach; di-sc-6, learn; in-dex, ic-is, m. and ἢ, one who 
points out ; iti-dex, ic-is, m. and f., judge, juror ; causi-dic-u-s, 1, m., 
pleader, advocate ; dic6, dedicate ; Aic-6, say, speak. 


TEACH, TOKEN; didactic, syn-dic, para-digm. 


R. 2 dak, dae, take. 


Sax-t-vAo-s, ὁ (formed on a stem Sak-ro-), that which grasps, finger, 
toe; daxrvd-0-s, ὁ, Jinger-ring ; δέχ-ο-μαι, Ionic δέκ-ο-μαι, take, re- 
ceive; δοκ-ό-ς, ὁ, sustaining beam, joist ; δωρο-δόκο-ς, o-v (cf. R. 80), 
taking presents or bribes ; dwpodoxé-w, take bribes ; S0x-h, fs, recepta- 
cle, διά-δοχο-ς, 6, one who takes in turn, successor. — δεξ-ιό-ς, a, ὅ-ν 
(dex +o= det), on the right hand, right (since the right hand was 
oftenest used in taking); δεξιά, as (sc. yelp), right hand; δεξιό-ο-μαι, 
take by the right hand, welcome ; ὑπερ-δέξιο-ς, a, o-v, above on the right, 
above. 


259 R. δαρ-δέκα 


dig-itu-s, 1, m., finger ; dex-ter, adj., on the right, handy, skilful. 


TOE, TONGS; dactyl, date (the fruit), pan-dect, dock-yard, 
synec-doche. 





R. dap, dal, split, tear. 


Sép-w, aor. ἐδάρην, take the skin off, flay ; ved-Sap-ro-s, o-v (see véo-s, 
new), freshly flayed; Sép-pa, ar-os, τό, hide, skin; δερμάτ-ινο-ς, ἡ, 0-», 
leathern. 

dol-6, split, hew; dol-or, Oris, m., pain; dol-e-6, feel pain. 


TEAR, TIRE, TART (sour) ; epi-dermis, pachy-derm, taxi-dermy. 





R. δε, bind. 


δέ-ω, collateral form δί-δη-μι, fut. δήσω, etc., bind; δε-σ-μό-ς, ὁ, 
band, halter ; στρωματό-δεσμο-ς, ὁ (cf. R. στρα), sack in which bed- 
clothes were tied up ; ὑπό-δη-μα, ατ-ος, τό, that which is bound under 
the foot, sandal.—8et (for der-ec), impers., it is binding, one must ; 
Sé-w, fut. δεήσω, etc., be hindered, lack, mid. lack, wish, desire; ἐν-δέω, 
lack ; ἔνδε-ια, as, want, scarcity ; ἡμι-δε-ής, és, wanting a half, half 
Sull ; ὑπο-δε-ής, és, comp. vrodeéo-repo-s, rather deficient, inferior. 


dia-dem. 


δείδω, fear (prob. root δε. 


Sel-5-w, be afraid, fear; 8€-0s, ε-ος, τό, fear; ἀ-δε-ής, és, without 
fear; ἀδεῶς, adv., fearlessly; δει-νό-ς, 7, ὅ-ν, frightful, terrible ; 
δεινῶς, adv., terribly ; δει-λό-ς, 4, ὅ-ν, cowardly ; δειλ-ία, as, cowardice ; 
δειλιά-ω, be afraid. 


di-ru-s, adj., fearful, awful. 


δέκα, ten. 


δέκα, ten; δέκα-το-ς, ἡ, o-v, tenth; δεκά-τη, ns, tenth part, tithe; 
δεκατεύ-ω, exact the tenth part ; év-dexa (see els, one), eleven; ἑνδέκατο-ς, 
ἢ; o-v, eleventh; δώ-δεκα (cf. δύο), twelve; τρισ-καί-δεκα (cf. τρεῖς), 
thirteen ; mevre-xal-dexa, also δεκα-πέντε (cf. πέντε), fifteen; ἑπτα-καί- 
dexa (cf. ἑπτά), seventeen; ὀκτω-καί-δεκα (cf. ὀκτώ), eighteen. 


decem, ten; dec-imu-s, tenth ; d&é-ni, ten each; dec-ur-ia, ae, /., 
division of ten men. 


TEN ; decade, deca-gon, deca-hedron, deca-logue, deca-syllable. 


R. δο-δύο 200 


R. δο, da, do, give. 


δί-δω-μι, give; mpo-dldw-u, give over, surrender, betray; mpodd-r7-s, 
ov, betrayer, traitor ; μισθο-δό-τη-ς, ov (See μισθό-ς, wages), One who pays 
wages ; μισθοδοτέ-ω, pay wages, employ ; μισθοδο-σία, as, giving of pay ; 
δῶ-ρο-ν, τό, present, gift; Swpé-o-uar, give a present; Swpo-ddKo-s, o-v 
(cf. R. 2 8ax), taking presents or bribes; Swpodoxé-w, take bribes. — 
δά-ν-ος, ε-ος, τό (Sa+v), money lent; δανείζω, lend money, mid., have 
money lent to one, borrow. 

do (da-re), give; d6-s, do-ti-s, f., dowry ; d6-nu-m, 1, x., gift. 

dose, anec-dote, anti-dote. 





R. d0x, dec, beseem. 


Sox-é-w, seem, seem right, think ; δόγ-μα, ατ-ος, τό, that which seems 
to one, principle; δόξα, ns (for dox-ca), opinion, renown ; ἔν-δοξο-ς, 
o-v, inrenown ; δοξάζω, think, believe ; δόκε-ιμο-ς, ο-ν, approved ; δοκιμάζω, 
test, examine ; δοκιμα-σία, as, test, examination. 

dec-et, impers., it is seemly, it behooves; dec-us, or-is, n., grace, 
glory ; Gec-or, Or-is, m., comeliness ; decOr-u-s, adj., seemly; dig- 
nu-s, adj., worthy. 

dogma, doxo-logy, hetero-dox, ortho-dox, para-dox. 


δύναμαι, be able. 


Siva-par, be able, can; δυνα-τό-ς, ἡ, 0-v, able, possible; ἀ-δύνατο-ς, 
o-v, unable, impossible; duvd-c-ry-s, ov, a mighty man, nobleman; 
δύνα-μι-ς, e-ws, 4, ability, means. 

dynamic, hydro-dynamics, dynamite, dynasty. 


δύο, two (root δεα, δει). 


δύο (for 50), two; σύν-δυο, two by two; δώ-δεκα (cf. δεκα), twelve ; 
δεύ-τερο-ς, a, o-v, second; δι-ά, prep., orig. between, asunder, then 
through ; δί-χα, adv., in two parts; διχάζω, divide in two; δί-ς, adv., 
twice, in composition also 8t-; δισ-χίλιοι, αἱ, a (See χέλιοι, thousand), 
two thousand; δι-μοιρία, as (μοῖρα, lot, portion, see μέρος, share), 
double share; 6dl-rnxu-s, v (see πῆχυ-ς, cubit), of two cubits; δί- 
meOpo-s, o-v (cf. R. mda), of two plethra; δι-πλόο-ς, ἡ, ο-ν (cf. R. 
wha), two-fold, double; δι-πλάσιο-ς, a, o-v (ef. R. mda), two-fold; 
5t-ppo-s, ὁ (ef. R. ep), that which holds two, chariot-board; ἐν- 
δίφρ-ιο-ς, o-v, on the same seat with one; διᾶ-κόσιοι, ar, a (cf. ExaTov), 
two hundred. 


» 201 εἴκοσι-ἑκατόν 


duo, duae, two; du-b-iu-s, adj., doubtful; bi-s, adv., twice; 
bi-ni, adj., two by two; di-s-, inseparable prefix, asunder ; due-llu-m, 
‘bellu-m, 1, n., war. 


TWO, TWAIN, TWICE, TWIN; di-qaeresis, di-lemma, di-ploma, di- 
phthong, dia-bolical, dia-critic, dia-gonal, dia-gram, di-ocese, hen- 
dia-dys. 


εἴκοσι, twenty. 


εἴκοσι (see Note), twenty; τριά-κοντα (cf. τρεῖς), thirty ; τριᾶκόντ- 
opo-s, ἡ (cf. R. ep), thirty-oared ship; τετταρά-κοντα (cf. τέτταρες), 
Sorty ; πεντή-κοντα (cf. πέντε), fifty ; πεντηκον-τήρ, ἢρ-ος, ὁ, commander 
of fifty men ; πεντηκόντ-ορο-ς, ἡ (cf. R. ep), fifty-oared ship ; πεντηκοσ- 
T6-s, 4, 6-v, fiftieth ; πεντηκοστ-ού-ς, v-os, 7, the number fifty, body of 
Jifty men; ἑξή-κοντα (cf. ἐξ), sixty ; ἑβδομή-κοντα (cf. ἑπτά), seventy ; 
ὀγδοή-κοντα (cf. ὀκτώ), eighty ; ἐνενή-κοντα (cf. ἐννέα), ninety. 


ulginti, twenty; tri-ginta, thirty, etc. ; u1-cé-simu-s, ad)j., twenti- 
eth; tri-cé-simu-s, adj., thirtieth, etc.; uwi-cé-ni, adj., twenty each ; 
tri-cé-ni, adj., thirty each ; quadra-gé-ni, adj., forty each, ete. 

TWENTY ; icosa-hedron, pente-cost. 

Norte. — eét-xoo., which appears in other Greek dialects as εί-κατι, 
βεί-κατι, was originally a compound meaning twice ten. Cf. δύο and 


δέ-κα (-κοσι and -κοντα in τριἄ-κοντα, etc., being reduced forms). Cf. 
Latin wiginti, English Twen-ry. 





ἑκατόν, hundred. 


ἑκατόν (see Note), one hundred ; διᾶ-κόσιοι, ar, a (cf. δύο), two hun- 
dred; τριᾶ-κόσιοι, at, a (cf. τρεῖς), three hundred; τετρα-κόσιοι, at, a 
(cf. τέτταρες), four hundred; πεντα-κόσιοι, a, a (cf. πέντε), five hun- 
dred ; ἑξα-κόσιοι, ar, a (cf. ἐξ), six hundred ; ἑπτα-κόσιοι, αι, a (Cf. ἑπτά), 
seven hundred ; ὀκτα-κόσιοι, ar, a (cf. ὀκτώ), eight hundred. 

cen-tu-m, one hundred ; du-cen-ti, two hundred, etc. ; cen-tur-ia, 
ae, f., division of one hundred men ; centuri-6, On-is, m., commander 
of a hundred. 

HUNDRED ; hecatom-b. 


Nore. — ἑκκατόν is a compound of ἕν, one (see εἷς, one), and a base 
meaning hundred, xa-ro-v (for xav-ro-v), appearing also as -κοσίοι (cf. 
cen-tu-m, -cen-tv). 


ἐν--ἔοικα 202 


ἐν, in. 

ἐν-ί, ἐν, prep., in; els (for ev-s), prep., into; ἐν-τός, adv., inside 
of ; ἔν-δο-ν, adv. (an acc. in form), inside ; ἔνδο-θεν, adv., from the 
inside; ἔσω or εἴσω (for ev-cw), adv., inside; ἔσω-θεν, adv., from 
inside ; ἔν-θα, adv., where, there; ἐνθά-δε, adv., here; ἔνθα-περ, adv., 
there where ; ἔν-θεν, adv., from there; évOév-de, adv., from hence; év- 
ταῦθα, adv., therein; ἐν-τεῦθεν, adv., thence ; €v-repo-v, τό, intestine. 

in, prep., in, into ; in-tus, adv., within ; intes-tinu-s, adj., internal, 
neut. plur. intestina as subst., intestines; in-de, adv., thence; in- 
ter, prep., between; inter-ior, adj., inner; in-timu-s, adj., inmost ; 
intra, prep., within; intrd, adv., within. 


IN; esoteric, dys-entery. 





ἐννέα, nine. 


é-vvéa (ἐ- prothetic), nine; ἐνενή-κοντα (cf. εἴκοσι), ninety ; Eva-To-s, 
ἡ; o-v, ninth ; ἐνά-κις, adv., nine times. 


nouem, nine ; n6na-ginta, ninety ; nOnu-s, adj., ninth; Nonae, 
arum, f., Nones (ninth day before the Ides). 


NINE; ennea-gon, ennea-hedron. 





ἕξ, six. 

ἕξ, six; ἑξά-κις, adv., six times; ἑξακισ-χίλιοι, ar, a (See χίλιοι, 
thousand), six thousand ; é&d4-rnxv-s or ἔξ-πηχυ-5, υ (See mHxu-s, cubit), 
of six cubits ; ἑξα-κόσιοι, ar, a (cf. ἑκατόν), six hundred ; ἑξή-κοντα (cf. 
εἴκοσι), sixty ; €x-To-s, ἡ, ο-ν, sixth ; ἑκτ-αῖο-ς, a, o-v, on the sixth day. 


sex, six; sex-iéns, adv., six times; sex-tu-s, adj., sixth; sex- 
centi, sés-centi, six hundred; sexa-ginta, sixty ; sé-méstri-s, adj., 
of six months. 


six; hexa-gon, hexa-meter. 





ἔοικα, be like. 


t-oux-a, pf. as pres. (theme edk-), be like, appear ; part. ἐοικ- ὡς and 
elx-ws, via, 6s, likely, natural ; εἰκότως, adv., naturally ; εἰκά ζω, make 
like, compare, conjecture ; elx-dv, ὀν-ος, ἡ, likeness, image; ἀ-εικ-ής, 
contr. αἰκ-ἤς, és, unseemly, shameful ; αἰκίζω, treat shamefully, outrage, 
torture. 


icono-clast, icono-graphy. 


209 ἑπτά-ἢ. ἐσ 


ἑπτά, seven. 


ἑπτά, seven; ἑπτα-καί-δεκα (cf. δέκα), seventeen; ἑπτα-κόσιοι, at, a 
(ef. ἑκατόν), seven hundred; ἑπτά-κις, adv., seven times ; ἔβδ-ομο-ς, 7, 
o-v (for érr-opo-s), seventh ; ἑβδομή-κοντα (cf. εἴκοσι), seventy. 


septem, seven; sept-iéns, adv., seven times; sept-imu-s, ad)j., 
seventh ; septua-ginta, seventy ; septin-genti, seven hundred. 


SEVEN ; hepta-gon, hepta-hedron, hept-archy, hebdomadal. 


R. ep, er, ra, row. 


ἐρ-έ-τη-Ξς, ov, rower; ὑπ-ηρέτη-ς, ov, rower, assistant of any sort, 
servant ; ὑπηρετέ-ω, serve; épec-la (eper-ta), as, ὦ rowing; ἐρέσσω 
(eper-w), TOW; Tpl-jp-ns, €-os, ἡ (Cf. τρεῖς), galley with three banks of 
oars, nan-of-war ; Tpinp-trn-s, ov, man-of-war’s man ; πεντηκόντ-ορ-ο-ς, 
ἡ (cf. πέντε and εἴκοσι), fifty-oared ship; tpiaxdbvr-op-o-s, ἡ (cf. τρεῖς 
and εἴκοσι), thirty-oared ship. 


ré-mu-s, i, m., oar; tri-rémi-s, is, f., trireme ; ra-ti-s, is, 7.) raft, 
Sloat. 


ROW, RUDDER. 


R. ea, es, live, be. 


et-pl (for εσ-μι), εἶ (for eo-1, orig. εσ-σι), ἐσ-τί, etc., be; part. ὦν, 
οὖσα, ὄν, gen. ὄντ-ος, etc. (Stem dvr-), older form ἐ-ών, etc. (stem ἐποντ- 
for ec-ovr-) ; οὐσ-ία, as (for ovr-ca), property (that which is), being, 
existence ; ἐξ-ουσία, as, possibility, power (cf. ἔξ-εστι, tt is free to one, 
it is allowed) ; συν-ουσίᾶ, as, a being together; ἐτ-ἄζω (from a stem 
eT-o- for o-er-o-), examine, test (see if a thing ts) ; é&-erdfw, examine 
closely, inspect; é&€éra-cl-s, €-ws, 7, examination, inspection, review ; 
ἔτ-υ-μο-ς, ο-ν (er-v- for o-er-v-), true, actual ; ἕτ-οι-μο-ς, ἡ, 0-v OF o-s, 
o-v (ér- for c-er-), real, ready, prepared; ἑτοίμως, adv., readily ; ἐύς 
(for ec-v-s), real, true, good; neut. contracted as adv., εὖ, well. 

Nore. — The group is remarkable as showing in nearly all of the 
words a complete loss of the root. The following Latin words all 
preserve traces of it. 

s-u-m (for es-u-m), be, inf. es-se; ab-sén-s, adj., absent ; prae- 
sén-s, adj., present; s-6-n-s, adj., the real one, guilty, criminal ; 
er-u-s, 1, m., master, lord. 


AM, ART, IS, ARE, SOOTH, SIN; etymo-logy, eu-logy, ev-angelist. 


R. 1 Fep-R. Fer 264 


R. 1 rep, uer, speak. 

εἴρω (theme ép-), fut. ἐρῶ, pf. εἴρηκα, speak, say; ῥη-τό-ς, ἡ, 6-, 
said, told; dé-p-pynto-s, o-v, not to be told, secret; εἰρή-νη, ns (for 
€-fpn-vn), agreement, peace ; ῥή-τωρ, op-os, ὁ, speaker, orator; ῥή-τρα, 
as, verbal agreement, compact. 

uer-bu-m, 1, 2., word; uerb-Osu-s, adj., wordy. 

WORD; irenics, Irene. 


R. 2 fep, uer, protect, watch over. 

ép-K-os, €-os, τό, defence, wall; ἔρυ-μα, ατ-ος, τό (stem ἐρυ- for 
e-fep-v, €-fpu), safeguard, protection ; ἐρυ-μνό-ς, ἡ, 6-v, defended, forti- 
Jied ; ἐρύ-κ-ω, hold back, keep off; οὖρ-ο-ς, ὁ (for fop-o-s), watcher, 
guardian ; €p-op-o-s, 6, one who watches over, overseer ; ppoup-6-s, ὁ (for 
mpo-fop-o-s, cf. πρό), One who watches in defence of, guard; ppovpé-w, 
watch, guard; ppovp-apxo-s, ὁ (cf. apxw), commander of a watch ; 
φρούρ-ιο-ν, τό, guarded post, garrison; Tiu-wpb-s, ὁ-ν (for Tiua-fopo-s, 
cf. R. tv), watching over honour, avenging ; Tiwwp-la, as, help, ven- 
geance ; Tiuwpé-w, help, avenge; ve-wpd-s, ὁ (cf. vais), superintendent 
of the dockyard ; vedp-wo-v, τό, place where ships are kept, dockyard ; 
opa-w, watch over, see, behold. 

uer-e-or, reverence, fear ; ual-lu-s, 1, m., stake, palisade ; uallu-m, 
1, n., rampart. 

@-WARE, be-WARE, WARY, WARD, WARN, WARES, WORTH, WEIR, 
WRAITH ; di-orama, pan-orama, pyl-orus. 


R. fepy- 

epy-o-v, τό, work, deed ; apy-d-s, 6-v (Epic d-epy-6-s), without work, 
idle ; εὐ-εργέ-τη-5, ov, ὁ, well doer, benefactor ; evepyeré-w, do a kind- 
ness ; evepye-cla, as, kindness; xaxotpy-o-s, ὁ (Epic kakdé-epy-o-s, see 
kaké-s, bad), wrong doer; κακουργέ-τω, do harm to; ovv-epy-6-s, 6-v, 
working with ; ἐργάζο-μαι, do work, labour; mav-otpy-o-s, o-v (for παν- 
e-opy-o-s, cf. πᾶς), that will do anything, villainous; mavoupy-ta, as, 
knavishness ; ὑπ-ουργ-ό-ς, 6-v, serviceable, conducive to. 

WORK, WRIGHT, WROUGHT; en-ergy, Organ, orgy, ge-orgic, chir- 
urgeon, s-urgeon, lit-urgy, metall-urgy. 


R. feo, ues, cover, clothe. 


év-vu-pe (for ρεσ-νῦ-μι), clothe; ἐσ-θή-ς, ἢττ-ος, 7, dress, clothes ; 
εἶμα, ar-os, τό (for εεσ-μα), garment; τ-μάτ-ιο-ν, τό, outer garment, 


265 R. Fex-R. Εἰκ 


himation ; ἕσ-περο-ς, o-v, of the evening (the ‘coverer’) ; ἑσ-πέρᾶ, as, 
evening. 

ues-ti-s, is, f., clothing ; uas-u-m, 1, n., older form of uas, uas-is, 
n., vessel ; wes-per, eri or eris, m., evening star, evening. 


WEAR ; Hesperus. 





R. rex, uag, ueh, move, carry. 

6x-0-s, ὁ, carriage, chariot ; dxé-w, carry ; ὄχη-μα, ατ-ος, τό, ConvEY- 
ance; ox-erd-s, ὁ, conductor for water, ditch, drain; ὄχ-λο-ς, ὁ, that 
which moves in a@ mass, crowd, confusion ; 6x é-w, move, disturb, 
trouble. 

uag-u-s, adj., rambling, unfixed ; ueh-0, carry ; ueh-i-culu-m, 1, 7., 
carriage, conveyance ; uili-s, adj., cheap, worthless ; uéc-tor, Oris, m., 
traveller ; uia, ae, f., way, road; uehe-mé€n-s, ad)j., eager, violent ; 
uéc-ti-gal, alis, n., revenue, toll ; ué-lu-m, 1, n., sail. 


WAG, WAGON, WAIN, WAY, WEIGH, WEDGE, WIGHT, WHIT, WING, 
WALL-eyed. 


R. ¢16, uid, see, know. 


εἶδ-ο-ν (theme (6-), see; ἰδ-έα, as, look, form; εἶδ-ος, ε-ος, τό, 
look, shape ; εὐ-ειδής, és, good looking ; θυμο-ειδής, és (cf. R. 1 Ov), high- 
spirited ; μηνο-ειδής, és (unvn, moon), crescent shaped ; σφαιρο-ειδής, és 
(σφαῖρα, ball), ball-like, spherical ; τιαρο-ειδής, és (See τιάρᾶ, tiara), 
tiara-shaped ; ἀντρώδης, es (for αντρο-ειδης, See ἄντρο-ν, cave), cave-like, 
cavernous ; ye-wdns, es (cf. γῆ); earthy, deep-soiled ; εἴδ-ωλο-ν, τό, form, 
likeness, image ; ot8-a, 2 pf. with pres. sense, know; to-rwp, op-os, ὁ, 
one who knows, wise man, judge; isropé-w, seek to know, learn; 
ἱστορ-ία, as, knowledge got by inquiry. 

uid-e-6, see; ui-su-s, iis, m., look, vision ; 6-uid-én-s, adj., looking 
out, obvious; pridén-s, adj., foreseeing, prudent; ui-tru-m, 1, 7., 
glass ; uis-6, look at attentively. 

WISE, WISE-@Cre, WIT, WICKED, WITCH; idea, spher-oid, typh-oid, 
idol, history. 


R. ux, uic, come. 

ἀφ-ικ-νέ-ο-μαι, arrive; ἱκ-ανό-ς, 7, ὅ-ν, coming up to, sufficient ; 
ἱκανῶς, adv., sufficiently ; ἱκ-έ-τη-ς, ov, he that comes for aid, petitioner ; 
ixerev-w, beg; otk-o-s, ὁ, place to which one comes, house, home ; 
olx-la, as, house, dwelling ; οἴκο-ι, at home ; οἴκο-θεν, away from home ; 


Rt. ζυγ-", θεὲ 200 


οἴκ-α-δε, homeward ; oiko-dduo-s, ὁ (déu-w, build), house-builder ; oiko- 
doué-w, build a house, build; oiko-vduo-s, ὁ (cf. R. ven), household 
superintendent ; olk-eto-s, a, o-v, belonging to one’s house, familiar ; 
οἰκείως, ady., in a friendly way ; oixé-rn-s, ov, member of one’s house- 
hold, slave ; oixé-w, have a home, dwell ; otkn-cu-s, e-ws, 4, act of dwell- 
ing, dwelling-place ; οἴκη-μα, at-os, τό, dwelling, house; οἰκίζω, found, 
settle ; ἄπ-οικο-ς, ο-ν, away from home, as subst., colonist ; ἀποικ-ία, as, 
colony ; Μοσσύν-οικοι, οἱ (See μόσσῦν, wooden tower), dwellers in wooden 
towers ; mept-o.xo-s, o-v, dwelling round; περιοικέτω, live round or on 
the shoré of. 


uic-u-s, 1, m., abode, street, village; uic-Inu-s, adj., of the neigh- 
bourhood ; uil-la, ae, f., country-seat. 


di-ocese, ecumenical, par-ochial, eco-nomy. 





R. ζυγ, iug, bind. 

tuy-6-v, τό, yoke; ὑπο-ζύγ-ιο-ν, τό, beast under the yoke, beast of 
burden ; ἵεύγ-νυ-μι, yoke, join, fasten; tety-os, ετος, τό, yoke of oxen, 
etc., team; fevy-na-Ty-s, ov (see ἐλαύνω, theme éda-, drive), one who 
drives a yoke of oxen, teamster ; ζευγηλατέ-ω, drive a yoke of oxen. 

iug-u-m, 1, ”., yoke; iu-mentu-m, 1, n., beast of burden; con- 
itinx, con-iux, iug-is, m. and f., husband, wife; bigae, arum, f., span 
of horses ; iixta, adv., adjoining, near ; tung-6, join. 


YOKE ; sy-zygy. 





R. Oe, da, fa, place, put, make. 


τί-θη-μι, place, put, do; ἐπι-τίθημι, lay upon, mid., attack ; ἐπίθε- 
ai-s, €-ws, 7, & setting on, attack ; εὐ-επίθε-το-ς, o-v, easily attacked or 
assailable ; ἀγων-ο-θέ-τη-ς, ov (cf. R. ay), judge of a contest; θέ-μι-ς, 
it-os, 7, that which is laid down, law, right; θε-σ-μό-ς, ὁ, law, ordi- 
nance ; παρα-κατα-θή-κη, ns, what is put down beside one, deposit; ἀνά- 
θη-μα, at-os, τό, thing set wp, votive offering ; σύν-θη-μα, at-os, τό, 
thing agreed upon, agreement, watchword; θη-σ-αυρό-ς, 6, something 
put away, treasure. 

-d6, only in compounds, as ab-d6, put away, cré-do, put faith in, 
believe, per-dO, make away with, destroy; fa-c-i-6, make, do; f-6, 
be done, become; pro-fic-I-sc-o-r, set oneself forward, set out; fac- 
in-us, or-is, n., deed, misdeed; fac-ili-s, adj., easy to do. 


DO, DEED, DEEM, DOOM, king-pom; thesis, qanti-thesis, paren- 
thesis, syn-thesis, theme, vina-thema, thesaurus, treasure. 


201 Géa-R. 1 θυ 


θέα, sight, spectacle (prob. root θαρ). 


θέ-α, as (Doric 6a-a), sight, spectacle ; θαῦ-μα, ar-os, τό, something 
gazed at, wonder ; θαυμάζω, wonder at; θαυμασ-τό-ς, ἡ, ὅ-ν, wonderful ; 
θαυμάσ-ιο-ς, a, o-v, wonderful θεά-ο-μαι (for θεαρ-ο-μαι), gaze at, look 
on; θέα-μα, ar-os, τό, sight ; θεω-ρό-ς, ὁ (Doric bea-pd-s), one who gazes ; 
θεωρέ-ω, be a spectator, review. 


theatre, amphi-theatre, theorem, theory. 





Oecs, god. 

θε-ό-ς, ὁ, god, divinity; θεά, Gs, goddess; Oe-io-s, a, o-v, divine; 
d-Geo-s, o-v, godless, impious ; θεο-σεβής, és (σέβ-ο-μαι, worship), god- 
fearing, religious ; θεοσέβε-ια, as, religion, piety. 

theo-cracy, theo-gony, theo-logy, theism, a-theism, pan-theism, 
poly-theism, apo-theosis, en-thusiasm, pan-theon. 





θρασύς, bold. 

θρασ-ύ-ς, εἴα, v, bold, daring, conjident; θρασέως, adv., boldly ; 
θαρσύνω, θαρρύνω, make confident, cheer ; θάρσ-ος, θάρρ-ος, ε-ος, τό, CON- 
Jidence, courage ; θαρρέ-ω, be confident, be of good cheer ; θαρρ-αλέο-ς, 
a, o-v, full of confidence ; θαρραλέως, adv., with confidence, boldly. 

fas-tu-s, is, m., scorn, contempt ; fastid-iu-m, 1, n. (for fastu-taed- 
tu-n), loathing, dislike. 


DARE, DURST; thrason-ical. 





R. 1 θυ, rush. 


θύ-ω, rush, rage ; θύ-ελλα, ns, storm, hurricane ; 0v-p6-s, ὁ, the ani- 
mating principle in man, heart, wrath; θυμό-ο-μαι, be angry; θῦμο- 
evdns, és (cf. R. Fu), high-spirited ; ἄ-θυῦμο-ς, o-v, without heart, dis- 
pirited ; ἀθύμως, adv., faintheartedly ; ἀθυμ-ία, as, faintheartedness ; 
ἀθυμέ-ω, be despondent ; verbal ἀθυμη-τέο-ς, a, o-v, must lose courage ; 
ἐν-θυμέ-ο-μαι, lay to heart, consider ; ἐνθύμη-μα, ατ-ος, τό, thought, idea ; 
ἐπι-θυμέ-ω, have one’s heart on, desire ; ἐπιθυμ-ίᾳ, as, desire, longing ; 
eU-Ovuo-s, o-v, of good heart, cheerful ; εὐθὺμέ-ο-μαι, be cheerful ; mpo- 
θῦμο-ς, o-v, with mind intent, ready, willing ; προθύμως, adv., willingly ; 
ἀ-πρόθυμο--ς, o-v, not eager ; προθὺμ-ία, as, readiness, eagerness ; προθυμέ- 
ο-μαι, be eager; ῥᾳ-θῦμο-ς, ο-ν (See ῥᾳ-διο-ς, easy), with mind at ease, 
indifferent, lazy; ῥᾳθυμ-ία, as, laziness; ῥᾳθυμέ-ω, live in idleness. 


R. 2 θυ-κεῖμαι 268 


R. 2 θυ, fu, smoke, sacrifice. 


θύ-ω, offer, sacrifice ; θυ-τήρ, ἢρ-ος, ὁ, sacrificer; θυ-σία, as, sacri- 
Jice ; θῦ-μα, ar-os, τό, victim, sacrifice ; θυ-μ-έλη, ns, place for sacrifice, 
altar; Ovp-.d-w, burn incense; θυμία-μα, at-os, τό, incense; θυμιᾶ- 
τήριο-ν, TO, vessel for burning incense, censer; θύ-ο-ν, τό, a tree the 
fragrant wood of which was burnt in sacrifice; θυό-εις, εσσα, ev, fra- 
grant ; θυ-ὠδης, es (ὄξω, smell), sweet-smelling ; θύ-μο-ν, τό, thyme. 


fii-mu-s, 1, m., smoke; fii-n-us, er-is, n., funeral rites; fa-li-g6, 
in-is, f., soot ; fi-mu-s, 1, m., filth ; foe-du-s (for foui-du-s), adj., filthy. 


pust; thyme. 


/ 
καίω. burn. 
κά-τω, κά-ω (theme xav-), burn; καῦ-σι-ς, ετως, 7, a burning ; καύσι- 
po-s, o-v, that can be burnt, combustible ; καυ-τό-ς, καυ-σ-τό-ς, ἡ, ὅ-ν, 
burnt ; ἄ-καυστο-ς, o-v, unburnt ; ὁλο-καυτέ-ω (see ὅλο-ς, whole), bring 
a whole burnt offering ; καῦ-μα, ατ-ος, τό, heat. 


caustic, cauterise, holo-caust, calm. 





R. xan, cal, call. 


Kad-é-w, pf. κέ-κλη-μαι, etc., call; κλῆ-σι-ς, €-ws, 7, a calling ; ἐκ-κλη- 
ala, as, regularly summoned assembly ; ἐκκλησιάζω, hold an assembly. 
- κῆρυ-ξ, vx-os, 6 (formed on a stem κηρ-υ-), herald, crier; κηρύττω, 
be a herald, proclaim ; ἀ-κήρυκ-το-ς, o-v, unproclaimed ; κηρὕκ-ειο-ς, ο-ν, 
of a herald; κηρὕκειο-ν, τό, herald’s staff.—xpatw (for xpa-y-w), cry 
out, call aloud ; kpavy-n, 7s, outcry. 

cal-6, call together; Kale-ndae, arum, ἢ, day of proclamation, 
Calends ; con-cil-iu-m, 1, n., meeting ; nOmen-cla-tor, Or-is, m., one 
who calls by name; cla-m6, cry out ; cla-ru-s, adj., clear; clas-si-s, 
is, f., class. 


HALE, HAUL, HAL-yard ; ecclesiastic. 





κεῖμαι, lie. 

ket-pat, lic; κοι-μά-ω, lay to rest; K@-po-s, ὁ, banquet (where the 
guests reclined); κώ-μη, ns, dwelling-place, village (‘ resting-place ’) ; 
κωμ-άρχη-ς, ov (cf. apxw), village chief; κωμή-τη-ς, ov, villager ; κῶ-μα, 
at-os, τό, deep sleep. 

cI-ui-s, is, m., citizen; tran-qui-llu-s, adj., quiet; quié-s, étis, ἢ, 
a lying still, rest ; quié-sc-6, keep quiet. 


209 R. κελ- πὰ. 1 κρα 


HIVE, HIND (peasant), HOME; cemetery, com-edy, comic, en- 
comium, coma. 





R. «er, cel, set in motion. 


κέλ-ο-μαι, set in motion, urge on; κέλ-λω, ὀ-κέλ-λω, drive on, run 
ashore ; ked-e0-w (for κελ-ερτ-ω), drive, order, command, bid; κελευ-σ- 
TO-s, ἡ, ὅ-ν, ordered, bidden; avro-xé\evoTo-s, o-v (cf. αὐτός), self- 
directed ; ἐγ-κέλευστο-ς, o-v, instigated ; παρα-κέλευ-σι-ς, €-ws, 7, an en- 
couraging, cheering on; κέλ-ευ-θο-ς, 7, path, way, track; ἀ-κόλουθο-ς, 
o-v, going the same way; ἀκολουθέ-ω, follow ; κῶλ-ο-ν, τό, leg, member 
(‘the goer’); vew-Kdp-o-s, ὁ (see vad-s, temple), keeper of a temple (one 
who ‘goes about,’ 1.6. attends to a temple). 


cal-li-s, is, m. and f., foot-path ; cel-er, adj., swift ; pro-cel-la, ae, 
J., tempest; pro-cul, adv., in the distance; cele-ber, adj., trodden, 
frequented ; col-6, pursue, attend to, care for; cur-r6, run; cur- 
ru-s, Us, m., chariot ; crtis, Ur-is, n., leg. 

CAR, HORSE, wal-RUS, GARROTTE, GARTER; d-colyte, colon, bu- 
colic. 


xivduvos, danger. 


κίνδυνο-ς, ὁ, danger; d-Klvdvvo-s, o-v, without danger ; ἀκινδύνως, ady., 
without danger; ἐπι-κίνδυνο-ς, o-v, dangerous ; φιλο-κίνδυνο-ς, o-v (07. 
φίλος), loving danger ; κινδυνεύ-ω, encounter danger ; κινδυνευ-τή-ς, οὔ, 
a daring person ; κινδύνευ-μα, at-os, τό, risk, venture. 


R. Kor, cau, perceive, beware. 

ἀ-κού-ω, perceive, hear; ἀκου-σ-τό-ς, ἡ, 0-v, that may be heard, 
audible ; ἀκου-ή, ἀκο-ή, 7s, hearing, sound heard, report ; ἐπ-ήκο-ο-ς, 
o-v, within hearing ; ὑπ-ήκο-ο-ς, o-v, listening to, obedient. 

cau-e-6, take care; cau-tu-s, adj., careful ; cau-sa, ae, f., that of 
which one takes heed, cause. 

SHEEN, SHOW; acoustic. 


R. 1 «pa, cre, cer, do, make. 


αὐτο-κρά-τωρ, op-os, 6, ἡ (cf. αὐτός), being one’s own master ; Kpar- 
os, €-0s, TO (kpa+r7), strength, might; κρατέ-ω, be strong, be mas- 
ter; κρείττων, ov (for KpeT-wv), comp., stronger, better ; κράτ-ιστο-ς, 
ἢ, ὁ-ν, Sup., strongest, best; ἐγ-κρατής, és, possessed of power; ém- 
κοατής, és, master of; ἐπικράτε-ια, as, mastery; παγ-κράτ-ιο-ν, τό ((". 


R. 2 kpa-R. λεγ 270 


mas), complete contest, in which, combining both wrestling and boxing, 
all the powers of the fighter were called into action. 

Cer-és, er-is, f., Ceres (‘goddess of creation’); pr6-céru-s, adj., 
high, tall; caeri-m6n-ia, ae, f., religious rite ; cor-p-us, or-is, Ὁ... 
body; cre-6, produce, create; cré-sc-6, come into being; im-cré- 
mentu-m, 1, 7., growth. 


HARD ; w“uto-crat, aristo-cracy, deno-cracy, demo-crat, etc. 





R. 2 «pa, car, mix, cook. 

κρᾶ-σι-ς, €-ws, 7, W mixing, crasis ; Kpa-THP, Fp-os, ὁ, mixing bowl ; 
i-Kpa-To-s, o-v, unmixed ; κερά-ννυ-μι, mix; d-Képa-vo-s, o-v, wnmixed, 
pure; Képa-po-s, ὁ, earth for mixing and baking, potter's clay; κεράμ- 
wo-v, TO, earthen jar; κεραμ-εοῦς, ἃ, οὖν, of earth or clay. 

car-b-6, On-is, m., charcoal; cul-Ina, ae, f., kitchen; cre-mo, 
burn ; crem-or, Or-is, m., broth. 


HEARTH; Crasis, idiosyn-crasy, crater. 





R. Xa, lat, conceal. 

Aa-v-0-dv-w, lie hid, escape the notice of; λάθ-ρᾳ, adv., secretly ; 
λήθ-η, ns, forgetfulness ; ἀ-ληθ-ής, és, unconcealed, true; ἀλήθε-ια, as, 
truth, candour ; ἀληθ-ινό-ς, ἡ, ὅ-ν, genuine; ἀληθεύ-ω, speak the truth. 

la-te-6, lie hid; late-bra, ae, f., hiding-pluce ; latebr-Osu-s, adj., 
abounding in coverts, secret. 

lethargy, Lethe. 





R. rey, leg, gather. 


λέγ-ω, gather, count, tell, say ; λεκ-τό-ς, ἡ, ὅ-ν, selected ; ἀπό-λεκτο-ς, 
o-v, selected; émi-hexto-s, o-v, selected; verbal λεκ-τέο-ς, a, o-v, to be 
said ; λόγ-ο-ς, 6, word, saying, reason ; ἀπο-λογέ-ο-μαι, say in defence ; 
σπουδαιο-λογέ-ω (σπουδαῖο-ς, serious), carry on an earnest conversation ; 
ὁμό-λογο-ς, o-v (cf. Ga), saying the same, agreeing ; ὁμολογέ-ω, agree, 
confess ; ὁμολογουμένως, avowedly, by common consent ; σύλ-λογο-ς, ὁ, 
a gathering, meeting; συλ-λογ-ή, Hs, a gathering, levy; λογίζο-μαι, 
take into account, consider ; ἀ-λόγισ-το-ς, o-v, not considering, foolish. 


leg-6, collect, read ; leg-i6, On-is, f., body of soldiers, legion; leg- 
ti-men, in-is, n., pulse; supel-lex, lecti-li-s, f., furniture ; €-lega-n-s, 
adj., accustomed to select, fastidious, choice; lig-nu-m, 1, n., gathered 
wood, fire wood. 


271 R. Aex-R. μα 


RAKE, RECKON ; dia-lect, lexicon, ana-logy, apo-logy, bio-logy, 
chrono-logy, philo-logy, apo-logue, cata-logue, dia-logue, epi-logue, 
homo-logous, log-arithm, logic, syl-logism. 





R. rex, leg, lie. 


λέχ-ος, €-05, τό, couch, bed; A6x-0-s, ὁ, a lying in wait, ambush, 
company of armed men; oxt-r7y-s, ov, one of the same company ; λοχ- 
ayé-s, ὁ (cf. R. ay), leader of a λόχος, captain ; Noxayé-w, be captain ; 
ὑπο-λόχαγο--ς, 6, sub-captain, lieutenant ; oxay-la, as, captaincy. 


lec-tu-s, 1, m., couch ; lect-Ica, ae, f., litter; 16:5. lég-is, f., law; 
1ég6, send with a commission, depute ; con-lég-a, ae, m., partner in 


office. 


LIE, LAY, LAIR, LAW, LOG, LOW. 





R. pa, ma, think. 


pé-pa-a (Epic pf. with present meaning), think upon, long for, de- 
sire ; αὐτό-μα-το-ς, ἡ; ο-ν (cf. αὐτός), of one’s own desire, self-impelled, 
spontaneously. — pav-la, as (ua+v—=yuav), excited thought, madness ; 
paivo-par (for μαν-ιο-μαι), rage, be mad; μάν-τι-ς, €-ws, 0, one inspired, 
seer, prophet; pavrev-o-ua, prophesy, presage; μαντευ-τό-ς, ἡ, ὅ-ν, 
foretold or directed by an oracle ; wavre-to-s, a, o-v, oracular μαντείᾳ, 
as, prediction, oracle ; pév-os, €-os, τό, spirit, might, disposition ; ev- 
μενής, és, well-disposed ; Mot-ca, ys, Muse (‘inspirer of thought’); 
pév-w, bethink oneself, wait; pov-h, js, a tarrying, halt; pyv-v-w, put 
one in mind, point out, reveal; μνά-ο-μαι, be mindful of, pay court to ; 
προ-μνάο-μαι, sue for, solicit; μι-μνή-σκ-ω, remind, mid. and pass., 
remember ; μνή-μη; ns, remembrance ; pvi-pa, ar-os, τό, memorial ; 
ὑπό-μνημα, ατ-ος, TO, memorial, reminder ; μνη-με-ῖο-ν, τό, Monument ; 
μνή-μων, ov, gen. ov-os, mindful, of good memory ; μνημον-ικό-ς, 7, ὅ-ν, 
having a good memory ; μνημονεύ-ω, recall, recollect ; uvn-ol-Kako-s, ο-ν 
(see κακό-ς, bad), mindful of wrongs received, bearing malice ; μνησι- 
κακέ-ω, bear a grudge.—pa-v-0-dv-@ (μα - θ-- a0), learn, find out ; 
μαθη-τή-ς, οὔ, learner, pupil ; μάθη-μα, ατ-ος, τό, what is learnt ; μάβθ-ος, 
e-os, τό, learning, knowledge ; φιλο-μαθής, és (cf. φίλος), fond of know- 
ledge. — pa-vto-par (for μασ-ιο-μαι, wa+o=pac), long for, strive after, 
seek ; μασ-τεύ-ω, seek after. 

ma-s, ma-r-is, adj., male; man-e-6, stay ; mén-s, men-ti-s, 7.. mind ; 
me-min-I, remember ; com-min-i-sc-o-r, devise, invent ; Min-er-ua, 
ae, f., Minerva (goddess of wisdom); men-ti-o-r, invent, deceive, lie ; 


R. pak-h. per 272 


mon-e-6, remind, admonish ; mOn-s-tru-m, 1, n., divine omen ; m6n- 
stro, show. 

MAN, MEAN (intend), MIND, MOOD; Mania, maniac, necro-mancy, 
muse, museum, music, mentor, mnemonics, mathematics. 





R. wax, mae, be great, have power. 

μακ-ρό-ς, ad, ὅ-ν, long; μάκ-αρ, ap-os, ὁ, ἡ, powerful, rich ; μακάρ- 
to-s, a, o-v, blessed, happy; μακαρίζω, regard as happy ; μακαρισ-τό-ς, 
ἡ, ὅ-ν, to be thought happy, enviable; μῆκ-ος, ετος, τό, length; μήκ- 
ιστο-ς, 7, 0-v, Sup., longest.— μηχ-ανή, js, means for doing, ma- 
chine, device ; unxavd-o-uar, devises contrive; a-unxavo-s, o-v, without 
means, tmpossible, impracticable. — péy-a-s, μεγά-λη, μέγα, great, large ; 
μεγάλως, adv., greatly, exceedingly ; μεγαλ-ήγορο-ς, o-v (cf. ayelpw), 
talking big, boastful; peyadnyopé-w, boast, brag; μεγαλο-πρεπής, és 
(see πρέπω, besit), befitting a great man, magnificent ; μεγαλοπρεπῶς, 
adv., munificently, splendidly ; μείζων, ov (for wey-twyv), comp., greater ; 
μέγ-ιστο-ς, 7, ο-ν, SUP., greatest ; μέγε-θος, ε-ος, τό, bigness, size. 

mac-tu-s, adj., glorified, worshipped; mact6, magnify, glorify ; 
mag-nu-s, adj., great ; maior (for mag-ior), adj., greater ; maximu-s 
(for mag-simu-s), adj., greatest; mag-is, adv. (for mag-ius), more ; 
mag-is-ter, tri, m., master. 

MAKE, MADE, MAY, MIGHT, MUCH, MORE, MOST, MANY, MICKLE, 
MATCH, MATE, MAIN, MAID; macro-cosm, mechanic, 0o-mega, mega- 
therium, megalo-saurus. 





R. bay, fight. 

μάχ-η, 75, Dattle; pax-o-par, fight ; μαχη-τό-ς, ἡ, ὅ-ν, to be fought 
with ; d-uwaxnTo-s, ο-ν, unconquerable, not having fought; ἀμαχη-τί, 
ady., without fighting ; &-waxo-s, ο-ν, without battle ; ἀμαχ-εί, adv., with- 
out resistance ; amd-uaxo-s, o-v, not fighting ; érl-uaxo-s, ο-ν, that may be 
easily attacked ; mpd-uwaxo-s, o-v, fighting in front, champion ; mpopax- 
εών, ὥν-ος, ὁ, rampart ; σύμ-μαχο-ς, o-v, fighting with, allied ; cuppaxé-w, 
be an ally; συμμαχ-ία, as, alliance; ὁπλο-μάχο-ς, o-v (cf. R. oem), 
Jighting in heavy arms ; ὁπλομαχ-ία, as, heavy infantry tactics ; mupyo- 
μαχέ-ω (see mipyo-s, tower), storm a tower; μάχειμο-ς, ο-ν, fit to fight ; 
μάχαιρα, as (for uax-ap-ia), sword; μαχαίρ-ιο-ν, τό, dagger. 





R. per, mer, mind, regard. 


μέλ-ει, impers., it ts a care, it concerns; ἀ-μελ-ἧς, és, without con- 
cern, heedless; ἀμελῶς, adv., heedlessly; duéde-ta, as, carelessness ; 


273 R. pry-R. νεμ 


ἀμελέ-ω, be careless; ἠμελημένως, adv. (from the pf. mid. partic. of 
ἀμελέω), carelessly ; ἐπι-μελ-ής, és, careful ; ἐπιμέλε-ια, as, care ; ἐπιμελέ- 
ο-μαι OF ἐπιμέλ-ο-μαι, take care of ; μελέ-τη; ns, care, attention, practice ; 
μελετά-ω, attend to, practise ; μελετη-ρό-ς, a, ὅ-ν, well trained ; μέλ-λω, 
bethink oneself, hesitate, be on the point of. 

mor-a, ae, f., delay; me-mor, adj., mindful ; memor-ia, ae, f, 
memory. ss 





R. uy, mic, mix. 

pty-vi-pt, μῖγ-νύ-ω, mix, mingle; μικ-τό-ς, ἡ, ὅ-ν, mixed, to be 
mixed ; ἄ-μικτο-ς, o-v, unmixed; ply-a, ply-8a, μίγ-δην, adv., mixedly ; 
μῖξι-ς, e-ws (for μῖγ-σις), ἥ, a mingling, intercourse ; μιξο-βάρβαρο-ς, 
o-v (see Bdp-Bapo-s, foreign), half barbarian, half Greek. 

mi-sc-e-6, mix; mix-tu-s, adj., mixed; prO-misc-uu-s, adj., 
mixed, indiscriminate. Ξ 


MIX, MASH. 


ναῦς, ship (R. va, vu, flow, swim). 

ναῦ-ς, ve-ds, ἡ, ship (‘swimmer’); vav-apxo-s, ὁ (cf. apxw), com- 
mander of a fleet, admiral; vavapxé-w, be admiral ; vau-K\npo-s, ὁ 
(κλῆρο-ς, lot, share), ship-owner; ναυ-πηγό-ς, ὁ (cf. R. may), ship- 
builder; vavrnyé-w, build ships; ναυπηγή-σιμο-ς, o-v, fit for ship-build- 
ing ; vat-ry-s, ov, seaman, sailor; ναυτ-ικό-ς, 4, 6-v, belonging to ships, 
naval; ναῦ-λο-ν, τό, money for passage by ship; ναῦ-σθλο-ν, τό (for 
ναυ-στολο-ν, see στέλλω, send), fare ; ναυσί-πορο-ς, o-v (cf. R. wep), that 
can be traversed in ships; ναυ-σίᾳ, as, sea-sickness ; ve-wpd-s, ὁ (cf. 
R. 2 Fep), superintendent of the dock-yard; νεώριο-ν, τό, dock-yard ; 
νό-το-ς, ὁ, southwest wind (which brings wet weather); vfj-co-s, ἡ; 
island (‘swimming in the sea’); Πελοπό-ν-νησο-ς, ἡ (Πέλοψ, Pelops), 
Peloponnésus (‘ Pelops’s Island’) ; Πελοποννήσ-ιο-ς, a, o-v, Peloponne- 
sian ; Xepod-vynco-s, Att. Χερρό-νησο-ς, ἡ (xépao-s, Att. xéppo-s, main- 
land), land-island, peninsula ; vé-w (theme vu-), swim. 

na-ui-s, is, f., ship; na-t0, swim, float; na-tr-Ix, icis, f., water- 
snake ; no, na-re, swim; nui-t-r-i-6, suckle, nourish. 

argo-naut, nautical, nautilus, nausea, a-ner-oid, Nereid, Naiad. 





R. vey, nem, allot. 

νέμ-ω, distribute, portion out, pasture; vop-o-s, 6,. that which has 
been allotted, custom, law; νόμ-ιμο-ς, ἡ, ο-ν, customary, lawful ; ayopa- 
vouo-s, ὁ (cf. ayelpw), one who makes rules for the market, market- 


ξένος--ὀκτώ 214 


master ; ἄ-νομο-ς, ο-ν, without law, lawless; ἀνομ-ία, as, lawlessness ; 
avTd-vouo-s, o-v (cf. αὐτός), under one’s own laws, independent j οἰκο- 
vouo-s, ὁ (cf. R. Fux), one who controls a household, housekeeper ; 
νομίζω, regard as a custom, believe, think ; vop-h, ἧς, distribution, esp. 
of food, pasturage, hence, herd; mpo-voun, ἧς, a going forth for food, 
foraging. 

nem-us, or-is, n., woodland ; num-e-ru-s, 1, m., number. 


NIMBLE, NUMB; nemesis, anti-nomian, astronomy, auto-nomy, 
economy, nomad, numismatic. 





/ = 

Eévos, stranger. 

ξένο-ς, Ion. ξεῖνο-ς, ὁ, stranger, foreigner, mercenary soldier, foreign 
guest, friend ; ev-Ee.vo-s, o-v, kind to strangers, hospitable j fev-la, as, 
bond of friendship ; ξέν-ιο-ς, a, o-v, belonging to a guest, hospitable ; 
fev-ixd-s, 4, 0-v, belonging to a mercenary soldier ; ξενό-ο-μαι, become a 
guest-friend, be entertained; ἕξενίζω, entertain; πρό-ξενο-ς, 6, public 
guest or friend; mpogevé-w, be one’s πρόξενος, manage. 


xeno-gamy, Xeno-mania, xen-yl. 





ὁδός, way, road (R. aed, go). 


68-6-s, 7, way, road; ἄν-οδο-ς, 7, way up; ἄν-οδο-ς, ο-ν, having no 
way; a&p-od0-s, 7, a going away, retreat; dt-od0-s, n, way through, 
passage ; etc-od0-s, ἧς way into, entrance; ἔξ-οδο-ς, 7, way out, depart- 
ure ; ἐπ-εξόδ-ιο-ς, o-v, belonging to a march out; ev-od0-s, o-v, easy to 
travel; €p-ob0-s, 7, way to, approach; mdap-od0-s, 7, way along, pas- 
sage ; περί-οδο-ς, 7, way round, circuit ; πρόσ-οδο-ς, ἡ, way to, approach ; 
εὐ-πρόσοδο-ς, o-v, easy to approach; ovv-ob0-s, 7, meeting, encounter ; 
ὅδ-ιο-ς, o-v, belonging to a journey ; ἐφ-όδιο-ν, τό, provision for a jour- 
ney  ὁδ-εύτω, go one’s way; ὁδοι-πόρο-ς, 6 (cf. R. περ), one who goes 
by road or by land ; ddovuropé-w, go by land ; ὁδο-ποιό-ς, 6 (cf. ποιέω), 
one who makes a road ; ὁδοποιέ-ω, make a road. 


sol-u-m, 1, 7., ground; sol-ea, ae, f., sole, sandal; séd-ulu-s, 
ad)j., persistent, diligent. 


epis-ode, ex-odus, meth-od, peri-od, syn-od. 





ὀκτώ. eight. 

ὀκτώ, eight ὀκτω-καί-δεκα (cf. S€ka), eighteen ; ὀκτά-κις, adv., eight 
times; ὀκτακισ-χίλιοι, at, a (see χίλιοι, thousand), eight thousand ; 
ὀκτα-κόσιοι, at, a (Cf. ἑκατόν). eight hundred; by6o-0-s, ἡ, o-v (for οκτο- 
o-s), eighth  ὀγδοή-κοντα (cf. εἴκοσιν, eighty. 


DATES) R. om—trais 
oct6, eight; octa-uu-s, eighth; Oct6-ber, adj., of the eighth 
month (the year beginning with March); oct-ién-s, adv., eight times ; 
octo-ginta, eighty; octin-genti, eight hundred. 
EIGHT ; OCta-gon, octa-hedron, octo-syllabic. 





R. or, 06, see. 

ὄψο-μαι (om-co-uar), fut., ὄπ-ωπ-α, 2 pf., etc., see; ὀπ-τό-ς, 7, 
ὅ-ν, seen, visible; vm-orro-s, o-v, looked at from beneath the brows, 
viewed with suspicion ; ὑποπτεύ-ω, suspect ; ὑποψία, as (for ὑπ-οπ-σιᾶ), 
suspicion ; ὄψι-ς, €-ws, ἡ (for om-ou-s), aspect, look ; ὄμ-μα, ατ-ος, τό, eye. 
— ὀφθ-αλμό-ς, ὁ (or + 0), eye.— Op, wr-ds, ἡ, face, countenance ; 
καλλ-ωπίζω (stem καλλο-, See καλό-ς, beautiful), give a fine appearance 
or look to, adorn; καλλωπισ-μό-ς, 6, adornment; ἄνθρ-ωπ-ο-ς, ὁ (Cf. 
ἀνήρ). man (‘man-face’); ἀνθρώπ-ινο-ς, ἡ; o-v, human ; πολυ-άνθρωπο-ς, 
o-v (cf. R. waa), thickly populated ; μέτ-ωπο-ν, τὸς forehead (the space 
between the eyes); προ-μετωπ-ίδιο-ς, a, o-v, before or on the forehead ; 
προμετωπίδιο-ν, τό, frontlet (armour on horse’s forehead) ; πρόσ-ωπο-ν, 
τό, face, countenance. 

oc-u-lu-s, 1, 1)... eve. 

EYE, OGLE; aut-opsy, optic, syn-opsis, ophthalmia, «ntel-ope, 
anthr-opo-logy, misanthr-ope, philanthr-opy, pros-opo-poeia. 





R. way, pag, fix. 

πάγ-ος, €-0s, τό, What is fixed, mountain-peak or rocky hill, also 
Srost ; πήγε-νυ-μι, make solid, freeze ; vav-mrny-d-s, ὁ (cf. vats), ship- 
builder ; vavrnyé-w, build ships ; ναυπηγή-σιμο-ς, ἡ; 0-v, OY o-s, o-v, Jit 
for ship-building. —wayx-v-s, εἴα, Uv, firm, thick; max-os, ετ-ος, τό, 
thickness ; ἅ-παξ, adv., once for all, once. 

pac-i-sc-or, agree; pax, pac-is, f., compact, peace; pa-n-g-6, 
fasten ; pa-lu-s, 1, m., stake ; com-pagé-s, is, f., a joining together ; 
pag-u-s, 1, m., district, canton. 

FADGE (in Shakspere = prosper), FANG, FEE, FAIR (adj.), FAIN ; 
Areo-pagus, pachy-derm. 





mais, child (R. wag, pu, beget). 

mai-s (for παρ-ιδ-:), macd-ds, ὁ, 7, child; παιδ-ίο-ν, τό, little child, 
infant ; παιδ-ίσκο-ς. 6, young boy ; παιδ-ίσκη, ns, maiden ; παιδ-ικό-ς, ἡ; 
ὅ-ν, of a child, childish, playful; παιδικά, τά, plaything, favourite ; 
παιδ-εραστή-ς, οὔ (see ἔρα-μαι, love), lover of boys; παιδεύτ-ω, train a 


aras—R. πεδ 276 


child, educate ; ἀ-παίδευ-το-ς, o-v, uneducated ; παιδε-ία, as, education. 
-- πῶ-λο-ς, ὁ, ἡ (for rof-do-s), foal, Jilly. 


pu-p-illu-s, 1, m., orphan boy, ward ; pti-bé-s, is, f., youth ; pu-er, 
eri, m. (for pou-er), boy, child; puel-la, ae, f., girl; pul-la-s, 1, m., 
young animal. 


FOAL, FILLY; encyclo-paedia, ped-agogue. 


πᾶς, all. 


πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν (Stem παντ-), all ; πάντ-ῃ, adV., in every way ; πάντως, 
ady., anyhow; mavra-xqj, παντα-χοῦ, adv., everywhere; πάντο-θεν, 
ady., from every side; πάντο-σε, adv., in every direction; παντο- 
δαπό-ς, ἡ, 6-v, of every sort, manifold ; mavro-io-s, a, o-v, of all sorts ; 
παντά-πασι(ν), adv., altogether, entirely ; mav-v, adv., altogether, very ; 
παγ-κράτιο-ν, Td (cf. R. 1 kpa), all-round contest, pancratium ; may- 
χάλεπο-ς, ο-ν (See χαλεπό-ς, hard), very hard; wayxadérws, ady., very 
hardly ; παμ-πληθής, és (cf. R. wra), in full numbers, multitudinous ; 
πάμ-πολυ-ς, πόλλη, πολυ (cf. R. wda), very numerous ; παμ-πόνηρο-ς; 
o-v (cf. R. oma), wholly bad ; rav-odpyo-s, o-v (cf. R. Fepy), that will 
do anything, villainous ; mavoupy-la, as, knavishness ; παν-τελής, és (cf. 
τέλος), all complete, perfect ; παντελῶς, adv., perfectly, wholly, utterly ; 
d-ras, d-raoa, ἅ-παν, all together; σύμ-πᾶς, aca, av, all taken collec- 
tively, all together. 


Φ 
dia-pason, pan-acea, pan-demonium, pan-oply, pan-orama, pan- 
theism, pan-theon, panto-mime. 





R. cred, ped, tread. 


πέδ-ο-ν, τό, ground (that which is trod on); πεδ-ίο-ν, τό, level 
ground, plain; med-.0-s, ἡ, ὅ-ν, flat, level; δά-πεδο-ν, τό (intensive 
prefix 6a-), solid ground; στρατό-πεδο-ν, τό (cf. R. στρα). camping- 
ground, camp; στρατοπεδεύ-ω, encamp ; €u-medo-s, o-v, in the ground, 
Jirm ; ἐμπεδό-ω, make firm, hold fast ; wet6-s, ἡ, ὅ-ν (for med-wo-s), on 
foot ; πεζῇ, adv., on foot; meget-w, travel on foot or by land; πέζα, ns 
(for πεδ-ια), foot, bottom; τρά-πεζα, ns (cf. τέτταρες), table with four 
legs ; ὁμο-τράπεζο-ς, ο-ν (cf. apa), at the same table; συν-τράπεζο-ς, ὃ, 
table-companion ; πέδ-η, ns, fetter for the foot; πεδά-ω, fetter, bind ; 
πηδ-ό-ν, τό, bottom or blade of an oar; πηδ-άλιο-ν, τό, rudder ; πηδά-ω, 
spring, leap ; πού-ς, ποδ-ός, ὁ, foot ; ποδ-ήρης, es (cf. R. ap), reaching 
to the feet; ποδίζω, tie the feet; apyupo-rovus, οδ-ος, 6, ἡ (See ἀργύρεος, 
of silver), silver-footed ; τρί-πους, o6-os (cf. τρεῖς), three-footed, tripod ; 


277 mévte—R. περ 


éu-706-t0-s, o-v, at the fect, in the way ; ἐμποδίζω, be in the way, hinder ; 
ἐμποδών, ady., in the way, hindering ; ἐκ-ποδών, ady., out of the way. 

pé-s, ped-is, m., foot; com-ped-és, plur., f., shackles; pede-s, 
i-t-is, m., foot-soldier ; pedes-ter, ad)., on foot ; im-ped-i-6, hinder ; 
oppidu-m, 1, »., town; pé-ior, adj., lower, worse ; pes-simu-s, adj., 
worst. 

FETCH, FETTER, FIT, FOOT, VAT; parallelopi-pedon, tra-pezium, 
tra-pez-oid, anti-podes, tri-pod. 


πέντε, five. 

πέντε, five ; mevre-kal-dexa and δεκα-πέντε (cf. δέκα), fifteen; πεντά- 
kus, ady., jive times; πεντή-κοντα (cf. εἴκοσι), fifty ; πεντηκον-τήρ, ἢρ-ος, 
commander of fifty men ; πεντηκόντ-ορο-ς, ἡ (cf. R. ep), fifty-oared ship ; 
TEVTNKOT-TO-S, ή, O-v, fiftieth ; πεντηκοστ-ύ-ς, v-os, 7, the number fifty, 
body of fifty men; πεντα-κόσιοι, at, a (cf. ἑκατόν), five hundred ; πέμπ- 
to-s, 9, o-v (cf. Aeolic πέμπε, five), fifth ; meumr-aio-s, a, o-v, on the fifth 
day. 

quingue, jive ; quin-tu-s, adj., fifth ; quinqu-iéns, adv., jive times ; 
quin-decim, /jifteen ; quinqua-ginta, jifty ; quin-gentt, jive hundred. 

FIVE; penta-gon, penta-meter, penta-ieuch, pente-cost. 


R. περ, per, press through. 


πείρω (theme zep-), pierce; περ-όνη, ns, tongue of a brooch, pin; 
mepova-w, pierce ; di-au-mep-és, adv., through and through ; περά-ω, pass 
through, cross ; πεῖρα, ads (for mep-ia), trial, proof (‘probing’) ; πειρά- 
o-pat, try, attempt ; ἄ-πειρο-ς5, o-v, not having tried, without experience, 
unskilled ; €u-mewpo-s, o-v, acquainted with ; ἐμπείρως, adv., by experi- 
ence ; πόρ-ο-ς, ὁ, means of passing ; €u-mopo-s, 6, one who travels, mer- 
chant ; ἐμπόρ-ιο-ν, τό, trading-place, market ; ὁδοί-πορο-ς, ο-ν (cf. 686s), 
going by land; ὁδοιπορέ-τω, go by land; dvri-opo-s, o-v, on the other 
side of the way, opposite; ἄ-πορο-ς, ο-ν, without ways and means ; 
ἀπορέ-ω, be without ways and means, be perplexed ; ἀπορ-ία, as, lack 
of means, embarrassment; Bov-mepo-s, o-v (cf. R. BoF), ox-piercing ; 
δύσ-πορο-ς, ο-ν, hard to travel; dvorop-la, as, difficulty of passing ; ev- 
topo-s, o-v, easy to travel through ; evrop-la, as, facility of obtaining ; 
vavol-mopo-s, ο-ν (cf. vats), that can be traversed in ships, navigable ; 
mopev-w, make a way for, make go; πορευ-τό-ς, 4, 0-v, passable ; δυσ- 
mopeuTo-s, o-v, hard to get through ; verbal mopev-réo-s, a, o-v, that must 
be traversed ; mope-la, as, a going, journey, march ; πορίζω, cause to go, 
carry, bring, supply; πέρ-α, adv., through, beyond; mépa-v (prop. 


R. πετ- ἢ. Aa 278 


ace.), on the further side; ἀντι-πέρᾶν or ἀντι-πέρᾷᾶς, κατ-αντιπέρᾶν or 

κατ-αντιπέρας, adv., over against ; mepa-io-s, a, o-v, on the other side, 
Θ , . 

opposite ; wepavo-w, carry to the other side, transport ; περαίνω (theme 

mwepav-), bring to the other side, bring to an end, accomplish. 


peri-tu-s, adj., experienced ; peri-culu-m, i, n., trial, risk, danger ; 
por-ta, ae, ἢ, gate; por-tu-s, Us, m., harbour; porti-cu-s, ts, f., 
covered walk ; par6, make ready; par, adj., equal; peren-dié, adv., 
on the day after to-morrow. 


FARE, FAR, FERRY, FRITH, FEAR, FRESH, FRISK ; em-pirical, pirate, 
pore, em-porium. 





R. πετ, pet, fly, fall. 


πέτ-ο-μαι, fly; πτά-ιω, stumble, dash; wt-wr-w (for πι-πετ-ων, fall ; 
εὐ-πετ-ής, ἔς, falling well, easy, without trouble; εὐπετῶς, adv., easily ; 
πτε-ρό-ν, τό, feather, wing ; mrép-vé, vy-os, 7, wing. 


pet-6, strive for, seek ; im-petu-s, Us, m., attack ; pen-na, ae, f., 
JSeather ; acci-piter, tris, m., hawk (‘ swift of wing’). 


FEATHER, FIND; asym-ptote, coleo-ptera, di-ptera, /epido-ptera, 
ortho-pterous. 


R. πιθ, fid, bind. 


wel8-w (theme 7.6-), bind to oneself, persuade, mid., let oneself be 
bound, obey ; verbal πεισ-τέο-ν, one must obey ; ἀ-πειθ-ής, és, disobedient ; 
ἀπειθέ-ω, disobey ; mel0-apxo-s, o-v (cf. apxw), obedient; πειθαρχέ-ω, 
obey authority, defer to; πισ-τό-ς, ἡ, 0-v, that does obey, trusty, faith- 
ful; πιστό-τη-ς, nt-0s, ἡ, faithfulness; ἄ-πιστο-ς, not to be trusted, 
Jaithless ; ἀπιστέ-ω, distrust, suspect; ἀπιστ-ία, as, suspicion; πίσ- 
τι-ς, €-ws, 7, trust, confidence ; πιστεύ-ω. have confidence in, believe. 

fid-é-s, 7. trust, faith; fid-u-s, adj., trusty; fid-6, trust; foed- 
u-s, er-is, n., league. 


BIND, BOND, BAND, BUNDLE, BODY, BED. 





R. waa, pla, fill. 


πί-μ-πλη-μι, fut. πλή-σω, Jill; πλή-ρ-ης, ες, full; πλή-θ-ω, be full ; 
πλῆθ-ος, €-0s, TO, multitude; παμ-πληθής, és (cf. twas), in full num- 
bers, multitudinous ; χειρο-πληθής, és (ef. R. xep), hand-filling ; πλέ- 
Opo-v, τό, extent, measure, plethron ; δί-πλεθρο-ς, o-v (cf. δύο), of two 
plethra ; ἡμί-πλεθρο-ν, τό, half a plethron ; τρί-πλεθρο-ς, o-v (cf. τρεῖς), 


279 R. πλεξ 


of three plethra; πλεθρι-αἴο-ς, a, o-v, of a plethron; ἄ-πλε-το-ς, 0-v, 
not to be filled or measured; πλέ-ω-ς, w-v, full ; ἔκ-πλεω-ς, w-v, filled 
up; ἔμ-πλεω-ς, w-v, quite full; σύμ-πλεω-ς, w-v, quite full; πλε-ίων, 
ov, comp., more, greater; πλεον-έκτη-5, ov (cf. R. vex), one who has 
or claims more than he ought; πλεονεκτέ-ω, claim too large a part, 
get the better; πλήν, ady. and prep., except (orig. ‘more than’) ; 
πλεῖστο-ς, 7, ο-ν (for πλε-ιστο-4)}), SUP., Most ; πόλ-ι-ς, ετως, 7, City, state 
(orig. ‘press,’ ‘crowd’); modt-r7-s, ov, citizen ; πολτιτεύ-ω, be a citizen ; 
πολίζω, found a city; πόλισ-μα, ατ-ος, τό, Lown; πολι-ορκέ-ω (See εἴργω, 
hem in), hem in a city, besiege ; ἀκρό-πολι-ς, ετως, ἡ (cf. R. ak), upper 
city, citadel ; μητρό-πολι-ς, ετως, ἡ (See μήτηρ, mother), mother city, 
capital ; whot-ro-s, ὁ, fullness, plenty, riches ; πλούσ-ιο-ς, a, o-v, rich ; 
πλουσίως, adv., in riches ; πλουτέ-ω, be rich ; πλουτίζω, enrich ; πολ-ύ-ς, 
πολ-λή, πολ-ύ, Much, many ; πάμ-πολυ-ς, πόλλη, πολυ (Cf. πᾶς), Very 
numerous ; πολλά-κις, adv., many times, often; πολλα-χῇ, adv., in 
many ways ; πολλα-χοῦ, adv., in many places ; πολυ-άνθρωπο-ς, ο-ν (cf. 
ἀνήρ and R. om), thickly populated ; πολυ-αρχία, as (cf. apxw), com- 
mand vested in many persons ; πολυ-πράγμων, ov, ZEN. ov-os (See πράττω, 
do), busy tn many things, over-busy, officious ; πολυπραγμονέ-ω, be a 
busybody ; πολυ-τελής, és (cf. R. tad), requiring much outlay, costly ; 
a-m)d-o-s, 9, 0-v, simple, frank ; di-rddo-s, ἡ, o-v (cf. δύο), two-fold, 
double; rerpa-rdéo-s, ἡ, ο-ν (cf. τέτταρες), four-fold, quadruple; δι- 
πλάσιο-ς, ἃ, o-v (Cf. δύο), two-fold; τρι-πλάσιο-ς, a, o-v (cf. τρεῖς), 
three-fold ; πολλα-πλάσιο-ς, a, o-v, many times as many. 


im-ple-6, jill up; plé-nu-s, adj., full; plé-rus-que, adj., the most ; 
locu-plé-s, adj., rich in lands, rich; pliis, adj., more; plé-b-s, is, 
f., the common people ; po-pulu-s, 1, m., people, nation ; pt-bli-cu-s, 
adj., of the people ; am-plu-s, ad)., of large extent. 


FILL, FULL; plethora, pleio-cene, pleonasm, acro-polis, mctro- 
polis, cosmo-polite, poly-gamy, poly-glot, poly-gon, poly-hedron, 
poly-nomial, poly-syllable, poly-theism, di-ploma. 


R. wer, plu, flow, sail, rain. 


πλέ-ω, float, sail ; πλό-ο-ς, Contr. πλοῦς, ὁ, a sailing, voyage; ἀπό- 
mous, 0, ὦ sailing back, homeward voyage ; περί-πλους, ὁ, voyage round ; 
πλο-ῖο-ν, τό, vessel, boat. 

plu-6, rain; plore, weep ; pli-ma, ae, f., feather, plume; plau-s- 
tru-m, 1, 7., wagon. 


FLY, FLOW, FLEE, FLIT, FLEET, FLUTTER, FLOAT, FLOOD, FLEA. 


R. πο-πρό 280 


R. qo, po, drink. 

πό-το-ς, ὁ, @ drinking, drinking-party ; πο-τό-ν, τό, that which is 
drunk, drink; πό-σι-ς, €-ws, 7, α drinking, drink ; συμ-πόσι-ο-ν, τό, 
drinking-party, symposium ; συμποσί-αρχο-ς, ὁ (cf. apxw), president of 
a drinking-party ; φαρμακο-ποσ-ία, as (see φάρμακο-ν, drug, poison), 
a taking of physic or poison ; πο-τήρ, ἤρ-ος, ὁ, drinking-vessel ; ποτήρ- 
ιο-ν, τό, CUP; πῶ-μα, at-os, τό, drink; ἔκ-πωμα, at-os, drinking-cup ; 
mt-v-w, aor. ἔ-πι-ον, pf. πέ-πω-κα, drink. 

po-tu-s, adj., drunk; p6t6, drink; po-culu-m, I, n., cup; im- 
bu-6, moisten (‘cause to drink’); bi-b6, drink. 


sym-posium. 





ποιέω, make. 

ποιέ-ω, make, do; κακο-ποιό-ς, ό-ν (see κακό-ς, bad), doing ill ; κακο- 
ποιέ-ω, do ill to; ἀριστο-ποιέ-ο-μαι (See ἄριστο-ν, breakfast), get one’s 
breakfast ready; δειπνο-ποιέτω (cf. R. Sa), get dinner; verbal ποιη- 
réo-s, ἃ, o-v, to be done; ποιη-τό-ς, 4, ὅ-ν, made, done; χειρο-ποίητο-ς, 
o-v (cf. R. xep), made by the hand of man; ποιη-τή-ς, οὔ, maker, maker 
of verses, poet; ποίη-σι-ς, €-ws, ἡ; poetry ; γελωτο-ποιό-ς, ὁ (See γέλως, 
laughter), jester; ὁδο-ποιό-ς, ὁ (cf. 686s), one who makes a road; 
ὁδοποιέ-ω, make a road, make passable. 

poem, poesy, posy, poet, poetry, onomato-poeia, pharmaco- 
poeia. 





πρό, pro, before. 

πρό, prep., before, in front of, in behalf of; ppoupd-s, ὁ (for mpo- 
fopo-s, cf. R. 2 Fep), one who watches in defence of, guard; φρουρέ-ω, 
watch, guard; povp-apxo-s, ὁ (cf. apxw), commander of a watch ; 
φρούρ-ιο-ν, τό, guarded post, garrison ; πρό-τερο-ς, a, o-v, comp., former, 
previous ; mporepa-to-s, a, o-v, on the preceding day ; mp-tv (for mpo-wor), 
conj., before, until; πρό-σω, by metathesis and assimilation πόρ-ρω. 
ady., forwards, in advance, far off πρωΐ, contr. rpg, adv., early ; πρῶ- 
το-ς, ἡ; 0-v, first; πρωτεύ-ω, be first; mpav-hs, és (for mpa-fa-v-ns), bent 
forward, headlong ; mp@-pa, as, prow; mpwp-et-s, é-ws, 6, man at the 
bow, lookout. 

pro, prep., before; prae, prep., before; pr-ior, adj., former ; pris- 
cu-s, adj., of old; pris-tinu-s, adj., primitive; pri-mu-s, adj., first ; 
por-r6, adv., forward; pr6-nu-s, adj., bent forward; pri-uu-s, ad)j., 
distinguished, peculiar. 

FOR, FORE. 


281 R. caF-R. vex 


R. cag, sa, sound, healthy. 

σῶ-ο-ς, ἃ, ο-ν (for caf-o-s), OF σῶ-ς, σᾶ, σῶ-ν, safe and sound ; og fw 
(for σω-ιζω), make safe, save; σω-τήρ, Hp-os, ὁ, preserver, saviour ; 
σωτήρ-ιο-5, o-v, saving, salutary; owrnp-la, as, safety; σώτ-φρων, ov, 
gen. ov-os (cf. φρήν), of sound mind, sensible, self-controlled ; σωφρονέ-ω, 
be of sound mind, be discreet ; cwppovifw, make discreet ; σωφρο-σύνη., 
ns, soundness of mind, moderation. 


sa-nu-s, adj., sound, healthy ; s0s-pe-s, ad)., saved, unhurt. 


R. ced, sed, sit. 

ἕζο-μαι (for ἐδ-ιο- μαι), poetic, seat oneself, sit ; καθ-έζο-μαι, sit down ; 
€5-pa, as, seat; év-€dpa, as, a sitting in wait, ambush ; évedpev-w, lie in 
ambush, waylay ; pevd-evédpa, as (see ψευδής, false), sham ambuscade ; 
ἐφ-ἐδρα, as, a sitting by; Epedpo-s, o-v, sitting by, as subst., reserve 
force; ἵζω (for id-w), poetic, sit, make sit; καθ-ίζω, make sit down, 
seat. 

sed-e-6, sit; sel-la, ae, f., seat; sol-iu-m, 1, n., seat, throne; 
séd-é-s, is, f., bench; sid-6, sit down. 

SIT, SET, SEAT, SADDLE, SETTLE; Cdath-edral, chair, chaise, deca- 
hedron, tetra-hedron, san-hedrim. 


R. cer, sec, follow. 


ἕπ-ω, be about, be busy with, mid. ἕπ-ο- μαι, busy oneself about, 
accompany, follow; ὅπ-λο-ν, τό, implement, tool, plur., implements 
of war, gear, arms, armour; ἄ-οπλο-ς, o-v, unarmed ; εὔτοπλο-ς, 0-v, 
well armed ; ἐν-όπλ-ιο-ς, o-v, in Or with arms; ὁπλο-μάχο-ς, ο-ν (cf. R. 
pax), fighting in heavy arms; ὁπλομαχ-ία, as, heavy infantry tactics ; 
ὁπλί-τη-ς, ov, heavy-armed soldier ; ὁπλιτεύτω, serve as a heavy-armed 
soldier ; ὁπλιτ-ικό-ς, ἡ, 6-v, composed of heavy-armed troops ; ὁπλίζω, 
arm, equip; ἐξ-οπλίζω, arm fully; ἐξοπλι-σία, as, state of being fully 
armed ; ὅπλι-σι-ς. €-ws, 7, equipment, accoutrements. 

sequ-o-r, follow; sec-u-ndu-s, ad)., following ; soc-iu-s, 1, m., 
comrade. 


pan-oply. 


R. cey, hold, have. 


ἔχ-ω, fut. ἕξω or σχή-σω, 2 aor. @-cyx-ov, have, hold; t-cx-w (for 
ot-cex-w), hold, hold fast ; ὑπ-ισχ-νέ-ο-μαι, hold oneself under, engage, 
promise ; mdeov-éx-ry-s, ov (cf. R. mda), one who has or claims more 


R. oxa-Rh. ora 282 


than he ought; πλεονεκτέ-ω, claim too large a part, get the better ; 
éx-upo-s, a, ὅ-ν, tenable, strong ; év-éxupo-v, τό, that which holds one 
Fast, pledge; ox-h, As, that which supports, nourishment 3 εὐ-ωχέ-ω, 
nourish well, entertain; ebwx-la, as, feast; ὀχ-υρό-ς, a, 6-v, tenable, 
strong ; jvl-oxo-s, ὁ (see ἡνία, reins), one who holds the reins, driver ; 
oKNTTOVXO-s, ὁ (σκῆπτο-ν, σκῆπ-τρο-ν, staff, sceptre), sceptre-bearer ; 
um-ox0-s, o-v, under control, subject to; σχε-δό-ν, adv., holding on, 
nearly ; σχέ-τλοιο-ς, a, ο-ν, holding out, unflinching, cruel; σχῆ-μα, 
ατ-ος, τό, way of holding onesflf, form; σχο-λή, 7s, α holding up, leis- 
mre j σχολα-ῖο-ς, a, o-v, leisurely, slow ; σχολαίως, adv., slowly ; cxoda fw, 
be at leiswre ; ἄ-σχολο-ς, ο-ν, without leisure, busy ; ἀσχολ-ία, as, lack 
of leisure, business. 

SAIL; ep-och, ewn-uch, hectic, hector, scheme, school, scho- 
lastic, scholiast. 


R. oxa, sea, cover, dark. 

okt-a, ds, shadow, shade ; σκη-νή, fs, covered place, tent ; σύ-σκηνο-ς, 
ὁ, tent-companion ; oxnvd-w, pitch tents, encamp; σκήνω-μα, at-os, τό, 
tent, plur., quarters ; σκῆντος, €-os, τό, tent; oxnvé-w, be quartered ; δια- 
oxnvé-w, be in quarters apart; verbal διασκηνη-τέο-ν, must encamp 
apart ; σκό-το-ς, ὁ, darkness ; oKxor-ato-s, a, o-v, in the dark; σκότ-ος, 
€-0s, τό, darkness. 

cae-cu-s, adj., blind; co-clé-s, adj., one-eyed. 


SHADE, SHADOW, SHED; scene, p7ro-scenium. 


R. oxv, seu, cover, hide. 

σκῦ-τ-ος, €-os, τό, hide, leather; σκύτ-ινο-ς, ἡ, o-v, of leather, leath- 
crn; σκῦ-λο-ν, τό, armour, plur., arms stript from a dead enemy ; 
σκυλεύ-ω, strip, spoil; σῦ-λο-ν, τό -- σκῦλον ; συλά-ω, strip off, spoil; 
σκευ-ή, Hs, attire, dress; παρα-σκευή, ἢς, preparation; ἀ-παράσκευο-ς, 
o-v, unprepared ; σκεῦ-ος, €-0s, τό, utensil, gear; σκευο-φόρο-ς, o-v (cf. 
R. hep), baggage-carrying ; sKevopopé-w, carry baggage; σκευάζω, use 
utensils, make ready, attire. 

scu-ti-ca, ae, f., whip; cu-ti-s, is, 7.. skin; scii-tu-m, I, n., shield ; 
ob-sci-ru-s, adj., dark ; cii-ri-a, ae, f., house, senate-house. 


HIDE, HOUSE, HOARD, SCUM, SCOWL, SKULK, SKY, SHOWER; a-sylum. 





R. ora, spa, draw, stretch. 


σπά-ω, draw; ἀ-σπάζο-μαι, draw to oneself, embrace; στά-δειο-ν, 
τό (for σπα-δ-ιο-ν), extended space, stadium; σπά-ν-ι-ς, €-ws, 7, scarce- 


283 R. ora-R. στρα 


ness, lack (‘straining’); σπάν-ιο-5, a, o-v, scanty; σπανίζω, lack, need ; 
πέν-ο-μαν (for σπε-ν-ο- μαι), strain or exert oneself, toil, be poor ; πεν-ίᾳ, 
as, poverty; πέν-η-ς, nT-os, ὁ, day-labourer, poor man; πεῖνα, 7s 
(for rev-.a), hunger, famine; πεινά-ω, be hungry ; πόν-ο-ς, ὁ, labour ; 
érl-movo-s, o-v, laborious, painful; mové-w, work hard; πονη-ρό-ς, a, 
d-v, troublesome, bad ; πονηρῶς, adv., with difficulty ; παμ-πόνηρο-ς, o-v 
(cf. πᾶς), wholly bad; πά-σχτω (for πα-θ-σκ-ω), be drawn tight, 
suffer, experience ; πάθ-ος, €-os, TO, experience, accident; ἀ-παθής, és, 
without experience of, free from; ἡδυ-παθής, és (cf. R. 08), experienc- 
ing pleasure ; ἡδυπαθέ-ω, live pleasantly, be luxurious ; πάθη-μα, ar-es, 
τό, anything that is experienced, misfortune, wretchedness. 


spa-t-iu-m, 1, ”., room, space; pa-ti-o-r, bear, suffer ; spé-s, spel, 
f., hope ; pr6-spe-r-u-s, adj., according to hope, favourable ; pén-ur-ia, 
ae, f., destitution; pann-u-s, 1, m., piece of cloth; pal-la, ae, ἢ, 
mantle. 

SPAN, SPIN, SPINDLE, SPIDER, SPEED, SPADE; spasm, pathos, allo- 
pathy, homoeo-pathy, anti-pathy, a-pathy, sym-pathy. 


R. ota, sta, stand, set. 


ἵ-στη-μι (for σι-στη-μι), make stand; στά-σι-ς, €-ws, ἡ, & standing, 
band, faction ; ἐπί-στασι-ς, €-ws, 7, a stopping, halt; κατά-στασι-ς, €-ws, 
ἡ, an establishing, state, condition ; στασιάζω, stand against, form a 
Saction, revolt ; ἀντι-στασιάζω, form a faction against ; ἀντιστασιώ-τη--, 
ov, one of the opposite faction ; ἐπι-στά-τη-ς, ov, one who stands over 
or has charge of; ἐπιστατέ-ω, exercise command ; mpo-oTa-T7n-s, ov, one 
who stands before, leader; mpoctaré-w, be leader or manager of; 
προστατεύ-ω, be at the head, take charge ; oré-ap, at-os, τό, stiff fat, 
suet; ἱ-στό-ς, ὁ (for ot-cro-s), mast; ἱστ-ίο-ν, τό, sail; σταυ-ρό-ς, ὁ, 
stake, palisade ; σταυρό-ω, fence with pales ; σταύρω-μα, ατ-ος, τό, stock- 
ade; στα-θ-μό-ς, ὁ, standing-place, stall, station. 

si-st6, make stand, set; sta-tu-s, adj., fixed; sta-tim, adv., on 
the spot, immediately ; sta-ti-6, On-is, f., a standing ; sta-bulu-m, 1, 
n., stall; In-stau-r-6, establish ; st6, std-re, stand; sta-men, in-is, 
n., warp, thread. 

STAND, STEAD, STUD, STEED, STOW ; apo-stasy, apo-state, ec-stasy, 
histo-/ogy, hydro-statics, sy-stem, stoic. 


R. στρα; stra, strew. 


στρα-τό-ς, ὁ, that which is spread out, encamped army ; στρατό-πεδο-ν, 
τό (cf. R. wed), camping-ground, camp ; στρατοπεδεύ-ω, encamp ; στρατ- 


R. σφαλ-. tak 284 


nyo-s, ὁ (of. R. ay), leader of an army, general ; orparnyé-w, be gen- 
eral, command; cv-crparnyo-s, ὁ, fellow-general ; vmo-cTpatnyo-s, 6, 
under-general ; ὑποστρατηγέ-ω, be lieutenant-general ; orparny-ta, as, 
office of general, generalship ; orparnyid-w, wish to be general ; ἀξιο- 
oTparnyo-s, o-v (cf. R.ay), worthy of being general ; στρατ-ιά, Gs, army ; 
στράτ-ιο-5, a, o-v, warlike; στρατιώ-τη-ς, ov, soldier; συ-στρατιώτη-ς, 
ov, fellow-soldier ; φιλο-στρατιώτη-ς, ov (cf. φίλος), the soldiers friend ; 
στρατεύ-ω, make an expedition, go to war; στράτευ-μα, at-os, τό, 
army ; στρατε-ία, as, expedition, campaign ; ἐπι-στρατεία, as, campaign 
against ; orép-vo-v, τό, breast (named with reference to its expanse); 
προ-στερν-ίδιο-ν, τό, breast-plate ; στρώ-ννυ-μι, spread, strew ; στρῶ-μα, 
ar-os, τό, spread, coverlet, plur., bed-clothes ; στρωματό-δεσμο-ς, ὁ (cf. 
R. δε), sack in which bedclothes were tied up. 

stra-tu-s, adj., spread out; latu-s (for stld-tu-s), adj., broad; 
ster-n-6, spread out; stel-la, ae, ἢ. star; tor-u-s, 1, m., stuffed bol- 
ster ; lo-c-u-s (for stlo-c-u-s), 1, m., place, spot ; stru-6, place together, 
arrange ; In-stri-mentu-m, 1, n., implement, tool. 


STREW, STRAW, STAR; strat-agem, strat-egy, strat-egic. 





R. σφαλ, fal, trip. 

σφάλ-λω, trip up, pass., fall, fail ; σφαλ-ερό-ς, a, o-v, likely to trip, 
slippery, dangerous ; ἀ-σφαλ-ής, és, not liable to be tripped up, safe, 
sure; ἀσφαλῶς, adv., firmly, safely ; ἀσφάλε-ια, as, security. 

fal-16, trip, deceive ; fal-su-s, adj., deceptive. 


FALL, FELL, PALL; sphalerite. 


R. trax, tec, beget, hit, prepare. 


τί-κτ-ω (for ti-rk-w), beget, bring forth; τέκ-νο-ν, τό, child; τέκ- 
pap, τό, fixed goal, mark, sign, proof; τεκμαίρο-μαι (for τεκμαρ-ιο- μαι), 
settle by a mark, infer ; τεκμήρ-ιο-ν, τό, sign, proof; téx-vy, ns, work- 
manship, art, ways and means; Texv-tkd-s, ἡ, ὅ-ν, artistic, artful ; 
τεχνικῶς, adv., artfully; τεχνάζω, use art, employ cunning; τάττω 
(for rak-w), arrange, form; τακ-τό-ς, 4, d-v, arranged, set in order ; 
d-raxro-s, o-v, in disorder, undisciplined; ἀτακτέτω, be disorderly ; 
€U-TakTo-s, o-v, well arranged, well disciplined; εὐτάκτως, adv., with 
good discipline; τάξι-ς, €-ws, ἡ, arrangement, rank ; a-ragia, as, dis- 
order, insubordination ; εὐ-ταξία, as, discipline; wapd-raét-s, €-ws, 7), 
order of battle; raétt-apxo-s, ὁ (ef. apxw), commander of a τάξις, 
taxiarch. — rebx-w, make ready, make; τεῦχ-ος, ετ-ος, τό, tool, jar, 
chest; τυ-γ-χ-άν-ω, hit, hit upon, reach, get; τύχ-η, ns, that which 


285 R. ταλ--τέλος 


touches man, luck, fortune; ev-rvx-la, as, good fortune, success ; ev- 
τυχ-ής, és, well off, lucky ; εὐτυχέ-ω, be well off; εὐτύχη-μα, ατ-ος, τό, 
piece of good fortune, success. — τόξ-ο-ν, τό (roK+ 0), bow; τοξεικό-ς, 
%, ὅ-ν, belonging to the bow; τοξό-τη-5, ov, bowman; τοξεύ-ω, shoot 
with a bow ; τόξευ-μα, ar-os, TO, arrow. 

tig-nu-m, 1, n., building stuff; tex-6, weave; té-la, ae, f., web; 
sub-ti-li-s, adj., woven fine ; sub-té-men, in-is, n., woof; té-lu-m, 1, 
missile. 

THING, hus-TINGS; tactics, taxi-dermy, syn-tax, archi-tect, tech- 
nical, penta-teuch, toxico-logy, in-toxic-ate. 


R. rad, tal, lift. 


τάλ-α-ς, τάλ-αινα, τάλ-αν, bearing, enduring, suffering ; τάλαν-το-ν, 
τό, that which supports, balance, plur., pair of scales, then by transfer 
the weight in the scales, and as a definite weight, talent; τέλλω (for 
τελ-ιω), raise oneself; ἀνα-τέλλω, rise (of heavenly bodies) ; ἐν-τέλλο- 
μαι, lay a charge upon one, command; τέλ-ος, €-0s, τό, What is im- 
posed on one, tax, task, office, plur., magistrates ; ἀ-τελής, és, free from 
a public tax; ἀτέλε-ια, as, freedom from a public tax, any exemption ; 
πολυ-τελής, és (cf. R. wAa), requiring much outlay, costly ; λῦυσι-τελής, 
és (see λύω, loose, free), paying expenses, profitable ; λυσιτελέ-ω, be 
projitable; τόλ-μα, ns, courage to undertake a thing, hardihood ; 
τολμά-ω, have the courage, venture, risk ; ev-roduo-s, o-v, of good cour- 
age; τλή-μων, ov, gen. ov-os, enduring, suffering. 


tell-iis, tir-is, f., earth ; tol-16, lift; tol-er6, endure ; tul-i, 7 have 
borne; opi-tulor, bear aid, help; la-tu-s (for tla-tu-s), part., carried. 


THOLE (endure); a-tlas, talent, tantalize. 


τέλος, end (R. rep, pass over). 

τέρ-μα, ar-os, τό, goal, limit; tép-pwv, ov-os, 6, boundary; τέλ-ος, 
e-os, τό, attained goal, end, result; redé-w, bring to completion, fulfil 
an obligation, pay; év-redys, és, at the end, complete, in full; mav- 
τελής, és (cf. was), quite complete; παντελῶς, adv., wholly, utterly ; 
red-€-0-w, be completed, come into being, become; τελ-ευ-τή, Hs, end, 
end of life; τελευτά-ω, end one’s life, die; redevra-io-s, a, o-v, at the 
end, last. 

ter-minu-s, I, m., end; tra-n-s8, prep., across ; trans-tru-m, ἄν tle 
cross-beam ; tra-me-s, it-is, m., cross-way. 


talisman. 


τέτταρες- τρεῖς 286 


τέτταρες, four. 


τέτταρ-ες, a, four; τετταρά-κοντα (cf. εἴκοσι), forty ; τέταρ-το-ς, 7, 
o-v, fourth; τετρα-κόσιοι, at, a (cf. ἑκατόν), four hundred; τετρά-κις, 
adv., four times; τετρακισ-χίλιοι, at, a (See χίλιοι, thousand), four 
thousand ; τετρά-μοιρο-5. o-v (μοῖρα, lot, portion, see μέρος, share), four- 
fold; τετραμοιρ-ία, as, fourfold share; τετρα-πλόο-ς, ο-ν (cf. R. mda), 
fourfold, quadruple ; τρά-πεζα, ns (cf. R. med), table with four legs; 
ὁμο-τράπεζο-ς, o-v (cf. ἅμα), at the same table; συν-τράπεζο-ς, 6, table- 
companion ; τέθρ-ιππο-ν, τό (cf. R. ak), team of four horses abreast, 
chariot and four. 

quattuor, fowr; quar-tu-s, adj., fourth ; quater, adv., four times ; 
quadru-pés, adj., with four feet. 

FOUR, FORTY; tetra-gon, tetra-hedron, tetr-archy, tra-pezium, 
tra-pezoid. 


R. τι, pay. 


τί-ω, pay, value, honour ; tl-v-w, pay, pay for, mid., make pay for, 
punish ; τι-μή, 7s, value, worth, honour ; &-ripo-s, o-v, without honour, 
dishonoured ; ἀτιμάζω, dishonour ; €v-ripo-s, o-v, in honour, honoured ; 
ἐντίμως, adv., in honour; φιλό-τιμο-ς, o-v (cf. φίλος), loving honour, 
ambitious, emulous ; φιλοτιμέ-ο-μαι, be emulous or jealous, feel piqued ; 
τίμειο-ς, a, o-v, valuable, honoured ; riud-w, value, esteem; Tinwpd-s, 
6-y (for riua-fopo-s, cf. R. 2 Fep), watching over honour, avenging ; 
Tiuwp-la, as, help, vengeance ; riuwpé-w, help, avenge. 

timo-cracy. 


τρεῖς, three. 


τρεῖς, Tpl-a, three; τρισ-καί-δεκα (cf. δέκα), thirteen ; τριά-κοντα (cf. 
εἴκοσι), thirty ; τριᾶκόντ-ορο-ς, ἡ (cf. R. ep), thirty-oared ship; rpia- 
κόσιοι, at, a (Cf. ἑκατόν), three hundred; τρι-ήρης, €-os, ἡ (cf. R. ep), 
galley with three banks of oars, man-of-war ; tpinp-trn-s, ov, man-of- 
wars man; tpl-rnxvu-s, υ (see πῆχυ-ς, cubit), of three cubits; τρι- 
πλάσιο-ς, a, o-v (cf. R. mda), threefold ; τρί-πλεθρο-ς, o-v (cf. R. mda), 
of three plethra ; τρί-πους, ovy, gen. ποδ-ος, three-footed, as subst., ὁ or 77, 
table with three legs; rpi-xolvKxo-s, ο-ν (see χοῖνιξ, choenix), holding 
three choenixes ; tpt-xa or τρι-χῇ, adv., threefold, in three divisions ; 
tpl-ro-s, ἡ, 0-v, third; tpira-to-s, a, o-v, on the third day; τρίς, adv., 
three times, thrice ; rpic-adopevo-s, ἡ, ο-ν (cf. R. ad), thrice glad, very 
glad; Tpic-pupior, at, a (See μύριοι, ten thousand), thirty thousand ; 
τρισ-χίλιοι, at, a (See χέλιοι, thousand), three thousand. 


287 vrép—R. ha 


trés, three; ter-tiu-s, adj., third; ter-ni, adj., three each; ter, 
adv., thrice. 

THREE, THRICE; triad, tri-brach, tri-glyph, tri-gonometry, tri- 
meter, tri-pod, tri-syllable. 





ὑπέρ: aver. 


ὑπέρ (Epic ὑπείρ for ὑπε-ρι), over, above ; ὕπερ-θεν, adv., from above; 
UBp-t-s, e-ws, 7, insolence, arrogance (‘uppishness’); ὑβρίζω, treat with 
insolence ; ὕβρι-στο-ς, ἡ, o-v (for the sup. form, ¢f. ἄρι-στο-ς, R. ap), 
insolent; ὕψ-ι (or +o= dy), adv., on high; ὕψ-ος, €-os, τό, height ; 
ὑψη-λό-ς, ἡ, ὁ-ν (for bWeo-do-s), high ; ὑπερ-ύψηλο-ς, o-v, exceeding high. 

sum-mu-s, adj., highest; super, prep., over; super-u-s, αὐ.» 
upper ; super-nu-s, adj., celestial. 


OVER, OFT; hyper-bole, hyper-critical. 





ὕπνος, sleep (R. cfarr, sleep). 


Um-vo-s, ὁ (ὑπ for cum), sleep; dyp-vmvo-s, ο-ν (cf. R. ay), hunting 
after sleep, wakeful; aypumvé-w, lie awake; év-brv-.o-s, ο-ν, happening 
in sleep; ἐνύπνιο-ν, τό, vision in sleep, dream. 


som-nu-s, 1, ™., sleep ; somn-iu-m, 1, n., dream; sop-or, Or-is, 7., 
deep sleep. 


hypnotic, hypnot-ism. 


R. da, fa, shine, show. 


φη-μί, show by words, say; φά-σκ-ω, say, allege; φά-σι-ς, €-ws, ἡ; 
assertion ; mpb-pact-s, e-ws, 7, allegation, pretext ; προφασίζο-μαι, set wp 
as ἃ pretext ; ἀ-προφάσισ-το-ς, o-v, not offering excuses ; ἀπροφασίστως, 
ady., without offering excuses, without evasion; φω-νή, js, sound, 
voice, language. — φα-ι-δ-ρό-ς, a, ό-ν, shining, bright. — φαίνω (pa + v), 
cause to shine, bring to light, show; dav-epo-s, a, 6-v, in plain sight, 
clear ; φανερῶς, adv., evidently ; a-pav-ns, és, invisible, hidden ; ἀφανίζω, 
make hidden, blot out; δια-φαν-ής, és, seen through, transparent δια- 
paves, adv., clearly, distinctly ; éu-pav-ys, és, in plain sight, visible ; 
ἐμφανῶς, adv., visibly; κατα-φαν-ἧς, és, in sight ; περι-φαν-ής, és, visible 
Srom every point ; περιφανῶς, adv., manifestly, notably. — a-os, €-os, 
τό (da+f), light; φῶς, φωτ-ός, τό (Pw+7), light. 

fa-r1, say; fa-t-e-o-r, confess; In-fi-ti-ae, frum, Κι, denial; fa- 
bula, ae, f., story; fa-ma, ae, f., report; fas, n., divine law. 


R. φερ-φίλος 288 


BAN, BANNS; eu-phemism, pro-phesy, pro-phet, phase, em-phasis, 
phenomenon, dia-phanous, epi-phany, hiero-phant, phantasm, 
phos-phorus, photo-graphy. 


R. dep, fer, bear. 


φέρ-ω, bear, bring ; δια-φέρω, bear apart, differ, part. διαφέρων, ovea, 
ov, differing ; διαφερόντως, adv., differently from others, peculiarly, sur- 
passingly ; pop-d, as, a carrying or taking ; μισθο-φορά, ἂς (see μισθό--ς, 
wages), wages received, pay; ᾧόρ-ο-ς, ὁ, what is brought in, tribute ; 
φορέ-ω, keep bringing, carry habitually, wear; Ὑγερρο-φόρο-ς, o-v (see 
yéppo-v, wicker-shield), carrying wicker-shields ; 6td-popo-s, o-v, bear- 
ing apart, different ; δορυ-φόρο-ς, ὁ (see δόρυ, spear), one who carries a 
spear ; δρεπανη-φόρο-ς, ο-ν (See δρέπανο-ν, scythe), scythe-bearing ; μισθο- 
popo-s, o-v (see μισθό-ς, wages), receiving pay, mercenary ; σκευο-φόρο-ς, 
o-v (cf. R. ov), baggage-carrying ; sxevopopé-w, carry baggage; σύμ- 
gopo-s, o-v, bearing together, 1.6. fitting, useful, advantageous; ὑδρο- 
φόρο-ς, ο-ν (See ὕδωρ, water), carrying water ; bdpopopé-w, carry water ἢ 
φόρ-το-ς, 6, what is carried, load; φορτ-ίο-ν, τό, burden, load ; φορ-εύ-ς, 
é-ws, 0, bearer, carrier ; ἀμφορεύ-ς, é-ws, ὁ (for ἀμφι-φορεύς, in Homer), 
vessel with handles on both sides; di-pp-o-s, ὁ (ef. δύο), that which 
holds two, chariot-board ; ἐν-δίφρ-ιο-ς, ο-ν, on the same seat with one; 
ὀσ-φρ-αίνο-μαι, 2 aor. ὀσ-φρ-ό-μην (Stem οσ-ῴρο- for 06-Ppo, ὄξω, smell, 
see εὐώδης, fragrant), have an odour brought to one, smell. 

fer-6, bear ; fer-ti-li-s, adj., fruitful ; liici-fer, adj., light-bringing ; 
for-s, for-ti-s, f., chance ; fOr-t-iina, ae, ἢ, chance; fiir, fiir-is, m., thief. 

BEAR, BURDEN, BIER, wheel-BARROW, BIRTH, BAIRN; para-phern- 
alia, Christo-pher, dia-phoretic, meta-phor, phos-phorus. 


φίλος, one’s own, dear. 


piro-s, 7, ο-ν, dear, friendly; φίλ-ιο-ς, a, o-v, friendly; φιλ-ίᾷ, as, 
affection ; φιλ-ικό-ς, ἡ, 6-v, of or befitting a friend, friendly; φιλικῶς, 
adv., like a friend; φιλέ-ω, love; φίλ-ιππο-ς, o-v (cf. R. ak), fond of 
horses ; φιλό-θηρο-ς, ο-ν (see Onpa, a hunting), fond of hunting; φιλο- 
κερδής, és (see κέρδος, gain), fond or greedy of gain; φιλοκερδέ-ω, be 
greedy of gain; φιλο-κίνδυνο-ς, o-v (cf. κίνδυνος). loving danger, adven- 
turous ; φιλο-μαθής, és (cf. R. pa), fond of knowledge; φιλό-νεικο-ς, o-v 
(vetkos, strife), fond of strife; φιλονεικ-ία. fondness of strife, rivalry ; 
φιλό-νϊκο-5, o-v (see νίκη, victory), fond of winning, emulous; φιλο- 
vix-la, as, eagerness to win, rivalry; φιλο-πόλεμο-ς, o-v (See mébdepo-s, 
war), fond of war; φιλό-σοφο-ς, ὁ (see σοφό-ς, wise), lover of know- 


289 φρήν-φυλάττω 


ledge; φιλο-στρατιώτη-ς, ov (cf. R. στρα), the βοϊ(ἴ6᾽5 friend ; φιλό- 
Tiuo-s, o-v (cf. Τὰ. τι), loving honour, emulous; φιλο-τιμέ-ο-μαι, be 
emulous or ambitious, feel piqued ; φιλό-φρων, ov, gen. ov-os (cf. φρήν), 
Sriendly-minded ; φιλοφρονέ-ο-μαι, be well disposed, show kindness. 


biblio-phile, phil-anthropy, phil-harmonic, phil-ippic, philo-logy, 
philo-sophy, philtre. 


φρήν. midriff. 

φρήν, φρεν-ός, ἡ, midriff, diaphragm, heart, mind, understanding ; 
φρόν-ιμο-ς, o-v, having understanding, prudent; φρον-τί-ς, ἰδ-ος, 7, 
thought, care; φροντίζω, take thought, be anxious; φρονέ-τω, have 
understanding, be wise; φρόνη-μα, at-os, τό, mind, spirit; ἄ-φρων, ov, 
gen. ov-os, without sense, foolish; ἀφρο-σύνη, ns, folly; σω-ῴρων, ov, 
gen. ov-os (cf. R. caF), of sound mind, sensible; σωφρονέ-ω, be of 
sound mind ; σωφρονίζω, make discreet, bring to reason; swdpo-cvyn, 
ns, soundness of mind, moderation ; piré-Ppwr, ov, gen. ov-os (cf. φίλος), 
Sriendly minded ; φιλοφρονέ-ο-μαι, be well disposed, show kindness. 


frantic, frenzy, phreno-logy. 





guy, fug, bend, flee. 


φεύγ-ω, flee, be banished; vy-h, fs, flight, banishment; vy-4-s, 
d6-os, ὁ, one who has fled, exile, refugee. 


fug-a, ae, f., flight; fug-i-o, flee; fugi-t-luu-s, adj., fugitive. 


Bow (bend), Bow (the weapon), BIGHT, BOUT, BUXOM. 


φυλάττω, watch. 


φυλάττω (for gudax-w), keep watch ; pf. partic. we-puday-pévo-s, 7, 
o-v, having taken care; πεφυλαγμένως, adv., cautiously ; ἀ-φύλακ-το-ς, 
o-v, unwatched, unguarded; ἀφυλάκτως, adv., unguardedly, rashly ; 
ἀφυλακτέ-ω, be without a watch; φυλακ-ή, js, watch, guard; mpo- 
φυλακή, js, advanced posts, pickets; φύλαξ, ax-os, ὁ, watcher, guard ; 
νυκτο-φύλαξ, ak-os, ὁ (see νύξ, night), night-watch, picket ; ὀπισθο-φύλαξ, 
ακ-ος, 6 (see ὄπισθεν, adv., at the rear), one who guards the rear, plur., 
rear-guard ; ὀπισθοφυλακέ-ω, guard the rear, form the rear guard; 
ὀπισθοφυλακ-ία, as, command of the rear; προ-φύλαξ, ak-os, ὁ, Outpost, 
sentinel. 


phylactery. 


R. xap-R. xep 290 


R. yap, gra, rejoice. 

χαίρω (for xap-w), rejoice, be glad; χάρ-ι-ς, ἐττος, ἡ, that which 
causes joy, love, gratitude, favour; émi-xapi-s, ι, gen. it-os, pleasing, 
gracious ; χαρίζο-μαι, show kindness, gratify ; ἀ-χάρισ-το-ς, o-v, ungra- 
cious, unpleasant ; ἀχαρίστως, adv., ungraciously, without gratitude ; 
xapl-e.-s, ecoa, ev, graceful, pretty. 

gra-tu-s, adj., agreeable; gra-t-ia, ae, f., favour, gratitude. 

YEARN ; eu-Charist. 


R. yep, her, grasp. 

χείρ, χειρ-ός, ἡ, hand; χειρο-πληθής, és (cf. R. wha), hand-filling, as 
large as the hand will hold ; χειρο-ποίητο-ς, o-v (cf. ποιέω), made by 
the hand of man, artificial; éy-xepé-w, lay one’s hand on, make an 
attempt ; émi-xeipé-w, put one’s hand to, attempt, try ; ὑπο-χείρ-ιο-ς, ο-ν, 
under the hands of, subject to ; xelp-wv, ov, gen. ov-os, comp., subject or 
inferior to, worse ; χειρό-ο-μαι, handle, subdue; ἐγ-χειρ-ίδ-ιο-ς, o-v, in 
the hand; ἐγχειρίδιο-ν, τό, dagger ; δια-χειρίζω, have in hand, manage ; 
ἐγ-χειρίζω, commit to the hands of, entrust ; εὐ-μετα-χείρισ-το-ς. ο-ν, easy 
to handle or deal with. 

her-c-tu-m, 1, ”., inheritance ; hér-é-s, éd-is, m. and f., heir ; héréd- 
i-ta-s, at-is, f., heirship, inheritance. 

chiro-graphy, chiro-mancy, chir-urgeon, s8-urgeon. 





ADVERTISEMENTS. 





64 GREEK TEXT-BOOKS. 


Liddell and Scott’s Greek-English Lexicon. 


The seventh and last Oxford Edition, unabridged. 4to. Sheep. 1782 
pages. Mailing price, $10.00; for introduction, $9.40. 


Liddell and Scott’s Greek-English Lexicon. 


Abridged. Seventeenth Edition. With Appendix of Proper and Geo- 

graphical Names, by J. M. WHITON. Square 12mo. 835 pages. Morocco 

back. Mailing price, $2.10; for introduction, $1.90. 

HIS Abridgment is intended chiefly for use in schools, and will 
be found sufficiently comprehensive for any ordinary course. 


Schmidt’s Rhythmic and Metric of the Classical 


Languages. 


Edited from the German by JoHN WILLIAMS WHITE, Ph.D., Professor 
of Greek in Harvard University. Designed as a Manual for Classes in 
the Greek and Latin Poets. 8vo. Cloth. 204 pages. Mailing price, 
$2.65; for introduction, $2.50. 


William 5. Tyler, Professor of | 0. M. Fernald, Professor of 
Greek, Amherst College: It is a| Greek, Williams College: It is a 
treatise of rare learning, original-| book of great value to every clas- 
ity, and thoroughness. sical scholar. 


Essential Uses of the Moods in Greek and Latin. 


By R. P. KEEp, Principal Free Academy, Norwich, Conn. Revised by 
Joun C. RouFE, Professor of Latin, Michigan University. Square 12mo. 
Leatherette. v +56 pages. By mail, 30 cents; for introduction, 25 cents. 
ΠῊΞ little work presents in simple language the correspondences 
and differences in the uses of the moods in Greek and Latin. 
In the revised edition, made necessary by the accidental melting of 
the plates, full references to the Latin and Greek grammars in most 
common use have been added, and other improvements made. 


Sidgwick’s Greek Prose Composition. 


For College Classes. By ARTHUR SrpewIcK, Lecturer at Corpus Christi 
College, Oxford, and Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge. 12mo 
Cloth. 280 pages. Mailing price, $1.65; for introduction, $1.50. 


ST 


6 GREEK TEXT-BOOKS. 


Anabasis Dictionary. 


An Illustrated Dictionary to Xenophon’s Anabasis, with groups of words 
etymologically related. By JoHn ΑΜΒ Wuire, Professor of 
Greek, and Morris H. MorGan, Assistant Professor of Greek and Latin, 
in Harvard University. 12mo. Cloth. Mailing price, $1.35 ; for intro- 
duction, $1.25. Also bound with Goodwin and White’s Anabasis: By 
mail, $1.65; for introduction, $1.50. 
ΓΗΒ is not a compilation from other vocabularies, but is made 
on the basis of a new collection and examination of all the 
words in the Anabasis itself. It contains all words found in any 
of the principal editions now in use, both here and in Germany, 
with every meaning which each word has in the Anabasis, and 
with full references to the passages in which they occur. Latin 
equivalents for Greek words and phrases are frequently given, to 
aid in the comparative study of the two languages. The construc- 
tions found with each word are indicated, as well as the quantity 
of every long vowel, whether in Greek or Latin. Special attention 
has been paid, in treating of etymology, to the connection of the 
Greek words with related words in Latin and English. The facts 
are brought out in one hundred and twenty-four groups of such 
words, arranged conveniently for study at the end of the book. 
The articles on geography, biography, and especially on public and 
private antiquities, are fuller than is usual in such a work, and are 
illustrated with seventy-nine cuts taken from the antique. 


D. W. Abercrombie, Prin. Wor- 
cester Academy, Worcester, Mass.: 
The vocabulary is altogether the very 
best I have ever seen, and leaves 
nothing to be desired. The discus- 
sion under each word is remarkably 
full and valuable ; especially notice- 
able are the proper names and the 
words on which the illustrations are 
based. The grouping of related 
words is also very helpful and gives 
evidence of accurate and recent 
scholarship. Altogether this edition 
must prove to be of the greatest 
helpfulness to the work in Greek in 
preparatory schools. 


Luther Atwood, Teacher of Greek, 


Classical High School, Lynn, Mass.: 
The vocabulary is certainly a gem of 
the first water. As I opened the 
book, the first word which attracted 
my attention was μνᾷ and with it I 
found, concisely stated, all of the 
facts which it once took me about 
three hours to collect from some half 
dozen volumes in the Harvard Uni- 
versity library.... The vocabu- 
lary will enable the student to 
dispense, so far as the study of the 
Anabasis is concerned, with the host 
of expensive reference books. The 
introduction of the Greek roots and 
the Latin equivalents, and the Latin 
and English cognate words is a most 
valuable help to the scholar. 


δ8 GREEK TEXT-BOOKS. 


Seymour's School Iliad. 


With Introduction, Commentary, and Illustrated Vocabulary, by THomas 
D. S—Eymour, Professor of Greek in Yale College. 
Books I.-III. Square 12mo. Half-leather. 371 pages. 
$1.55; for introduction, $1.25; allowance, 30 cents. 
Books I.-VI. 478 pages. Mailing price, $1.75; for introduction, $1.60; 
allowance, 40 cents. 
(THIS is believed to be without exception the ideal Iliad for school 
use. The introduction, which contains forty-five pages, pre- 
sents, in a concise but systematic form, the most important facts 
regarding Homeric life, the Homeric poem, Homeric style, syntax, 
dialect, and verse. The text is printed in the large and clear type 
that has distinguished the College Series of Greek Authors. The 
commentary has been adapted to the wants of beginners in Homer. 
The notes are copious for the first three books. They are less copi- 
ous for Books IV. to VI., but the commentary on Book VI. is 
fuller than that on Books IV. and V. One finds numberless evi- 
dences that the editor did his work not only in a careful and in a 
painstaking and scholarly way, but with personal pleasure and with 
sympathetic regard for the difficulties of beginners. The vocabu- 
lary described below contains more than twenty wood-cuts, most 


Mailing price, 


of which are new in this country. 


A. H. Buck, Prof. of Greek, Boston 
Univ. : In this book both editor and 
publisher seem to me to have done 
their best to furnish a positive and 
valuable help to an easy and ade- 
quate preparation for college work 
in Greek poetry, and thus to have 
made a notable contribution to the 
cause of classical learning. 


Angie Clara Chapin, Prof. of 
Greek, Wellesley Coll.: It seems to 
me particularly rich in what may be 
called literary apparatus. With such 
a guide a teacher will have no excuse 
for teaching the Iliad as merely ‘‘a 
queer kind of prose,’’ as Professor 
Seymour says. (Dec. 16, 1889.) 


William Goodell Frost, Prof. of 
Greek Language and Literature, 





Oberlin, Coll.: The Introduction is 
admirable for its selection of mate- 
rial, and sound in the views ex- 
pressed. Of course the Vocabulary 
is a feature which appeals at once to 
every student of Homer. I observe 
at random through both Vocabulary 
and notes numerous felicities which 
reveal conscientious and loving care 
I can hardly see how the volume as 
a whole could be improved. 


Charles Forster Smith, Prof. 0) 
Greek, Vanderbilt Univ., Nashville, 
Tenn.: I do not doubt that it will be 
universally conceded to be the best 
school edition of any part of the Iliad 
that has yet been put on the Ameri- 
can market. I shall reeommend Pro- 
fessor Seymour’s Iliad to all the 
schools that fit boys for us. 


60 GREEK TEXT-BOOKS. 


Syntax of the Moods and Tenses of the Greek 
Verb. 


Rewritten and Enlarged. By Win~1am WATSON Goopwin, LL.D., Eliot 

Professor of Greek Literature in Harvard University. 8vo. Cloth. 

xxxli + 464 pages. Mailing Price, $2.15 ; Introduction Price, $2.00. 

ERHAPS no other work of scholarship has enjoyed the unique 

and unchallenged preéminence of Professor Goodwin’s Syntax 
of the Moods and Tenses of the Greek Verb. Published both in 
England and in America, it has long been the standard for the 
English-speaking students of two continents. 

It is only necessary to say of the new edition that it is a 
most careful revision and a judicious enlargement of the pre- 
vious one. Full use has been made of all contributions, Ameri- 
can and foreign, to the discussion of the subjects here treated, 
as well as of the author’s own further investigations and maturer 
judgments. 

The work is presented as something indispensable to all stu- 
dents and teachers of Greek. 

A copy of the Table of Contents, which contains twenty-two pages, 
will be sent to any teacher who desires to see the scope of the work. 

The Classical Review, London, | tions which it has undergone, there 
Eng.: It is no slight proof of the} has been nothing of importance to 


value of Mr. Goodwin’s work that, | correct or withdraw. 
with all the additions and amplifica- 


Selections from Xenophon and Herodotus. 


With Notes adapted to the revised edition of Goodwin’s Greek Grammar, 
and copperplate maps. Edited by W. W. Goopwin, Ph.D., LL.D., Eliot 
Professor of Greek Literature, and JoHN WILLIAMS WHITE, Ph.D., 
Professor of Greek in Harvard College. 12mo. Half-morocco. vii+397 
pages. Mailing Price, $1.65; for introduction, $1.50. 


Greek Inflection. 


By B. F. Harprnc, Head Master of the Belmont School, Belmont, Mass. 
12mo. Cloth. 54 pages. Mailing price, 55 cts.; for introduction, 50 cts. 
ESIGNED to economize time for the teacher, by furnishing a 
large number of words for ready use, as paradigms, in the 
class-room, and at the same time to suggest a systematic and sci- 
entific treatment of the noun and verb. 


ἡ! 
᾿ 


Ὁ 





RETURN TO the circulation desk of any 
University of California Library 


or to the 


NORTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY 
University of California 
Richmond Field Station, Bldg. 400 
1301 South 46th Street 
Richmond, CA 94804-4698 


ALL BOOKS MAY BE RECALLED AFTER 7 DAYS 


To renew or recharge your library materials, you may 
contact NRLF 4 days prior to due date at (510) 642-6233 





DUE AS STAMPED BELOW 
NOV 08 2008 





























DD20 12M 7-06 


 SUNIVERSE 1: ! 
VERSITY OF CALIF | 
oe NO. DD6, 60m, 1/83 BERKELEY. cA 747201 Oe | 


5 Ἧτο —— ees 


SSRN eN ΘΟ το δὲς Θ- 
PA aye ek Νὰ δι) «24 AGES is Traum. 
Ry Ne tat ale LD 21-95m-7,'37 


‘ r aK ay ae “ἢ nad 
Pera | BSS ks sued) ss Rote oii nee 
ἘΝ ΝΡ | ἢ 


—— 


eee 











ΕΣ 





GENERAL LIBRARY - U.C. BERKELEY 


ΠΝ 


a 


Sets 


ran 
aS 
een 


δ Se 

am Ge : RAs : : 
ek + Κ nf ee δ y - “ 

: ua! ὴ = es 

δι Αι Cts 


shcrses 


ermal 
vey 
oh 





